Category: translation

Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 88

In the front yard of Callius’ villa, the troops were stoning each other.

“Haap! Hah!!”

Bang! Bang! Bump!

Eleven personnel threw stones at only one person.

The heretic inquisitor standing at the centre was training to dodge and block using his sword.

If he couldn’t use his footwork, he would parry the stones with his sword, or at least block them with minimal damage.

Those who’d passed a certain level of physical fitness test were now doing this kind of training.

“Ouch! Stop, stop!”

The inquisitor who was beaten all over declared surrender.

There was a light stream of blood running from his head.

“Treat your wound. Next.”

“Whew… here I come!”

Next was the lieutenant of the Sixth Squad.

Callius shook his head at the hearty enthusiasm.

“Start throwing.”

“Haap! Haaah!!”

Clang! Claaaang!

The first five minutes went well.

He cut, deflected, and avoided the stones that came flying in, and didn’t look pressured.

But after six minutes –

A stone Callius put some serious divine power into, struck Diego’s side!

Thud!

“Kgh!”

He collapsed rapidly after that.

Bang! Bang! Thud!

“Kgh! You bastards! Stop throwing!”

“Throw some more.”

Then, a stray stone somehow managed to hit quite a sad place for the lieutenant.

The red-faced lieutenant grabbed his crotch in pain.

“Ah! You motherfuckers! Who did it!”

He screamed loudly and indignantly.

Callius followed up with a few more pebbles, hitting him in the forehead and the groin.

“Ugh! Fuck!! Who is it!!”

Callius calmly raised his hand.

“It’s me. If you hate it that much, just avoid it. Enemies won’t stop attacking because they’re considerate of your situation.”

“Damn it!”

Perhaps he got aggravated at the blatant unfairness, because the lieutenant bit his lip and faced the stones again.

But he was soon hit by a few more and had to come down from the centre stage.

His body was covered with bruises.

Although this training was limited to fifteen minutes per person –

Hardly anybody lasted the full fifteen minutes.

Callius had decided that the primary purpose of the members of the Sixth Squad was to train, and dodging the stones came as the secondary.

They hadn’t gotten used to it yet, but he thought it would work if they kept at it.

Every drop of sweat they shed here would decrease the amount of blood they’d shed in the future.

‘And, well, it’s pretty fun.’

And it was definitely helping, too.

He could see with his own eyes how the movement of the squad members was becoming sharper and sharper as they suffered through the dodge training.

They ran on the mountains from morning to noon.

From lunch to the afternoon, the training was focused on dodging the stones and sparring.

Considering how intense it was, they had no choice but to get better.

“On the battlefield, this stone can be an arrow, a spear, or a stray axe. Don’t throw it lightly like you’re hitting a friend, throw it harder. That way you won’t die in battle.”

“Yes!!”

The troops responded with a powerful shout, and although the lieutenant looked dissatisfied, he too didn’t disobey the order.

Although on the first day he’d had no choice but to suspicious –

He’d just done what he’d been told to do, and endured in order to have a fighting chance later –

But as one day passed and then two, his thoughts began to change.

“Lieutenant, here, drink.”

“What the hell is this that we keep drinking? Tastes like…”

“But your body feels tingly if you drink it, right? I feel like my body is getting better and better, so there must be something good about it.”

“It tastes sweet, so it must be good.”

Callius looked at the troops drinking the mysterious liquid with meaningful eyes.

Gradually, quietly, their bodies were transforming.

‘It works.’

The beverage was a potion that combined the dragon’s blood purified by Beatrice and the troll potion.

Of course, it’d been water diluted to the extent of counting parts per million, and it was still in the trial stage.

There might be some side effects, but it shouldn’t endanger their lives.

Callius believed it should help regenerate overworked muscles and make them stronger.

‘Because it’s extremely diluted…’

There didn’t seem to be any problems.

It won’t have any exaggerated short-term effect, but he was looking forward to the long-term results.

Callius took a breather and walked over to the lieutenant who’d finished applying medicine on his wounds.

He was sharpening now his sword.

“Oh, Dingo, you managed to find a spirit sword from somewhere? What is its unique ability?”

“It’s Diego. And I have no obligation to tell them. And I don’t really want to tell you, either.”

Callius immediately picked up a stone.

Startled, Diego slowly drew his sword.

“This sword is my father’s carcass. I named it Viego, after him.”

“Was he the fallen king of a long-lost kingdom?[1]

“What nonsense are you spouting? He was a great paladin. Father always said that swords have weight. That’s why this sword, Viego, too, can become lighter or heavier.”

The ability to change the weight of the sword.

Depending on the swordsman, it could be used for both the quick sword and the heavy sword styles.

“What a great sword.”

In a way, it was similar to the Tyrant Sword. Of course, it was a step lower, but if one used it according to the circumstances, not many paladins would be able to block it.

“But why do you use it the way you do? You are leaving your sword to rot.”

Perhaps he was stung by how true the fact was, because Diego immediately glared back at Callius with bloodshot eyes.

“What’s glaring at me going to achieve? Your sword didn’t even touch my toes. Haven’t you figured out the reality yet?”

“… No.”

“Dingo, do you know why you are weak?”

“It’s Diego. I don’t know.”

“Because you rely on that sword too much. Unplug Viego for a while. If I think you’ve grown up, I’ll let you use it again.”

“What…!”

“It’s an order, Lieutenant.”

“…”

“Until then, use a normal iron sword, or a carcass supplied by the Church.”

Callius left the frozen Diego behind and looked around the yard of the villa.

Those who still needed physical training were running at a cantering pace.

Bruns and the twins were part of it, too.

“Bruns.”

“Yes, yeah. Boss!”

“Prepare a meal, no need to hurry.”

“Hey, are you telling me to do it? But I’m already training so hard!”

“A squad member reported yesterday, that he saw you in the neighbourhood with a woman. How come you’re complaining about how hard things are? Don’t you have enough time to chat women up?”

“… I’ll prepare it right away.”

“And keep your libido in check.”

“Yes.”

On one side, Orphin and other members of the squad were quietly continuing their sparring.

Callius nodded contentedly at the sight.

Orphin was steadily twisting the direction of her sword and her swordsmanship.

It still looked awkward and unnatural, but after doing it a few times, she seemed to have come to the conclusion that it was the right direction for her.

Even if she wasn’t told to, she was immersed in training and swinging her sword all day.

She was still a bit confused about the technique side of things, but time would solve that.

“I hope Bruns can learn something.”

Hwiiish.

A worm construct of the Worm Soul approached Callius. When it landed on the index finger he stretched out, he heard Orcal’s voice.

– This is me. Orcal.

“Did you look into it?”

– Yes, it was as you said. The chief was surprised, and that person was surprised, too.

“Right.”

After a bit more of a back-and-forth, Callius said he understood and sent the worm away.

Then he called in Rinney immediately.

Contrasting results were obtained from the two of them who had attached Orcal’s worms.

“M-, me? You called me! Right?”

She sure was in high spirits.

“You have work to do. Do you remember what I told you last time?”

“You want me to make friends?”

“That’s right.”

“But I haven’t entered the Academy yet?”

“It’s fine. It’s in the same town.”

“In the same town?”

Seeing Rinney tilt her head, Callius’ lips curved up at the corners.


A quiet afternoon.

While Flora was at her house, reading a book, a boy suddenly pounded on the door, shrieking like whale.

“Boss, Boss! Come out! It’s a big deal! All our kids got beaten!!”

“What? Where!”

“Come, quickly!!”

Quickly putting the book down, Flora rushed out of the house with the wooden sword her father had made for her.

Criss-crossing through the alleys, she finally reached an exit that opened up into a vacant lot. But a storm had already swept everything away.

All the boys with wooden swords had fallen down, and only one girl at the centre was standing to meet her.

“Is it her?”

“Be careful, Boss. That kid just moved in today, she’s no joke. Very strong!”

The subordinate who added that was already sporting a puffy black eye.

Flora gulped.

Black hair, which was rare in Carradi.

And unusual grey eyes.

She looked a little bit… mean.

“Hi! I just moved here. They said you’re the strongest around here?”

Contrary to how innocently she waved her hand as if in welcome, the girl’s eyes had a sharp glint as if she’d caught her prey.

“I, am Rinney. You?”

“Flora. No last name.”

Flora immediately clasped her wooden sword tightly with both hands. It was instinctive.

“Let’s see your skills first. I’ve been doing nothing but training these days, so I’m feeling a little bored!”

Rinney, who grabbed a wooden sword lying at her feet, rushed in.

Crack!

“Ugh!”

“You endured it?”

Although the strike was only with a wooden sword, it was as heavy as an iron sword.

Although they certainly looked the same age, the weight of the swords were different.

“Oh, you stopped this too? Great… Yeah!”

Thud! Thud!

Whish!

The wooden sword turned in the air and struck at Flora’s guard with all the force behind its rotation.

Claaang!

Flora’s guard was broken by the single sword strike that came from the bottom up, and her wooden sword flew out.

Her two arms, now missing her sword, spread out wide, and Rinney’s round kick stably pierced through her broken guard.

Thud!

“Kgh!”

Bang! Thud!

Although she got kicking in the stomach, Flora rolled over on the floor once and almost bounced up.

“Wow! You really are strong! I might not be able to get back up like that. You’ve got good stamina! I have a feeling.”

Usually, one wouldn’t be able to get up right away.

Definitely not any of the neighbourhood kids.

Flora bit her lip and asked, enduring the pain.

“Where are you from?”

“North. I come from a place where it snows.”

“North…! The snowfield guarded by the knights of Jervain? Are you from the North?”

“That’s right. You know it too.”

The children who were watching the fight widened their eyes at the mention of the ‘North’.

“Who wouldn’t know! Jervain of the North! Ruydren of the South! Gradas of the East! And Orvid of the West!”

Children who were born and raised in the land of swords couldn’t help but know the famous anecdotes about the four great noble houses.

Among them, of course, Jervain was the most famous.

Flora forgot about the fight and asked Rinney with some kind of hope –

“Are you a Jervain?”

“That’s right.”

“Wow!”

“A Jervain!!”

“Wow! The Jervains have moved in!!”

The children forgot about being beaten and cheered.

Jervain’s prestige was truly remarkable even among these youngsters.

“Come to think of it, Rinney’s hair and eyes are black hair and grey! Really!?”

Soon a flood of questions followed.

Did it really snow up to your head in the North?

These were questions only the children could ask, such as whether the orcs really hunted them at night.

After answering a few questions, Rinney turned to Flora, who was standing a little away by herself.

“You’re the boss here, Flora. Am I right?”

“How do you know my name?”

“You’re famous! The kids around here say they can’t even touch you?”

“That’s right.”

Seeing that Flora hadn’t let down her guard yet, Rinney smiled faintly.

“Would you like to go with me somewhere?”

“Suddenly? You and me?”

“Aren’t you curious? Where would I want to take you? I would’ve been very curious in your place.”

She was indeed curious.

A girl from Jervain suddenly appeared and knocked out all the children.

Flora wondered how she could be so strong even though they looked the same age, but if she was a Jervain, Flora could understand. Rather than resenting the fact that a Jervain was so incredibly strong even at her age, she only unconsciously admired it.

The name of Jervain, a family of renowned masters of the sword, carried a lot of weight.

“I’m going to the Academy. You know, the Royal Academy? A place where you can be knighted just by graduating.”

The Royal Academy!

The Royal Swordsmanship Academy was an institution for elites among elites, that granted knighthood just by completing its four-year curriculum.

When Flora heard about going to such a place, she thought it was truly expected of a Jervain, and she was so envious that she almost burst into tears.

“But the count who recommended me, asked me if there’s anyone I want to recommend, because there’s a spot left. He’s really handsome and has great ability, so he knew I’d be able to find one.”

The explanation was a bit strange, but Flora got the gist of what Rinney was trying to say.

There was a vacancy in the recommendation letter.

And someone had to be found to fill it in.

“The Academy, do you want to go there?”

Gulp.

Was this the kind of temptation that a twelve-year old could resist?

Flora nodded her head involuntarily at the word ‘Academy’.

“Can I really go with you?”

The corners of Rinney’s lips curved up in a grin.

“Naturally.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] League of Legends reference.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 65

He Wasn’t Any Worse

I did think it was odd.

To be honest, Coocoo, too, was a really cute guy.

Aside from the fact that cats were more human-friendly, I honestly didn’t think that Nero had any special advantage in terms of beauty.

Even if a victor and a loser had to be decided between the two, it’d at most be due to a difference in ‘aesthetics’.

So I didn’t really understand it. Why was this kid so scared of the cat? The two of them should’ve been equally matched in power, by all rights.

‘That bridle…’

Something wasn’t right.

The Bridle of Submission.

I didn’t know how it actually worked. It could be the unique ability of the mental dominator from animal farm side, or it could be the effect of some artifact. Or it could be part of some curse.

However, there was only one piece of information that came to mind when I heard about how to break that yoke.

‘Evolutionary disease.’

Of course, this wasn’t directly related to this ‘Bridle of Submission’.

The reason ‘evolutionary disease’ came to mind was because the way to treat it was quite similar to how one would escape that yoke. Moreover, it was the Southland Animal Farm where the arc of the original manga related to this ‘evolutionary disease’ had taken place.

Evolutionary disease.

Divine beasts basically have a setting called ‘evolution’, which is at its core a power-up element. When a divine beast evolves, its appearance transforms, and its power is magnified, from several times to several tens or hundreds of times.

Evolution is the factor that makes the divine beasts so strong, but on the other hand, it’s also the main factor behind their deaths.

If a divine beast can’t evolve in time, it suffers from a disease called the ‘evolutionary disease’, which means that the body cannot transform to keep up with the expanding internal force, and eventually collapses.

It was this disease that Leo’s teammate had been suffering from in the original.

While carrying out a quest in Westland, they accidentally met a new divine beast, and the party soon found out that he was suffering from the ‘evolutionary disease’. Then, following Yan’s guidance, they travelled across the sea to the southern continent to heal him. This was the opening scene of the Southland arc.

Perhaps it was a coincidence, but the solution proposed by that animal farm to cure the evolutionary diseases at the time was very similar to how to escape this ‘Bridle of Submission’.

You have to change yourself, by yourself.

You have to face the fears that have held back your evolution.

And the method I was going to try now, was exactly what Kiriko had used against their friend, the divine beast, at the time.

I took Coocoo out of my coat, on my hands, and looked straight into his eyes.

“Coocoo.”

“…”

“Hey, kid, don’t take your eyes off me.”

“…”

“Can you see him sharpening those claws? If you don’t stop him, they’re gonna stab right through me.”

Nero was indeed grinding one claw on the other.

Snikt–.

Clang–. Clang–.

The moonlight reflected on the metallic claws, creating a strange sight. Somehow it felt like a reaper in the form of a black leopard sharpening his sickle.

Coocoo took one glance at him and shuddered.

“Don’t do anything crazy… you idiot. If you don’t dodge, he’ll stab you, and even if I block him, he’ll still be able to stab you.”

It was a very reasonable inference.

But,

“Coocoo, why do you think you can’t stop him?”

There was one thing this kid didn’t know.

“No, naturally I can’t… hell, I’m in a sealed state right now, even my true body is sealed. If I try to block him now, both your body and mine will be chopped to pieces…”

“What’s natural about it? And don’t sweat the little details. You just need to think of the core issue.”

“… And that is?”

“Heh, that you look just as cute as him. Have confidence.”

“No, what does that even…”

“Alright, I told you clearly. Don’t let me die.”

In this type of ordeal, it doesn’t really matter whether or not you can actually block the attack.

What is required is the will to resist, and the courage to face the fear that is holding you back.

It’s simple. You just have to face it. You just need to express your will. That’s enough to make that anklet, harder than steel, to scatter like dust.

I shouted at Nero.

“Okay, ready!”

Then,

“Ugh! What the hell, you crazy, Squatjaw!”

I immediately threw Coocoo over the bushes into the distance with all my might.

Whooosh–.

There wasn’t any great reason to. It was just so he didn’t have the time to think. Pushing him into a situation where he’d have to make an instantaneous judgment.

Obviously, all of this must’ve come very suddenly for him. He’d get confused, and wonder what was eve happening.

But it couldn’t be helped. If you have to show your courage, you can’t do it slowly and take your time.

He just needed to get back to me.

Without thinking, just fly back over to me. And just block it.

The rest, I’d figure it out.

Then,

“I will do my best.”

Nero stood before me.

His shiny steel claws caught my eye first. Looking at them, it felt like he’d amassed more and more power during our discussion.

“Yeah, seeing your character does make me feel a little hesitant… But it wouldn’t be good if you escaped. I can’t leave behind any regrets for no reason, and I can take care of that pigeon as I originally planned afterwards.”

“What’s there to regret? We’re simply walking the paths we’ve chosen.”

“Yeah, got it.”

The reason I told him to do his best was because I thought he might not be able to meet the conditions for ‘breaking the bridle’.

Usually, the difficulty of such tasks isn’t simply up to the will of the challenger. The hurdle of the obstacle itself is also included in the requirement.

In other words,

1. Facing the intangible fear,

2. A real life-threatening attack.

Only when these two essential prerequisites are met, can we meet the unlocking conditions.

So, I had no choice but to specifically ask Nero. Because this guy had always been showing signs of dissatisfaction with something.

“Whoo…”

I was also a little nervous.

Now it was already spilled milk. The situation was no longer in my hands.

‘Lil’ Coocoo, please don’t be afraid and come. There’re many eyes on this scene.’

What if Coocoo blocked the attack in front of me? I could continue my act without any fuss.

But what if Coocoo didn’t come forward?

I’d have to face Nero’s attack without moving. If I avoided or prevented him, this lying life of mine would end from the curses of the Nero fans.

And then –

“Hey, you fucking squat-jawed bastard!”

There was a pigeon, flying over here.

It was hard to describe, but he had a very desperate look on his face.

‘Great.’

At the same time, I pushed out my chest.

“Come!”

At that instant –

Poof–.

Nero disappeared from sight.

And,

“Hey, damn it! You really will die! Y-, you fucking bastard!!!”

Coocoo flew towards me like lightning.

And then,

The act was over.

“Whew…”

I gently stroked the little ball of feathers in front of me.

“Well done.”

He’d successfully resisted. The bridle was released.

Coocoo’s anklet was cut off.

“… You fucking bastard. You didn’t even mean to die anyway…”

Coocoo fainted at the end of those words.

It seemed that the psychological trauma and the shock from a while ago had become too much for his body to bear.

“What are you talking about? If you hadn’t flown right in front of me, I really wouldn’t have stopped him. Right?”

“…”

I let go of Nero’s paw, which I’d been holding until then.

Nero took a few steps back without a word.

That’s what happened a little while ago.

I really left my chest defenceless. But I kept my guard up. Because Nero’s attack mustn’t reach Coocoo, who would be blocking his way.

And just as Nero’s claw was about to dig into Coocoo’s body, I’d grabbed his paw like lightning.

It was really a fleeting moment.

If either Coocoo or I had been late, neither of us would’ve been able to survive.

Well done. You did good.

I put the fainted Coocoo aside for a moment. I also covered him with some leaves because it was cold.

And then,

“… Did you believe in him?”

Nero spoke as he watched me.

“Uh, pretty much, yeah.”

“I know it’s been a short while that you’ve been together. You must’ve bought him at the Nanma Market.”

“Why does that matter? It’s not like you have to spend a long time with someone to become friends. We’re colleagues already.”

“…”

After a while, Nero turned back.

“I will go.”

“Okay. That was the promise.”

“Don’t give me a reason to chase you in the future.”

“Yeah, yeah. Have a safe trip.”

“…”

He hesitated for a moment, as if he still had something to say, but then quietly disappeared into the darkness. He also seemed to have been quite impressed with today’s meeting.

Well, so was I.

‘I have no regrets. I’ll see you again anyway.’

As I watched the guy’s thin back, I suddenly came to my senses.

“Ehh! Wait, isn’t this too late?”

At some point, I had completely forgotten about the princess.

I had to hurry back. If something really happened by random chance, it’d be no end of trouble.

Also, I’d told her to go first if I was late, but honestly, I didn’t want to the extra work of finding her trail with my pathfinding eyes.

So, while I was about turn back in a hurry –

I saw a soft light shining very nearby.

Its origin was –

“… Coocoo?”

A white dove buried under the fallen leaves.

I just stared at the scene.

Thoughts of the princess did pop into my head, but I had no choice but to watch. Because the soft brilliance emanating from his body was that beautiful.

Our author… was really good with special effects.

Soon after,

“Hey…”

Poof–.

As the light dissolved, a white silhouette slowly emerged.

It had the shape of a bird. It was half the size of a human, and its wings and tail feathers had a splendid long span.

“Yo. You’ve gotten a little taller, huh? The colour’s improved, too. Did something good happen?”

A hawk white as snow with eyes as black as obsidian was staring at me.

Didn’t I already say? He wasn’t any worse.


Fortunately, the princess was unharmed.

She was waiting for me at the same place.

“I was just about to leave, but then saw a light in the distance. So I waited a little longer.”

“Great job.”

“Is everything all right? But what about Coocoo? I hope… he didn’t get stolen, right?”

“No, no. He said he was going to fly for a while because he was feeling good.”

“… Feeling good?”

“You’ll see soon. It’s all been taken care of, so don’t worry.”

The princess nodded her head at my words.

“Anyway, so nothing happened?”

“Nothing at all.”

“Nobody approached you?”

“None at all.”

This was a bit surprising.

It wasn’t that I wanted something big to happen, I’d just expected things to be a bit more troublesome.

‘Is this because we’re still in the early stages?’

Of course, I didn’t think this was a good thing. This could be interpreted to mean that there was a place along the path that was even better than here as an ambush point.

Either way, I couldn’t drop my guard.

Then, while I was about to stretch out and sit down –

“Huh? what are you doing?”

“Hmm? What is it?”

“Do you really have the time to sit?”

I was a little perplexed.

“Uh… I just came?”

“So?”

“Uh… I should eat something and take a break…?”

“Do you really have the time to rest?”

The princess said fiercely.

Then,

“Can’t you see, over there?”

She pointed to one side of the dark space in the distance. It was in the direction of the forest that I’d visited a while ago.

“What? That forest?”

“No, behind it.”

“Behind?”

“Please. Look closely.”

The princess pointed to the middle of the meadow we had crossed at lunch time, a long way away.

To my surprise, there was something moving there, dark, large, and monstrously wide. Although it was moving quite slowly.

“It’s dust. A dust trail.”

“Dust?”

“Don’t you know? The latecomer group who’ve been chasing us are over there. If it’s that big… it should be well over a thousand people, I’d think?”

“Ah…”

I’d forgotten.

The fact that all of the latecomers, whom I’d been underestimating, were several ranks above me in terms of horsemanship.

“But… how could so many competitors get along like that?”

“Maybe they’ve taken some kind of oath of alliance. While the advance squad is still ahead, let’s not spill blood among ourselves first. Or maybe…”

“Maybe?”

“Maybe a leader has already emerged among them.”

“…”

After all, it’s not possible to judge an individual’s ability only by simple power. Even if it’s not within the advance squad, ‘monsters’ can exist anywhere.

But either way –

‘I don’t know if they can catch up…?’

That thought started running through my mind.

Besides –

“That old man said so. That he doesn’t know what the second hurdle of the finals is, but if the destination is a mountain? Then, it’s most likely a ‘war of conquest’. If that’s the case, the key is to grab a seat first and establish a position.”

The princess seemed to have thought the same.

“Wait, why say this only now?”

“Hey, it’s been awhile since I heard it. Anyway, you know there’s no time to rest, right?”

The princess smiled and pointed to one side.

There –

“Shouldn’t you pick him up? He won’t want to run in the desert.”

A horse was lying loosely spread out.

“… Haah.”

It felt like I was back in reality.

I kicked him with my foot.

“Wake up, you lazy bastard.”

Then I immediately lifted him on my back.

Whinny–!

Startled, he struggled a bit, but I calmed him down by tightening my grip.

“I just went to take care of a few wildcats, you know? If you don’t want to be gnawed in the butt, let’s go quietly.”

Whinny–!

We started crossing the desert.


The fatty said a word to the thin man, who was scanning the ground with a serious face.

“Isn’t it better to aim for the princess?”

“…”

“Of course, it’s a bit odd to say this now, but…”

“I remember that we decided together to follow the Tamers.”

“That’s right, but… I said it when Squatjaw appeared alone, didn’t I? Won’t the princess be by herself…?”

The thin man didn’t respond to the fatty’s words.

There was nothing to say. He’d insisted on constantly observing Squatjaw.

At that time, the fatty was immersed in one concern.

Maybe because the thin man had set his goals differently than him.

Instead of the princess, maybe he was aiming for that Squatjaw.

He’d been showing a tendency to focus on that man for a while. That monster they absolutely shouldn’t touch.

Even though he knew his advice wouldn’t be listened to, the fatty buoyed himself up and tried to mention it again. Even if just for form’s sake.

That was then.

“I didn’t aim at the wrong target. I was just trying to get information on what would be the biggest obstacle. Our goal is still to assassinate the princess.”

The thin man said softly as if he had guessed his compatriot’s mind.

Then,

“I’ve come to understand him to some extent.”

He sounded crazy.

“We can’t handle him. He’s a monster. No matter how hard we try, we can’t handle this guy. His strength is also a problem, but more than that, there’s no way that we can stand up to his unique ability. As long as he’s protecting her, we can’t touch a single hair of the princess.”

It wasn’t funny. Was he acknowledging that only now?

However, what shone within the thin man’s eyes was not the light of resignation.

“So, what are we going to do?”

“All our plans so far are to be discarded. Instead, we have no choice but to use the last resort.”

“… The last resort?”

“I confirmed it through the informants in the royal palace as well as by the side of the first and fourth princes. Looks like he’s gone crazy again. He’s on this road now.”

“’He’? By that you mean… no, you can’t mean… wait.”

The thin man’s words left the fatty frozen like a statue.

“We’ll use him. The Khan.”

To make the current emperor of the Skull Empire, who was secretly participating in the Warrior’s Path, clash with Squatjaw. That sloppy, messy plan was the only one they had left.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 87

It was interesting.

“Wasn’t any fun, though.”

Genos, who was serving as the referee of the spar, said exhaustedly as he lost interest in the result.

Callius didn’t even show his swordsmanship properly. He just used basic swordsmanship. And only fundamental movements.

So Genos didn’t get to have much fun at all.

To be honest, he’d had no idea there was such a gap between the captain and the lieutenant.

Not to mention those minimalistic movements.

It wasn’t that he’d never seen swordsmanship like this before, that could subdue an opponent with the least amount of power.

Among the many monsters sitting above him in the hierarchy, such swordsmanship wasn’t unheard of.

One of the kingdom’s Masters, for example, wielded such a swordsmanship, although it had resulted him having a sly and sinister reputation.

‘Rumour has it that he uses Stella’s swordsmanship. Is it true, or not?’

Of course, it wasn’t that there’d been nothing to see.

That leadership ability, insulting the troops and yet galvanizing them at the same time by preaching the logic of strength and weakness, was quite impressive.

But as a descendant of one of the four great noble houses, and one who’d gone through a war, it was only to be expected.

There was one thing that’d come as quite a surprise.

“I agree that the fundamental training method provided by the Church is garbage. But to realize that by yourself and carve out your own path has always been the tradition.”

Neither choice was wrong, though, in his view.

“The Sixth Squad will become stronger, it seems.”

The Sixth Squad was bound to become much stronger in the future. That was what Callius seemed to be aiming for.

Knock, knock.

– Come in.

Opening the door, Genos saw Bishop Milliman, whose full head of hair and voluminous beard had now been halfway shaved off in a very strange manner.

“Bishop? What happened to your hair?”

“I cut it.”

His long hair and beard had been cut in half. To be more specific, exactly one side of his hair and his beard had been shaved off. It looked hilarious.

Genos bit down on his lower lip to stop himself from laughing out loud, his actions natural as flowing water.

“The pope scolded me and told me to shave them off. But I’m pretty attached to my hair, so I compromised.”

“You look perfectly half young.”

“I’ll take that as a compliment.”

But –

“What’s going on?”

“I have something to report.”

If so –

“He was better than you expected?”

“Yes.”

“Then, did you find anything that could be a weakness?”

Weakness…

Genos recalled the application form.

For admission to the Royal Academy.

‘Didn’t he have a daughter?

‘Right.’

Genos batted his eyes in response to Milliman’s question.

“To be perfectly candid… not particularly?”


Early morning.

The Jervain villa.

Bruns sighed as he watched Callius lean against the bedroom wall, holding his sword.

“Is that you, Bruns?”

“Yes, yes, I’m here.”

They’d been together for a while, and Callius always slept like that. Except when he got injured, he always slept without lying down properly.

He never let go of his sword, even while lying down.

That is how you have to concentrate on your sword, apparently.

When Bruns saw that figure, a lot of thoughts went through his head.

“How noisy.”

“Yes. They’re training as you instructed. It’s noisy.”

A panoramic view of the shining sun could be seen through the windows.

But along with it came the untimely smell of sweat, wafting inside Callius’ villa.

“Those bug-like bastards came here to get stronger even after hearing such insults.”

Members of the Sixth Squad were running near Callius’ villa.

‘Not all of them came.’

He saw about a dozen people.

Since there were thirty in total, only a third of their number had come to train.

“It’s not a bad start.”

Callius watched them through the windows, and then quickly washed and changed his clothes, using the water Bruns had brought.

“The mountain is quite steep, so running at that pace will naturally build up stamina. But what’s with those two?”

At the end of the procession were two little kids, Rivan and Rinney.

They were keeping pace with the squad members, although they were still at the tail end.

“They want to be strong, too. Will something like that really make them stronger?”

“Where you start from doesn’t matter.”

The kingdom didn’t lack swordsmen.

But not all of them kept practicing. Was it because they didn’t wish to be strong?

No. Because they compromised.

Saying, this is enough. This much of hard work should be enough. You have to eat rice. You have to nibble on some snacks. You have to take a little break, now and then.

They couldn’t get any stronger because these thoughts were stuck in their heads.

Because once you start compromising, you’ll never stop.

“Yeah, people can’t become strong if they don’t train hard enough that they feel like dying. Right there on the verge of wanting to die, that’s the correct cadence.”

If you can train, it’s better to train with all your might.

That way, the efficiency of strengthening the body with divine power also increases.

On the battlefield, an instant can mark the difference between life and death.

So can a handful of divine power.

Since a drop of stamina can decide your life and death, if you don’t want to die, you have to train.

“The lieutenant is here, too, I see.”

“Yes…”

“You’ve got something to say?”

“He might become strong and take revenge one day.”

“It doesn’t matter.”

The more they worked themselves to death, the more ways Callius could experiment.

“Fighting against a strong opponent is what I’m hoping for. I want them to be strong.”

“But would it work with just that?”

“What do you mean?”

“It’s just running, isn’t it?”

“It’s not for you to worry about. If you’ve got nothing to do, go and run.”

“Ha ha, no, no.”

“No? Oh? Why aren’t you running? You are of no use here.”

“Such ruthless words…”

“Run. If you don’t want to die.”

Bruns wept and started running towards the squad in the distance.

Orphin, giving him a strange glance as he ran away crying, came to greet Callius.

“Orphin.”

“Yes.”

“Are the preparations going well?”

“Yes, I have submitted the applications to the Academy in your name.”

If it was in the name of a count –

Getting into the Academy shouldn’t be a big problem.

“Then give this to Rivan and Rinney.”

“What is this?”

“It’s a list.”

A list of the ones they should become friends with.

Callius’ memories were sparse, but there were people in the Academy who definitely needed to be befriended.

Academy alumni, and their parents, too.

Anyway, there was nothing wrong with building a network of connections in advance.

Of course, the same went for those who needed to be killed one day.

“By the way, Orphin. Did you come here as their governess?”

“No.”

“Then why did you come?”

“Because you saved my life.”

Did she come to repay the favour?

Callius was far too cynical to take her word for it.

“The majority of the North owes me their lives at least once. You just had to pay me back by working in the North. You didn’t have to come here directly.”

Allen and Aaron, for example.

And the rest of the knight who’d fought with him in the North, too. They hadn’t followed him here.

After all, the North was the home he’d have to return to one day, so they were repaying him by protecting it.

“I want to be by your side. I want to offer my sword to only one person. You, Sir Callius.”

“Hmm.”

Orphin du Liofen.

Originally, she was supposed to play a part in Callius’ death.

However, the idea of her wanting to become his sword was a bit fresh.

“Orphin.”

“Yes.”

“Keep still.”

“Yes? Hhup!”

Callius put his hand on Orphin’s lower abdomen.

Orphin blushed, wondering what was going on, but soon the excitement subsided and she began to get nervous.

“Have you practiced Jervain’s technique?”

“Ye-, yes? Ah… That’s right.”

Callius pulled his hand away and tilted his head in thought.

Unlike those other test subjects, Orphin needed serious consideration.

‘Should I do it properly?’

He’d only planned to beat up the others until they saw the light, but by teaching Orphin properly, he’d be able to accumulate much better data.

“Disperse it.”

“Yes?! But…”

“Physically speaking, you don’t fit Jervain’s training method. It must’ve been a long time since your growth has been blocked by a wall. Am I right?”

“… How could you know that?”

The Orphin he knew started as an ordinary knight, but she was one of those knights whose skills would suddenly improve later due to some sort of incident.

The reason for this lay in her practice method, and the day would come when she’d realize that Jervain’s technique didn’t suit her.

In this way, Orphin would develop a new, unique technique; and change it all into a style that suited her.

“Let it go. And make a new one. A technique that suits you. I’ll help you with it.”

She had the talent.

Just a little help, and she should be able to make it work.

A knight who’d trained in the harsh environment of the North.

With the body of a woman, at that.

Her physique was already satisfactory.

“Change your sword style.”

“To what…?”

“Use a heavy sword.”

Her temperament was usually calm and even.

This was quite an advantage in the heavy sword style, but Orphin used a thin long rapier and had learned swordsmanship that emphasized speed.

Due to the differences in the basic skeletal structure and average physical strength between men and women, most female knights tended to use quick swords.

It might’ve been an unavoidable choice for most of them.

But Orphin was better suited to the heavy sword than the quick sword.

“Don’t be fooled anymore, and do what I say. It’s better for you to switch to defence rather than offence, and aim for counterattacking at the flaws in your enemy’s defence.”

It’s tremendously difficult to change the sword style you’ve been training in for your whole life.

However, she would change it anyway, one day.

Since it was supposed to change anyway, be it now or later, it was better for her to change it now. Because she still had time.

There was still time before the civil war would break out in the kingdom, and Callius was slowing it down even further by capturing and killing the corrupt nobles.

“If it’s difficult, you can go back. If you’re not going to be my knight, but Jervain’s knight, you don’t have to do it.”

But –

If you want to be my knight and mine alone –

If you want to be by my side, you have to do it.

Otherwise, you’ll just be killed.

A knight protects their master.

But right now, she was more in the state of having to be protected rather than protecting others.

Callius couldn’t trust his back to someone like that.

“Are you going to give up?”

Orphin bit her lip.

Then she clenched her fists and answered.

“All right. I’ll do it!”

The corners of Callius’ lips curved up.


Bump! Tap! Thud!! Crrrackk!

“I lost, I lost.”

“Just try it one more time. Then it won’t end with just this.”

A girl holding a wooden sword spoke dignifiedly to a crying boy.

A gang of boys were running away in the distance.

And –

“Wow! Captain won again!”

The girl’s gang celebrated the victory with shining faces.

Carpe is also known as the land of swords.

So kids brawling each other with wooden swords are bound to be everywhere.

And the girl called Captain, too –

Was one of the young buds that dreamed of one day blooming into a knight.

Her name was Flora.

“What’re you doing there, Daughter!”

“Oh, Dad!”

And she was the only young daughter of a lonely father.

“Did you fight again?”

“I had a duel! A duel! Of course, I won! I didn’t even get hurt this time, you know?”

She smiled, showing her hands and arms.

Flora’s father hugged his daughter tightly with a proud face.

“Oh, isn’t that great? Is my daughter really going to be a knight when she grows up?”

“Of course! Absolutely! I’ll become a very strong knight! I’ll become an incredibly strong knight like that pilgrim with water-coloured hair, and I’ll buy you delicious food!”

“Hey~ Dad will be comfortable in his old age because of his daughter. Thank you~ Let’s go home now.”

“Yeah!”

However, the girl’s father abruptly stopped while walking down the street.

His expression hardened for an instant, but Flora couldn’t see her father’s face.

“What is it? Aren’t we going home?”

“Dad left something behind. Run home first, Daughter.”

“What? Let’s go together, then.”

“No. Flora. Daddy will go and come back soon, promise. Can you go first?”

“Yes… okay! Come back fast!”

“Okay. I’ll come home soon.”

The father’s expression, waving his hand as he watched the child disappear, quickly cooled.

And immediately afterwards –

At the entrance of the alleyway, a man who’d been hiding in the shadows appeared and spoke to him.

“Your daughter has grown a lot. It’s been over twelve years since you came here, hasn’t it?”

“Yes.”

“Your daughter wants to go to the Academy… She seems to have a lot of talent, just like you.”

“… What did you come here for?”

“There’s some business you have to deal with.”

“As always. I’ll take care of it.”

“You’ve already made contact with the target, as it happens.”

“…”

“It’s a shame, that business with your wife. But I had no choice. I couldn’t risk her getting captured by the Inquisition.”

“I know.”

“I’m glad you understand my position, my friend.”

When the father opened the document, the personal information of the assassination target came into view.

[Callius von Jervain].

“So it’s the count.”

“He’s a troublemaker. It doesn’t matter if you choose to return to your home country once this job’s done. Your daughter should also go to the empire and get a proper upbringing instead of staying in a ruined country such as this.”

Don’t you think so?

“Peter?”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 64

Nero

The black cat was called Nero.

I’d seen this guy in the original, when the story had just passed the early parts, and the middle part was about to begin.

As I recalled, it was probably after Leo and his party had finished their S-class adventure quest in Westland and went south across the sea.

Surprisingly, out here in Eastland, I stumbled upon a character from the Southland arc.

[Southland National Park].

It’s like a symbol of Southland, and although it’s called a park, it covers an area large enough to encompass the entire Northland continent.

Nero was a member of an animal farm in the park that Leo and his party had visited to treat a divine beast suffering from ‘evolutionary disease’.

He was one of the three beasts that were the major characters in that farm, but didn’t really play any role other than that. Together with the other two, he was only in charge of the farm’s accessory functions.

In a way, he was just a passing extra. However, the reason why I still remembered him was simple. His appearance.

The green eye on the left shining like an emerald, and the blue eye on the right deep as a sapphire. And a red ruby ​​hanging from the neck.

Since it looked like he was wearing three jewels, he was even called the Jewel Cat.

That he was here was already quite a shock, and him being a member of such a vicious organization was even worse.

Of course, the animal farm had seemed to be hiding many secrets, but it was still a place where Leo and the others had gotten a lot of help. Leo’s teammate, the divine beast, had been cured there.

And since they’d never appeared since then, like an ‘unrecovered rice cake’, I’d had no idea that they could be such great continental-scale villains.

My look at Nero was as bewildered as his look at me.

And then,

“How do you know my name?”

The guy asked, in a voice filled with doubt.

“Uh, that’s…”

I considered my options. Arbitrarily teasing this idiot might amplify the readers’ doubts, so perhaps I could pretend to be confused?

“So it’s really you, Nero?”

“What?”

“Oh, it’s no big deal, actually. I used to work at a zoo in the Southland National Park. It was there that I first heard the rumours about you. That there’s a pretty cat with emeralds and sapphires in his eyes.”

“… There’re rumours about me?”

Nero looked suspicious, but didn’t ask any more questions.

I was here too, but somehow it felt like he was more conscious of the guys behind him.

Presumably, this was due to my mention of the ‘Southland National Park’. If these people were just part of a sleeper cell here in Eastland without any material connection to the main body of the organization, it was natural to be wary of information leaking out.

Anyway, it was fortunate for me that he moved on without investigating further.

That was then –

“W-, we can handle it!”

“You don’t have to go out on your own, sir. Leave it to us!”

“We’ll deal with him in no time!”

The three men behind him rushed over.

Nero glanced at them, then slowly backed away.

Rather than trusting them, it seemed like he needed more time to think.

But,

“Come on together. I’ll finish you off in an instant.”

I had no intention of giving him so much leeway.

Soon after –

Growl!

Purr!

Meoow…

Receiving their orders, the three yellow cats jumped forward.

Or rather, two of them jumped forward, and one slowly backed away and watched.

‘A divine beast is a divine beast, after all. They can learn from experience.’

The experience of flying around in a circle a few times certainly seemed to have raised this guy’s level of caution by a few orders of magnitude.

I turned my gaze to the two beasts who’d jumped out in front of me.

Weird bastards.

There was no reason to think of them that way. Because all their actions, including the activations of their unique abilities, were currently under others’ control.

Of course, unless you’re talking about wild divine beasts, it’s not unusual for a divine beast to follow the instructions of another person. But even considering that, how they looked wasn’t natural at all. Like the first one, they felt a bit… mechanical.

‘Is it possible… that they’re artificially created divine beast?’

Hmmm. No way.

I immediately shook my head.

Of course, there was a setting about the ‘Mad Scientist of Northland’ who’d been active for a long time, but the results were completely different from the animal farm side of Southland.

Because the ‘science’, not the beasts themselves, was the main focus of the research, and the ‘artificial divine beast’ was only a testbed for creating an ‘artificial human’. Not something mass produced.

The biggest problem was that if all the continents, including Northland and Southland, were entangled in this plotline, it was implausible that such a rice cake would be quietly buried without ever making an appearance in the original. To be honest, it cast doubt on the author’s storytelling ability.

Rather, it was more plausible that the animal farm side had independently developed a drug for controlling divine beasts.

Then,

“Attack!”

“Throw a fireball!”

“Roast him whole!”

The sound of the controllers came from behind.

As a result, changes took place in the bodies of the two cats.

One began spewing smoke from his mouth, and the other’s body was covered in electric sparks.

‘One is fire, and the other’s a lightning-type?’

The last of the three didn’t activate any ability yet, but I expected it’d be similar to the other two. Spitting fire or water, or emitting electricity, etc.

I wasn’t guessing just based on their similar looks.

Divine beasts rarely ever have as odd or diverse abilities as humans. Most of them are restricted to fireballs, water cannons and the like. At most, they can shapeshift to the extent of adjusting the size of their bodies and changing the material of their claws. No matter how high their rank, this formula holds.

This seemed to be due to the authorial intent of keeping the divine beasts in line, but the readers never complained about this.

Since the divine beasts were overloaded with so many settings already (using unique abilities, speaking, possessing human-like intelligence, and even being cute), they probably thought it was enough.

And additionally, divine beasts also have a separate power-up option, called ‘evolution’.

If they didn’t have any restrictions on unique abilities on top of that, Leo might’ve had a legion of divine beast rivals for the seat of the Adventure King.

Anyway, for the same reason, it wasn’t really that difficult to deal with divine beasts.

It was pretty basic. Since they didn’t have any special unique abilities, meant there was no point in thinking about matchmaking and strategy, and all you had to do was beat them down with greater force.

As I watched a ball of fire the size of a basketball fly towards me, I activated a unique ability.

[Lightning that Destroys Calamity].

As soon as the flames came in contact with the sparks jumping out of my body, they melted and disappeared.

The balls of lightning that followed, met the same fate. The in-built setting of ‘contempt for the weak’ worked like a charm against divine beasts, too.

“W-, w-, what…”

“Nonsense…”

Actually, this was overkill for these guys, but I still did it to provide a little fan service.

Now the readers would be excited once again. They’d quickly realize the sweet OP flavour of ‘contempt for the weak’, and it was Leo’s unique ability, too.

I didn’t pause, and went straight for the yellow cats. Pushing a lot of lightning into my index finger, I jabbed their foreheads one by one.

The two beasts fell down without even the slightest resistance, and the last one raised his head as if beseeching my baptism.

“Yeah, rest in peace.”

Crackle–.

I turned my head, and the faces of people who’d been watching the scene, frozen, came into view.

“Hmmm…”

The three stooges stepped back and screamed.

“Monster, he’s a monster…”

“Uh, what do we do?”

“Even if we try to run away…”

I didn’t know what the terrified bastards were reading from my indifferent expression, but I was actually busy thinking of something else.

Yes, the readers’ reactions.

Perhaps by this time the reader community would be filled with questions about my abilities.

Like – hey, come to think of it, Squatjaw’s been using other people’s abilities, right? What’s up with that?

The questions might’ve died down since I’d moved to Eastland, but they would now be reignited once again.

‘What’ll happen now, I wonder…’

Of course, I had to be very cautious about how I handled this. Getting attention is a good thing, but it doesn’t always result in profit.

Unlike the characters in the original, my current abilities were not widely understood. People could only roughly guess that I was mimicking others’ abilities, but they didn’t know the prerequisite conditions.

This meant that if I made one mistake, the readers’ swords might soon point at me too, much like how the ‘power balance adjustment suggestion’ had been raised against Karl Zayed in the original.

Before such an unfortunate incident could occur, I had to disclose the conditions I had to fulfil for mimicking unique abilities. That this wasn’t particularly versatile, and that it was a skill with quite a few prerequisite conditions, etc.

In addition, it was necessary to enclose ‘another plausible reason’ that would establish the reasoning behind my past actions, which couldn’t be explained merely by the conditions behind my power.

And my plan for that involved the ‘goblins’.

In any case, the author, in order to appease the readers, would have no choice but to devote more screentime to me.

It was a bit like a double-edged sword.

But I was confident that I could wield it.

‘By the way…’

I looked around, slowly.

The battlefield had become silent.

The three idiots had gone who knew where, leaving only Nero behind.

He was watching me silently, but I couldn’t read what he was thinking from his face. Because he was a cat.

‘Should I start with suppressing him first?’

Sure, he had to be pretty strong. I’d never seen him fight, but he did look ‘strong’ (?).

But I didn’t expect it to be much of a problem. If there were two or three more of him, maybe…

So, it was time for me to move.

Purr–.

Purr–.

Purr–.

Growling noises came from all around me. The surroundings were suddenly filled with yellow gleaming orbs of light.

The eyes of beasts.

“… Whoo.”

I let out a sigh as I watched them slowly appear.

Brown hair and yellow eyes. shape reminiscent of a lynx, and size about twice that. They looked like real wildcats. And they smelled the same as what I’d smelled so many times during this journey.

I could guess why these guys had suddenly appeared.

Domination.

This was one of the specialties of high-ranking divine beasts, the ability to freely control beasts of lower rank than themselves. More of a ‘hidden characteristic’ than a unique ability, but still, I never know that it could be extended to such a large group.

What’s more, the wildcats looked well-drilled as they surrounded me, each once keeping the proper distance. Such coordination made it hard to consider them as wild beasts. It felt like the attackers, the reserve force, and the exit blockers were moving as separate groups.

That was how detailed the ‘domination’ was.

I looked at Nero with fresh eyes.

This bastard, he was no regular cat. He was a real king of cats or something.

But,

“Still, what do you think you can do with just them?”

They were merely wild animals.

Forget these wildcats, even a flock of this size of those yellow cats earlier, wouldn’t pose a threat to me…

Slash–!

“…”

Suddenly, something brushed past my cheek.

It was Nero.

He immediately hid himself among the wildcats, hard to find because he was so small and black.

I lightly patted my cheek, which had a small scratch on it.

“That speed was a little surprising… but is this the tactic you’re going with?”

Hit and run, hit and fade, huh…

I turned up the power, and spat the lightning out in all directions.

Soon after,

Crrrrrrackle–.

Crrrrrrackle–.

The electrocuted wildcats collapsed all at once.

Psssh–.

Psssh–.

Psssh–.

They never screamed.

It would’ve taken a lot of effort to kill all these wildcats one by one. I could’ve shown some gaps in the process. Maybe that was what Nero was aiming for.

But as long as it was enough to simply stun them, it wasn’t too difficult.

“I’m sorry, but this lightning isn’t in the same league as those yellow cats.”

“…”

Nero was on top of a fallen tree far away.

Startled by the power of the lightning, he’d managed to quickly avoid it.

“Are you going to stay there? Or do you have anything more to show?”

Then,

Step–.

Nero jumped down, and started trotting up to me again.

He still didn’t show any sign of fear.

“Squatjaw… you, are strong.”

“Why does that always come as a surprise to people so late in the game? It’s weird… Do I really look so weak?”

“Don’t hit me with your electricity.”

Soon after,

“Oh… already?”

Nero’s body suddenly began to glow brightly.

I was a little excited. Was he really going to show it to the readers?

Nero was now trying to transform into his real body. At this point of the plot, there were no divine beasts who’d evolved to stage 3, so he was probably stage 2.

Then,

Psss–.

The light that had shined so bright for an instant gradually dispersed, and Nero’s new form was revealed.

“Wow…”

I let out an unconscious exclamation.

It was great.

A puma? Or a jaguar? I didn’t know the exact species, but an incredibly handsome big black cat appeared.

“You look really cool.”

I said it sincerely, but there was no reply.

Instead,

Grrrrrrrrrr–.

There was only a threatening growl.

At this point, I was also a little nervous.

To be honest, it was because that last attack in the small cat form had already been quite fast. The attack after he transformed into his true body was bound to be several times faster and stronger.

But, of course,

“Come on, kitty-cat. I’ll play with you. Choo, choo.”

That didn’t mean I wouldn’t provoke him.

“I’m going to tear you apart.”

In an instant, his toenails turned black like they were made of metal. It seemed that Nero’s unique ability was ‘steel transformation’.

And then,

Aaaaaaang!

The bastard came at me.


How long did it take?

Playing (?) with Nero was fun.

It was more thrilling than I’d expected… although, yeah, even I would get a little angry if somebody scratched my toenails, even as just a joke.

And around the time I broke his eighth claw, I slowly prepared for the end of the battle.

In fact, I could’ve finished it before then, but I kept the spectacular scene going for a while for the sake of the readers. Although it was a bit worrying that the princess had been left alone, so I decided to finish up.

I slowly raised the power of the lightning. Nero was more resistant that I’d initially expected, so I had to gather some more power than usual. Even if this wasn’t a OHKO, he’d be feeling the effects.

“Whoo…”

Now was the time to finish.

The lightning condensed in my hands flew wildly.

Crrrrrackle–.

Nero was also preparing for the final blow.

Although it must’ve been very exhausting and difficult, he resolutely sharpened his toenails. He was definitely a pretty tough one.

“Let’s finish it, kitty-cat. This was fun.”

And just as I just got into position –

“Stop. That’s enough!”

Suddenly, I heard an unexpected sound.

I looked at Nero, puzzled.

It was crazy. The content, and the situation.

Obviously, it came from Nero. But it wasn’t his voice that I heard.

“Here, look here.”

Upon closer inspection, it wasn’t Nero who was talking.

The new voice was coming from the red ruby ​​he wore on his neck.

“… What?”

“Okay, stop the fighting. Any more, and my cat will die. What do you want?”

“…”

It wasn’t funny.

“No, what do you think you….”

“Yeah, Nero! Where are you now?”

Then,

“… Eastland.”

Nero answered quietly.

“Ah, are you there? Wait, Eastland, so it’s about that white bird from earlier? Hmmm… ah, the white hawk. That guy.”

The voice from ruby was busy with a solo Q&A session.

“Is it because of that white hawk? I won’t touch him anymore, so leave my cat alone. No need to do anything silly.”

The absurdity kept going until it broke through the roof.

Silly? So what about what’d happened so far?

While I was standing speechless at that brazen attitude –

“This guy knows my name.”

Nero spoke softly.

He seemed to have a slightly different opinion from the voice in the ruby.

“It’s possible that he also knows where we are…”

“So what? You idiot cat. Do you think you can handle this guy?”

“…”

“Hey, you there. Are you listening? How about it? We move on, ignoring each other. And forget everything that’s happened.”

Hmmm.

I had no intention of killing Nero anyway. How could I kill such a cute and handsome cat? Some readers might be frustrated, but the aftereffects of killing him would be much worse. He might’ve already gotten some fans.

I didn’t worry any further.

“It’s not that difficult, but in order to do that, you have to cut off the cause first.”

I carefully pulled the pigeon out of my pocket. He was still shaking.

“Hey, hey! Me, why am I…”

“Stay still.”

I pointed to Coocoo’s anklet.

“If you just get rid of this, everything can quietly disappear. Like nothing’s ever happened.”

Then,

“What is it, look a bit closer.”

“Anklet.”

“Ankle? Hmmm, if it’s an ankle…”

“The Bridle of Submission.”

“Oh, yeah, that.”

Ruby and Nero started whispering between themselves.

Soon after,

“Well, it’s not difficult.”

The voice in the ruby ​​said.

“Yeah? Then right now…”

“Come to Southland.”

“… What?”

“If you come here, I can cut it off. Otherwise, I can’t.”

It was an absurd statement.

“What do you mean?”

“I can’t help it. Because that restriction isn’t something that can be solved so easily.”

“Eeeh…”

He couldn’t fix it?

“Then I can’t just let this cat go.”

“Is that what you think? It won’t be up to you, Squatjaw.”

Nero bared his claws once more.

Then, while the atmosphere was getting serious once again –

“Wait, wait. Actually, there is one way…”

A whisper came out of the ruby.

“If you’ve got a point, talk quickly.”

“But I think it’ll be a bit difficult.”

“What?”

“Making him directly cut it off by himself.”

“What do you mean, ‘directly’?”

“That’s one way to get out of submission. The guy who bowed his head, now has to wake himself up again. And break that Bridle of Submission.”

“So, what does he have to do?”

“The method itself is simple.”

And the words that followed were, to say the least, very shounen-ish.

“You have to fight, by yourself. Against that bridle that makes you bow and cringe. And you have to overcome it.”

“What does that even mean…”

“Don’t you know? That guy has to face Nero now. But, on his own.”

It was embarrassing.

How could a pigeon the size of a little puppy take on a big cat that even used an unique ability?

And above all,

“I, I! It’s okay, it’s okay… you don’t have to.”

“Hey, you…”

“It’s okay to just… stay like this.”

It seemed that Coocoo had no intention of doing it.

“I did say, it’d be difficult. He can’t do it. Because he’s completely bound by the bridle. It’s already great that he hasn’t fainted yet.”

“…”

It was just as the guy said. Coocoo’s body was still shaking. He couldn’t even look at Nero properly. Or to be precise, at the ruby ​​that hung on his neck.

However,

“… That’s nothing.”

I didn’t intend to simply move on, saying, “So that’s just how it is.”

It was like a kind of ‘character awakening’.

And just as I’d been confident while talking with Bayar Khan, I was better than anyone else in the world when it came to awakening characters.

Actually, this guy could do it. With just a little help from his friends.

He had to fight the battle on his own, but so what?

Therefore,

Step, step.

I took a couple of steps forward, then thrust out my chest. Then I pointed at my heart with my right hand.

“Hey, cat! Aim here. I won’t resist. Don’t you have that final attack you didn’t get to use? Hit me with it.”

When I glanced at Coocoo, he was gaping in surprise, his beak open wide.

“You get it, right? I’m not going to avoid it, so if you don’t stop him… I’ll just die.”

It was simple. A shounen manga-type problem should have a shounen manga-type answer.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 86

Rumble!

The wagon shook loudly as the wheels hit a protruding stone. Bruns, the driver, glanced back at the compartment, but Callius was still immersed in thought and didn’t say anything.

‘Things have changed a lot.’

The northern lands, originally supposed to be destroyed, did not collapse, and the minions of the empire, who should’ve been running rampant, lost their momentum because of Callius’ Sword of Judgment.

A lot had already changed.

Including appearance of information that he’d never known about in the game.

That didn’t make what he knew worthless, but it did mean he could no longer be certain in his knowledge.

‘Is it okay to continue like this?’

The answer, was no.

Up until now, he’d only gotten stronger by himself.

There was no one who’d care about a maniac, so he hadn’t exactly chosen to stand alone, rather he’d been compelled to.

But wasn’t it different, now?

If you have to push yourself. If you have to try and do something beyond your scope. Those are the reasons for people to form groups.

Because there’s a limit on how much one can achieve alone.

Callius knew which direction the majority of the important people in the Carpe were heading. If he could recruit them in advance and assimilate them into his own force, it’d become a pretty powerful faction.

As Callius’ thoughts reached that point, he looked up at the twins.

‘They aren’t useless, at least.’

Unlike Bruns, who only ever knew to dumbly stare at him –

Nurturing these people would benefit him.

Orphin still had room for growth, and the twins had even more potential than that.

Rivan and Rinney.

When they came of age, they’d go and make great achievements on the frontlines against the empire in the West.

Things had changed a lot from the original scenario, and Callius’ tossing and turning had made them lose all support, but that didn’t diminish their future potential.

So they were worth nurturing.

More than Bruns, anyhow.

‘But it’s annoying.’

Although they were worth nurturing –

That didn’t mean he wanted to do it himself.

Who knew how long it’d take for them to grow up enough to be worth using? For such a vague promise of reward, should he give up even his own training and time?

When even his own path was blocked by a wall?

Also, little kids were annoying.

‘Should I send them to the Academy instead?’

If it was just to give some help, that wasn’t such a big problem.

Originally, he’d been thinking of sending Emily there to broaden her horizons, but then Rivan and Rinney came along.

If he didn’t accept their request, they really might die.

It didn’t really matter if they died or not, but they’d been together on the battlefield for a little while.

It wasn’t that it wouldn’t help later, either, so thinking about the future of Carpe, there was nothing wrong with helping them out a little.

“Orphin.”

“Yes, please tell me.”

“I’ll send Rivan and Rinney to the Royal Academy. You must bring the necessary documents and items.”

“R-, really!?”

Rinney, of course, and even Rivan, widened their eyes in amazement. They looked like they hadn’t expected this at all.

Orphin was just as happy.

“It’s not just about sending them there to study swordsmanship.”

“Then…?”

“The Royal Academy has many children from Carpe’s nobility. You two need to build relationships with the children of the nobles I’ll point out.”

It was kind of a deal.

He’d help the twins.

And the twins would form bonds with noble children, which would be helpful to him later.

This investment would definitely give him returns in the future, so in the long run, it was a pretty good deal for Callius too.

“Some of them would be helpful later, and some, not. Rinney will connect with the helpful guys. Rivan will have to make friends with the unhelpful.”

“…”

“Uh, what? Unhelpful…?”

Callius considered whether or not to talk clearly about it, but they’d eventually find out anyway, so he ended up confiding in them.

“Rivan, the children of the nobles you should become friends with, will all be children of the corrupt people I will punish.”

“…”

Rivan’s face turned white.

Callius was telling Rivan to catch hold of their weaknesses in advance.

“Your mission is going to be a big one, so if you don’t like it, tell me. Instead of you…”

“No, not Rinney. I’ll do it.”

Rivan couldn’t handle even the gentlest of taunts.

Or was it his pride as a brother?

Most of the children of the corrupt nobles resembled their parents, so they’d get along well with Rivan.

Because Rivan was also one of them at his core.

In any case, it was as simple as letting Rivan investigate and pass to Callius the information about their parents, one by one.

He might feel guilt and it might even be risky, since he’d have to stay close to those parents to find things out, but that was none of Callius’ business.

“It’s a deal.”

“Yeah, this is a deal.”

The twins were using him too.

And he was using them in turn.

It was just a transaction, so there were no lingering debts on either side.

Rivan put his hand out.

It looked like he wanted to shake hands to complete the transaction. He was a cheeky bastard to the end.

“Handshake. It’s a deal.”

Callius snorted.

The little boy was still as stiff-necked as he’d always been.

“Put that away. Shaking hands is only done when people are on an equal footing. Don’t forget your current circumstances.”

Rivan flushed and clenched his fists.

Reprimanding him like this was necessary.

Because the arrogant edges of his personality needed to be smoothed out a bit.

“Everyone, we’re here!”

“Then, the story ends with this. Because there’s another spoiled bastard I need to deal with.”

As Callius got off the carriage, he found the inquisitors of the Sixth Inquisitorial Squad already waiting, glaring at him with malice in their eyes.

That bastard just now, and now these bastards too.

“You’re all cheeky.”

Seeing the rows upon rows of sullen eyes –

Callius felt like today he should exert himself a bit.


“Here you are, Boss.”

“Yeah.”

They’d use ordinary iron swords.

There were no other rules in this sparring match.

“What was your name again? Dingo?”

“It’s Diego.”

The lieutenant of the Sixth Squad.

Diego.

He had neatly trimmed blue hair, and a plain face except for a scar on his cheek.

“Diego. Let me ask you one thing. What are you doing this for?”

All he’d mentioned he wanted was the right to not listen to Callius’ orders.

So Callius didn’t know what he was truly hoping for in his heart.

Did he want the captaincy?

So Callius simply asked.

What his true intention was.

Diego answered with bloodshot eyes, holding his iron sword at an angle.

“I know. That you killed our captain.”

Callius’ facial expression didn’t change.

“And how do you think you know that?”

“If not, prove it. With that great Sword of Judgment of yours.”

“I don’t have to, though.”

“No? You hypocritical bastard. I’ve already looked at the captain’s body. His neck had clear marks that seemed to be the work of a beast, but nowhere else.”

Instead, there were traces of a sword.

“You’re the only possibility.”

“Right.”

“Do you admit it?”

“What if I do?”

It was okay to skip the sword duel. The Church didn’t care, anyway.

Besides, he’d already became the captain, and since he was a Jervain with the title of a count, it shouldn’t be a big deal.

And –

‘Druma and Ryburn were going to die, anyway.’

Those two were always bound to die.

Although it could be said that all the people in the world were bound to die sooner or later, those two had a strong relationship with the extremist faction, so they would’ve definitely died at his hands in the future.

Or they’d die in the civil war.

Either way, they were dead men walking.

The archbishop was going to make his arrangements soon, and both of them were his pawns.

“I will take revenge.”

“Are you capable of that?”

“Fully!”

Whoosh–!

Dodging the sword that came at an angle –

Callius noticed the strong aura it contained.

Although it was supposed to be only a spar, the aura gave that the lie.

Callius glanced at Genos, standing nearby, because this was absurd.

“Are you going to just let this go?”

“It’s fun, so yeah.”

Genos grinned strangely at who knew what he found funny, and declined to intervene.

The referee was also a madman, adding on to the absurdity of the situation, but there was nothing Callius could do about it.

‘I just have to smash him down.’

The sword that came at him, no matter how strong it looked on the surface, felt shallow.

Apparently, it was only the barks of a rude dog that didn’t know its place. If that were the case, then it should be enough to demonstrate the overwhelming disparity between them.

Even though he was blocked by a wall right now, he wasn’t at a level where guys like these could dream about beating him.

Deputy Commander Diego might’ve been the best among the paladins in the squad –

“Yeah, I guess you’re just a lieutenant.”

But he was weaker than the captain.


Things were going strangely.

The crowd of people who’d been blatantly clamouring for Callius’ death at the start of the match, were now keeping their mouths shut.

“…”

“…”

In the midst of that suffocating silence –

Only the two little children Callius had brought with him were chattering as if they were having fun.

“You saw?”

“Yeah. The count turned the sword round in a circle, so even though that blue-haired guy was chopping down with both hands, he still got redirected and hit the ground instead.”

Rivan and Rinney, who’d climbed a nearby tree to spy on the spar, were filled with excitement as they looked at Callius’ swordsmanship.

Although Rivan had been insulted with a fork in the North, he couldn’t help but know of Callius’ deeds there.

Because Callius was now called the Hero of the North, he had no choice but to respect the man as a knight, even if he was personally reluctant to do so.

While glancing up at the blatantly chattering twins, Orphin was internally full of surprise.

‘You’ve become stronger than ever.’

Callius now showed more sophisticated swordsmanship than when he’d been in the North.

It used to be strong and fast, but now it looked rather slow and powerless, but it was nevertheless even more efficient.

Should it be said that all unnecessary power has been pruned out? Should it be said that the opponent’s power was being used against him?

“It looks like he’s toying with his opponent.”

On the surface, Diego was attacking fiercely, and Callius was being pushed into defence.

But in fact, Diego was the one perplexed.

With minimal movement and minimal force, Callius parried and blocked his opponent’s sword.

If the opponent, frustrated, tried a big technique, Callius stabbed at the flaw that opened up.

“Hah, hah, hah. Huff –”

Of course, there were physical differences as well.

Diego attacked with divine power, but not Callius.

He was fighting without consuming almost any divine power.

“This…”

“This is Jervain’s trash?”

It was like watching an adult deal with a child.

Callius was consistently indifferent to Diego’s attacks.

He was so relaxed that he didn’t even need to raise his divine power.

How could there be such a difference in skill?

“This is the problem with you paladins. You tend to believe only in your divine power and neglect physical training. So now you’re out of breath.”

Callius slowly raised his sword.

Looking at him pose as a teacher, Diego almost foamed at the mouth.

“Shut up!”

But the victor didn’t change no matter how much his spittles flew.

As Diego’s sword rushed in like a wild boar, Callius parried it with a flick and repelled it.

Claaaang–!

Whiiiish, th-ud–

The sword struck the floor, bouncing a few times. Diego fell to his knees at the same time.

“What a piece of garbage. Druma might’ve been satisfied with that, but I’m not. If the lieutenant’s skills are like this, I can tell how skilled those below you would be.”

“Ugh…”

Sparks flew from the eyes of the squad members who’d been gloomily watching their lieutenant’s defeat.

“Are you sad? If you feel unhappy, feel free to come up and raise your sword like your lieutenant did. But it won’t just be a spar this time.”

It’d be a true duel.

A life-and-death duel between members of the Church.

Not with toy iron swords, but with carcasses.

“…”

“…”

It was a naked insult.

But no one came up.

Even Lieutenant Diego had been destroyed like that, so what could lowly squad members like them do?

“You’re all garbage. I was the idiot for thinking you guys would be of any use. Why would the subordinates be any different from their boss?”

At that bitter insult, everyone grabbed the swords they wore around the waist.

But Callius only laughed at them. Even if they grabbed their swords, no one dared to come up directly.

If they did come up, they wouldn’t be going down alive.

The stark difference in power had already been demonstrated.

“Are you feeling sad? This is how power works. Why do you think we are lagging behind the empire? Because the sword is weaker than the spear? No. We’re just weak. Why do you guys have no choice but to stand still and listen to my insults? Because you’re weak, too.”

The weak have no right to speak.

Power is providence itself in the world of man.

The strong act proud in front of the weak, but the weak can only bow infinitely low in front of the strong.

They can only lower their eyes and tremble, without any way to express their dissatisfaction.

Like a listless dog.

That was the current state of Carpe.

“No matter how many times the empire invades the kingdom, we can only defend. No matter what insults they throw at us, we can only persevere.”

Such was the disastrous ordeal that a powerless country had to suffer.

It hadn’t been like this in the beginning.

A few hundred years ago, the sword and the spear had been evenly matched, and constantly at each other’s throats. But that was long ago.

The empire ate up the other nearby nations, and grew in power and reach.

Carpe didn’t.

It was a small difference.

Carpe had the power to do it, but didn’t. And this was how it ended up.

“How long are you going to live like that?”

“Then what should we do?”

One inquisitor shouted.

Almost crying.

He was a sensitive guy, for a paladin.

“It’s simple. You just have to become strong.”

“We practice all the time!”

“Then your training methods must’ve been wrong.”

Having said that, Callius stopped talking. Because a good idea had just popped into his head.

‘Wrong training method, huh?’

Now Callius himself was blocked by a wall. He’d tried everything he could, but the wall showed no signs of budging.

There didn’t seem to be any way out, except the ability of Death Verse Composition.

‘These guys could be my test subjects.’

Didn’t someone say so?

The reason people teach is not for others, but for themselves.

By letting others know, you can know yourself more thoroughly.

“Follow me. You, with your rubbish skills… I’ll train you.”

Tock, tock, tock.

Heavy raindrops fell from the dim sky.

“Anyone who’s watched the spar should know. I didn’t use even a single speck of divine power. How can that be?”

“Because your skills are so superior…”

The eyes of the lieutenant commander, who’d been lying on the floor in the training arena, turned to the person who’d spoken with a glare.

Callius slammed his fist into Diego’s face.

Thud!

“Uggh!”

“Right. But it’s only half right. Because I have high basic physical abilities. Even if you draw out your divine power and strengthen the functions of your body, you can’t overtake me. Then, consider, who’d have the upper hand?”

“Uh, you, Captain.”

Somebody finally called Callius Captain.

Callius smiled and nodded.

This fact is often overlooked.

What do you do with your divine power?

Mostly people use it to draw out the power of their swords, or greatly increase their physical abilities.

However, the reality is that physical training is often neglected as a result.

Most of the techniques of praying to and beseeching God to improve the quality of your divine power, rather than physical power, are inefficient.

“And the efficiency of your technique is just garbage.”

“But we…”

All of them must’ve been trained by the Church.

But they were still trash.

Because the basic spiritual power training method was just that bad, with an abysmal efficiency.

“Then, what do you recommend, Captain?”

“It’s annoying to specify every detail. Rather, some sparring would be better for demonstration.”

“…”

The faces of the squad members contorted even more.

It wasn’t enough for them to be insulted, now they were going to be harassed under the guise of sparring?

“So come learn by yourselves, instead.”

“…?”

The faces of the members, who’d been trembling with shame and anger, brightened a little.

“Think, discuss, practice. And challenge those stronger than you to prove that you’re really bettering yourselves.”

You can’t force somebody to learn swordsmanship with just theoretical explanations.

It needs self-awareness, and self-realization.

Callius would let them understand the essence of swordsmanship from him.

“I will not force you.”

However –

“If you seek strength, follow. You will never regret it. And if anyone here ever beats me in a spar, I’ll hand over the captaincy to them.”

Leaving only those words behind –

Callius left without any regrets.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 85

It was a dark night, with even the moonlight covered by clouds.

Several candles placed on the floor were the only sources of light in the darkness that enveloped the hall.

At their centre, was Callius.

Placed next to him was a sword.

Silently kneeling, as if in deep contemplation, controlling his breathing, he was still as stone[1].

A minute passed, then ten, then an hour. Finally, Callius moved, as his divine power bloomed and his aura surged.

Whooosh– Slowly rising, he grabbed the sword next to him and raised it above his head.

His eyes were staring into empty air, but the image of a man was reflected in his retinas.

The bastard who’d provoked him in the past, with a mane of fluttering sun-coloured hair.

Lutheon, a traitor and apostate of the Order.

Whooosh–!

Callius’ aura expanded.

All the dozens of candles around him were extinguished one by one, until the last remaining candle also puffed out.

Claang–

Callius threw his sword away.

The candles that had been extinguished earlier, ate up the smoke and began burning again.

Rivulets of sweat ran down his cheeks and wet the hall floor.

“Damn it.”

It didn’t go well.

What didn’t, exactly?

Of course, it was Other Shore Flower.

There were several steps needed to execute it.

First, build a Raging Flower Wave.

Next, unfold a White Haze.

Finally pierce the mysterious bridge between the two, and envelop and unite it with your sword.

Although it resembled a sword boundary, it wasn’t – it contained a complex force of repulsion in condensed form, made to collide with the opponent’s divine power and detonate.

That, was the Other Shore Flower.

But it took too long to execute.

There were too many preparatory movements and techniques.

It was of course a brilliant technique even with that, but since Callius had already achieved it once, he now wanted to master it.

To be able to freely execute it, without the overly long preparatory sequence.

“I think I might get a clue about the fourth peak once I master this…”

It wasn’t just greed in his part.

Callius had climbed to the third peak of the Six Peak Flowers technique a while ago, but he’d made no further progress since then.

Because it was needlessly difficult.

Ever since leaving the North, he’d regularly been trying to gather his spirit power into his belly, but he’d never found a way to climb to the fourth peak.

It was difficult.

He knew it’d be difficult, but this was too difficult!

Callius dearly missed the help of the Death Verse Composition.

He’d even considered artificially creating a near-death situation, but since he had no holy water on hand, he’d shelved the idea.

The situation was supremely frustrating, to say the least.

“The wall is too high.”

He remembered the feeling at that time.

The sensations he’d felt when he’d killed the orc general, was still indelibly etched into his hands.

Yet without that strange state of enlightenment, he’d failed in every attempt to properly recreate it.

“There’s still no progress.”

His path was blocked by a high wall.

Unlike his complaints which only grew with time, Callius’ growth had stagnated.

Of course, his strength had risen remarkably higher compared to his time in the North, but he was still hungry for more, and it was as if he could smell a luxurious banquet just a little further along his path.

A sturdy wall was blocking the way.

He just needed to break it down.

Then he would go forth and feast!

“But how? This just isn’t working.”

Callius slumped back on the floor, sitting cross-legged.

He’d been thinking.

[Six Peak Flowers – Three Peaks].

There were now three strong buds in his elixir field, and inside them was the seed of a defeated God.

He’d been wondering if there was a way to exploit it further, but to no avail.

He never missed a day of practice, and he tried to activate it whenever he had free time, but so far there’d been no significant result.

It was quiet as if its role had been fulfilled. To be honest, he didn’t know even now what the seed actually was.

It’d disappeared as if it had been completely absorbed.

Wondering whether it lay dormant within the three peaks, he’d tried again and again to access it, but there’d been no response.

Callius wished someone would let him know what its actual deal was.

“Let’s do some training.”

Callius again concentrated on the three peaks in his elixir field.

Or rather, the veins between them.

The veins –

Were the circular pathways that connected the buds of the three peaks, like a stem.

If he focused his spiritual power upon it, that stem would grow and dig into his whole body as if it were alive.

From his elixir field, it would start radiating outwards, following the passages of his divine blood.

Like the roots of a tree.

“But there’s a limit.”

It was limited in its reach.

Right now, it reached his solar plexus at best.

That was all.

And once he released his focus, the stem of the veins would fade once again, and sink back into his elixir field.

Once again connecting the three peaks in a circle.

Though several trials, Callius had already verified the effect and effectiveness of the veins.

“Once I activate the veins, my cycling of divine power becomes faster and denser.”

Divine power, is drawn from the outside.

It enters the body through the sacred orifice, and if the veins are there to facilitate the cycle, the circulating speed and density can double, or even triple.

Meaning the system can handle twice or thrice the load.

That’s how insanely efficient the veins are.

The purity of divine power is of course a boon.

And the circulation speed being much faster, makes it useful in high-speed combat.

If you’re quicker to circulate your power, you can move and act a step ahead compared to your opponent.

You can also shorten the time to gather your physical and spiritual power for an explosive surge, with the help of the three peaks blooming.

Callius’ mastery of the spirit veins hadn’t reached its limits yet, so as he continued to practice, his horizons should gradually expand.

“Huff.”

Callius gathered his thoughts and brought out a silver cup from his bosom.

The items he’d obtained from the North were all in a set.

He’d given Emily one of the three sacred stones, so there were only two left now.

He planned to consume these two once he was confident in breaking through the wall he was facing.

But he didn’t know how to use the last item.

Click.

A silver chalice.

It was the holy grail of a defeated God.

“What even is this?”

What was its use?

Holy grails were legendary for their power of purification, but there’d been no response when he’d poured some water into it.

Even with blood, there’d been no reaction.

“It doesn’t have any divine power. Even if I put in the sacred stones, nothing happens. Really, if you did have to give me something, couldn’t you at least tell me how to use it?”

Tch! Callius clicked his tongue as he put the holy grail back.

Suddenly, all around became bright.

While he’d been lost in thought, the night had passed and the sun was rising over the mountains.

“It’s tiring to practice all alone. There’s no point if I’m not making any progress, either.”

Having a teacher would’ve been great, but there was nobody here who deserved to teach him.

To be honest, he could be proud of himself.

“How’s Old Man Bernard doing, I wonder?”

Nostalgia took hold of him for a moment, but then Callius shook his head and got up.

‘Even that old man would find it difficult to help.’

Because he now only had a single arm.

“By the way, I think the duel is today?”

Ever since arriving in the capital, he hadn’t moved his body properly.

Since the lieutenant was begging for a fight, Callius decided to give him a beating first, but he’d have to figure out his future prospects for training afterwards.

“Should I write a letter when I’m done?”

That old man –

He might’ve been scolding his wayward disciple who hadn’t sent back a single letter.


“Really, that guy, he’s never going to learn any manners.”

“That’s just how Dad is.”

Ha! Haaaah!

While looking at the prospective knight candidates wielding their swords, Bernard cursed Callius while Emily was by his side.

Emily had no reaction at all to her father being cursed at.

She just stared at her peers training, her hands crossed under her chin, as if bored.

“Anybody here who can give you a fight?”

“Not in my age group, no.”

“The Jervains your age should be a little different?”

“They’re similar.”

Come to think of it, this was a child who’d fought orcs on the battlefield.

It was normal that her peers couldn’t satisfy her.

“Hmm, if he hasn’t gotten involved in anything useless, he should’ve reached the capital by now. Why hasn’t there been any contact? Emily, poor lass, you don’t feel like he’s abandoned you again, right?”

“Not really. It doesn’t matter.”

“You know, it’s nice to hear you call him ‘Dad’. Do you call him that in your head? If Callius ever heard you call him that in public he’d go wild. Kahaha!”

“Stop drinking. It smells.”

“It’s holy water, I tell you! Holy water! Knock it off!”

Gulp.

“Kaha–! This taste makes life worth it.”

“You do nothing but drink every day. If you’ve got nothing else to do, please fight me.”

“Do you want to fight an old man with only one arm left?”

“You’re still strong, aren’t you?”

“All right, all right, little girl.”

Bernard emptied the bottle and let out a breath.

“Emily. tell me something. Do you know where Rivan and Rinney have gone?”

“Why?”

“Just curious. It doesn’t matter if you tell me now, you know. No matter where they go, they won’t be able to hide that they are Jervains.”

The black hair and the grey pupils couldn’t be hidden so easily.

“They didn’t specifically come and tell me before they left. I just have a rough idea.”

“So, where did they go?”

“They left because they thought they were going to die otherwise.”

“So, where?”

To the capital of Carpe.

“They’ve followed him?”

“They thought that’d be the only way to survive. Because there was no one in the North to give them shelter.”

“And Callius would?”

“He won’t kill them, at least.”

“Why didn’t you go too?”

“I… I said I was going to wait.”

The eyes of the girl with her head bowed were filled with longing for her father.

“That bastard won’t come back anytime soon. If you keep waiting, you might be an old maid before he does, you know?”

“Then… should I go too?”


At the same time –

I frowned.

“Why are you here?”

“Greeting, Sir Heir of Jervain.”

“Shouldn’t we call him Count, now?”

“He’s a captain of the Heretic Inquisition. Captain would be more appropriate.”

From the left, Orphin de Liofen.

Rinney von Jervain.

And finally, Rivan von Jervain.

“We aren’t inquisitors though. So we should call him Count.”

“Since the young lady is also a Jervain, wouldn’t Heir be better?”

“Count is the best to use in public, since it’s the highest title.”

“All right. Then, Count.”

Thump.

Orphin knelt down, and following her, Rivan and Rinny also knelt together.

“Please accept us.”

This was a symbolic action.

Signifying allegiance to nobility.

However –

“Denied.”

I’ve already got one useless hanger-on in Bruns, why would I add more? I have no obligations towards any of you.

“Then…! It’s fine if it’s not me! But the two of them…”

“What about them?”

“They have nowhere to go.”

“What, did they forget the North where they were born and raised? Just go back there again.”

Why did you come down south with these two in tow?

“Then we will die.”

Rinney begged.

Had she grown taller? I hadn’t seen her for a few months, but she seemed to have grown a little.

“Why would you die for no reason? You are a Jervain!”

Even if from a branch line, they were still Jervains.

Who’d dare kill one?

In the North, only the beasts and the orcs would dare harm a Jervain.

“We’ll probably die by the hand of the Jervain family.”

Killed by the family?

I hadn’t considered that.

“You know what they call us? Jervain’s shame! Son and daughter of a traitor. The knights who used to shower with us gifts, now frown every time they see us.”

“Jervain’s blood runs cold.”

The Jervain coat of arms was symbolic of that, in a sense.

Useless bloodlines would be pruned off.

The faces of these children were reminders of the traitor who had carved his shame on the flawless mien of Jervain.

To be honest, the original Callius had been a direct bloodline descendant so it was different for him, but it was common for Jervains to kill each other.

There was a chance that the family elders themselves might come forward and erase them.

‘Come to think of it, the patriarch told me to take care of them, but I forgot and came straight down south.’

There were so many things on my plate that I’d plain forgotten about the matter.

“Please!”

“Please!!”

“P-, please.”

Except for Rivan, for whom kneeling seemed to be hurting his self-esteem, the others looked very pathetic as they begged.

As I was contemplating what to do, Bruns pulled up a wagon.

“Woohoo! Eh? What’s all this?”

That idiotic voice broke the solemn atmosphere.

“Get up immediately. I’ve got some business to take care of.”

“What…”

I scratched the bridge of my nose.

“The lieutenant of my squad has applied for a spar with me.”

“I will go too!”

“Me too…”

“Can we go together?”

“No, the carriage is too small to fit all of us…”

While saying that, I actually took a look, and –

“… You brought something pointlessly large.”

Bruns had borrowed a far too large wagon for no reason.

“I did good, right? If they see this, even the inquisitors will once again realize your magnificence, Boss!”

He was being spectacularly useless, as usual.

“Tch. Just drive.”

“Yeah!!”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 망부석 (lit. dead wife stone), from a Korean legend about a faithful wife who waited so long for her distant husband to return that she turned into a fossil.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 63

Yellow Cat, Black Cat

He was a weird one.

The yellow-coloured beast, which I still wasn’t sure was actually a mountain cat or not, was just standing in place, staring at me.

Without a single sound or the slightest movement.

Those bright red eyes simply stared at me, unmoving.

He was clearly no wild animal.

As per the setting, most wild divine beasts were hostile to humans – and the more isolationist ones wouldn’t even hesitate to pre-emptively attack humans intruding on their territory.

But, let alone attack, he didn’t seem to even hold any particular hostility towards me. What shone in those red irises was something closer to indifference.

This left me with a strange impression, as if I was looking at a machine, rather than a living being. It might’ve been a bit hyperbolic to say, but all interest and curiosity seemed to have been erased under repeated mental domination.

Leaving only a lifeless serenity that didn’t fit a wild divine beast at all.

And above all else, Coocoo’s horrified reaction was the evidence.

Coocoo’s wings had been trembling ever since the beast had appeared. With his head bowed down, he looked quite anxious.

But it wasn’t fear that gripped him, I felt. Rather, he seemed to be in pain, recalling some old trauma. The thought that those ‘bastards’ had come to catch him again had triggered a panic attack.

I gently held Coocoo’s wings.

“… Squatjaw?”

“It’s alright, what are you shaking so much for?”

“Ah, but these guys….”

“It’s alright.”

After a while,

“… Haah, damn it.”

Fortunately, Coocoo seemed to have calmed down a bit.

“That yellow beast. You know him?”

Coocoo shook his beak at my question.

“I don’t. It’s just, the smell…”

“Smell? Does he smell like them? The organization that captured you?”

Instead of answering, Coocoo turned to yellow cat. It looked like he was trying to remember something.

And then –

“… It’s not just him.”

Said something odd.

“What’re you talking about?”

“He didn’t come alone, damn it.”

Coocoo was falling into a panic again. His trauma ran deeper than I thought.

Hmmm.

Basically, there might be several people nearby who also controlled their own divine beasts, and there might be a few more divine beasts besides this yellow cat.

“Tch…”

Ignoring the cowardly and mentally unstable pigeon, I turned to the yellow cat, who was still blankly staring at me.

It was difficult to imagine. That this guy was also a divine beast.

I decided to start up a conversation.

“Hm, hey, yellow cat. Can you even speak?”

I waited for a while, but no answer came.

But I didn’t give up. Even if he couldn’t speak, I thought he might be able to understand my words.

“Did you come here for us? Where’s your master?”

All the divine beasts I’d seen in the original had been like that. Although few of them could speak, all of them, without exception, could communicate with their masters. Between humans and beasts, the intelligence of divine beasts was closer to the former.

And soon,

Purr–.

The guy made a small noise.

Sounded like agreement.

“So, you did come to visit us… What’s your purpose?”

The guy slowly turned back. Then he shook his head a couple of times, like signaling us to follow.

What should I do?

The approach was very different from what I’d expected, but it was clear that ‘enemies with divine beasts of their own’ had come a-knocking. Not one, but several.

‘Isn’t… the gap a bit too big?’

The first wave had been small fries, but the ones who’d followed right after were honestly a bit concerning.

After thinking for a while, I called out to the princess.

“If I don’t come back within a couple of hours, start moving. I’ll follow later.”

“Why, what… is it because of that beast?”

“Yeah. The bad guys who’d imprisoned Coocoo have come to chat. It’s no big deal, so don’t worry.”

“But…”

“Don’t get caught up in this mess for no reason just because we’ve been together for a while. You have enough enemies already.”

“…”

I’d had no intention of leaving the princess by herself, but this was different. These guys were the only enemies with a different purpose. They’d come to get Coocoo back, and didn’t care about the princess at all. It’d be cleaner and quicker to solve the problem without worrying about her getting caught up in it.

Of course, she’d have to protect herself properly during the period.

“If you’re in danger, remember to call the old man.”

“… I’m not weak either, you know.”

“Yeah, alright. Then, take care of yourself.”

A character can’t grow if there’s no crisis, anyway.

So, I wasn’t against exposing the princess to a little danger, although it wouldn’t do to go overboard.

“Remember. Two hours.”

Grabbing Coocoo, I followed after the yellow cat.


The yellow cat guided us to a nearby forest.

Crossing the thick woods, we reached the depths, an empty patch of land covered with fallen leaves.

And, there –

“Ah, there you are.”

A man in a flashy outfit was standing there.

He was wearing a white coat embroidered with different colours, like some kind of a stage magician costume. If it was a deliberate choice of fashion, I could only applaud his taste as being quite unique. Both his cheeks were painted with rouge, completing the foppish look.

Well, if this was the organization’s uniform, that’d explain a few things.

He spoke.

“You know me, right?”

It was an absurd way to start the conversation.

“How could I? It’s my first time seeing you.”

This guy had never even appeared in the original.

“Oh, I mean, you know what I’m here for? Right? You must’ve heard it all by now.”

He pointed to the left pocket of my cloak. Where Coocoo was nestled.

“Yeah. You’re villains. You catch divine beasts and put curses on them. Bad guys who lure adventurers and attack them.”

At my words, he giggled, and then broke into full-blown laughter.

“So you do know.”

“And now you’re targeting me.”

“Right.”

He stopped chuckling and stared at me.

Then –

“Originally, I didn’t intend to meet you here, but I guess I ran out of patience.”

He pulled out a bell from his pocket.

As he shook it, the yellow cat slowly approached and stood next to him.

“I saw it.”

“What?”

“That throw.”

“… You mean that rock?”

Then –

“Rock? Ah… yeah, that guy was dumb as a rock, you mean? It’s true. Boasting like that, when he couldn’t even notice the difference in strength between you two?”

He giggled again.

Hmmm.

From the looks of it, this guy hadn’t even seen me in the preliminaries.

And come to think of it,

“But… are you the only one here?”

Oddly enough, I couldn’t feel anybody else nearby. Not even any beasts.

I looked around.

It was puzzling. Why was this guy here all alone?

This wasn’t just because of Coocoo’s words, ‘not alone’.

Because I thought there had to be more than just this guy and that yellow divine beast to such a vicious group.

“Are you really the only one?”

“Oh, why?”

“I’m wondering if you’re dumb as a rock, too, since you can’t even notice the difference in strength between us.”

“…”

Appearance is one of the most important criteria for determining an opponent’s strength in this world.

If you’re handsome, you’re strong, if you’re stylish, you’re strong, and if you look larger than life, of course you’re strong.

Naturally, there’re a lot of exceptions, and the accuracy drops a lot towards the end of the storyline. Because all the characters that appear are strong, the emphasis on personality becomes more important than appearance.

But, only for ‘humans’.

For divine beasts, appearance is a strict criterion for judging their strength.

To make it simple – the smaller and cuter it is, the more powerful it is.

Does it look cute enough to just eat up? Then it’s strong enough to easily crush an S-class adventurer.

Of course, the true body, once revealed, can be large and imposing. But in general, it needs to look pretty and cute. That’s the condition of being a powerful divine beast in this shounen manga.

And it’s a formula that doesn’t change all the way to the end.

The yellow cat in front of me did feel quite strong, but he lost just from the appearance. Too bad, but he wasn’t small, and he wasn’t cute either.

In other words, it’d be difficult to get rid of even the most inexperienced adventurers with just this one divine beast. As long as they’re adventurers, they must possess some ability.

And, to say the least –

“You don’t think… you don’t think I’m in the same league as those idiots you beat earlier?”

“If you have friends nearby, call them in quickly. Don’t end up regretting it later.”

This rock-head who couldn’t even notice the difference in strength between us, wasn’t enough for this job.


If I were to divide the current characters in terms of strength, with a very simple grade system –

1. Weak

2. Normal

3. Strong

4. Monster

I was naturally at the fourth level, a ‘monster’.

To be more specific, among the characters that currently existed, there was no one who I thought could threaten me, except for Karl Zayed.

The reason was simple. Because it was still early, the worldview hadn’t been expanded enough yet, and strong enough characters hadn’t had the chance to come up on stage.

The power balance of this world was forever set based on Leo, and Leo’s current power was at level 4, a fellow ‘monster’. No matter how strong a villain appeared right now, they wouldn’t be at a level that Leo couldn’t beat. The balance would break otherwise. The Huntington Bandits that Leo and his party faced in this chapter, were the same.

In a nutshell, there was no one who could be considered stronger than Leo right now, except for the two (me and Karl Zayed) who’d ranked higher than him in the qualification test.

Of course, this wouldn’t last very long.

The power scale in a shounen manga isn’t static. There inevitably comes a time when the characters rapidly grow stronger, a ‘period of upheaval’ that also heralds an ‘expansion of the worldview’.

A time when the main character is given a new environment and goal, the stage expands dramatically, and a gaggle of new characters show up. Characters who’ve only existed as ‘settings’ till then, are realized in the world and reveal their presence.

When that time came, Leo’s rating would also be naturally adjusted, from the fourth level, ‘monster’, to ‘normal’, the second level from the bottom; and in severe enough cases, even to the lowermost level, ‘weak’. On the other hand, all the new characters would be at either level 3 ‘strong’ or level 4 ‘monster’.

In other words, even though I was at level 4 right now, a ‘monster’, when the time came, I too would have to drop in level.

The most turbulent time next in the schedule was the chapter where the ‘Scramble for Ramirez’s Treasure’ would take place. From that point on, my strength would rapidly drop, enough that even staying at level 3, ‘strong’, might get difficult.

And even if I somehow raised my rating to level 4 ‘monster’ again, once I crossed the King’s Road and entered ‘Midland’, I’d again fall back to level 1, ‘weak’. Same as Leo.

In sum, once powerful guys started appearing one after another in the not-too-distant future, my strength would become nothing special.

But not yet. Right now, it was hard to find someone stronger than me, anywhere.

And therefore –

“Hahaha! Where’s all this arrogance coming from? Just from beating those horse thieves earlier? Do you even know what’s next to me right now? It’s called a divine beast, a divine beast! It’s not like the pigeon you’ve got with you, it’s not restricted, it’s a real divine beast!”

His speech and behaviour gave credence to the hypothesis that his dumbness indeed approached that of a rock.

Waving the bell in his hands, he whispered something into the yellow cat’s ear.

Then, the yellow cat slowly walked forward.

I looked at him and didn’t take any action. There was no reason to, because I didn’t think he was a threat.

However, the guy in the flashy outfit seemed to think that I was frozen with fear.

“Hey, if you stand still, you’ll get eaten. Do you know what I just said to this cutie?”

He giggled, giving me no time to answer, and answered himself first.

“I told him to eat one of your feet first. So be careful. He’s got pretty sharp teeth.”

He wasn’t that funny, either.

“Let’s hope you’ve paid more attention to this kid’s feet than mine.”

I pointed to Coocoo.

“If I catch you, can you remove that thing from his ankle?”

The guy replied with a grin.

“I’ll let you know if you can beat my cutie.”

And then,

Growl!

The yellow cat rushed towards me.

At this point, I was indeed a little flustered, because he was slower than I thought.

He didn’t even use his unique ability.

Just bared his claws and ran at me with open jaws.

‘Like a cheeky little kitten.’

I lightly dodged the front paws that came flying and grabbed him by the neck.

Growl–?

Then I spun him around a few times.

Gr-, growl…?

And then –

“Here, take him back! I’m strong, but I can’t control my strength very well, you see?”

I threw the yellow cat back at the guy who was still staring blankly as if he hadn’t figured out the situation yet.

Gr-, growl!!!

Whooosh–.

“Wai-, wait a minute…”

Of course, I didn’t stand still either.

While the yellow cat was sailing through the air, I was already rushing  at him.

“Huh!?”

The man’s face, up close, was full of surprise and bewilderment.

“What’re you so surprised about? This is just the beginning.”

I grabbed him by the neck.

“Stop!”

I felt a flash of heat behind me and hurriedly backed away.

Then,

Bang–!

A fireball struck where I’d just been standing.

“That was dangerous. This is why I told you to wait.”

“Yeah, you idiot! I told you to unseal the divine beast’s unique ability as soon as you meet an enemy who looks strong.”

Turning around, I saw two men who looked like they were in the same party, walking out of the bushes.

‘Ah, so that’s how it is.’

And next to them were two big cats that looked like they could be brothers of the yellow one. The fireball seemed to be the work of one of them. Smoke was still rising from his mouth.

One of the two newcomers shouted at me.

“Who are you!”

“Huh?”

It was a rather odd question.

I scratched my head.

“Isn’t that what I should be asking? It was you guys who followed me.”

“Shut up!”

…?

While I was feeling dizzy from this deluge of absurdity –

“… Bastard! I was careless just now, but it’ll be different from now on!”

The owner of the first yellow cat cried out with anger. A very typical line for an extra.

“Now, has everybody gathered? This is all of you?”

I asked, tilting my head.

“Heh, your luck’s now run out.”

I was feeling puzzled. Were these guys really all of them?

To be honest, the two new additions didn’t make them much more of a threat. I might need a little more time, but the ending wouldn’t change.

But I was feeling a strange sense of incongruity. As if there was still something more left.

Although very faint, there was a sense of crisis.

Why?

It took a little while, but I managed to pinpoint where the source of that discomfort came from.

It wasn’t far. Right from my left pocket.

Coocoo’s trembling hadn’t stopped. Not yet.

I glanced at his shivering, silent form.

What was making him tremble?

Not the humans in front of me, or those beasts. I was sure of that. There had to be somebody else out there somewhere.

I looked around eagerly.

The idiots in front of me were still talking, but I ignored them. Because they didn’t matter.

‘Obviously there’s another guy, somewhere here…’

That was then –

… Huh?

As I was scanning my surroundings, something caught my eye.

It only flashed in my vision for a moment, but my head naturally stopped in its arc.

And unconsciously, I gaped.

That was how strong the presence was.

It was a black cat perching on a tree branch in the distance.

Even though the darkness had descended, I could clearly notice him even through the thick cover of trees. How absurdly beautiful he was.

This cat… was crazy.

And in that moment, I was sure.

That guy was the culprit. The reason why Coocoo was still shivering.

At the same time, the black cat also seemed to notice my gaze.

He jumped off his perch and padded closer.

“N-, no!”

“W-, we can take care of this!”

“You really don’t have to come out…”

The black cat didn’t respond to their cries.

Instead,

“Who are you?”

He spoke to me.

I was so surprised I even forgot to reply. I just stared blankly with my mouth agape.

However, this was not because of what he said, nor because of the revelation that the leader of the pursuers was a divine beast instead of a human.

It was because I found the appearance of the black cat quite familiar.

Heterochromatic eyes, that gleamed in the dark as if an emerald and a sapphire had been embedded into his shiny black coat.

A large red ruby ​​hanging from his neck.

A cat I knew from the original.

[A speciality of the Southland National Park, commonly known as the ‘Jewel Cat’].

I carefully called out his name.

“Nero?”

In an instant, the black cat’s paws froze.

… His eyes widened in surprise.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 62

Attack, Start!

Regarding the qualifications one would need to be called a warrior, different people have different opinions.

Some say that you have to be strong, and others say that you need to be skilled with weaponry. Yet others may say that only those who can survive in battle after killing the enemy are worthy of being called warriors.

But the requirements for warriors of the Skull Empire are a little clearer than that.

First, of course, power.

In order to be called a warrior of the Skull Empire, one must have power several times stronger than others. If you don’t have the strength, how can you go further beyond all other countries while carrying the honour of the empire on your back?

And second, adaptability.

A warrior of the Skull Empire should be at home no matter which strange faraway land he finds himself in. He must be able to acquire food and supplies by analysing the local flora and fauna, and he must be able to adapt to the local climate, no matter how harsh and unfamiliar.

A conqueror needs not just strength, but adaptability and perseverance to withstand new environments.

Bayar Khan had said that the first checkpoint in the final round was to test that.

Adaptability, and survivability.

I thought it wouldn’t be too difficult.

Look at me, wasn’t I still surviving even after falling into this alien land?

The problem was, I wasn’t the only one who had to meet this requirement, this time.

I looked at my horse, panting next to me.

Even though he hadn’t had to touch the ground with his legs that much, he seemed quite tired.

The road to Maroon Mountain was a harsher trial for horses than for humans, to be fair.

For some reason, everywhere we passed, was filled with this guy’s natural enemies.

Swamp leeches, forest snakes, sand scorpions, poisonous river frogs…

And not just that, a strange, tangy smell pervaded the air everywhere.

Bayar Khan called it the smell of a ‘mountain cat’. A very ferocious feline species that inhabits only certain regions within the Skull Empire, and horses and sheep are a staple of their diet.

From the looks of it, either these guys had been caught elsewhere and released back here on purpose, or our path had been deliberately chosen to cut through their habitat.

“Are there no other paths? Don’t we just have to reach the mountains, whatever route we take?”

“There must be. But the road the horses flinch from is the fastest. That’s how it’s always been, the old man said.”

“Hmm…”

Of course, it wasn’t that I’d been carrying this horse of mine all the way. If a place wasn’t a swamp or a forest, had no enemies nearby, and the stench was faint, it’d run a little bit. After the princess coddled him a bit, even his stamina had increased a little.

But,

Whinny–.

It was still too much for him, apparently.

Not only did his panting not stop, this guy was now even crawling down on the ground.

“…”

To be honest, by this time I couldn’t help but be suspicious.

Maybe this guy was just pretending right now, and cackling inside.

Maybe seeing the vast expanse of the desert before him, he just wanted to lie down?

I’d been flustered at the repeated ups and downs of his mood at first, but honestly, there’d been times when he’d looked perfectly fine. Especially when somebody gave him food.

I watched the princess hand out hay.

The guy who’d just been looking like he was about to bonelessly collapse, was now licking his tongue and eating very enthusiastically.

“This guy… isn’t he healthy?”

So, I asked a quick question.

“Look at how tired he is, does that look healthy to you?”

“No, well, he’s got energy enough when it comes to eating, don’t you think?”

“That’s just because he has to eat if he has to live.”

“… Is that so?”

It didn’t answer my doubts.

The princess seemed to notice my displeasure.

“You shouldn’t feel like he’s a burden. That’s the difficult part of this obstacle.”

“No, rather than a burden…”

To be honest, he was worse than a simple burden. Burdens can at least be thrown away if they weigh you down.

But him, on the other hand…

“The empire was able to conquer such a vast territory because all its warriors loved their horses more than their own lives. The harsher the environment, the harder it is on them. People can say when it’s tough, when it hurts, when it’s cold or painful, but they can’t do even that. I’m not really parroting the old man here, it’s my own opinion. No, it’s a fact.”

She said, a little sharply, sharp enough to sting a bit.

“Yeah, I get it.”

“You might call him a coward, but the issue here is that you aren’t somebody he thinks he can rely on. Don’t expect this guy to recognize your power. You have to show him something different. You have to make him trust you, that you’ll always be by his side, and that you’ll never leave him.”

“Trust…”

In fact, I’d also been somewhat aware of my own complacency.

To be honest, I’d been far too confident in my backgrounds, [Southland National Park Zookeeper] and [Apprentice Racetrack Jockey]. Confident enough that I’d never really tried to form a bond with this guy.

If something is cheap, there’s a reason for that.

It seemed that the princess also recognized my thoughts from my expression. Because she smiled and tried to lift my spirits.

“If you study carefully, the distance he can run will increase little by little. Like us, horses need a period of adaptation.”

“… Alright.”

However, there was still one last thing that I wanted to ask.

‘Then why’s yours in such good condition?’

That cheeky black horse ran well from the start. Just having high mutual trust couldn’t explain that, surely?

When the stench of those ‘mountain cats’ came out, he just lost his appetite. Whereas my horse was constantly whining with fright.

Was there a realm beyond trust, or something?

How complicated.

‘I should’ve gotten it when I first saw it…’

Then,

“You can rest a little longer. We’ve got time.”

The princess said in a relaxed voice.

She’d seemed to have interpreted my dark complexion differently.

“Really? Weren’t we on a pretty tight schedule? We haven’t been making very good time, either.”

The day was slowly turning towards night.

The sun was setting over the sand dunes at the horizon. As if waves of indigo were meandering over the red desert.

I didn’t know exactly where Marron Mountain was, but I thought it was probably still a long way off. Because we hadn’t travelled that far.

But the princess didn’t seem to care overmuch.

“If we keep going like this, yes, but it’ll be fine for now. The three days limit doesn’t apply to just us, but the ones that start late, too. They have to have a chance to reach the destination too, right?”

“Aha, that’s true.”

It was a plausible enough theory.

So I, too, spread out my cushion on the sand.

“Emergency! Emergency!”

Suddenly, a squawking was heard from somewhere.

“Those damn bastards! It’s them, the dark ones!”

It was Coocoo.

Ah, he’d been quiet, hadn’t he?

I jumped up from my seat.

Soon I could see a white pigeon circling the sky above, then flying towards me.

“There’re about twenty people in front.”

“Twenty? Hmm, that’s not a small number, isn’t it? Great job.”

As I tried to pet him, the pigeon jerked his head back.

“Keep your filthy hands away from me. And just some empty praise won’t work. You guys need to be more grateful for my hard work.”

“Now you’re just tooting your own horn[1]. But yeah, just wait a while. I’ll have something for you soon.”

Then I turned my head to the direction Coocoo was pointing.

After a while, just like he’d said, suspicious-looking people, clad in black, started popping up one after another over the dunes.

I’d been anticipating a fight for some time.

The reason was simple. Whether it was about attacking me or encouraging me to abandon the princess, now was the right time to launch such a disruptive operation.

Same as the preliminary round, people could watch the final obstacle as well. Moreover, even the ‘Khan’ himself would be attending, so anything that had to be done, had to be done before that.

To be more specific, although the first obstacle of the final round was about ‘hunting’ and ‘travelling’, it was rife with cases of ‘defeating your competitors’ as well, even though that had nothing to do with the obstacle itself. Since the monitoring from the invigilators was the loosest during this section of the test, there really was no better time to attack.

So, I’d been guessing.

Perhaps enemies would be hiding somewhere along the path and waiting for us, or would catch up with us while disguised as participants.

‘Now where are these guys from…’

Assassins who’d followed us from the ship? Or the new enemies we’d picked up afterwards? Or perhaps a third force?

It was difficult to tell just by looking at them.

Just then –

Clip-clop.

One among the crowd slowly trotted closer on horseback.

It was a bit puzzling.

‘Alone? Does this guy have no fear, or what?’

I inspected him carefully to see if he had any trump cards, but I couldn’t read anything special off him.

Closing upon us, he looked around and spoke.

“You couldn’t have made the journey, anyway.”

He was commenting the state of my horse, which had collapsed in a sorry state, it looked like.

I just stared at him, silent.

Hmf! Giving a snort, he continued –

“Princess Thermis, you should just give up the test at this point. That’d at least save your life. I won’t tell you twice.”

He was smirking as he looked at the princess.

What a chatterbox. He wouldn’t mind revealing his identity, right?

I took a step forward.

“Hey, shouldn’t you say who are, first…”

“Are your horses like this when you aren’t even halfway through? Hah! Ridiculous. It’s better to just turn back right now, that’s the only way to save your life. Forget about Maroon Mountain, you won’t even make it past this desert.”

“…”

What a crazy guy. Couldn’t he see me talking to him?

The princess tried to stand up, but I stopped her.

Then,

“Hey, don’t you know me?”

I took one more step, closer to him.

Then –

“… You’re that one, with the squat jaw.”

The guy finally turned his head to look at me.

“Ah… that’s it?”

I guess he really doesn’t know.

“I heard that there was a guy who bragged about his piddly power and ran wild during the preliminaries.”

Piddly power? So you never heard how much?”

“You cheeky punk. You think battles are won only by strength? Not just that, this here is a desert! Hellish heat and cold alternate, the land is full of miasma and poisonous insects, and you can’t find even a drop of water. A place where the unprepared can’t even make it through the night. Just because you’re a bit strong, do you think you can beat us in this place?”

He let out a brief chuckle.

“So if we don’t give up the race, you’ll keep annoying us all the way?”

“Oh, are you annoyed?”

“No, wouldn’t it be strange if we didn’t have any complaints? Why are you even asking that?”

“If you have a complaint… well, your fate’s now sealed. Originally, I was only going to talk to the princess, but that cheeky face of yours is so disgusting, it’s hard to stand the sight of it. Anyway, it doesn’t matter if a servant lives or dies, I suppose.”

“What… servant?”

No matter how I saw it, these guys were way too sloppy.

I checked the group behind him. The distance between us was about 20m. They were all on horseback, holding their mounts still by the reins.

‘Do they have some kind of plan of action?’

But soon I shook the thought off. How can you have a plan of action if you can’t even size up the situation?

“Alright, you all come and give it a try.”

“… Are you trying to fight us all by yourself?”

“You guys would be in real trouble otherwise.”

I glanced at the man, and he flinched for a moment.

Slowly, he must’ve started feeling that something was wrong.

“Oh, and since you guys were ready to follow us across the desert… you must have enough supplies? Food for ten to twenty people, clothes to survive the cold night, stuff like that?”

“What?”

I’d actually been waiting all along. For people to attack us.

The reason why I hadn’t brought any meat jerky, other dry rations or blankets along? The princess seemed to have chalked it up to having the self-sufficient spirit of a warrior. But this had been the actual reason. Because I’d thought we could just grab some along the way.

I strode closer.

Then,

“A… ugh?”

Dragging the guy off his horse, I lifted him up.

“Are you maybe ninety kilos? A hundred? Do you know, I’d thrown something five hundred times heavier than you by a few dozen meters?”

And then –

“Take care!”

I threw him at the group of people in the distance.

“Ugh, aaaahhh!”

Of course, I didn’t stand still.

I ran straight at the group. I had to catch them, after all. Before they could come to their senses and scarper.

Since they’d been the ones to attack, they had to pay the price.

“Give me everything you’ve got, you bandits!”


They turned out to be horse thieves from the nearby region, who’d been hired by the warhawk faction.

Judging by how they lacked information about me, they hadn’t prepared very meticulously.

Although they’d probably come cheap, to be fair.

Anyway, they were the first wave of the attack, so we ended up catching only the clumsiest of the lot.

Still, it was quite fortunate for us. Since they left quite a lot behind.

Dry food such as jerky, as well as water, oil, clothes, maps and other daily necessities.

And to cap it all off – horses.

“… Will it work?”

I glanced at the princess and the horse lying next to her.

To be honest, it wasn’t that I didn’t want to change to another horse. I couldn’t carry him around forever, right?

But I had a strong feeling that I shouldn’t. Because this was a shounen manga.

It felt unfair, but from the moment I’d first lifted him up, I had to think of this horse as my colleague.

There’d already been a lot of weird scenes with us two, and he’d even made some progress.

The readers, of course, would be looking forward to his future growth.

Moreover, one of the three basic elements of a shounen manga is ‘friendship’.

To abandon him in this state?

Just imagining the readers’ comments gave me the shivers.

So –

“Alright, let’s go.”

I firmed up my mind. I was just going to have to suffer for a few more days.

And… well, if that guy started running properly later, I’d be fine with such a scene, too.

After I finished sorting out the loot, I quickly took in our surroundings.

It’d suddenly become dark all around.

In the middle of the barren desert, after darkness had descended. There could be no better environment for a raid than this.

“Were there any other guys that caught your eye? Do you want to take another look around?”

I secretly whispered to Coocoo, who was pecking at the jerky.

But the guy scornfully laughed, hehehe, and spat out the jerky he was eating.

“Do you think I’m your servant? Damned Squatjaw. You want to work me to death in exchange for a a few pieces of dried meat? If you really want me to do it, you’d better…”

That was then.

Suddenly, he clammed up.

And, began to tremble.

“I… I-I-I t-told you… d-damn it… to leave me a-alone and go…”

“What?”

He wasn’t the only one to show an abnormality.

Whinny–!

It wasn’t my horse that cried out.

When I turned around, the princess’ cheeky horse was the one showing signs of caution. This was his first time reacting like this.

And at the same time,

“Kgh… what is this?”

A great stench came from somewhere.

A smell strange yet familiar.

‘… A mountain cat?’

I thought I’d gotten used to their stench, but I was wrong.

The smell was similar, but several dozen times stronger than that, strong enough to make the tip of my nose tingle despite coming from afar.

And finally,

Purr–.

A strange sound came from behind.

I naturally turned my head.

Something was there, staring at me.

“Really… a mountain cat?”

I wasn’t sure what to say. It was my first time seeing its like.

A feline animal with a bright yellow body and red eyes.

Although it was the size of a leopard, the threat it exuded was in a whole other league.

I didn’t know its exact species, from where it’d appeared, or what its purpose was.

There was only one thing that I knew.

“Coocoo… do you know this guy?”

It was a divine beast.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 생색은 (lit. fresh colour), exaggerating one’s own achievements to fish for praise.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 84

Anivo.

The footwork technique unique to the Gradas family, also called the ‘footsteps of the beast’.

Originally, the Gradas were a family of assassins.

Even before the founding of Carpe, they’d been famous, and their signature techniques and weaponry were all geared towards assassination.

If Jervain of the North is famous for its upright swordsmanship that shines under the light of day –

Then Gradas of the East is famous for how it strikes from the cover of darkness.

The first patriarch of the Gradas family had founded their footwork technique, which had been inherited by the wife of the founding king of Carpe, who’d also been a contemporary saint of Valtherus.

It was said that even Stella couldn’t have kept up with her speed.

“What’re you thinking so hard about?”

Click.

Bruns put the teacup down on the table and said, giving Callius a puzzled look.

“Bruns.”

“Yeah? Would you like something el-”

“You’re really useless.”

“… What a horrible thing to say…”

“Didn’t you tussle with a pilgrim recently?”

“Ah, haha, how did you know?”

Just from that unlucky-sounding laughter, one could guess that the battle had ended in a ridiculous way with Bruns’ victory.

Apparently, the duel had resulted from him trying to chat up a sister of the Church.

Callius didn’t even want to know any further details.

“I hear you grappled him with some kind of strange technique and wrestled him to the ground, is that what you’re laughing about? A servant of the Jervain family threw away his sword to win a fight? Are you feeling proud?”

“… I’m sorry. It’s just, swords don’t seem to fit in my hands, and I get heated up really easily when the fighting starts, so…”

Callius shook his head.

He already knew Bruns had no talent for swordsmanship.

His physique had almost been sculpted to perfection because he’d gone through a lot of hardship following after Callius, but he still couldn’t do anything with a sword.

Forget about two-handed longswords, he couldn’t even use the dagger he’d been given.

“Useless bastard.”

“Sorry…”

How was he supposed to whip this useless idiot into shape?

Really, no answers sprang to mind.

“What’s Orcal doing?”

“He’s out gathering information using his bugs, from what I heard. He’s sniffing around the mansions of the nobles you tipped him off about, Boss.”

“He’s doing a good job.”

For a moment, Callius’ anger spiked as he compared Orcal and Bruns in his mind, but it soon subsided.

‘It’s rude to compare Orcal with this guy.’

Orcal was a paladin and a captain of the Heretic Inquisition.

It wasn’t polite to compare him with a back-alley thug like Bruns.

Rather…

“Hmm.”

Vivi, who was curled up under his feet, sleeping, might be a better comparison.

“No, it’s a little different for Vivi, too.”

Vivi was cute, after all.

What was the point of comparing such a cute child with an ugly adult like Bruns?

Callius drank a mouthful of tea, letting the taste cover his tongue.

Gulp.

It was bitter.

Naturally, because it was black tea, but come to think of it…

Ah, I got it.

“The tea’s poisoned.”

“Eh?! P-, poison!? Is there?”

“Want to know how I know?”

“I’ll call a doctor right away!”

Seeing Bruns start making a fuss, Callius started massaging his temple with this free hand.

“Get out.”

“Yes?! You mean I should get out and call someone right now, right?”

“Just get out.”

“But the poison…”

“Already detoxified.”

“R-, really… You’re awesome, Boss!”

Did this guy really have a screw or two loose? Callius didn’t know what to say.

Just the sight of that stupid face was enough to make his anger boil over.

“Bruns. I’m going to give you a task that only you can do.”

“T-, task!!”

“Find the one who poisoned my tea, no, my teacup. They should still be nearby. You must find them.”

“But there’s nobody around other than you and me though?”

Now that Callius thought about it, that seemed correct.

After becoming the captain of the Sixth Squad, he was originally supposed to go to the office he’d been assigned, but he’d refused directly.

Whenever he stayed close to the Church, his traits kept popping out, and he’d keep talking nonsense to any sister who wandered nearby.

There were already enough nuns chasing after him.

Now, they were in a villa at the edge of a forest, a little far from the Church.

Occasionally, it was for the use of the knights of the Jervain family who came to the royal capital, so it was well-maintained and ready for immediate use.

There was a forest very close, and the house had a large yard, too.

It wasn’t too far from the Church headquarters, and it was the perfect place for raising Vivi.

There was even a training room in the villa, and there was no lack of rooms in general, so it was a good place to live in.

“There’s no way somebody could’ve put poison in my teacup if there’s no one around. Find them.”

“I see! Got it!!”

Seeing Bruns hastily rush out, Callius clicked his tongue.

“Even though he was captured by Viole so recently, he hasn’t started using his head at all.”

Even such a great ordeal hadn’t managed to nudge him awake.

If it’d been Callius in his place, he would’ve become more alert and started putting more effort into his training.

“I could’ve just made him clean the villa, though.”

He’d ended up playing a stupid prank on the guy instead.

Anyway. Continuing his thoughts on ​​the Gradas family…

“How far was I?”

He’d forgotten because of Bruns.

“Anyway, what’s important is the footwork.”

Anivo, of the Gradas.

As the best footwork technique in the kingdom, it’d be very useful if he could learn it.

“It’s a shame that there’s no way to learn.”

Even Stella, who’d been called a once-a-century genius, couldn’t catch up with the Anivo.

She’d made a similar technique, but hadn’t left it behind because she hadn’t deemed it good enough to pass on to future generations.

“But there’s no way I can get a Gradas to teach me. Hmm… then let’s forget it.”

Even when he gave it some thought, no reasonable answers[1] came to mind, so it was better to just quickly erase the idea.

“What’re you thinking about? Looking at your face, were you just thinking of me? Perfect! Did I get it right?”

“… What is it, Sir?”

Speak of the devil and he shall appear.

A man appeared out of nowhere.

Since Callius had been busy thinking of something else, he didn’t really notice.

Until just before Genos spoke.

“What do you mean, what? I’m here to see if my new subordinate is doing well. You’re using honorifics today, I see? Very nice!”

“You’re my boss at the moment, so I’m just treating you accordingly.”

“What if I take off my badge?”

Genos brushed his hand against the insignia on his uniform.

“I’ll treat you accordingly.”

Genos lifted the hand that’d covered his badge.

“Too bad! I’ll wear it for the rest of my life.”

“But what did you come here for? I don’t remember inviting you.”

“I told you. I just came to see if you’re settling in properly. There’s no other reason.”

“Are you here to observe me?”

“You can take it that way if you want. Oh, is that you pet beast? Cute! Can I touch it?”

“It bites.”

“Even cuter. Then can I talk to it?”

“I’d like it if you shut up and left, actually.”

“Hahaha! A perfect comeback.”

Was this guy off his rocker, or what?

He really might be.

Bump.

“Boss! I found some traces of the bastard who poisoned your teacup…”

Bruns ran in with a pair of shoes.

Genos happened to be barefoot.

‘This guy’s crazy.’

It looked like he’d left his shoes elsewhere in the villa to quieten his footsteps.

This venerable official was far too serious in some very useless ways.

“Wait, who’re you?”

“This man’s superior officer. On your knees, servant.”

“Yes, yes, I’m kneeling. These shoes here…”

“Bruns.”

“Yes?”

“He poisoned my teacup. Now you have to fight him and win.”

Bruns’ pupils trembled like reeds in the wind.

He seemed to be contemplating, which of them to listen to.

“You dare doubt my word?”

“Oh, no, never, Boss!! And you! You villain! You dare try to fool me?!”

Bruns barrelled forward.

“This guy’s got some talent for comedy, I see.”

Shhh. Swish! Swiiiiiish!

“B-, Boss, he’s too fast!!”

Genos flashed around the office, as if playing a game of tag with Bruns.

“Whoo…”

It was an unexpected opportunity.

Callius carefully observed Genos and tried to understand the Anivo.

“Huh! When…?!”

“Your body’s pretty good. But you can’t use those well-trained muscles properly, and your head is too dense to use. You seem like a back-alley thug, to be honest.”

“Huh… that, that’s right.”

Genos saw through Bruns’ essence in a very short time. Bruns’ face flushed red with shame, but no one cared.

“The Anivo of the Gradas. I got a good look. It’s great.”

Looking through the eyes of a spectator, Callius could see the greatness of the Anivo.

To be honest, the technique was so quick that it was difficult to properly track the positions or trajectories of the feet.

“I haven’t seen yours yet.”

Genos was talking about the swordsmanship of the Jervain family.

“You’ll see it soon.”

“You’re going to duel your lieutenant?”

“It’s not a duel, per se. He said he can’t accept me, so I decided to spar for my insignia tomorrow.”

“It’ll be a good spectacle. The lieutenant of the Sixth Squad, Diego, huh? Then I should go see him instead of staying here.”

When Callius asked why –

“Sticking with Diego should show me a more interesting spectacle.”

“Do you want me to lose?”

“Yeah. I’d really like to see you lose. I’m a little envious of that nickname, ‘the Judge’. If you give me the Judgement Sword, I can give you my position as the chief.”

“I refuse.”

“Tch.”

His nickname was ‘Cat Walk’ Genos, for reference.

“You’re so honest that I’m not even mad.”

Genos had really just come to see Callius without any official business, so he simply opened the office window and put a foot on the sill.

“Oh, by the way, why did you send an application to the Royal Academy? Do you have any disciples?”

It didn’t particularly matter.

Because the Academy was managed by one of the only five Masters in the kingdom –

Fire Demon (火魔).

“I have a daughter.”

“Daughter? I heard you’re single?”

But before Callius could respond –

Genos nodded his head as if he understood.

“That’s why you aren’t using the office the Inquisition gave you. Are you intentionally avoiding women?”

“… Yes.”

He wasn’t wrong.

It was better to stay away from them.

“Right. Was that it… I didn’t know you were a father. So…”

He seemed to be misunderstanding something.

“…”

“I’m not married yet, but I know being a father with children is a great thing. You’ve had a hard time.”

Looking at Genos jumping out of the window, Callius murmured.

“What a weirdo.”


A street outside Carradi.

Genos was walking while munching on a loaf of bread as large as his face, and muttering as he thought back on his conversation with Callius.

“He was weird.”

He’d heard various rumours about the man, but seeing him face to face, he was a neater guy than expected. His face was as handsome as if he’d been drawn with a brush, and he possessed extraordinary aura and vitality.

But something was strange.

It was weird, like he’d been trying to hide something.

To be honest, it could be called wondrous, rather than strange.

“He seems good at hiding his energy. He might be stronger than I thought.”

Callius seemed to be training to move and act while controlling his own spiritual power.

‘I haven’t seen anybody other than Masters who hide their power.’

Callius couldn’t be a Master already, but he was definitely a strange one.

A sneaky bastard who hid many things.

But there was also another surprise.

“I never heard he has a daughter. If only I’d gotten married earlier, I would’ve had a daughter just like him by now. Or a son.”

Why couldn’t he get married?

His face was good enough, wasn’t it?

Citizens were surprised to see Genos suddenly take out his sword right there on the crowded street and look at the reflection of his face on the blade.

“Aah, what…!”

Genos bowed his head and apologized to the startled woman.

“Sorry. My apologies.”

“Ah, it’s alright.”

After apologizing, Genos suddenly turned his head. The voice of the woman who’d answered echoed in Genos’ ear.

Beautiful.

A lilting, melodious voice like a jade bell.

Genos couldn’t stand the impulse.

“I want you to bear my son.”

“Yes?”

Desolation filled the woman’s eyes.

At the sight, Genos held back his tears and retreated.

“Excuse me.”

Oh, it was another failure!

Genos ran, burying inside the pain of his shattered heart.

“Orphin? What just happened? Who was that?”

“… Some crazy pervert.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 뾰족한 수 (lit. sharp method) is used in the negative form to mean you have no reasonable measures to a problem. It comes from the Chinese idiom 囊中之錐 (lit. awl in the sack) – just like an awl in a sack will always puncture the sack and show its sharp tip to the world, a wise man’s talent would one day inevitably be revealed. Not having the sharp tip in the negative form means you, ahem, aren’t very wise, so to speak.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 83

A few days later.

The Church headquarters, inside a conference room.

Esther was attending a meeting, listening quietly.

“What do you think should be done about him?”

The subject, of course, was a prominent nobleman who’d become a hot topic lately.

A pilgrim nicknamed ‘the Judge’ –

– Callius, was the one being discussed.

“He should get the post, of course.”

“But he’s still just a pilgrim. He doesn’t have a sword that’s truly his own, that he’s united his soul with. He’s still searching.”

In short, he was imperfect and incomplete.

To appoint one such as him as an inquisitor?

“To have a pilgrim take on the post of an inquisitor, and even a captain at that, is unprecedented in the history of the Church since its founding in Carpe.”

“That’s true. Never once has anyone other than a paladin ever become an inquisitor.”

Tradition is important.

The act of setting a new precedent always unsettles the status quo, and disturbs organizational discipline.

“But his status is that of a count.”

Alvato, the leader of the moderate faction, looked at the hardliners sitting opposite him.

“A count becoming an inquisitor… can you think of anything more tempting for us?”

“Now the prestige of the Church is rotting in the mud. If we use him, we can root out the illicit activities of those noble bastards, and get some breathing room.”

Alvato inclined his head at the rest of the bickering bishops.

“Many nobles, including Artemion, have already died at his hands. Besides, he has the Sword of Judgment, that’s why he’s called the Judge.”

A sword that discerns lies.

Couldn’t they clean up the filth that riddled Carpe with it?

What was the price one would put on that?

“A sword that changes colour if you tell a lie. With that alone, we can hunt down the corrupt and save this ailing kingdom! Precedent? Tradition? Who cares?!”

“But –”

“Screw your ‘but’! He himself wants the job, what’s there to hesitate about! Callius is a rising star in the minds of the masses. Even those who always curse the Church as incompetent are singing his praises!! Do we still need to talk about it? It’s no small benefit for the Church if we just make him an inquisitor. Just approve it!”

The only reason to refuse his appointment would be tradition. Precedent. That was all.

There’d be no harm, and no benefit.

“Then why don’t we just make him a paladin?”

“What does he think?”

“That he’s still searching for his sword, so he can’t.”

“Ugh, pigheaded.”

As the debate bogged down and was only getting more and more tangled –

Esther, who’d been listening quietly, sighed.

“Sir Pope!”

“What’s going on, why are you…”

“I’m here to see my granddaughter.”

An old man had wandered in, careless like a neighbourhood drunkard.

His face was full of wrinkles and spots that showed his age.

And even though his skin was dry and cracked with age, and he looked old enough to be on death’s door, his voice and actions were still full of energy.

Pope of the Order of Valtherus.

Felice du Evadre Valus.

As he spoke the word ‘granddaughter’, his infinitely affectionate eyes rested on Esther.

“Sir Pope.”

“You can call me Grandpa, you know.”

“I cannot call you, Sir Pope, who represents the Church, by such a title.”

“If you’re Sullivian’s granddaughter, you’re a granddaughter to me too. So call me Grandpa.”

“… Lady Sullivian has told me to not call you that.”

Silence engulfed the whole area.

Pope Felice, whose face had stiffened at some point, suddenly gave her a broad smile.

“…Heh heh heh! You really do take after her, you’ve got the same way of being honest without being shameless!”

“We aren’t related by blood.”

“Blood isn’t a problem. We are all beings created by God, so if you go back long enough, we all come from the same bloodline.”

This easy-going neighbourhood grandpa was the centre of the Church.

He was the 12th pope, known as the Pillar.

Although he’d retired from active duty, he’d once been a legendary paladin who’d firmly established his position in the realm of Masters.

Therefore, none of the bishops present showed anything but the utmost respect for him.

“But what’re you all discussing?”

“That is…”

After listening to the story for a while, the pope frowned and gave a brief verdict.

“Do it.”

“Yes? But…”

“Do it. Why’s this so difficult? Hell, give him a command. He’s the Hero of the North, right? What’s the use of doing something half-baked?”

“Make him a captain, you mean? There is no precedent, something so unconventional…”

“The lack of precedent isn’t the problem. The real problem is this – will this be good for us or bad for us? So we have to do it and find out, how much good and how much bad comes from this. You bastards, you’re all so old and you’re still bickering like kids for something so simple. What is this, a kindergarten!?”

“…”

“You old fossils, how much longer do you plan to waste time growling at each other? You there, Alvato, yes, you! Are you the only one who still doesn’t know why you’re bald?”

“Why do you have to suddenly bring that up…”

“Milliman! You shave off your hair and beard too! How long are you planning to make fun of Alvato? Enough, I say!”

“… Understood.”

“Let’s go, Granddaughter.”

“I’m not your granddaughter, Sir Pope.”

“Heh heh, you’re a cute one. So, how’s Sullivian doing? Am I still forbidden to come visit?”

“Yes. Please don’t.”

“That nasty ol’ gal. But that’s also part of her charm.”

The pope swore that he could’ve won Sullivian’s heart if he were just three years younger.

Although Esther thought it wouldn’t have made much of a difference.

The pope laughed and started regaling her with a story from thirty years ago.

In the meeting room where a storm had swept through, leaving only an awkward silence behind, Alvato finally spoke up.

“Then, I’ll give him the captaincy of the Sixth Squad.”

There were no objections.


A few days later.

“It’s the symbol of a captain.”

There was an insignia on the white cloak.

A pair of crossed swords were at its centre.

The pure white cloak engraved with a pattern symbolizing the Heretic Inquisition contrasted with his jet-black hair, giving him a very pleasing overall appearance.

With this, Callius had become an inquisitor-captain.

The one in charge of the Sixth Inquisitorial Squad.

‘I didn’t know I was going to be the captain from the get-go.’

He had enough strength and had a splendid history, but there still should’ve been a process.

He was planning to get promoted as fast as possible, but the pope had decided to give him the position in one stroke.

It was an unexpected fortune.

“Congratulations, Callius.”

“Thank you.”

It was a simple inauguration ceremony.

The ceremony was being held in a brief format in Bishop Alvato’s office at Callius’ request.

A grand inauguration ceremony had been in the cards, but Callius had preferred otherwise.

It’d have just wated his time.

‘There’s no need to borrow trouble.’

He wanted to avoid various events that could’ve occurred during the inauguration ceremony.

For example, those murderous nuns from before might’ve barged in to kill him.

Of course, they weren’t the main reason.

‘Alvato du Valus.’

The leader of the moderate faction.

One who was competing with Milliman for the next archbishop’s seat.

And –

‘The royal teacher.’

The current monarch –

Clara von Agatha Bright, Alvato was her teacher and ally.

Therefore he was an excellent candidate for a friend.

‘The queen is absolutely indispensable for the goal I want to achieve.’

So, it was naturally necessary to befriend those at the queen’s side.

The Timid Queen of Carpe had to be approached with care, as she was one of the most cautious people in the world.

“I’ve always wanted to meet you face to face.”

“Oh? Perhaps, you think there’s a relic…”

“It’s not because of some sacred object. I don’t believe in that nonsense.”

“Yes?”

Tsk tsk. Alvato looked at Callius with a deep gaze.

“How much trouble did you have to go through? I understand everything, so leave it to me.”

“… Yes. thank you.”

Callius didn’t know what Alvato was saying he knew, but since the bishop was already shedding tears saying he knew everything –

‘… Come on.’

Things weren’t bad enough to cry.

This baldy was apparently a sensitive soul.

“How much heartache did you suffer? Being abandoned by your own parents! The strength you had to hide while pretending to be a fool has finally blossomed, so…!!”

“…”

Calius couldn’t be sure, but the other party seemed to be labouring under a pretty strange misunderstanding.

But it didn’t seem harmful, so Callius left him to it.

“Oh, right, right. This isn’t the time or place. I must’ve looked ugly.”

“No, no.”

“There was a recommendation, you want the job, and we want you to have it, too, so you can take charge of the Sixth Squad – but there’s a problem.”

“What is it?”

“It was a suggestion from the lieutenant of the Sixth Squad.”

“From the lieutenant? What suggestion?”

“That… if he can beat you, he asks for the right to not listen to you.”

The lieutenant of the Sixth Squad, as in, the position right below the captain.

Callius roughly understood what was going on.

Was this a tradition within the Inquisition?

Or was the man simply being territorial?

There were many possible reasons, but the main point was the lack of trust.

The Heretic Inquisition was an organization that dealt with doubts and heresy.

It was only natural that those seeped in its doctrine wouldn’t trust others easily.

“All the inquisitors of the Sixth Squad are suspicious of you. They’re wondering if you killed Druma.”

Alvato clicked his tongue saying they were being nonsensical, but honestly, it was true and there was nothing for Callius to refute.

“So go beat the lieutenant. That’ll shut them up.”

“Is it necessary?”

Honestly, it was annoying.

Instead of a fight like that, he rather wanted to go catch at least one of the spies inside Carpe as soon as possible.

『Kingdom Quest』
【Imperial Spies】
◆ Save the kingdom from ruin by killing the spies of the empire.
◆ Number of spies killed: 8/?
<Reward>「Monarch’s Flag」

A kingdom-scale quest.

The Monarch’s Flag was a must-have item. The archbishop was a difficult adversary, with his resourcefulness and power close to a Master.

Callius was chipping away at his feet right now, but he was an opponent he’d have to face off against someday.

If he wanted to grab the tiger by the tail, he needed a stronger force if he wanted to win.

Raising his swordsmanship was naturally necessary, but the most essential part was…

‘Sanctuary.’

He needed to develop a sanctuary.

However, the swords Callius had now were all spirit swords, so he couldn’t create a sanctuary with any of them.

But if he got his hands on the Monarch’s Flag, the story would be a little different.

There was a limit on how many times you can use it, and it’s high-risk, but the Monarch’s Flag allows even a spirit sword to do it, even if it destroys the soul of the sword in return.

It allows a spirit sword to develop a sanctuary.

The sword may break afterwards, but it’s still a trump card that can overcome the difference in power in a fight.

It was a relic Callius couldn’t allow himself to miss.

Because only a sanctuary can stand up to another sanctuary.

“If you become a captain without any subordinates, you’ll have difficulty working, and your performance will drop. Besides, this is a tradition. If you accept the duel and make them recognize your ability, they won’t be able to say anything. With your skill, you should be fine.”


Step, step.

As I left Alvato’s office, I thought deeply.

How to catch all the spies in one go, like fish in a net.

My feet suddenly halted as I found myself looking at a man leaning on the hallway wall ahead of me.

“Callius von Jervain. Or rather, I should call you Captain of the Sixth Inquisitorial Squad.”

“Who are you?”

“Are you perfectly blind?”

There was a scar on his nose.

Among the four great noble houses, those with stigmas on their noses are from the East.

“Gradas.”

Only the Gradas family.

And there was only one chief inquisitor from Gradas in the Heretic Inquisition.

“Genos von Gradas.”

“Yeah, so you do know me. Jervain’s greenhorn.”

“I’ve heard of you.”

The man who oversaw the whole of the Heretic Inquisition.

Chief Genos.

As somebody from the family in the East, he was a swordsman who specialized in the quick sword.

All families had their own characteristics, but Gradas of the East were particularly famous for their speed.

And Genos was a special case even among them.

Swish–! That was the quick, stealthy footwork that was his trademark. I drew out my sword as soon as his form disappeared.

Claaang–!

Genos’ sword and mine collided.

Sparks fluttered between us, and in the next instant, Genos’ form vanished again and fell far away.

“Thank you for the welcome.”

“How long have you… guess it doesn’t matter. Anyway, we aren’t much different in age, and I have a higher rank, but you’ve got a count’s title, so it’s perfect that we came across each other! Let’s both now move on, shall we? No need to make a fuss.”

Contrary to his frivolous tone, the weight of his sword spoke quite a different tale.

He was faster than I thought.

Because there’d been no warning in his aura, if I hadn’t drawn my sword straight away, I might not have been able to block.

‘Catarrh.’

A sword suited for assassins.

Genos was using a hidden blade.

His spirit sword.

Catarrh.

An assassination weapon, worn on your arm, that reveals itself when you apply pressure just the right way.

Catarrh’s unique ability was nothing special, but when it met Genos, the synergy was no joke.

He was already fast, and to have the ability of [Silence] on top of that?

If he put his mind to it, there were only a handful of people who could survive his assassination.

“Today was a warning.”

Shh.

He took only one step, but appeared right in front of me, like a ghost.

“Don’t be too mean. Because we’ll end up annoying each other.”

“…”

“If you work too hard, paperwork will start piling up. Understand? Work neat, work smart, and things will be just perfect. Got it?”

Swish.

Finished with his speech, Gradas again disappeared in a flash.

“There’s one more annoyance.”

‘Cat Walk’ Genos.

That quick and quiet footwork was truly befitting his moniker.

Chief Inquisitor Genos –

Although he had an unusual personality, that Gradas family footwork was quite interesting.

It was something I really wanted to have.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 61

The Battle with Bayar Khan

Hit and be hit.

That was how my fight against Bayar Khan could be summed up.

I hit him, he hit me back, and this just went on and on in circles.

If it were just a simple contest of power, that’d be one thing, but there was one problem I hadn’t considered.

That my opponent was a woman.

Yes, Bayar Khan was controlling the body from the inside, but he was still in the form of the princess.

Why was this a problem? Simple. Because it wasn’t a very beautiful scene to see me, a ‘big, tough guy’, slap around ‘a slender, frail woman’ – although that was merely her outward appearance.

And I had a very large audience.

The ‘shounen manga’ genre has a rather conservative side, befitting its name as a genre meant for boys. It pursues a certain form, uses certain archetypes for its characters, leaves out some unsuitable characters and scenes, and has some specific expectations about reader feedback.

In other words, what if a character who isn’t a villain, who follows the path of the just, is shown performing villainous deeds?

I didn’t have the guts to try and find out.

Moreover, right now, the readers didn’t even have sufficient explanation to easily understand the current situation. They had no idea why the princess had suddenly changed her tone and voice, or why she was staring at me like a starving wolf while shouting some nonsense about Bayar Khan.

In such a vague and incomprehensible situation, I’d start to fight against a woman who’d been my colleague a few scenes ago? Say goodbye to your suspension of disbelief. These kind of battles that came out of the blue, without any foreshadowing, were a sure recipe for breeding alienation and displeasure among the fanbase.

And really, this wasn’t a situation where I could stare at the air and shout out an explanation for the invisible audience, right?

Therefore,

“Ka ha ha! Little fellow! Stop running away like a mouse!”

“D-don’t… don’t push out your chest when you shout!”

“Again with your stupid nonsense!”

Bang!

It wasn’t easy for me to go all out as he demanded.

I sighed softly as I saw him smash the huge rock in his way with one simple punch.

This was a really unexpected variable.

Do it wrong, and I’d be subject to that unreasonable power without even resisting.

Just then,

“Eeeih, this isn’t funny. Are you trying to stall and make me run out of power?”

Bayar Khan clicked his tongue as if the circumstances weren’t pleasant for him either.

“Haah… by the way, do you have any ability that reveals your true self?”

“What? Reveal?”

Then,

“Tch, no way, you mean you… you can’t fight properly because I’m now in the princess’ body? What, you can’t hit a girl?”

Bayar Khan crossed his arms and looked at me, dissatisfied.

And this was a very fortunate turn of events for me. Since the person in question themselves said it out loud, my burden eased. Now the readers would be like, ‘Ah, there must’ve been a reason he was running away all this time!’ Although, they might still disagree with how I went about it.

“No, more than that… first of all, you look too small! Isn’t this a foul? Right? Whoever sees it will curse at me! Call me a big villain who does bad things!”

I vehemently spewed out my objections as the opportunity arose.

Of course, it would’ve been nice to tack on some additional explanations, but I refrained. It was tricky to balance it all.

“No, nobody’s even here right now… ugh, and you call yourself a warrior! A warrior should be able to kill his enemies regardless of their appearance!”

Even as Bayar Khan said that, he seemed to be contemplating something.

Soon after,

“I can’t fully embody myself. But… it’s possible to cover this body with a ghostly form. What, would that work?”

What a quick turnaround.

Although he was scolding me being affected by appearances, somehow, he seemed to have had a similar experience in the past. Since he responded so agreeably.

“Really, if you could do that, you should’ve done it from the start! Do it right now!”

“Ehh, what a bother. It’s just a waste of energy.”

A steam-like substance began rising from the princess’ whole body.

And it immediately condensed into the form of a human being, more realistic and well-defined than I’d expected. It was almost as if the princess had been swallowed by a ghost.

And the ghost was so huge and ferocious-looking that there was no way it could’ve been modelled after an actual human being. Anybody would think of it as an evil spirit at a single glance.

“Hey, aren’t you embellishing a little too much? Does it really need to look so big and vicious?”

“What’re you talking about?! Didn’t you want me to look like how I did when I was alive?”

“Eh, really?”

This was surprising, if true. The ghost was the size of nothing short of an elephant. The anecdotes passed down with his legend might really all be true instead of exaggerations, I thought.

Anyway, the scene was set much better this time.

I should be able to cut loose a bit.

“Let’s do it properly, then.”

“Ka ha ha! Less talk!”

I and the princess, covered in ghostly armour, collided.

Bang–!


“You, little fellow…”

Surprise and bewilderment, were followed by nothing but admiration.

Bayar Khan looked at the man in front of him with new eyes.

Squatjaw.

Truly, this man was worthy of being called the first close rival he’d met since losing his body.

From the start of the fight –

Bayar Khan had rushed at him with abandon, and Squatjaw had also promptly returned the favour.

‘Whoo…’

He could tell from the impact on his body.

This bastard’s blows were heavy.

Even when he’d started using his fists and feet with more than half his strength, he’d been blocked easily.

If he aimed a knifehand strike at the opponent’s neck, the shoulders and arms were raised to defend, and if he tried a knee strike to the belly, crossed hands blocked it before he could connect.

Rather than avoiding his attacks, his opponent was looking for opportunities to counterattack, ignoring all attacks to non-vital areas.

It was truly a tactic suitable for a fight.

Furthermore,

“Bastard! Martial arts?”

Although they were clumsy, Squatjaw often used fighting moves that had to have originated from martial arts.

When Bayar Khan tried to attack the legs to break his posture, Squatjaw parried quite skillfully, his weight properly centred on the back foot.

In addition, he had some understanding of how to distinguish true moves from feints, and how to match the enemy’s striking power. This wasn’t possible without deeper understanding of the martial forms, and he had to have devoted more than a little while to martial arts training.

The only strange part was that Squatjaw sometimes made very basic mistakes.

While blocking properly, he’d suddenly make a sloppy movement, or while taking distance, his feet would get tangled up and stagger.

And he couldn’t seem to be able to defend against sleeve or collar grabs at all.

Overall, he gave an extraordinarily weird impression in a fight.

Despite being familiar with martial arts, he lacked the basics, and sometimes tried clever movements that came out sloppy. Rather than knowing a technique and intentionally using it, he often moved as if the techniques had been ingrained in his body. It was like dealing with a martial arts master who’d lost his memory.

Even for Bayar Khan who’d faced off against countless people in his lifetime, this was a fresh experience. Did this guy really have amnesia, or should he simply interpret it as having a natural combat sense?

Still, the fight was more of a disappointment than a surprise. It didn’t feel like the tempo was intensifying. It was more like they were playing a wrestling game in the mud, bogging each other down.

It wasn’t about ability. The problem was attitude.

Contrary to his appearance, this bastard used his head too much. Defence was fine, but every attack came with a sense of constant hesitation.

Whereas Bayar Khan’s fighting style was all about sacrificing his flesh to cut the enemy’s bone, Squatjaw’s overcautious style was the worst match-up for that. Every time he really pushed in, he could feel his opponent retreat right away.

‘How tiring.’

But it wasn’t like he couldn’t understand Squatjaw at all. They had some common points. There was a reason why Bayar Khan had never duelled with a woman in his entire life.

So,

“Bastard! Shit! Let’s rather have a power showdown!”

He changed the rules.

To a contest of pure strength.

And the moment their hands clasped each other and began to struggle, Bayar Khan finally found the satisfaction he’d been seeking.

“Hey, this kid!”

This was it. This was what he wanted.

A force strong enough to tear through a rock like a piece of paper, pressing against his fingertips.

Enough power to make him feel a hint of threat, after a long, long time.

Bayar Khan laughed.

He’d thought all his rivals dust in the wind, but was one not here?

“Ka ha ha! Is this your true strength? Absurd! You’re making this little girl cry!”

“Think about your own size before you say that! Hell, that’s not even your body! You ghost!”

“I guess you do have the strength to match your cheek!”

A huge force erupted between the two hands clasping each other.

Craaack!

The stone floor dented, and a shockwave boomed out with them at its centre.

Yet Bayar Khan did not stop, and only pushed harder and harder. To suppress the momentum of this cheeky bastard.

But –

‘Heh… I’m only ahead by a thin margin.’

Squatjaw’s body did got pushed back a few inches, but he was still standing strong.

It was hard to believe even after seeing it with his own two eyes and feeling it against his own body. The power of this guy was just that great.

“Are you enduring it? It doesn’t make any sense! All my life, nobody ever managed to match more than half my strength!”

Letting out a roar, Bayar Khan put forth even more of his latent power.

Ever since meeting Thermis, he’d never used this much power. Because this body couldn’t withstand such a level of strength.

And yet –

“Alright, I admit it. You’re a little strong, old gentleman. But…”

The bastard didn’t move. Surprisingly, he couldn’t make him move.

No, rather, this guy –

“I wasn’t giving it my all, y’know?”

“W-, what!?”

That was then.

“What?!”

– Started to push him back. He was now the one being pushed back. Because Squatjaw’s strength had suddenly skyrocketed.

Bayar Khan’s pupils trembled.

‘Y-, you were holding back?’

Both his legs had already sunk into the ground. The stony surface, unable to withstand the pressure, was being crushed like mud.

And that wasn’t the end. His body was getting pushed down, further and further.

No, he’d gotten stuck.

“Eeeh…?”

“Whoo! Now, time for you to admit it…”

“W-, what do you mean!”

“What do I mean?”

Squatjaw flashed a grin.

“Your defeat.”

And then –

“W-, wait… Wait a minute!”

The sight of that squat jaw seemed to cover the sky.

The outcome was clear.

He was nailed down to the ground.

Unable to break free, he was pressed down even further.

‘Huh, how could this…’

Pressed down by brute force.

Of course, it wasn’t just a matter of power. Even he had had to exert such power several times in his lifetime. But it was impossible while he was in this body.

But what did that matter?

He was defeated. The Khan of the great Skull Empire was defeated. Bayar Khan, was defeated!

“Ka, ka ha ha… ka ha ha ha ha!”

Somehow, he could only laugh. It was absurd and disappointing.

Still, the spell of surprise and self-pity didn’t last long.

Because,

With a bang–.

A clod of dirt was thrown at his head, the only part of him that was sticking out of the ground.

“Noisy.”

“…”

Bayar Khan couldn’t help but roar.

“Hey, stop trying to bury me, you son of a bitch!”


Actually, I’d done a little trick to help myself.

[Power Growth].

It was the unique ability of a guy called ‘Jimmy’, an extra who was scheduled to appear in the future, and it literally increased the user’s power at the moment of activation.

The name alone was reminiscent of Karl Zayed’s [Unstoppable Growth], but in reality, it wasn’t evevn remotely in the same league. It simply increased ‘strength’, and only by a moderate amount.

In the ‘unique ability category’ in the shop, it ranked among the cheapest.

Still, it had one advantage – that there were no outward signs when it was activated.

To be honest, I’d been forced to do it.

I’d already reached my limit, but the grandpa still seemed to have a lot of energy left.

So, I could only mimic it in secret. Because I couldn’t afford to lose.

I didn’t think I was being a coward. Frankly, from my point of view, there was ground for suspicion that this ghost grandpa was using not only his own power but also the princess’.

Since it was 2vs1, what could be wrong with using an ability or two?

Therefore, I was able to be proudly meet that dissatisfied gaze.

“What’re you looking at?”

“…”

“What, hmm? Embarrassed?”

“You bastard… you’re strong.”

“And that’s news?”

“You’re stronger than I thought.”

“Well, I’m glad you know now. Don’t babble about attacking me in the future…”

That was then.

“I’m going to go to you.”

“… Go ‘to’?”

“The strength in this fragile body of this little girl isn’t enough. Not even half my power came out! So this match is invalid.”

I was nonplussed.

“Uh… aren’t you the princess’ unique ability? Like a ghost summoned by the princess…”

The old ghost snorted and laughed.

“What’re you talking about? This is [Ghostform], my unique ability.”

“… [Ghostform]? Aren’t you dead?”

“That’s right. I had this ability before I became a ghost. Of course, I thought it was useless when I was alive.”

“…”

He was truly an absurd character.

What kind of an unique ability let you possess people like a ghost after you were dead?

“Wake up from your foolish dream. Because I have no intention of giving up my body to you.”

“Heh, do you think that’ll work out for you?”

But even as he said that, he didn’t really look very energetic.

And in fact, I knew. That he won’t leave the princess.

“You, just stay in there. It’s not a bad body. And… aren’t you two pretty close?”

He didn’t answer right away.

But after a moment of silence –

“… I’d been thinking of leaving.”

He slowly spoke.

“Why?”

“I thought it might be because of me, that this kid hasn’t unlocked her own unique ability.”

Bayar Khan said that the princess possessed qualities superior to anyone else, but for some reason her unique ability was not yet unlocked. Even though it wouldn’t have been strange if that power had manifested from her birth.

He then said something extraordinary.

“Squatjaw, please help me.”

“Eh? What?”

“Help me bring out her unique ability.”

It sounded crazy.

“Me? What’s this all of a sudden?”

“Yeah, I have a good feeling. I feel like you can do something about it.”

“… Haah.”

A good feeling, huh?

Of course, I thought maybe I really could help. I didn’t know about this ghost grandpa, but as far as supporting characters went, I had in-depth knowledge of when and in what situation they could awaken.

Still, I didn’t feel very motivated.

“Why do I have to…”

“I’ll pay you back. By helping when you need me.”

“Yes?”

“I mean I’ll lend you my power when you need it.”

“Your power? But it’s not something to write home about, is it…”

Then –

“You cheeky bastard! Do you think I was lying, when I said this girl’s body is so weak that I can’t use my power properly?! Even if I’m a ghost, you’ve got no idea how strong I really am!”

Bayar Khan roared in a frenzy.

Whoops, this ghost grandpa had a real quick temper.

“And? What else have you got?”

“I’m not bragging, but there’s no place in all of Eastland out of my reach. There’s no place I haven’t touched. If you ever need it… you’ll be able to get help from anywhere on this continent.”

“… Oh, really.”

This was a bit tempting.

Of course, this old gentleman wasn’t a bastion of reliability, so I had to take that into account.

“Then let’s hear it. I need to make some plans, anyhow.”

“Huh? What?”

“Talk about the Warrior’s Path. This might be a good opportunity, now that I think about it.”

“Hey… so you’ve already started thinking about it. Kid, unlike how you look, you’re unexpectedly diligent.”

“As if you’re the one to talk about looks! Let’s talk about the last obstacle. Since you were the Khan once, you must know the inside story, at least a bit?”

Then,

“’At least a bit’? I made this! You won’t find another expert who knows as much as me.”

This isn’t you blowing hot air again, right?

“Oh, sounds great.”

“But I don’t know the exact details. It changes every time.”

“…”

What the hell, old man?

“But, of course, I can do some pattern analysis.”

“Hmm… fine, let’s hear it.”

“It’s simple. At its core, the Warrior’s Path is basically a test of your perseverance, courage, and will. And on top of that…”

It was frustrating.

‘Do you have to start from the very basics of the concept…?’

That was how I was educated about the purpose, direction, and overall goal of the Warrior’s Path.

For five straight hours.

“…”

Bayar Khan talked enough for us both.


The next morning.

The Warrior’s Path, the day of the finals.

– The first obstacle of the final round is simple. Set out on horseback and arrive at your destination, the ‘Maroon Mountain’, within three days. As long as you arrive on time, you pass. Please note, however, that you must arrive with a horse.

As the guide said, the obstacle itself was no big deal.

All you have to do is ride a horse and get to the destination.

The tricky bit was to take care of your horse, I supposed?

Still, I felt a tad puzzled.

“Then, let’s go.”

“Uh, yes… but this…”

The benefit of passing the qualifiers with high marks was pretty bare-bones.

The right to start ahead of others.

But the problem was –

“Hey… come on, huh?”

My horse wouldn’t budge.

It wasn’t a problem with my horsemanship skill.

I’d practiced hard on the way to the capital, and I’d even bought a background, [Apprentice Racetrack Jockey], just in case.

There was only one possible cause.

The swamp that loomed in the distance. Other than that, there wasn’t really anything that could’ve made the horse stop in its tracks.

To be honest, it did look ominous.

‘Are you only thinking of going back…?’

Even if I tried to move to the side instead of marching forward, he still wouldn’t move. Apparently only a backward retreat was acceptable.

That was then –

“You aren’t starting? Then I’ll go first.”

“Uh, er… wait!”

The princess slapped her horse on the rump. She’d also lifted the ‘elephant’, so she was in the lead group, same as me.

Then, to my surprise, that ‘cheeky black horse’ of hers began to march forward. He also flinched once or twice, but progressed vigorously nonetheless.

In stark contrast to how my mount was behaving.

“Haah… tsk.”

Anyway, I stopped thinking.

I couldn’t do it. I couldn’t send the princess off by her lonesome.

I knew. That there was something lurking in our path, waiting.

There was only one way I could think of on such short notice.

“… What a bother.”

Whinny–!

With the horse on my shoulder, I started running after the princess.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 82

She was a woman with multiple personalities.

And among them was a priestess of the Whip God.

“Beatrice.”

“Demon core, I found one. There’s a lot of other stuff useful research materials, too.”

She said, casually.

She seemed to think that Callius hadn’t noticed anything yet, so she was pretending as if she’d merely been following through on her promise.

“… Good job.”

There were many questions Callius wanted to ask her.

But he didn’t.

Even though she’d been the one who’d persuaded him to raid the basement of the Artemion mansion.

Even though she’d been the one to first encourage, and then ultimately kill Viole.

Despite all the trouble he’d had to go through as a result –

Callius didn’t ask any questions.

‘Maria is a pilgrim who worships the sword.’

Her divine power should’ve also been from the same origin as Callius.

And yet, she had two personalities in one body, and strangely, she could hold two divinities.

Faith springs from your heart and mind being offered to God.

Perhaps because she had different minds when she was Maria versus when she was Beatrice?

She was one being capable of serving two Gods.

But the Whip God had been forgotten since a long time ago.

Auste, the God of the Whip.

As his follower, Beatrice was most likely a member of Krasion.

Because Krasion itself was a group of such old-fashioned people.

Krasion…

Callius didn’t have a good impression of one its elders, Ramatu, but as a whole, it wasn’t an organization that was his enemy.

Was this ruined country so attractive, that so many of their people had congregated here?

But indeed, there were many uses for such people. Even if they were believers of a heretic faith.

Cedric was a fine example.

As for Beatrice, her ability to make money was apparent at a glance from the her laboratory.

Who knew if she might get spooked and run away if Callius acted rashly?

He was fine with waiting a while before he had to show his hand.

Kieeeeeeeng!

Placing Vivi down on the ground, Beatrice opened the metal box behind her and showed the demon core that lay inside.

The demon core, was just as its name suggested.

A lump of condensed demonic energy.

As if a drop of poison had been mixed inside a dollop of blood, and the mixture had curdled into a jelly-like texture.

A bloody smell wafted from it, and the ominous fluctuations that characterized demonic magic spread all around.

Click.

Callius immediately closed the box.

“I hope you won’t take it out while Vivi’s nearby.”

“Ah, that’s right. I’ll be careful.”

The magic of demon cores can drive demonic beasts into a frenzy. It’d become a big problem if Vivi swallowed it by accident, so they had to handle it carefully.

“I’m glad we finally found it. Can you start your work right away?”

“Yes. With this, extracting the blood essence won’t be particularly difficult. Considering the time for trial and error, maybe three months at the earliest? If it’s late, like I said, it’ll be about a year. It might go faster, because the demon core is in such good condition.”

It was good news.

After the dragon blood extraction finished, Callius would be able to have her work on the troll potion issue right away.

Of course, before that, he’d have to get her completely on his side.

“Then… what next?”

Was she asking how they’d handle the aftermath?

Alright. Let’s match her pace, for now.

“Viole is dead.”

And Callius had gotten all he needed.

Not just the demon core, but he even got some information on the God of the Whip.

The fact that Beatrice was a follower of Auste, was an unexpected harvest.

Unlike the followers of other Gods, although it was difficult to annihilate the people of Auste, it wasn’t difficult to embrace them.

“I see. Then what’re you going to do now? Count Artemion wouldn’t stand still.”

“I’d already informed the army before coming here. The Church too, so they’ll all be here soon.”

“He might not be able to make any waves right now. But would you be okay with just that? Since he’s lost his son, he might prove to be quite troublesome in the future.”

As she said, just exposing the circumstances here wouldn’t be enough.

This alone wasn’t sufficient for Artemion to be beheaded.

‘He’ll just pay a fine, at most.’

Raising magic beasts was a common secret hobby for nobles.

But if ‘it’ was fund here, things would play out a bit differently.

“What do you mean, ‘it’?”

“An axe.”

An axe that Callius had brought with him, just in case.

Of course, it was no ordinary axe.

Just one of these appearing here would ensure that the investigation would no longer be a cursory one.

Then the rest would be easy.


“Who are you, to arrest me?!”

“Captain of the Third Inquisitorial Squad, Orcal. Hello, Count Artemion.”

The count’s mansion had been besieged, and inhabitants captured, by the Kingdom Army and the Heretic Inquisition.

Artemion shouted, aggrieved.

“My son is dead!! And you’re still arresting me?”

The mansion’s basement had been devastated by an attack, and his son had been nurdered.

He didn’t get any time to mourn, and instead had to face the attacks of the Royal Army and the Heretic Inquisition, so Artemion had no choice but to become indignant.

“Do you recognize this?”

“That… isn’t that just an axe?!! How dare you wave something like that at me!”

A young-looking man with a youthful face.

Orcal, captain of the third squad.

Naturally, Artemion knew of him.

It was his first time seeing the man face to face, but he’d heard rumours about him over the years.

A heretic inquisitor who dealt with worms.

A naive man, who despite his prowess with the sword was often overlooked as an inquisitor-captain compared to his peers.

Artemion had heard that the cause was more his youthful face and personality, not so much his actual age.

However –

“Be quiet.”

“… !”

At Orcal’s calm order, Count Artemion automatically shut his mouth.

A cold sweat trickled down his spine.

‘He’s calmer than I’d thought he’d be. No, the atmosphere’s changed a bit since earlier.’

Orcal’s countenance had changed a little bit since a while ago.

Previously, there’d been a trace of frivolity, but now he looked completely serious.

“No. This is a carcass. Of an ugly barbarian, at that.”

“Wh-, what!?”

A barbarian devotee of the Axe God.

His carcass, would be something only an orc would carry.

It’d come from the basement of his mansion.

The fact struck Artemion like a thunderbolt, but he had no way to disprove it.

“It’s not something we can ignore. And you’ve illegally bred and traded demonic beasts, on top of that.”

“… What does it matter? You also know, most nobles raise and kill these beasts for fun.”

It was a shameful secret to bring to light, but it was true.

If it was just about breeding demonic beasts, it’d just be a matter of paying a fine or something similar.

Yes.

If it was just a simple matter of breeding demonic beasts.

“Not long ago, a war had broken out in the North, starting with a massive surprise attack by the orcs. At that time, the orcs had used tamed beasts to fill their lack of numbers and mobility.”

“What do you –!”

Traces of breeding demonic beasts that’d been uncovered at the basement.

And the axe that had appeared there.

“Were you really that short of money? To even help the orcs, one of the ancient enemies of our kingdom…”

“Th-, this is slander! Entrapment!!”

“Shut up! You traitor!!”

When Orcal’s slow and careful speech was interrupted, his face distorted like a monster, and his roar reverberated throughout the mansion.

The voice filled with the power of an inquisitor-captain resonated throughout the body of everybody in the audience, and evoked a certain sense of fear.

Count Artemion, who’d been looking down on him at heart, was dumbstruck.

Click! Click! Click!!

Sharp swords were unsheathed by the heretic inquisitors who’d been escorting Orcal, and aimed at Artemion’s neck.

Gulp.

Artemion calmed himself down.

Despite his intense emotions, he knew he had to keep his cool if he wanted to live.

Otherwise, his head might get chopped off here and now.

‘Who is it? Who the hell would do this?’

He’d bribed everybody he needed to bribe, so which piece of shit still wasn’t satisfied!

It was a very depressing thought, but he now had to escape this situation somehow.

Otherwise, he would really die here.

No, his family itself might disappear.

“Th-, this is entrapment. Even if an orcish axe was found, it really doesn’t have anything to do with me. Someone must’ve put it there on purpose! I demand a proper investigation.”

“Of course. We have a special guest, for that very reason.”

“Who is it…?”

Thwock, thwock.

The sound of heavy boots reverberated through the silence that engulfed the mansion.

At the front yard –

Where all the captured people of the mansion’s household were kneeling –

And the soldiers of the army as well as the heretic inquisitors stood, armed, side by side –

Black hair fluttering in the night wind.

Indifferent grey eyes.

An aristocrat who seemed to have come out of a painting.

It was Callius von Jervain.

“Callius…?”

Why was he here?

At the same moment as the question arose, events from the past flashed through Artemion’s mind like a panorama.

Viole meeting Callius.

Debt. Demon beast. Axe. North. Hero!

They puzzle pieces came together and interlocked, forming the appearance of Callius.

Suddenly, Artemion’s face contorted with anger.

“Callius you cur!! So it was you?!”

“Don’t scream, it’s disrespectful.”

Crack!

Orcal struck Artemion, who was about to struggle to his feet despite being tied up, and forced him to kneel back down.

Callius scanned the crowd, and pointed the sword in his hand at him.

A transparent sword with a blue glow.

A sword that seemed to contain the moonlight of the night sky.

Judgment Sword – Medea.

“Oh, the sword of the Judge…”

Artemion had only had a momentary burst of anger.

But now that he remembered the spreading rumours about the Judge, and his sword –

Fear gripped him in its claws.

Fear rising from instinct.

“Count Artemion.”

The heavy voice pressed down on his shoulders.

“…”

No one in this world was pure.

Who could dare say they were unstained by sin?

Corruption.

Fraud.

Nobility who lived without dabbling into such things were a tiny minority.

Especially if they were a noble of this kingdom which had already started its journey into the path of ruin.

Therefore, Artemion couldn’t directly face the cold eyes of Callius looking down at him.

He, too, had originally been a citizen of Carpe, and had been proud of his own country as a nobleman.

Yet, he could only mourn and lament at the country’s slow collapse, and his resentment at the jeers of the empire had only grown with the times.

Just by closing his eyes and ignoring some things, his wife and children could live in better safety and comfort. That was how he’d stepped on this path, and walked further and further.

Before being a noble, he was the father of his still immature children, and the husband of a wife who did not love him but was full of care and warmth.

He closed his eyes.

Then, and now.

The act of closing his eyes remained the same, but the problem he was facing was completely different.

“You, have you ever colluded with the empire?”

In response to the single question from Callius –

Artemion bowed his head.

The bowed head spoke not, only deepening the silence.

The sharp sword broke the stillness.

It was on a night of the full moon, without a single cloud in the sky.

A count of the kingdom, passed away.


“Extra issue[1]! Extra issue!!”

As the newspaper boy excited ran everywhere, a dramatic reaction spread through those who read the news.

The nobles gulped silently, and the commoners smiled cheerfully.

[A Sinner has been Judged].

“Count Artemion, beheaded by the Judge? Hey~ Now that he’s a count, he cut off the head of another count. Snicker snack! It’s really funny. Isn’t it?”

“A man is dead. It’s not that funny.”

“You’re so stiff. This is what I was talking about.”

Helena and Esther were chatting over tea on a cafe terrace. After this brief exchange of words, each of them fell into their own thoughts.

Their thoughts naturally drifted towards the same person.

“I heard that there was some discussion about his appointment as an inquisitor-captain.”

“Why? He should just take office quickly. I’m sure he’ll be able to catch and beat up all the traitorous nobles.”

Originally, the Church couldn’t treat the nobles of the kingdom too harshly. Even the heretic inquisitors had to behave within their limits.

Politics and religion were completely different things.

However, Callius was both a pilgrim of the Order as well as a count.

So the problem was something else.

“He’s still just a pilgrim after all. Like me, a pilgrim who couldn’t find a sword to spend the rest of his life with.”

Moreover, there was no precedent for a pilgrim to become an inquisitor in the first place.

“They’re fighting each other saying that there’s no precedent for any of this. It’s pretty obvious if you know where to look.”

Like she said –

Within the Church, the moderates and the radicals were deadlocked in an intense struggle.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 호외 (號外, hooe) are special newspaper issues, sold or distributed on the streets to deliver news of high public interest, from disasters to sports results.


Grammar and Syntax Rules

Some rules for reference, and to make sure all the translation projects stay as much in sync as possible.

Names

Names of people are capitalized.

Nicknames/sobriquets (such as Hero of the North, Monster of Greatskull Mountain) are capitalized.

Places

Places are capitalized if they are proper nouns (such as Carpe Kingdom, Skull Empire). When referred to as simply the kingdom or the empire, they are not capitalized.

Relationships, Occupations and Titles

Family relationships, occupations and titles/positions are handled the same way. When used as common nouns, they aren’t capitalized (such as my mother, the queen, the paladin). When used in front of or in place of the person’s name, they are capitalized.

Example: Ah, my mother is here. Hello, Mother, let me introduce you to Adventurer Helena.

Institutions

Institution names are capitalized (such as Adventurers’ Association, Magic Tower). However when the names are shortened, they are not capitalized (such as the association, the tower, the labyrinth).

One notable exception is how we refer to religious institutions. The Church of Valtherus, when shortened, is still referred to as the Church. (This takes its cue from how the Catholic Church was referred to in the middle ages.)

Races

Other fantasy race names (orcs, trolls, elves etc), much like humans, are not capitalized. However if the race is part of a sobriquet that may be an exception (for example, Gwydd the Troll).

Items

Unique items, that are proper nouns, are capitalized (for example: Mace of Molog Bal). Non-unique items will mostly not be capitalized but this may change on a case-by-case basis.


More rules may be added in the future.

Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 81

It was somewhat of a disappointment.

Stepping into the count’s mansion, Callius had been searching for the magic beasts Viole was purported to be managing.

He didn’t even need to draw his sword.

Every time he showed the count’s token, the doors opened in an instant.

There was no need to apply force.

However, as he passed by, he unexpectedly came upon Vivi.

Callius tried to approach it, wondering why the kid who was supposed to be with Orcal was here instead, but Vivi disappeared in an instant.

And then an artifact triggered inside the mansion’s basement.

Count Artemion was no fool, it seemed, and Callius lost his way.

Not only did his sense of direction get messed up, even the passages started moving around all of a sudden, and after trying various other methods to find his way, Callius decided to simply break through the walls in the end.

That was how he arrived here.

‘I was wondering where you’d ended up…’

Bruns had apparently been imprisoned here.

What the hell was up with that idiotic bastard he’d come here to find?

If he’d wanted to grab a hostage to threaten Callius, why not go for a kid like Vivi?

Why take this useless fool hostage, instead?

“How troublesome.”

His opponent seemed like an idiot who didn’t know how the world worked.

Can you really make somebody obey just by capturing and holding hostage a servant of theirs?

“I believed in you, Boss! I know you’re just being shy! That part of you where you just can’t be honest is also part of your charm!”

“Shut up, Bruns. Keep running your mouth, and I really might rip it out.”

While Callius fell into deep contemplation as to whether it was really necessary to save this man –

“Uugh! Be careful, Boss!!”

Craaack!

The front paws of a huge demonic beast hit the ground. As the raised dust cloud settled down again, Callius quietly observed it, with his hand on the hilt of the sword at his waist.

“Callius! You bastard, so you really managed to find your way here!”

It was that good-for-nothing.

Viole Artemion.

“There were variables, but you still came here to your death in the end!”

“Why do you want to kill me, when I’ve never done you any wrong? Do you have some kind of mental illness? Or did the count order you?”

“You bastard, so you don’t even fucking remember what you did to me…”

Viole ground his teeth, trembling with rage.

“Ten years ago! When you’d just joined the Church as a monk! Can’t you remember?!”

I’ve got no idea.

I can’t remember anything.

I became Callius only three years ago.

“What did I do?”

“Damn bastard!! At that time, you’d gotten kicked out of the North and came to the Church to become a monk. And there you met me! Do you know what the first words you ever said to me were?”

“What did I say?”

“You called me scum, born from scum.”

“…”

Scum, born from scum.

Ten years ago, Count Artemion had not yet been a count, but merely an ambitious petty noble whose star had been on the rise, distinguishing himself among his peers, the barons and the viscounts.

Along with the messy state of the kingdom’s internal affairs, he’d contributed to resolving several overlapping incidents and accidents, and had been awarded the title of count.

Callius had considered all aristocratic ranks below the counts as scum, and had therefore denigrated Viole and his father Artemion, who’d risen to become a count family after a lot of hard work.

Of course, Viole hadn’t taken the insult lying down, and had tried to inform the Church and have Callius punished.

Unfortunately, it’d been a problem of his background.

At one end was an upstart noble family.

And at the other was a bloodline entwined with the founding myth of the kingdom.

A direct descendent of the one of the four great noble houses.

As a result, Viole had to endure the insult and leave the Church.

“But then…”

“What? You piece of trash.”

“If you’d felt that insulted, why not apply for a duel? Since another nobleman had been so rude towards you?”

“I’ve never even dreamed that those words could come out of your mouth.”

At those words, Callius found that he had nothing to say.

“… It’s not going to change anything.”

He didn’t think it made any difference in the current situation, and there was nothing he could really do about it either.

In any case, Viole had committed a crime by kidnapping Bruns, hadn’t he?

It wasn’t particularly upsetting because it was Bruns locked in there, what if it’d been Vivi or Emily?

Even Callius, who’d never been particularly emotive, would’ve gotten angry.

Once he got angry, his inherent qualities would pop out and he’d go absolutely wild.

Not only the traits such as Nobility’s Duty and Scapegrace of the Count Family, etc., but even the temperament and disposition of the original Callius would surface.

It’d be a pain in the ass.

Because he might really transform into the original Callius.

“Are you really holding a petty grudge about something that happened a decade ago? How childish.”

“They say that one’s best achievement is often in where they’re born. You’re just living proof of that, aren’t you?”

Callius felt suffocated by the unfairness of the accusation.

He’d had to nurture this weak body over the years with backbreaking effort. Using Corpse Grace to pile up grudges, and levelling up from being a goddamned talentless dullard to a top-tier pilgrim – was all of this smooth sailing?

No! Absolutely not.

Who could understand how he’d felt when he first had to face and calmly accept this karma! Nobody in this world could even imagine it.

“I was going to deal with you relatively moderately, but I’ve changed my mind.”

Callius drew a sword from his waist.

A sword with a twin-edged red blade, with a flame pattern engraved upon it.

The Tyrant Sword.

“I’ll take an arm first.”

“Come try it! You all, go! Tear him apart! Kill him!!”

– Grooooooooooowwwwlll!!

Creak! Screech! Thud!!

The doors to the large and small iron cages that filled the huge underground area, opened in unison.

As the cages that seemed to be artefacts, opened up, magic beasts of all shapes and sizes poured out, with burning eyes.

They didn’t look normal – not with their red and unfocused eyes, and saliva dripping from their mouths.

Crack!!

The man swung his whip and roared.

“Go!!”

At his command, the beasts began running towards me Callius as if they’d been hypnotized.

There were dozens of demonic beasts jumping from all directions.

In total, about forty.

Looked like Viole Artemion had really been doing a large-scale business.

Still, they were just magic beasts.

Besides –

“Compared to the North, they’re weak.”

Thud, clang – crash!

One slash was enough to handle two of them, and even possibly up to five.

They were cleaved apart.

“What! What’re you doing! Don’t get in each other’s way, idiots! Bite him from every direction! Kill!!”

Crack!!

Viole snarled and cracked his whip again. But as the momentum of their charge had been broken, the beasts could only falter and scatter.

“These useless shits!!”

“They really are.”

“You shut up! Kill! Kill! Kill him right now!”

Slash!

Another beast had its head cut off and died. It was a natural result. After all, this bastard had no idea.

How many demonic beasts had Callius killed with these hands in the North?

He’d been in so many battles that he could kill any of these beasts with his eyes closed.

Fatalite’s Wheel.

The number of beasts he’d slain there was well over seven hundred.

Seven hundred and eighty-four, to be exact.

He’d slaughtered nearly eight hundred heads with his own hands, what were forty more going to do?

“Unlike the beasts that grew up in the harsh environment of the North, with constant fierce battles for establishing hierarchy, the ones here are just like plants in the greenhouse.”

They only had the forms of magic beasts. They were worms wriggling in the mud, who’d never even hunted properly.

They had no way to hurt him.

“Damn it!! Kill him right now! Kill him!!”

Crack!!

– Gruaaaaaaaaaaa!!

The magic beasts’ eyes changed.

Those glaring eyes lost even the last sense of life, and now only contained instinctive hostility.

Not just one of them.

Suddenly, all the beasts that’d been scattered by Callius’ aura, rushed back in at once.

“You’re doing something useless.”

Callius was used to fighting them.

In the War of the North, demonic beasts had always been mixed in the green waves of orcish advance, and in the chaotic flow battle it’d been impossible to distinguish between enemies and allies.

Callius was the one who’d slaughtered more than two thousand orcish heads while navigating through such battlefields.

There was no need to use divine power.

He just avoided what he had to avoid.

And cut what he could cut.

Slash!

He moved with his sword, like flowing water.

Even when he closed his eyes, he could clearly feel the enemies’ hostility prickling on his skin.

The trajectories of their attacks were clear in his mind’s eye, as if he were a prophet.

Truly a pleasurable sensation.

And when he opened his eyes again –

All he could see were shredded fragments of beast corpses, scattered all around.

“Is this all you’ve prepared?”


“Shit!”

Viole ripped his hair out.

How could this bastard have such swordsmanship?

Wasn’t he is the biggest dullard in the kingdom when it came to swords?

Holding a spotless sword, his cuts were as clean as flowing water, and his movements as resplendent as a beautiful dance.

Curiously, there was not even a drop of beast blood on his sword.

Because of the difference in strength.

The gap between the two sides was that vast.

Viole took an unconscious step backwards. Callius on the other hand, despite having slaughtered all the demonic beasts, stood in place, looking no different thanfrom before.

With quiet breaths and an indifferent expression, as if all this had merely been a warm-up exercise.

“Is this all you’ve prepared?”

His eyes were calm as he asked in a quiet voice.

It was just… creepy.

Viole’s hands shook.

“If you try to kill someone, you have to prepare yourself to be killed, too.”

First, an arm.

“Shut up!!”

“I’ll take it.”

Slash!

“Aaaaaaagh!! My arm!! My arm is –! Aaaaaaaaagh!!”

Grabbing his severed arm, Viole struggled.

Looking at his form wriggling like a worm on the ground, Callius frowned.

“Really…”

The whip Viole had been wielding –

It was an artifact.

No, rather than calling it an artifact –

‘It’s a carcass.’

It was mixed with half of something else, Callius was certain.

It was a carcass made from human flesh, by borrowing the power of God.

By those who worshipped the Whip God.

“Damn it! Hey!! What’re you waiting for! How long are you going to hide? Damn it!! If you hadn’t said you’d help, I wouldn’t have taken it this far! Hurry up and kill him!!”

“You blame others till the very end, and even try and pass the responsibility to others. You’re truly a great man, huh?”

Whiiiiiish.

Step.

A hooded figure descended from the ceiling, body flexing like a spring.

Although her voice was slightly muffled, it was a woman’s.

She jumped straight down, swung the whip in her hand, and wrapped it around Viole’s neck like a coiling serpent.

A whip-user…

Probably the one who’d given Viole the carcass whip in the first place.

“Ah! Urrrgh!”

Crack!

The snapping sound of a broken neck resounded in the silence.

Viole died without receiving any help.

“I have no intention of fighting with you. There’s no point clashing with the Hero of the North in this kind of a small place… not that I’d want to fight with any kids here either.”

Whoosh!

The believer who served the God of the Whip threw a smoke bomb and quickly vanished.

[See you next time.]

Callius looked at Viole, who’d died from a broken neck, and then stored the sword into subspace.

If he had to chase, he could.

But he didn’t.

Devotees who worshipped the Whip God had one special ability.

The ability to tame magic beasts.

Originally, they were specialized in training and breeding animals, but from a certain point, they started specializing in taming demonic beasts.

Repeated defeats in war had forced them to do so.

But there were few places in the world that gave succour to the defeated. They could only barely maintain the status quo at best.

There was nothing good about keeping the woman alive.

But nevertheless, Callius chose to leave her alone.

After a while, he broke open the iron bars that’d imprisoned Bruns, and moved deeper into the mansion’s labyrinthine basement.

And reached its deepest part.

At that place –

“You’re here.”

Was a woman, seductive and alluring, dark purple hair hanging down like a waterfall. She was hugging an animal in her bosom.

– Beatrice, greeted him. While Vivi, who never obeyed anyone other than Callius, lay quiet and relaxed in her arms.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 60

Kill Her

The royal palace, which hadn’t had many quiet days lately, was lively once again.

“Do you think that’s a sensible thing to do?”

“We have to act!”

As if a surreal prophetic dream come true, the same scenes as at the last meeting were repeating once again.

Some people got angry, and others restrained them.

The same words came and went, like:

What cheek! How do we teach them a lesson?

However, there was one difference. The target. A cheeky human had to be taught a lesson this time too, but the subject was different.

“To throw something like that at us!”

“Thankfully there were no casualties! If it didn’t pass over us…”

“That squat-jawed bastard! We absolutely can’t let him off.”

Some of the more quick-tempered people came forward to demand his punishment.

All of them were from the ‘warhawk faction’.

And,

“Still, it’s a bit difficult to forcefully bring in and punish somebody who’s already entered the Warrior’s Path, and even passed the preliminary round.”

“Besides, nothing big happened at the proving grounds. If we’re supposed to ignore all past sins of the participants, how can we take issue with something so trivial? Sounds like overkill to me.”

Those who dissuaded them, coincidentally, were all from the ‘coalitionist faction’.

In general, the more radical ‘warhawk faction’ people were used to making a bit more noise, but the the ‘coalitionist faction’ were being particularly strident in their opposition today. This was probably because, unlike the previous case of ‘Princess Thermis’, public opinion about Squatjaw wasn’t that bad. He was now a famous name on the streets, in fact.

And the fact that Minister Tamar, the nominal head of the ‘warhawk faction’, wasn’t speaking up much, also contributed to this situation. Seeing such an unusual appearance from their leader, even members of his own faction had doubts in their hearts.

“Why so anxious? He just picked up and threw a rock, did he cause any trouble? Or are you so afraid that you now want to go arrest the man who’s the hottest topic in the capital? Really, you… tsk tsk.”

“Trouble?! If he’d caused a bit more trouble, the entire arena would’ve been destroyed! And who’s afraid! I’m taking about arresting a blasphemer, not because I’m afraid of him or anything!”

All of them were now retired from active duty, but they’d all walked the Warrior’s Path in the past. The boiling atmosphere didn’t show any signs of calming down easily.

Just then,

“It’s true that the Warrior’s Path is a sacred ritual of our Skull Empire, but that doesn’t make it a sanctuary for sinners. If you’ve done something wrong, shouldn’t you be punished for it?”

Someone quietly spoke up.

Surprisingly, it was Royal Teacher Bataar, a member of the ‘coalitionist faction’.

At his remarks that didn’t seem to fit his political leanings, everyone else shut up and started paying attention.

“Of course, this old man doesn’t think he’s done anything particularly wrong… but if there are people who still think his intentions are impure, it’s not out of the question to summon him here for an interrogation.”

“Huh…”

“But…”

While the murmurs were about to intensify little by little –

Bataar spoke again.

“Hear me out just a little longer, please. You all must be well aware that this old man had gone to pursue Princess Thermis at the first prince’s request. Not only to the Mainin Kingdom, but even to Westland. Although I had to come back empty-handed in the end… Anyway, on the ship returning to Eastland, I’d seen him. That Squatjaw. Prince Nergui and Minister Tamar were also on the ship.”

At that, everyone quietly nodded their heads.

It was a well-known fact.

“Of course, you know the overall shape of things, but not the exact details of what’d actually happened on the ship. I’ll tell you an anecdote. That Squatjaw, he once had a fight with an S-class adventurer while on board the ship.”

Then,

“Whoo, an S-class adventurer?”

“What’s their name?”

“Are they active in Eastland?”

Some people expressed their curiosity.

High-ranking adventurers were subjects of curiosity wherever they went, so this was no surprise.

“This old man doesn’t know. I think there are probably other people here who know more about him, but…”

The eyes of everyone present turned towards him. Because Bataar, who’d stopped speaking, glanced at him.

Yet Nergui only smiled back indifferently and stayed quiet.

Then someone ran out of patience and asked.

“What was the result?”

“It was one-sided. No, even calling it one-sided is inappropriate. It was… overwhelming. That Squatjaw was able to subdue an S-class adventurer with just one finger.”

The reaction to this news was the same for both factions.

They all gulped, silently.

“Anyway, the gist of what I’m trying to say is this. If one makes a mistake, they have to pay for it. However, those of you who wish to summon and interrogate him and issue a reasonable punishment, will have to prepare properly. It won’t be child’s play.”

As the silence that settled in the hall grew longer,

“Excuse me, I’ll be going first.”

Nergui stood up.

He’d come out to see if there was any possibility to move the army, but it was clearly a waste of time.

Besides, Squatjaw’s target was none other than himself. Just before he’d thrown the rock, their eyes had met. Those eyes, reminiscent of a wild beast.

To be honest, to say he wasn’t nervous would be a lie. What kind of a man could directly throw that elephant-sized rock at somebody else in front of such a large audience? It was at a level where you’d have to wonder if he was even human.

Still, it’d been a bit funny. To see both the factions struck dumb.

‘… They’re making such a fuss over nothing.’

As he left the conference room and walking towards his bedroom –

He saw a servant come scurrying in haste.

“What is it?”

“Some people have come to see you.”

The man looked somehow frightened.

The report, too, was vague. It was basic to report the visitor’s identity and purpose of coming.

“What’s it about?”

“I don’t know, sir. I’m very sorry!”

“Are you apologizing? It’s just the limit of your ability. Where are they?”

“I asked them to wait in the garden. That’s the only place I could keep them where there’d be few people…”

“Let’s go.”

Nergui headed straight for the garden.

Very quickly,

“There, there they are.”

He was able to meet the visitors.

There were two. A very fat man, and a very thin one.

When they saw Nergui, they bowed their heads, and slowly approached.

“Who are you?”

“Would you like to clear away the surroundings first?”

Despite being wary, Nergui complied.

If they’d had any intention of harming him, they would’ve attacked already.

“… Fine.”

As soon as the servant left at Nergui’s command, the thin man spoke up.

“Ash-Devouring Serpent.”

A momentary gleam flashed in Nergui’s eyes.

Ash-Devouring Serpent.

Among the assassin groups he’d entrusted with the quest, it belonged to the highest level.

And it was the only one that’d returned the quest completion reward.

A strange smile appeared on Nergui’s lips.

“Ash-Devouring Serpent… what’s that? Are you two old-timers then snakes, not people?”

“We’re an assassination squad. I don’t like wasting time, so I won’t go into details. Both you and I know that you’re our client, Fourth Prince. We investigate the client quite carefully before accepting a mission.”

“Oh, is that so?”

“It’s a little against the rules, but I came here because I have something to ask.”

Well, it didn’t seem like bluffing would work.

“Yeah, well. Actually, I also wanted to meet you guys at least once. The only ones conscientious enough to return the money… is that what passes for integrity for your type?”

“It doesn’t matter what you think.”

“Hmm, but why are you here?”

“There is something I wanted to ask. Because it might be quite disruptive to our work.”

“What?”

“Have you hired any other assassins?”

“… Other assassins?”

Nergui was a little perplexed by the question.

He had no idea about the details, but from the context, he could guess that another assassin group had gotten involved, one that could pose a problem even for these high-level assassins.

“If there are people aiming at the same target, we need to know. It might cause confusion otherwise.”

“… The only assassins that I’ve currently hired are you. Assuming, of course, that the quest will continue. Although, my personal retinues are moving too, though they’re not assassins. Are you sure you don’t need their information?”

Naturally, he wasn’t lying. But the thin man didn’t change his expression. He just shook his head lightly as if that was inconsequential.

“… Is that so?”

“What is it?”

“I’ve seen some familiar faces.”

“Who?”

“Have you ever heard of a group called the ‘Tamers’?”

It was an unfamiliar name.

“Never.”

“Looks like you really don’t know.”

The slender man then added a brief description of the ‘Tamers’.

They were a new force who’d appeared in Eastland only about two or three years ago. All information about them, including the actual name of the organization, the number of members, and the location of their headquarters, was hidden behind a layer of fog. They were called the ‘Tamers’ because all the members of the organization practiced taming ‘divine beasts’.

“Divine beasts? You mean… the legendary…?”

“Yes. They don’t seem to be as powerful as the legends say, but they certainly do have a special feel to them. In the end, we can’t know for sure.”

“… Divine beasts, huh.”

The thin man also added that although it was not an organization that specialized in assassinations, they did similar things from time to time, so the two organizations had encountered each other occasionally on the field.

“Are they here, now?”

“Yes. I still haven’t figured out their purpose. So, I came to ask if you’d hired them, sir prince.”

“No, not at all.”

The slender man nodded at Nergui’s answer.

“Alright. Then we will proceed.”

“Are there any other distractions? For example, what about my personal servants?”

The thin man shook his head indifferently.

“It’s fine.”

“… Is that so?”

Nergui grinned and muttered.

To think that this cheeky rake-thin man didn’t show the slightest hesitation…

‘He failed, but he’s still so cocky, completely disregarding the guy he’s chasing after.’

Then, as Nergui was about to turn around, the thin man spoke up again as if he’d suddenly remembered something.

“By the way, can we proceed with the quest as it is?”

“…?”

Nergui thought about the intent behind the question for a moment, then nodded.

“Yeah.”

The reason for reconfirming this was naturally clear.

Everybody knew. Killing the princess would no longer benefit the ‘war’. It’d only get in the way. To wage war, the princess had to give up on the test first.

But,

“Sure. The order stays the same.”

Nergui didn’t care.

War had never been his true purpose from the beginning.

“Kill her.”


A vacant lot near the hotel.

“Whoo…”

I took a deep, long breath.

I was getting a little nervous as I waited.

Because what was coming next was so high on the difficulty scale that the ‘rock-lifting’ earlier might as well be playing with dolls in comparison.

I quickly started stretching.

Of course, my current body wasn’t weak enough to be riddled with pain if I suddenly put it under a workout. Still, according to the modern real-life perspective, which was still buried deep inside my head, stretching before strenuous exercise was essential.

“Whoof, whoof…”

While I was stretching my arms and legs like that –

“… So you’re here.”

A hoarse voice came from afar.

The voice I’d been waiting for.

When I turned around, the red-eyed princess was glaring at me with a vicious expression.

“So you came, ghost gramps.”

“You son of a bitch! What a big mess you’ve made! Throwing a rock at the nobles! Ha ha ha ha!”

“Oh, that… it was nothing much.”

“So you want to throw one at me next, huh? Do you still remember, that I am the Bayar Khan?!”

“Yeah, yeah, so you’ve said.”

“Ka ha ha ha! This cheeky bastard!”

I glanced at him as he walked closer.

Hmmm.

There were three main reasons why I’d dared summon this talkative and ferocious ghost.

First, because I couldn’t waste even a single moment of this precious leading point of view.

The Warrior’s Path was taking two days off after the preliminary round, then another day off after the first and second rounds, and then would come the finals.

In other words, there was a day off now that the preliminaries were over. So instead of wasting my time, I needed to do something interesting.

So the confrontation with this ghost grandpa could be quite a worthwhile content. With his unique looks, distinctive personality, and above all, strong power.

I might even be able to raise the author’s favourability a little bit by introducing him. He must’ve been a carefully set character, but he couldn’t even appear in the original.

If the author had any conscience, he should at least say thank you.

Second, because I’d made a promise a while ago. To have a bout.

And I was frankly curious. The aura I could feel right now was also amazing, but from what I’d heard here and there, the achievements of that ghost called Bayar Khan had been quite impressive in life.

Like expanding the empire’s territory five times compared to before, destroying over a hundred kingdoms, and almost building the first unified empire in Eastland… that made you think of Genghis Khan.

And what caught my attention above all was the anecdotes about his incredible ‘power’.

Like winning a tug of war against a thousand people, or carrying back two giant elephants on his shoulders after going out hunting, to even ‘throwing’ the materials for a raft from the mainland to an uninhabited isolated island, to help people who’d been stranded there… his record was chock full of such absurd things.

It made me feel like I should try him out once.

Third and last, because I had some things to work on.

Actually, before this Warrior’s Path, I’d gotten some background shopping done.

This was partially to prepare for possible attacks and to pass the hurdles easily, but above all, it was to look ‘cool’ while fighting.

Of course, they weren’t that great. I couldn’t learn any new unique abilities in the first place.

To give some examples, [Three Weapons Expert], [Martial Artist Who Barely Learned This and That], [Street Fighter with More Wins than Losses], and [Woodcutter Who’s Learned to Sharpen His Axe].

I knew that these backgrounds contained hidden traits such as ‘weapon skills’ and ‘combat sense’, but I didn’t know how they actually worked.

So, I needed to test them out before the finals.

Of course, using that ferocious ghost as a test piece… would’ve been impossible for anybody else.

Therefore,

“Ka ha ha ha! Now it’s too late to cry and pray. Don’t get upset, you cocky Squatjaw.”

“Yeah, yeah, so we doing this or not?”

I faced the princess who radiated a vicious force.

‘Haah…’

I’d felt it once before, but it was still some tremendous momentum.

That aura was reminiscent of a huge mountain.

Within it a fighting spirit burnt like fire, and those red eyes blazed with ferocious bloodlust.

The strength that naturally and effortlessly radiated from the princess’ form, made even me tremble.

But, of course –

“Come if you’re ready, old geezer.”

There was no thought of defeat in my head.

When a character other than the protagonist takes the lead role of a chapter, he has only one absolute duty.

To support the story on his back.

Because carrying the chapter is his significance.

Even if it was just a practice match, I could never lose. There’d be no second chance once I disappointed the readers.

‘Haah… shall we do it?’

While I was so firmly determined,

“Ka ha ha ha! You’re still one arrogant bastard. Alright then… let’s go, little Squatjaw!”

Bayar Khan, in the form of the princess, flew towards me.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 59

How about This?

Creak–.

As soon as he opened the door, the light shining through the windows stung his eyes.

The bedroom was far too sunny.

“So it’s you.”

Nergui, fourth prince of the Skull Empire, looked at the man who was sitting at a corner of the bedroom, reading a book.

He could be said to be the one furthest away from the sun shining just outside the palace.

Because the man had become so weak that he could no longer even walk properly.

“Did you hear?”

“What do you mean?”

“Don’t you already know? You’re always the first to hear whenever anything happens.”

“The first to hear, huh… but I still don’t know what you’re talking about.”

There was no change in the man’s expression, but Nergui thought he must’ve been laughing. Laughing without a single trace of a smile on his face was the man’s specialty, after all.

“If you’re going to pretend you don’t know, I’ll just tell you. Princess Thermis. The second princess of the Mainin Kingdom. Remember, Big Brother? The one you proposed to.”

“Ah, her. I heard. She registered to participate in the Warrior’s Path this time, didn’t she?”

“Is that how you should react? How gentle of you.”

“Then how should I have reacted?”

“Shouldn’t you at least show some annoyance? It’s like she’s saying she’d rather ride a horse and hold a sword than marry you, Big Brother. Even if she’s a princess of another country, that’s too much.”

Nergui thought that the man’s expression might change this time.

But he still just laughed. Of course, in his unique way – without the slightest trace of a smile.

“Well, that’s just the reality. Armour suits her better than a dress, anyway. Of course, that’s not to say she won’t look beautiful in either. And since the coalition government came into power, hasn’t judging people by their countries become meaningless?”

“It’s not meaningless. Wars would no longer be possible if it were. The coalition government is just a fig leaf. I don’t know about the other continents, but at least this one is different. Eastland is a place where the law of the jungle still reigns supreme. The weak are only the meat the strong eat.”

Nergui espoused a political theory that any citizen of the empire would agree with all their heart. Words that even a three-year-old child passing by would applaud at, nodding their head.

However, the man still only stared at him.

“The boundaries are breaking down, though.”

“Ever since the time of the first emperor, Umir Khan, the Skull Empire never set any boundaries around itself.”

“Yeah, that’s true, but… that doesn’t mean you should cross the boundaries all other countries have set up.”

“I’ve always wanted to destroy them.”

The man’s eyes sank even deeper.

“… Do you want war?”

“… I only seek the ancient glory that has faded.”

Even as Nergui said that, he ridiculed himself within his own thoughts.

Because this wasn’t true at all. Because he did nothing but lie.

Because he wasn’t that kind of person.

And the man in front of him knew that very well.

“Don’t just use your head If you have ambition. Do it proudly, with your own two legs. That’s the right thing to do.”

“…”

The man just said that. As always.

Why had he come here again? Nergui had already forgotten.

To wind him up[1]? To see if he was angry? Or just to laugh at him?

He always come here with words prepared in his mind, but he always ended up changing them on impulse when he actually faced the man. This time too, was he just going to go back after spewing out some nonsense that he didn’t know whether was his opinion or his grudge?

So this time, he just spat out what he had to say, without thinking about it.

“By the way, why did you do it? Did you really like her?”

“What?”

“That marriage proposal.”

There was no other intention.

It was just – a question.

But then,

“Cough… cough.”

The man started to laugh. It wasn’t an expressionless face like he had before. Surprisingly, his lips were twitching.

“I now feel bad about doing it. To be honest, I never thought it’d turn out like this.”

He scratched his head as if he was genuinely embarrassed.

It was an amazing sight. It was the first time Nergui had ever seen the man like this.

“Do you know? That no one has ever asked me that? People always say that I must have a plan, and they try to dig it up.”

“… Is that so?”

“But I knew that you’d ask me this one day. You’ve always been curious about me, about what I think or feel.”

“…”

“Isn’t it human nature to covet what they don’t have?”

And the words that followed, somehow pierced straight through Nergui’s heart.

That he’d had never seen such a strong woman before.

Or even such a strong human being.

At that moment, Nergui realized a fact he’d forgotten.

This was why.

Those eyes were the reason why. What made such cruelty be born in his heart.

Nergui almost wanted to laugh. To thank his older brother, for reminding him of the purpose he’d forgotten.

His brother shouldn’t have had such eyes.

Eyes that seemed to have been truly impressed by something, eyes that seemed to have fallen in love.

At least not in front of him.

Because for Nergui, the strongest human being… was the man right in front of him.

“… She’s pretty ugly for a woman.”

“It’s unfortunate. That your eyes aren’t working properly, that is.”

“Of course, how you see the world through different eyes than anybody else is what’s the most surprising about you, Big Brother.”

Nergui smiled and turned back.

Just then –

“You used to smile like that every time you hatched a bad plan. I heard from the king some people tried to assassinate the princess on the ship.”

The man slowly spoke.

“… Is that so?”

“I’m not the Khan, so I can’t stop you. But she’s reached all the way here, so you should understand. She’s a strong woman, so don’t go underestimating her.”

“It was more of a matter of luck. A monster came out of nowhere and started sticking to her.”

That monster was truly an unexpected variable.

Nergui hadn’t been able to come up with an answer for him yet.

“And you also know, that the Warrior’s Path isn’t just a test to screen soldiers. Rather, it’s more of a sacred ritual. If you try playing a prank in the middle of it…”

“I’m sorry, but I’m not a five-year-old kid anymore. I’ll remember your advice, though. I’ll be going now. Please rest, First Prince.”

With those parting words, Nergui left the man’s bedroom. But there was one last sentence that he kept hidden inside his heart.

‘Of course, I still like to play a prank once in a while.’


The Adventurers’ Association’s Barantor branch was not far from the hotel.

This time, I visited the branch office with the princess in tow, not only so I could be ready for any possible attacks, but also to check the reaction of the staff. I was wondering, what’d happen if the mission target was with me?

To be honest, I’d been a little shocked at the Nanma branch office, the last time. Even though the staff had been a member of the association, he hadn’t been very interested in the subject of the mission itself. Since this was the world of a manga, I’d wondered if the process was always that haphazard.

So I took her with me this time, and –

“Thank you. The second quest is also successful.”

Again, the association staff just stamped the request confirmation certificate without any verification.

Bang–!

He didn’t even seem interested in whether the woman standing next to me was the princess or not. Even while he was stamping the mission request form to bring in the currently most famous woman in the Skull Empire.

It was an astonishing level of indifference.

‘Huh…’

For a moment, my thoughts flashed back to the choice still sleeping on my background list.

[Expelled Corrupt Adventurers’ Association Member].

That was then –

“Oh, and there’s a linked quest.”

“What?”

“Yes, here it is… hmm. Wait.”

The staff who was scanning the request, frowned.

Soon after –

“The request is to, uh… to wait in this city until the next request comes in.”

He said something very absurd.

“Yes?”

“I think you should just wait. Although, we won’t be the ones to contact your team – the Squatjaw Adventurers, right? – so please just drop by here at least once every few days, even if it’s a bit annoying.”

“…”

“Goodbye.”

Once I got home, I was able to briefly summarize the current situation.

The author was now quite confused. So he was just going to observe for now.

The reason was also easy to guess. Perhaps it was because I’d registered to participate in the Warrior’s Path.

‘But did he really never consider it at all? That I could apply?’

Hmmm.

Of course, from the author’s point of view, it might’ve been quite reasonable to think that way. Originally, I hadn’t planned to participate at all.

The reason was simple. Because breaking through the Warrior’s Path gave me no benefit. If I could avoid it, I should.

The Warrior’s Path is basically about choosing a warrior who will be loyal for the Skull Empire.

If you pass it, your authority and freedom within the Skull Empire will rise, but at the same time, you’ll inevitably become entangled. You have to swear an oath of allegiance to someone in the Skull Empire.

What if I passed it and then just left? The Skull Empire itself might turn into an enemy. They might think that I’d deceived the Empire.

In a word, this wasn’t something an adventurer like me should do.

So maybe the author hadn’t considered it at all. And now, roughly, his thoughts would be, ‘how are you going to handle it?’ I felt like he was observing.

But despite these conditions, there were two reasons why I had to choose this Warrior’s Path.

Firstly, to protect the princess.

Presumably, there would be people aiming for the princess even in the midst of this Warrior’s Path. There was no way the guys who wanted war could miss an opportunity like this.

Of course, this time they won’t try to kill the princess.

The princess dying while taking the test? No war would break out in that case. Rather, a tragic story would be born, and accusations would come pouring in that the princess died due to unnecessary pressure.

Their purpose would probably be to make the princess give up the test, all by herself. Because then the public opinion would swing towards her being a coward who’d only applied to the Warrior’s Path to escape her impending marriage.

A rude foreign princess who’d insulted not only the first prince of the empire, but also the Warrior’s Path itself.

She’d be buried under a mountain of criticism, and the empire’s anger towards the Mainin Kingdom would surge even higher.

From the point of view of the warhawk faction, it must seem like a very plausible scenario.

But of course, in the original story, the princess had successfully passed the Warrior’s Path despite such dangers. Although I didn’t know how.

Maybe she’d really broken through all obstacles with that amazing power of hers?

However, the situation was slightly different now. The plot had already been twisted quite a bit due to my intervention, and the guys trying to harm the princess were now a little angrier than they would’ve been originally.

So, honestly speaking, I had no choice but to feel responsible. Just the number of gloomy bastards secretly surrounding our hotel right now was quite intimidating.

To be honest, I couldn’t help but feel somewhat anxious…

And secondly –

Of course, to show off.

Rather, this was the more important reason. Forget taking responsibility or whatever, I still wouldn’t have accepted this if not for the leading point of view.

“Hmmmm.”

Currently, I was the main character of this chapter. If you take on the role of the main character leading a scene, shouldn’t you show something fun for the viewers?

Moreover, this chapter wasn’t a long one. Three to four days at most, by my estimate.

Meaning, I had to show off something outrageously impressive in a short time.

And, who knew?

If it went well, maybe my stage would last a little longer?

So I was thinking about how to best direct the scenes, to make it the most outrageous.


The Warrior’s Path, the day of the qualification test.

We were in what looked like a great stadium, surrounded by numerous spectator seats.

This building, that reminded me of the Colosseum, didn’t seem to fit the natives’ nomadic lifestyle, but surprisingly, it was a piece of history eight centuries old.

One side of the field was packed with rocks of all things, ranging in size from as small as a child to as large as a wild boar. And the largest of them was almost the size of an adult elephant.

The princess had said that the test assignments changed every time, but the ‘preliminaries’ and ‘final gates’ that the audience could watch were always fixed. The tests at these two gates were the most basic and intuitive of the qualities required of a warrior.

Among them, the preliminary round was ‘strength’.

The preliminaries were very simple.

Lifting one of the rocks piled up over there, according to your own strength.

Because it was a comparative assessment, the bottom 70% of applicants were dropped here. If there were currently 3,000 participants, just from this simple test of lifting the stones, more than 2,000 would drop out.

Soon,

– Here, on the Warrior’s Path, the first round! Let’s start the preliminary test of ‘lifting the stones’!

“Ooh!”

“Good luck!”

“Show your strength!”

The qualifiers had begun.

The twenty people in the front row headed towards the pile of rocks. Looked like the contestants would rotate in batches of twenty.

The stones had to be lifted above the knees and held there for five seconds. If you dropped it before then, you’d be disqualified immediately.

It wasn’t a big deal, rather it was a very simple test, but it turned out to be better than I’d expected.

The cheers of the audience never stopped as the participants grunted and lifted the stones.

“Lift!”

“You idiot, do you think you’re strong enough for that one?”

“Don’t give up! Lift, yes! Lift!”

After a while, I could start to determine which rocks would give you a passing grade.

A rock roughly the size of an adult human was the standard.

However, those with enough strength tried to lift the heavier ones, because the results of the preliminary round would decide your benefits in the finals.

“What are the benefits?”

“No idea. It’s different every time.”

Anyway, the heavier the stone you lifted, the more advantageous it’d be for you.

“Hmm.”

Of course, it wasn’t very meaningful to me. After all, my course was already decided.

How long did it take?

While I was suffering from a little boredom, cheers suddenly erupted from the audience.

It seemed that someone famous had appeared.

I quickly found out who.

Among the twenty people who now stood facing the stones, there was one who was particularly large. In terms of pure size, this bald guy was bigger than me.

Suddenly,

“Huh?”

The princess exclaimed in surprise.

That one?”

But the audience instead became silent. Maybe it was because their mouths were frozen in surprise.

The bald giant stood in front of the largest rock, the ‘elephant’.

Then he grabbed it, and –

“… Ggh!”

– Began to exert force.

“Uu… kkkh!”

While I was imagining that the rock would start shaking slowly,

“I-, it’s rising!”

“It’s up!”

“It’s a monster!”

It rose up into the air in a flash.

In an instant, shouts shook the stadium.

Well, it was natural. This was first monster they were seeing, after all.

And once the audience, who’d been boiling like lava after the bald giant had gotten his turn, had quietened a bit –

“I’m next.”

It was the princess’ turn.

“Take it easy.”

“I’m thinking of picking ‘that’ up, too.”

What the princess pointed to was, naturally, the ‘elephant’.

“Are you sure? If it gives you a hard time, remember to call for the ghost grandpa.”

“Don’t underestimate me. You think I’ll need help? I’m undefeated in contests of force… w-, well, almost undefeated, anyway!”

With the appearance of the princess, the audience, which had been quiet for a while, began to boil again.

Of course, I couldn’t be certain whether it was because she was a woman, or because she was the second challenger of the ‘elephant’.

“Hey, girl!”

“You aren’t planning to lift that one, right?”

“Crazy! Does this make sense!”

The audience began to watch the scene with half expectation and half doubt. Or perhaps more precisely, one expectation and ninety-nine doubt.

But then,

“Huuuuuk!”

The princess grabbed the rock and began to use her strength.

And surprisingly –

“L-, lifted!”

“A monster!”

“A monster woman!”

She lifted the rock much faster than the bald guy had done before her, and even looked a lot more relaxed doing it.

“Heeeh…”

Really, that woman was a monster.

After the princess returned, she briefly announced her impressions.

“It was quite heavy, but not so much that I couldn’t lift it. If it were you, maybe you could pick up two of them.”

“Hmm, is that so?”

After a few more batches, it was finally my turn.

– Participants in front!

Giving a sigh, I slowly walked towards the pile of rocks.

“… What to do?”

In fact, I wasn’t the only one who was worried.

Of course, I wasn’t worried about not being able to lift that ‘elephant’.

My worries were about how to direct the scene.

If no one had lifted that rock before me, it wouldn’t have mattered. I’d just go and pick it up. Because that’d have been enough.

But now, there were already two pioneers before me. Besides, one of them was even a woman. Being the third one to do something, didn’t sound particularly outrageous.

“My head hurts…”

As I trudged my way through to the front of the elephant rock, the audience cheered.

“Hey!”

“I think that squat-jaw is also trying to challenge the elephant!”

“Chin up, man!”

‘No, lifting it is not the problem…’

If there were a few more copies of it, it wouldn’t have been such a problem. I could just take two or three.

‘Should I do some stunts with this one… Maybe juggling? Something else?’

While I was pondering for a while…

– You there, you with the squat jaw! This isn’t the place to worry. If you don’t feel like lifting that, go and grab another rock. Don’t waste time!

One of the moderators saw me hesitating and shouted.

And then,

“Boo!”

“If you can’t do it, screw off!”

“As if any Tom, Dick or Harry could lift that!”

The audience immediately changed their attitude and started cursing at me.

It wasn’t funny. It hadn’t even been that long.

‘Hah, how noisy.’

There were even people telling me to fuck off, and throwing the food they’d been eating.

That was then.

‘… Throw?’

In that instant, an idea flashed inside my head.

Throw it… throw it.

I quickly looked around. A place to throw at, a place to throw at…

And finally –

‘Oh, there it is.’

A suitable target caught my eye.

I caught the face of a prince who was sitting idly on one side, in a section with luxuriously decorated seats, as if they were reserved for the nobility.

Nergui or Merogui or whatever.

Of course, it was impossible to predict what the future consequences of such behaviour would be.

Maybe a lot of annoying things would result from such a provocative action.

But I didn’t have to ponder too deeply. Was showmanship more important, or some behind the scenes events more important? Besides, I was a villainous role from the start. I was already used to it.

And I thought it might be a good idea to give that guy a proper warning once in a while.

Without hesitation, I grabbed the ‘elephant rock’ with both hands. Then I immediately lifted it up.

– W-, wait, Squatjaw! Before you get disqualified, just go find another rock… huh? Huh…?

‘It’s pretty heavy, though. Can I make the throw from here to there?’

The distance to the audience seats was about 40-50m.

To be honest, it was a long shot.

Still,

‘Ah, screw it. Even for the leading point of view, this should be enough.’

Somehow, I felt like I was getting stronger.

“He really did it!”

“Hell, don’t you think he picked it up too easily?”

“That Squatjaw is another monster!”

But I was not satisfied by the murmuring of the audience.

“Can you call somebody strong just because they lifted one of these?”

And then,

“This is how you do it…!”

I threw the rock towards the side where the fourth prince sat, with all my might.

Boom–.

Of course, I wasn’t aiming for him or anything.

Rather, I threw it with the intention of narrowly passing over the audience. Because I didn’t mean to cause any casualties. This was just a ‘warning’.

And, fortunately –

Boo-ooom–.

The rock sailed over the auditorium by a narrow margin.

The place was quiet for a moment.

And then,

Booooom–!

There was a roar as if something had exploded (the rock, if I had to guess), but there was still no sound from the audience.

Only silence.

With the silent stadium as my background, I returned to my seat.

Of course, I didn’t forget to smile once towards the air.

“How about this?”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 약을 올리려 (lit. take medicine), to make somebody angry.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 80

“Ah, Count, were you here?”

“Peter. Thank you for your hard work.”

“Yeah! I have to work hard to feed my daughter!”

He was a brave soldier.

A citizen of Carpe who loved his country, and a soldier who revered the sword.

He was also a father of a daughter, same as Callius, and his wife had passed away a long time ago, so they had quite a lot in common.

“I’ll guide you.”

“You don’t have to escort me anymore.”

“No, no, I do have to. If I don’t give someone of your station an escort, Count, I’ll get a pretty harsh scolding.”

“I see.”

“This place gets very few visitors, so just one person is enough for security. The monthly salary is pretty good and the job is easy, too. Although it’s a bit boring, I like it.”

“If it’s so boring, why are you doing this? If you volunteer, there should be a lot of other jobs available.”

“Even though it’s boring, that has its own value.”

“Because of your daughter?”

The daughter of a foolish father.

“Yeah. If I die for nothing, who’s going to raise my daughter? We two are the only ones in our family, so I have to take care of her by myself.”

“You love your daughter a lot.”

“She’s the apple of my eye[1]. She’s really cute, you know? Whenever I go home, that little kid jumps at me and sticks to me so hard that I think I might fall over. She’s so pretty, too, like a splitting image of my wife…”

Peter’s smile held a bitter edge. He seemed to be reminiscing about his dead wife.

“How old is the child?”

“She’s twelve this year.”

Coincidentally, she was the same age as Emily.

Naturally, Callius also thought of Emily and smiled.

“What do little girls like these days, do you think?”

“Do you also have a daughter, Count?”

“That’s right. She’s also twelve this year. She’s always a bit curt with me, though.”

“I see. It’s kind of nice to hear. But unfortunately, knowing my daughter’s likes and dislikes might not help you.”

Why?

“Unlike other kids her age, my daughter is only interested in swords…”

The little girl was apparently a sword fanatic.

As she was a child of the Carpe Kingdom, where the Order of Valtherus was the state religion, it wasn’t that big a surprise.

Callius, too, knew another little girl who was only interested in swords.

Rather, this was interesting.

“Tell me more.”

“It’s because she grew up without a mother. She quickly learned that I depend on my sword to live, and became interested in swordsmanship. She wants to become a knight…”

He’d gone through a lot of trouble as a result.

Peter naturally didn’t want to raise his only daughter as a knight, but she was so stubborn that he gave her a wooden sword first to play with.

“What about becoming a pilgrim?”

“Ugh… It’d be hard to even see her face if she becomes a nun. Besides, a pilgrim’s life is still dangerous. Don’t pilgrims wander around all year without any trace? Absolutely not!”

Callius swallowed his words and shook his head.

To be honest, being a pilgrim wasn’t a job that most high-ranking people, let alone high aristocrats, preferred. Because it was a path full of thorns, and the casualty rate was worse than even knights.

In addition, now that the reputation of the Church had fallen so low, if you were unlucky enough, you might even get stoned to death.

Who would choose such an occupation in such a situation?

“Are you planning to raise her as a knight, then?”

“Yeesh, I don’t know. She wants to go to the Royal Academy, it seems, but… that’s beyond my ability.”

The Royal Academy.

Literally, a school under royal authority that nurtured children to become knights.

“If you successfully complete your education, you’ll be awarded a knighthood and given a life sword. Not only that, the three top students each year are also given a choice. Either to join the Royal Knight Order, or to become a paladin of the Church.”

Callius never knew there was such a benefit.

It wasn’t useless information, either.

“It wouldn’t be a bad idea to send her there, then?”

“Hey, forget about it. My daughter takes after me in using a sword, but to get in the Academy, she’d need a recommendation. And even then, the waiting list is far too long, so I can’t even dream of it. Besides, how expensive is the registration fee… There’s no way I could pay that with my monthly salary. I can only feel sorry for her. I’m incompetent as a father.”

The Royal Academy.

‘Emily would love that place.’

It might not be as good as the actual battle experience she’d accumulated in the North, but Callius thought it might be a good experience for her.

If it was Callius, he could definitely write a letter of recommendation.

‘That kid, even if she has talent in swordsmanship, she doesn’t seem to have any friends.’

The last time he’d seen her, he’d told her that he’d bring a sword for her next time, but she’d said that she didn’t need one, so a gift like this wouldn’t be bad either.

‘Is she doing fine, I wonder?’

Two months had passed since he’d left the North.

How was she doing, left in that cold white hell filled with pure snow?

Was this the reality of becoming a father?

After being reborn in this world, this might be Callius’ first time missing someone.

Of course, he still didn’t have the heart of a proper parent.

“We’ve arrived. I’ll wait for you here, so please feel free to come back once you’re done.”

“Alright, then.”

While chit-chatting about this and that, they’d already arrived in front of Beatrice’s house.

No, rather, it should be called her laboratory.

Rap. Callius knocked on the door, and heard a faint voice telling him to come in.

“Excuse me.”

As soon as he opened the door, he was greeted by a mess, made up of cluttered piles of documents, various artifacts and research materials.

“You’re here.”

Beatrice was leaning against a leather sofa, with her long dark purple hair hanging down. The sight of her with her legs crossed, reclined into soft leather, was quite alluring to say the least. Because Beatrice was wearing shreds of fabric that could hardly even be called clothes.

A black silk slip.

A nightgown so flimsy that the slightest breeze would bare the insides to the world.

“Are you an exhibitionist?”

“I wore this because you were coming, Count. I’ll take it off when it’s time for research. I get nervous and frustrated when I’m wearing anything. If you want, would you like to do an experiment together?”

It was quite an embarrassing piece of information, but Callius refused without even changing his expression.

He had no interest in having another child, that too with a commoner.

“I’m headed for Count Artemion’s place. If I tell the Church or the royal family, he might catch wind of it and squirrel away the demonic beasts, so it’s better to make a surprise attack.”

“Okay, then let’s go right now.”

“Are you going to go dressed like that?”

“Wait.”

Beatrice quickly put on a hooded robe that covered her whole body.


Outside the window, the sun was starting to set.

The last light burned with an intense vermilion hue. The shadows lengthened, and darkness slowly filled the world.

Within that overflowing darkness –

Bop-bop-bop-bop.

A screeching noise pierced the ears.

“This noise is gonna kill me.”

In the quarters Callius had taken over –

Orcal, who was quietly polishing his spirit sword, the Worm Soul, frowned at the persistent scratching noise at the door.

Callius had gone out some time ago, alone.

Which was fine.

What really stuck in his craw was how a high-level manpower, an inquisitor-captain, had been left to babysit a pup of a demonic beast.

Bruns hadn’t come back from wherever he’d wandered to, so Callius had ordered him to take care of Vivi.

“I’m not even house-sitting, I’m dog-sitting. This is ridiculous. How did I end up like this?”

Bop-bop-bop-bop.

Either way, the pup kept scraping at the door. Maybe it was because it’d seen Callius disappear through it.

It’s been scratching that door all day.

“Ugh! Noisy! Stop it, you bastard!”

Callius might look like he loved it, but not Orcal.

Not in the slightest.

The scars he’d received from its mother, the thunder wolf dragon, still remained on his body.

Besides, it was a magic beast.

Orcal naturally held a strong hatred for their breed.

He’d lost his parents and siblings in a magic beast attack, so it was even more intense than others.

– Kieeeeeng! Kieeeeeng! Crooooooon!

“You trying to mess with me, you son of a bitch!?”

Well, he’d been thinking there was nowhere to vent, but wasn’t this good?

As they said, animals with fur had to be beaten with a stick if one wanted to educate them.

Whip!

On an impulse, Orcal unsheathed the Worm Soul, held it like a club and approached Vivi.

Feeling some kind of premonition, Vivi suddenly cried and tried to run away.

“Let me see, where can you run…”

Crash– clang–!

It smashed through the window and jumped out.

“Eh! No, you crazy, what, wait!”

The hotel room they were in was on the third floor.

Even if it was the pup of a magic beast, if it fell from such a height, it’d die!

Even if it didn’t die, it’d be severely injured!

Callius loved Vivi quite a bit.

At the thought of his superior’s anger when he returned, Orcal shuddered.

He realized once again that it was him who was being educated with a stick.

“Please, please be safe!”

Orcal immediately jumped out of the window himself.

Thump!

Landing on the ground, the sword back at his waist, Orcal looked around.

“Eh, why can’t –?!”

But Vivi’s figure was nowhere to be seen. All he could see was a dark street at night.

A few street lanterns were scattered here and there along the way.

Orcal understood.

‘I’ve fucked up.’

He’d lost Vivi.

“No, it fell from that height, how could it already disappear like this?”

Although, Callius had been feeding it something strange.

And it wasn’t an ordinary pup, it was the child of a thunder wolf dragon.

But if it could’ve done this any time, why had it been scratching the door like that all day?

Still, this wasn’t the time to analyze something like that.

“I’ve got no choice but to find it before Sir Callius returns.”

And he got beaten again. Shuddering, Orcal pulled out the Worm Soul halfway from the scabbard.

Worms materialized with a buzzing sound.

“Find Vivi.”

Step!

Climbing up to the roof of a tall building, Orcal closed his eyes and focused.

After a while –

Orcal’s eyebrows furrowed as he opened his eyes wide.

“Why go there?”

The place where Vivi had gone to, was a count’s mansion.

It was the mansion of Count Artemion.


At the mansion of the Artemion family, in the underground basement.

“Do you want to eat it? Lick it like a dog.”

“Hey, I’m not your plaything! I’m the servant of Sir Callius, the future great Master of the North!”

“If you eat this, I’ll give you another steak.”

Unfortunately for Bruns, the meat was too good to refuse.

Chomp, gulp!

To be honest, it was in a bowl, so even though it’d been thrown down at the floor, that didn’t really matter.

The meat was great, and the taste was amazing.

‘Maybe this kind of life is good, too.’

It came with three meals full of meat, you could sleep when you wanted to, and shit when you wanted to.

Because it was an iron cage made to hold magic beasts, it was wide enough to live in.

Being a noble’s pet didn’t seem so bad.

“Do you want to be my pet?”

“W-, what nonsense!! A glorious job awaits me, to serve the one who will become the future Lord of the North!! Release me now, you godless crazy idiot!”

“What? Are you calling me an idiot?”

“Yeah, that’s right! Damn! How could you do this if you aren’t an idiot! The biggest idiot in the whole kingdom! You cowardly bastard! If you’re a real leader of men, take up your sword and fight! Don’t hide behind demonic beasts and do stupid things!!”

“You worm, you dare…!”

“What’re you going to do? What’re you going to do!? Don’t you have to keep me safe to get my boss here? You idiot! You can’t do anything to me, right? Just stand still and stew, you bastard!”

Bruns raised his fist and shouted a curse, but he immediately flinched at Viole’s face, which had distorted into something creepy.

“I was wondering why I kept you alive. I don’t actually care if I kill you. Callius will die here anyway.”

“Um…”

Was that so?

“I’ll just kill you. Originally, I was going to make an example of you in front of Callius, but I’ve changed my mind. You arrogant servant, you just handle his chores but don’t even know your place. Just die, and free up some air for me to breathe.”

“Hey! Please, help me! Aaaaaaaaaaaah!”

Clang! Claaaaaaaaaaang!

When the magic beasts all hit the iron bars like it was a toy, they started to shake like a ship meeting stormy waves.

Bruns, rubbing away the tears and snot from his face, cried out for his life, but Viole’s lips only curved up at his plea.

“Boss!! Something’s wrong!”

“What?”

“Someone’s here!”

“Ahhhhh!!”

Claaang–!!

The underground space shook violently, with the sound of a huge explosion.

At that moment, while Viole was trying to stay focused –

Once again, the walls burst, and someone appeared along with a small pile of sand and dust.

Black hair as dark as pitch.

Grey eyes without any emotion.

A rosary on his neck, and a stigma of God on the back of his hand.

And on his chest, a brooch symbolizing the Lord of the North.

It was Callius von Jervain.

“Boss!! You finally come to save me!! I, Bruns, am here! My faith in you never wavered!”

“Bruns? Why are you here?”

“Eh?”

Bruns, who’d been so moved that he was about to tear up, found his eyes welling up from a different emotion.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 눈에 넣어도 안 아플, be the apple of somebody’s eye.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 79

“Oh, if it isn’t Esther! It’s been a while.”

“Yes, it’s been some time, Paladin Helena.”

“Are you still talking to me so formally? Why not relax a little? Call me ‘big sis’ or something.”

“I haven’t found my sword yet. A pilgrim who hasn’t completed their pilgrimage can’t treat a paladin as an equal.”

A pilgrim who hasn’t completed their pilgrimage is still just a pilgrim.

“There’s no pilgrim stronger than you. Even the average paladin should be weaker than you. Since you’re revered so highly as the next saint, why not have the Church grant you a sword? That should be feasible enough.”

The Church didn’t lack vision or spirit swords, and had quite a few in its possession.

Would there be any issue in giving one to a swordsmanship genius of Esther’s calibre, who was even called the next saint?

“I’ve declined the offer.”

“As expected. That stiff-necked pride of yours must trouble you a lot.”

“The only goal of a pilgrim on their pilgrimage should be to find their sword. Thus do we fulfil the will of God.”

“To offer a sword that satisfies God, huh?”

“Yes.”

“Hmm. So how much longer do you think it’ll take for you to find your sword?”

“… It should happen soon.”

Esther’s eyelashes trembled with sadness.

Helena decided to change the subject when she remembered her guardian, the saint of the Church who’d adopted her as a stepdaughter.

“Oh, but why are you so late? I had to wait here for so long.”

“I went to take a look at a place after hearing something.”

“Oh? What happened?”

“A small fight had taken place. There were traces of a battle between one expert versus several others.”

“Haah…”

Helena seemed to understand something, but still decided to listen quietly.

It was because this lady who usually sported a stiff, emotionless face now had an unusually pleasant expression.

“He must’ve been pretty strong.”

“Yes. It was as if the others were fighting a ghost. Really, the expert left hardly any traces. To fight so many opponents without even pulling out your weapon… I want to meet them at least once.”

“You still haven’t found out who it was?”

“Unfortunately not.”

Ah! Esther exclaimed as if she’d remembered something.

“What is it?”

“I did meet somebody, but…”

Esther frowned, as if it was really strange.

“She suddenly became a different person.”


Although the bread was hard, the texture became soft and moist when dipped in the stew.

The flavour of the thick meat stew seeped into the bread, and the taste was doubled.

Callius picked up his knife and fork, and sliced ​​a chunk of meat.

When he took a bite, the sauce tasted just right, and sweet juice kept bursting out of the meat the more he chewed.

“It tastes good.”

“I’m glad it suits your palette.”

“That fork, it’s not normal, is it?”

“Yes, I suppose it’s a bit rare. It’s an artifact.”

A fork and knife he’d once obtained.

They were a pair of artifacts.

They weren’t particularly special.

Just a little more firm than normal utensils, and unnaturally clean.

Callius observed Beatrice eating while answering her question.

She looked just like Maria.

However, her appearance, which he’d first thought was a bit plain, changed a hundred and eighty degrees just by switching to a bit of a different style.

If Maria was like pure snow, white as her innocence, Beatrice was a rose.

An alluring rose.

‘Maybe that’s it.’

She was a character he hadn’t set up.

There was a high probability that the character had been arbitrarily set like this by the company.

Named ones tended to have a bit of an exaggerated concept, but he hadn’t thought Beatrice would have a setting like this.

‘A split personality.’

There had to be a trigger to change her personality.

If he could figure that out, he might be able to get a pretty decent deal in the transaction.

After a quick meal, Callius offered the sword he was carrying to Beatrice.

“I’ll give this back first. I didn’t notice that I’d taken it with me, last time.”

Beatrice’s eyes twitched.

“I don’t recognize this sword, though? If you’re going to give a present to a lady, wouldn’t a flower be better than a sword? Or… I like this little kid here, too.”

Was she talking about Vivi?

Although Callius was a little worried since it looked like she was doing strange experiments with magical beasts, she did seem to like Vivi quite a bit.

“I refuse. It’s my cherished pet.”

“That’s too bad.”

“But you really won’t take it? This should be your favourite sword.”

“I really don’t recognize that sword, I’m telling you.”

She kept stubbornly persisting.

Perhaps if his prediction was correct, the trigger to change her personality might be holding Maria’s sword. There was no reason to decline his offer so stubbornly, otherwise.

“By the way, will you tell me now? Why were you waiting for me at my house?”

Anyway, it didn’t matter.

It was Beatrice that Callius had been looking for, not Maria.

“I don’t like long introductions, so I’ll be direct.”

“Please. I hate wasting time, too.”

Callius took a vial out of his pocket and placed it on the table.

“What’s this?”

“Blood of a thunder wolf dragon.”

“Thunder wolf dragon…”

“It was a beast with dragon’s blood. Can you purify the demonic energy from this and extract the dragon’s blood?”

Beatrice would one day become one of the ten pillars of the realm.

But that was just the in-game story that Callius knew.

There was no guarantee that everything would unfold as the story had been set in the game.

So this was also a test.

“The blood essence, can you extract it?”

If possible, he’d like to entrust something even more precious than this to Beatrice.

The troll blood he had, as well as the thunder wolf dragon’s horns and other materials.

And later, he even intended to entrust everything about the manufacturing of holy water, including the Tears of Valtherus, to her.

As long as she had the skills and could be trusted, there was no reason to not do so.

He’d be in the capital, Carradi, for a while, but one day he’d be responsible for the whole of the North.

The North had to become greater and stronger than it was right now.

“I’m asking if it’s possible.”

“…”

Her gaze looking at the vial he’d taken out looked exactly what he’d expected from an alchemist.

A gaze that was filled with greed.

However, her brows were furrowed so tightly that they didn’t look like they’d straighten out anytime soon.

Was she worried?

Whether she’d be able to do it by herself?

“You’re not confident, I’m guessing.”

Callius said with disappointment in his heart, and Beatrice nodded calmly.

“Honestly, that’s true. But with a little time and preparation, it’s not impossible.”

Hoo.

The wait had been worth it.

“What kind of preparation are you talking about? If necessary, I can support you.”

Callius was flush with wealth right now.

It wasn’t a problem to provide some support, since it’d be an investment.

“About the necessary expenses and the time, I’ll just need ten thousand gold and a year. But there’s one thing I need the most, and it’s a bit difficult to find. Is that alright?”

Ten thousand gold coins and one year of time.

Ten thousand gold was fine, but a year was way too long.

But since there was even something extra that was essential, Callius could only sigh.

He hadn’t even mentioned the troll potion he really needed, yet.

“Let’s hear it, this most essential thing.”

“Have you ever heard of demon cores?”

Demon cores[1] (魔淨).

“I have.”

A core that sometimes forms inside a being that has a lot of demonic energy.

Simply put, it’s similar to the blood essence of a demonic being, but it contains very pure and concentrated demonic energy, so normal demonic beasts have no chance of forming one.

Unless it’s a high-ranked beast with a highly pure bloodline, it doesn’t happen easily.

In human terms, it’s an object similar to the sacred stone of a saint.

“I need a demon core. When extracting the blood essence, you have to remove the demonic impurities from the blood first, but that’s difficult to do without the power of a demon core.”

According to her, a demon core was formed out of pure demonic energy, and it could absorb the demonic power contained in the blood.

That was why she said it’d be easier to extract the blood essence if she had a demon core.

‘It’s ridiculous.’

Demon cores weren’t supposed to be used in that way. The setting itself was that demon cores were used as mediums to make the demonic power of a magic beast go out of control.

But Beatrice was instead saying that it could be used to remove demonic power from the blood.

This paradigm of thought that completely differed from orthodox knowledge was quite surprising.

Really, this was Beatrice.

The talent who would one day be revealed as the best and the most eccentric alchemist in the kingdom.

“Then, is there any way to find one?”

However, demon cores were as difficult to obtain as plucking a star from the sky, and it was considered unholy since it was an item with demonic magic, so it wasn’t up for sale anywhere.

Although it was useful, it wasn’t easy to find.

Unless you could find a beast with a demon core, but Callius had never seen one, not even during the War of the North where so many demonic beasts had been slain. Demon cores were that rare.

“It’s not that there’s no way. It’s just that you’ll have to face a very difficult opponent.”

“So somebody has one?”

This was good news.

The story had become simpler.

“Who is it?”

“Do you know Count Artemion?”

“Artemion?”

“Yes. The eldest son of the count has a bit of an eye for beasts, so he trains them and sells them in secret.”

In the beginning, it’d just been his hobby, and he’d used to give the beasts out as gifts to other nobles, but when he’d realized how lucrative it was, he’d scaled up his operation.

As the beasts increased in size, it was rumoured that one had formed a demon core.

“There are two ways.”

Either, make a deal with Viole, or –

“Are you going steal it?”

Unlike Maria, Beatrice’s smile as she spoke, although bright, had a rather sinister edge.


Returning to his room, Callius put down his weapons and sat down on the bed.

Flop.

“I’m tired.”

There didn’t seem to be any need to talk about the troll potion.

Because a demon core should also be able to remove the demonic power contained in the troll’s blood.

Demon core. Viole had it.

Should he trade for it? Or seize it somehow?

Several possibilities were running through his mind.

A transaction seemed impossible. Theft didn’t sound like a good choice, either.

Viole had to be feeling aggrieved and malicious against him, so there was no way the two of them could come to terms and make a decent deal.

Talking to Count Artemion probably wouldn’t make much of a difference, either.

“Then is there only one choice left?”

Callius laid back on the bed and pondered.

If the dragon’s blood could be extracted, along with the rest of materials from the thunder wolf dragon, a relic beyond a normal artifact might be created.

Not only that, even the problem about the troll potion could be solved if Callius got his hands on a demon core.

With Beatrice’s skills, all his problems could definitely be solved.

Then all that was left, was to get the demon core. That was call Callius had to focus on.

“It’s not that difficult.”

He just needed a reason. An excuse.

If it couldn’t be traded and couldn’t be stolen, he just had to make the other party offer it by their own hands. Callius had the power and status to do so.

In the first place, it was the Artemion family who were involved in a criminal enterprise, so it was not a difficult job if he used his status as a count and the rights of a heretic inquisitor.

The problem was that, it was unclear whether the Artemions could be easily defeated if he attacked them like this.

The name of ‘the Judge’ had already spread far and wide, and Count Artemion had to be on his toes right now due to the recent accident with Viole.

Callius still had to go through the formal process of becoming a heretic inquisitor, so it was possible for the Artemions to squirrel away all their demonic items and magical beasts somewhere secret by that time.

If only the other side had attacked him first, the job would’ve been easier and he’d have been able to get more benefits…

It was a pity, but there was no helping it.

He’d just have to figure something out.

“Really, to think Viole was the one supplying her with magical beasts.”

When Callius had asked Beatrice how she knew so much about it, she’d uncaringly confessed that all the beasts she’d been using in her research experiments had been purchased Viole.

As a result, she was well aware of the general circumstances.

She was still hiding many secrets, but it didn’t really matter, did it?

He understood the general gist of things.

“But where did that guy go?”

He’d asked Vivi where it’d separated from Bruns, but in the end Callius hadn’t been able find hide nor hair of the man.


Tremble.

At that exact moment, Bruns was shaking with fear.

“Idiot bastard. Why the hell does that maniac keep a guy like you with him?”

Bruns was locked inside a cage.

“My boss, he can’t even sleep at night without me being there! If you kill me, he’ll definitely get revenge, so if you really want to kill me, just come and try it!”

Contrary to his loud voice, Bruns was shaking so hard he looked like he might piss any moment.

No wonder, because the iron cage he was imprisoned in was smack in the middle of a group of demonic beasts. The beasts, each of which looked capable of chewing and swallowing a man in one bite, were drooling at the sight of him, bared teeth shining from within their slavering jaws.

“Is this really enough to make him come?”

The one who’d kidnapped Bruns was none other than the owner of the beasts.

Viole Artemion.

The son of Count Artemion.

“I don’t know if I’m wasting my time…”

“He gotta come! You just wait!!”

“I can’t tell if you’re threatening me or asking me. But I’ll wait. I’ve contacted his hotel, anyway.”

An answer should come in the near future.

Either that bastard would come, or not.

“Of course, if he really comes here, he won’t be going back alive.”

No matter how strong a paladin might be, he wouldn’t be able to face all the demonic beasts in this place. Besides, that man was the biggest useless trash of the kingdom, despite all this talk about his prowess. Viole couldn’t even guess what kind of trick he’d done to get such a rumour going.

However, that time in the tavern, when Callius had subdued all the knights, had to have been a trick.

He’d been deceived then, but this time it was different.

“These are the guys I’ve raised with all my power. If your master really comes, neither of you will be getting away alive.”

“Eek!”

Weak nobles liked tamed magic beasts, strong and valiant unlike themselves, that would lie at their feet.

It was a pretty bad hobby, but it could be surprisingly helpful sometimes.

“There’s nothing better than these magic beasts when it comes to dealing with shitheads.”

Not just to terrify them.

Even those who screamed while being eaten alive, would become quiet once they went completely into the beasts’ stomachs.

“So go and regret for the rest of your life, that you dared insult me. Inside the stomach of a demonic beast, that is!”

Hahahahaha!

“I really hope that Callius actually comes to save you!”

“S-, sure he will, you son of a bitch!”

Bruns was anxious at heart, but he still believed. If it was Callius, he’d definitely come to his rescue.

Definitely…

‘You’re coming, right?’

But his anxiety didn’t go away.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] The author provided the Chinese characters 魔淨 (mo jing), but honestly? The jing (淨) character here means pure or clean. The translation instead assumes that he meant jing (魔) as in essence (kidney essence) in traditional Chinese medicine.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 58

You Sure You Won’t Regret It?

The imperial capital, Barantor.

We’d been riding helter-skelter across the vast meadows, forgetting day and night.

When I suddenly looked up, a huge statue of a mounted warrior filled my eyes.

“… Umir Khan!”

A warrior gripping his horse by the mane in one hand, and holding a long spear in the other.

A mythical being atop a ferocious black horse that crushed and trampled on anything in sight, was advancing towards somewhere beyond the horizon, a white hawk that symbolized his lofty pride perched on his left shoulder.

Umir Khan, the first emperor of the Skull Empire.

The princess had said that the imperial capital had no specific dividing line between the inner city and its outskirts. Instead, if more than half of the great statue was visible from where you were, it meant you’d stepped on the edge of the capital, Barantor.

Because drawing a line only limits yourself.

The only place the Skull Empire’s hooves cannot reach, lies beyond the final curtain of death.

Such had been the belief of the conqueror who’d built the empire, his proud declaration.

“Tell me in simple words so I can understand. Do you mean that we’re already in the city?”

“You can even see the statue’s feet. We’d entered the city a while ago. This is actually pretty deep inside.”

It wasn’t funny.

“There’s nothing and no one around, you call this the capital?”

Cocoa also chimed in agreement.

“Why is it still a meadow? Why do I still have to keep riding!”

“Why are you asking me? I didn’t set the rules! And, I don’t know either. This is my first time in the capital too.”

At that moment,

“Ah, I can see something over there. There, near the feet of the statue…”

Chinuavi pointed to a certain place.

Following his direction, I could indeed see what looked like a bunch of differently-shaped buildings. It at least looked like a ‘real city’.

“Hey, it’s still a long way off.”

“Let’s keep going…”

It actually took thirty more minutes before we could actually enter the ‘real city’.

It’d been five days since we’d started our nonstop ride from Nanma Port.

“It took a long time.”

My first impression of the city could be summarized in the words, ‘busy’, and ‘a jumble of unexpected stuff’.

To start with, the streets were packed to the brim. With people. Horses. Carriages. And trees that popped up here and there.

And on top of that, the place was filled with noise, and the air that blew between the buildings of various sizes and colours was chock full of dust. The whole tableau was reminiscent of the old great Arabian cities.

At first, I’d thought that the Skull Empire was actually inspired by Genghis Khan’s old Mongol Empire. A country founded by a nomadic people, who were always in constant motion instead of settling to a single place.

So, I’d expected even the capital to look like a slightly underdeveloped city.

But that didn’t really match what I was seeing. Only the national spirit and the temperament of the people had been inspired by the Mongols, it seemed; the scenery was more similar to the old Islamic culture that had been a melting pot of various influences.

As an example, I could even pick out a few places with European-style interiors.

In a word, it was a city that the author had created wilfully, according to his own imagination.

‘Yeah… as expected of a manga.’

Suddenly,

Flap flap flap–.

A small white pigeon came flying from the distance.

The one I’d named Coocoo[1].

“Oh, is that you, Coocoo?”

“Don’t call me that! Ask big sis and she’ll tell you, I’m actually a falcon.”

“Alright, what did you see?”

“Looks like the dark ones are still after us.”

“The dark ones? You sure? How many of them are there?”

“Of course I’m not sure. How would I know how many? Quite a number, that’s all I could tell.”

“Hmm… alright, got it.”

The pigeon, Coocoo had been patrolling the skies since yesterday noon.

By that time, any pursuer with the minimum amount of sense should’ve easily gotten to know where we were headed, and Chinuavi had also managed to figure out how to decipher all the curses and locks on the cage, so we didn’t waste any more time and let Coocoo out right away.

It was his first time in three years and eight months, apparently, and he’d since been roaming the long-desired skies to his heart’s content.

However, the anklet tied to his ankle, which apparently constrained the kid’s true body, hadn’t been removed yet.

According to Chinuavi, the anklet was more difficult to remove because it was directly connected to Coocoo, and it was at a different level even compared to all those strong restrictions on the cage, combined.

“It looks like it’ll take some more time. And I don’t think it’ll be easy to decipher it with simple external methods.”

“That’s fine. So what if it’s difficult to decipher? It’s simple, just catch the guys who tied the restriction and make them talk. That’s a much easier and quicker method than carelessly messing with it and causing side effects.”

And they were coming soon, anyway.

I decided not to worry too much about the pursuers chasing Coocoo, or the ‘dark ones’ who’d been sticking to us since when we’d entered the city.

It was enough to just deal with them as they came. Because I had the strength necessary to do that.

“First let’s find a place to stay. We’ve been on the road for a long while.”


I stared intently at the holographic window.

[You have received a proposal to become the chapter’s leading point of view from the author]

  • If you agree, please press here.

About three hours had passed since I’d first seen this message.

The reason I didn’t accept it right away and was still considering, wasn’t just to see how long this message might stay if I didn’t accept it.

Of course, I was curious about that, too, but there were two other reasons.

First, I had to understand why this proposal came to me at this time;

Second, because I couldn’t see any great advantage in accepting the leading point of view right away.

I’d already arrived at the empire, was there something I could show now?

I began to ponder.

What was the reason behind this proposal coming to me at this point in time?

First of all, the current chapter was mainly about the mission of Leo’s party. The quest they’d received was to find the lost treasure inside a temple, but they would be facing difficulties due to the sudden appearance of a bunch of brigands, the Huntington Bandits.

I didn’t remember the exact time, but as far as I knew, Leo and the rest had already faced off against them several times in the past. It’d been about two weeks since the Huntington Bandits arc had started, so maybe they’d already clashed three or four times?

If I was right, then this chapter would be over soon, and the treasure hunt would begin in earnest in the next chapter. Then the next five or six chapters would go in a rush.

In other words, right now the story was in a lull.

“Hmmm…”

But even considering the fact that there was space to change the leading point of view, why would such a chance come to me?

What made me wonder about this was the fact that it’d been none other than Karl Zayed who’d occupied the leading point of view at this juncture in the original.

It was already difficult for the author to develop the presence of his favourite character unless he used these small intermissions. In the future, the chapters would speed up more and more, and he’d get fewer and fewer chances.

In such a situation, was it my turn to get such an opportunity? To be honest, I couldn’t quite make head or tail of it.

“…”

Again, there was a limit to how much I could find out by inference alone.

It was time to check out some references.

I went straight into the character shop window.

Although a chapter was currently in progress, I wasn’t appearing in it, so I was able to use the shop.

“Where to check…”

I wondered if I could buy the readers’ comments for the ongoing chapter, but unfortunately it wasn’t on the menu. Again, it seemed that purchase was only possible after the chapter was over.

Even though it was a little disappointing, I decided to purchase the ones from the previous chapters.

[Chapter 19 One Man’s Might – Reader Comments]

Monotype – Isn’t Karl Zayed just a monster?

Cuban – What can Leo even do against that guy?

kirper03 – Is this character alright? What about balance?

KyaoKyao – But he lost to Squatjaw, didn’t he? Squatjaw strongest! haha

Jang Moonchungnaga – No, what the hell happened during the qualification exam!!!

LWJ – When do we get to see Squatjaw again?

Qenari – Nice!

‘… Karl Zayed?’

It was strange. Chapter 19 should’ve been about Leo and his party heading towards where their adventure quest ordered them to go, but the readers’ comments were all about Karl Zayed.

Out of curiosity, I checked the comments on the previous chapter, and they were all the same, too.

[Chapter 18 One Man Adventurer Team – Reader Comments]

Glitch – What, so Karl Zayed gets to be the main character whenever he’s on screen?

Sinkonaj – So that’s how you get to be a one-man adventurer team…

Root – What the hell is his ability?

Cry of Joy – He looks pretty cool, so it’s okay, haha

Kim Tae-hoon – He’s a one-man adventurer team, but he still got second place in the qualification exam.

LWJ – When do we get to see Squatjaw again?

Qenari – Nice!

How puzzling. Apparently, a full two chapters after the award ceremony had been from Karl Zayed’s point of view.

“Hmmm…”

Thinking about it, I could roughly picture the situation.

Since he hadn’t taken the first place in the qualification exam, it seemed that the author first put some effort into hyping up Karl Zayed. It’d probably been necessary to build some hype in advance so that when he showcased his skill in the latter chapters, it’d stay within the bounds of plausibility. Chapters 18 and 19 were short intermission-type ones anyway, so there shouldn’t have been any issue.

However, an unexpected problem arose as a result.

The more Karl Zayed’s strength was revealed, the more my existence was mentioned.

In a way, this was quite natural. Because my team had taken the first place while he’d merely come second.

So this was why my strength hadn’t dropped all this while. Karl Zayed had been hard at work, raising me up.

And, another issue was –

Suddenly a public opinion had formed. ‘Karl Zayed’s in the spotlight, so where’s Squatjaw?’ Or, ‘Now it’s Karl Zayed, so we’ll see Leo and Hiro next?’ Etc.

As it turned out, even the author couldn’t ignore this in the end.

So he’d resorted to giving me a brief chance to show what I was up to. After all, with the princess taking the test of the Warrior’s Path, there was nothing for me to show off.

Actually, this was much earlier than I’d expected. My prediction had been that I might get such an offer only after the clash between Leo and the Huntington Bandits came to a close.

But, of course, an opportunity was still an opportunity.

There was no time to prepare anything, and the time allotted would definitely be short, too.

“… Not bad.”

Yet I laughed.

Why would I let such a chance go? When I’d been dreading the thought of spending three months without making a single appearance?

Right now, I was rather in the mood to ask a single question.

Sir author… you sure you won’t regret it?


“Haah, this really is…”

“Let me know if you think you’ve found a new hobby.”

“Okay, whatever you say.”

“Uwah… what is this? Is this me?”

The princess gaped a little as she looked at the other princess standing in front of her.

The other princess, who was scratching her cheeks as if she was a bit shy, was Chinuavi who’d cast a cloaking technique.

“You get it? Don’t just sneak around. But don’t go out of your way to show off on purpose, either. Because that’d be even more suspicious. Just show yourself a little.”

“What if I get attacked?”

“What else? Run away. You just have to waste some time. It won’t take long. We’ll just go ahead and apply. Oh, and you’re going with Cocoa.”

“Me too? What about you, Squatjaw?”

“If any of us walk around alone, somebody might directly bump into us. It’s better to be in groups of two. Me and the princess in one group, and Chinuavi and you, Cocoa, in the other.”

The operation was simple.

While Chinuavi, disguised as the princess, drew attention, the real princess would go to the reception desk to register for the test of the Warrior’s Path. It was a plan that took any possible interference into account.

“Then let’s start right away. We’ll leave in about ten minutes.”

That was then.

“Uh… wait!”

“Eh?”

The princess pointed at me and scratched her head.

“If I go with you, won’t we stand out anyway? Even if you dress up, you’ll still be, erm, pretty bulky…”

“Aha, you don’t have to worry on that score.”

I grinned.

“Come to think of it, you still don’t know my name, right?”

“Eh?”

“Call me Hiro. That’s my name.”

Then, I transformed. After a long time.

Pyororong–.


The reception desk for the Warrior’s Path.

One of the two people sitting at the counter had a particularly red face.

In fact, he hadn’t been able to calm down ever since he handled the registration for a bald giant a while ago.

“Can you imagine?”

“Hm? What?”

“That guy from a while ago? He’s called the Monster of Greatskull Mountain.”

“What, that guy? Aw, that’s ridiculous.”

“No, I’m serious, you know!? Didn’t you see that huge body, and that iron rod he dragged behind him? How can somebody carry something like that so carelessly, if they aren’t a monster?”

“Oh, come to think of it, that’s… But is that guy that great?”

At this, the man raised his voice as if frustrated.

“Didn’t you hear the rumours? They say that all the animals on the mountain have been killed off. In just two weeks after he went inside! And do you know how big those monsters were? There was a wild boar the size of a house, and a bear that was even bigger!”

“But just having a strong body isn’t eveyrthing. This is a horse race. Just because you can crush a mountain, doesn’t mean you know how to run across the meadows.”

“Idiot! Will his strength only apply in the mountains? Of course, the question is whether there’s a horse that can bear his weight, but… it’s going to be like a monster unleashed on the battlefield!”

“Hmm… is that so?”

The man trembled.

Just imagining it was terrifying. If that giant rode on a horse and wielded that massive iron rod, he’d be no different than a charging elephant.

“By the way, the level of applicants this time is amazing. The leader of the demon gang who they say had conquered the central region, that guy who’s the king of the people over there, and the monster from Greatskull Mountain you were talking about…”

It was definitely bizarre.

This was the first time that such a large number of famous people, who’d all made a name for themselves throughout the empire, or even beyond it, had applied to take the test.

“Yeah. Are you looking forward to it?”

“I wish it could start sooner.”

“What sooner? Reception’s only until today, and the preliminaries start tomorrow.”

“Should we just close it off? I don’t think anyone else will come anyway. Seems there isn’t much time left until the sun goes down.”

“Do you think?”

That was then.

“I’d like to make an application…”

“Huh?”

When they suddenly heard a voice, they turned around and saw a little boy and a woman in a hood standing in front of the reception desk.

“What? What’re you here for?”

“This is the reception, so I’m here to register.”

“What? Register? You? Or that kid next to you?”

“Keke.”

Even though the receptionists laughed, the woman didn’t seem to care.

“It’s for me.”

“Huh… really? You aren’t kidding?”

“Hey, a woman on the Warrior’s Path… check the rules. Is that even allowed?”

“There’s no rule against admitting a woman. Don’t you know? Noblewomen participate once in a while. None of them ever pass, though.”

At this, the receptionist who’d spoken second asked the first with a puzzled frown.

“Really? But why haven’t I seen any before?”

“Idiot. Is this the only reception desk in the area?”

“Aha, that’s true. By the way, you, then… are you from an aristocratic family?”

Then,

“I am a little higher than a normal aristocrat. I’m not from here.”

The woman gave a strange answer.

“… Huh?”

“Eh? Higher… higher?”

She took off her hood.

“I am Thermis, the second princess of the Mainin Kingdom. I’m here to register for the Warrior’s Path. It’s not closed yet, right?”

The man gaped involuntarily.

“P-, Princess Thermis…”

It wasn’t an unfamiliar name. Rather, it was the hottest topic of discussion in the empire right now. A little while ago, it was even said publicly that the Warrior’s Path might have to be delayed this time. Because of a woman with that name.

“How about the registration?”

“Yeah, um, I’ll register you. But how could this…”

The man thought that he should first make a report.

Since this was the most sacred ceremony in the empire, the original rule was to accept all applicants regardless of their identity, unless there was a reason for disqualification; but this time there was no choice but to make an exception.

After all, this was the same princess to whom the first prince had proposed.

So,

“Then please, write down your information here. I’ll just… go outside for a while…”

While he was about to leave in a hurry –

“Wait, there’s one more applicant here.”

Suddenly, another voice came from behind him.

And there –

“Yes? N-, no, where the hell…”

A gigantic, squat jaw looked at him and grinned.

The man couldn’t help but be confused. Obviously no one had been there just now.

But instead of answering his question, the suspicious squat-jawed man started to introduce himself out of nowhere.

“Applicant Hiro. From Westland. Leader of the Squatjaw Adventurers, who won the first place in the Adventurer Qualification Test this time, and the one that everybody has no choice but to admit is the super rookie of the next generation.”

“Oh, no, wait, please wait. If you want to register as a participant, you have to do it step by step…”

However, regardless of the receptionist’s persuasions, the squat-jawed man simply kept spitting out words that wouldn’t have been out of place if they’d been spoken by the old and famously mad emperor, Bayar Khan, staring into the air all the while for some reason.

“Out here at the edge of the east, I heard that warriors and scoundrels gather… now I’m here, to lay them all to waste.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 구구 (gugu) is the cry of a dove or pigeon. So we’ve anglicized the name to Coocoo. Let’s hope nobody confuses him with Cocoa…


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 78

“Ah, I’ve still got the sword with me.”

A plain sword that quite suited that woman named Maria.

Although it was just an ordinary sword, its handle looked very worn out.

It did look old, but it had been kept well-maintained; although there were scratches here and there, the middle of the blade was well maintained and the edges were sharp.

And it was a carcass.

“Maria…”

It wasn’t a name Callius was familiar with.

The name Maria was indeed very common, but he couldn’t remember one from Carpe…

Anyway.

The woman was only vaguely memorable because she was a poor pilgrim.

“I can just pass it on to the Church, I guess.”

Callius put Maria’s sword into the subspace and looked around.

The smell of medicinal drugs, a queer musty scent, stung his nose.

Nobody could be seen walking around, but the place was still strangely noisy.

The place was called Golden Station[1], where alchemists gathered.

It was a place with strict security, and civilians were explicitly prohibited from entering.

“Who are you?”

“A pilgrim.”

Callius’ current official position in the Order was that of a pilgrim.

“Pilgrims aren’t allowed to enter without special dispensation.”

Naturally, he was rejected.

Why wouldn’t he be?

The pilgrims didn’t have any power.

So Callius pulled something out of his pocket.

“Not even with this?”

“That’s… um.”

The guard’s eyes widened.

The snow symbolizes the North.

And the wolf, signifies Jervain.

An emblem that combined the snow and the wolf.

There was a sword pattern embroidered on it, indicating the aristocratic rank.

Three swords. Such a token represented a count.

Besides –

‘The sword pattern is engraved on a sapphire.’

Meaning this was a token of the Count of Jervain, who ranked among the four great noble houses.

“Ah! Excuse me.”

The soldier standing on guard had heard that Count Jervain was a middle-aged man, so he was a bit doubtful, because the count in front of him looked quite young.

However, the evidence did not lie, so he didn’t dare ask any questions.

“I’ve got a question.”

“Please ask.”

“Is there somebody called Beatrice who lives here?”

Beatrice.

“Umm… well. The alchemists don’t come out often, so I don’t know them well. I can show you the list? All the alchemists living here would be in it.”

“Bring it, then.”

“Yes, I understand!”

The name Beatrice was nowhere to be found on the list the guard brought out in a rush.

‘There’s a Maria here, too.’

But they wouldn’t be the same person.

Maria was a common name, after all.

“My apologies.”

“You’ve got nothing to apologize for. May I take a look inside?”

“Yes, of course. Let me guide you.”

“No need, I can walk alone.”

“But there may be some danger. Sometimes one house or another blows up due to some alchemy experiment failure, so…”

There was no need to trouble the soldier.

There was no reason to hide his movements, either.

‘It’s a pity that Beatrice isn’t there, but it can’t be helped.’

Beatrice wasn’t even a character set by Callius in the first place.

So he didn’t know all her details.

Because the setting was so vast, there had been different people in charge of fine-tuning different characters. The game wasn’t so small that a single writer could plan all the settings.

‘Should I go find Sullivian?’

That was the most straightforward option[2].

Although her day of death was at hand, Sullivian was still the best alchemist.

The reason Callius had excluded her in the first place was because her life was really at its end, and he didn’t want to owe a debt to someone who was going to die soon.

‘She isn’t somebody I can just meet because I want to, either.’

She was a cardinal, and descended from the royal bloodline.

She wasn’t somebody you could meet casually.

‘I can’t just go back without Beatrice.’

He really needed to find an alchemist.

Even disregarding the troll’s blood in his possession, he needed help on turning the thunder wolf dragon’s materials into an artifact.

Otherwise, he’d be left with no choice but to do what he could.

“Then please, guide me.”

“Yes, please come with me, this way.”

After a while –

“I’m sorry. All alchemists are like that…”

“No, no. I know how they can be, so don’t worry about it.”

There was a string of failures.

This was already the third time nobody had even opened the door when he’d knocked, and he’d gotten a shouted remonstration instead not to interfere with the experiment.

He’d known that alchemists could be eccentric, but this was beyond the pale.

He’d had to rein in his impulse of breaking down the door and stab the bastard on the other side in the heart.

There was no point in getting angry at an alchemist, and even more importantly, starting from the moment he’d taken up the title of count, his actions now represented the North.

“How about that woman called Maria?”

Callius remembered a Maria on the list. Although that didn’t mean anything.

It was just stuck in his mind for some reason.

“Oh, then let me guide you there.”

After they’d walked for a while –

They reached a remote place that was probably the most out-of-the-way section of the area.

A shabby, plain shack greeted them.

A house that looked like it was about to collapse.

Knock, knock.

It was still quiet, without any response.

Even after waiting a while, it was still the same.

“She doesn’t seem to be inside. What should we do?”

“Well.”

What to do, indeed?

Callius was contemplating.

“The flowers are already blooming. It’s amazing. Even though it’s still winter…”

At the guard’s words, Callius looked at the yard outside the shack, and saw that flowers were really blooming there.

“What a strange-looking flower.”

“That’s true. The white and the purple are finely intertwined.”

There were many other flowers and herbs, too.

They looked homegrown, but they’d definitely been raised by an alchemist, so they were a little different from normal.

They exuded spirituality.

They looked abnormal.

And –

“Amazing.”

Most of the herbs were growing on top of bones.

Like beast skulls and such.

“This…”

After brushing aside some dirt, Callius could see a sword under it.

Although the quality was low and it wasn’t in good shape, it was indubitably a sword with a human soul.

This flower grew on a carcass!

The flowers planted on the sword bloomed far more vividly than any others that were growing on beast bones.

It was strange. And it was rare to find an alchemist who cultivated such things.

‘A geek who’s got no money.’

Callius’ lips curved up at the corners.

Growing medicinal herbs meant the alchemist was highly likely to be a potioneer.

“It’s not a normal beast, either.”

Judging from the shape of the bones and the magic it exuded, these were the bones of a demonic beast.

Even though studying demonic magic was taboo, the alchemist was gutsy enough to disregard that.

Callius already liked her quite a bit.

“What would you like to do? Shall we go somewhere else…”

“No, we’ll wait here.”

For such an alchemist, waiting was worth it.

“Then would you like some of this? It’s my lunch, but…”

The guard took some bread out of his pocket.

It looked hard.

It was now lunchtime, apparently.

Callius was now holding up the guard’s lunch break, it seemed.

“What’s your name?”

“I’m Peter, sir.”

Callius pretended to put his hand in his pocket and pulled out ten gold coins from subspace.

“Peter, bring me a meal. A stew that goes well with the bread would be nice.”

“Ah! I see. If it’s stew we’re talking about, there’s this meat stew called spezzatino di manzo[3], that tastes really delicious dipped with this bread!”

“I’m looking forward to it.”

“Please wait a few minutes, I’ll be back soon. Oh, but…”

Ten gold coins were too much for just one meal. Peter tried to return the rest, saying one gold coin was enough.

“I eat a lot, so I hope there’s enough food. Keep the rest.”

“Understood!”

Peter, the guard, had a bit more improved opinion of the Count of the North starting from today.


Meanwhile.

“Stay still! If I let you out right now, I’ll end up losing you… aah! Stop biting, you bastard!”

Swish, swish.

After speaking up loudly by mistake, Bruns furtively glanced around to check if there was anyone nearby.

After confirming that nobody was there to hear him, he exhaled as if in relief.

“Aaah! Stop biting me, you bastard! Why do you keep biting me when you’re always licking Boss’[4] boots? Really! I’m serious. I’m gonna give you a hiding if you keep doing this.”

Vivi struggled really hard in Bruns’ hands, full of hate and anger.

– Crooon!

Craaaaaaackle!

“Ngggggggggggh!!”

It’d started at the level of static shock, but after a few months Vivi could already emit a pretty strong current.

“Ouch!”

With Bruns distracted by the lightning and bite combo attack, Bibi took the chance to run away.

“Come back! If I lose you, Boss might really throw me away!”

But Vivi didn’t care a whit for Bruns’ entreaties.

Sniff, sniff.

It had found the scent it sought.

Quickly getting closer.

“Hello? Little kid.”

The smell was from a woman.

But faint.

Also, she had long hair. It wasn’t him.

“A magic beast, are you? Not a normal one, either. Maybe a dragonblooded? I’m in luck today!”

Vivi ignored the woman and began running again.

“Where do you think you’re going –!”

She tried to stop it, but couldn’t.

Vivi radiated electric currents from all over its body.

“Oh!”

As soon as the woman backed away, startled, Vivi rushed out.

The scent was getting more and more intense.

“Ugh, why a dog…”

Vivi stopped in front of the soldier holding a pack of food.

Then it tilted its head, because the scent was still faint.

“Do you want some of this? I didn’t buy it with my own money, so a little bit would be fine. I bought a lot. He looks quite generous, so he won’t mind.”

The soldier tore out a piece from the bread and threw it at Vivi. But Vivi growled without even looking at it.

“Why are you doing this? Where does it hurt?”

It wasn’t this guy either.

Vivi ran again.

Towards the scent.

“What’s this? A mutt?”

“It’s not a mutt, it –”

“Stop it! Block it! You can’t get in here!?”

The soldiers panicked and tried to stop Vivi’s charge.

But it was of no use.

Vivi zigged and zagged at as fast as lightning, making fun of the soldiers and crossing the road.

Strange old smells were all around.

But the scent was mixed in.

His scent.

The deep scent only he had.

“Umm? Vivi? How did you come here?”

– Bark!

Vivi jumped into his chest at once.

“Did you leave Bruns behind and come ahead?”

Vivi was busy licking him all over as if it didn’t know whatever he meant.

Callius quickly gave up and quirked his lips, and began to pet Vivi.

“Do you know this dog?”

It was Peter.

He was carrying a container packed full of food in one hand.

“Yeah, that’s right. Did you two meet on the way?”

“Yeah. I threw it some bread, but it didn’t eat. Now it looks like it was looking for you, Count.”

Was it?

Callius had thought Vivi had come with Bruns.

Where was Bruns, then?

He hadn’t arrived even after waiting for such a long time.

Maybe he’d lost Vivi.

“So useless… well, let’s eat first.”

“Me too?”

“You haven’t eaten either, right?”

“Then… I’ll join you. Thank you.”

That was then.

“Would you like me to join you too?”

A third person intervened.

At first glance, the woman with dark purple hair had an ordinary face, but her demeanour was strangely quiet.

“If you started eating in front of someone else’s house at will, you must’ve prepared food for the owner too, right?”

“You…”

For a moment, Callius had thought it was a different woman.

But no.

“Are you Maria?”

Although the demeanour was different –

She had to be Maria, who’d attacked him along with a group of other pilgrims previously.

Maria, the pilgrim.

But her tone of voice, her behaviour –

And above all else, the eyes themselves were clearly different from before.

As if her personality had completely changed. As if she was an entirely different person.

Callius’ eyes narrowed.

“You, what’s your name?”

At his question, her eyes curved up like a crescent moon.

“Beatrice. Beatrice sol Maria. Can I eat now?”

Dark purple hair poured down like a waterfall along the tilted head.

Callius looked at her for a silent moment, then smiled and nodded his head.

“… Naturally.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 금역 (geum-yeog) uses the character 금 (lit. gold), which is also part of 성금술. We’ve been using different terms for this, including enchanter and spirit crafter, but now we’re going to normalize to a single term – alchemist. Otherwise, the name Golden Station doesn’t make sense, since only alchemists are so closely associated with gold.

[2] 직빵 (lit. straight bread) means directly, with an immediate result.

[3] 스페자티노 만조 (spezzatino manzo), is an Italian beef stew, which is the only thing the various recipes of it on the internet seem to agree on.

[4] 나리 (nari), what Bruns calls Callius, will now translate to ‘boss’ instead of ‘master’. This is because the latter is already used for something else, and using a different term here will lessen the overall confusion. We also considered ‘guv’, but that’s too niche.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 57

Pigeon

I approached ‘it’ as if possessed.

It was sitting alone inside a small cage on a large pedestal, and even among the numerous other birdcages on the pedestal, it was an incomparable existence, gloriously shining like a Triton among the minnows[1].

Wait, it was on the pedestal?

I tilted my head.

‘Is it for sale…?’

This was pretty odd.

It wasn’t a matter of being able to recognize it as a divine beast or not. If my eyes weren’t playing tricks on me, I would have to say that the bird was beautiful enough to catch my eye at first glance, even though I didn’t have a great sense of beauty or aesthetics.

Wasn’t it a cute little thing that should’ve easily gotten sold by now?

It was surprising that it was on the pedestal, no different from the rest of the birds, and still unsold.

I glanced around.

‘Where’s the owner…?’

I wanted to ask if this kid was up for sale, but there was no one guarding the stall. It looked like they’d stepped out a while.

This was fine too. It was an opportunity to observe it to my heart’s content without attracting the owner’s notice.

As I got closer, to my surprise, it also raised its head. As if it was conscious of me.

“From the lark family, maybe?”

Although I knew almost nothing about birds, it looked familiar somehow.

‘Ah, but still, probably not something common.’

I pushed my face a little further.

“Let’s see, you look like… hmm?”

For a moment, I was frozen in confusion.

Upon closer inspection, it was a pigeon.

It was a small, adorable, white pigeon.

“… A pigeon.”

Of course, it was very pretty.

It’s very pretty, but… it was still a pigeon.

Oddly enough, the surprise and mystery I’d felt at the beginning seemed to have died down a bit.

I shook my head.

No, that was just prejudice. So what if it was a pigeon? Was there a law that said that a pigeon couldn’t be pretty?

That was then.

“Hang on, you motherfucking son of a bitch. Who’re you calling a pigeon?”

“…?”

“Where’re you looking at, you idiot?”

I was astonished.

“… Hoo.”

It was the bird in front of me that spoke. This little white pigeon spoke human words, and with a very crisp accent at that!

“The pigeon talks…”

“I’m a falcon, you bastard. A white falcon (白鷹)[2]. A white falcon, got it?”

“At least stick to the pigeon theme…”

“Hey, just fuck off, will ya? Get that squat jaw of yours away from me.”

“…”

I took a step back.

It was time to sort things out.

First of all, this guy’s identity.

Again, this bird had to be a divine beast. Not only did it look far too pretty, but it could even speak like a human.

Not all divine beasts could talk in human speech, but almost all animals that could speak were divine beasts. Except for a few extremely rare cases.

However, along with that certainty came even more confusion.

I wasn’t surprised just because this guy spoke human words. On the contrary, what I couldn’t understand was the fact that, even now, this guy was casually lined up on a narrow market street like this, mixed in with all the rest of the birds being sold.

One could be ignorant of divine beasts, sure. They weren’t that common in the first place, and the setting was that they were only known from legends passed down through the ages. Unless you were an outstanding adventurer, you probably couldn’t really recognize one on sight.

But this situation was different. Because this guy talked.

There was a talking bird here, and yet nobody cared?

Or maybe I could only hear him because of my ‘friendly with animals’ trait? While I was thinking that, somebody spoke.

“Haha, this guy often argues with the passers-by. Try throwing in a worm or two, he’ll snap them right up.”

So that wasn’t the case.

Someone who looked like the stall owner had appeared without me noticing, smiling as he addressed me.

“…”

Not just that.

Another old woman who looked like one of the horse merchants had also sneaked up to me.

“Hey, little white, how are you today?”

She was throwing birdfeed in as if it was a familiar routine.

Then,

“Shouldn’t you say thank you?”

The owner urged.

“Thanks. Delicious. Delicious.”

“Ehe, okay, okay. Bon appétit.”

“…”

I silently watched this scene.

Turned out, it wasn’t that people weren’t curious, and it wasn’t that they weren’t paying attention.

He must’ve been the mascot of this stall.

But that was all.

‘He’s being treated like a talking parrot…’

His treatment was more fitting for an old circus monkey than a divine beast.

But after a lot of thought, I thought that in a way it made sense.

In this world, something non-human to speak wasn’t particularly strange. There were fairies, divine beasts, and many other things.

I mean, people weren’t particularly surprised when humans flew and breathed fire either, right?

In other words, it might’ve been surprising at first, but in time people were bound to get used to it as another ‘normal’ oddity.

Of course, I didn’t know if this guy had ever shown off his own unique ability, but it certainly didn’t seem like he did or could. Being locked in a cage like this itself was far from the normal image you’d have of a divine beast, in the first place.

‘No, wait. Is it really a divine beast?’

Somehow, even I myself was starting to get confused.

What was its real identity? Could it be something else?

Or was there some kind of great restriction on the cage itself?

How could it become a talking bird?

Maybe some kind of curse?

But I couldn’t come up with any answers just thinking by myself.

So, I decided to keep an eye on him.

But suddenly,

“Damn human. Throwing this trash at me.”

The guy stopped pecking at the rice littered on the ground, slightly raised his head and spat out some abusive language.

“…”

It was truly an incongruous sight. Such cursing coming out of that pretty bird’s beak. Also, his voice sounded like an owl.

Besides,

“Hey, who wants to eat something like this?”

His actions and personality reminded me of a street thug.

Outrageous.

The birdfeed had already disappeared by about 80%.

Wasn’t that almost the same as eating it all?

That was then.

“What is it, Squatjaw? Haven’t you fucked off yet?”

My eyes met his as he was looking around, feathers ruffling.

“Uh… not yet.”

“What, you here to sightsee? Screw off right this second.”

I just wanted to have a conversation, so this was as good an opening as any.

I spoke in a slightly cautious tone.

“Are you… really a bird?”

“If I’m not a bird, you aren’t a human either.”

“No, I don’t think you’re an ordinary bird. You can talk like a human, after all.”

“I’m not anything special.”

I didn’t openly ask if he had divinity. This guy might not even know the concept of divine beasts and unique abilities, and the owner was watching me from a distance, too. Well, he might just be thinking that I was a spectator interested in this strange bird.

“Where are you from?”

“None of your business.”

“I’m just curious. Are you not from here? Did you get caught?”

“No, I’m here because I just like this place! You really think that birds crawl into cages because they like the atmosphere?”

“Is that so?”

Obviously there was some secret. Maybe it was some kind of restriction, like I’d guessed.

“Where were you and what did you do before you got caught?”

“Why do you keep asking things? Stop bothering me.”

“Just curious. You’re so pretty, so I’d naturally be interested, right?”

Then, surprisingly –

“Well, I did this and that. Fighting monsters, going on adventures…”

The little bird answered in a slightly relaxed tone.

He seemed to be a bit weak to praise.

“Adventures and monsters? Hey, how could somebody like that be locked up in a cage for no reason?”

I asked what I’d been thinking.

But –

“That… you don’t need to know. If you’re so curious, why don’t you buy me yourself and find out?”

“Oh, I have to buy you before you can tell me?”

“Hey, did you think it’d be easy to make me talk? If you’re not going to buy, please screw off.”

The guy cursed at me again.

The problem seemed to have some relationship with the owner over there. He was pretty much saying that he could talk only when he got away from the owner.

I lowered my voice a bit.

“Well, I’m not short of money. Should I buy you?”

Then,

“What? Hmm, how much money are we talking about?”

It felt kind of tempting.

“It should be enough to buy you. I’m pretty rich.”

“Oh? Ummm… we do get along a bit, I guess. I’m getting some kind of a good vibe from you.”

If he wasn’t lying his beak off, it was probably my ‘friendly to animals’ characteristic.

“Alright, then wait a minute…”

That was then.

“He’s good at listening to the stories of the adventurers passing by and telling them as if they were his own.”

The owner approached me with a smile.

It was a warm-hearted grin, giving him an impression of a good person.

“Are you interested in him?”

“Yeah, I guess. You selling? How much is this guy?”

In an instant, his eyes started shining with strange light.

“Yes, he is for sale, but the price is quite high. As you can see, he’s pretty, he can talk, and he’s the mascot of our store…”

“I see. How much?”

I was quite surprised at the owner’s response.

“One billion gold.”

“…”

Hmmm.

It was then that I sensed something.

The owner was well aware of the value of this guy. But even so, this bird had been put on sale openly on a street stall.

Besides, the amount wasn’t unreasonable. Any adventurer who knew the value of the divine beast would agree to pay this much.

So, it was even more problematic. Did someone who knew the value of the divine beast really put it on sale so openly? For such a hefty yet reasonable amount, at that?

I immediately felt that something was up.

I glanced back slightly.

By then, the pedestal, the cage, and everything else was starting to look suspicious. It all looked crudely made, but maybe there were various curses on them.

What to do…

“Hey, Squatjaw! I’ll owe you! Buy me! Raise me! Do it!”

After a while, I looked back at the owner and the bird, and spoke softly.

“Please… wait a bit. I’m going to get some money.”

Then I moved towards the racetrack, leaving behind the angry curses of the pigeon. It was time for the horse race to end.

“Look at him! That penniless wretch! That bastard made fun of me! Damn it!”


The horse race I participated in was a single-winner, and only one horse was selected as the first winner.

Out of a total of thirteen racehorses, the one I’d bet on was the eighth. His payout was 2560-to-1, the highest of all.

That’s right, it was horse that was substituted in to make up the number only ten minutes before the match, to replace another horse that was down with stomachache.

But somehow, that horse ended up winning.

Truly, how strange and baffling[3]! Like something straight out of the twilight zone.

And as a result, I got my hands on two billion in actual cash after deducting commissions from my investment of one million gold that I had.

“That’s just how things go sometimes. It’s really nothing. I was just lucky.”

“…”

“Don’t be too sad. Isn’t our difference just about five million at most? You did well too.”

Chinuavi clenched his fists and lowered his head without saying a word.

“… It’s five hundred million, not five.”

“Don’t be too sad. Maybe you too will win one day.”

“…”

“Let’s get moving. It’s time for us to hurry.”

Next, I headed back to that stall with a depressed Chinuavi in tow.

I was in a hurry in case anything else happened in the meantime, but fortunately, the ‘kid’ was still there.

At second glance too, it was a sight to behold. Even though he was just a white pigeon.

And then,

“This, this fucking Squatjaw! You again!”

The guy went so crazy seeing me that he even started to glow.

“Calm down. I brought the money.”

“… What? Money?”

“Yeah, where’s the owner?”

“R-… really? The owner’s inside the shop… No, you really brought the money?”

“Is that so? The shop… the one over there?”

That was then.

“Wait, this bird… talks?”

Chinuavi was looking at the pigeon with shining eyes.

“Yeah, that’s why I said I’ll buy it. A bit expensive, though. Go take a closer look. Not just the bird, at the cage, too. You might have some work to do.”

Putting him to work, I went into the store where the owner was.

Creak–.

I almost ran into the owner, who was coming out, as soon I opened the door to the shop and went in.

He recognized me right away.

“Oh, did you really bring the money?”

“Yes. We don’t have time, so let’s make a deal right now.”

The owner looked me up and down and gave me a strange smile.

“Aha… But there’s a problem, you know?”

“What?”

“The price has gone up.”

I laughed bitterly.

Somehow it seemed like something that’d happen.

“How much?”

The owner slowly peered into my eyes.

“Now, uh… about 1.5 billion? Oh, of course, I can shave it down a little, but…”

It was raised 500 million in one shot.

Well, it was still within the expected range.

I immediately pulled a small piece of paper out of my pocket and held it out.

It was a bookmaker’s ticket, worth 2 billion gold.

The owner gaped for a moment at the sight.

“Thanks for the change. I’m busy, so I’ll just go.”

“Uh, uh… yeah. Thank you.”

“Can I just take him?”

“Ah… Yes, you can take him along with the cage.”

The owner’s smile deepened a little, but I decided to not waste time and simply move on.

I marched out of the store, shouting.

“Chinuavi! Come, and bring the cage with you!”


“Wait! That bird! What is it?! Pretty!”

Cocoa’s reaction was as expected.

“Hey, don’t touch. You could get cursed.”

“It’s fine!”

“It’s not fine!”

I had to scold her for trying to put her hand into the cage, at first.

“Damn it! Squatjaw! Get rid of this little kid! She wants to pluck my feathers!”

“What! You think I’ll hurt you? Crazy!”

“…”

In the end, I had no choice but to drive Cocoa away.

The princess’ reaction was also unexpected.

“No, Squatjaw! You, you were pretending you didn’t know about the Warrior’s Path? Did you prepare all these things?”

“Eh? What’re you talking about?”

I heard that aspirants were usually given horses and white birds as gifts. Since they were the symbol of ‘Umir Khan’, who’d founded the empire, or something.

“It’s not like that. Don’t even dream about it. This bird’s mine.”

“Hmmm…”

However, even after being rebuffed several times, her greedy eyes never winked as she stared at it.

They were both trouble.

After yelling at the two of them to not even come close, I approached Chinuavi again.

Chinuavi was so engrossed in his thoughts he hadn’t even noticed my arrival.

“Hey there.”

“Oh, are you here? I’m almost done figuring it out. There are twelve curses on this cage. Three or four tracking functions, too. We would’ve been in quite the pickle if we’d tried to get the bird out as it is.”

Looked like my guess was correct.

“Can you decipher them?”

“What do you think I am… I’m a goblin, Big Brother. A goblin.”

Chinuavi showed a reliable smile.

“And other than the cage?”

“Can you see that? The anklet? In fact, that seems to be the biggest problem.”

An oddly coloured anklet was fitted around the pigeon’s ankle.

“What is it?”

“I don’t know yet, but it seems like a restriction that locks away the true form of this bird.”

“So it’s really true…”

Maybe it wasn’t a lie that he’d gotten captured.

“Alrighty then. Let me talk to him for a moment.”

I moved my seat to face the cage.

Now was the time for a conversation, just between the two of us.

“Why didn’t you say anything? About your state, I mean. You could’ve mentioned it earlier.”

It wasn’t meant to be an interrogation. I was just curious about his past.

“I couldn’t say anything until I was sold. That bearded guy… he’s got a hell of a temper.”

He was talking about the store owner.

“I didn’t think you’d really buy me…”

“Why the sudden change in tone?”

“Because there aren’t many who like a pigeon who swears… and you paid a high price for me, too.”

“What, a pigeon? Are you accepting yourself as a pigeon now?”

“…”

It didn’t feel like a joke.

This guy was apologizing to me.

“How many times have you been sold? To other adventurers.”

The kid answered meekly.

“About… four times, maybe?”

“Did you get caught again every time? Pursued and captured?”

“Yeah, that’s what happened.”

The kid was hanging his head.

“Is that guy going to come? The owner?”

“No, that bearded guy is just the tip of the iceberg. The pursuer’s another one.”

To put it simply, it was a plain scam.

This guy was a bait to lure wealthy and inexperienced adventurers. Who had enough vision to recognize that he was a divine beast, but not enough to see the traps underneath.

While they thought they’d struck gold and got a divine beast at a low price, somebody would track their steps and come visit, eliminate them, and take the divine beast back.

In a word, they were out-and-out villains.

‘… It’s strange.’

It was a bit frustrating, too. I should’ve been aware of the villains who would do such a thing, but no one came to mind.

Eastland had really occupied a very small part of the story in the original. There were so many distinctive characters and groups here, but most of them had never even showed their faces in the original work.

“When would they start chasing you?”

“It was different every time.”

“How far can they track you?”

“No idea. There’ve been times when I’ve even crossed the sea…”

“Hmm, do you think they might start tracking you right away?”

“That changes from time to time.”

“What information do you know about them?”

“Zilch. Except that it’s a very large organization. But I think there were a few other guys like me, too. I don’t remember too well.”

“Hmm.”

It was as expected. There was no way these guys, who caught divine beasts, used them to bait the hook, and robbed adventurers, were a small organization.

“I got it.”

That was then. As I was about to get up, the kid stopped me.

“… Squatjaw.”

“Yeah?”

He sighed a couple of times and then continued.

“I’m not going to apologize.”

“What?”

“If you take me with you, you’ll probably die. Better to just leave me be. Then they won’t chase you anymore.”

“What are you even trying to say?”

“You just got cheated out of your money because of your own stupidity. Just think of it as having thrown it away. If you leave me right now, your life at least will be…”

I stopped him from talking. Because I could pretty much predict the rest.

If I had to turn it around and repeat it back to him? Sorry for cheating you. Just leave me behind.

“It’s fine, I already know even if you don’t tell me. You’re a bastard.”

“…”

“But it doesn’t matter, because I’m different from those others. I’ll soon make you fly.”

“…”

Around that time, Chinuavi came back with a strange smile on his face.

It seemed like he’d seen some success.

“I think I’ve found a way to decipher a couple of the restrictions on the cage… Shall we start right away?”

“Hey, it’s fast.”

“Haha, it wasn’t much.”

“But, don’t do it. Leave it alone for now.”

“Uh… yes?”

“Let’s take it slow. What kind of guys will be coming after us, I wonder?”

When I’d decided to come here to Eastland, I’d set myself only two rules of conduct.

First, see every case to the end.

Second, see anybody who got entangled with me to the end.

The reason was simple. That way there’d be something to see and something to talk about.

And now –

“What’re you all lazing about for! Everyone, get on horseback! Let’s go!”

It was time to move again.


After five days.

Finally, we were just about to set foot in ‘Barantor’, the capital of the Skull Empire.

Tiling–.

Suddenly, a message arrived on the hologram.

‘What? Now’s not the time for anything, right?’

And when I actually saw the content, I was astonished.

[You have received a proposal to become the chapter’s leading point of view from the author]

  • If you agree, please press here.

One day before the Warrior’s Path would start, an offer came from the author.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 군계일학 (lit. best of the bunch). The Chinese equivalent would be the crane among the chickens.

[2] 白鷹 (bai ying), white-feathered eagle. Considered auspicious in the ancient times.

[3] 귀신이 곡할 노릇 (lit. ghosts singing), idiom meaning something strange and baffling.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 56

Horse Market

The market at the port city of Nanma.

The narrow street was packed to the full, half with horses and half with people.

Whinny–!

Whinny–!

“Hey, not bad.”

As soon as I entered the horse market, I thought that coming here had been a good idea, regardless of whether a divine beast could be found here or not.

Somehow, just looking at the lively scene made me feel refreshed.

The street was so filthy that I had to give up avoiding stepping on poop as I walked, and I got my face repeatedly slobbered on by the horses’ lolled out tongues as I passed by, but it felt good nonetheless.

To be honest, the life on the ship had been a bit tiring. Of course, there hadn’t been any lack of comfort once we got the VIP room, but it was just a tad boring.

The never-ending whinnies, the shouts from the traders, as well as the panicked screams of the startled onlookers. All these noises merged into a vivid sense of liveliness.

Although –

“Ugh, it smells… Big Brother, I’m sorry, but I think this is too much for me…”

“Eew… I must’ve taken the wrong path. I’ll go, too.”

Some of us found it a bit excessive.

Chinuavi cried before even going through the market entrance, and Cocoa also shook her head so urgently she looked like she might cry if I asked her to come.

This was honestly unexpected.

They were basically young children, so I’d thought they’d love it. Like kids in a zoo.

‘I used to love going to the zoo when I was young… although there were other animals there, too, not just horses.’

There was only the wild princess who was loving it as much as me, or even more than me.

She had a real spring in her step.

“Can I walk around by myself!? There’s so much to see!”

She looked like she’d completely forgotten everything about the first prince and the Warrior’s Path.

“Are you joking? Who knows what might happen.”

I’d actually been staying vigilant these last two days.

Everyone at the banquet must’ve thought that the princess had finally decided to get married.

Besides, she’d said it herself that she’d go to the imperial capital immediately, so there was a definite time limit for those aiming to assassinate her in order to wage war.

In other words, who knew when more enemies would come rushing in?

The fourth prince was a headache too, but even that bastard Tamar, the minister of the ‘warhawk faction’, might come forward this time, or a new assassination squad might be deployed by some other force that wanted to hinder friendly relations between the empire and the kingdom.

And lastly –

That fat and skinny pair of assassins.

When we’d been disembarking from the ship, they’d deliberately revealed themselves to stare at us. Indicating that their pursuit of us wasn’t over.

Of course, I didn’t know if they were being honest. It could’ve just been a pressuring tactic.

But still, I was truly somewhat concerned. The fact that the guys who’d once run away, had now reappeared, had to mean that they’d been busy preparing to face us.

“Alright, you stand here for now. And you too, Cocoa.”

After restraining the princess from running wild, I glanced at her and Cocoa alternately.

In fact, it wasn’t easy to decide which one of them to prioritize.

What if the treasure mentioned by Cocoa was really a divine beast? Or what if I could really find some other treasure here and strike it rich? It was right to ask her to guide my path in that case. But if not, the princess who was an expert on horses would be more beneficial.

The answer came quickly.

“Let’s go over there for now. I think there are some other stuff there too.”

“Anywhere is fine! Let’s go let’s go let’s go!”

“…”

I turned to the direction Cocoa was pointing.

It was just as she’d said.

That place was also full of traders selling horses, but they were also selling small animals. Puppies, piglets, monkeys, parrots, hawks…

“Are you here to play around? We’re here to pick horses.”

“True enough. But you can ask the princess to pick those.”

It made some sense.

“… What else is there?”

“Who knows. Let’s just go look at small and cute things instead of big, hairy ones.”

“…”

Or she might’ve just been saying whatever came to mind.

Anyway, we started walking with Cocoa in the lead.

That was then.

“Ah, ugh! Hey, you fucking bastard!”

A swear word came from somewhere.

When I looked, I could see a commotion a little distance away.

“S-, someone help!”

“Danger!”

We headed there right away.

By this man screaming in surprise, stood a huge black horse that didn’t look like it was throwing much of a tantrum.

It was weird.

Obviously, the horse wasn’t going so wild as to make the merchant scream in surprise. It was just standing still and shaking its head, with rumbling snorts.

And yet, the reactions of the owner and the surroundings were strange. As if trying to get close and calm it down would be futile.

This probably pointed to the horse’s past history, and that it’d soon show the appearance of an uncontrollable tyrant.

And this –

‘… Is it that kind of a cliché?’

This had a different significance for me.

There could be no doubt. This was a great horse that even its owner couldn’t control. The setting had to be that it had tremendous power compared to other horses, but it also had a temper ferocious enough to match, one that nobody could tame.

I could feel it. This guy, wasn’t simple.

“Huhu… Then shall I try once?”

I took a step forward.

“Uh, will you be alright?”

The princess tried to follow with words of caution, but I stopped her with a raised hand.

Rather, the princess was more of a danger than anybody else. If not me, the princess would’ve run into this guy first. She was my most dangerous competitor in this match.

I slowly approached the horse.

The owner, the onlookers, and even the horses all around were looking at me.

“Y-, you…? It’s dangerous, so please back away…”

“It’s fine. Let me try him once.”

Then, I looked straight into its eyes. It didn’t really look like a divine beast or anything. But it didn’t look like an ordinary horse either.

No ordinary horse could have such a hostile gaze.

Hmmm.

Now what?

In point of fact, I didn’t know much about horses. Forget about calming it down, I couldn’t even guarantee that I wouldn’t make it worse.

However, there was one point that I was confident in.

The hidden characteristic that came with my background as a [Southland National Park Zookeeper], ‘friendly with animals’.

It was probably this characteristic that made me able to understand how this guy was feeling.

I cautiously reached out towards it.

Maybe I should start with gently stroking the forehead, and then work my way down towards the mane?

That was then.

“D-, danger!”

“Huh?”

Whinny–!

Bang–.

“…”

After a moment of silence, I turned and looked at the horse trader standing next to me.

“A-, are you still alive?”

“…”

“I’m sorry, but I won’t pay your medical fees. Didn’t I tell you to step back!”

It was only then that I was able to accurately recognize the situation.

That damned horse hit the crown of my head with a hoof.

“…”

A drop of blood started trickling down my forehead.

“Sq-, Squatjaw! Blood! Blood!”

“Bi-, Big Brother, you’re bleeding…!”

“…”

There was absolutely no pain. It was just a very slight gash on the skin.

My body wasn’t weak enough to break just because I got hit once by a horse’s hoof. Hell, even this small wound wouldn’t have been possible if not for the immense power this horse boasted.

But nevertheless,

“This bastard son of a gun…”

I couldn’t let it go scot-free now, could I? I had to kick its ass at least a little.

But oddly enough, there was no more hostility in its eyes?

But what I saw in them instead was –

Whinny, whinny–!

Braying laughter.

It was openly laughing. After hitting me on the head, it still dared to laugh.

My anger was really boiling over.

“Yeah, let’s see how long you can laugh.”

That was then.

“Good, aren’t you a good boy?”

“…?”

All of a sudden, the princess was holding it by the side and stroking its mane.

And the bastard just started purring with contentment.

And not just that,

“Wait, that woman is…”

“She’s taming that black demon!”

“Damn, she’s great!”

The reactions around them were unusual, too.

All of a sudden, the princess was taking up all the attention rather than me, who’d been beaten and thrown aside.

The reception she was getting was the very one I’d originally been aiming for.

Then,

“Come on, Squatjaw. Don’t cry, cheer up.”

“Big Brother, I don’t think this is a good place for us. Let’s just finish up and get out of here, okay?”

Cocoa and Chinuavi came over to comfort and support me.

“… Alright, you guys pick one horse each. It looks like the princess has already chosen hers.”

Well, I couldn’t do it in the end.

Actually, it wasn’t that unexpected.

There were some hidden traits that could never be strengthened unless certain conditions were met. Perhaps ‘friendly with animals’ was also the same. Anyway, just because my character’s ‘class’ had been raised, didn’t really ensure that my friendliness with animals would also go up, did it? Not when I hadn’t even interacted with any animals so far.

“Hoo…”

For some reason, I was craving Karl Zayed’s unique ability again. That could’ve strengthened all my various talents, including this one.

‘… There’ll come a time…’

After a while,

“Come see, I brought you some good guys.”

The princess had picked out mounts for all of us, including her own (that guy).

They looked majestic even to us non-experts.

Of course, that cheeky bastard clinging to the princess looked the most arrogant.

And after that,

“Hehe… then how much do you think it all comes to?”

The horse trader who’d been following the princess rubbed his hands and asked.

At this, the princess glanced at me silently.

“What, money?”

“I’ll give it to you later when I go to the kingdom. Right now…”

Well, I knew that already. In the first place, it’d be stranger for a princess herself to carry hard cash.

So I talked to the merchant.

“You know that black horse hit my head, right? Shave it a little.”

Then,

“Oh, you don’t need to pay for that guy. In fact, he was a troublemaker for us as well. I’m more than happy for you to just take him.”

The merchant smiled and accepted gracefully.

“…”

Seriously, how cliché could this get?

“So how much will it all cost?”

“Eight million gold in total. It’s cheap.”

Yes?

I didn’t know what the price a horse was originally, but it did indeed sound cheap.

Besides, looking at the princess’ wide eyes, it seemed that this really was a cheap price.

“Thank you. Come on, Cocoa, fork it over.”

That was then.

“I don’t have the money.”

“What?”

“No money. Not enough.”

How could we lack money?

“How about you start making sense?”

“We have no money. My bag’s empty. That’s it.”

“What’re you talking about? How much was in there… are you trying to rip me off again?!”

“No.”

“Then how come? Where did you spend it all?”

“No, I’m sorry. Actually…”

Cocoa’s following explanation was really strange.

It happened at Firmino’s Neo Archive. When she took out the bazooka and fired it, her pouch took the price of the bazooka in return. No matter how much she searched afterwards, there was nothing left.

“But the Viking’s still in there. It was left behind.”

“…”

What the hell was this nonsensical setting?

Her unique ability, her pocket, calculated the value of what was ‘to be given’ versus what it ‘already had inside’, and pocketed everything other than the difference?

“…”

It was an ability I’d had never seen in the original, so I couldn’t easily understand it. In fact, it was already strange that it could bring out ‘things that didn’t exist’.

Anyway, that didn’t matter right now.

“Er… um, so don’t you have any money?”

The merchant had stopped smiling.

“Oh, it’s not that. I just don’t have cash on hand right now. Wait a bit. I’ll go get your money right away.”

Telling Cocoa and the princess to wait there for a while, I called for Chinuavi.

“Let’s go.”

“Yes? Where…”

“Where would we go if wanted to make some money?”

“… Money? Where?”

“Where do you think?”

There were so many horses here, so wouldn’t they have a racetrack?


“It’s been a while since you last made a bet, hasn’t it?”

Chinuavi started burning with excitement before I could even finish my sentence.

“Nice!”

“Got it? Let’s see which of us wins more money.”

“What’s the deadline?”

“Since we don’t have much time… let’s say, thirty minutes. Earn as much as you can in that time. Let’s not bet on the same races, though.”

“Great. I won’t lose this time!”

“Oh? Let’s play for keeps, then. The winner gets one wish.”

“Sure!”

Chinuavi ran, and I mimicked an unique ability.

[Probability Adjuster Who Hates Fairness].

“Hey there. It’s been a while.”

The little squat-jawed fairy whom I hadn’t seen in a while, still had a gloomy expression on her face.

“You again? I’m sorry, but that ugly face of yours does nothing for me.”

“Can’t you take a look inside me? As you know, I’m actually a handsome boy.”

“Heh, that’s not even funny.”

She still sedately flew towards me while spewing vitriol. Maybe because we’d already met before, there was a sense of familiarity.

Then, with a relaxed mind, I checked the race schedule.

There was a race starting in five minutes. The next one was fifteen minutes from now, and the next, ten minutes after that.

“Alright.”

Of course, I didn’t intend to participate in all three. Just one would be enough. To sweep away all the money from the racetrack.

“Will you do me just one favour?”

“You aren’t too greedy, huh, ugly fellow? What is it?”

I smiled at her.

“It’s not something big…”

I could mimic the abilities from everybody in the current hero party, but I didn’t have the same level of proficiency as them. Even if my skill was ranked higher.

However, Siana’s ability was different. I was confident that I could use this ability better than her, at least in some ways.

The reason was simple. I already knew about the ‘essence’ of this ability, unlike the current Siana.

The ability called the [Probability Adjuster Who Hates Fairness] isn’t just about adjusting the odds to win in a game.

The most cheaty part of this ability lies in how it can control the overall situation – the gameboard itself.

I pointed towards the billboard in the distance.

“Can you see that last race on there?”

“Yeah.”

“What’s the probability that one of the horses suddenly gets replaced twenty minutes before the race starts?”

“Huh? Are you saying you want to change it?”

Then, I pointed to a horse that was passing the finish line on the track around that time.

“And what’re the odds that the horse coming in as a replacement is such an old, sick, and weak horse?”

“Well, the odds won’t be that high. Right now.”

“Then what’s the chance that such a horse will compete and win in the end?”

It was then that the fairy seemed to understand everything I was saying.

“You’re asking too much, you ugly fellow! You’re being greedy!”

“Can you do it?”

“Of course!”

Fortunately, she didn’t say that she didn’t like it or that she couldn’t.

The most important part in ‘situation adjustment’ was whether or not it was actually feasible to adjust the situation in a certain way.

Of course, I didn’t know exactly how this feasibility was calculated.

However, what I understood from reading the original was that as long as the adjustment wasn’t beyond my ability, I could make it happen.

Now all that remained was to wait.

“There’re twenty minutes left, what to do?”

I considered just sitting down and leisurely watching the races, but then decided to look around a bit more. As long as I covered my nose to block out the smell, it was a spectacular place to visit.

And maybe… I could even discover the ‘treasure’ that Cocoa had spoken of.

After about five minutes of looking around…

Suddenly, a bright light shone to the right, at the corner of my field of vision.

‘What is it?’

I naturally turned my head, and found ‘it’ there.

A pure white bird.

Imprisoned in a small cage, head drooped down, but the sense of pathos that emanated from it only seemed to accentuate that dazzling and splendid form.

I could feel it the moment I saw it.

Divinity.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 77

“Don’t listen to this guy, Sister!”

“Ye-, yes!?”

Maria was shocked out of her daze.

“Just listen to me. I’ll show you something interesting.”

“Uh, what do you…”

“Hold on tight.”

“Damn it!”

Whiiiiiish, thud thud thud!

“Kyaaaaaa!”

Embracing the pilgrim, Maria, Callius whirled into the air, his feet finding purchase on the walls and catapulting them both up to the roof.

Step.

“Wow, that was a surprise…”

“Callius!! Give her back!”

But he was still being chased.

Callius was looking down, thinking how they were sticking to him like a leech, and saw Bruns waving from where he’d been buried inside the collapsed wall.

‘Crazy.’

Did he have no idea what situation they were in?

Or so Callius thought, but then he noticed Bruns was holding Vivi by his side.

Meaning, he didn’t need to worry about Vivi.

“… I guess he’s got some use.”

So what to do now?

Killing them all was a bit of a tricky proposition.

These were all women who said they liked him, so killing them all would be a tad weird, right?

“Hey, what are you going to do now?”

Maria asked cautiously.

Because she was still in his arms, her face was red as a beet, and she was trembling so much that it was as if he could hear the crazy beating of her heart.

“What would you like to do?”

“Ru-, run away. Many of the sisters are gathering at the news of your appearance, Master Callius. More paladins will be coming.”

“How cute.”

“Ye-, yes?! Ahaha…”

Maria, whose face was already blushing so hard it looked like she could explode any moment, was so dazed by the sudden compliment that she fainted dead away.

Even Callius himself was taken aback for an instant by the words that’d slipped out of his mouth.

But he soon regained his composure.

This was probably because of the characteristics.

In the North, the characteristic of the scapegrace had bothered him off and on, but here the trait of the prodigal son seemed to be the culprit.

“I hadn’t considered the characteristics in my plans.”

While becoming a heretic inquisitor, he hadn’t considered his own sinful characteristics. It was a disaster.

Stab!

“Callius, you bastard!!”

It was the same polite paladin as before.

As soon as she managed to climb onto the roof, she rushed at him and swung her sword.

Claaang–!

Callius dodged, still hugging Maria, and the blow smashed on the roof.

“What have you done to Maria!”

“I haven’t done anything.”

I just called her cute.

“Don’t lie! Then why did she faint like this!”

“I’m sorry.”

However, it was unlikely that she would believe his story, so he again wielded Maria’s sword.

Not a life sword, just a plain carcass.

The pale blue blade was proof of that.

A longsword with no special features.

However, the paladin facing him was using a greatsword with far longer reach. It was shaped like a sabre, with the blade slightly curved upwards.

“Callius. It seems you’ve really gotten your hands on a relic. You’re moving completely differently compared to three years ago.”

Was there such a rumour already out and about?

It didn’t really matter, though.

Rumours don’t last more than a few days.

“You’re really interested in me, I see. You should’ve just tried confessing with all your heart. Although, I wouldn’t have accepted it.”

Craaack.

“Shut up!! It’s a shame that I couldn’t kill you three years ago. But even if you’ve beem empowered by the relic, your dull swordsmanship can’t touch me!”

“You have a different kind of charm than Maria. Did you come to my bedroom too?”

Unintentional nonsense kept coming out of his mouth.

The paladin, shamed, smashed the roof again and rushed in close.

“Die!!”

A momentary burst of power.

The purity of her spirit power wasn’t bad, and the sword she wielded was clean.

It wasn’t bad, per se, but –

Craaaack.

It wasn’t something that would work on Callius.

Her sword, as it came to entangle with Callius’, suddenly turned in a circle, the aim of the blade’s tip moving from the top to the bottom.

The paladin, startled, stepped back.

“!”

Her eyes widened as if what she’d seen didn’t make any sense.

“I was sure I hit something…”

“Then you would’ve heard something, no?”

Actually, there had indeed been a sound.

It was just hard to hear.

Callius hadn’t used his strength or divine power to parry.

He’d just drained his opponent’s power away with a gentle nudge.

Facing the orc warlord, with not a single drop of strength remaining, Callius had managed to parry his axe.

Although it had only been possible due to Death Verse Composition, he wanted to make that ability his own.

‘Not yet.’

This wasn’t how he’d parried at that time.

When fighting the warlord –

With a body that really didn’t have any strength, he’d weathered the enemy general’s mighty axe blows.

The feeling he had at that time –

He wanted to get it back, but it seemed like it was still unreasonable.

It wasn’t very satisfying.

“What did you do!”

“Nothing.”

Sensations different from before were invading his body and controlling his head.

A lot of information had overflowed like a wave the moment their swords had met.

The paladin’s disposition, for example.

Her swordsmanship, and her habits while wielding the sword.

He could guess how many years she’d been practicing with which of the movements.

No, he could tell right away.

It was a strange feeling, but that was why he’d lost his enthusiasm.

The paladin’s level was lower than the first orc warrior he’d faced in the North.

Although, it was only to be expected.

In game terms, Carpe was quite a low-level area.

“Need a hand?”

It was a familiar voice.

“Helena. You haven’t left yet?”

“No, I was doing my business and heard the commotion, so I came to see what the fight was about. How about it? Want me to help, same as three years ago? This time will be a special sale, only a thousand gold coins for my help! Anyway, you have a lot of money now, right?”

“Not required.”

Callius wasn’t troubled to the point where he’d need help.

He was just annoyed.

“Paladin Helena!! Do you know how hard it was for me, because I couldn’t kill him last time! Because of you!”

“Aren’t you being too bloodthirsty? And everyone has their own circumstances, you know. Got it? So here’s a suggestion! I won’t help him if you give me a thousand gold coins. How about it?”

A thousand gold coins.

How could a paladin spend such a large sum of money at the drop of a hat?

“I don’t have enough money…”

“It’s a pity. If it’s now, I can shave it down to eight hundred.”

The paladin, worried, finally threw a pouch she’d taken out of her sleeves.

“I only have this much!”

Swish. Helena snatched the bag of gold coins out of the air, and sticking her tongue out, guessed its weight.

“Hey, just a hundred?”

“I’ll finish it in ten minutes!”

“Oh, so I just have to wait for ten minutes? That’s fine then.”

However –

“Callius isn’t here anymore though?”

Suddenly, Callius had disappeared.

“Damn it!!”

The paladin spat out a curse and looked back at Helena.

She was also gone.

With all her gold coins, too.


Pit-a-pat, pit-a-pat.

Step, step.

Brushing the dust off his shoulders, Callius left the alley, put on a hooded robe, and slipped into the crowd.

“It’d be nice to get rid of the old grudges, but now the enchanter comes first.”

Approaching the area bordering the forest on the outskirts of Carradi –

The smell of all sorts of potions hit his nostrils.

This was the area where all the alchemists in Carradi were gathered.

Callius had to find an alchemist here. One who’d later become a pillar of the Carpe Kingdom and create all kinds of powerful sacred artifacts.

“Beatrice.”

If it were her, she’d certainly be able to solve his problem.


“Eh, isn’t it Lady Esther!”

“It’s an honour!!”

The soldiers who guarded the capital, burst into exclamations.

There was no one in Carpe who did not worship the sword. They’d all grown up from birth watching the dazzling radiance of swordsmen, and hearing stories about their fights with the spear bastards.

So, strong knights –

As well as paladins, enjoyed a certain level of courtesy.

No matter how bad the reputation of the Church might, all were equal before the sword.

So they could not hide their respect for Esther, who was called the genius of the century.

“I was so impressed seeing you win against a paladin with a spirit sword, with just a normal carcass, in the royal tournament!”

“Everyone in the kingdom in looking forward to how high you will soar, Lady Esther…”

“Yes.”

Esther was very uncomfortable with their interest, but the soldiers would latch on to any excuse to drag out their conversation even a little.

“So why are you…”

“I was just passing by and heard the commotion.”

A cacophony of blades.

As she was passing through the streets, her aura sense had caught the energy fluctuations and had led her to this place.

“What happened here?”

“Uh… well. We also just arrived, so we still don’t know exactly what’s going on.”

But –

“From the traces, it seems that there was a small-scale battle. We did get testimonies from some people passing by.”

The soldiers all looked grim. It was common for pilgrims to wield their swords at will, unheeding to laws and reason.

Esther read that expression and calmly pierced the core of the issue.

“Were they pilgrims?”

“Eh? Oh, yes. It was a group of pilgrims. We don’t know what’s going on, but it seems that two parties came to blows.”

“Can I take a look?”

“Oh, of course. This way…”

In this narrow alley, ten people had fought a group battle?

Esther did not believe the soldier’s words.

‘One was alone.’

It’d been a many-to-one fight.

More than ten people had attacked one person.

Wild sword scars were left on the buildings and the ground.

And when she looked at the footprints, she could picture the battle in her mind.

“There were two.”

“Yes? What do you…”

Esther ignored the soldier and fell into thought.

There’d been two at first.

But one had fallen right away.

Where the wall had collapsed, no footprints had been left behind.

And one, remaining.

“Interesting. How curious.”

“What… are you curious about?”

It was definitely a many versus one battle.

More than ten pilgrims attacked one person, but strangely, he’d left hardly any sword marks or footprints behind.

It was like they’d been fighting a ghost.

‘Of course, it’s not completely traceless.’

Starting from a point, two footsteps overlapped and fought while close together.

Capturing the enemy and toying with them while fighting. Nobody could do this unless they were a true expert.

“And…”

There.

He’d stepped on the wall and climbed up.

He’d climbed up to the roof, roughly the height of a five-story building, in three leaps.

Even Esther couldn’t do this easily.

He had great physical ability.

To the point where he could even carry another person up with him.

“Who is it?”

The pilgrims fought him, so…

An imperial knight hiding in Carradi?

There was such a possibility.

He didn’t even draw his weapon.

Whiiiiish, thud, thud, thud!

“Oh! Eh, Lady Esther!”

Leaving the soldiers behind, Esther stepped on the wall like the mysterious knight and climbed onto the roof the same way.

“It’s gone.”

There were no more footprints.

Pilgrims were stronger than normal humans.

But naturally, if they used that superhuman power for movement, they’d leave marks on the terrain.

But that common sense was overturned here.

He must’ve fought against another person here, but no traces of it could be found.

Even after that final blow. Even though the last powerful strike from the paladin had scarred the place so terribly, there was no trace of the enemy’s attacks or movements anywhere.

Interesting.

There was a strong knight who could do things she couldn’t.

For Esther, who’d only ever trained with the sword, strong people were the only interesting and entertaining existences in the world.

“Uhhhm, uhhh…”

When she was smiling with interest –

A cute voice came from somewhere.

When Esther looked down, she saw a girl climbing up carefully from the hole in the roof, carefully in case it collapsed.

“Finally!”

“Who are you?”

“Eeeek!!”

Clang! Clang clang!!

“Damn it!”

Perhaps her hands had weakened with sirprise, because she fell straight down the hole again.

“Ugg! Aah! I almost died…”

“Are you alright?”

“Ye-, yes! Uh, Esther?”

“You… Pilgrim Maria?”

“D-, do you recognize me?”

“Weren’t we in the same class?”

“Th-, that’s right! I just didn’t expect you to remember… ah, thank you.”

Maria, once Esther pulled her up to the roof, bowed her head.

“But why are you here?”

“Ah, I left something…”

She looked around, as if she’d just remembered, and looked bewildered.

She looked just the same as she used to when they were both nuns, a few years ago.

Few people disliked Maria because of her kind heart and deep consideration for others.

However, Esther was not in the mood to appreciate her warmth right now.

“Did you see a sword here by any chance?”

Sword. There was only one reason why she’d come to find a sword here.

“Are you the one who fought here?”

“Yes? Oh, that’s… it was a fight, but it was also kind of not? It’s a bit fuzzy.”

“What do you mean?”

“Ah, that’s…”

Esther’s eyebrows furrowed.

Because Maria’s attitude was really strange. Her face was red, her fingers wiggled, and she was shuffling in place.

‘She’s like a cute earthworm.’

She looked like she was very shy about something. But only for a while.

She was starting to get restless.

“Esther, you really didn’t see a sword? It’s very precious to me! I’d be lost without it!”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 76

“You idiot!!”

Slap–!

“Ugh! F-, Father! Why am I in the wrong! That bastard was the one who insulted me! Why….”

“Because the one who insulted you is Callius of Jervain!”

“Callius? You mean that lunatic!? But his aura…”

It’d been stronger than even the average paladin.

Most of the knights hadn’t even been able to move, pressed down by it!

“Viole. The reason I’ve been so tolerant of your ‘accidents’, is because you have a good eye for things. But if you can only see things but not people, I can’t leave you be anymore!”

“Why is that guy suddenly so important?! Why? Give me a reason!”

“When are you going to come to your senses? Even the biggest piece of trash in the kingdom is now properly doing his part, but you…”

Even such a maniac was doing his part?

“What do you…”

Count Artemion sighed.

“There was a great war in the North. The barbarian orcs invaded. Do you know who ended the war?”

“No way.”

That’s right.

“The greatest idiot in the kingdom, Callius. He was the one who put an end to it. It might just be a rumour, but they say that he took the head of the orc warlord.”

“No, that’s ridiculous! How….”

How could that guy have gone to war! And, killed a commander!!

“Afterwards, they say that he came to the South and cut down all the corrupt nobles in his way. They call him the Judge, or something.”

“It can’t be! That guy….”

But that aura he had showed had indeed been astonishing.

Was this truly the same man they used to call scapegrace, and maniac?

“There are many rumours, but if what you heard is true, then the price of that sacred stone must’ve been repaid with your life. Tsk.”

The debt Callius had owed Count Artemion was now gone.

Because of his useless son.

“Not everything has been ascertained yet. So be more discreet from now on.”

And from now on –

“Take care to not harm the family.”

Bang!

Viole left the office, his fists clenched and his eyes bloodshot.

“Callius…!”

Viole ran straight ahead.

He ran and ran towards his own annex, and headed to the underground basement from there.

“I’m going to make you regret it, Callius!!”

In the basement, there were a number of demonic beasts, locked behind iron bars.


Callius left the tavern and walked down the streets of Carradi. Unlike the North, the weather was cool and quite comfortable. Since the weather was so nice, there were a lot of people on the streets.

Contrary to how it was called a ruined country, the people of Carradi seemed to be at ease.

“In the North, the castle almost fell not long ago, but it’s so peaceful here.”

“Hey, Boss. Is this really all right? What if that count’s son…”

Bruns seemed worried about messing with the son of a count. So Callius told Bruns one thing.

“I’m a count, too.”

“Ah! That’s true! Heh heh I forgot!”

Helena cut in on the conversation, leaving Bruns and his pointless smirk behind.

“Even if you’re both counts, the meaning and weight behind your titles are different. The titles of the four nobles are fixed as counts, but their status and voice are equivalent to a duke.”

The founding king of Carpe had feared that the power of the four nobles would grow too large, so he’d set things up this way.

It didn’t seem to have worked, though.

“By the way, Helena. How long are you going to follow me?”

“Who’s following whom? You’re mistaking things. It’s been a while since I’ve been to Carradi, so I’m just going to meet some friends and then stop by the Church.”

“Then, let’s break up here.”

It was very easy to attract attention with Helena by his side.

That could indeed be helpful at times, but now Callius wanted to go somewhere quiet.

“What’re you going to do? There’s nothing to do now that the letter of recommendation has been delivered, right?”

“I’ve got some work of my own.”

“Uh… alright then. See you later.”

Leaving behind Helena, who had disappeared into the shadows, Callius moved on.

“Did she look annoyed, do you think?”

“Don’t be silly.”

Why would she suddenly be annoyed?

“But Boss, what’re you going to do?”

“I’m going to find an alchemist.”

The first thing to do was to find a crafter who specialized in alchemy, to purify the troll’s blood Callius had on hand.

If possible, it’d also be good to extract the dragonblood essence from the blood of the thunder wolf dragon he’d gotten this time, and to transform the byproduct materials into an artefact.

If it was Carradi, there would be somebody decent here.

Callius was confident in finding them.

And just in case it didn’t work out, he needed to find the blacksmith of the Church.

He’d left his broken spirit sword behind, but he had to prepare a second plan in case Dexter failed to patch it up.

“I’ll have to wander around a bit until I get a summons from the Church.”

There were many open questions he needed answers to, like about the seed of the defeated God, or the holy grail.

“It’d be good to investigate how far the kingdom has gone downhill.”

Come to think of it, Cedric of Tristar was also due to return soon, so it’d be good to prepare for that in advance.

If Cedric had found the relic as Callius had expected, he’d have to help him settle the Twin Gods down in Carpe, and if he came back without it, Callius would have to go himself.

In order to rebuild Carpe, several churches would be needed.

‘If it’s Cedric –’

Now, unlike before, Callius wouldn’t just have to lie down and take a beating.

It might be a good match…

“But I have no intention of doing that.”

“Yes?”

“It’s nothing. Let’s go.”

After a while –

His feet stopped.

He could feel someone’s gaze.

“What is it?”

“About four, no, fourteen.”

“Yes?!”

Considering the aura they emitted here in public, were they assassins?

What could be their purpose or motive?

“I can’t believe Viole would hire some assassins right away… then was it the nobles who’ve been on pins and needles[1] due to my actions?”

That might be the case.

Because he’d cut the heads of quite a few corrupt people on his way to Carradi.

“Callius. Why did you have to come to Carradi? We’d all have been fine if you just died somewhere without ever showing your face.”

In a deserted alley –

There were several people, wearing black hoods.

“Well…?”

However, Callius’ expression changed when took a glance at the speaker.

The soft curves under the black cloth were telling him that she was a woman.

Were nobles hiring female assassins these days? While he was thinking something like that, more unexpected words came out of her mouth.

“Because of you, so many sisters are still wandering around and struggling.”

“Sisters?”

As soon as she finished her words, eyes filled with resentment appeared under the black hoods.

All the assassins, numbering over a dozen, were women.

‘Thirteen pilgrims, one paladin.’

They were all pilgrims and paladins.

They were all clergy from the Church.

“Didn’t I tell you three years ago? Don’t set foot in this place ever again!!”

Three years ago?

“Ah…”

Three years ago –

He’d almost died once.

『The Prodigal Son of the Order』.

Because of that damn trait.

“Boss! Let me handle this! I specialize in lovers’ quarrels!”

“Do you want to get stomped on so bad, you bastard? Screw off!”

“Kkkgh!!”

Bang!! Bruns, who was now buried in the broken rubble that had been a wall, was out.

Looked like he got one-shotted.

“How useless.”

Even after going through the war in the North…

As always, Bruns really was useless.

“Die!!”

Looking at the frenzied nuns swarming in –

“Haaah.”

Callius couldn’t help but sigh.


『Sects. 』

In the Order of Valtherus, acolytes were gathered into such a religious group from an early age, who had to then pass several tests to become monks.

The monks practiced swordsmanship, and underwent the process of becoming a pilgrim.

The process was full of hard, repetitive training, under the eyes of the Church, so they could devote their all to the service of God.

That’s why…

The men and the women naturally weren’t supposed to be in contact.

Of course, it was impossible for there to be absolutely no contact, but that didn’t mean just anybody could end up being called a ‘prodigal son’.

First of all, the training for the men and the women were held separately, in different buildings.

The men trained in the far east side of the campus. The women, in the west.

It should’ve been hard for them to even see each other’s faces.

But… how did Callius pass that high hurdle?

In a sense, he was kind of a great man.

“I didn’t even go out of my way, you know.”

It wasn’t Callius who had to take the trouble.

It was the nuns who crossed the wall at night instead. Just at a word from the man.

Anyway, this was all ancient history right now.

‘I really shouldn’t have put that setting in.’

But he couldn’t help it now. Even if he did regret it a bit.

It was already water under the bridge.

To be honest, even if it weren’t for the setting, Callius would’ve still had no choice but to have affairs with other people.

With this handsome face of his, even if he didn’t bother to go out and look for girls, women would still be attracted to him like flies to honey.

This face was the root cause of it all!

‘Really, being handsome is a sin.’

He was just paying the price.

“Die!!”

“Enemy of all women! Die!!”

“Why couldn’t you just love me!”

Whoosh! Crack!

Callius didn’t even draw his sword.

He simply avoided their attacks with a perplexed look on their faces.

An attack hit a stack of boxes that stood before an alleyway store. Crack, they burst into fragments, and the pilgrims’ swords swept in hidden among them.

But to him, the attacks just looked too slow.

‘Really.’

He’d grown so much that there was no comparison to how he’d been three years ago.

In the northern lands, he’d danced between life and death on the battlefield.

Facing innumerable orcs and orc warriors.

He who’d faced the warlord’s axe couldn’t be cut with just this. Three years ago it would’ve surely killed him, but to Callius as he was now, it seemed like a child’s prank.

The sensation that he felt keenly as he fought –

‘Slow, and full of loopholes.’

They didn’t co-ordinate with each other, either.

They just expressed their emotions through their swords, and swung at will.

They were pilgrims indeed, but their levels weren’t that high.

Should he call this luck? But it was true that something was missing from the fight.

Besides, the reason behind the fight was also somewhat awkward.

It was difficult for Callius to draw his sword.

So he grabbed the handle of a long, round vase that’d been thrown around, and struck the attacking pilgrim on the head.

Thump, claaang–! Clink!

“Ouch!”

Thump! The pilgrim stumbled and fell.

As Callius lowered his torse and instantaneously stepped in, the startled pilgrim stabbed out with her sword.

Seeing that she was holding a rapier, she seemed to be good at thrusting.

Turning his head to avoid it by a hair, Callius hit her abdomen with an open palm.

Bump!

“Kaha!!”

Baaang!

Even if he didn’t use any divine power, his body that had been strengthened by the purity of his spirit, quickly overwhelmed the female pilgrim.

“Stop being annoying.”

“Ugh…!”

Embracing her from behind, he spoke with an annoyed face, and his breath ruffled her hair.

Then the nuns, who had all been about to charge him, blushed and stopped in place.

“Again with that face!”

“Don’t seduce us with that voice!”

“Come on, sisters! You all swore to God that you’ll kill him!!”

“…”

The situation was getting worse.

If things went on like this, he’d only start seeing more things he never wanted to witness.

So, for now –

“I think it’s best to avoid it.”

“This motherfucker is kidnapping our sister!!”

Whish! Clang–!

He grabbed the pilgrim’s hand, controlled her sword, and swung.

She tried to shake him off, but to no avail.

As if dancing a waltz to the tune of a soundless symphony, he repelled each pilgrim one by one as they came.

“Stop struggling.”

“Uh, what…”

She blushed.

Even in this situation, she wasn’t sane.

I see. Since these are the people who offered their hearts to somebody like Callius, none of them are normal.

“Maria! What are you doing!”

“Sister Maria! Have you forgotten our oath!?”

“I can’t help it either! And he smells so good!”

“We know! You, you devilish bastard! Give Maria back!!”

As he listened, Callius felt that even his own mind was starting to rot.

He just wanted to use this woman as a shield and quickly get out of this place…

That was then –

Whoosh–!

Claaaang! Screeeech! Creeeeeak!

Sparks fluttered from where the single sword that had flown in like the wind struck Callius’ blade.

‘A paladin is a paladin, after all.’

Unlike the pilgrims –

She had exquisite timing.

A surprise attack and a sharp edge.

The aura contained in the sword was different.

“Callius. You’re still playing with the sisters, I see.”

A paladin in a black hood blocked Callius’ path, and lifted her blue-hued blade. It was absurd to be criticized for what he hadn’t done, though, so Callius had no choice but to respond.

“I’ve always stayed quiet. They’re the ones who eagerly came to me.”

“Don’t insult the sisters, you bastard.”

Whiiiiiiish– claaaang!!

Her strength, speed and technique differed from the pilgrims who’d been attacking him so far.

Callius nudged the wrist of the sister he was holding, apparently named Maria, and let the paladin’s sword pass by.

He’d learned this method of parrying in his last fight with the orc warlord, while in the throes of enlightenment brought by Death Verse Composition. He hadn’t had many chances to test it thus far, but this was a pretty good opponent.

“Maria, relax.”

He hugged her tight.

Maria’s face was red as a tomato that looked like it was about to burst, and she answered with a hazy expression.

“Yes…”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 발 저린 (lit. numb feet), to be anxious about something, to have an uneasy conscience.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 55

The End of the Voyage

The most standard way for an adventurer to raise their rank is to receive and successfully complete an adventure quest from the association, and accumulate rating points that way.

There are three main routes for getting and completing such quests:

  1. Be officially affiliated with an adventuring group and perform the quest as a ‘team’ unit.
  2. Be invited as a guest member by a large ‘adventurer clan’, to perform some kind of specialist role in a quest.
  3. Through the mediation of the Adventurers’ Association, meet other adventurers with matching interests and complete a one-off mission.

That’s roughly it.

It’s not so easy for rookies to build up their rank as part of a group. At first blush, one might think that it’d be great to keep growing along with like-minded colleagues, but in fact, this is a very rare case, only possible for parties like Leo’s.

Simple. In most cases, such beginner groups don’t even have the most basic team composition, that is, members in all three positions.

First of all, to have a viable composition, a team must have at least one member in each of the three positions, which isn’t as easy as it sounds. Unless you start with an excellent guide from the beginning, and unless exceptional guys who can become your companions show up ‘accidentally’ along the way, you won’t be able to form a proper adventuring group however much you may want to.

Therefore, most ‘regulars’ camp for a long time in Adventium, where the qualification test is held each year, and form groups just to participate in the test.

And if they manage to pass, nine times out of ten, the group scatters to the wind. Since the group formed just to pass the exam, after achieving their goal, the members simply leave without any regrets, in search of greener pastures.

And thus adventurers who have an adventurer’s license but don’t belong to any group, are born.

For these ‘individual adventurers’, the second and the third ways of getting quests are the only options to raise their rank.

Whether it’s some adventurer clan or the Adventurers’ Association, they go to whoever wants them, keep selling their services until they have a certain reputation, and gradually accumulate rating points.

Of course, it takes a long time, and it’s all up to your luck if you find missions that suit you.

To summarize, adventuring was an industry where it was hard to raise your rank, and it was a fact that the readhead had gotten to S-rank from B+ in two years.

Indeed, that could only be interpreted in one way, if one used their common sense…

“What, what… how?”

The readhead’s lips trembled, as if in great bewilderment.

It was a natural reaction. The attack he’d thought had enough strength behind it, had disappeared without a trace once it’d reached my grasp.

The two crimson spheres he’d thrown at me were a type of magic, orb-shaped spells with an inherent ‘explosive’ attribute. A bigger and red-coloured form of Kiriko’s ‘explosion’-type bullets.

He must’ve expected the spheres to explode the moment they touched me. Not to puff out and disappear like a blown-out candle.

The redhead had a lot of doubts in his gaze, but I ignored that. It wasn’t my job to solve his problems.

But, of course, I didn’t forget to encourage him to figure it out by himself.

“Would you like to try a few more? I’m game if you are.”

“… You cheeky bastard!”

Three spheres, each slightly larger than the previous ones, flew in.

I reached out and touched them with my hands, one by one, just like last time.

And then,

Puff–.

The spheres lost their power and winked out.

The redhead was now beyond bewildered, his eyes full of astonishment.

“No, what, what the hell… how?”

“Can you figure it out just by muttering to yourself? Why not try a few more times?”

“Urgh…!”

A huge sphere began to form in his hand.

From the looks of it, he was trying to concentrate all his power into one blow.

Of course, he had to have other ways of fighting instead of just single-mindedly throwing explosives. From his nature and his ability, he seemed to be the type that shined more in melee combat.

However, he didn’t seem to be thinking clearly because of the shock.

‘He’s so mentally fragile. Did they really put him at S-rank?’

I clicked my tongue.

Of course, I’d been a little nervous at first. He was S-class after all. And he was an adversary on top of that, the adventurer position that boasted the highest combat strength.

But even so, I never thought of this guy as Leo’s – and therefore (as of right now) mine – opponent.

Two years to reach S-class? Please.

The Leo Adventurers had taken only six months to achieve that in the original. Including a lot of wasted time, stopping by here and there.

Karl Zayed had taken less than two.

‘And what about you, could you do something like that?’

Before long, a huge sphere, one that could fit three people inside it, was hovering above his palms.

I just watched.

“Heh… it’s your loss now that you’ve given me time to create this.”

“Yeah, good job. Now throw it over.”

“Even I can’t predict this impact this will create. If this ship sinks and causes numerous casualties… remember that it’s all your fault.”

He wasn’t getting any less crazy with time.

“It won’t work, though, you know?”

“You… you keep pissing me off!”

He threw the sphere, hard.

I gently raised my right hand as I watched the sphere slowly float towards me. Then, I folded four of my fingers, leaving only the index finger pointing forward.

Because that was all I needed to get rid of this.

Soon after,

Pop–!

The sphere that had been condensed with such tremendous energy, burst like a balloon.

I glanced away from the nonplussed redhead for a moment. Oddly enough, at that moment, I was feeling a strange sense of discomfort.

At the thought that such an ‘irrationality’ could be imposed on me as well, at any time.

Hmmm.

Obviously, if that sphere had exploded properly, not only me, but the whole of the banquet hall here, or indeed the entire ship, might have been blown away. Because the strength this guy had put into it wasn’t weak in any sense.

However, the reason that the redhead’s ability was extinguished so easily was due to the cheat ability I’d mimicked, that of ‘Leo from a few chapters in the future’.

[Lightning that Destroys Calamity].

The word ‘calamity’ here was not symbolic, and neither was the word ‘destroy’ a metaphor.

Calamity referred to the opponent Leo opposes as well as his ‘ability’, and Leo’s lightning can conditionally ‘destroy’ such existences. In particular, if the ‘class’ of the ability designated as a calamity is inferior, even ‘contact’ is not allowed regardless of the total amount of energy contained in it.

The ability to look down on the weak.

That is the essence of Leo’s [Lightning that Destroys Calamity].

It’s true that lightning by itself is a very useful ability, especially for ‘adversaries’ – but Leo’s ability surpasses even that, and is almost a scam when you’re dealing with multiple enemies at once. Since the ability makes a clear distinction between the superior and the inferior, unless there’s somebody among the opponents who’s at your level, there’s no way for you to lose.

Of course, this ‘same level’ setting was a big part of how the author had managed his breakneck plot development in the original.

If the opponent played some kind of important role, he’d be a valid opponent no matter how weak his abilities were, and if the enemy character was of no importance, no matter how good his abilities seemed, he’d just be brushed off and fall by the wayside.

In the end, this setting actually appeared less and less in the second half as the story went on. It was impossible for any of the characters that appeared by then to be called ‘inferior’.

But at the very least, this redhead’s ability, which had never even appeared in the original, definitely couldn’t stand up to Leo’s lightning.

Soon after,

Step–.

I slowly approached the redhead.

His fighting spirit had already been broken, but I still needed to finish things properly.

He looked at me, but didn’t move. Maybe he couldn’t.

I pushed a little electric current into my index finger, the same one that’d popped the sphere.

And I poked the guy who stood there, frozen, in the forehead.

Crackle–.

His body trembled a couple of times, and then collapsed.

That was the end of it.

The hall was quiet.

I couldn’t hear any cheers.

This most likely wasn’t because they’d been overwhelmingly supporting the redhead. They just needed some time to accept the current situation.

And very soon,

“Oooh…!”

“Wow!”

“Awesome! Awesome!”

A raucous roar erupted from the deck below like a tidal wave.

I smiled once, and then walked down from the arena. There was no need to wait for the referee to call the match.

Cocoa and Chinuavi were there to welcome me as I walked towards where the VIPs had gathered.

“Great job.”

“As expected of you, Big Bro.”

However, everyone else, including the princess, just looked at me silently, with a puzzled expression.

Maybe because the long-awaited main event fizzed out so quickly and abruptly?

Especially –

“B-, but, don’t you summon ghosts?”

Nergui’s expression was the most eye-catching.

It was a mix of surprise, anger and bewilderment. He didn’t even seem to be trying to hide. No, maybe he wasn’t even aware that his mask of affability had cracked.

“Oh? How did you know I can summon ghosts?”

“… Well, that, there’s a rumour…”

“Are you still trying to make stuff up?”

“…”

I stared at the guy.

That face, glowing red, really didn’t suit a hidden boss. I’d believe if he was the little prince instead.

“I don’t know why you did all this, but stop horsing around. Next time, you won’t be able to just laugh it off.”

“…”

I didn’t dare to engrave [Scribe’s Shackles] on this guy.

It wasn’t because the method wasn’t good, but because it was too much of a cheat. If the author saw and immediately pushed out a balancing patch, I wouldn’t have anybody to cry to.

If this guy really was the secret mastermind, the princess would no longer face the threat of assassination as long as I made him my subordinate. And she’d be able to pass the Warrior’s Path without any crisis.

And this meant that ‘there wouldn’t be any other incidents’ in the future.

Such a method might be convenient and good for the short term, but in the long term, it’d only be detrimental – since it would undermine my role and significance.

And the most important point was –

Making secret bosses like him into my subordinates and manipulating all events to my advantage was an act that’d seriously harm the plot development and power balance envisioned by the author, even if it didn’t violate plausibility.

In other words, it meant that the author’s favourability would sink to the absolute bottom.

Even now, the author could actually get rid of me at any time.

It wasn’t just about his right of ‘absolute deletion’. That had to be the very last resort from the author’s point of view. He probably would never use it unless I somehow brought the manga to the verge of discontinuation.

Even without taking such drastic action, the author could easily handle me within the bounds of plausibility.

Wasn’t it simple? All he needed to do was to make one of the Seven Kings appear early, and somehow come face to face with me. Then things would just end for me. Because the current me couldn’t defeat any of them even if I died and was reborn.

Of course, the readers would definitely protest, but for how long? Were the Seven Kings normal characters? They were the symbols of power that could rule this world. Their presence could easily devour everything I’d built up so far. In the grand scheme of things, I was still just a rookie.

Therefore, I had no choice but to restrain the scope of my actions so that it wouldn’t smash the plot framework the author had woven.

I couldn’t do everything by myself, and I couldn’t stall my growth. And I also needed to continuously prove that my presence was helpful to the story.

I had to bow to the author’s whims for now. Until the day I grew to the point where the author wouldn’t dare ignore all my history and bring forward somebody else to replace me.

So,

“We’ve let you mess with us so far without doing anything in return. Me, and the princess too. I’m being straight with you here. This wasn’t because I was afraid of you, or of the empire. I just didn’t want to go to all that trouble.”

“…”

I was giving a naked warning to the fourth prince right now.

Of course, I didn’t know if he could truly accept it.


Two days later, Nanma Port.

The fat guy was talking to the thin one, who’d been silently watching people disembark from the ship.

“What next?”

“…”

Only silence answered him.

“I got the rest of the money. The guy who commissioned us was here just now. He said he understood our plight. If we tried to continue even after seeing that scene the other day, we’d have to be utter lunatics, he said. An S-class adventurer finished off with just one finger? They didn’t even buy a map, just disappeared without a trace… they have to be incredibly strong… I think, unless the former ‘King of Assassins’ comes personally…”

That was then.

“Give it back.”

The thin man suddenly spoke. And said something crazy.

“Huh?”

“Spit out everything you got. Except for the down payment.”

“… Hey…”

“The payoff comes after success. That’s one of our principles.”

“But…”

“And there’s no giving up till the mission is finished. That, too, is one of our principles.”

The fat man’s face stiffened instantly.


Upon arriving at the port, we found the Adventurers’ Association’s Nanma branch office right at the heart of the city.

“Everyone’s here? Good, I’ll go.”

Telling the princess, Cocoa, and Chinuavi to wait a while, I entered the branch office by myself.

It was to prepare for unexpected situations, such as if I were asked to surrender the princess to them.

But,

“Is that so? All right.”

The association’s reaction was absurdly rough.

Even when I said the princess was being kept somewhere else because there was a threat of assassination, the receptionist just stamped the mission confirmation certificate without any other verification procedures.

Bang–!

“Your first quest was successful, congratulations. And there’s a linked quest following it. Will you accept it?”

“What if I don’t accept it?”

Of course I was going to accept it, but I deliberately asked. Because I’d never seen Leo reject it in the original.

I was just curious about her reaction, and the penalty.

“The previous quest would also be considered a failure.”

… Well, there was nothing special about it.

“I’ll accept.”

“The linked request is simple. All you have to do is take the princess to the capital of the Skull Empire.”

The conversation ended with that.

As I left the branch office, I felt convinced once again.

Again, this was a story that the author had devised. If the development had required the princess to get married, there would’ve been a request to protect her until the wedding.

I returned to the party, my steps slightly lighter.

“Are we leaving right now?”

“We should, yeah.”

“There’s only about a week left before the Warrior’s Path begins. If we hurry, we’ll probably arrive just in time.”

Again, there was plenty of time left. Seriously, the author must’ve put it all together.

“The problem is finding the way… I don’t know anything about the local geography.”

“Don’t worry, there’s someone you know who can help.”

I patted Cocoa’s back as she shrugged.

“Then, shall we go?”

It was time to ask Chinuavi to summon an earth dragon.

“Wait, what about our rides?”

“Ride? There is one. Just wait.”

“Wait? Where are the horses?”

“Don’t be surprised when you see it.”

Boooooom–.

Chinuavi’s earth dragon soon rose up from the ground.

But,

“I’m sorry, I don’t need this. I’ll ride a horse.”

The princess’ reaction wasn’t very stellar.

“No, the ride isn’t that bad, you know? It’s fast, too! Really fast.”

“It’s got nothing to do with that. I have to ride a horse.”

She had an oddly stubborn look.

The princess insisted that she’d ride a horse even if she had to separate from us.

“And for the Warrior’s Path, horsemanship is very important. I need to practice.”

“Eh…”

That was then.

“Let’s go buy a few. There’s a horse market over there.”

Cocoa’s eyes shone unusually, as she supported the princess.

“No, why do we have to visit the market? We can just buy those ones put up for sale by the street…”

“Let’s go. It wouldn’t be bad to visit once, right? It’s just a feeling, but… maybe you’ll stumble upon a treasure?”

“Treasure? What treasure could you find at a horse market?”

At that moment,

… Ah!

Something suddenly came to mind.

There were many rare treasures in this world of Adventure King, but among them, divine beasts were among the best.

These were no simple animals, but beings blessed by God (with innate talents), and had abilities and intelligence comparable to humans, and some could even talk.

Besides, they looked cute.

Of course, they were often introduced as ‘friends’ or ‘colleagues’ rather than treasures, but they did belong to that category.

They always received enthusiastic support from the readers no matter which adventuring group they belonged to, and there were even arcs completely centered around them. The new beast companion of the Leo Adventurers had even been given the ‘leading point of view’.

Of course, I’d always been aware of how important they were. Because the existence of beautiful and strong animals is an essential element of most shounen manga. In fact, one of the backgrounds I’d bought early on had been for this.

However, there was still a long time before the Leo Adventurers would accept a divine beast as their comrade, so I’d simply put that matter aside for a while.

‘Is this already the time to use it?’

I stared intently at the background that was occupying a position in my list.

[Southland National Park Zookeeper].

Of course, it was still just conjecture.

I’d never heard of any divine beasts being sold at a horse market or a peddlers’ street.

There was only one reason why I was looking forward to it.

Because this was the path our guide was leading us along.

“Alright, let’s… first go check it out.”

We headed towards the horse market, and I was feeling a little abuzz with excitement.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 54

So It Was You?

That night.

White Rain’s VIP banquet hall.

Contrary to my expectation that they were holding some kind of secret meeting with the doors locked, the hall was already crowded with quite a few people.

Looking at the faces of those who’d gathered, there were not just VIPs, but also their attendants, employees carrying drinks and food, and people preparing for the banquet itself, such as entertainers preparing for their performances.

Also, I could see some people milling around, clad in overly flashy evening dresses. Apparently, the event was open to the first-class passengers, as well.

There didn’t seem to be any strict restrictions on entry.

Not just that –

“Wow, is the front completely open?”

“Actually, looks like the walls have all been replaced with glass.”

All four walls around the entire hall had been completely replaced by transparent glass panes.

I didn’t know if they wanted to watch the night sea under the moonlight or something, but anyway, the banquet on the top floor was apparently open to all.

Of course, it didn’t seem to be attracting that much attention, since there was a party going on at the lower decks too.

While I walking at a slow pace and taking it all in –

“You’re here! Squatjaw Adventurers!”

A familiar voice came from somewhere.

Looking back, I found the black-haired young man from earlier.

The guy who’d introduced himself as the fourth prince of the Skull Empire.

“In case you’ve forgotten, my name is Nergui. “

“Aah, right.”

“Come, come. Everyone is waiting.”

I narrowed my eyes at the back of the guy who was now walking in the front.

‘What’s he planning, this guy?’

At first, I didn’t think much of it, but if I thought about it again, he was highly suspicious.

Wasn’t he the fourth prince of the empire? The fourth son of the current emperor?

But somehow, from the beginning, he was the one in charge of guiding us. Some young chicks who’d just become official adventurers. And he was a complete natural at it, without a single sign of discomfort.

Of course, I couldn’t be sure of his actual position in the VIP hierarchy, since I didn’t know his current position in the empire, the overall power structure, or the method of imperial succession. Maybe he was being treated more harshly than I expected.

But nevertheless, the mere fact that ‘the emperor’s son wasn’t a cocky rascal’ made him a character type that deviated quite a bit from the typical extras.

At the very least, I couldn’t predict this character’s next actions.

And one more thing, the guy’s appearance.

Black hair, narrow eyes, and a slight smile permanently hanging at his lips. He was neither handsome nor ugly, he just had an ordinary face that could be seen anywhere.

In fact, for all the time he’d been guiding us, until the last moment when he’d revealed himself, I hadn’t given him a second thought. Although we were both VIPs, I’d never even considered that his status had to be at least somewhat noble.

The reason was simple. Because he looked that transcendentally average.

It’s true that an ordinary face is a typical characteristic of a character that isn’t inherently important. After all, there’s no reason to give much thought about the looks of an extra who hardly appears once or twice in the story.

There is one exception to that, however, and that is when it’s someone of high status.

It goes without saying that the higher a character’s status, the higher the reappearance probability. In that case, such a mediocre appearance can be intentional on the author’s part. To hide a secret that should not be easily revealed.

In other words, it means that the same possibility existed for that guy as well. This guy could be the ‘secret boss’.

Actually, ‘secret bosses’ can be divided into two types:

  1. The ones who look like total villains at first glance.
  2. The ones who look completely harmless, as if they couldn’t hurt a fly, but are in the end revealed to be the one pulling the strings all along.

A character with ‘gentle face yet high status’ belongs to this second type.

However, in Adventure King, there were far too many examples of the former type, so I’d overlooked the latter as an option almost unconsciously.

Now that I looked at him with fresh eyes, that smiling face seemed to have a bit of slyness mixed in it.

Of course, just because this guy was acting somewhat inconsistent with his status, I couldn’t immediately start treating him as a suspect. Because he might really not have any malice.

But –

‘I have to set some boundaries.’

I couldn’t take my eyes off him.

Just then,

“Ah, you guys are here.”

His steps stopped at the entrance to the garden next to the fountain.

Familiar faces were gathered together inside.

A middle-aged man named Tamar, a redheaded S-class adventurer, and the other VIPs.

That was then.

“Bataar?”

The princess looked at one side and suddenly spoke.

There he was. The old man who’d came all the way from the Skull Empire to convince the princess.

“I came here because of Tamar’s invitation. So that I could meet you, princess.”

“Aah…”

“The maid who was accompanying you is well taken care of. Shortly after you disappeared, after wanderings a while, she finally found us.”

“… Thank you.”

“You don’t have to thank me. Because this is why I’ve been chasing after you, princess. Now, you only need to come to us.”

However, the princess flatly refused.

“Thank you for taking care of her, but I’m fine. I plan to make the journey on my own.”

“You’re saying the same thing again. I don’t want to make a scene at a place like this, so I’ll go meet you privately in a little while.”

“I’m good, you don’t have to come.”

“Your maid really wanted to see you, princess. I’ll bring her with me.”

“…”

At that moment,

“Looks like everybody’s here.”

Tamar, who’d been enjoying wine all by his lonesome in one side of the garden, came towards the front.

Then, as if giving a speech, he spoke loudly.

“There’s only one reason why I’ve brought you all here. Because, before the full-fledged banquet begins, there are things that need to be addressed first. As you may have guessed, it’s the matter of the second princess of the Mainin Kingdom.”

Pointing towards the princess, he continued.

“Everyone knows the atmosphere between the Skull Empire and the Mainin Kingdom these days. Things are looking very ugly. Now, let me ask you one thing. Is this a problem just between the first prince of the empire and the second princess over there? Do you all really think so?”

There was no one to answer him.

“The rumours that the nobles of the Mainin Kingdom are already siphoning away their wealth have long since turned out to be true. Their money is flowing to the other countries, or even to Westland! You who are here should already know.”

Again, there were no specific answers, but there were some reactions among the crowd.

Like giving a soft cough, or avoiding others’ gazes by turning their head away.

“The merchants who used to travel to and fro between the empire and the kingdom have become hesitant, and the farmers who had been devoted to their work have stopped taking care of their fields. Maybe it’s because they aren’t sure if they’ll be still there to harvest the crops next year. Is it just the kingdom? Of course not. The empire is the same. And is that all? Living conditions and market flows in these two nations have been completely disrupted, so how could the other countries around them remain unaffected?”

After that long speech, Tamar’s eyes turned to the deck below.

“What if something out of the ordinary happens between the empire and the kingdom? The people here will be fine. But what about those down there on the deck? They, too, are not completely irrelevant to the current situation. Right now, they are laughing and making merry so innocently –”

Following him, everyone’s eyes focused on the deck below.

Tamar was silent for a while, while others watched him and held their breath.

Eventually, his gaze turned to the princess.

“I thought the princess herself had already realized this, but she hasn’t said anything yet. Shouldn’t you come clean before it’s too late? To prepare others for the future. Whether that’s a peaceful life like before, or a hellscape red with blood.”

“…”

I’d thought he might come prepared, but his skill in directing the scene was better than I’d expected.

The princess hesitated, and then took a step forward.

“I, I…”

However, facing the flood of questions from the VIPs that immediately followed, the princess’ words halted there.

“So what are you going to do? Princess, please tell us.”

“Are you planning on getting married after all?”

“Or are you going to reject the proposal of the first prince? Face to face?”

Royal Teacher Bataar was among them, too. He seemed to think of this as an opportunity.

“Princess, I don’t know why you’re being so stubborn. The prince is a warm-hearted person. There is a clear solution everyone wants, so why do you keep procrastinating? Are you planning to run away again this time?”

The princess shook her head.

“I won’t run away….”

“Then?”

After a while, the princess continued speaking as if she had made up her mind.

“I’m going to the capital of the Skull Empire!”

Then everyone responded, ‘ah, so it is’.

From their point of view, in fact, it was a very natural result.

Tamar smirked and spoke up again.

“Now you see? How much trouble did you stir up for no reason even though you were going to do this anyway? From now on, I’ll escort you personally…”

“It’s fine, I’ll just get off at Nanma Port. I don’t need any help from you.”

Then,

“Right. The princess should go with us, not you, Tamar.”

Royal Teacher Bataar jumped into the conversation as well.

“From the princess’ point of view, it’s not that easy to trust you and go on a journey together, isn’t it? So…”

“No, I’m not going with you either.”

“…”

“Anyway, is it fine now? As soon as we get off, I’ll go straight to the capital. There won’t be any delays, so rest assured.”

That was then. –

“How can we believe you? What if you run away?”

It was him. The fourth prince, Nergui.

“If you change your mind midway, wouldn’t all this talk become meaningless?”

“I won’t run away. I bet upon my honour.”

Then, strangely, everyone nodded their heads.

“Yeah…”

“If you’re betting on your honour, then…”

I didn’t know how great the honour of the royal family was, but it seemed to function like some kind of a token of trust.

It was a bit hard to understand, though.

However, the fourth prince seemed to still have more to say.

“Even though you say that… even if you have no intention of escaping, there’s a risk that you’d get kidnapped. Why do you refuse to be escorted by the imperials?”

The princess answered this briefly.

“Because there is someone who’s already promised to accompany me.”

When she looked back at me, her eyes were filled with a strange sense of trust.

Hmmmm.

I scratched my head.

“Uh… yes. We’ll be going together. To the imperial capital, I mean. Well, we’re just a new adventurer team made up of young chicks, but you don’t need to worry…”

That was then.

“Haah… more of your cheeky blather.”

The redhead stepped forward, as if he’d been waiting for this moment.

Well, as expected.

“Just you? You’ll be the one protecting the princess? There were rumours just a while ago that you even got attacked by assassins…”

“Oh, huh? How did you know? I didn’t make a fuss because it was no big deal.”

“Those who keep talking shit, have to accept getting hit[1]. How strong do you think you are, Squatjaw?”

“Stronger than you, I guess? You were third in the qualification exam, you said? We were number one.”

“Heh, what clumsy provocation.”

Although he said that, the guy looked so angry that his skin tone now matched his hair. His clenched fists were trembling. That third place in the qualification test seemed to be his sore spot.

And then,

“Fine then, Squatjaw Adventurers. I, Xavier, challenge you to a duel.”

The angry man suddenly let out some strange words.

“What?”

“I can’t leave the princess to someone like you. It makes me anxious.”

“What the hell do you mean?”

“The role of the princess’ escort is one that I, too, covet quite a bit. Because tales of it will spread.”

“That sounds pretty silly.”

“Well, whatever the reason, isn’t it common for several adventurer groups to compete for a single treasure? You must’ve done that once during the qualification exam, too. This time, the princess is the prize.”

“…”

Of course, it wasn’t that I didn’t understand what he meant. I was just wondering about this guy’s choice.

He wasn’t at all interested in the princess. This bastard only wanted to make me kneel.

In other words, there was absolutely no reason to take this approach. He could’ve just asked for a fight.

‘No wonder things had been quiet all this time…’

I could roughly understand the situation.

Somebody had to have planned all this.

“Of course, you’ll represent your team, right? Although it doesn’t matter if all of you come together.”

“Why would all of us need to go together? But, hey, you want to fight here? Inside this banquet hall?”

Then, as if he’d been waiting for me to ask –

“The stage has already been set up.”

Nergui smiled, and pointed to a corner of the banquet hall that had been shrouded in darkness.

And then,

Popopop–.

The lights turned on, revealing a stage.

Looking closer, I could see that it was a fighting arena surrounded by wire mesh.

“Haa…”

It seemed that they’d prepared everything in advance.

By then, I’d understood everything. It would’ve been strange if I hadn’t.

It was you, huh? The one behind all of this?

I turned my head and looked at the fourth prince.

The guy just laughed.

Then,

“Ooh!”

“Ooooh!”

Cheers could be heard from below.

“Heeh…”

As I watched, all the transparent glass panes surrounding us turned into electronic displays. I didn’t know how they manged it, but the image of the fighting arena was being broadcast on the glass.

Today was my sudden debut as a UFC fighter, apparently.

“Fufu… this is the true beginning of tonight’s banquet.”

The fourth prince gently lifted a glass of wine, as if giving me a toast.


“There’s only one rule. The one who can walk out wins.”

The guy who’d came up as the referee, promptly left the arena after spouting a single line of bullshit.

“Keke….”

The redhead was smiling, as if in a good mood.

Perhaps because his long-awaited moment had finally arrived?

“If you start begging now, I’ll spare you.”

“Does talking so much crap not tire you out?”

“You cocky bastard. How long can you keep that attitude up, I wonder? Looks like that beautiful title of first place in the qualification test has made you unable to judge your own level.”

“No, if you look down on the test so much, what does that say about you?”

“Huh, me? It doesn’t have anything to do with me though?”

“…”

He was crazy.

“Can I tell you something? Of those who’d ranked among the top in the qualification test in the past, only a handful actually managed to raise their rank again within the next three years. Because they all got overconfident in their own skills.”

“Okay, I see? So what?”

“I got a B+ grade at the time, but now I’m an S-ranker. That’s what’s important, my actual rank as an adventurer. You must’ve been cocky, just looking at the fact that I finished third, but that’s gonna cost you.”

He was all kinds of ridiculous, and not very funny.

“I’m sorry, but you’re the only one here interested in your exam ranking. It doesn’t matter if you were third or fourth –”

“Third.”

“Like I said, whatever. And if it’s not first place, isn’t it all the same anyway?”

The redhead turned red.

“You…! Bastard! You’re pretending you don’t care, but…!”

“Alright, can I tell you something? You were lucky enough to be in third place. If you’d taken the exam this year? You wouldn’t have made it into the top three even if you died.”

At this, the guy roared with anger.

“What bullshit… Do you even know who I am? People call me one of the best talents of this age! You dare…”

“I’ll know once we tussle a bit, right? So come and show me. How great is the best third place of this age, I wonder?”

Quickly, I mimicked a unique ability.

Instantly, electric currents wrapped around my body.

‘It’s a bit sad to say, but… the third place being the best is actually true.’

[Lightning that Destroys Calamity].

Leo’s power of lightning, the ability regarded as the strongest in man-to-man combat, began to flow through my body.

“Now let’s see, which one is the strongest.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] A more faithful translation would be “cheekiness naturally invites others’ anger”, but we couldn’t resist…


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 75

“I see. So that’s what happened…”

A middle-aged man with long hair and a long beard.

The leader of the radical faction within the Church of Valtherus, Bishop Milliman.

He gulped involuntarily upon hearing of the deaths of Druma and Ryburn.

“He says they died fighting fiercely with a dragonblooded beast, a thunder wolf dragon.”

The report from Orcal[1].

Milliman’s narrow eyes flashed.

“Callius, who was with them, lived, and yet the two inquisitor-captains died fighting… Is there something fishy going on?”

Could something like this be safely written off as a coincidence?

Milliman was deep in thought.

“This report is from Captain Orcal, commander of the third squad. There’s no doubt about that. One of his spirits brought it in.”

Orcal’s spirit sword was sheathed in a scabbard.

When he died, the sword would also die.

As long as he was alive, others couldn’t use the spirits he controlled.

Since the sword’s blade was sheathed within Orcal’s rosario –

Clearly, he himself had sent this report.

“Captain Orcal might have betrayed us.”

“Is that even possible? Just because of one bastard called Callius?”

“What if he has a sacred relic in is hands?”

What if it wasn’t useful just for himself? What if he could grant its abilities to his subordinates?

“If it can enhance both swordsmanship and physical abilities, are you sure you yourself would never fall for such sweet temptation?”

“Even then, I’d never betray my faith!”

Despite such bold aspirations, Milliman did not believe the young paladin’s words.

Even if death approached, would he be able to say that so confidently?

Even with a blade pressed at his neck, slowly cutting into the skin, and his lifeblood continuously pouring out onto the earth?

Milliman shook his head.

The young man had no idea.

Man’s base survival instincts, and the corruption it can lead to, have to be experienced by yourself. Only then can one know how frail are men’s hearts, how weak in the face of their own mortality.

“Do you want me to call the chief inquisitor, sir?”

“No need. He’s already here.”

Through the gap in the open door, the leader of the Heretic Inquisition could be seen.

Bishop Milliman watched as the paladin straightened up at the sight.

“You called?”

“No.”

“Perfect timing! I knew you were going to call me. I noticed it and came in advance!”

“… I keep telling you, stop saying ‘perfect’.”

“I’m sorry. It must be a perfectly annoying habit.”

A righteous man, except for his habit of tacking on the word ‘perfect’ to everything he said. The leader of the Heretic Inquisition, whose most distinguishing feature was an impressive scar than ran straight across his nose.

Genos von Gradas.

“Alright, Genos, now take a look at this.”

“This…”

Genos, holding the document Bishop Milliman had passed to him by the edge, tilted his head as he read the contents – a recommendation.

“A letter of recommendation from a captain, is it. But aren’t there a lot of rumours about this guy?”

It wasn’t a recommendation from some bottom-rung inquisitor.

The letter came from a squad captain, and held a completely different significance.

“Callius von Jervain? Is this the same bastard that I know? Isn’t he rather the perfect choice to interrogate, instead of recruit?”

Instead of making him a heretic inquisitor, it wouldn’t be a wonder if they took him in for questioning.

He was the one who’d stolen a sacred relic. The executives all naturally knew about him. And there were so many nasty rumours about the man, too. So why did a letter of recommendation suddenly come in?

“That’s why I called you.”

“I came by myself, though?”

“… Fine, why are you here, then?”

“This is perfect! It must be fate that has led me here. I was thinking about eating and taking a nap, but I smelled something interesting from your visit, Bishop.”

Milliman sighed at the sight of Genos making exaggerated sniffing motions with his nose.

“… Anyway, I’ll leave this to you.”

“I don’t know if I’ll be much help, though. A more perfect choice would be…”

“I told you to stop saying it, you bastard!”

“Hmm, Bishop, you get extremely angry very easily. You aren’t the leader of the extremist faction for nothing. Hahaha!! Wasn’t that funny? It was a joke, but no one laughed, so I’ll just laugh by myself. Hahahahahaha! This is fun!”

Swoosh!

As Genos, the leader of the Heretic Inquisition, disappeared like the wind, Bishop Milliman pressed his hands to his throbbing temples.

“Is this going to be alright, sir?”

“Even though he seems like that, his abilities aren’t in doubt. It’s not like he got to be the chief inquisitor for nothing. If he had a bit more ambition, he wouldn’t have stopped there either.”

He would’ve risen to some position even above that.

He was a man evaluated as having the qualities to become a legendary paladin[2], the highest position one could climb to with pure swordsmanship.

“Even if he looks that way, his bloodline still contains the traces of God.”

“Ah, the East…”

Just like there was Jervain in the North –

And just like there was Ruydren in the South, there was Gradas in the East.

“He has the bloodline of the Gradas family, one of the four great noble houses of Carpe. There will be no mistakes this time…”

He’d surely be able to determine if that scoundrel had a relic or not.

“This is also a strict order from the archbishop, so we really can’t afford any mistakes.”

And –

“He hasn’t had a good relationship with Callius since they were children.”

The North and the East.

The two were old friends.


The capital of the Carpe Kingdom.

A famous tavern in the city of Carradi.

[Lantern Facing the Wind].

In that bar with a long tradition and history, food and drink was flowing freely.

“What? You mean that crazy bastard?”

One of the knights who’d put down the beer mug asked with a frown.

“Didn’t you hear the rumours? Call him crazy and he might come to lop your head off.”

“Hey, I wish.”

That motherfucker might come? If only.

“I’m not kidding! Most of the North has already been swept clean by the Judge, you know?!”

“The Judge?”

“They say he carries a sword that has a mysterious ability to discern lies. And that you don’t die even if your head gets chopped off by it!”

Callius the Judge.

This hot-blooded nickname was becoming popular.

“What the hell? Can you even call that a sword? If you have your head cut off, you have to be dead!”

“It’s true! He carries a decapitated head with him and burned all the riches of the corrupt lords!”

What a bizarre notion, to say that you can’t die even if you have your head cut off.

Besides, carrying it and burning the lord’s wealth in front of people’s eyes!

“Oh, it’s a shame! If you’re going to burn it, just give to me!”

It was painful just thinking about it.

And it was terrifying.

“Anyway, stop talking nonsense. If you get caught, you’ll die a dog’s death! A dog’s death!”

At the other side of the tavern.

There was a group who happened to be the subject of the story that the knights were gossiping about.

“Hey, Judge. Would you like to buy me a beer, please?”

“Buy one yourself, Helena.”

It was Callius’ group.

“You’ve made so much money! Shouldn’t a guy be happy to buy a girl as beautiful as me a beer?”

After depositing some of the by-products of the thunder wolf dragon and receiving the advance payment, Callius was now flush with money.

Excluding the twenty thousand gold he’d invested in Helena, he still had sixty thousand.

This amount was slightly more than the annual tax of a large-ish territory.

“But the rumours are strange. You didn’t burn any money, did you?”

The wealth Callius had obtained by robbing the corrupt nobles’ estates was well over thirty thousand gold. Even though half the money had been reserved for the territorial residents, this was still quite a lot.

The gold coins that were carefully collected were now to be used to rebuild the kingdom.

‘Using it for myself is no different than using it for the kingdom, after all.’

Callius sincerely thought so.

“Boss, would you like a beer?”

“Alright. Order some more meat to feed Vivi, he’s got a healthy appetite.”

Callius, who was eating meat with a knife and fork, looked noble even when he was eating, so Helena was satisfied just watching him eat.

In any case, Callius liked the meat in this tavern so much that there were already more than ten plates piled up.

“Boss, aren’t you pampering Vivi too much these days? I’m still more useful, right?”

“Don’t talk nonsense.”

Comparing Bruns and Vivi, of course the latter was more useful.

What Bruns did was chores that anybody could do, so if Callius had to prioritize, Vivi would definitely win.

Aside from that, compared to the young and cute Vivi, wasn’t Bruns getting on in his years?

If only he were a woman.

Besides, his time in the battlefield has left Bruns with a rugged body full of corded muscles, so he wasn’t exactly a pretty picture to look at.

‘Come to think of it, why am I carrying this guy with me?’

Callius was once again plunged into doubt.

But Callius’ train of thought, as he was weighing Bruns’ worth for a while, was broken.

“You, the one with the beast.”

Because someone was talking.

“?”

It was the first time he’d seen this man.

Callius really didn’t want to come in contact with this guy, with his pale white blonde hair, plump cheeks and narrow slit-like eyes.

As Callius watched him, silent, the man smirked and held out his hand.

“Sell it. I’ll pay a good price.”

What did he say?

“You’re asking me to sell Vivi?”

“Vivi? Shit, what a ridiculous name. I’d rather call it something like Charles. Sell Charles to me.”

He named it as if it already belonged to him. It was absurd, but Callius had only just arrived in the capital.

He didn’t want to cause any fuss, so he calmly answered with only words.

“Go away.”

He tried to wave the man off as if he was swatting away a fly, but got an unexpected response.

“What? Don’t you know who I am?”

The man was making an odd expression.

As if not being able to recognize him was a fresh and funny occurrence.

Come to think of it, his face looked like that of a young bandit, but his clothes were made of quite luxurious fabric.

When he looked at Helena to check if she knew, she just shrugged, indicating she was in the same boat.

“Haah! You’re in Carradi and you don’t know me? Hey! You guys over there! Who am I?!”

“Young Master Viole!”

One of the knights who’d been watching the scene closely responded in a polite manner.

“Viole?”

– He’s the eldest son of Count Artemion.

Orcal, who was quietly sipping his beer, conveyed through a worm.

The eldest son of Count Artemion.

The guy did have some background.

He was the son of one of the few counts of the kingdom.

Besides, if it was Count Artemion –

It was interesting.

“Now do you know? So, hand over Charles to me. I, Viole, am known for my eyes, and I can tell that it isn’t an ordinary wolf, so I’ll happily pay the price.”

Viole took a bag of gold coins from his arms and tossed it on the table.

Judging by the clinking sound and the size, it had a dozen gold coins at most.

But the guy was confident.

“This should be enough. They aren’t your usual gold coins, they’re imperial ones, so this should be more than enough.”

Imperial gold coins?

“Oh, imperial gold coins! They’re hard to find in the kingdom.”

They had less impurities and were engraved with sophisticated gold engraving, so they weren’t easy to forge.

So they were valued at about ten times the kingdom’s gold coins.

“Is that so.”

He slapped away Helena’s hands that were fiddling with the coins, stopping her excited explanation, and put the pouch of gold into his sleeve.

It was sad that a noble of the kingdom was paying with imperial gold coins, but what could he do?

The reality was that it was common knowledge that the kingdom only had a scant few years left before it was swallowed by the empire.

The imperial coins certainly felt a bit heavier than normal gold coins, and had higher purity.

Anyway, they belonged to him now.

“You know how to behave. Then I’ll take care of this guy.”

“Vivi, attack.”

– Crack!

“Ugh! How dare this bastard –!!”

Viole got angry and tried to hit Vivi, but Vivi instinctively emitted a stronger electric current in response.

It’d grown a little bit bigger in the past few days, and it had become familiar with wielding lightning. Now the lightning it emitted was as thick as a spider’s web.

“Ugh!”

Strong enough to chastise a rude nobleman.

White steam rose from Viole’s head, which had been hit by Vivi’s thunderbolt. Seeing how he trembled, it had been a pretty painful hit.

“Hey! You all! Why is no one…!!”

It must have been quite painful, since Viole’s eyes had turned red as he shouted for help.

The knights seated at various tables stood up as if they had been waiting for this moment.

A chance to have the eldest son of Count Artemion in their debt.

But unfortunately, they met the wrong opponent.

Stab.

Callius drew his sword and stabbed it on the floor.

Boom–!

In an instant, an intangible pressure pressed down on the area. No one could budge.

‘I can’t, move…!’

‘This spirit level… ‘

‘It’s a high paladin!’

It wasn’t limited to just the knights who’d been escorting Viole, everybody else seated inside the tavern were affected as well. It was if they’d been glued to the earth.

“You… what did you do to my knights?”

“I don’t think there’s any need to answer somebody who’s struggling against such a young beast.”

“You bastard!!”

Creak.

Callius got up and looked down at Viole.

The moment his eyes met with those heartless grey pupils, Viole’s body was filled with an indescribable sensation that made him tremble from head to toe.

“I owe Count Artemion a debt. Tell him that the debt has been repaid today.”

Considering that the debt of a sacred stone was repaid with the price of his son’s life, it was cheap enough.

As Callius left the tavern, Viole’s bloodshot eyes followed him.

Ignoring that gaze, Bruns trailed after Callius, and asked him a question as they walked.

“Will this be fine?”

“It’d be nice if he gave me an excuse.”

Count Artemion’s wealth was worth salivating over.

“I have to take him down anyway.”

For the sake of the future, it wouldn’t be good to keep him alive.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] In these chapters the author consistently misspells Orcal’s name as 오스칼 (Oscar), but we’re not going to keep that.

[2] 뤼츠 팔라딘 (lwicheu palladin), the author himself anglicizes it as ‘reach paladin’ in the raws. We think the word he wanted to use was ‘rutz’, which comes from an Old German word meaning ‘renowned’. We’ll be using ‘legendary paladin’ as the translation.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 74

Inside the cathedral of the Church of Valtherus.

Bishop Alvato had summoned Esther sol Ciliad, a promising genius of the Church and a candidate for becoming the next saint.

“Did you call me, sir?”

“Indeed. How is Lady Sullivian?”

“She’s still healthy.”

In reality, she was getting weaker day by day, but Esther purposefully didn’t mention that.

“That’s good, that’s good. But I called you here for something else…”

Alvato handed over a newspaper.

Esther furrowed her eyebrows as she looked at a certain passage printed on it.

“Judge?”

It was a story about a man called ‘The Judge’.

A man she knew well.

Callius von Jervain.

It was about him.

“He… I heard he’s become a count.”

“The inheritances and titular appointments of the four great noble houses don’t need permission from the kingdom. Have you heard what’s happened in the North yet?”

“Yes. I know the gist.”

An attack by the orcs. The appearance of a warlord.

Fierce battles.

The shadow of the empire behind them.

And a hero who had ended the war.

“Do you mean it was actually him?”

“According to the report… yes. The verification process has already been completed. I can’t believe it either, same as you. He has changed, and is changing.”

“Yes. He certainly has…”

But it was still pretty hard to believe.

Because the man in question was the kingdom’s biggest lunatic.

‘Did he even take the enemy commander’s head?’

The saga of the North was an ancient one.

The North had always been fighting with the barbarians and steadily expanding the territory of the kingdom.

But they hadn’t won every single battle.

In the history of the painful defeats the North had suffered in the past, the word ‘warlord’ could be found repeating again and again.

“Now that the orcs’ great general is dead, the North will be at peace for a while. It’s a good thing. The dead should also be able to close their eyes and rest in peace.”

“Yes, that’s indeed good news.”

“Honestly, I’m not sure if he really could’ve beheaded the warlord. Written reports are not completely credible. That’s why I called you.”

“What do you…”

“How was Callius at that time? No, I should call him Count Jervain now.”

Anyway –

“How was he? Did he seem capable of killing a warlord? Was the bit about getting help from a relic, really nonsense?”

“When I met him back then…”

His skills were on the higher side, even among the pilgrims devoted to the sword.

Perhaps similar to a low-level paladin?

The Silver Flower Wave Sword had given Esther a powerful blow, but if his ability was only at that level, the first orc champion he’d met would’ve finished him off, forget about killing a warlord.

‘But if I tell the truth…’

In the Church, Callius was suspected of monopolizing a sacred relic.

Her testimony might put him in danger again.

Did that really matter, though?

– He might have put in all that effort to become a person that suits you.

Sullivian’s earlier words suddenly resurfaced in her mind.

Esther hesitated to speak.

‘During this short period, he grew to the point where he can kill a warlord?’

Could such a thing really happen?

Was Stella’s swordsmanship really capable of that?

Was there really a relic? Such doubts were arising one after another, but Esther shrugged them off in the end.

“I can’t be sure. I unquestionably lost, so I can’t really swear to the full extent of his abilities. Maybe he’s been hiding his skills all this time.”

She didn’t lie.

She might not have been speaking the objective truth, however.

“To say he hid his skills… Why do you think so?”

“It might be because of the sword art he’s learned. It’s not some ordinary technique, it’s the Silver Flower Wave Sword art of Stella herself. He must’ve been learning her swordsmanship from a young age.”

This was, naturally, all conjecture.

Just one of the many assumptions in Esther’s heart. But the one who spoke it out loud was none other than Esther sol Ciliad.

That alone carried weight.

“He must’ve thoroughly hidden it to avoid people’s attention.”

Although Esther wasn’t very good at wordplay –

She wasn’t lying.

She truly didn’t think that Callius could’ve learned that sword art in a short time.

Unlike the paladins of the Church, who relied solely on the might of their swords –

Stella’s swordsmanship rather depended on maximizing one’s own skill with the sword, so it must’ve taken a long time to learn.

“That makes sense. If he’s been learning Stella’s swordsmanship since he was young, he wouldn’t have shown it off recklessly. Rather, he would’ve tried to avoid attracting attention by acting like a fool. So that’s how it is.”

As she watched Alvato exhale as if deeply impressed, complex emotions warred inside her head.

Although she was just talking about some of her guesses, she couldn’t escape the shameful feeling that came with lying.

“Now that he’s started showing his skills… a storm is sure to come.”

An irresistible tempest of blood.

“Esther sol Ciliad.”

“Sir?”

Massaging his shining bald head, Alvato asked sternly.

“That Count Jervain, can you convince him to come to our side?”

“You mean the moderate faction?”

“Callius is a more attractive card now than he was three years ago. The radicals will probably try to recruit him, too. Of course, Milliman doesn’t know his true potential yet, so now is our chance.”

The infamy of the kingdom’s biggest piece of garbage was not so easily erased.

Moreover, Bishop Milliman, the leader of the extremist faction, was still suspicious that Callius was hoarding a relic.

“It’d be good to rein in Bishop Milliman before he takes any reckless action. Now is the time to avoid war, even for our timid queen.”

If he could use this newcomer, Alvato might be able to cool off the old warhawks of Carpe.

If they could stabilize the country for a bit, maybe a ray of light would shine even on the kingdom that was so covered with dark clouds.

What you do for God is for the country, and what you do for the country is for God.


The royal audience chamber.

Somewhat young –

Looking sad and uneasy –

A woman with silver-white hair, braided straight, sat upon the throne.

The Timid Queen of the Carpe Kingdom.

[Clara von Agatha Bright].

Silver hair that was the stigma of God.

And so were her sacred silver pupils.

The head and the eyes filled with the grace of God, that allowed one to understand all the things in the world, and see through all reason –

Proved her royal bloodline.

“Hello again, Your Majesty.”

The Queen of Carpe, whose eyelashes had also turned silver –

Clara, despite her subject’s brass-necked rude behaviour, greeted him with a gentle face.

“Archbishop Alhamtra. Long time no see.”

“Yes, being able to see you grow up day by day truly is the true grace of God, is it not? I am once again reminded of the majesty of God.”

Whether she understood the hidden meaning of the archbishop or not, who could say? The Queen of Carpe, whose throne seemed too wide for her small frame, only smiled silently.

“Now, the reason I wanted to see you, Your Majesty. This time, the prince managed to put the rebellion at Aliorro to rest, but the damage has been great. And even in the West, the Spears of the Empire[1] are diligently digging into the wounds of our kingdom. Now it’s time to make a decision. What do you say?”

It wasn’t something he should’ve dared to say before his monarch, but Clara didn’t say anything.

‘Tsk.’

The powerless monarch. Clara, the Timid Queen.

A queen who couldn’t make any decisions by herself.

That was how the world evaluated the Queen of Carpe.

“How about Prince Chloe?”

“… The people of the Church have worked hard, and he seems to have gotten a good night’s sleep.”

“I see. They’ve indeed worked hard.”

The Mad Prince, Chloe.

He turned Oliorro into ruins, and he didn’t even stop there, so there was a lot of slaughter and unrest, until recently when he barely managed to fall asleep.

Once he fell asleep, he’d be quiet for several months, so it was fortunate in a way.

“Your Majesty, rather than that –”

“Archbishop, I’m tired and a little unwell. Could you please go back?”

“… I see. Then I’ll step back for today.”

The archbishop rose from his seat, glancing at the knights standing firmly by the queen’s side.

The ‘Guardian Sword’ of the kingdom –

Victor.

And next to him stood the Lord of Tristar –

Gerald.

As long as these two swords guarded her –

There was no one who could resist the Timid Queen.

Creak. Thud.

The archbishop, after a final glance back at the tightly closed door to the royal audience chamber, started walking down the hallway.

The longer he walked down the long corridor, the more nobles and priests gathered by his side.

“We have to use Lutheon’s failure as an opportunity, but the queen is far too timid. All we need to do is to withdraw a few troops from the West.”

Then everything would be over.

“If it weren’t for that old man taking the queen’s side, the work would’ve finished by now. He’s being a nuisance.”

Even though the pope himself didn’t have the same power as he used to have…

“Archbishop. Actually…”

“Is this about that lout, Callius?”

“Yeah, he’s, well, he’s ruining the work we’ve done for our cause.”

“What should I do with him…”

Couldn’t they even handle an idiot lunatic and had to come complain before him?

Since the officials of the country were so useless and empty-headed, how could the country function properly?

“Do I have to personally catch and crush every annoying fly one by one?”

“M-, my apologies!”

However, as if he’d never said anything harsh to begin with, the archbishop patted the nobleman’s shoulder with a gentle expression.

“No need to apologize. Look away from what you don’t want to see, and cover your ears to block what you don’t want to hear.”

“Then…”

“Don’t worry, I’ll take care of it myself. I’ll deal with the problem just like I’ve done before.”

“Now that you’ve said that, Archbishop, I can finally feel relieved. Truly, as long as you stand at the top of Carpe, the empire wouldn’t be able to hurt us…”

The archbishop smiled silently.

‘They really are just brain-dead idiots.’

That’s why the country was like this.

They were all nodding their heads to the same beat, not understanding that their actions were slowly devouring Carpe’s foundations.

It was truly a miserable country.

Nobles who had no idea they were ruining their own dynasties, senior officials who had no firm principles, and the queen who did not make any decisions.

“This country is bound to collapse.”

“Yes? What did you just say?”

“No, no. The day’s so nice that I’d gotten a bit distracted, and was thinking of something else.”

His thoughts ran a little differently, mused the archbishop.

He wanted a different future.

“Then, that bastard…”

“He must be dealt with, yes. Anything that disturbs our cause must be wiped clean.

“For God. And for the country.”

“For God, and for the country!”


『Kingdom Quest』
【Imperial Spies】
◆ Save the kingdom from ruin by killing the spies of the empire.
◆ Number of spies killed: 7/?
<Reward>「Monarch’s Flag」

“This is fine.”

Catching the spies was still going smoothly. To cut the necks of those bastards, and purely incidentally swallow down half their wealth – it was a very satisfying process.

“Once I dispose of the thunder wolf dragon, I should get about forty thousand gold. I already had about ten thousand in hand. And cleaning up the nobles has gotten me around thirty thousand more.”

About eighty thousand gold in total.

It was a respectable enough amount.

Originally, he might’ve needed to exchange the money for goods for ease of transportation, but Callius now didn’t need any of that.

Because he could keep everything inside his subspace.

“Where are you going to spend all that money? Want me to take care of it for you?”

“I refuse.”

“Gold coins should be put to work rather than hoarded, you know? If you entrust them to me, I can guarantee a profit of more than thirty percent!”

“And what about your fee?”

“Half the revenue!”

“I refuse.”

“Then thirty percent! How about it?”

“I’ll agree to ten percent.”

“That won’t even cover the labour costs! Twenty-five percent!”

“Twenty percent. You don’t need more than that.”

Helena’s ability to work with money was unquestionable.

She would always be able to make money somehow.

The current growth of the Bolivian family owed a large part of it to Helena’s involvement in the business since her childhood.

And the reason was deeply rooted in the unique ability of her sword.

“Fine then, twenty percent! How much are you investing?”

Callius had eighty thousand gold coins in his hands right now.

“Twenty thousand gold to start with.”

“Eh! What about the rest?”

The remaining sixty thousand gold had to be spent elsewhere.

After all, how could one catch rats without sprinkling some bait?


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 제국의 창 (lit. imperial spears), Spears of the Empire is a title collectively given to the Masters of the empire.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 53

The One They Call ‘Squatjaw’

I snatched up one of the shards of broken windows.

It was just glass.

Even without exerting any strong force, it snapped and broke.

“Hmm…”

According to the manager, this room had the most advanced security sensors installed in every corner, ensconced in tempered glass that wouldn’t budge with mere shock.

However, the scene unfolding right before my eyes was very different from such ‘stringent security’.

Although a full thirty seconds had passed since the intrusion, the alarm didn’t sound. No one came running, and even the lights in the room had gone out.

Either the intruders’ preparations were very thorough, or someone had disabled the room’s security systems. One of the two was the reason.

‘There’s no point trying to find out which one.’

Of course, this was something I’d expected from the moment I was invited to the VIP gathering.

I gently raised my head and turned my gaze towards the intruders in front of me.

‘They’re a little different, huh?’

Obviously, the atmosphere was quite different from the assassins ‘1’, ‘2’, and ‘3’ whom I’d met before. The bloodthirst that permeated the air was a little denser.

But the strangest part was their actions.

They didn’t start attacking me right away, didn’t ask for the princess’ location, and didn’t even take out their weapons.

The ten assassins were basically not being very professional, and it didn’t seem like they were simply ignoring me.

As I stood still, they were rather being wary of the ones next to them.

What’s this –

‘Really… are you guys trying to decide the order right now?’

Some of them were creeping forward and some taking a step back while exchanging glances.

It was both funny and absurd.

Of course, it wasn’t a bad thing for me, but strangely, I was feeling sick of all this.

After all, even if all of them jumped me together, they wouldn’t have a hope in hell[1].

So, I had to let them know.

“All of you come at once, or you’ll end up regretting it later. You guys aren’t at my level.”

Then,

“Heh…”

“This guy’s bold as brass[2].”

“You suicidal or something?”

Some impatient people responded.

All of them were the ones who’d been the first to come forward.

It really seemed like it was all about skill level.

Those who came forward were the weak ones. And those guys who decided to watch from the back… were the weaker ones, I guess?

The funny thing was, I had no intention of going along with their tomfoolery. Regardless of whatever order they decided to attack in, I had no intention of dealing with them one by one in the first place.

I mimicked the unique ability I needed to deal with the current situation.

And immediately –

[Dance with Ghost Killer].

It was Yan’s ability.

Ghosts with big squat jaws, who looked exactly like me, began to pop up one after another.

Pop–.

Pop–.

Pop–.

There were nine in total.

“Oh, where is this?”

“Hey, long time no see. Do you remember me?”

“He’s the master! You’re a ghost! And I’m one too, I guess!”

“Am I fourth? Am I the fourth? Call me big bro, you little kids!”

The ghosts were being a rowdy bunch, as always.

“Quiet down, everyone. Can’t you see that you have work to do? Take care of these guys.”

At my command, the ghosts rushed towards the assassins.

“Go down already!”

“This guy’s mine!”

“I’ll take this ugly bastard!”

“You’re mine, then, kid!”

And,

“Wh-, what are all these things?”

“My attacks aren’t working!”

The assassins began to panic.

In the meantime, I stared at the last assassin who wasn’t chosen by any of the ghosts.

A guy holding a weapon that looked like a chain scythe.

He also noticed my gaze and glanced at me, but his eyes had no fight in them. Perhaps because he was bewildered by the strange ghosts appearing, but his eyes were emphatically emphasizing that he didn’t have any intention to fight at all.

And I was the same.

I had no intention of fighting the one remaining assassin. Forget fighting, I didn’t even want to lift a finger.

This guy wasn’t mine.

Because the one to deal with the assassin with the chain scythe –

Bang–.

Would be the ‘captain’.

I looked at the gigantic squat-jawed ghost who’d appeared in front of me with excited eyes.

He was three times larger than the regular ghosts, who were my size. Even though the room was as large as it was luxurious, it was now looking a little cramped.

“… It’s small.”

Hey, even this guy’s voice was profoundly deep. As expected of a ‘boss’.

This was my first time actually summoning a captain ghost.

[Dance with Ghost Killer] has a structure where a captain ghost appears every tenth time, and the setting is that the captain possesses five times the power of a regular ghost.

The current regular ghosts had the same power as the current me, meaning the captain was a truly formidable monster.

The first time Yan had summoned this tenth ghost, the captain, in the original work, was at the height of the ‘Scramble for Ramirez’s Treasure’. The giant ghost suddenly appearing and wiping out all the enemies had been a very impressive sight.

And now my captain was stronger than Yan’s captain had been at that point.

I smiled and pointed towards the assassin with the chain scythe.

“Captain, see that guy over there? Take care of him. Don’t kill or pop him, though.”

“Uhm… I don’t have a hobby of tormenting ants…”

Hearing our conversation, the chain-scythe’s face scrunched and distorted.

And then,

“H-, huuuughk!”

His waist was trapped between by the captain’s fingers as he screamed like a pig being butchered.

Well, maybe he was just that terrified. After all, if the captain twisted his fingers just a little, his spine would snap like a twig.

‘Still, if you start wailing like that… what about the rest of the assassins?’

It seemed that the rest also recognized the situation, and they were slowly trying to step backwards.

Seeing this, I shouted with vigour.

“Don’t miss a single one!”

Starting with the chain scythe guy, the assassins got quickly sorted out. They were already busy facing the regular ghosts, but when a great general appeared among the ghosts and killed (?) one of their compatriots with a flick of his fingers, their morale naturally went down the drain.

Of course, if they’d been more vigilant and prepared, they wouldn’t have collapsed so easily. Weren’t they premier assassins, hired to chase after the princess?

But there’s no do-over in life.

The guys who’d kept their cool made a few moves to try and target me directly, but that didn’t last long either.

Soon it was all over.

An easy ending.

But even after checking the status of the ten assassins lying on the floor, I didn’t immediately send the ghosts back.

Because there was still some stuff to sort out, hidden in one corner.

I spoke, looking at the curtains by the window.

“You going to come out anytime soon?”

After a while,

“… You’ve got good eyes.”

“Did you find our traces?”

The two assassins slowly emerged.

One was very fat and the other was very thin.

The contrast even more pronounced when they stood together.

‘Hmmm… aren’t these guys pretty good?’

Even after the ten assassins fell, they didn’t jump out or run away. At least, seeing that they were trying to observe the situation until the end, it seemed right to consider them better than this rabble.

Finally,

“I’m telling you beforehand, we aren’t on the same level as these guys lying down here.”

The fat one said confidently as if he’d read my thoughts.

“Well, that’s something we’ll find out right now.”

I turned my gaze to the captain.

“Captain, can I ask for two more?”

“Catching ants… is a little tiring…”

“Ah, but one of them is a bit chubbier, right? Next time, I’ll find an even bigger one for you.”

“… Well then.”

Then, it was time for the captain ghost to sortie –

“… Wait a moment.”

The thin one, who’d been silent so far, slowly spoke.

“The terror of assassins lies in their stealth and their tenacity. It’s not our style to attack openly.”

“Oh, yeah?”

“We play the long game. There’s still one week left in the voyage. Don’t even think about having a single restful meal or sleep from now on. You’ll understand what it feels like to wither.”

“…”

I scratched my head.

“But what if you get caught right now? Wouldn’t that spoil your plan?”

Then as I slowly tried to approach the window,

“Hehe… let’s just step back for today.”

“Wait for it. I’ll make you cry, scream, and beg for help.”

Both of them quickly jumped out.

“Heeh…”

They were indeed idiots.

If you’re going to run away in the end, why the need for all that back-and-forth?


“… I don’t feel good.”

Thermis sighed softly as she looked at Chinuavi and Cocoa, who were sleeping peacefully as if they didn’t have any care in the world.

Although she’d heard that they wouldn’t be get noticed because of a silver screen or something, she couldn’t help but feel concerned.

The one to find her had been none other than Tamar, the representative of the ‘war-hawk faction’ in the Skull Empire.

Apart from the talk about marriage, he didn’t even like the people of the Mainin family, including herself. No, it’d be more accurate to say that he regarded them as enemies. He was a bastard who only knew how to quarrel and fight with them at every meeting of the coalition government.

He was basically a man who thought of ‘conquest’ as the spirit of the Skull Empire.

It was unknown whether Tamar had been the culprit who’d sent the assassins, but he didn’t seem the sort to just sit still even after seeing her face. No matter what, he’d try to do something about her right away.

So, she’d been slowly heading to the next room. She’d wondered if that squat-jawed guy had any new information.

But then,

“Hey, what the hell…”

The sight Thermis had seen was astonishing.

Ghosts that looked like Squatjaw were fighting black-masked assassins. To be precise, it was more of a one-sided beatdown.

In particular, there had been a giant Squatjaw, thrice the size of the rest. The assassin caught in the giant ghost’s hand had a pitiful look on his face that’d even made her sympathize with his situation for a moment. It was like watching an ant being crushed.

After making sure that the last assassin had been sorted out, Thermis had returned to her room.

She was thinking about the existence they called ‘Squatjaw’.

‘Who the hell is that guy?’

She’d known from the beginning that he was unusual. To be precise, from the moment she’d gotten kidnapped.

First of all, that amazing strength was hard to see as that of a human being.

For Thermis, who’d never even seen somebody with strength comparable to hers in the first place, his existence had come as nothing but a shock.

And on top of that, his perseverance.

No matter even if the Adventurers’ Association might stand behind them, adventurers also have no choice but to lower their heads facing the authorities of each continent, country, and city. In the end, it depends on the number of troops those people can mobilize.

Among them, Minister Tamar had the biggest stick among the powers of the huge nation called the Skull Empire. No matter how famous and well-known adventurers were, they tended to bow their heads before him.

However, Squatjaw had pushed back. Even if he didn’t know Tamar’s true identity, verbally pressing him like that in front of more than twenty VIPs couldn’t have been easy. Not when everybody else had been bowing and scraping so deferentially.

But it was Tamar who’d looked like he was being pressured, instead.

And finally, that ability.

Frankly, she’d thought before that his power itself might be his innate ability. Because it was at a level that could only be barely accepted by thinking like that.

But the appearance of those ghosts… Considering how enormous destructive power each one had, it had to have been a unique ability. In particular, that gigantic ghost alone had been equivalent to three of the cavalry corps, that were called the pride of the empire.

The more she thought of it, the more surprising it was.

Was this a ‘real’ adventurer?

Thanks to this, her perception of adventurers had completely changed. She’d seen a lot of braggarts who called themselves adventurers, but this was her first time seeing a ‘real’ one like Squatjaw. He didn’t get first place in the qualification test for nothing.

And, if there was one last question –

‘But really, what’s his goal?’

A different question, not related to his abilities, had arisen.

Why the hell is he doing all this for me?

Clearly, he was a person who’d received orders, and was moving for a certain purpose. He’d said so himself.

But Thermis thought that somehow his purpose might not be very rational. It just felt that way. It seemed that his purpose kept changing according to his feelings. And she didn’t know why… but it even felt as if his purpose was Thermis herself.

‘Why…’

That was then –

– Don’t worry about it anymore. That guy is mine.

“Ah!”

For a moment, Thermis gave a shriek of surprise.

It’d been a long time since he reappeared so quickly after disappearing.

It was Bayar Khan.

Thermis strongly objected.

“Ahh, not now! Get out, old man!”

– Is that how you talk to me? You cheeky bitch.

Then he said something very surprising.

– Your body, I have no intention of taking it.

“… What? Really?”

– Because I can’t even use it for long. It’s been four years, but you’re still so weak. It wasn’t for long, but I had to leave so quickly. You still can’t properly endure my presence. Understand?

“Yeah, well… I haven’t eaten well for a few days.”

– Whatever the reason, it’s not good. You can’t stay like this.

“What?”

– Didn’t you say that you’d walk the Warrior’s Path as soon as you get off this ship? To do that, you have to become much stronger. Even more than how you originally were.

It seemed that he already knew.

“… Did you hear me talking? You’ve got sharp ears. Even though you were pretending to be uninterested in my business.”

– The Path was created by me. Even if I don’t want to hear, my ears would naturally perk up when somebody mentions it. Anyway, it won’t be easy to get through that with your body as it is now. Also, a woman walking the Path? People will be lining up everywhere to sabotage you. The empire’s gotten filled with small-minded pricks these days. Ugly bastards.

“… So, what’re you saying?”

– Unique ability. You have to unlock it. You might really die this time otherwise.

Thermis felt irritated by same talk that she’s heard time after time.

This old man always kept talking about it. Unique ability. How she had to make it happen.

But she’d failed every time so far. What could she do, when she couldn’t even be sure if she actually had one?

In fact, because of that, the old man’s visits were starting to become less frequent. Because he was disappointed with her.

“It’s not that I don’t want to… But how easy do you think it is?”

– When a unique ability manifests is different for each, but there are generally several categories. First, those guys who’re just born with it. The blessed ones. And second, where there’s an emotional trigger. Intense emotional changes such as anger, despair, euphoria, etc. But this isn’t applicable in your case. In all my life, I’ve never seen a girl as angry as you. The fact that it didn’t show up despite you running around like that all day… means you can’t take that route.

“I know…”

– And the last type. It’s to get help from someone who can bring it out.

Bayar Khan’s voice, for some reason, had a faint tremble in it.

This was the first time something like that had happened.

“Can anyone bring it out?”

– A strong force attracts another. I think that Squatjaw might be the key. Try sticking right next to him.

“… Squatjaw?”

– You have talent. Your hard and strong body is just a receptacle for accepting your ability. Of course, you may never be able to access it. But if you can make it manifest… your dream might no longer be a faraway fantasy.

“… My dream.”

Thermis reflexively recalled her lifelong dream at Bayar Khan’s words.

To become a general of the empire.

Thermis, engulfed in that dreamlike illusion, didn’t hear Bayar Khan’s last murmur.

– Or maybe you can fly even higher than that. Just like I had.


The morning of the eighth day of the voyage.

“Hmm.”

I stared intently at the words displayed on the hologram.

[Adventure King serialization resumed]

[Chapter 20 – The Huntington Bandits (1)]

It was probably going to start slowly. The advent of my weakening.

If the previous ’18’ and ’19’ were interlude chapters, this was one was where a new arc would begin in earnest.

‘It’s fun’, ‘it’s not fun’, those reviews would come in, the longing for past characters would disappear for a while, and the readers’ attention would begin to focus on Leo’s actions. The time had come for me to be slowly forgotten.

Of course, there was still no sign of weakness. But maybe it’d start soon?

‘… I can’t be impatient.’

I turned and gazed at the scenery of Eastland through the window.

Even though the continental mainland had gotten close enough to see, the ship was quiet. The fat and thin duo hadn’t been seen since that day, and the VIP side was also calm.

After the assault of the assassins, every day had been quiet without any major incidents.

But, of course, there was no way that the voyage would just end like this. Because the ‘secret boss’ in that VIP arena won’t stand still.

The news would probably come soon. And this brief silent interlude would soon be over.

A storm was coming.

While I was sorting out my thoughts –

Suddenly,

Thump–.

Someone knocked on the door.

It was the manager.

“To commemorate our arrival at Eastland, a special banquet for the VIPs will be held this evening. Would you like to attend? The organizers are requesting your presence.”

As for who the organizer was, I could roughly guess. It had to be that black-haired guy.

I replied with a smile.

“Yeah, I’ve been waiting for this. Tell them I’ll be there.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 모자를 판에 (lit. sell hats), be very unlikely to achieve something.

[2] 간이 배 밖으로 나온 (lit. guts coming out his stomach), be brave to the point of fearlessness.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 73

“It’s growing up fast.”

Bruns, who was watching the cub of the thunder wolf dragon, said with a curious look.

“That’s true.”

Was it because of the troll blood?

The little guy, who’d been the size of a palm at the start, had grown to the size of a small puppy within a month.

There were limits to what could be fed to a cub who couldn’t even open its eyes, and there was no substitute for mother’s milk at hand, so they’d fed it troll blood instead.

How much could something the size of a palm eat, anyway?

Besides, Callius had several barrels full of troll blood, so as he’d kept feeding it without much thought, it quickly grew.

Already its teeth were sharp, and horns had begun to grow on its head.

The draconic characteristics in its claws and scales, that shouldn’t have shown themselves until it matured, were now also visible at first glance.

Since it’d started showing such characteristics, it’d been fed a mixture of troll’s blood and the blood of its mother.

Along with one more thing –

“It’s already using the power of thunder.”

While running wildly, it occasionally exhibited the power of lightning.

Still weak, similar to a brush of static.

– Keeeeeeeeing.

Coming to Callius, it whined and tapped the sword at his waist.

When Callius pulled out the Thunderbolt Sword and scattered a little lightning, it began licking the blade as if it was eating the lightning.

“Wow, that’s amazing.”

Was it looking for the traces of its mother inside the Thunderbolt Sword? Or did it consider the Thunderbolt Sword itself as its mother?

Thinking about it that way, it seemed pitiful, and one couldn’t help but feel sorry for it.

“Poor bastard. Tsk.”

Moved by a little pity, Bruns tried to give it it a pat.

Then the little guy growled and revealed its teeth.

“Too bad. I guess it thinks of you as its father, right, Boss?”

“You’re half right.”

The cub responded to the lightning of the Thunderbolt Sword.

At first, it’d thought the sword’s power was just like its mother’s, but after licking the sword and being struck by its lightning, it’d understood that the sword was an even stronger existence.

The same energy as it’d been familiar with from its mother’s belly, yet the aura was even stronger, so Bruns was probably only half right.

Callius, who held this sword, was being thought of as the mother.

“It’s like a puppy now, but…”

“It’ll grow bigger.”

Now, neither troll blood or the blood of the thunder wolf dragon was enough to satiate it.

It already craved meat, as befit a beast of prey.

“Come to think of it, why do you call it Vivi?”

It’s just the name of a dog I had in the past.

It doesn’t mean anything.

“It’s just a whim.”

Hearing Callius’ response, Helena could only shake her head as if she had nothing else to say.

One month to move from the North to the South.

After recovering the stolen Saddle of Humasys, Callius didn’t try too hard to find another horse.

Instead, he found a merchant wagon bound for the capital and chose to ride in relative comfort.

In the beginning, the road was rough, and occasionally some beasts and bandits had to be swept away, but lately there hadn’t been any such occurrences.

Since they were now passing through cities, there wasn’t anything dangerous on the road.

So, when he was inside the carriage, Callius practiced the Six Peak Flowers technique, and when it stopped, he practiced the Other Shore Flower outside.

“Vivi, come here.”

And the rest of his time was devoted to Vivi.

The guy happily ran around inside the carriage, occasionally stopping to poop or pee on Bruns, then coming up to Callius, begging and crooning, and being rewarded with meat.

Callius naturally also fed it lightning from the Thunderbolt Sword and educated it on its use.

Dragons and wolves.

Because it was descended from such beasts, it had a smart brain, and it easily recognized Callius’ intentions, even beyond what it was taught.

For a beast only a month old, it was surprisingly intelligent.

“Vivi, sit. Lie down. Get up. Jump.”

And what it was perfect at, was pretending to be dead.

“Vivi, bite.”

– Crooon!

It dangled while biting the crotch of Bruns’ pants. Only one command left.

“Attack.”

A small flash of lightning struck Bruns at an unfortunate place.

“Oh shit! B-, Boss! Please stop using me as your training dummy!”

Ignoring Bruns’ cries, Callius stroked Vivi’s fur.

Then he threw out a chunk of meat, so it could jump up and snatch it from the air.

“Well done.”

The tail that wagged like a motor was pretty cute.

“People who don’t know better might think it’s a real dog.”

Now its ability wasn’t at the level of a shock of static.

Seeing how much it’d grown in just one month, Callius wondered what would happen when it fully matured.

Its mother, the thunder wolf dragon, could’ve gone toe-to-toe against the orc warlord.

In a one-on-one situation, it would’ve been the victor, and even in a many-to-one fight it wouldn’t have fallen too far behind.

The cub, fully grown, would be pretty strong.

The amount of troll blood and blood of the thunder wolf dragon it’d ingested wasn’t small.

Not only that, whenever it got bored, it’d absorb the lightning off of the Thunderbolt Sword.

‘Even so, I don’t know if I’ll be able to control it.’

If Callius couldn’t control it, he’d have no choice but to take its power for his own, like he’d done to its mother.

Was that not his goal from the start?

‘I won’t give you any affection.’

He couldn’t afford to.

“Callius. What’s with that weird look on your face?”

“What do you mean?”

“I guess… like the face of a child who really wants to eat sweets but instead tries to look stubborn about it?”

“Don’t be an idiot. Vivi, attack.”

– Croooon!!

Spark!

“Hey! Why are you being so childish? Really! It really hurts!”

“Attack, attack.”

“Damn it! Wh-, where is it aiming!”

Helena’s face was flushed red as she covered her heaving bosom with her arms.

The attacks had landed at a very forbidden area.

“Is it because it’s a beast? Did it instinctively attack your weakness?”

“Hehe, as if. This guy’s a male after all…”

Callius immediately ordered Vivi to go after the smirking Bruns.

“Ugh! Why, why are you doing this, Boss!”

“Because of that unlucky smirk on your face.”

“Oh shit! P-, please stop!”

– Crooon! Crooooon! Kieeeeeeeng! Kieeeeeeeng!

“I think you really must be touched in the head.”

Angry, Helena seeped into the shadows and disappeared.

The commotion subsided, and the victorious Vivi was called back and rewarded with a few pieces of meat.

Rumble.

Just then, the carriage stopped.

“What’s going on?”

“Ah, that’s…”

The driver looked troubled as he explained.

“Rohendel?”

The place before them was called Rohendel, and apparently the lord of the place himself was blocking the road through it.

“Why is he blocking the road?”

“To collect taxes.”

If so, shouldn’t they have taken a detour?

This couldn’t be the only path.

“Because the mountains are steep, and all the other roads are said to be infested with bandits. It’d waste more time, and put us in more danger as well.”

So, the only safe way was to go through Rohendel, but the lord who knew that was collecting a huge toll.

“How much is it?”

“For merchant transportation, he takes 40% of all goods in kind. But what can we do?”

He’d wondered how much a toll tax could be, but this was nothing short of daylight robbery.

“Orcal, take care of it.”

“Me? It’s so annoying though…”

“Better annoyed than dead.”

“… All right.”

Orcal had become Callius’ follower.

The bastard’s Worm Soul was quite useful, so Callius had appeased him like an adult and turned him into a subordinate.

It hadn’t been a particularly difficult process.

‘Will you follow me?’

‘Don’t bullshit!’

They’d merely gone through a Q&A event, and each wrong answer had gotten the contestant a taste of lightning.

‘Please, I’ll follow you! I’ll follow!’

‘Let’s check, shall we?’

Orcal, writhing in pain, had often shouted that he’d follow Callius, and every time Callius had drawn his sword.

‘You’re not quite there yet.’

‘Oh no! I really, really, really want to follow you! Please let me follow you!’

However, the blade of the Judgment Sword had been muddy every time.

Over the course of several days, Orcal had managed to finally demonstrate his sincerity, but only after being beaten almost to the point of death.

‘Your heart is now as clear and transparent as this sword. Great. I’ll take you with me.’

‘…’

As could be seen, the results were great.

Callius had legitimate concerns.

Somebody in the upper ranks of the Inquisition had ordered the inquisitor-captains to get rid of him.

Becoming a heretic inquisitor in this kind of a situation was no different than sticking your head into the jaws of a tiger.

‘But this is also an opportunity.’

There were many eyes in the capital.

There, it’d actually be more difficult to assassinate him than in the North or some other remote place.

The higher his reputation as a heretic inquisitor, the more difficult would it be for them to kill him.

That was why he’d kept Orcal alive.

With him as an ally, along with Callius’ noble title, he should become a captain immediately after a short probation period.

That’d make things a lot easier.

It’d be a good identity to lance the poisonous pus that had infected Carpe.

“Are you there?”

A worm of Orcal’s came in.

It was the size of a beetle, and it sat on Callius’ hand as he knocked on its shell.

Shortly after pouring in a little bit of divine power, he suddenly heard a voice in his ear.

– Can you hear me?

It was one of the abilities of the spirit sword, Worm Soul.

This was better than the worms Callius had seen before.

“Tell me.”

– I think you should come.

Guess I’ll have to go deal with it.

Callius grabbed the Judgment Sword from the air and got out of the carriage, Vivi trailing behind.

As he walked step by step, he saw Orcal facing off against the lord’s soldiers, who were blocking the path.

The lord had already come out and did not plan to overturn his stubborn decision.

There were soldiers and knights in the vicinity too, quite a few.

About thirty.

“Orcal, why didn’t you clean things up yourself?”

“The Church’s reputation has been in the mud for ages, you know? Without a good cause, even my hands are tied.”

This is why Callius had wanted the count title. The reputation of the Church had been dragged into the mud long ago. Despite facing the pressure from the empire, the pilgrims were not interested in war, and only continued their fanatical search for more and better carcasses.

Clicking his tongue, Callius placed the sword on his shoulder and observed the lord.

If one wanted to describe the man in a few words, he looked just like a toad. Seeing that face shining with greed, there didn’t seem to be any point in bothering with trivialities.

Callius immediately approached and thrust the sword at the lord, who glared back at him.

“Wh-, what are you doing?!”

Clang!

The soldiers also pulled out their swords as if a hornet’s nest had been kicked. But Callius didn’t worry about the details.

“Did you bribe the bandits around here to force everybody to use this road?”

“What, what nonsense!”

Contrary to his excuses, the colour of the blade turned black.

As if the filth of the lord’s greed was being projected from the blade.

It was obvious.

Even with bandits roaming nearby, he didn’t stop them, but rather made everybody pay a toll?

If this wasn’t a self-made play, what else could it be?

“You piece of trash.”

So there was no mercy in Callius’ hands.

Slash!

“Ugh!”

“L-, Lord!!”

The lord’s head was cut off.

It flew through the air for a short moment, and then fell to the ground with a dull sound.

Thump.

“Wh-, what is this! No! Why can I still talk!?”

The head was cut off, but the lord was not yet dead. His head was still alive[1].

This was one of the abilities of the Judgment Sword, a sword that was simultaneously called the most beautiful, as well as the cruellest.

“You won’t die unless I allow it.”

When the Judgment Sword was used to discern lies and the liar was beheaded –

The sword could defer the death.

This trait was a bizarre ability of the Judgment Sword.

“Look carefully at how everything you held so dear falls apart.”

Orcal, seeing Callius gesture with a movement of his chin, sighed as if it was a bother and headed towards the castle.

Orcal’s job was to drag everything unclean in this city into the light.

There was no way a guy like this hadn’t committed any corruption.

“What, what are you doing! No, who the hell are you to do this! What are you all doing! Kill this guy right now!!”

“Try, if you think you can.”

It wouldn’t be easy.

“Ugh!”

“Ouch!”

“M-, my body is… ugh!”

Of course, for the knights and soldiers of such a small town, one Tyrant Sword was enough.

Maybe they were finding it hard to lift even a single hand, so the soldiers and the knights couldn’t budge at all and had no choice but to crouch down under the pressure.

“What, what are you all doing!! Ugh! You motherfucker! Let me go! Let me go!!”

The rolling head probably seemed interesting, so Vivi bit it by the hair and started playing with it as if it was a ball.

It probably thought this was a new toy. In fact, it wasn’t strange to think that it was a toy, since some of the estates they’d passed through also had things like this.

“Vivi.”

– Kieeeeeeeeng!

Vivi trotted in with the lord’s head in its mouth.

Callius grabbed the head with one hand and slowly started walking through the city.

Some people were terrified at the sight, but others only thanked him.

Some prayed, some called to God, some knelt and wept.

All the houses in the city were shabby, on the verge of collapse, and there were hungry children on the streets, begging and stealing.

Callius even saw children stealing bread while the crowd’s eyes were focused on him.

This was common, here.

In this world that he himself had created, there were plenty of people who starved others to fill their own bellies.

This was the world he had made.

So it had to be changed.

In Carpe, where he would live –

In this world he would live in –

He didn’t need such garbage.

“You don’t deserve to be a lord.”

Crackle.

The feudal lord burned.

“No! No! No!”

Throwing away the screaming head, covered in flames, Callius turned back.

『Kingdom Quest』
【Imperial Spies】
◆ Save the kingdom from ruin by killing the spies of the empire.
◆ Number of spies killed: 2/?
<Reward>「Monarch’s Flag」

“Did you find it?”

“Yes, here it is.”

A ledger and some envelopes.

A ledger, in which all the corruption was written and accounted for.

And the envelopes…

“So he was a spy.”

Corruption can only spread so fast when the rot comes from the very top.

The local lord had just been a tool, who did what the one above him told him to do.

“Who’s his superior, do you think?”

“I know who it is.”

The pinnacle of corruption, and the man who’d probably instigated Callius’ assassination.

The man who’d been secretly leading Carpe to the cliff of utter ruin.

“Archbishop of the Order, Alhamtra.”

Alhamtra du Rohan Valus.

The serpent devouring the kingdom.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] A talking head is a common fantasy trope, but people never consider how one could talk without access to the lungs. But that’s no different than the brain surviving without access to oxygen, either, so it seems the sword keeps the head connected to the body somehow? What witchery!

Don’t forget to like, comment and/or rate and review on NovelUpdates!


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 52

A New Path

“Ooh…”

An exclamation slipped out of my mouth at the splendid view.

Even looking at it with my own two eyes, it was hard to tell whether I’d come to the top floor of the ship or had suddenly been moved to a resort.

The interior was divided into surprisingly diverse spaces, with a garden and pool on one side, a bar on another, and a performing arena at the third.

I’d expected it to be roughly the size of a football field, but seeing it for myself, it felt as large as a full-fledged sports complex.

It was just too wide for mere words, and there were so many different things scattered here and there, too.

“It’s big.”

“Yeah. It looks a lot bigger on the inside, doesn’t it?”

“Seems there’s some spatial transformation involved. There are quite a few goblin elders that I know of who use this type of magic. It’s not very rare. It’s just a mix of a little mischief and some lies.”

“Is that so? I’m not a goblin, so it’s a little surprising.”

Of course, I did know that such abilities existed. But there’s a big difference between reading something in a manga and experiencing it in real life.

“By the way…”

I took a look around us.

There was nobody to guide us, so we had to decide by ourselves where to go.

The space was very large, but there were few people using it.

However, I noticed some people sitting on the benches near the central fountain, fewer than twenty all in all.

They were also looking at us, but they didn’t make any gestures to beckon or invite us.

“What heavy asses they have[1]… Shall we drop by there first?”

I walked straight towards them.

As I got closer, the cast became clearer little by little.

It wasn’t like they had a lot in common. They wore different clothes, and there was a wide variety of races and ages.

The only commonality was that they all looked rich.

“Hmmm…”

At first glance, nobody particularly stood out among them.

Aside from a redhead who’d been giving me a weird stare since I started coming their way, nobody else looked like they cared about us one way or the other.

Of course, the redhead wasn’t that eye-catching either. If I had to say, he commanded relatively more attention than the rest? He was just at that level.

Actually, he just looked like a weird guy, nothing more, nothing less.

The secret masterminds in most shounen manga aren’t really that complicated or profound as characters. They aren’t very politically-minded, nor are they driven by any great beliefs.

In a nutshell, just as there’s no particular reason for a thief to rob a bank, there’s no particular reason why a mastermind does bad things. They’re bad guys, and that’s all the reason they need.

Therefore, if you look closely, the faces of these secret bosses often have ‘I’m the villain!’ written on them. (Yes, just like me.)

Of course, it’s often the case that in their first appearance in the work, they have half their face covered by the shadow of a curtain, or the readers only see a silhouette hidden in the dark. But even so, if you look closely, even the little bits you see often scream that they’re the worst type of scum.

Unfortunately, I couldn’t see such a guy here right now.

If I had to say it, they all just looked plain stupid.

Of course, that wasn’t enough to conclude that the secret boss wasn’t hidden among their ranks, but it did make me relax slightly.

That was then.

“Oh, you’re here!”

A certain black-haired young man approached us with a smile.

He was the most unassuming of the lot.

“You’re the new VIPs who’ve just arrived, right? The adventurers?”

“Oh, yes.”

From the looks of it, it seemed that the most pitiful of them had to take on the guide’s role for us.

“Are you… the captain?”

The guy looked at me and asked.

“Yes.”

“It was clear at first glance. You look really strong!”

“… Oh, is that so.”

Outrageous. Wouldn’t it be weirder if he couldn’t guess at first glance?

The only people next to me were a little kid, a bigger kid, and a little princess who was shuffling on her feet and constantly looking around.

Of course, the princess and the other two weren’t actually weak, but I was still the only candidate for being the chief here, wasn’t I?

This guy was quite a smooth-talker.

“Could you please come over here first? Thank you. May I ask you to please introduce yourself? Because that’s the tradition here. You can just keep it simple.”

Saying that, he led me to the centre of the fountain.

It was a bit iffy, but it looked like I couldn’t avoid it.

“Ah, yeah. We’re the ones lucky enough to become VIPs this time. I’m Hiro, the leader, and next to me are the members of my team.”

Even after finishing, there was no response.

Everyone just looked at me with curious eyes.

‘What else do I have to do?’

It was a tad worrying, but I wanted to push the ball in their court, so I just stayed still.

That was then –

“I heard you won the first place in this Adventurer Qualification Test.”

I turned to where the voice had come from.

Yeah, he’d been holding himself back for a while, hadn’t he?

It was the polite red-haired man who’d been staring at me for a while.

“Yes?”

“This isn’t the whole of your group, right?”

“Ah, that’s…”

I stopped talking for a bit.

Not because I wanted to properly explain the ins and outs of the situation.

It was simply because that red-hair looked and sounded so rude.

We’d never met, though, right?

“There’s another member, but we’d taken the test with four people. These two little kids here, me, and another one who isn’t here.”

The red-haired man’s expression strangely distorted at my response, but then he just gave a mocking laugh.

“… The exam is no longer how it used to be in the old days.”

“…”

Hmmm.

I scratched my head.

Did this guy read my thoughts or what?

“This is Sir Xavier, an S-class adventurer. He scored very high in the Adventurer Qualification Test, too. And he’s been promoted to S-class in only two years.”

Because our guide, the black-haired young man, promptly told me what I was curious about.

“Ah…”

How outrageous. He was talking about the old days, but he passed only a couple years ago?

“Then were you the number one in your year?”

The man flinched for a moment before he slowly spoke.

“… I got third place. I missed the first place because our stupid guide took the wrong path. But as an adversary, I didn’t lose to anyone. Even though there were as many as six adventurer groups who’d flocked to the same treasure as we did.”

“Oh, really? Good job.”

I was praising him sincerely. Didn’t the Leo Adventurers also get third place?

But,

“… Cheeky.”

The red-haired guy was staring at me and grinding his teeth for some reason.

“…”

It seemed that his sense of entitlement had taken a hit.

I quickly turned to the black-haired young man. Before I got entangled with this tiring guy for nothing, I wanted to change the topic a bit.

That was then –

“I came here because I heard there was a new VIP… but somehow I see a familiar face.”

A voice came from some distance away.

I turned to see who it was, and boy, was it a shock.

“Huh?”

The speaker was in a whole other league compared to the guys I’d seen so far.

A real hardcore type.

So slim that a stiff breeze could tip him over, a mane of hair that had turned all white, sunken eyes shining brightly, a heavily wrinkled face with a long beard, and… a scar that ran diagonally from the top of the left eyebrow to the bottom of the right cheek.

Maybe… this was the hidden boss?

While I was carefully observing the middle-aged man as he approached –

He abruptly turned to the side.

And the direction he faced was none other than –

“I hope you don’t plan to call yourself an adventurer, Princess Thermis.”

The side where the princess stood.

“… Minister Tamar.”

The princess muttered softly.

From the stiff expression on her face, this was what she’d been worried about.

“I thought you were living in comfort after running away somewhere, but… it seems that you’ve decided to come back to Eastland again? I suppose you were worried about the lives of your people after all?”

“Well, that’s….”

“The first prince was very worried. He said he didn’t mean to hurt so many people. Does that even make sense? What does it mean to be the first prince of the empire? At the very least, he shouldn’t be weak enough to flinch after proposing to the princess of a small country once.”

“…”

I didn’t know the true identity of this guy who looked so much like a secret boss, but he seemed to have great power. Those remarks that looked down on the first prince of the empire, and maligning somebody from a royal family to their face, although she was the princess of a foreign country, was proof enough.

Although, he didn’t seem that smart. If he kept talking like that, who knew when his spine would get folded in half by the princess?

“Even Lord Baatar, the royal teacher himself, is on board this ship. Even at his age, he came all the way here just to persuade you, princess… Isn’t that absurd? For our empire, the royal teacher should be valued a little more than you. Although, he’s still just an old man who’ll die any day now.”

“I definitely told him to go back, but he…”

“You must’ve lacked conviction in your words. Now, let’s stop this shilly-shallying, shall we? How about finishing this song and dance right here? Either get married, or run away. If you’re sure what you’re going to do, either way, I’m all ears.”

It was bizarre. I was feeling more irritated at his words than the princess.

Who the hell was this guy and why was he so rude?

“This ship was originally supposed to be anchored in Nanma Port for two weeks, but if you ask, princess, I will tell the captain to set off again immediately after anchoring for a day. If you get off at the port of Aimag, you can reach the imperial capital in two days from there.”

The princess bit her lips that’d been pressed tight.

“No matter what I choose… there’s no way for me to survive.”

Then the man called Minister Tamar let out a strange smile.

“… You’re misunderstanding. If you were to be with the first Prince, you’d be able to look down on the whole world. Of course, only if the wedding proceeds smoothly.”

“…”

“If I had to give you one piece of advice, it’d be to think of the people. Running away for your own sake would mean you lack the qualities of royalty. There is no other or better way to prove the nobility of your blood. When you have an opportunity like this…”

At that moment,

“Opportunity, is it? How boring.”

I couldn’t control myself.

All their attention was soon focused on me.

I wasn’t sure if he was the hidden boss or not. But how very irritating he was, wasn’t up for debate.

“The whole country buzzing at her just because she said she didn’t like a guy, who wasn’t even her type, after he suddenly started bothering her? And what? A chance to prove the nobility of her blood?”

I took a step forward, towards him.

Then,

“The people are terrified, so go walk into the jaws of death on your own two feet? Hey, uncle. Why don’t you come a bit closer so I can show you what that feels like.”

I didn’t leave any leeway in my verbal attacks.

“…”

The man flinched a couple of times, but didn’t step back. Rather, tidying himself up, he faced me again.

But, of course, he didn’t actually step forward.

“… Friend, you should be the one who became an adventurer by taking the first place in the qualification test this time. I don’t know how you got to know the princess, but don’t you think you’re overstepping your limits? Besides, your words… are deeply worrying.”

“Don’t worry, I know my own limits. And I don’t think you’re in any position to lecture somebody else about how they talk, either.”

“I didn’t say anything wrong. No matter even if she’s royalty, that cannot weigh more than the lives of the people. Running away to save one’s own skin… isn’t that abandoning the duty of the royal family?”

“You’ve got fantastic talent at threatening people. Shouldn’t it be your job to make sure you guys don’t start a war? Your prince got dumped, that’s all. You should just take it on the chin and calm down.”

“…”

He seemed a little perplexed.

“And it looks like you are a nobleman of the Skull Empire… is it okay to talk like that? If the marriage really happens, the princess over there will become the crown princess-consort. Then she might even become the empress. And when she takes a look around, huh? Isn’t this the guy who’d been insulting me the other day? Huh? Why do I feel so pissed?”

“…”

“You don’t think that could ever happen, do you? To the point where you’re openly telling her to run to the imperial capital. If you’re planning on doing something behind the scenes…”

Of course, I also knew very well that my words were very exaggerated. However, the reason I dared to poke at him like this was because I wanted to make sure that this guy was the hidden mastermind.

That was then.

“Oh my, oh my… why are you doing this the first time you meet, at the place where we should all greet each other with courtesy? You’re making me blush with shame.”

The black-haired young man who’d been guiding us interrupted suddenly.

“Come on, stop it, and let’s just take our seats for now. We’ll try and organize a more fitting celebration party soon.”

Then he gently pushed me aside.

“… Hmm.”

I pretended I couldn’t overcome it and accepted being pushed.

It was a pity that I couldn’t confirm the intentions of that son-of-a-bitch Tamar, but right now wasn’t the time to stir things up further.

First of all, there were still many days left of our voyage. Also, people who looked like stewards were standing around looking worried that there’d be a fight, and the red-haired man was also making me a little concerned. He was tapping his fists against each other and muttering something under his breath.

Thankfully, that son-of-a-bitch also backed away without making a fuss. I hadn’t planned to clash with him here and now, anyway.

The black-haired young man took us all the way back to the front of the elevator and kindly told the manager to escort us to our new room.

And then,

“Oh, by the way, Princess Thermis. It’s been a while since then, but we’d met once when you were very young. I don’t know if you still remember me?”

He left a meaningful sentence behind before departing.

“I am Nergui, the fourth prince of the Skull Empire.”


The newly assigned room was gorgeous enough to make one gape.

I’d thought our old first-class room had been luxurious, but this was in a whole other league.

However, I didn’t have time for that right now.

I was reflecting on the recent events.

I hadn’t noticed because I suddenly got angry and interrupted, but thinking about it, it was odd.

Why did I get so angry?

It was simple. Because of my sympathy due to the princess’ situation. Because how irritating the whole thing was.

But that itself was the strangest part.

This wasn’t the kind of development that would appear in a shounen manga.

Let’s say my mission was to keep the princess alive.

If I focused only on that, there was nothing inexplicable about it. The main goal was to save her.

But the how was the problem. Marriage.

I kept feeling that something was out of place. As I myself had said, in the end, the princess was being forced to marry even if she didn’t want to do so. To survive.

Was I supposed to encourage that? Really? Weren’t adventurers supposed to represent the freedom all children dreamed of?

Of course, this wasn’t a mission given to Leo. Even in shounen manga, there can be no happy ending for everybody involved, unless it’s the main character who solves the problem.

But nevertheless, the situation kept rubbing me the wrong way.

‘In such a situation, even if she becomes the crown princess, how could she rise to the throne? She’s not familiar with the place, and she’s not even from the imperial bloodline.’

Eventually, I gave up thinking any further.

Searching for an answer by myself wouldn’t give me any results.

So I started doing what I should’ve done right away.

“Princess!”

After a while,

“… Are you calling me?”

The princess, who’d been in the other room, poked her head out the door.

“Come, sit. I have something to discuss.”

The princess came and sat down in front of me without a word.

“Actually, I also had something to say… But, um…”

“Okay, I’ll go first. Is there no way?”

“… Huh? What do you mean?”

The princess asked, nonplussed.

“A way to not get married.”

The princess’ eyes filled with surprise.

“… Well, I could run away…”

“Not that. A way to make even the empire shut up. A way to avoid becoming an excuse for war. Isn’t there anything like that?”

There could be. No. There had to be.

There had to be one.

Soon after,

“… There is one.”

After some hesitation, the princess finally spoke.

I knew it.

I perked up.

“It makes no sense to tell you. Because you… you’re the one who wants me to marry.”

“It’s fine, just tell me.”

The princess hesitated again, but then slowly spoke.

“… It’s simple. I just have to become a warrior of the Skull Empire.”

“Warrior? You mean, join their military?”

“It’s a little different. Not an ordinary soldier.”

The explanation that followed was perfectly in line with the ‘shounen manga-like development’ I had envisioned.

In the Skull Empire, there is a very special warrior selection test called the ‘Warrior’s Path’.

Those who pass it are given the title, ‘Heart of the Empire’, and the right to choose who they will serve. At the same time, anybody else cannot force any choice or obligation upon them. Even the current ‘Khan’, cannot.

It really did exist. An effective and reasonable solution that an adventurer could pursue.

‘The Warrior’s Path… Come to think of it, there was a setting that this woman went through something like that.’

Of course, I didn’t know how she actually rose to the imperial throne after that… Well, just because it seemed difficult right now didn’t mean there’d be no way in the future, right?

After revealing all this, the princess sighed softly.

“Becoming a warrior was also my original goal, so I also wanted to overcome the situation this way. If I become a warrior of the empire, the cause behind this war will disappear anyway. But I thought it wouldn’t be easy. Without anyone’s protection, I have to break through to the imperial capital all by myself. What’s more, I’ve already been captured like this…”

“Alright, I’ve decided. I’ll take you.”

“… What?”

“The Warrior’s Path, right? I’m going to help you enter that. Of course, it’ll be up to you to actually pass it.”

The princess gaped, blankly.

“… Why?”

“You don’t need to know. We’re done for now. Now go, go.”

I didn’t say anything else and shooed the princess away.

It didn’t matter how hard or easy it would be.

I only hoped that this irritation would disappear and a new path would open up.

It was only then that I could start surveying the room properly.


That night.

As the princess had said, it suddenly occurred to me that my plan wouldn’t be particularly easy.

Clang! Tinkle!

A group of people swarmed in through the shattered window.

One, two, four, six, eight… ten in total.

For guests who’d come to a VIP’s room, they had terrible manners.

Not only did they barge in without an invitation, they also weren’t dressed properly, and even committed vandalism.

‘Hey, didn’t they say not to worry about security in a VIP room…’

The assassins’ assault had begun.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 엉덩이 무거운 (lit. heavy ass), in this context, lazy people who don’t want to stand up once they sit down.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 72

Thud–!

『Sprout of the Aftermath』
[Quest Complete]
<Reward> Blue Lightning (雷靑)

Looking at the collapsed thunder wolf dragon, Callius exhaled harshly. His heavy panting slowly subsided as his breath turned to white steam where it met the chill air.

Quickly, a dim light rose from one part of the corpse of the thunder wolf dragon, the place where the power of thunder was concentrated the most.

Its heart.

The place where the lightning was condensed to the extent that it could be seen with the naked eye, however faintly.

Callius stabbed there right away.

Snikt.

「The power of thunder rises significantly.」

As soon as he stabbed the heart with the Thunderbolt Sword, all the energy seeped into its blade.

At least twice as much.

That’s how much stronger it had become.

He could feel it straightaway.

Spark, crackle!

“It got a little cloudy.”

The dark red blade that symbolized a spirit sword, had turned a little darker.

“How unexpected.”

With this quest, the rank of the Thunder Sword had risen, albeit only a little bit.

Certainly, it didn’t turn into a vision sword or anything.

But raising the level of a sword in itself isn’t very common in this game.

Even for quests related to a specific sword, unless there’s some clear connection to its rank, that fact holds true.

Of course, ‘not common’ meant quests like that did exist, but one thing was for certain –

“There wasn’t any for this guy.”

But it still happened.

This was something that’d never been set, an unwritten past behind the current status quo.

This wasn’t a pleasant change for Callius.

The fact that there were parts that he didn’t know about, created variables.

In this world, variables could spell his death.

“And where do you think you’re going?”

“Hic!”

Ryburn had turned into a handful of dust.

Druma had gotten his head chomped off by the thunder wolf dragon.

Orcal had gotten stabbed, but he wasn’t dead. Although, to say it more precisely –

He wasn’t dead yet.

“I haven’t killed you.”

‘Roving Worm[1]’ Orcal.

His specialty was in aspects other than battle.

As his nickname reflected, he was more useful for scouting and infiltration using his worms. Because the sword he’d made a sheath of was the Worm Soul.

He was a paladin who’d unified with a sword that materialized worms that it could control.

Unlike the rest of the captains, he was quite useful in a utility role.

“Bruns.”

“Yes! Here I am! Boss!”

Bruns, who’d been hiding in the bushes, came out. At Callius’ order, he pulled out a rope from his double cloth bag and bound Orcal tightly with it.

No matter how hurt a paladin might be, for him to get tied up by a guy like Bruns… it was quite a sight.

“Ugh… Damn it! What are you planning to do with me!!”

“What should we do, Boss?”

“Be quiet.”

“Yeah! Be quiet, you bastard!!”

Puff!!

“Kgh! Bastard, you dare!”

“Sure I dare, you bastard! Only the count can order me around!”

Thud!! After being hit a few more times, Orcal fainted and the quiet returned.

Killing Orcal would be the usual approach here.

But Callius hadn’t made a final decision yet.

It wouldn’t be too late to decide his fate after considering the future clearly.

Callius grabbed at the air and pulled out several glass bottles.

As with the blood of a troll, the blood of a dragon was also treasure in itself.

He’d come here to hunt the beast down in the first place, so he was carrying a lot of glass bottles with him.

“Boss! I’ll do it!”

“Forget it.”

The thunder wolf dragon had a little trace of dragon’s blood.

It was mixed with impurities, that is, demonic energy, but if it could be purified, it might be possible to extract a little bit of blood essence.

Dragon’s blood could be used in various places.

Artifacts were a basic usage.

A more complex use was for carcasses.

‘If it’s dragon blood essence, it might even be possible to create a relic, although its grade would definitely be lower than a true sacred relic.’

It was really worth the effort.

Even if you don’t use it for anything, alchemists would line up to buy it.

The blood had to be stored as much as possible before it could congeal.

Bruns, who’d finished tying Orcal tightly, rushed back to help.

As the blood of the thunder wolf dragon was poured into containers little by little, a voice came near.

“Are you going to sell it to me?”

“Ugh! What the!”

It was Helena.

She’d been standing silently in the shadow of a nearby tree.

Leaving Bruns to his startled trembling, Callius answered.

“Let me think about it.”

“Even if we buy at the best price?”

Callius glanced at Helena.

Then Helena tilted her head as if in puzzlement.

“What, what is it?”

Aren’t you going to ask?

Callius had just killed two captains of the Inquisition.

One more had been captured, and he’d even used a demon sword to do it.

There were several questionable points, but Helena spoke calmly as if she didn’t know anything.

If she wasn’t curious, Callius wasn’t going to bring anything up either.

“How much, do you think?”

“Hmm… well. The leather is shredded. The meat is quite burnt, too, so it’d be difficult to sell. Still, the horns are fine.”

“I’ll take the horns.”

“What, really? Then I guess the claws and the teeth are fine at least – ah! The tail fur is also in good condition. Then…”

Helena, nodding, picked up a tree branch and wrote down some numbers on the ground, then glanced at him askance.

“How about ten thousand?”

Ten thousand gold coins for all the materials except the horns.

“What kind of a wastrel do you take me for?”

It was a dragonblooded creature.

Not a simple beast that only wielded lightning. A dragon’s blood ran in its veins.

To buy its corpse for ten thousand?

This is why merchants can’t be trusted.

“But the meat and the leather are in terrible condition… Considering the transportation costs and handling fees, that’s just the right price.”

“Don’t be silly. In the first place, it’s true that the beast’s meat is useless and the leather is badly damaged, but it’s not that they can’t be used at all. Besides, the other parts are intact enough to be used for anything.”

The internal organs might have been unusable, but the eyes, claws and teeth were fine.

And above all –

“Even if you sell only the bones of the thunder wolf dragon, you’ll get ten thousand gold. Don’t you even know that much?”

Not just that –

Among the wealthy aristocrats, there were those who’d buy the whole corpse and have it stuffed.

For such cases, the story behind the corpse would make its price soar much higher.

For example, it’d hunted down and eaten multiple captains of the Heretic Inquisition, but in the end had lost its life in the hands of Callius, the famous scapegrace of the kingdom who was also called the Hero of the North.

“I’m not sure if you’re doing it intentionally. But you’re looking down on me too much.”

“Hmm, I’d forgotten for a moment.”

Callius wasn’t somebody to accept such a lie and move on. He spread out three of his fingers.

“Thirty thousand.”

“That’s too much! Twenty thousand!”

Even for a dragonblooded beast, thirty thousand was far too much.

The price would vary depending on how much dragon’s blood remained… That’s how bargaining worked.

“Thirty-five thousand.”

“No, we’re bargaining, why are you going up!”

“Bargaining takes time. Of course, the price goes up if you waste my time.”

“No, who came up with that formula? Do you think this makes sense!?”

“Forty thousand.”

“Alright, I get it, thirty thousand!”

“Forty thousand.”

“Hell no! Why would I!? I don’t even know if it’s really the descendant of a dragon or not, I don’t know how much of the blood it’s inherited, that’s too much!”

“Forty thousand!”

“No, buddy, come on! And look at it. It’s a female! A female… huh?”

Helena, who was being noisy, became quiet.

Giving the corpse a once-over, she spoke in a strange tone.

“I think she might’ve been pregnant. Did she give birth recently? Look, here. There’s milk.”

“…”

Truly.

There were indeed traces.

Did this bitch beget another bastard?

“Looks like she had a cub. Ah… what’s got you so cautious?”

“It’s unlikely, but I’ll have to check.”

Callius pulled out the Thunderbolt Sword.

He made a sharp incision across the belly of the beast.

The blade had definitely gotten sharper.

But that wasn’t important right now.

The blade caught on something. Callius ripped off the leathery skin covering the corpse’s stomach and began rummaging inside.

He pulled out something like a pouch, and tore it open it to find what was hidden inside.

“It really had cubs, looks like.”

After cutting the thunder wolf dragon’s belly apart, what looked like its cubs came out.

About five in number.

They looked like wolf cubs.

Unlike the thunder wolf dragon, their bodies weren’t covered with scales, and they just looked like normal wolf cubs.

“Did it mate with a wolf-type beast?”

Since the thunder wolf dragon had cubs, it had to have a mate.

If both were of the same species, that wouldn’t match with the quest’s name, Sprout of the Aftermath.

However, seeing that the cubs didn’t show any draconic characteristics, the mate seemed to be a simple wolf beast.

“How pitiful. A savage killed all these children before they could even see the light of the world.”

“…”

Just when he was about to stab his sword at Helena, who dared make fun of him –

Wriggle.

One of the cubs he’d thought dead, squirmed.

“I think it’s alive! Huh? What are you doing!?”

Callius brought the sword to bear down upon the cub.

Helena’s eyes widened, as if asking how he could do that to something that couldn’t even open its eyes.

“You be quiet.”

The tip of the sword quietly emitted a small spark of lightning.

The cub whimpered and wiggled towards the sword.

“It’s responding to the sound of thunder.”

“So?”

Perhaps because the lightning came from its mother?

The young cub seemed to be sensitive to it.

It whimpered for a long time, squirming over its dead brothers, and touched the sword with its head.

After that, it leaned back as if it’d gotten comfortable and began to breath quietly.

“I was joking when I called it pitiful, you know? It’s a beast.”

Its aura was tainted with demonic magic.

It’d harm people one day.

The only beasts that do no harm are the dead ones.

Right now, it was only a feeble cub, but it’d grow up and eat humans one day.

Although faint, it had dragon’s blood, so it’d have a vicious disposition.

Once it tasted human flesh, it’d devastate village after village, and grow into a disaster that’d drown the northern lands, and perhaps even the world.

It was best to kill it right now.

“Thus spake the God, Valtherus. Spare not the demon.”

The remnants of the demons must be purged wherever they are found.

Indeed.

That was the right thing to do.

But –

“What’s that?”

“Troll’s blood.”

“Eh!? Didn’t trolls already go extinct centuries ago, where did you get the blood from?! Our family has searched for so long, but we never found any traces!”

Unrefined troll blood.

Because it’s mixed with magic, if you just drink it, you’ll become addicted to magic and soon perish.

Generally speaking.

‘It’d be fine for a beast, though.’

It was a baby that’d never even had milk.

The troll’s blood would be enough to restore its energy.

– Kiyaakiyaaa.

When Callius opened the bottle’s lid and started pouring out a drop of blood or two, it snarled as befit a beast.

On that head that wiggled even though the eyes wouldn’t open, as soon as blood dripped, the young cub began to sip.

“The Church will not allow it.”

”The Church doesn’t allow those magical beasts the nobles keep as pets, either.”

It was somewhat unusual.

But there were many nobles who kept magical beasts as pets.

Callius would just be another addition.

“But why, all of a sudden?”

“None of your business.”

It was just a simple curiosity.

Seeing the guy reacting to the lightning of the Thunderbolt Sword, Callius had gotten curious.

There was no other reason.

“That sword. Is it because of that?”

“Helena.”

“Yes?”

“Pretending at ignorance is virtue for a merchant. Why are you pretending at knowledge instead?”

Helena, startled, tapped her lips with a finger.

“Ummm… Then, how about thirty-five thousand?”

“Forty.”

“Damn it! At least shave it down a little!”

I can’t.

I’ve got a lot to spend on.

“Forty thousand. I’ll take care of moving it, so don’t even think about cutting the price.”

“Really?”

“Yeah. Don’t worry, it won’t get damaged if it’s inside my artifact.”

“Nice!”

Helena, who agreed to the deal, didn’t ask any further questions, as if she was feeling better already.

‘Maybe by raising this guy, I might be able to strengthen the Thunderbolt Sword further.’

If that happened, the Thunderbolt Sword might rise in rank and become a vision sword.

It was a slim chance.

But if there was any chance at all, there was no reason not to try it.

And –

Callius’ eyes as he looked at the thunder wolf dragon cub held a hint of compassion.

As soon as it was born, all its blood relatives departed and left it alone in the world, and it had to rely on a stranger it’d met for the first time in its life in order to survive.

It felt like he was looking at himself.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 탐충의 (lit. of the worms) is Orcal’s sobriquet. This clarifies why Druma was calling Orcal ‘the only worm left’ earlier, since his nickname is literally ‘worm’. Poor guy. 탐충 can also mean exploration which indicates his abilities as a scout. ‘Roving Worm’ is… a compromise so that both meanings can be preserved. Suggestions welcome.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 71

Claaaang–!!

Craaaaaaack!

Lightning struck.

A pulse of blue electricity spread in all directions through the Black Forest.

“Aaaaaaah!”

Boom! Boooom! Crack!!

“Crazy…!”

A man stood tall with the azure explosion at his back.

Callius – to them was a horrifying sight.

Orcal’s worms were charred by the lightning.

Druma’s bindings were shattered.

Ryburn’s poison couldn’t even reach him.

The power of the thunderbolt that spread in all directions with every impact was beyond their imagination.

Besides, his sword art –

“What the hell is this…”

The scattered petals were charged with lightning.

Silver Flower Wave Sword – Raging Flower Wave.

Each of its petals was a thunderbolt.

A mass of blue lightning that devastated without discrimination.

And the problem wasn’t just above ground, either.

“Kaaaaaagh!”

Lightning didn’t just fall from the sky.

It pierced upwards from under their feet, without any way to stop it.

Leaving them helpless.

Boooom–!!

“Druma!”

Druma’s sword shattered and fell, its wayward fragments shattering a few trees in their path.

He could no longer move, and it was unknown whether he was merely unconscious or dead. Orcal and Ryburn’s complexions became pale, but Callius, still calm, hadn’t yet broken a sweat.

‘As expected of the Thunderbolt Sword.’

Among the elemental-type swords, it ranked among the top ten in destructive power.

What it produced was the power of pure lightning.

Very compatible with the Silver Flower Wave Sword art.

Raging Flower Wave didn’t need mentioning, of course.

Even the White Haze, when the sword energy was changed to lightning, had its power amplified and its sharpness doubled.

Besides, pure electrical energy had other advantages.

No matter how well-trained a knight might be, they had no choice but to get burns and numb muscles at a touch.

‘It’s just like when I’d been facing Ames.’

The destructive force reminded him of the time when he’d been helpless against Lutheon and his Exploding Spear – Ames.

But now he was in a position to wield such violence instead of being subjected to it.

“One down.”

The captain of the Sixth Squad, Druma, had retired from the field.

The Zodiac Sword – Guillotine was a good sword if used properly, applying the power of the earth to create a wall of soil and crush the opponent inside, but it’d faced a bad match-up this time.

Guillotine was shattered by Callius’ sword, and Druma had lost consciousness.

“Not dead, huh?”

The Zodiac Sword – Guillotine, after being broken, had turned into white smoke and disappeared.

Now that the sword’s carcass had been released, there was no point worrying about Druma any further.

Once the rosario becomes a scabbard, the sword’s soul unifies with the paladin, and since the sword was destroyed, Druma’s soul had also inevitably been damaged.

He had to have suffered serious internal injuries, so he’d die anyway if left alone.

He’d taken the full brunt of the lightning, after all.

“There’s a reason why I took out the Thunderbolt Sword in the first place.”

The nature of the lightning was the reason.

Because lightning shows exceptional effect in matches versus multiple opponents.

It can quickly and easily subdue opponents, and it has good synergy with the Silver Flower Wave Sword art.

So, for the past three years, Callius had been trying to steal the Thunderbolt Sword from Bernard.

Really.

Once he used it in a fight, he could feel it.

‘With this, I can match him blow for blow.’

Lutheon.

Callius could now fight evenly with that damned bastard.

The only sad part was that the sword contained demonic energy, so he couldn’t take it out carelessly.

“Haaaaaaa!!”

The sword blocked Orcal’s escape route.

At the same time, it ejected another thunderbolt.

“Fuck off!!”

Merely that.

But even just that caused blood to ooze from Orcal’s eyes and mouth.

His eyeballs were bloodshot, blood vessels ruptured, skin burnt; the smell of cooked flesh rising from his body tickled Callius’ nose.

The ability of this sword was that overwhelming.

“Ryburn!!”

Orcal, who was about to faint, cried out to his colleague.

But Callius hadn’t lost track of his enemy.

He blocked Orcal’s sword with the weapon in his main hand, while his off hand reached into the air and drew out the Predator Sword to block the other’s strike.

Clang–!

Sparks flew.

The scabbard of the Predator Sword shot out, and a blood-red blade was revealed.

Slash!

Ryburn’s arm flew through the air.

“Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah!”

Snikt.

At the same time, the Thunderbolt Sword pierced Orcal’s belly.

Lightning surged, and Orcal fainted with a gasp.

‘It’s easy.’

All the inquisitor-captains were paladin level.

Even among paladins, there were three strata, and they could be said to be second-class.

It was safe to say that Callius had gotten strong enough to slaughter a second-class paladin of the Order.

‘Lutheon should be at the very peak of first-class.’

He had to have risen to that level by now.

With Storm Sword – Callis in his hand, Callius could even deal with a Master for a while, but there was nothing to be done about it.

Callis had a restriction that it must not leave the North.

“… You. Do you think you’ll be able to keep the sword, knowing it’ll make the Church your enemy?”

Ryburn’s voice, full of condemnation, was sharp as a knife.

But Callius only laughed out loud in response.

“What are you saying? Didn’t you guys already try to kill me even though you didn’t have a shred of proof?”

“…”

Ryburn bit his lips.

In fact, he’d had no intention of killing Callius at the start. However, during his absence, Druma had received an order from his superiors.

He couldn’t figure out exactly what was going on.

But the milk had already been spilled.

The course of events was irreversible.

“Even though things turned out like this, I don’t have any ill feelings. No, well, there’s a little. I’ve been annoyed since Torrett.”

Ah well. Ryburn was probably only following orders, anyway.

“Any last words?”

“May your path be filled with the wrath of God.”

“Thank you for that.”

Snikt.

Callius pierced Ryburn’s heart with the Predator Sword.

As Ryburn fell, Callius inspected the state of his sword.

「Predator Sword – Loas」
Grade – Spirit Sword
Infused Soul – A mixed soul
Unique Ability – Predation
Noble Predation – 4

Noble Predation’s count had increased.

It’d counted both Ryburn and his sword.

Looks like Akasha’s broken.

Seeing that the count rose only by eating souls at the level of the captains or higher, Callius wondered what advantage Noble Predation would eventually bring.

“I might have to fill in a hundred for a transformation. Or perhaps even a thousand.”

The sword might turn into a vision sword or have some other changes at that point.

It wouldn’t be that difficult to feed it from time to time.

He had time.

‘By the way. It must be thanks to that strange seed inside my elixir field.’

The purity of his divine power –

As well as the amount, had increased significantly.

「Callius von Jervain」
「Occupation」– Pilgrim
「Spirit」– Level 3
「Divine Power」– 11332/16531
「Talent」–【Bard’s Blessing】【Instinctive Intuition】
「Characteristics」– [Verse of Grace] [Nobility’s Duty] [Scapegrace of the Count Family] [Death Verse Composition] [Prodigal Son of the Order] [Gluttony] [Tricolour Eye] [Pheromone]

[Ability]
Strength – 81 (30)
Agility – 55 (30)
Skill – 16
Health – 53 (30)
Faith – 83

Although his spirit’s level didn’t rise –

The amount had indeed increased.

In fact, this had been happening from the moment that seed had settled in Callius’ elixir field.

After achieving three peaks of his Six Peak Flowers technique, the amount of divine power had continued to show a gradual growth.

Although the rate had been negligible, it’d made using the Thunderbolt Sword less burdensome.

Despite it making his life easier, he was a little reluctant because he still didn’t know what the seed was.

‘A defeated God.’

What was it defeated in?

There were some niggling doubts.

He could only make guesses.

“Shall we just finish it?”

Callius shook his head and raised the Predator Sword.

Ryburn’s body had changed to a handful of sand as the Predator Sword had absorbed his flesh and spirit, but not Orcal, who’d been stabbed by the Thunderbolt Sword.

He’d fainted, but he was still alive.

There’d no repercussion for killing him at this point.

Everyone already knew that the heretic inquisitors had come to hunt the thunder wolf dragon. No one would be able to say anything if they were hunted by their prey instead.

He had enough swords for now, so it was better to let the Predator Sword eat him.

“B-, Boss!”

Just as the blade was about to chop down –

Along with Bruns’ cry –

“Die!!”

Druma, who Callius had thought dead, sprang an ambush with Orcal’s spirit sword.

Callius began to block it with the Predator Sword, but then he narrowed his eyes for an instant and hurriedly retreated.

“Are you running away?! Fight! You apostate…”

Crunch. Druma lost his head before he could even finish speaking.

“Ah.”

Looking back on it, he’d made a mistake.

He should’ve tried to keep Druma alive, if only to find out who was trying to kill him.

Behind the headless corpse, a huge beast that’d been chewing the head spat it out as if finding it tasteless.

– Grrr.

It was the thunder wolf dragon.

It looked quite enraged.

It wasn’t because its territory had been invaded. It was looking very intently at the Thunderbolt Sword in his hand.

“Did you come for this?”

It growled, displaying rows of sharp teeth.

Perhaps it’d come here feeling the power of lightning that was from the same source as its own.

It didn’t seem to like the Thunderbolt Sword very much, though.

“This might be from your parents.”

When Callius waved the sword around like a joke, the beast dug at the ground with its front paws as if it would charge right in at any moment.

Callius put away the Predator Sword.

And he rushed to pull out the Tyrant Sword that was stuck in the ground.

The beast charged at that same instant.

Sparks scattered as it arrived like a peal of thunder.

But this time, Callius was faster.

Crack–!

As soon as he’d grabbed the sword, he’d activated the gravitational field. Unused to the change, the beast couldn’t help but stumble. Its movement was sealed for an instant.

Blue lightning flashed from its body.

And thunderbolts crashed down.

Crrrrrracklllllle!!

However, the Thunderbolt Sword in Callius’ hand replied with a resounding roar.

– Gruaaa!!

Clang–!

Avoiding the enemy’s body slam by a hair, he cut horizontally.

However, there was only a dull sound as the sword struck.

It’d bounced off against the hard scales.

There were no scratches.

Boom! Boom!

Sent flying through the air, Callius could only come to a halt after knocking down several trees.

The thunder wolf dragon raised its head, its horns flashing blue. As it howled, a huge thunderbolt struck the area.

Crrrrraaaaaaash!!

However, this was already expected.

“Ugh…!”

The Thunderbolt Sword clashed against the enemy’s lightning bolt.

And unified with it.

The lightning instead enveloped the sword like a wreath.

The secret of the Silver Flower Wave Sword art resided in the Thunderbolt Sword. First Martial Skill – Raging Flower Wave.

A sword skill that shatters the opponent’s sword art and unifies it with itself, making it look like flower petals fluttering in all directions that crash upon the enemy like waves upon a shore.

And just like that –

What Callius did, was simple.

The Thunderbolt Sword smashed against the enemy’s lightning attack.

The scattered electricity gathered around it like a wreath.

And all that power then flowed into a strike.

Instead of looking like petals –

It was just lightning.

Fragments of lightning flew through the air.

This, was a Raging Flower Wave.

A Raging Flower Wave made entirely out of lightning. A flower made of thunder that bloomed from the tip of Callius’ sword.

But the thunder wolf dragon managed to avoid even that.

For such a huge body, it was an amazing performance.

But that didn’t matter.

I kind of expected it.

That this bastard would avoid it.

But the more it dodged, the more traces of the lightning were carved on the ground.

From those traces seeped out the White Haze, and lightning struck again, upward.

Silver Flower Wave Sword: Second Martial Skill – White Haze.

Bewildered, the thunder wolf dragon was hit by its own lightning.

But even so, its dragon scales and horns managed to nullify the power.

Although it was confused, there was no actual damage.

But it was time.

All the buds of the three peaks bloomed in Callius’ elixir field.

A huge torrent of divine power circulated through the veins and filled his whole body.

And all that divine power concentrated into a sword.

Tyrant Sword – Karaktu.

Between the flowers of lighting, between Raging Flower Wave and White Haze –

A third technique now unfolded, a mystery that bridged the gap between the two.

Silver Flower Wave Sword: Third Martial Skill – Other Shore Flower.

As both skills gathered around the blade –

A compressed sword was created.

Intangible qi, gathering to form a river.

Incomplete, yes –

But the form of the compressed qi –

Was definitely the embryonic form of a sword boundary.

It wasn’t perfect, but it was there.

In the first place, this was a technique that intentionally exploded an unstable sword art to deal internal damage to the enemy.

Step.

His legs, which had gathered divined power, pierced through the curtain of lightning.

The Thunderbolt Sword scattered lightning bolts to clear the path forward.

But the thunder wolf dragon didn’t stand still either.

Since it’d noticed something strange, it naturally tried to speed up and keep its distance.

Bang! Bang! Crackle! Boom! Bang!!

A void was carved out at a speed that couldn’t be followed with the naked eye.

One without any interference from the lightning.

So the beast had to come forward.

Raising its front paws, it splashed blue lightning from its claws.

But even lifting its paws itself was a mistake.

“That’s a gap.”

Snikt!

– Graaaangh!

It was just a scratch. It’d managed to escape.

But it’d been cut.

And right now, that was enough.

Clang!

Immediately, the cut skin burst open, and blood splattered in the air.

It was small, pale, but something did indeed bloom within it.

In the shape of a peony flower.

‘In the fight against the warlord, I didn’t have to use either the Raging Flower Wave or the White Haze to do this.’

But this wasn’t the same as that time. As a result, the power of the technique was also vastly different.

This isn’t even half the power compared to back then, but that’s fine.

– Grrruaaaaaaaaa!!

Because power wasn’t Callius’ concern right now.

“Things are going to get a little heavy for you.”

The thunder wolf dragon’s face wrinkled.

Viscous blood dripped from its mouth.

It staggered quite a bit, since it was difficult to balance its body due to its broken shoulder.

It was doing everything it could to keep itself centred.

However, since the area near the injured shoulder had become heavy, its movement became awkward.

Callius did not miss the opportunity.

He cut, and cut again.

He cut indiscriminately. Cut at the neck, at the legs, and at the torso.

Its leather was so hard that he couldn’t even cut it properly, and the wounds were all shallow, but they were definitely increasing in number.

And with each cut from the Tyrant Sword –

Its body became different from before.

It became so heavy that it couldn’t even move easily.

This time, it was the Thunderbolt Sword.

It pierced where a wound had ruptured.

And no matter how resistant to lightning it might have been on the outside, its innards were still vulnerable.

“You have to die here.”

The shimmering light of a thunderbolt cast a shadow across Callius’ face. The thunder wolf dragon’s mouth opened wide into a roar. Lightning struck again.

But it was of no use.

Callius’ sword was faster.

B-b-bang!!

At the same time –

As Callius squeezed out all of his divine power and drove a lightning bolt into its body –

Bang! Baang! Booom! Booooooooom!

The world was covered in a boundless thunderstorm.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 51

The Shrew Who’s Not Just a Shrew

“I am Bayar Khan.”

The aura that erupted in an instant was high like a great mountain.

In her red-tinted eyes, fighting spirit boiled like lava, and a ferocious bloodthirst permeated the air.

The strength that emanated from her naturally, with every breath, convinced me that she was an unprecedented existence.

A warrior who’d never known defeat. The true ruler of the vast meadows.

The pinnacle of strength that was being exuded from the princess’ whole body was something not even that Karl Zayed could surpass.

And like that, the first minute passed us by.

I stared at the princess who was still standing with a triumphant pose.

So… what are you trying to say?

With a hoarse voice, she was repeating her self-introduction for the fourth time.

Bayar Khan.

It was my first time hearing that name.

Of course, it was easy to guess that it was the name of a former emperor of the Skull Empire. And, looking at the circumstances, his soul must’ve possessed the princess.

It was impossible to determine whether this was the princess’ unique ability, or a curse inflicted by someone else.

I knew one person with a similar ability, but their character wouldn’t have been created yet, and the ability itself was of a different type compared to this one. He called up ghosts, instead of making them possess others.

To be honest, this was my first time seeing a ghost with an ego possess a human body with its own will.

But right now, I didn’t feel any novelty, anxiety, or alertness.

I was just annoyed.

Because that princess with the old-sounding voice didn’t seem the least bit interested in holding a conversation.

“Oh, so now I know your name, right? But what’s going to happen now? Is the princess okay? Do you want anything from me?”

Whatever I asked –

“I am Bayar Khan.”

The same response came back.

Haah, sir…

This was the fifth time.

Gradually, I was starting to become concerned.

‘How should I try to suppress this guy?’

Judging from the princess’ soliloquy before her transformation (?), it certainly didn’t seem like this was the first time.

It was a phenomenon she’d experienced several times before, and it’d been quiet for a while, but today, for some reason, the old man’s soul got excited (?) and popped out.

Presumably, she’d revert after some time passed. Because that’s usually how abilities like these work in a shounen manga.

However, the reason why I thought of suppressing her right away was because of those strangely gleaming crimson eyes. In any shounen manga, people whose eyes suddenly turn red like that are usually screwed up in the head.

“I am Bayar Khan.”

The sixth time.

I didn’t need to look at her red eyes to judge. She was screwed in the head alright.

I quietly raised my hand.

If you can’t communicate verbally, you have to try conversing with your body.

To be honest, I was a tad nervous. Aside from the lack of intelligence, the aura from that body wasn’t anything to scoff at.

Then, while I was looking for an opportunity to sneak up on her –

Suddenly,

“You really are a bold guy. I said my name six times, but you didn’t show me any respect.”

The princess looked at me and spoke out of nowhere.

“… Erm?”

“What do you mean, ‘erm’? You rude punk!”

It was embarrassing.

It wasn’t that he couldn’t say anything else. His brain seemed to be working fine.

But his words had a twist. Apparently, I’d been the one ignoring him.

“…”

After a moment of deliberation, I was able to figure out the ins and outs of the present situation.

There seemed to be some communication gap due to cultural misunderstandings between us.

“I’m sorry, but I’m from Westland, so I don’t know much about the culture here. How should I have acted?”

“You have to get down on your knees and politely bow down. How dare you raise your head upright in front of the emperor?”

“Eh? But I’m from another country?”

“There’s no one on this earth who does not stand beneath the sky of the Skull Empire. That includes you, too. If you didn’t know, I can let it go just this once. Get down on your knees right now. I, am Bayar Khan!”

“…”

Well, his speech wasn’t completely incomprehensible.

This did make some sense. Because he’d been an emperor. It might’ve been natural to have such an attitude.

The only problem was that I was from a culture that let me sneer and ignore such a class divide.

Besides, this ancient gentleman wasn’t even the incumbent. At his age, he should’ve already learned to shrug off his worldly glory alongside his lingering regrets.

So, in order to make this unknown old ghost understand the situation, I decided to show the opposite attitude from what he was hoping for.

It wasn’t because I hated looking bad, really it wasn’t.

“Ah, forget about it, old man. Where’s the princess? Is she with you?”

Then,

“Again! My words go into one ear and out the other, like dogshit! I’ve been waiting for a guy as cheeky and bold as you to show up. It’s been a long time since my blood last boiled like this… although, I don’t have any blood! Kahaha!”

I thought he’d get angry, but on the contrary, he only laughed uproariously.

How absurd.

“… No, really, what happened to the princess?”

“She’s just fine, she’s here too. This is that kid’s body, after all.”

The princess clenched her fist and rapped against her own solar plexus, but I couldn’t shake the thought that some insidious intentions were mixed inside the gesture.

“But, still. I’m not sure what’s going on, exactly, but it sounds like she doesn’t like it, so why did you forcefully take over a young woman’s body? Haven’t you lived a long enough life, noble sir?”

“Don’t get me wrong. I also didn’t have any other options. This kid was the only vessel that could hold me, what could I do? Of course, there seems to be another one now.”

He licked his lips, pinning me with his sinister eyes.

“Haah…”

In any case, as it was the body of the princess doing the gesture… I could only stay silent. No wonder this never even appeared in the original.

It felt strange to watch. Somehow, it was like looking at a character that reflected the author’s dark desires.

Of course, like Cocoa, this might’ve also been a character that’d originally been scheduled to appear, but was put on hold due to problems with the plot development. In the first place, Eastland itself didn’t take up a lot of weight in the original story.

For a simple reason. Not because there was no story to tell, but because the arc came just before the crossing to ‘Midland’.

At that time, the readers all recognized that the main storyline would start after the heroes crossed over to Midland, so there wasn’t much interest in spending time in Eastland for no reason.

Moreover, since a lot of the content was devoted to the appearance of the goblins, there wouldn’t have been much space for other characters to shine.

‘By the way, this isn’t the princess’ own ability, right?’

I couldn’t be completely certain, but it seemed that the soul called Bayar Khan was not created by the princess’ unique ability. From his words, it sounded like the target of possession could be changed.

Perhaps the old man in the princess costume was conscious of my gaze, so he approached me with his chest high and said:

“Anyway, the reason I came out now is…”

“You want to fight me?”

“That’s right. You understand.”

That’s because you’ve told me that already.

Without further ado, I forged ahead.

“Then let’s hurry up and get it done. I have business with the original owner of the body, not you, old man.”

As I stretched my arm out –

“That’s some mouth you’ve got on you! You damned ugly bastard!”

This mad old man started screaming again.

“Haah… what is it this time?”

“Don’t try to arm wrestle like a sissy! If you’re a warrior, you have to fight with your whole body! Although, I don’t have a body anymore! Kahaha!”

“…”

It wasn’t funny.

Didn’t I have to struggle hard just now?

Of course, I thought it’d be ridiculous to keep arguing about it, so I went straight to the point.

“I’m sorry, but I don’t think I have that much time to waste with you right now, old man. Please return the princess.”

“Keke, as if! I’ll never go back until I have the struggle I’ve longed for. I’ve been feeling the itch to fight for so long! Although, I don’t feel anything anymore! Kahaha!”

I was starting to get a headache.

“You don’t seem to understand the situation the princess is in right now, but there are a lot of assassins around here. You know what’ll happen if you make a fuss.”

But this, too, failed to convince him.

“Assassins? It’s enough to just blow all their heads off.”

“Haah… still, a fight? For something like that, we at least need a place ready, right? Even if it’s just a small ring or something. But there’s nothing like that on this ship. I’m sorry, but since there’s no suitable place, could you please give up and disappear, in various ways…”

That was then.

“There is one.”

Suddenly, a voice came from behind me.

“Huh?”

“There is one.”

When I turned around, Cocoa was looking at me with an indifferent expression. Who knew when she’d come back in.

“A place where the two of you can run wild.”

“… I don’t particularly want to run wild, though.”

At a glance, it seemed as if she’d heard everything.

“And by the way, by a place you don’t mean jumping into the sea, right?”

“Stupid Squatjaw. Of course not.”

“Then where? Where is such a place on this ship?”

In response, Cocoa stretched out her finger and pointed to the ceiling.

“…”

I scratched my head.

“What does that mean? The ceiling?”

“It’s up above. At the top.”

“The top?”

“The top floor of this ship. The VIP arena. That’s the place.”

Confused, I again peered at Cocoa’s indifferent face.

Weird. It sounded like she wanted me to go up there.

“So now you want to go up? But you didn’t want to go there, earlier.”

“Because there wasn’t a path there earlier.”

“… There’s a path? But you never said anything…”

“I just found it. And you have to go now.”

Her expression looked oddly determined.

“…”

A path, huh.

A trip upside now seemed unavoidable. Although, to be honest, this felt a bit silly.

“Top floor, right? Where the VIPs are?”

“Yeah.”

“Hmm… Let’s talk to the room manager.”

“Let’s fight!”

“Ah, okay, I want you to return the princess first. I’ll find out the place. Can you wait for me to get things ready?”

“Stop chattering, just arrange things right away. Once I make up my mind to do something, I never stop midway. I’ll be waiting here!”

“… Haah.”

He sounded so solemn while spewing utter dogshit, that I couldn’t even get a word in edgewise.

“Fine, I’m going to go check it out, so stay here and be quiet. Don’t make a fuss.”

Saying that, I rushed out of the room.


“I heard we got a new VIP application.”

“New?”

“Why all of a sudden?”

Everyone’s attention was focused on the man’s words for an instant.

It was the third day of the voyage.

It was too late to apply for VIP status.

Most people had already finished the process a few months before boarding.

“Who is it?”

“Someone we didn’t know was riding?”

“Where does he hail from?”

It sounded interesting.

As the questions poured in, the man shrugged his shoulders once and gave a simple answer.

“He’s just an adventurer. He’s just completed the qualification exam.”

Then,

“Huh, heh…”

“It’s not even funny.”

“What adventurer, that’s just a young chick…”

Some smirked, and some laughed out loud.

Because the people here were basically high-ranking officials of a various nations, royalty, or magnets who ruled the business world of a continent.

It was a common perception in this world that adventurers were the chosen ones whom ordinary people could only watch from afar, but the people here already had many skilled adventurers in their retinue. Now, hearing the request of a newcomer who’d just become an adventurer, they had no choice but to laugh.

However, some of them changed their words while looking at one man.

“Of course, I don’t mean to ignore all adventurers, but…”

“It’s never about ignoring adventurers. It’s true that not everyone can be an adventurer. But even adventurers have different ranks. Don’t they?”

A young red-haired young man who heard their excuses bit out a response with an indifferent face.

“Yes. Not all adventurers are the same. And this friend knows that. Surely there must be more grounds for the application? Just an adventurer, is that the end of it?”

The man who’d spoken first showed a strange smile.

“Yes, there was one more thing. He’s class A.”

And then,

“Class A?”

“Oh, that’s a pretty high rating.”

“Isn’t that still a bit lacking? Really, if he’s only reached A-class…”

Again, the surroundings began to murmur.

That was then.

“Wait, didn’t you say that he’s just finished the qualification exam and become an adventurer? Is such a young chick an A-class? Then…”

Someone pinpointed a fact. And it was certainly quite meaningful information.

Soon after, everyone’s eyes turned to the red-haired young man.

There was a slight change in his expression.

“Did he get first place in the qualification exam?”

Then,

“Correct.”

The man who’d brought the news grinned.

And the murmurs grew like an explosion.

Soon after,

“Call him here. Let’s take a look at this younger brother’s face.”

The red-haired young man, Xavier, who happened to be an S-class adventurer, spat out indifferently.


“Right now?”

“Yes, they’ve asked you to come right away.”

I was given permission, but in return I had to show my face right away.

While the manager’s face was dyed with urgency, I turned my head to look at my guide.

Cocoa just nodded without saying a word.

“Alright, let’s go.”

I glanced at the princess who was sitting next to me.

“M-, me?”

“I have to go, so would I leave the person I kidnapped behind?”

The princess looked at me with a confused face, and then nodded her head.

Maybe she thought she might see an acquaintance If we went to meet the VIPs.

And that was a variable for me as well.

“Is that wacky old man gone now?”

“… I don’t know. Once he goes back inside, it’s tough for him to get back out again, but he didn’t get what he wanted before going in this time.”

“Be careful so that he doesn’t come out again.”

“It’s not really up to me though…”

Fortunately, he couldn’t manage to bear it and had disappeared while I was away. Although, apparently, he’d left a curse or something before disappearing; something like ‘We’ll meet again, Squatjaw!’

After a while –

Ding Dong–.

“Here it is.”

The elevator carrying us arrived at the top floor of the ship.

There was a door at the entrance, just like a penthouse.

“We’re here. I’ve given them a report, so you’ll probably be able to get in and out soon. Good luck.”

After getting off the elevator together, it was time to wait for the door to open.

As if she’d suddenly remembered, Cocoa spoke from the side.

“The path ended.”

It sounded absurd.

“What? Isn’t it here?”

“No, I told you. It ended.”

“… Ended?”

At that moment, I felt a sense of incongruity with the word Cocoa had chosen.

The path had ended.

Unlike expressions she’d used in the path, where the path had been ‘cut off’.

Cocoa seemed to have noticed the question mark hovering over my face, and kindly added a word of explanation.

“Maybe this is the final destination?”

“…”

The terminus of the path didn’t mean anything else. It just meant that this was a point where I could achieve the final goal of my mission in Eastland.

And that goal didn’t just mean taking the princess to the Adventurers’ Association. It included all the quests that would be linked after that.

In a word, it meant that the end to ‘the path leading the princess to the empire’ existed here.

At that moment, a clear premonition arose in my mind.

Beyond this was the secret mastermind who’d arranged the assassination of the princess. The door opened soon after.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 50

The Taming of the Shrew (3)

Inside a warehouse where an indescribable stench wafted about –

Two men were looking around, frowns on their faces.

One of the two, the fat one, muttered as he wiped the sweat ceaselessly flowing from his brow.

“She left.”

“Naturally.”

“I was just wondering why.”

“Idiot. Assassins came visiting, why would she still stay here after that?”

While he was talking, the other man who looked thin like a rake was constantly observing the nooks and crannies.

To obtain information by examining all remaining traces. This was an old habit of his. Even if it wasn’t really necessary.

“By the way, weren’t those assassins pathetic enough to shame their profession?”

“Even so, the princess made the right decision. Rather, even after dealing with a pathetically weak enemy, she did not succumb to pride and moved by assuming there’d be other enemies coming next. That shows how formidable the princess is.”

It sounded logical.

“Hmm, by the way, how strong is the princess?”

“Well, it’s hard to judge just by looking at her.”

The slender man paused for a moment, then continued muttering softly.

“But, at least, I think I understand why the request came to us.”

He kicked aside the pile of straw piled up on one side of the floor.

A clear dent in the shape of a footprint lay revealed.

“Whoo, what a brute.”

The fat man groaned at the sight.

Simply leaving a mark on the steel plate in and of itself shouldn’t have been that surprising. Because it wasn’t much. Even if it was achieved not by a blow, but simply by the force of a footstep, that didn’t change. Because it was easy for those famous for their strength.

The important point was that this floor was not normal steel plate.

One of the main characteristics of this ship, ‘inviolability’.

This was a characteristic that ‘Cormier the Designer’ had emplaced upon this ship after several days and weeks of effort, and it greatly strengthened the durability of all the structures and frames that made up the hull.

In other words, this floor was so hard that an ordinary person couldn’t scratch it even if they died and resurrected.

“Is it a unique ability?”

“Well… I think it might just be pure force.”

The fat man blurted out in surprise at the thin one’s words.

“No, this is just pure power!?”

“I can’t say for sure. But there’s possibility.”

“Heeh…”

“That rumour might not be a complete exaggeration. That the soul of Bayar Khan is in the body of the second princess of the Mainin Kingdom.”

Bayar Khan.

He was one of the most famous emperors in the long history of the Skull Empire, said to have the strength of a thousand warriors.

“Anyway, we’ll have to find her soon.”

“Are we really going to hunt her down?”

The reason the fat man asked this question was simple. Because it wasn’t their turn yet.

“Couldn’t we leave it till the end of the voyage?”

“Idiot. Are you going to lose your prey? We’re here to work, not to enjoy the ride.”

“But there’s no difference in pay anyway. Even if the prey is finished before our turn, they’ve promised to pay the reward in full.”

The slender man shook his head.

“Pathetic. How many assassins do you think are involved here?”

“Huh? You mean, in total?”

“At a guess, at least ten assassins are aboard this ship.”

“So?”

“A dozen assassins, but only one target. And she’s even royalty. Reward? That’s not the problem here. This is a matter of pride. You’ll become a laughingstock if you just stand still.”

The fat man had a look of sudden realization on his face.

“… Right.”

“We can grab her for now and finish her off when it’s our turn. I don’t know what kind of plan is behind it all, but it’s not just a matter of hunting the princess down. Maybe we’ll end up with a battle royale between all of us assassins.”

“Got it. Which way is the path?”

“I’ve already seen it. Right next door.”

The duo immediately left the stinky warehouse and headed for an empty cabin not far from there.

“Here?”

The fat man asked as if puzzled.

Of course, he was well aware that just because a path was seen didn’t mean it’d lead directly to the destination. But this place was still a bit questionable. First of all, it was too close by, and compared to the warehouse just now, it had almost no traces.

“We have to find those who stayed here. That is the path leading to the princess.”

“Didn’t the princess take her only maid on board? Was there another party?”

“I don’t know. Maybe it’s another assassin, who knows. Anyway, blindly guessing won’t help. The important thing is to follow along. Until another clue emerges.”

To his surprise, the slender man found another clue right away.

“… Three people.”

“How do you know?”

“Fallen hair. We’ve got three different colours, here. These guys weren’t that thorough. Not like assassins.”

“Aah.”

“How long have they been staying here? I can still feel traces of warmth. And… a little kid or a dwarf was mixed in among them.”

The fat man didn’t question the thin one’s words this time. Because he, too, could clearly see the tiny shoe prints left in a corner of the cabin floor.

“Can you find them soon?”

The slender man didn’t respond.

However, the fat man accepted this as assurance. Because there was no denial.

And, in most cases, that meant affirmation.

He touched the dagger hidden in his arms.

It wasn’t like he was going to use it anytime soon, but nevertheless, whenever his work showed signs of progress, the fat man always repeated this behaviour. For him, this was a ritual wishing for success.

As long as nothing else happened, the battle would take place within the next two days.


“Can I help you with anything? Can I make a meal reservation for you?”

“Oh, no, it’s fine.”

It seemed that the way I was standing around in the middle of the hallway looked suspicious.

When I handed a few bills as a tip along with a ticket proving my status as a first-class passenger, the manager quickly nodded and disappeared with a smile. Leaving a message that I could call them anytime I needed.

“Hmmmm.”

As I again stood in front of the door to my room, I made a decision about my ‘kidnapper concept’ that I’d been pondering over.

I did need to make some changes.

To be honest, I hadn’t really thought much of it at first. Couldn’t I just act according to my looks, like ‘Villain 3’ would? I’d thought it might be a good idea to raise the princess’ vigilance.

But now that I’d thought it through, I had a strong feeling that this approach was wrong somehow.

A neighbourhood gangster fixing a princess’ temperament? First of all, this was close to a serious configuration error. Even I wouldn’t have listened to me if I were in her place. No matter how much force I threatened her with, I’d only be ignored like streetside garbage.

Besides, I had to admit to myself that my reactions had been a little bit off when I’d brought her in. I’d been too nonplussed by her decision to follow me so docilely.

At this rate, there was a possibility that the current theme would be insufficient.

Therefore, it was time for a complete overhaul of the concept.

‘How should I convince her?’

There was no need to be vicious and ruthless.

I’d simply ask the princess,

  1. Don’t move and stay here.
  2. Do you want to get married?

Just these two. Overdoing things would only have the opposite effect.

Besides, even the talk about marriage might be premature right now. Knowing the future developments, I was only guessing whether the next linked quests would come out like that, but in reality, my current task was simply to take the princess to the Adventurers’ Association.

So, my concern was simple.

What concept could convince the princess by adjusting to the situation?

‘First of all, it has to have some gravitas, and I think it should be a little secretive…’

After thinking for a while, I was able to arrive at a rough outline.

  1. Cool to the max!
  2. Full of riddles.
  3. Combined with a fairly luxurious, wealthy image.
  4. A high-scale, big boss-type villain feel.

“Alright.”

The newly acquired first-class cabin was also quite appropriate for this new concept.

Of course, this room was a result of my ‘adventurer flex’, but it nevertheless suited the concept quite well. At least it conveyed the luxurious image that I wanted to project.

There was, however, one hurdle.

My looks.

To be honest, I had no choice but to admit it. My face was a bit too far from luxurious. Also, for a big boss-type villain, perhaps it looked a little too shabby…?

‘… Who knows.’

I couldn’t help but hope that the princess was a person who didn’t have many preconceived notions about appearances.

I took a couple of deep breaths.

And then –

“… Let’s go.”

I opened the door.

Creak–.

As soon as I entered, the princess sitting still on the bed was the first to catch my eyes.

It seemed that she was already awake, but she was surprisingly calm. She wasn’t tied down or anything.

Then,

“You’re here, sir.”

Chinuavi greeted me very politely.

Great.

It was a very appropriate scene for the newly established concept.

I responded with a silent nod.

And,

“Yo.”

“…”

If only she weren’t in the room…

So I asked Chinuavi to take Cocoa to the next room.

But –

“No. I’ll stay here.”

Cocoa clung to me.

“…”

I really wanted to grab her by the collar and throw her out, but I managed to restrain myself. I couldn’t allow my new concept to self-destruct in the first three seconds.

When I gave Chinuavi a meaningful glance –

“Miss Cocoa, come inside for a moment. I have something to tell you.”

“What is it?”

“Let’s go inside first…”

Fortunately, Chinuavi somehow understood my intention and forced Cocoa to leave.

‘Phew…’

I immediately approached the princess. I didn’t want to give her time to think.

At that moment, her pupils, as they recognized me, began to tremble.

Great.

I asked slowly, keeping my voice as soft as possible.

“Are you awake now?”

“Who are you?”

“It doesn’t matter.”

I carefully peered into the princess’s eyes.

What kind of reaction was she going to have?

She didn’t speak up. I was wondering what to do if she asked about the sudden one-eighty in my behaviour, but I was lucky. It seemed that she didn’t notice my rapidly changing concept, probably because her memories of the kidnapping itself were vague.

I started talking in a light manner.

“I have only one request. That you quietly go to the Skull Empire.”

“What if I don’t want to?”

“Things aren’t that simple. You’ll have no choice but to die here in that case.”

“…”

After a while,

“Then… are you on a different side from those who attacked me and tried to kill me?”

The princess asked in a slightly muffled voice.

“I don’t know who attacked you, but they have nothing to do with us.”

“But your request is questionable… If you’re not on the side of the first prince, why would you want to hand me over to the empire…”

“It’s not just the Skull Empire and the Mainin Kingdom that are interested in this wedding. How about broadening your vision a little?”

The princess was silent at my words.

She seemed to have begun exercising her brain to find out who I was.

And it was a very fortunate response. In fact, there was no better outcome than this. I just wanted her to think for herself and come to a conclusion on her own.

Soon after,

“Is it… the Hazard Federation? Do you plan to prevent the Skull Empire from using me as an excuse to devour our kingdom?”

The princess gave the answer herself.

Hazard? It was my first time hearing the name.

But it seemed like a good enough reason.

“It doesn’t matter what you think.”

At my meaningful smile, the princess’ expression became more and more confused. Bowing her head again, she began to immerse herself in her own thoughts.

How long had it been?

The princess, who’d been busy thinking for a while, suddenly began to laugh.

“Hey, one way or another, it all ends with my death, so what does your identity matter?”

Well?

It was a bit of an unexpected statement.

“Why? If you get married, won’t that save your life?”

“They’ve sent assassins all the way out here, so why won’t they target me in their own backyard? Even if I accept the marriage, won’t the assassination attempts continue until the actual ceremony begins?”

This was reasonable.

I agreed with the princess, too. If they killed the princess and spread rumours that she’d ran away, the result would be the same. War.

That was then.

‘Huh? Wait a moment.’

A certain premonition arose into my mind.

This woman later became the emperor of the Skull Empire. That was a planned development.

‘Is this… is my request connected to that? How about getting this woman married safely? And laying the groundwork for her to become the emperor?’

All of a sudden I was feeling a rush of embarrassment.

‘No, even for an A-class request, it still started as a missing person search. Isn’t this going too far?’

As the number of events increased, the period of stay here would also naturally increase.

And that, I had to avoid. Because I had a set deadline for returning.

“Hmm…”

However, this course of events would be extremely fortunate for the princess in front of me.

I looked at her and muttered softly.

“Well… maybe you won’t die after all. Maybe new opportunities will open up.”

But my words didn’t seem to reach her.

“Of course, I have no intention of dying without resisting. Not at their hands…”

In an instant, the princess jumped off the bed.

And –

“And not at your hands either.”

And she… suddenly lifted the king-sized bed up in the air. With one arm.

An abrupt and outrageous action.

“What… are you doing?”

“If I make a scene, people will come running, right? Then wouldn’t things become difficult for you?”

I was planning to subdue her in a hurry, but her strong gaze changed my mind.

“Put that down. Don’t make a fuss for nothing.”

“I can do that, sure. But in return, I have some conditions.”

I knew it.

It was a sudden move, but it didn’t feel like she was just going crazy.

“What?”

“There is one more thing I want to check properly. Once I confirm that, I’ll follow you without causing any trouble.”

“What do you want to check?”

“Your power. I only listen to people who are stronger than me. Well, I’ve hardly ever met any, though.”

Then she gently stretched out an arm.

“How about a bout of arm wrestling?”

“…”

It was a bit disconcerting, but it was a good suggestion. Simple, and effective.

‘Hopefully she isn’t gearing up for a sneak attack…’

I nodded.

“Okay, let’s put down what you’re holding, first.”

The princess gently lowered the bed, which she’d been holding up with one arm, to the floor.

She was just showing off at this point, but I didn’t dare scoff at her.

After a while,

“Do it properly. Don’t hold back.”

The princess and I set a table and sat facing each other.

“That would be unreasonable. My power is beyond you. I’ll wrestle you with three fingers. You may use both hands.”

I provoked her to give a little stimulation.

“Alright, let’s try it that way.”

“…”

It was a mistake. I’d thought she’d tell me to do it fairly and not be rude.

Soon, we were struggling against each other.

“Hup–!”

Her strength surged like a boar.

As soon as we started, I almost got my fingers broken.

It was frustrating. She seemed to be getting stronger. Or maybe she hadn’t revealed her strength before.

“What’s the matter? Are you slowing down? Is this the end?”

“… I was just keeping pace because I thought this isn’t your all. You haven’t even used both your hands yet.”

I wasn’t going to abandon my concept even if it killed me.

“Okay, I’ll use both my hands then!”

The princess immediately added her other hand, and started pushing my three fingers down.

Ba-dump!

Surprised by her surge of power, I really did my best. Because things would really go wrong if I didn’t.

The more I thought about it, the more amazing she appeared. A woman who hadn’t even appeared in any chapters yet, had this much power already.

“Hoo…”

I could resist her into a stalemate. But that wasn’t enough. Because I had to win.

I clenched my teeth. Then I pulled out all the power I’d been saving.

“Uracha!”

Now it was follow the concept or die.

“Heyyap!”

“Ugh, ugh…”

“Ugghhhhh!”

“Eeeeigh!”

And finally,

“Kughhhhhhhhh!”

I pressed down the princess’ two hands, or rather her entire body.

Clangggg!

“…”

“…”

Moments passed in silence.

I hurriedly came up with a way to restore the concept.

The princess had fallen and still couldn’t get up.

The thought of being contrary had to be running through her head. Now was the time to reinforce my concept.

“Hmm, don’t be so contrary. This is the natural result…”

That was then.

Burr–.

The princess’ body suddenly began to shake.

“Huh?”

First her arms, then her legs, then her whole body.

From trembling to full-on convulsions.

Burr–.

Burr–.

“… Huh?”

It was weird. It just wasn’t normal.

Did she go into a seizure or something?

Then suddenly,

“Ah! What are you doing, old man! Lay off!?”

She started talking to herself.

…?

The surprise didn’t stop there.

“Heh, let me use it for a little bit.”

An old man’s voice came out of the princess’ mouth.

‘What, what?’

“You don’t even care if I die or not!”

“I’m not interested in killing you, you little bint. But this squat-jawed guy here looks pretty fun.”

The princess turned her head sharply towards me.

“Hey there, little baby. Why not have a bout with me too?”

Both her eyes were gleaming red.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 70

“She’s here again today.”

“Ah, you mean Miss Emily. Yes, she comes by every day, doesn’t she?”

The body holding the sword was indeed young.

However, the expression on her face was infinitely serious, and gave off a faraway feeling.

Divine power emanated from her every pore.

Her divine blood circulated from her sacred passage to her whole body –

And then gathered back in one place, settling down into a solid grain-like shape.

But that was all.

Considering Emily’s age, this was already a great achievement, but she was not satisfied.

‘Dad said he made buds inside his body.’

Spiritual power continually gathered and concentrated inside it, becoming purer and purer, and when necessary, the bud would bloom into a flower.

Amplifying the spiritual power manyfold.

That was the Six Peak Flowers technique.

Emily’s goal was to create that inside her elixir field.

“Is this even possible?”

She’d wondered if it’d be possible to create the shape simply by clumping up the spiritual power like clay, but that wasn’t at all the case.

It was at this point that she couldn’t help but wonder if it was even possible in the first place. Of course, it was indeed possible to just gather the intangible qi inside the body and mould it into a shape.

Yes, it was possible to shape the bud with divine power.

But to make it bloom like a flower?

She couldn’t quite understand how the divine power, once gathered, could form a bud and bloom.

It was easy to describe, but when she tried to do it herself, it seemed impossible.

‘Dad couldn’t have lied.’

But it was so complicated that even a lie would’ve been better.

Even Callius had taken years to achieve it, so it was only natural. Even though Emily was a genius, the person who’d created this technique had been none other than the legendary Stella.

Even for Callius, without the characteristic of Death Verse Composition that activated at the threshold of life and death, this technique would’ve taken at least a decade to achieve.

Even with her understanding of swordsmanship and her natural genius, it was difficult for Emily to achieve the Six Peak Flowers technique with words alone.

But Emily did not give up.

Her father, who’d been called a fool, had manged it, had he not?

Of course, the more she practiced, the more she understood Callius’ brilliance in her bones.

‘I’ll ask.’

She hadn’t asked him for any tips because of her pride.

Now she was regretting that a little.

She couldn’t have known he’d leave the North in such a hurry.

He won’t be back for a while, so she had no opportunity to ask.

“Sword qi isn’t difficult to make.”

Although, it wasn’t the same as her father’s Silver Flower Wave Sword. She wanted to follow that form, but couldn’t.

How can I make the sword qi look like petals attached to the blade?

‘It’s not something that can be achieved through simple hard work. Dad wasn’t some talentless dullard, whatever the rumours about him.’

The more she followed his path, the more she understood.

Callius was by no means talentless. If he were, he wouldn’t have been able to learn such swordsmanship even if it took a decade.

“Grandfather said he never taught him, and he’d never even heard of anyone else who could handle that sword art apart from Stella…”

He didn’t learn from anyone.

It was highly probable that he was self-taught, after finding some remnant of the saint.

Even so, the difficulty of the Silver Flower Wave Sword art could not be understated.

Emily realized her father’s efforts once more and calmly closed her eyes.

She never learned it from him directly, but his battles on the battlefield could show her the path.

When she closed her eyes, those scenes were still clear.

On the battlefield, his sword that had swung this way and that. Beautiful and joyous.

And finally, his battle with the warlord.

That battle, Emily had seen with her own eyes and preserved in her heart.

And once again –

She grabbed her sword.

With eyes closed, she contemplated upon herself.

“Amazing. To use sword qi at that age…”

“It’s natural. She’s his daughter, isn’t she?”

“True enough.”

The knights who watched Emily’s training did not spare any praise.

Sword qi at her early teens.

They couldn’t even imagine how strong she would be when she came of age.

“Isn’t that enough to send her to the Royal Swordsmanship Academy in Carradi? That place where only geniuses gather?”

“Hey! No matter how much of a genius they are, can they compare to that young girl who’s been on the battlefield! Even if there were a hundred of them, they’d all pee at the taste of an orc’s axe!”

Aaron, full of pride, beat his chest as he exclaimed.

The other knights also nodded as if it was natural.

“By the way, when is Master Callius coming back? I was going to swear fealty to him as my liege, but I didn’t know he would leave right away… Why didn’t he take us?”

“Sir Aaron. You’re doubting your lord’s judgment. He cares about the North.”

“But still! Since he cherishes this place, did he have to leave so soon? He could’ve stayed a little bit longer, at least.”

The demonic beasts had been methodically uprooted, and there was not even a trace left of the orcs.

The walls were almost completely repaired, and time would take care of rebuilding the destroyed villages.

The North was restored to peace.

But that peace would not last forever.

“Now the lord has become a count. He will soon become the head of government and rule the northern lands, but the people of Carpe only praise the North with their mouths and never give any concrete help, so he must’ve gone to deal with them.”

Knowing his personality, just thinking about what he was going to do as a heretic inquisitor gave them goosebumps.

“He’ll go after them all.”

“Are those heretic inquisitors going to die first? They said they came all the way here to interrogate our master.”

“What?! They’ve sure kicked a hornet’s nest! Does Master Callius know!?”

“He knows, but he pretends he doesn’t.”

The knights nodded their heads in unison.

Most of them gathered here were those who’d roamed the battlefield with him. They called themselves the Knights of Callius, so they knew his character better than most everybody else.

“He’ll go after them soon.”

Because he had a very filthy personality.


A quiet silence passed.

They had wielded their swords in numerous battlefields, but at this moment, they had no choice but to panic.

‘Is he that confident?’

‘To kill all three of us…’

That thought dominated their minds.

Gulp.

Ryburn’s throat bobbed up and down.

If that how it was, their actions were decided.

“Attack!”

Claang–!

Callius, who blocked Ryburn’s sword, pulled back and took some distance.

The divine power latent in the Six Peak Flowers technique awakened.

The buds unfolded and the flowers bloomed.

Pure divine power wrapped around him, and his sword unleashed a razor-sharp arc of silver.

Claang–!

‘What power…!’

Surprised by the might behind the blow, Ryburn frowned.

Druma’s greatsword, which had been raised high, immediately came at an angle, striking down.

A wide and large blade.

‘Zodiac Sword – Guillotine.’

Callius glanced at Druma’s sword, evading it rather than blocking it.

Bang–!

As he dodged Druma’s sword, it struck the earth, raising a high cloud of dust, and when that lifted, a square wall of earth just enough to hold a person could be seen.

It was the unique ability of the Guillotine.

And without giving any room for a breath –

Hwiiiiing–

The sound of bugs tickled Callius’ ears.

They were not small as grains of sand, like earlier.

They had condensed to about the size of a fist, so they were able to withstand the force of gravity and fly.

The number reached thirty, but since they had grown so large –

“It’s easy to cut.”

They were easily cut by a sword.

Slash!

“My worms!”

Orcal bit his lips.

He raised his sword, but Callius retreated once more.

Screech!

‘Akasha is spreading poison.’

It was Ryburn attacking.

The poison melted the ground and oxidized anything it touched, causing Callius to frown.

“These bug-like bastards are a bother.”

It wasn’t difficult to deal with one guy at a time. But with three of them fighting at the same time, it was really troublesome.

“Only one worm left, Orcal. You.”

“Who’re you calling a worm! Watch your mouth.”

Orcal and Druma grumbled at each other.

And Ryburn held up his sword with a tense expression on his face.

“I guess you haven’t reached the Master’s level yet?”

Was it because of the relief that they’d been mistaken? The captains could even joke with each other.

They were mistaken until the fight started, but once their sword hit each other, they could feel it.

And really, forget about being a true Master, he was no match for the three inquisitor-captains in the first place.

Ryburn’s lips twitched.

“What, it’s all for nothing. Did all three of us really need to come together?”

“Don’t drop your guard. He might still be hiding something.”

The whispering voices of Oscar and Ryburn, echoed through the forest.

“Don’t relax. His sword. It’s a demon sword.”

“What? Demon sword? Are you sure?”

The bizarre pattern on the sword. And the scabbard, covered with fur and scales that looked like those of a beast, was definitely not made from a rosario.

“Even if you never stole any holy relics, there’s no saving you now.”

As a heretic inquisitor, naturally, demon swords were products of heresy, cursed objects that must be destroyed.

However, there was a touch of greed on his face that could not be hidden.

That was then.

Whoosh–

Power surged into the wind with Callius at its centre.

Flinch.

The captains, who trembled at the enormity of that aura, looked at Callius.

Spark, craaaaaaaaaackle.

“Don’t be so shy.”

The scabbard made of leather covered with what looked like animal hair and scales.

A thick blade made with the bone of something, and the cross-guard with a strange shape like a thunderbolt.

The energy seeping into the air was at once familiar and foreign.

Blue lightning sparks fluttered around Callius.

What little of the blade that could be seen from inside the scabbard was imbued with a dazzling blue light.

“Thunder qi? Demon sword?”

“It sounds like you’ve seen it somewhere.”

It was good that Ryburn recognized it.

Callius embedded the Tyrant Sword on the ground and started unsheathing the Thunderbolt Sword.

Spark, craaaaaaaaaackle!

As soon it was slowly pulled out of the scabbard, an aura of blue lightning wrapped around Callius.

Hwiish.

When the blade came free, sparks began to dance as they emerged from the blade as if they were alive.

“I’ll give you one last chance.”

A red blade.

Flashing with blue lightning.

The blue light reflecting on Callius’ face created an eerie atmosphere.

“I never betrayed the Church.”

He told the truth. But the only response that came back was laughter.

“Funny!”

“How could your garbage swordsmanship improve this much without the help of a holy relic?”

However, despite their sarcasm, Callius’ lips curved up into an arc.

“Alright.”

He’d tried, just in case.

Even the slightest sense of guilt in his heart seemed to have washed away.

“You don’t need to believe.”

From now on, even if they believed, his sword would not stop.

The moment Callius’ sword pointed up at the sky –

Craaaaaaaaaaaaaaaack!

The heaven and the earth were turned upside down.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.

An experimental change to using English onomatopoeia. Let’s see how long that lasts.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 49

The Taming of the Shrew (2)

Cocoa and Chinuavi were already waiting for me inside our cabin.

As soon as I entered, Cocoa uttered a single phrase.

“No luck.”

“Eh?”

“With that woman. No luck.”

When I looked at Chinuavi, he also shrugged his shoulders with a smirk.

“We had to come back without even getting the chance to strike up a conversation. She’s really vigilant.”

“Why, what did she say?”

“Just to screw off.”

Chinuavi corrected Cocoa’s words.

“She didn’t actually say much. Just gave us a quick look-over and then up and left.”

What’s with these little kids? And then she just snorted and left. She really is something else.”

Hmmm.

I’d thought it might be easier for some young kids to get close to her, but apparently, I’d been wrong about that.

Well, the thought of that woman hanging out with some little kids also painted a bit of an awkward picture.

“Alright, fine. This is better, anyway. You don’t have to try and get friendly anymore.”

“Huh? Why?”

I told them about my fantastic plan that I’d come up with a while ago.

Then,

“Awesome! Damn cool!”

“B-… Big Brother Squatjaw. What do you mean, you…”

The reactions were on the opposite sides of the spectrum.

“I’m gonna kidnap her. And beat her up a tiny weeny bit in the process.”

“Brother… She’s still the princess of a country. What’s more, isn’t she related to the Skull Empire? The Skull Empire is known even in the goblins’ lair.”

“Then we have to hurry. The assassins of the Skull Empire are after her, you know. When I say I’m kidnapping her, isn’t that in the end for her own protection?”

“That’s right, you stupid goblin.”

“Then wouldn’t she just hate you for no reason? Why not just stay by my side and protect her…”

“Because that won’t do anything to fix that temper of hers.”

“… Eh?”

“Alright, now, Cocoa. Can you find out where the princess is now?”

“No problem. There will still be traces left everywhere.”

“Fine. Then let’s move.”

Before long, we followed Cocoa’s lead out onto the deck.

And we found the princess sooner than expected.

She wasn’t really hidden, and didn’t seem like she was even trying to hide, except for wearing a hood.

And even,

“What?”

“… She’s with a party?”

There were some other people with her.

When a bit of embarrassment was creeping in –

“… Ah!”

I realized that it wasn’t such a strange sight.

It was easy to infer the identities of those standing together with her.

Those sent from the Skull Empire to persuade the princess.

In other words, those who’d been following the princess until now and being a bother.

It was clearly them. Who else could be there for the princess to talk to?

Presumably, she’d looked for them because of the assassins’ raid last night.

“I’ll go and check things out.”

“Huh? Then take me along too.”

“Your job is done. Go with Chinuavi and find a good place for the kidnapping. Besides, I’m going to use a goblin cloth to cover myself up.”

“Can’t you just attack her when she gets back to her place?”

“I’m never going back there, ever again. All that crap you can’t see, squirming and splashing… ugh. I’ll just try and catch her on her way back.”

Then, I cautiously approached the princess.

A total of five people were with her.

One old man, three young men, and one woman standing a little farther away and peering around.

I took a close look at them all.

‘Nobody with any significant combat power… except maybe the old man?’

Of course, I couldn’t be certain. It was just an estimate based on their equipment, bearing, gait, and poise. I didn’t even know if any of them had any unique abilities.

‘None of them seem like a threat…’

But I couldn’t just relax.

As long as there was a chance that they might be people with unique abilities, no matter what those abilities might be, I couldn’t let my guard down.

There is no such thing as an absolute advantage in a battle between people with abilities. That is the basic common sense of this world.

The reason I wanted to analyze their strength was simple. Because sooner or later they would become my enemies.

From the princess’ point of view, they were not enemies. They might be annoying and unpleasant, but they weren’t here to threaten her life. Rather they were obviously trying to protect her from the assassins.

And this meant that from the moment I tried to kidnap the princess, they were bound to become my enemies – enemies whom the princess might directly ask for help.

Naturally, I had no choice but to pay attention.

Anyway, after making a rough estimate, I decided that they wouldn’t be a big obstacle.

Rather, it was safe to say that the princess herself was the biggest obstacle. The power that I’d witnessed last night had been incredible.

Of course, she still wasn’t at my level.

“Hmm.”

There seemed to be nothing left to observe.

I quickly retreated to find out where Cocoa and Chinuavi were.

It was time to start getting ready.


Thermis clenched her teeth as she played back the conversation she’d just had in her head.

“That damned old man.”

Asking for help? As if!

She’d just been trying to get some information on the attackers. It was much better to go and take care of them herself than to be bothered while she was sleeping. And even if they hadn’t known anything, she wouldn’t have cared.

However.

“… Scolding me, those shits.”

What was up with their reactions?

The scene resurfaced in Thermis’ mind.

“Were they yours?”

They looked a bit bewildered at her sudden appearence.

“… Who?”

“What’s going on?”

Thermis spoke of how she’d been attacked at dawn. Judging from the attackers’ style of speech, they seemed to have hailed from the Skull Empire.

“Of course, they couldn’t even handle a single fist of mine, but… I’m now in a bad mood.”

“H-, how could that be?”

“How can we…”

“I’m not saying that you yourselves arranged it, but you might be able to guess who did. If you have any information, please pass it on to me…”

That was then.

“Princess Thermis, what are you talking about?”

The old man at the back of the group had stepped forward.

Even though he’d only been idly listening so far.

“Were you attacked? That’s not something that can be ignored so easily. Are you saying the assassins have started moving? They’ve been following you for a long time, most likely. They’ve decided to use this ship as the stage to act.”

“Yeah, I know that too. So, if you have any information, I’m telling you to pass it on. So I can prepare.”

“Information? Preparation? That doesn’t matter at all. There is no reason for Princess Thermis to know any information about the assassins. You just need to stay with us and be protected.”

“… Haah.”

“At least until the end of the voyage, you’ll be staying with us. I’m not going to bring up the marriage issue.”

That old man had a habit of always asserting his own ideas and drawing conclusions as if it were natural.

The first prince’s teacher.

The royal teacher, Bataar.

An old man whom Thermis couldn’t help but hate.

“Forget it. I don’t need or want any protection from you.”

“Princess, please reconsider. That kind of behaviour…”

“In the first place, I don’t think you’re very different from them either. What do you mean I should believe in you? You’re all from the same empire. And one more thing. I’m begging you, could you please stop chasing me? You don’t want to kill me the same as them, right?”

Then, after venting a bit, when she was about to turn around –

“And why do you think do they want to kill you!”

Bewildered by the chill tone, she’d turned around to see that the old man Bataar’s face had turned red. Why was he so excited?

“Isn’t it simple? Because your death can be the beginning of a war.”

“…”

“What if the assassins kill you and then hide your body? The empire will blame the kingdom for your disappearance and declare war. And the kingdom? They will also respond by saying that they will avenge you, princess. That the filthy imperial bastards have finally revealed their ambitions.”

“W-, well, that…”

“Are you going to keep acting like a child?”

“… Tch.”

In the end, she could only leave the place as if she was running away, without even being able to respond properly.

“Hoo…”

How did it all end up like this?

Thermis sighed softly.

The current situation could be easily defined in a single phrase.

‘Tangled into a knot’.

Originally, the Skull Empire was not a target of Thermis’ hatred. Rather, it was a target of her envy.

From a young age, listening to the achievements of the past emperors of the Skull Empire, along with the saying describing her as ‘a child who should’ve been born as a son of the imperial family’, a seed of admiration had inevitably taken root in her heart.

Moreover, her gender meant the boys her age could never approach her.

Was it because of that?

Surprisingly, from the age of seven, Thermis had begun to imitate the environment of the children of the Skull Empire, even though no one had asked her to.

Play with the horse, eat with the horse, sleep with the horse.

She slept more in the stable than in her bedroom, and spent several dozen times more time running through the meadow with her horse than attending courtly banquets.

Even the royal family did not restrain Thermis’ actions too much.

Because she was born too ‘different’ to be expected to play a stereotypical role of a princess, and it was a period when the relation between the two countries was improving day by day under the umbrella of the coalition government.

There was no reason to regard Thermis’ dream, to be a ‘General of the Skull Empire’, as a mere joke.

Rather, if the princess of the Mainin royal family became a general in the Skull Empire, which revered the military, it might even turn into an opportunity to end the long-standing truce and prepare a new armistice agreement.

So, knowingly and unknowingly, she even received support.

Then one day, something unexpected happened.

It was the day the first prince of the Skull Empire visited Mainin Kingdom for the purpose of cultural exchange.

Originally, she’d had no plans to attend the banquet. It was not her job to entertain the distinguished guests, and she’d never been forced to attend as a ‘princess’ since around the age of nine.

However, she’d heard that the legendary general of the empire, ‘Mong’, had come to visit along with the first prince.

And at the banquet she’d attended with the intention of taking a look at him –

“Who is that woman?”

Apparently, the ill prince had pointed to her.

“Damn it, damn it…”

As she recalled that moment, her anger boiled over again.

Since then, nothing had gone properly.

She had to leave the palace as if running away from the first prince who was constantly chasing her, and she had to push away the royal family ministers and imperial negotiators who came to persuade her from time to time, and eventually she had to leave of the city on a horse.

Then, when she thought she was finally going to get some quiet, suddenly they catch up and say that she was going to cause a war?

“Haah…”

It was her first time experiencing a sense of helplessness.

Not too long ago, she’d thought herself above such mundanity.

Thermis clenched her fists.

Tight enough that they quickly turned pale from bloodlessness.

“… Last night was good.”

Thermis remembered the raiders who’d come at dawn.

The moment when the vitality she’d thought lost had come surging back.

It was a pity that there’d been only three of them. If they’d lasted a little longer, she could’ve unwound the knots in her heart a bit more.

“An assassination squad, is it…”

Thermis thought it was fine. Dangerous? What bullshit. It was a golden opportunity to release the anger that was boiling inside her.

Anyone, feel free to come. Anyone. I will crush you to dust.

While she was muttering as she walked –

Suddenly, she felt someone’s gaze in front of her.

Thermis raised her head and looked ahead.

There, a large figure stood still, looking at her silently.

He looked like a typical third-rate villain.

A very mean face, and a chin jutting so long it was almost touching his chest.

And even –

“Hey there, pretty girl. Got some time? Shall we go somewhere nice for a chat?”

Even his stereotyped actions and lines. It was simply amazing.

“Heh, if you follow me quietly, you won’t get hurt…”

“Yes, let’s go. I have time.”

“Huh?”

“There’s plenty of time.”

He looked a little perplexed.

“Uh… is that so?”

Thermis was thankful for this unexpected fortune. The target of her wrath had come to her on his own two feet.

This idiot didn’t look like an assassin, but that didn’t really matter. Right now, she just needed a scapegoat to vent on.

The place she followed him to was a surprisingly comfortable-looking warehouse. She’d thought he was going to lead her to a dark place, but he seemed to have an unexpectedly neat side.

“Heh, if you listen carefully to me from now on, there won’t be any problems…”

“Alright, are you the only one?”

“Huh?”

“Are you alone?”

The squat-jaw scratched his head, a stupid expression on his face.

“Uh… for now, yeah.”

“Hey, how bland.”

Thermis then rolled up her sleeves.

“But it’s fine, I’m in a good mood. Let’s start with you. You did this, right? You kidnapped me, right?”

His expression turned even more idiotic.

“…”

There was nothing more to listen to.

Thermis immediately rushed towards him.

‘I can’t have him faint at the first blow, so I’ll have to adjust my strength a bit…’

Then, with moderate force, she threw a fist towards the man’s jaw.

However –

Bump!

“… Huh?”

Her fist, was caught.

In the squat-jaw’s grip, her fist was rooted in place. In the grip of a third-rate villain.

Confused, Thermis unknowingly froze.

“What’s with the sudden attack?”

“…”

Let’s calm down.

It seemed that he had a hidden trump card.

Thermis rebuked herself for being careless and tightened her muscles. Then she pulled, hard.

But –

“What, what?”

Her arm, refused to move.

As if stuck in solid rock, it didn’t even budge.

No, it couldn’t be like this. This, this… it just didn’t make sense.

For a moment, Thermis’ face turned pale.

This Squatjaw was a monster. One whose like she’d never seen before.

“No, I haven’t finished talking yet. Listen well. If you listen carefully, you won’t get hurt. Yeah? I’m not that bad a guy.”

It seemed like he was still talking about something, but she couldn’t understand anything at all. She couldn’t make head or tail of this situation.

Nonplussed, Thermis could only utter a single sentence.

“You, you, you… Wh-, who the hell are you!”

The squat-jawed bastard grinned.

It was then that she looked at his face properly, and saw that it wasn’t that of some third-rate villain. No, his face was indeed like that, but the light in his eyes was definitely not that of a run-of-the-mill rogue.

A predator.

“Huh? What, didn’t you know?”

A huge palm inched closer and closer to her face, covering the entirety of her world. That was the last thing she saw before Thermis lost consciousness.

“I am a kidnapper.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 69

The prayer room inside Jevarsch Castle.

“He’s gone.”

An old man with a missing arm and a strong-looking middle-aged man were praying before God.

“Yes. What a rapscallion! For three years he’s been chirping at me, ‘sword, sword’. But he ran away the moment he got it.”

He left once he got his hands on the Thunderbolt Sword.

What a cold-hearted bastard.

“I thought he’d leave after a little while.”

“Still, at least he should’ve said his goodbyes to you before leaving.”

“You mean he didn’t even tell you, Count?”

“I am no longer a count.”

“Ah, that’s right. But he didn’t even tell the head of the family? That bastard, I didn’t even see his hide nor hair before he scarpered.”

Seeing Bernard grumble that he shouldn’t have given away the Thunderbolt Sword, Elburton was relieved inside.

Callius hadn’t said goodbye to anyone.

If he hadn’t said it to his daughter, would he say it to his father?

If he hadn’t said it to his family, would he say it to his teacher?

There was not much difference between them, it seemed.

His son didn’t have a heart of stone, he just felt it too awkward to say goodbye.

It wasn’t like they were parting forever.

“I was just wondering if I’ve given him the title for nothing…”

“Now that cheeky bastard has become a count, nobody can stop him.”

“That’s right. What kind of fuss will he be stirring up now?”

They talked of their worries, but there was no worry on their faces.

Just small smiles bloomed.

Even if it’s sad, what can you do?

He wanted to go to a higher place.

How could they stop the hero who’d protected the North, now that he was going to protect the kingdom?

“Did he look fine?”

“You mean Callius?”

At Elburton’s nod, Bernard pondered, thinking of his disciple.

“Once a fool, always a fool, they say. But even such a scapegrace had a daughter, a father, a teacher, and the power of the North, and became a count.”

Everything that’d been originally his.

The man who’d lost everything, regained everything. With a victory!

Was there any need to say any more?

“The young boy has now become a young man, and he is trying to become a full-fledged adult. But the brilliance of a late dawn lasts longer, does it not?”

“Is that so.”

“The fairy tales I read as a kid were usually about heroes. However, remembering them now, heroes aren’t strong from the start.”

A hero can only become a hero after suffering hardships, passing trials and tribulations, and encountering the crossroads of life and death a few times.

What is a hero?

Even a roadside beggar or a dying patient can become a hero.

“Even if the beginning is weak –”

Only the ending has to be great.

“Isn’t that the perfect phrase for Callius? So there’s this thing I’m doing as a pastime…”

“Are you writing a book?”

“Just to pass the time.”

The kingdom’s greatest bastard.

It was perfect for a story.

Elburton smiled happily and joined his hands in prayer in front of the statue.

“Bernard. Originally, I didn’t have many days left to live.”

“… Yes. I remember.”

“But the doctor who came to treat me a while ago said –”

That his disease had been cured.

An act of God. A miracle.

But Elburton knew –

“I’ve been saved by him twice.”

“Really!? That’s a good thing! Maybe, Count, that’s why you…”

Elburton nodded.

“He already knew.”

“You mean about your condition, lord?”

“Well, he threatened me with it.”

Since you were healed because of me, meekly pass on the count title.

It’s not yet time for me to take over, so keep a close watch on the northern lands as if your life is at stake.

And that was how Callius had gotten the title. Bernard clicked his tongue hearing this crazy tale.

“He’s my own son, but honestly, is he crazy or something?”

A son who threatened his own father.

Of course, it might simply be his twisted personality.

“He’s a good kid. He gave Emily that precious stone. It’s late, but isn’t he trying to be a good father at last?”

“I’m glad. I’ve been wondering for years about what to do with Emily. Her divine blood has been released, and now she’s known as the daughter of my perfect heir, so there’s nothing to worry about.”

Emily’s skills were improving day by day. Unlike Callius, she was a smart and talented kid.

However, Elburton still felt a bit saddened because of her. Unlike before, he now had a legitimate successor in Callius, so his life had become much more relaxed.

There was no reason not to shower Emily, his son’s daughter and his granddaughter, with love.

But Emily didn’t get close to Elburton. They were still a little uncomfortable around each other.

That was what Elburton felt sad about.

Not that he wasn’t reaping what he himself had sown[1]

Elburton pondered for a moment on their conversation about Callius, then asked cautiously.

“How do you rate his skills?”

“…”

“Callius, defeated the warlord. I was still conscious, so I saw it clearly.”

What was engraved on his sword.

“It’s well-known that only those who have reached the level of a Master can use it…”

Sword boundary[2] (劍畺).

It had emanated from Callius’ sword.

Elburton had seen it.

It wasn’t complete, but its presence to him had been clear as day.

Because that was the realm he’d longed for all his life.

“Bernard. Tell me. Is Callius… a Master?”

Bernard chose his words carefully before responding.

The Callius he’d seen.

And remembering what he’d accomplished, Bernard answered carefully, word by word.

“He almost died twice on the battlefield. And he grew stronger each time he came back alive.”

He’d barely survived the fierce battle against Champion Kel’tuk.

And the next time –

Callius, who’d blocked the general’s axeblows, had already surpassed Bernard.

It wasn’t enough to match the warlord, but his final blow had been something different.

Its power was definitely that of one who’d risen to the ranks of Masters.

What had been contained in Callius’ sword –

The technique that had defeated the general – was the proof.

“At the edge where life and death meet, he caught hold of it, what neither of us have managed in all our years.”

Though it still wasn’t perfect.

But he was definitely progressing step by step.

Towards the realm of the Masters.


At the same time.

‘Master, what bullshit.’

It’s all nonsense.

Since the time I dealt with the warlord –

I haven’t managed to successfully execute Other Shore Flower even once.

Even Stella, who’d invented the Silver Flower Wave Sword arts in the first place, had invented the third martial skill after reaching the level of Master herself.

There’s definitely a feeling.

I’ve got a sense of which direction I need to go to grow.

But not yet.

It’s still too early for me to become a Master.

I remain calm on the outside, but am relieved on the inside.

If they mistake me for somebody approaching the Master’s realm, I can only be grateful.

They seem to have misunderstood my hidden aura and the gravity of the Tyrant Sword as proof of being a Master.

Well, it’s worth it.

If you think of the insignificant force of gravity as the momentum of the mighty, it’s understandable to be mistaken for a Master.

Because I don’t want to fight in the first place, the Tyrant Sword’s effect is satisfactory enough.

‘The Worm Soul is definitely bothersome.’

In a one-on-one match, if a bug that gnaws on your nerves and causes pain and distraction, victory would naturally become difficult.

But of course –

‘They’re just bugs.’

The spirit sword that guides worms is not very compatible with the Tyrant Sword that manipulates gravity.

No matter how many worms there are, they’re still just worms in the end.

If you crush them all with the force of gravity, their special powers are naturally unusable.

This is because the power is distributed among the huge swarm of creatures. Suppressing such dispersed power is only too easy with the Tyrant Sword.

Orcal may have a few trump cards, but it’s not difficult to beat him.

But in a situation like this, I can’t consider one-on-one fights.

Three captains versus one person.

If it’s about defeating each of them one after the other, that’s not impossible either. That’s how much stronger the War of the North has made me, and I have several powerful swords in my hands.

If I make up my mind and fight, I won’t lose, and that’s not me being arrogant.

But before that, there’s work to be done.

“If you were in doubt, I could’ve gone to the Church to prove my innocence. You guys didn’t need to drag me, I myself was already going there on my own two feet, so I could become a heretic inquisitor.”

I take out the Judgment Sword – Medea from my waist.

And among the ones in my front, I raise my sword towards Orcal in particular.

“Was this really your idea?”

“…”

As soon as Orcal sees the Judgment Sword, he flinches and looks away.

But he can’t deceive my eyes. For a moment, Orcal was looking towards Druma.

“…”

And, Druma –

When I turn towards him, the elegant blade of the Judgment Sword is dyed black.

“So this is the answer.”

It hadn’t been their own decision.

Nevertheless, the reason for attacking in this way must be due to instructions from their superiors.

Ryburn, noticing what’s going on, has left my side and joined the other two at some point.

“Good.”

Whatever I say here, or even if I prove my innocence by holding the Judgment Sword to my own neck, it’s no use.

Because they’re going to try and kill me anyway.

That’s fine.

I’ve endured a lot so far.

After all, I don’t want to listen to their chattering either, so now is the time to have a conversation with our swords instead.

It’s also the perfect stage to test out my new sword. Inquisitor-captains aren’t trivial opponents, even if I go all out.

I unsheathe the Thunderbolt Sword.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 자업자득 (lit. self-employment), asking for it; bringing something upon oneself.

[2] 검강 (geomgang, lit. sword river) is being translated as sword boundary. Geomgang is a common KR martial arts/fantasy concept meaning sword qi becoming tangible (see the fight against the orc warlord). Although the Chinese form is supposed to be 劍罡, not 劍畺.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 48

The Taming of the Shrew[1] (1)

Actually, I’d been thinking that there was something more hidden behind this.

Because there was no way that an ‘A’ rank mission could simply be to find the ‘tomboy princess who left home’.

In addition, all kinds of adventure quests in this world of Adventure King basically always included a ‘battle’ element.

Even if it’s just a simple request to carry a heavy load, this is a world where a robber would appear out of nowhere, or a hostile force would rush in to seize it, or you might even meet a bear along the way.

In the first place, being an adventurer here meant ‘seizing treasures based on your strength’.

There may be adventures that don’t need a guide to find the path, or a decipherer to solve a riddle, but there can be no adventure without battle. One treasure, and many competing with their power to win it. That’s why the ‘adversary’ is such a popular and essential position among the adventurers.

I put my ear to the door and listened for the signs beyond.

There were three assassins in the aisle.

They didn’t seem to be very good at their jobs.

They wouldn’t have chattered like that otherwise.

“Is this the right place?”

“Definitely. I saw the maid running in earlier.”

What should I do with these guys?

I thought about it for a while, but the answer came quickly.

I had to intervene, and catch them.

It wasn’t a very pleasant situation to have run into these guys from the underworld without any information, but it wasn’t like I could just stand by and watch.

Besides, they also had information I didn’t know, so it was better to catch them first and figure out their identities.

After sorting my thoughts out, when I was just about ready to move –

“But what about that place?”

“No idea. Seems there’re people inside, though. I heard some noise from behind the door.”

‘… Huh?’

It was frustrating. All of a sudden, the guys were approaching our cabin.

While I was busy feeling embarrassed, we were already face to face with just the door standing between us.

“Isn’t this the princess’ residence? That other one’s a bit…”

“But the maid definitely ran into that warehouse over there. And the princess sleeps well wherever she is. She’s like a wild horse, a beast really. Of course, she doesn’t look it.”

“Well, let’s at least check it out.”

‘Oh, are you all coming in?’

I couldn’t help but be amazed at their boldness.

It wasn’t enough for them to just chatter on about information they needed to keep secret.

Were they that confident in their skills, or was this their first time attacking somebody in the middle of the night?

I sneaked away from behind the door to the side just in case.

And then,

Creak–.

They opened the door to our cabin and came in.

At least they had some conscience, since they were trying to be as stealthy as possible.

It was after seeing the sleeping forms of Cocoa and Chinuavi that they began to talk again.

“Just these two little kids?”

“Looks like they lucked into finding a place to sleep.”

“Well, they had to have wandered around a while to have come this far.”

“What should we do?”

“If there’s a commotion, they’ll wake up anyway.”

“Then they might run away.”

“That’s going to be tough.”

“So there’s only one answer.”

There didn’t seem to be any point in watching further.

“Nope, that’s the wrong answer.”

I came out of my hiding spot behind the open door and strode towards them.

And slugged the one closest to me on the jaw.

Puff–.

The fellow didn’t even have the time to scream.

“Hey there.”

The other two didn’t seem to even understand what was happening right now.

Well, it was fortunate for me.

Anyway, I also didn’t want these two kids to wake up.

I immediately activated my unique ability.

[Scribe’s Shackles].

Then, I quickly stabbed the iron pen that’d materialized in my right hand into one’s arm.

“Ugh!? K-, kgh…”

“Quiet. Or the kids might wake up. We don’t want that, do we? Let’s take this outside.”

Then, my other hand covering the mouth of the man I’d stabbed with my pen, I quietly dragged him out.

Of course, my gaze was always fixed on the third guy who remained.

Then, the last one, after hesitating a little, also sneaked out after me.

Things were simple after that.

I engraved a ‘1’ on the guy who’d already been stabbed with the stylus, and ‘2’ on the guy who’d been standing next to him, because he was the stupider of the two.

It was purely my compassion that stopped me from writing ‘dumb idiot’ or ‘bumbling assassin’ on him.

“Now, go back quietly and bring back the last one. Got it?”

The two men nodded their heads without saying a word.

After a while, ‘1’, ‘2’, and then ‘3’ with a swollen cheek were all lined up in a row in my front.

I led the three guys out onto the open deck.

“Come on, now tell me. Who are you guys?”

The stories they told me were quite surprising.

All three were assassins from the Skull Empire, hired by an unknown party, and they said they first met on this ship.

Their target was Princess Thermis of the Mainin Kingdom, and the assassination deadline was within three days after departure. If they couldn’t assassinate the princess by then, they’d have to pay the recompense with their lives instead of giving back the money.

“Within three days? The voyage lasts for at least ten days, though?”

“If you look closely, it seems that there are quite a few other guys hired besides us. Assassins also have their own methods, so the times must be divided so that we don’t step on each other’s toes.”

“Is that so?”

From the looks of it, it seemed that they got their turns roughly in order of skill. Yeah, there probably weren’t anybody else as worse off as these guys.

Then I asked something I’d been curious about.

“Do you have anything to do with the people of the Skull Empire who came to persuade the princess?”

‘1’ and ‘2’ shook their heads at the same time.

“No. I know the group you’re talking about, though. Because we were also following the maid when she saw them. But we don’t know them.”

I knew it.

I’d had my doubts. When she’d heard that the troop of the Skull Empire had followed her on board, the princess had seemed very annoyed, but she didn’t seem to hate them or have any real desire to kill them. This meant that they weren’t the ones here to attack her.

In summary, there were currently two groups from the Skull Empire on this ship.

1. Those purely under the orders of the first prince.

A group of people who’d came to persuade her to marry.

2. Those who wanted to stop the marriage at any cost.

A group of assassins trying to get rid of the princess.

I squeezed the fellows harder and got some more specific information.

“What is the situation now? I mean in the Skull Empire. How are people taking the news of the engagement?”

“The engagement isn’t the problem, but the princess’ refusal is. There’re a lot of people who really feel strongly about it.”

“So, are you guys going to start a war?”

“There is a bit of that in the air. Because we thought it was a land we could capture anytime we wanted. We were just preserving our old relationship.”

“Then, if the princess accepted the engagement, there won’t be a war?”

“Umm… I think so?”

“What if she died instead?”

“Well… Wouldn’t that be the same? The cause of the fight would be gone.”

It sounded boring.

“Then what if you hide the truth after killing the princess? Wouldn’t it be possible to rouse public opinion by pretending that the princess ran away, or was still hiding somewhere in the kingdom?”

Then,

“Ah…”

“… Uhm.”

They finally seemed to understand.

“There could be war.”

I nodded.

It made some sense.

I’d been looking for this ever since I’d heard about other, related linked quests. Really, this wasn’t a quest to end with a simple search for a missing person.

The task given to me was not only to tame the princess and send her to the empire. I even had to protect her from the imperial assassins who wanted to use her existence for political reasons.

‘Well, if they’re all at the level of these guys, there shouldn’t be any problems.’

They also seemed to have run out of knowledge.

“Do you know anything else? Regarding her, I mean.”

“No. That’s all.”

“Me too…”

“… I have nothing. Sorry.”

“Why, you don’t have to be sorry.”

Then, I coolly pushed the guys on the back.

“Now go, continue what you were doing.”

“Yes?”

“… What?”

It seemed like they didn’t understand what I was saying.

“What are you waiting around for? Aren’t you here to assassinate the princess? Go for it. I won’t disturb you.”

“…?”

“…?”

The reason was nothing complex.

Because I wanted to awaken the princess to her circumstances, while also confirming her strength. After all, these guys won’t pose much of a threat to her.

In the original work, she had been a named character, although she never got any individual battle scenes. But wasn’t there a scene where she just blew away a dozen soldiers at once while commanding a great army on the battlefield?

So, this time, I was trying to figure out a little bit about her level of personal power. Depending on what I found, the range of countermeasures I could take would vary.

And if there was another reason –

Knowing that her location had been exposed, I wondered if she’d consider getting out of that cage.

It was understandable that she was looking for a place others would avoid so as to not get noticed. But did she really need to be in there? I had no idea what thoughts went inside her head.

“Come on, go.”

“Uh… yes.”

“Hey, what do you… we’re supposed to do it properly, right?”

“Yeah. You have to do it properly.”

“Aren’t you on the princess’ side…”

“No, no. Don’t be so nervous.”

“No, what if I just go back today and promise to come back tomorrow…”

“Ah, why would you go? You already came all the way here. Don’t dawdle, you don’t want to miss the deadline, do you?”

“…”

In the end, according to my orders, they somehow reached the princess’ residence. To encourage them further, I even opened the door myself.

“Good luck. She’s a strong woman, so be careful.”

Soon after, when the guys had sneaked in, I intervened just a little bit more, just in case something unexpected happened.

“It’s an attack!”


The next morning.

The second day of the voyage.

I looked at the princess from afar, who was wearing a hood and lingering on the deck.

“Well?”

Then,

“Not yet.”

“It seems premature.”

I got two opposing votes.

“What, why?”

“She isn’t standing still. She hasn’t found a place she likes yet.”

“It won’t be too late to approach once she takes a seat.”

“No, you can go and lead her. To some good place with a nice view.”

“Not really.”

“Isn’t it wiser to approach her when she’s more relaxed? Considering she’s currently on the run.”

Seriously, these fellows were smart.

“Yeah, got it. See you.”

“Good luck.”

“Take care.”

Then I went straight down the deck, leaving Cocoa and Chinuavi behind. Because there was something else I had to check.

Currently, we had decided to move into two groups.

One with Cocoa and Chinuavi, and one with just me.

While those two were going to try and get along with the princess, I had a plan to chase after the gang trying to assassinate her. I wondered if those two young kids would be able to make the princess drop her guard and get closer.

I could also transform into a pretty boy, but only once in a fortnight at most, so that was useless here.

Before long, I arrived in front of a cabin.

Opening the door, I saw three men scattered about on the bed and talking among themselves.

It was ‘1’, ‘2’, and ‘3’ who’d gotten beaten up by the princess yesterday.

If I hadn’t caught them while they were sailing over the deck to the open sea, ‘2’ and ‘3’ might not have been here today.

“Hey, have you guys gotten better already?”

As soon as I spoke, the guys started pretending.

“Uh, you were here?”

“I’m not in good shape right now…”

“Right now, assassinating somebody, please…”

They were funny bastards. Of course, I had no intention of encouraging them, but weren’t they here originally to assassinate the princess?

“Fine, I just want to ask you guys something.”

The three all breathed a sigh of relief in unison, and turned to face me.

“Ask us anything.”

“The one who requested the assassination. I don’t need his identity, just the body shape and appearance will do.”

I didn’t expect them to know his identity from the beginning. Since he had to have hidden it anyway.

But I thought he must’ve stayed in touch. For the one who’d secretly commissioned the assassination, not only the life and death of the princess, but even the life and death of the assassins themselves had to matter.

But,

“Umm, I don’t know anything though?”

“Same with me.”

“Me too…”

The answers didn’t come back right.

“Why don’t you know? Didn’t you ever meet him here?”

Then everyone shook their heads.

It wasn’t a lie. Those marked with the [Scribe’s Shackles] couldn’t lie to me unless I allowed it.

I asked some more questions, but all the answers were disappointing.

They didn’t know him, had never seen him, and were always the ones contacted by the other party instead of contacting him themselves.

It was embarrassing. I’d really hoped to get a clue or two from them.

It seemed wiser to give up on that.

“Now what?”

After leaving the cabin, I immediately started searching for the path using my pathfinding eyes.

However, there was hardly any ‘difference’ to be found.

Not only was it difficult to set a goal because the identity of the ‘object to be found’ was vague, but I also had little experience finding ‘differences’, so everything that caught my eye seemed suspicious.

I searched every nook and cranny of the ship, hoping to find something, but didn’t get any meaningful results.

“Haah… Let’s go back.”

After wandering around for an hour or two, I made up my mind.

This was not the way. It had been a foolish idea to hunt down and eliminate the assassins one by one.

I had to find a new path. If I couldn’t track down the assassins, I could only wait in ambush for them to come waltzing in.

The problem was that I couldn’t think of a way to keep the princess company.

‘Should I just try and stick to her along with the kids?’

No.

I immediately shook my head. That plan was sure to immediately backfire.

Yesterday, seeing ‘1’, ‘2’ and ‘3’ being beaten, I could immediately recognize it. That woman had gone crazy with the stress of getting married.

What kind of man would just stroll up to her at this kind of time for no reason? Wouldn’t it just seem to be somebody butting their nose in? She might proceed straight to beating him up and throwing him overboard.

To be honest, it felt far more daunting to have to convince that woman to marry than to deter the assassins. Powerlessness and temper tantrums, it was hard to judge which one was worse.

I was in trouble again.

What should I do? How could I try and persuade her while protecting her from danger?

What stance did I need to take to be able to do that?

While I was scratching my head like that for a while –

“Ah!”

At that instant, a very clever idea flashed through my mind.

A way to stay by that woman’s side and protect her from the assassins, and at the same time subdue that brash temper of hers.

There was indeed a way.

To disguise myself as one of the attackers and kidnap her.

I could stay by her side, fix that temper a bit, and get her out of that stinky cage.

A real trifecta.

‘I can even make some excuses later saying I had no choice but to do that, to protect her.’

Our relationship would be a bit rocky, but we wouldn’t be seeing each other for very long anyway.

And by the time she officially appeared in the future chapters, I would’ve already changed permanently into a pretty boy, so there was no need to worry.

“Okay, time to go into full villain mode.”

Unconsciously, my lips had already stretched into a grin.

Oddly enough, some kind of excitement was welling up inside my heart.

Maybe because that was how I got my start in this world… but I really did have a little bit of a villainous side within me.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 말괄량 (lit. shrew, tomboy), as you can guess we couldn’t resist using the former because of the famous Shakespearian play of the same name. But in the text itself, we’ll still refer to her as a tomboy (shrew sounds a bit offensive for somebody as awesome as Thermis). Just remember that they’re the same word.

Don’t forget to like, comment, and/or rate and review at NovelUpdates! One chapter missing for last week, will be made up for.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 68

“Why did you separate?”

Alfredo asked as if he couldn’t understand.

“We’d be better off together. Master Callius was the first to notice the ambush. Although his aura feels weak, those rumours floating around don’t seem to be nonsense.”

“You mean all that chatter about the Hero of the North?”

“Yes. Master Callius’ level cannot be compared to three years ago.”

The instantaneous reaction and agility that’d allowed him to avoid the surprise attack.

And the aura of the sword he’d pulled out in response.

All three marked him as one of the strong.

“It’s true. I was really surprised too, you know?”

The surprise attack of the thunder wolf dragon had been nimble and sharp. Fitting of a creature said to have inherited the blood of a dragon.

If Callius had been even a little late, Helena would’ve been seriously injured.

She still had a throbbing pain in her shoulder where she’d been shoved.

“The two swords he wears around his waist are probably both spirit-ranked. He drew one of them when the thunder wolf dragon came.”

And when Callius had drawn his sword –

Alfredo couldn’t move for a moment.

A feeling of pressure had constricted his body from all sides.

“I was suppressed by the force of his spirit for a moment.”

A knight who’s reached a certain level or higher can exude a strange sense of pressure just by drawing his sword.

For adherents of the flesh, it’s called killing intent[1].

For those who embrace spirituality, it’s called strength of spirit.

“Master Callius’ presence dominated the surrounding space at that moment. That must’ve scared our attacker off.”

Although that aura appeared weak, it hid an immense spirituality.

“Perhaps he’s intentionally hiding his aura. Maybe he’s always been like that…”

“Aren’t you thinking too much? Don’t you know, Callius almost died by other pilgrims’ hands three years ago? There’s no way that arrogant man could’ve hidden his power in such a situation. Perhaps he just trained hard, or chanced upon a gift.”

If not, it might be the power of some mysterious relic. Or maybe the power of the sword he had?

“Then why did you leave? Because of that glasses guy?”

“Partially.”

“Partially?”

“It’s partly because I don’t want to see him, and partly because of Callius.”

Helena smirked meaningfully.

“So it’s a test?”

“Umm… I just need to see it once.”

The creature had called the lightning.

Its scales and horns hadn’t looked like much.

“In the first place, I’m just here to take a look.”

“What if he dies?”

“Wouldn’t he have died if he came alone, then? Naturally, I’ll help him if that happens.”

If that was all, it’d be enough to save him, erase the debt, and separate.

But what if he caught the thunder wolf dragon? What if he had more potential than she’d thought?

“It might be a good investment.”

“You mean the position of the Lady of the North?”

“Of course not that!?”

Alfredo smacked his lips as if it was a pity.

“Why do you always keep trying to marry me off?”

“I just want you to start a family and find happiness.”

“How funny. You just me want me to buzz off quick so you can be free.”

Alfredo shrugged.

“Anyway, the public perception of Callius is still as a piece of garbage, isn’t it?”

What if you stood at the side of such a person, supporting and investing in him? Your gains would snowball.

“Even though it seems crazy to suddenly become an inquisitor…”

Callius had changed.

No, he was still changing.

At some point, the prodigal scumbag had become a Hero of the North.

He even had a daughter, surprisingly.

“I’ll see it with my own two eyes and judge for myself. If I support him from behind, it wouldn’t be a dream to make him a Hero of Carpe.”

“You really love your country, lady. Although you always pretend otherwise.”

“Carpe has been rotting for a long time.”

“For a merchant family, wealth is usually placed higher than honour.”

“We put money over fame, sure. But Carpe is where we make our money. In the empire? It’s not like we couldn’t make it work. It won’t be that bad either.”

But although merchants pursue wealth –

“If you pursue only gold without believing in anything else, one day that gold will drag you down and drown you.”

A merchant ruled by gold is no different from a thieving shoplifter.

“Isn’t that the creed of the Bolivian family?”

And above all –

“I like Carpe. And the sword, too.”

“What about the empire and its spear?”

“I don’t like either. Too dull.”

There’s no romance.

An empire and a weapon filled with only base and pragmatic ambition, trying to usurp more and more land, and erase other cultures and religions.

‘No romance’ was the phrase Helena always used whenever she talked about the two.

“And it’s more fun and rewarding to have your own story of earning your gold.”

What could be more boring than earning gold coins without any effort?

What is the meaning of even a single gold coin, if no effort has been put into earning it?

“Even this time, there’ll be a lot of gold coming my way.”

Cheok.

Helena pulled out one of the swords that hung at her back.

The moment she threw it to the ground –

Pong.

It turned into a black shadow with a chiming sound, and when the other sword was thrown down as well, the shadow changed to the shape of a snake.

The shadow that had turned into a giant serpent soon disappeared.

A smile appeared on Helena’s face.

“Found you.”


The Black Forest.

The forest is hot and humid, due to the trees that keep it warm for all seasons.

The trees emit heat, but what about the snow falling from the sky all the time? The snow melts and becomes water, leading to a perpetually humid environment.

The heat of the trees is one of the main factors that have created this environment.

Similar to the White Forest, this forest is also the way it is due to the peculiarity of the trees that grow here.

That is the Black Forest.

“Where is it?”

“Didn’t you say you had a guess where it might be, Count?”

“If it’s the one who’s taken over the Black Forest, there’s one place I’m suspicious of.”

Near the centre of the Black Forest, there is a tree that rises like a spire.

A tree so old, it’s valid to say this forest had started growing around that single tree.

It’s so tall and wide that it can be seen from afar, so Callius had thought the ruler of this forest probably stayed there.

Teok.

“You’re heading towards the centre.”

“Right.”

It’d take quite a while to get to the centre.

He might have to walk for about an hour.

“Can I ask you one thing?”

What if he said no?

“Why did you accept the offer?”

“Your offer?”

“My suggestion that I recommend you as a heretic inquisitor.”

“And you’re asking that now?”

You sure you aren’t acting too fast?

“It was a proposal I myself had come up with, but honestly, it’s true that the position of a heretic inquisitor isn’t very attractive for you, Count, since you’ve succeeded the title of Lord of the North.”

But why did you still accept it?

Ryburn was suddenly wondering about that.

Callius glanced at the forest as he walked, then looked back at Ryburn and responded indifferently.

“I’ll need it now.”

Originally he’d had no intention of becoming a heretic inquisitor.

Even if he weren’t an Inquisitor, even without the title of count, Callius could’ve saved Carpe in other ways.

He’d accepted Ryburn’s offer simply because there was nothing wrong with it.

The title of count, and the position of heretic inquisitor.

There was no downside in having them both.

Having only one of the two would be annoying, but both at the same time was much better in that regard.

For just a simple reason –

The setting of this world stemmed from his imagination, but there were still many things that he didn’t know.

That was then –

“What is it?”

When he stopped, Bruns hurriedly ran behind him.

Something had tripped Callius’ aura sense.

“Hick! Is it that thunder wolf dragon!?”

It wasn’t a thunder wolf dragon. It was a human.

Hearing that, Bruns patted his chest as if he’d been scared stiff, then roared.

“I don’t know who it is, but come out! You stand in front of Count Jervain!”

As Bruns cried out –

A large man appeared from behind the black-flowered tree.

The captain of the Sixth Squad.

“Druma.”

And –

“Orcal.”

With him was the captain of the Third Squad, Orcal.

Their hair was covered with dust, as if they’d just fought a battle, and their cloaks and armours were splattered with a little mud here and there.

“Was it that guy?”

Druma and Orcal looked at Callius but didn’t answer his question.

Instead –

They made eye contact with each other, nodded, and slowly drew their swords.

Callius’ eyes narrowed.

The subtle and quiet killing intent they had begun to emanate was pricking his skin.

The quick-witted Bruns slowly took a step back.

“For now, I’ll just ask. What do you mean by doing this?”

Callius questioned without blinking an eye at their killing intent.

But Orcal merely raised his sword in response.

It was a strange-looking sword with multiple holes on its blade, as if it’d been chewed through by the black worms Orcal controlled, but Callius just frowned as he looked at the sword.

‘Worm[2] Soul – Anaskan.’

Orcal’s sword, the Worm Soul – Anaskan.

From the holes of the sword’s blade that seemed to have been gnawed on by insects, small black things began to disgustingly crawl out in ones and twos.

A black soot wrapped around Orcal, and eventually began to expand as if trying to control everything in its reach, including Callius and the forest itself.

The true essence of the black soot was worms (蟲).

Worms.

As its name suggested, this spirit sword created worms.

Of course, they were not normal worms.

They were powerful creatures that carried neurotoxins and ate flesh and bones.

Sometimes, they could even chew through swords, so they weren’t easy enemies to fight.

“What do I mean? We have too many problems to go into detail.”

The worms buzzed and circled around Orcal, who was speaking with clenched teeth.

The appearance of hundreds or thousands of worms permeated a deep disgust.

“The kingdom’s biggest piece of trash suddenly became strong, to be honest, even with a relic or whatever, you’re pretty good. But, o hero! O Hero of the North!”

This place, was far from the North.

This was the Black Forest, without any people.

The only other one here was the thunder wolf dragon.

So it was a perfect place.

“In the name of God, the interrogation begins…”

That was then –

Kuung–!!

The moving storm of worms, with Orcal at its centre, was disturbed.

Suddenly, a tremendous sense of pressure swept over the area, brimming with threat.

“Ugh!”

“This…”

“What!”

A gloomy killing intent slowly began to bloom.

As if overlooking them from a place high above.

Orcal and the other captains’ faces were distorted in pain as they were rooted in place by the cold eyes of a predator, an archetype of arrogance.

“So, you mean to interrogate me?”

Callius took out the sword from his waist and held it loosely.

The pressure on them grew even stronger.

‘To make me feel this oppression just from killing intent…!’

A killing intent that could even stop them captains from moving! Orcal didn’t dare act hastily due to that sense of intimidation that differed too drastically from the weakness of his opponent’s divine power.

To make him feel that kind of pressure directly, just from killing intent?

Being able to use such intangible power is impossible without reaching a certain level.

‘The worms…’

Even the worms he had given shape couldn’t withstand it, so they couldn’t fly properly and fell to the ground like black rain.

Even non-living things were in such a state.

The faces of Orcal and the other captains were dyed with surprise.

‘Is it because even though his divine power is still weak, the purity has changed to match a Master!?’

There was no way he could’ve already –

He couldn’t have risen to the rank of a Master[3]!

It was impossible.

It was absurd, but that’s what their eyes were telling them.

“Master…”

This was proof.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 살기 (salgi), lit. bloodthirst, murderous gaze.

[2] 충(蟲) can mean both worm or insect.

[3] Master is going to be capitalized when it’s referring to the rank. This might change later but it’s just too common a word otherwise.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 67

Kwajijijijik!!

“Dodge!”

Lightning coruscates all over its body.

The fulminating blue lightning strikes mercilessly in all directions.

Kwang! Kwaang!!

I hurriedly rolled over, but there was an indescribable chill rolling up my left arm.

I twisted my body quickly to move out of the way.

Kwajik! The claws of the thunder wolf dragon tore through the air behind me.

Kwaaang–!!

Where his claws struck the ground, lightning writhed, and trees exploded and burst into splinters.

In the aftershock’s wake, I quickly got up from where I’d fell about a meter or so away.

I felt surprised and terrified, a chill of terror seeping into my bones[1]. A little late, and my left arm would’ve been torn off.

I drew the Tyrant Sword from my waist at once.

Kuung–!

The gravitational force became heavier within the radius equal to the sword’s reach.

The ground dented in a circle, and the spiritual power of one, two, and then three peaks of Six Peak Flowers technique circulated into the veins.

All preparations, completed.

A suffocating stillness engulfed the surroundings.

However, the attack of the thunder wolf dragon ended unexpectedly and anticlimactically.

“It ran away.”

There was no sign of the bastard.

It’d long since disappeared.

Removing the power of gravity, I looked around.

Bruns was hiding in the bushes, shivering, and Helena and Alfredo were covered in dust.

“Just now, that was… Right?”

“That’s right. It was that thunder wolf dragon.”

“Wow, that’s crazy. Are you trying to hunt something like that? No, can you even catch it?”

The bastard’s speed was enough to deserve the phrase, ‘fast as lightning’.

The destructive power of its lightning-wreathed claws which struck with such speed was beyond imagination.

I honestly didn’t think it would be that much. If it weren’t for Instinctive Intuition, noticing its surprise attack would’ve been difficult.

‘Wasn’t it supposed to be a cub?’

Most likely Bernard, that old man, had been wrong.

“I have to catch it.”

“Why?”

“If I leave it alone, the damage to the North will gradually keep increasing. The beasts will gather around him into a horde.”

If I left it alone, it’d become a problem.

And if I caught it, I could make the lightning ability of the Thunderbolt Sword even stronger.

The total number of beasts in the North had diminished significantly decreased due to the orcs. I might never get a chance like this to catch it ever again.

‘Because I’m not sure how long the quest will last.’

I had to do it while I still could.

Its strength was higher than expected, but not enough to leave me completely helpless.

“It’s being pretty arrogant.”

Because it had no competitors in the North.

In other words, most of the guys who stirred shit in the North had died.

Since the powerful creatures had disappeared the forest, it must’ve been enjoying the whole place as its own territory.

Otherwise, it wouldn’t have shown off its power so arrogantly.

“Ah! Callius! He went after a horse! Aren’t we short of one?”

“Maybe it took one away.”

“So that’s why it attacked, it was trying to catch a horse.”

“What about my saddle?”

“Yes? Uh… I guess it was taken together, right?”

Paduduk.

So basically the Saddle of Humasys was also gone. Just one more reason to catch it.

“This cheeky bastard…”

What a wicked thing to do.

“But it’s really violent. I think I’ll have to subjugate it… I didn’t know it would be so vicious.”

“Maybe somebody’s already provoked it.”

“Yes? Who?”

“Didn’t I tell you? Some people went hunting before me. I don’t know if they’re still alive.”

“We’re alive.”

Speak of the devil and he shall appear[2].

Ryburn walked out of the forest, probably chasing the thunder wolf dragon.

Of course, he wasn’t in very good shape.

“This isn’t right.”

How many battles had he fought with the thunder wolf dragon? He was in far too shabby a state.

His trademark glasses were broken, making his piercing eyes stand out, and the armour he was wearing was shattered and charred by lightning.

“Did you run into that bastard?”

“A couple of times, yes.”

Also, is the boss the boss?

Even after clashing twice, there didn’t seem to be any major injuries on him.

“How was it?”

Ryburn took a deep breath.

“The first time, we suffered a lot because we couldn’t respond to its surprise attack, and the second time we waited for it in ambush, but in the end it got us instead. It’s a natural hunter. It was toying with us, throwing out thunderbolts at unmatched speed, and never standing still for a proper fight.”

Ryburn and the other inquisitor-captains had encountered the thunder wolf dragon on the very first day, but they couldn’t even fight a proper battle.

If they fought for a little while, it ran away, and if they were careless, it came back for another surprise attack.

“It’s evil.”

“It has the blood of a dragon. Besides, wolves are naturally intelligent animals.”

Was it hunting those who’d come to hunt it instead by making good use of its special skills?

After all, only this kind of bastard would drop a quest.

‘Besides, that Blue Lightning.’

The power of the lightning was not to be underestimated.

“Paladin Helena. What are you doing here?”

“I have business in the North, but I didn’t know you were here.”

Just die.

At Helena’s almost inaudible murmur, Ryburn let out an awkward laugh.

“Did you two know each other?”

“A long time ago, he got suspicious and dug into our family.”

A heretic inquisitor’s suspicions would naturally lead to interrogation and damage to the family.

It was deeply fatal for the Bolivian Merchant Group who engaged in commerce.

“Because of you, many families had to cut a deal at the time, and our limbs still shake when we think back on the money we lost, you know?”

“I was just doing my job.”

“And what about the compensation for those who were harmed because of that stupid job?”

“I clearly expressed my own apology and delivered my compensation back then.”

“A few swords and an apology letter? You really don’t think that’s the end of it, do you?”

“I…”

“You two are being noisy. This isn’t important right now, first we have to catch the thunder wolf dragon. We can talk privately later.”

Helena frowned as if she didn’t like it at all and turned around.

“Where are you going?”

“You say you have to catch the thunder wolf dragon? I’ll figure out its location on my own.”

As she walked away with Alfredo, she tapped the twin swords on her back.

Helena’s twin swords.

「Death Sword – Rosetta」.

With her shadow, tracking the thunder wolf dragon wasn’t an impossible task.

“I’ll let you know when I find it.”

Helena beckoned to her shadow and disappeared into the forest.

“Where have the other captains gone?”

“They scattered to search on their own. It’s supposed to be new and inexperienced, so we didn’t decide to come together.”

“You could end up defeated in detail.”

But it was fine if they suffered from surprise attacks.

“I’m confident in my own skills. If others get done in by it… there’s nothing I can do about it. I can only take revenge with my sword.”

They were people with no sense of camaraderie.

Of course, it’d be strange to wish for comradeship with people who belonged to the Church.

All they have is their faith in God and their obsession with swords.

“Master Callius. No, would it be right to call you Count Jervain, now?”

“Whatever’s convenient.”

“Count, then. You’ve met the thunder wolf dragon. How was it? Do you have a chance of winning?”

I nodded.

There is a chance.

It was stronger than I’d expected, because it inherited the blood of a dragon, but the thunder wolf dragon was still a young cub that’d just become the ruler of this place.

Its arrogance was sky-high.

The fact that it’s just attacked them meant it was intoxicated with its own power.

Else it’d have acted a bit more carefully and cautiously.

So there was a chance.

And one curious thing.

‘You’re asking me…’

Was it a provocation? I couldn’t know for sure.

But what needed to be done was clear.

“My sword didn’t work on it. The scales were too hard.”

“The poison didn’t work?”

“Right. My poison, against its scales…”

The Iron Grace Inquisitor –

His Poison Akasha, didn’t work.

“Is that so…”

Ryburn won’t be of much help in hunting the thunder wolf dragon.

The moment that thought hit my head –

As if it was natural, I drew the sword from my waist. A sword with a beautiful blade that escaped the loose cloth that had wrapped it.

Judgment Sword – Medea.

I brought it to Ryburn’s neck.

“What are you doing? Count Jervain.”

“Do you know the name of this sword?”

“What the hell is it?”

“It’s the Sword of Judgment. It’s a sword that judges the opponent. If there is even a single lie in the answer to my question, you will die.”

At first, I’d had a lot of trouble hiding in Tristar because of him.

Afterwards, I did get some help, but I naturally didn’t hold many good feelings towards him.

But apart from that –

If the roots are rotten, they must be pruned – for the sake of the Carpe and the Order.

“Aren’t you afraid of God’s wrath? Turning the Inquisition into an enemy! Turning the Church into an enemy!”

“I am laying the groundwork to destroy the rotten roots of Carpe.”

I pushed divine power into the Judgment Sword.

Its gleaming tip touched Ryburn’s neck.

“Ryburn. Have you ever worked for the empire?”

“Not even once!”

If what he said was a lie, the sword would be dyed black.

But if it was the truth, there’d be no change.

I wished in my heart for it to be a lie. But unfortunately, there was no change.

“My apologies.”

When I lowered his sword, Ryburn expressed his dissatisfaction with a wrinkled expression on his face.

“What the hell was that!”

“Judgment Sword – Medea. It’s an ancestral sword passed down from generation to generation in Jervain. It makes it possible to discern lies from truth. If what you just said had been a lie, Ryburn, the sword would have turned black and your head would’ve fallen on the ground.”

To be honest, there wasn’t any possibility of that.

I knew the Iron Grace Inquisitor.

Ryburn du Valus was a devout believer of Valtherus. But I’d decided not to blindly trust my metaknowledge, so I tried it out.

The result, as could be seen.

“… This was rude. But I’ve heard of the Judgment Sword once. Discernment of lies. I’ve seen records that the Church had previously requested to borrow the Judgment Sword from Jervain.”

Ohh, did that happen?

“Naturally, they would’ve been rejected.”

“Yes…”

There was no way the family would lend an outsider a sword made from the lord who’d protected Jervain all her life.

“Your faithfulness is guaranteed by me and the Judgment Sword.”

“…”

Ryburn’s grievances visibly rose to the tip of his tongue, but in the end he couldn’t spit them out.

I was a count. The one who would become the future Lord of the North, and above all else –

‘He couldn’t respond.’

Until my sword brushed against his neck.

Ryburn, didn’t dare react.

Even though he’d already become mentally and physically exhausted, he couldn’t help but feel shaken.

‘Is that the true power of the relic?’

He didn’t know.

He didn’t know, but he had to seize it.

It wasn’t him who had to be interrogated by the Church to confirm his faithfulness, but Callius!

“Bruns, come along. I can roughly guess where the thunder wolf dragon is.”

“Yes, Boss!”

Watching Callius enter deeper into the Black Forest, Ryburn stroked his neck once.

That moment when his Adam’s Apple bobbed up and down –

The servant of the already gone Callius –

Bruns, bit his lips.

“…”

Ryburn furrowed his brows. And as he was going to draw his beloved sword, Poison Akasha –

“I’ll take the lead!”

The man ran away, using Callius as a shield.

Ryburn trailed after him, feeling an inexplicable displeasure.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 간담이 서늘했다 (lit. gallbladder/chatter felt cold) – idiom meaning very surprised and terrified. The second part of the sentence has been added to the translation to keep some of the flavour.

[2] 호랑이도 제 말 하면 나타난다더니 (lit. even a tiger appears when you talk about it).


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 47

Adventure Request Form

Two days later.

At a port city south of Westland, called ‘British’.

“Hey…”

I was amazed at the appearance of the huge luxury passenger ship in front of me.

The, pure white, ‘White Rain’.

Even though I was completely ignorant about ships, I could easily recognize what this passenger ship was made in image of.

The movie ‘Titanic’. The ship’s design clearly took its cues from there.

To be honest, it felt a little weird.

As if a real-life movie scene had been transplanted into a manga.

“Is this your first time seeing a ship, Big Brother?”

Chinuavi asked with a grin as if he’d sensed the gleam in my eyes.

“Rather… you can tell it’s a great ship just by looking at it.”

Not just its appearance was good, even the settings applied to this ship matched that.

Fast enough to reach Eastland from Westland in just ten days, which meant very high speed when measured in knots.

An inviolable, unsinkable steel body that no sea monster could bite through.

A luxurious interior that hearkened back to the glory days of the ancient Golden Empire.

Finally, the phrase, ‘the ship of dreams that everyone longs for.’

Then,

“What are you doing, Squatjaw?”

Cocoa’s voice snapped me out of my daze.

“There’s no time.”

“Why? There’re still twenty minutes left before departure.”

“Ticket.”

“Ah, right.”

I’d forgotten the most important thing.

We hurried to the ticket counter.

But when I asked for tickets, the salesman wagged his fingers left and right with a very arrogant expression on his face.

“Nope. You’re too late.”

“You don’t have any tickets at all?”

“Well, departure is just around the corner. Don’t you know? That ship over there is the White Rain. The ship everyone longs for. There’re even people flying in on airships saying they want to ride it… tsk, and you’re trying to get a ticket now?”

But even as he said that, he wasn’t firmly cutting us off.

His sly stare explained it all.

He was asking for money.

So, I patted down my pockets as I’d been waiting for this.

Of course, I wasn’t trying to take money out.

A slightly cool plastic card brushed across my fingertips.

My adventurer’s license.

‘Heh heh…’

Although it was bit childish, I’d actually always been waiting for such a situation to unfold.

Wasn’t it something like revealing a bit of your hidden power?

Although it wasn’t as good as an S-rank or higher license, this A-rank adventurer’s license was also a symbol of enormous benefits and authority in this world.

The basic setting of this world is that the adventurers are the chosen ones, and the A-rankers belong to the top 5% among them.

Of course, in the second half of the work, it’d just be a cold and useless plastic card. Because everyone would be S or SS-ranked, and in Midland where the Tower of Adventure is hidden, there are no ‘ordinary people’ to appreciate it in the first place.

But right now was different.

Now, at the beginning of the story, was the only opportunity to do the ‘adventurer flex’ to my heart’s content.

At that moment, when I could feel the salesman’s gaze slowly turn toward me –

I took out my license and slid it forward.

“Excuse me, but… this is who I am.”

“Huh?”

Soon, the salesman, who confirmed the card’s authenticity, turned white.

Yup.

“Wait, are you an A, A-class adventurer?”

For a moment, I almost couldn’t help but laugh. Although expected, how appropriate a response!

“Um… it’s not really that great, I’ve actually just became an adventurer… I’m A-ranked, but just because I came first in the qualification test, so I’m still a young rookie…”

“Heo-, heok! F-, first in the qualification test!”

The salesman’s mouth was wide agape, as if his jaw was ready to drop down to the floor at any moment.

“Actually, this is a bit of an urgent situation because I’m carrying out an important mission from the Adventurers’ Association…”

“U-, urgent situation!?”

“It’s the ship everyone longs for, so I understand there aren’t enough seats, but since this is a very important mission… 

“Ah, aah! Seats! Yes, there are. Our White Passenger Line provides such basic benefits for adventurers. Especially if you’re A-class or higher… Which seats do you want?”

Done.

Suppressing my laughter, I continued.

“Hmmm, it’s a little embarrassing to ask directly. In fact, our mission presupposes frequent encounters with the ship’s distinguished guests…”

“Third class.”

“Yeah, third class… huh?”

Despite my puzzled glance, Cocoa again spoke with an indifferent expression.

“Third class.”

“… Look here, you little brat.”

But instead of responding, Cocoa silently pointed to a corner of the ship.

People in shabby clothes were coming and going through a small side door.

It seemed to be the entrance to the third-class area.

“Hoo…”

I could guess why Cocoa was pointing there.

That had to be the path.

But wasn’t this all the same ship anyway? Would it really matter?

Even when I pleaded, Cocoa just shook her head.

But I also had no intention of stepping back.

The door to the first-class area over there was clearly shining much brighter in my eyes.

“That’s not because of your pathfinding eyes. It’s because of those jewels at the entrance.”

“But that’s not all, isn’t the same light over there on the floor and the stairs too…”

“Nope.”

“… Yeah, I just had to try.”

It looked like I couldn’t avoid third class.

When I asked for three seats in the third class, the salesman’s eyes were full of surprise.

“I can even get you first-class seats…”

“… This isn’t about comfort, I’m riding the ship because of my mission. Well, then.”

Holding back my tears and grabbing the tickets, I ended up bound for the third-class area in the back.


There were no fixed seats in the third-class area.

It was a place where if you just laid down on an empty bed, it’d soon become your seat.

Moreover, just because you occupied a seat once, didn’t mean that would last till the end of the journey. Leave your seat, and it’s again up for grabs.

The reason was simple. Because there were far more passengers than seats.

In fact, there were some six-bed cabins that had more than ten people huddled together inside.

However, the reason why there wasn’t a free-for-all fight for seats going on was because of the rule ‘do not covet a seat already taken’, which, strangely, was being obeyed.

The shabbier and more uncontrollable a place is, the more violent the fights that happen there.

Moreover, third-class compartments of so large a passenger ship or airship have a common setting that criminals like to hide there.

In other words, it’s not a place that can stay undisturbed.

Here too, there were a few people right in front of my eyes who looked like they wouldn’t blink at violating the tacit rules.

And yet, there was no disturbance, and the cabins were relatively quiet. 

Predictably, there seemed to be someone overseeing this area.

“Come this way.”

While I was immersed in various thoughts, Cocoa’s guidance continued.

Five minutes were left before departure.

The cabins and passageways were already crowded to the limit.

One could see at a glance that there wouldn’t be any seats left empty, but Cocoa never stopped walking. 

She didn’t slow down at all, even after passing through a cabin full of drunkards, a warehouse full of unknown drugs, and a mysterious engine room full of dust.

Even though I knew her abilities, I had no choice but to voice my doubts.

“You’re not going to just keep going like this, right?”

“Shouldn’t we find our cabin?”

Cocoa seemed annoyed, and only beckoned a finger to follow.

How long did we walk like that?

When it felt like we were almost at the end of the ship, Cocoa finally stopped walking.

And there, surprisingly,

“… Alright, you win.”

“Also, Miss Cocoa. I believed in you from the beginning. It was Big Brother who was complaining nonstop.”

There was an empty cabin, which was even relatively clean.

“Okay, can I unpack?”

“Yeah.”

Cocoa nodded and then tacked on a few strange words.

“It might get a little tiring in the future.”

Then she flopped down on the floor, and it took only a few seconds for her to start snoring.

“She must’ve been pretty tired.”

“Looks like it. I’ll have a talk with her later.”

She’d probably been struggling a bit to see the path.

I picked Cocoa up and moved her to the extra bed, then flopped down on the floor.

Then, I took out the mission request form I’d received from the Adventurers’ Association and carefully began to examine it.

【Adventure Mission Request Form】

  • Request target: Squatjaw Adventurers (Class A)
  • Difficulty: Rank A
  • Content: Find the second princess of the Mainin Kingdom and escort her to the Adventurers’ Association branch in Eastland.
  • Details
    • Strange currents are flowing between the Skull Empire and the Mainin Kingdom, which have been in a state of truce for nearly twenty years. This is because the second princess of the Mainin Kingdom rejected the marriage proposal of the first prince of the Skull Empire. The empire that has never known rejection has been insulted. This is a situation where the twenty-year old armistice might be broken any day, but even the princess then suddenly disappeared.
    • If she cannot be found within a month, there is a high possibility of war.

※ Additional information

  • Find the Adventurers’ Association branch at Nanma Port, Eastland for the rest of the information.
  • High possibility of linked missions being assigned.

Hmmm.

Simply put, it was a missing person search.

Missing person search wasn’t the most difficult among the numerous adventure mission types. Compared to exploring ruins and clearing out bandits, it was barely an inconvenience.

However, as I read the mission request, I started feeling a little nervous.

All my actions so far had been based on my ‘metaknowledge’. Since I was well aware of the current situation, the characters’ personalities, and the future plot, naturally I’d gotten good results so far.

But not from now on –

Basically, I didn’t know jack.

First of all, I came to know about the ‘Mainin Kingdom’ itself from the mission request form. I didn’t even know the name of the kingdom itself, how could I know the background behind it?

Unlike Westland, which consists of about fifty free cities, Eastland is made up of ‘monarchies with kings’. The countries come together to form a coalition government, but it’s not a very cohesive alliance.

That was all I knew about Eastland at the moment.

Fortunately, though, I knew a little more about the Skull Empire.

Because it had been the country most frequently mentioned during the original’s Eastland arc. Also, the leader of this country was a very popular character.

Of course, I couldn’t be sure how much the Skull Empire of the current day resembled the one I knew, but the characters who’d play an active role in the future wouldn’t be going anywhere.

Anyway, going by to the mission request, the reason Cocoa had led us to this ship seemed obvious.

It had to mean that the ‘second princess of the Mainin Kingdom’, or somebody who might know her current location, or some artifact to point us towards her, was here.

Right around here, somewhere.

Slowly, my heart began to pound.

‘Should I try to find it?’

I was already used to my ‘pathfinding eyes’.

Telling Chinuavi to rest, I walked out of the cabin.

First step, set a goal.

‘… This is tough.’

I’d left the room all excited, but I had to pause for a while. Since I didn’t know the specific target, it wasn’t easy to set the goal properly.

It felt like my brain had suddenly frozen.

Hmmm.

Even after giving it some thought, I couldn’t come up with a proper way.

So, I just decided to keep it simple. Let’s take a rough approach first.

I stared intently at the mission request in my hand.

And simply aimed at ‘solving the mission’ itself.

That was then –

Zzzzz-pffff.

Zzzzz-pffff.

“Huh?”

There was a sudden burst of noise. Coming from the warehouse next door, at that.

How puzzling.

“Is this a clue?”

Cocoa had said that clues to the path could come in any form. It didn’t have to be something visual based on light. Just like now, a snore coming out of nowhere might also mark the path’s beginning.

It was so loud, and the clue came so swiftly and clearly, that I could only tilt my head.

‘This timing is too sudden… Whatever, let’s check it out.’

I immediately walked to where the sound had been coming from. It was the door to a warehouse that was only five meters away from our cabin. And the door was even slightly ajar.

‘Oof…’

As soon as I stuck my head inside, a terrible stench wafted out.

At first glance, the interior scenery was even more disappointing.

Some sort of dung was oozing all over the floor, and there were puddles of filth, manure, bales of straw, and even a water basin scattered here and there.

It looked like a place that’d been used for temporarily keeping livestock to be slaughtered, but now it was abandoned.

To be honest, I could never have imagined somebody staying in this place.

But,

Zzzzz-pffff.

Zzzzz-pffff.

The sound kept coming.

Holding my nose, I crept inside.

And witnessed an astonishing sight.

A person was lying on a pile of straw, snoring.

“… Crazy.”

I let out an unconscious exclamation of surprise.

I wasn’t surprised by a person sleeping so peacefully in this filthy environment, without showing any symptoms of respiratory problems.

Rather, there were three reasons behind my surprise.

First, that the sleeping person was none other than a woman;

Second, that she was a very beautiful woman, glowing with health;

Third, that her face was surprisingly familiar.

As I recalled, this woman’s name was Arte Khan.

As the empress of the Great Skull Empire, she had two nicknames: ‘The Black Star of the Meadows’ and ‘The Wild Horse that Cleaves the Winds’.

Not only that, despite being a woman, she was said to be born with the strength of twenty men, and was the first woman to pass the ‘Warrior’s Path’ test of the Skull Empire.

And, more simply, she was one of the named characters that’d appeared in the Eastland arc.

I was having a hard time holding back the laughter that was trying to escape my throat.

The meeting place was indeed a bit iffy, but I seemed to have found the ‘key’ very easily.

I didn’t know if this woman was already the empress now or not, but anyway, a few years later, she’d meet Leo as the leader of the Skull Empire.

Naturally, she must’ve had a high status in the Skull Empire even now.

I didn’t know how it all connected, but I clearly had to use this woman to solve this mission.

‘Okay.’

Finding out the key’s identity was enough for now.

Let’s have a conversation later in a more comfortable place, with the sea breeze blowing.

Then, while I was ready to quickly get out of this cage –

“P-, Princess! Princess!”

Someone hurriedly opened the door and came in. It was another woman.

At that moment –

‘Yikes!’

Without thinking, I threw myself into the pile of straw next to me.

And the next second, I regretted it.

‘… Haah.’

The smell of filth suddenly deepened, and the moist and sticky ‘stuff’ hidden under the straw began to make my body itch all over.

In order to ignore the discomfort jabbing into my bones, I had to focus on the situation in front of me.

“Princess! Come on, get up!”

“…”

“Princess Thermis!”

Erm?

I was a little perplexed. Because the name was different from the one I remembered.

The new woman kept calling the empress ‘Princess Thermis’, and kept trying to wake her up.

After a while,

“Ugh… yaaaaawn!”

The woman got up with a loud yawn.

“What? What is it?”

“Sk-, Skull Empire’s people…”

“Did they come all the way here?”

“Yes, they’re now on the deck… They haven’t come to this place yet…”

“Really, they’re like roaches. I think I’ll just kill them all.”

“Y-, you can’t … The king is already worried about a war breaking out…”

“Uh-huh… damn it. Why does that sick weakling keep needlessly bothering me?”

By now, my initial puzzlement had grown out of control.

Princess Thermis? People of the Skull Empire? A frightened king and a sick weakling being a bother?

With my doubts multiplying over and over, I again went over the contents of the mission request.

  • Find the second princess of the Mainin Kingdom, who fled after rejecting the marriage proposal of the first prince of the Skull Empire.

It was confusing.

Did I make a big mistake?

I immediately shook my head.

It couldn’t be. There hadn’t been that many important named characters in Eastland in the first place.

That girl. She had to be the empress of the Skull Empire I’d seen in the manga.

Ten minutes later.

About five more minutes after the two women had left the cage, I was finally able to sort things out.

The woman a while ago was Arte Khan, who’d later become famous as the empress of the Skull Empire.

However, she was currently the second princess of the Mainin Kingdom. She’d run away because she didn’t want to get married.

To put it simply, it was a scenario of someone being forcibly taken as the daughter-in-law, and eventually the daughter-in-law swallowing the whole dynasty.

And my present task, whatever the future might be, was to gently tame that wild horse-like woman and make her marry into the Skull Empire.

“… So that’s how it is?”

It was messy. It was completely different from all the adventure quests I’d seen so far.

I put off making a decision right now.

For now, I just had to watch.


The next morning, just before dawn.

Suddenly waking up, I could see why Cocoa had said that I’d be tired in the future.

Although, it wasn’t because of the princess’ loud snores.

I could feel some suspicious presences in the passage outside the cabin.

Some people who’d foregone sleep, were approaching the animal cage where the princess was.

They hadn’t simply lost their way.

Thoroughly silenced footsteps, breathing slow enough to go beyond common sense.

The faint noises they did make couldn’t escape my sharpened hearing, and reminded me of someone familiar.

Haka.

These guys felt similar to Haka as he’d been in the beginning.

The Haka of that time, brimming with secrecy and murderous intent.

My calm eyes shined in the darkness.

They were assassins.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.

Thermis! Can’t wait to see how they draw her in the manga. … For research purposes.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 46

Squatjaw’s Guide

“Didn’t you mention only about a thousand people…”

Chinuavi sighed softly as he watched the swarm of enemy soldiers.

He’d tried to limit the possible angles of attack by narrowing the terrain using earth dragons, but it wasn’t easy to compensate for such numerical inferiority.

A mere one hundred dream soldiers simply weren’t equipped to handle these many enemies.

‘Would things be different if I’d actually studied tactics?’

Chinuavi’s lips pressed into a thin line.

Contrary to what he’d told Senior, he’d never studied any books about war. His results in the Brawler Goblin Test might’ve been different if he had. Because tactics was one of the main subjects of the test.

He’d never once considered tactics or strategy as important in the first place. He’d always thought that a strong enough goblin could just take on a hundred, a thousand, even all the monsters in the world.

So he… had stepped forward simply on impulse. Angry, and wanting to be of some help.

‘I should’ve studied a bit back then.’

But now it was too late to regret.

The situation was only getting worse and worse.

Out of the hundred dream soldiers he’d started with, now less than thirty were left, and all of them were showing signs of exhaustion. It wouldn’t be strange if they returned back to the dreaming any moment.

He, too, was tired.

He tried to clench his fists, but couldn’t exert much force.

“Whoo…”

Was it because he’d summoned three earth dragons at once?

Or because he’d forced himself to use multiple techniques at the same time?

Well. 

Actually, those weren’t the real problem.

Neither his ignorance of tactics nor his lack of energy was the true crux.

The biggest problem – was the existence of a single man.

Chinuavi raised his head and looked to the front.

There, a man in an Eastland-style black coat was lying on a luxurious palanquin, supported by dozens of people, and surveying the battlefield with an infinitely bored expression on his face.

In fact, the flow of battle, which had initially been in the goblin’s favour, had started twisting and turning ever since that bastard had appeared.

Five minutes.

In just five minutes, the first and second rows of the dream soldiers had been overpowered by that man, who’d broken into their ranks wielding a weapon that looked like a pen.

It’d been completely one-sided.

‘Too strong.’

If that bastard hadn’t quickly lost interest and retreated, not only the dream soldiers, but even Chinuavi himself might’ve already become a cooling corpse.

Chinuavi glanced backwards.

‘… This is a dilemma.’

Acknowledging the inevitability, he’d tried to run away as planned, but even that had failed. While he’d been concentrating on the battle, suddenly the path of retreat had somehow been cut off.

Chinuavi recognized his current circumstances as the ‘uninteresting situation’ that he’d often heard about.

‘I underestimated my opponent. Like an inexperienced pup.’

In a situation where so many people’s eyes were focused on him, he couldn’t activate the goblin stealth ability either. In particular, the indifferent eyes of the man in the black coat… Even if there weren’t many onlookers, he might not have been able to avoid that man’s eyes.

And in the midst of this, the number of dream soldiers continued to dwindle, and from thirty they had now been reduced to to less than ten.

Soon, it was finally his turn.

That was then –

“Should I say congratulations?”

Suddenly, the man in black coat spoke with a languid voice.

“You managed to persevere. Although, it’s true that I just watched.”

His words came suddenly, at an unexpected timing.

“… What?”

“That guy in the back. He’s in your team, right?”

Chinuavi unconsciously turned his head, to the direction the man was pointing.

There, a strange sight was unfolding.

Pop–.

Pop–.

Enemy soldiers were jumping into the air like flying fish.

“Hmm, I guess this bastard’s pretty decent…”

At that moment, Chinuavi felt his heart pounding violently.

No way…

“Wait, that guy’s got the same squat jaw as you! Brothers? Is that guy your older brother?”

“He… isn’t, but… “

‘He’ was rushing towards their side like a wild boar charging through a field of reeds.

Pop–.

Pop–.

The slender reeds did not dare stand in his way. They were bent, blown away, bounced up, and crushed without mercy.

“Hey, it seems like your older brother is a little stronger than you, right?”

The man in the black coat, who’d been lying down, had already risen into a sitting posture. His eyes, which had only been drowsy and indifferent till now, were shining brightly.

“… Not just a little.”

All of a sudden, he’d come close.

Chinuavi stared at that powerful figure with shaking eyes.

That gigantic size, that superlative strength, and that majestic jaw…

Perhaps the legendary monster hunter, the battle goblin Baugarvi, had looked something like this?

Then,

“Hey, hey. I’m not late, right?”

When he finally reached them, grinning, he didn’t stop and went further forward, leaving the goblin at his back.

The sight of those broad shoulders made Chinuavi’s heart swell with excitement.

The true Captain Squatjaw had arrived.

In that instant, a fierce shout erupted from Chinuavi’s throat.

“Big Brother Squatjaw!”


‘… Big Brother?’

I was a little embarrassed.

It was a designation rarely used among the goblins.

For addressing somebody with reverence, ‘senior’ was much more popular among them.

For a simple reason. Because ‘big brother’ referred to none other than one of their gods.

The eldest of the gods, the God of Mischief.

The situation must’ve been really urgent. If he’d shouted something like that unconsciously.

‘Or does he really think of me like an older brother…?’

Hmmm.

Whatever the reason, it didn’t matter right now.

I slowly looked around.

All but a couple of the intermediate combat agents had already collapsed.

Things would’ve been pretty dicey if I’d come even just a little bit later.

‘Hey, didn’t you ask me to believe in you?’

I looked back at Chinuavi who was standing behind me with a reproachful gaze, but for some reason, there was no sign of remorse in the kid’s shining eyes. He had been the self-proclaimed commander, yet he seemed to have quickly transitioned into a cheerleading role.

I turned my gaze back to the man on the palanquin.

It had been my mistake.

Why did I think this guy was going to wait at the back?

Come to think of it, nobody else could compare to how many battlefields this guy had been active in. Because his instinct as a ‘scout’ didn’t discriminate against his enemies.

Firmino also looked at me, as if sensing my gaze, and slowly started speaking.

“You must be the true owner of these toys. It seems you also went and dealt with some of my men inside the city, right?”

“Actually, I went to catch you, but you weren’t there. So I had to hurry back after venting a little bit.”

“You threw these toys into the sacred battlefield. What bad taste.”

From the looks of it, it seemed that he’d planned to recruit the intermediate agents as subordinates. But trying to dominate them must’ve left him a little embarrassed since they were just NPCs bought from the shop.

“Oh, did they taste bad?”

“That squat-jaw in the back didn’t interest me, but this is good. You, are different.”

He jumped off the palanquin.

As if intending to rush at me right away.

Of course, that was what I wanted, too.

After a brief probe, we crashed into each other.

Bang–.

As his foot struck mine, there was a booming roar.

“Hey…”

It was only one exchange, but that alone proved it.

He was fast and had great strength. He was really very strong, despite that slender physique.

It was frankly cumbersome.

And he seemed to feel the same.

“You’re great. Squatjaw.”

“You’re overpraising me. You aren’t too bad either.”

“I’m looking forward to it.”

“Oh?”

“To having a slave like you, I mean.”

Pulling out the thin implement he was wearing at the waist, he held it in his hand.

An iron pen.

His signature weapon.

The one he used to scribble on people’s bodies.

My anger boiled over in a flash, but I reined it in. So as not to mess things up in my excitement.

Before long, the guy swung the stylus and rushed forward.

His attack was several times faster than before.

Shhh–.

“Ugh!”

Suddenly, the stylus flew towards my left eye. I quickly jerked my head to avoid it, but a thin line still appeared on my cheek.

It was a formidable display of speed and power.

“You managed to avoid it.”

“…”

“But how long will that last?”

He didn’t let up and continued attacking, and wounds gradually accumulated on my body.

Then, eventually,

“Fufu, bastard! It’s over.”

He managed to reach my back.

Next, Firmino’s stylus was nailed to my shoulder.

Push–.

“Ouch.”

It stung.

Firmino gave a sly laugh.

“Fufu, the pain won’t last long. Now, become my slave…”

But at that moment, his voice suddenly stopped.

“Huh?”

When I looked back, his expression had also stiffened slightly.

“Why isn’t it writing properly?”

“…”

He struggled to move it, but the iron pen stuck into my shoulder didn’t budge. 

Not because it wasn’t sharp enough or he wasn’t strong enough.

Because the conditions for activating of the ability hadn’t been met.

I smiled.

This was the moment I’d been waiting for.

For just the sake of this moment, I hadn’t mimicked any unique abilities till now.

“Then, shall I try?”

I immediately mimicked his ability, [Scribe’s Shackles].

An iron pen, identical to Firmino’s, appeared in my hand.

I quickly grabbed the guy who’d been holding on to my back, and stabbed the pen into his forearm.

Splootch–.

“Aagh!”

Then I scribbled on it in my lousy handwriting.

– Wimp.

“Agggghhhhhhhhhhhhhh!”

Blood gushed like a fountain from the open wound.

I watched the guy writhing at my feet with indifferent eyes.

There was a reason this guy was so aggressive, preferred hand-to-hand combat, and wandered the battlefields with his subordinates.

Because his unique ability, [Scribe’s Shackles], didn’t fit its name, and required the user to be quite aggressive.

– Governing conditions:

  1. Your physique must be at a higher level than the target.
  2. You must inflict more than a certain level of damage on the target.
  3. You must create a sense of fear in the target.

“So this is what happens if you just attack like an idiot without knowing your place.”

I engraved one more phrase on his other arm.

– Fool who rushed in[1].

Why did I attack this Neo Archive without much in the way of preparation?

Because even the boss here was weaker than me.


When I’d first found out that this guy was behind the organization, I’d immediately tried to mimic his [Scribe’s Shackles]. But it didn’t work. The Firmino who’d appear in the future of the work, had superior physical ability compared to the current me.

So, while I was scratching my head trying to figure out a way, a scene had accidentally flashed through my mind. It was a scene where Firmino himself was explaining to Leo how he was able to create such a large ‘army’.

And surprisingly, the scene cut to a flashback in his own ‘memory’.

It was about the times when Firmino, who’d left this Neo Archive, had started his adventures in earnest. In other words, he of that time was stronger than the guy in front of me right now, but weaker than the Firmino of the future.

When I tried, I was able to mimic the guy in the flashback.

This meant that the guy in front of me right now was unquestionably weaker than myself.

Of course, I didn’t know the difference would be this much.


Anyway, what was going to happen now?

I’d already inscribed the words on his forearm, but I was curious as to what’d happen after this.

Would my ability act the same way as his?

Of course, if it were a simple physical ability, I wouldn’t have wondered at all. There wouldn’t have been any other option. However, since this ability was about mind control, I wondered if there was some sort of inherent defence mechanism.

And then,

“Ugggggghhhhhhhhhhhhhhh.”

I could see his eyelids slowly fluttering open.

At that moment, I knew.

Done. It was a success.

There were two reasons why I’d dared to subdue this guy with my own abilities.

First, because this ability had a ‘semi-permanent’ effect.

Once engraved, the shackles cannot be removed. Until either the target dies, or the master.

In other words, to break the shackles that bound Cocoa, I had to kill him.

To be honest, I was determined, but it wasn’t easy to murder somebody in cold blood. Even when I tried to think of him as merely a manga character, what my eyes saw was a real human.

Besides, wasn’t this a shounen manga? If the author became vindictive and created some strange whistle-blower character to spread word of my actions, it’d only be a matter of time before the readers’ appreciation of me took a nosedive.

So, it was necessary to do this instead. After all, if I could control this guy, I could free Cocoa irrespective of whether she still had the shackles not.

And, secondly.

This guy was a character scheduled to appear in a future arc. A pretty powerful named villain. Of course, he might now get rejected by the author after being subdued by me, but either way, he was a handy subordinate to have around.

In other words, I was preparing for the future.

I looked at him and smiled happily.

“Come with me.”

“Yes.”

Although his arm must’ve been hurting him quite a bit, he followed me without protest.

As if he’d lost some of his senses.

“Once you get over there… you understand what to do? First, handle the soldiers, then deal with what you need to.”

“Yes.”

“And Cocoa. She’s a kid with a pocket ability, you should be able to remember her if you try. Stop paying attention to her, and release all her restraints.”

“Yes.”

“And that bald subordinate of yours. You know the one. Bring him over here. You can’t move on your own, so send a few people to bring him over.”

“Yes.”

“Oh, and, you…”

That was then.

“No!”

A shout came from somewhere.

“Huh?”

The voice seemed familiar, so I turned around, and surprisingly, it was Cocoa.

She was watching us from afar.

“What, why are you here? I told you to wait until the end.”

Thankfully it was all over now, otherwise it might’ve gotten dangerous.

As I was waving to her, I suddenly felt something strange.

“Squatjaw! You, let go of Squatjaw!”

“Huh?”

… Wait. I scratched my head.

‘Did she misunderstand the situation?

Come to think of it, Firmino’s stylus was still embedded to my shoulder. And he and I were now facing each other.

It was both funny and absurd.

‘Still, if you just think about it for a second, you’d notice that something is strange…’

If nothing had changed, Cocoa wouldn’t have even been able to shout at this guy.

Judging from that, she seemed to be really anxious.

While I started to shout and say it was okay –

“Stop – it!”

Cocoa took out ‘something’ from her pouch.

For a moment, I doubted my own eyes.

“… What the hell is that?”

I couldn’t believe it even when I was looking right at it.

How did she even get that…?

But there was no time to ponder.

After Cocoa straightened up, she pulled ‘its’ trigger.

Puff – whoooosh!

“… Ohmygod! Dodge!”

There was no time to organize my thoughts.

I jumped straight towards Chinuavi, avoiding the rocket that was fired out of the ‘bazooka’ with a roar.


After an hour.

I glanced at Cocoa, who was busy with her word correction.   

She had a very calm expression for somebody who’d almost blown up the whole battlefield just awhile ago.

For an instant, I flashed back to her previous expression as if it’d been superimposed on her face.

She suddenly brought out a bazooka out of nowhere and bombed people without mercy.

Cocoa, awakened version.

Surprisingly, she’d undergone a level of ‘growth’.

Just like somebody who’d definitely been set as a supporting actor in a shounen manga, she was faithfully following the growth cliché of the genre.

In a moment of crisis or rage, upgrade your unique ability to the next level.

To be honest, her evolved ability surprised even me.

It wasn’t just a matter of taking out a bazooka and using it.

Of course, it was a weapon used only in some highly developed civilized cities in this world, but since she was from the ‘Northland Continent’ with many machine cities, her familiarity with it wasn’t very surprising.

What really surprised me was that she’d taken something out that hadn’t even been in her pocket.

I didn’t know how she did it, either.

“Oh, it hurts!”

Cocoa frowned and flinched back.

I slapped Firmino, who was holding his pen, upside the head.

Slap!

“Ouch!”

“She said it hurts.”

“Sorry, I’m sorry. But since the pen is made of metal, some pain is natural.”

Slap!

“Ouch!”

“Is that so.”

“Okay, okay, I’ll do better this time.”

That was then.

“Hey, Squatjaw.”

“Hmm?”

Cocoa suddenly spoke up.

Except for intermittently spitting out words of pain, this was her first time speaking in the last hour.

First she ran up to me and hugged me, but after hearing my explanation, she’d been silent all this time.

Thinking she was going to thank me, I was feeling a tad embarrassed –

But the words that came out of her mouth were completely absurd.

“I think we should hurry.”

“Eh? What?”

“You have to get on a ship.”

“Ship? What ship?”

“It’s going to Eastland. Or you’ll be late.”

It was pretty silly.

“Ship? Uh… But why do I have to take a ship? Isn’t a ship too slow? There’s an airship, too. And the ships also run on a regular schedule…”

“There’s no next time. You have to go catch this ride right now. To British, right now.”

“…”

She seemed to have seen something with her pathfinding eyes.

“She’ll be on the ship.”

“Who?”

“The key. The core of the mission.”

“… Hmmm.”

It was hard to understand right now.

Still, I just had to go with what information I had.

“Chinuavi, prepare an earth dragon.”

“Ah, yes, Big Brother!”

Then I snapped at Firmino, whose editing process was still in full swing.

“Not finished yet?”

“Yes, it’s almost done.”

I could notice that the letters were fixed, although they looked bit sloppy. It was impossible to erase them, so they were modified in a hurry, but fortunately the original ‘pocket slave’ could be changed to another acceptable phrase.

“Okay, come with me.”

The letters were crooked and a mishmash of different font sizes, so it looked slapdash overall, but I thought this should be enough. Since it was a phrase she liked.

 pock et sla ve
squatjawsguide

– ‘Squatjaw’s Guide[2]‘.

“Keep gathering your troops as usual and wait. I’ll come back soon to check up on you.”

“Understood.”

Finally, we boarded Chinuavi’s summoned earth dragon and headed towards the port city of ‘British’.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 하룻강아지 (lit. one-day puppy), part of the idiom ‘a one-day old puppy is not afraid of tigers’. The English equivalent would be ‘fools rush in where angels fear to tread’.

[2] In Korean it changes from 주머니 노예 to 주걱턱 길잡이, but we had to spend some effort to consider how the two phrases should be translated to line up in English. Some readers would think it’s a waste of time, but it just helps to visualize it. Imagine if we went with jutting chin instead of squatjaw, poor Cocoa (this isn’t a dig at the manhwa, though).


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 66

Snow is an inalienable part of the northern lands.

It keeps piling up on the fields and the mountains all year round, no matter the season.

Except for a single place.

The only place in the North that’s without this northern characteristic.

The Black Forest.

Even if it snows within the forest, snow doesn’t pile up and cover the earth. The dark and dense overgrowth of trees instead exudes a sultry atmosphere. Even in broad daylight, the insides of the forest remain very dark.

The trees here are strangely small yet warm, so even if snowflakes fall, they melt quickly.

Therefore, the Black Forest is the only place in the North not covered in white snow.

And inside such a forest –

Callius looked at Helena and asked, smirking.

“I see. Helena. Are you saying you want to marry me?”

“What, what are you even saying! Who wants to marry you! Who’d be crazy enough to marry the kingdom’s biggest womanizer!”

Callius gently sliced ​​a steak with his knife and fork.

“…”

Even that figure resembled some masterwork painting, and Helena’s mouth involuntarily curved up at the corners as she watched.

‘What a handsome face.’

Even when eating with only a knife and a fork in the middle of a shabby forest, the scenery somehow changed to an old-fashioned painting.

The ground was dirty and wet with snow, and the forest full of musty and grassy smells, but his very existence pushed all those things to the background.

‘Should I ask what perfume that is? It smells so good…’

Unconsciously, Helena closed her eyes and focused on her sense of smell. A scent like flowers and honey, sweet yet subtle, brushed against her nose. She wished she could keep smelling it forever.

‘Still, marriage isn’t on the cards. Unfortunate.’

The position of the Lady of the North was indeed attractive enough.

But she still wouldn’t.

“Then why did you bring up such a thing?”

“I was just saying. Isn’t your daughter already twelve? She might get married and have children soon. Then I’d become a grandmother.”

Helena must’ve already imagined that non-existent future in her head.

“I see. What are you actually saying here? Do you want to become a grandmother?”

“Of course not!”

“Then why are you talking like that?”

“It’s just a hypothetical! It was just a few words, why did you have to take that as me trying to marry you?”

“So it was just useless chatter.”

Useless chatter, huh.

She really hadn’t thought her words through, but hearing that made her want to cry.

“You can’t even say a kind word to your own daughter, do you have any room to talk?”

As soon as she spat those words out, Callius naturally became furious.

“What nonsense! I’m doing my best!”

He had his own pride.

Even though he’d found out only recently that he had a daughter, he acknowledged Emily and treated her well with all his heart.

That is, in his own way.

“It’s not enough to just throw a few presents to your daughter. How delicate a girl is! Why can’t you go and give her a hug?”

Callius flinched.

Come to think of it, he’d never done anything like that.

Because it was so awkward.

“That kid doesn’t want stuff like that.”

After all, she was a kid who liked to fight with swords.

… He wasn’t mistaken. Probably.

“Did Emily tell you that herself?”

“No, but I mean…”

They hadn’t talked much lately.

Emily was always training, and Callius had a lot of work to do.

The war was over, but he’d only gotten busier.

Post-processing after a war is always important. Funerals need to be held to appease the souls of the fallen knights and soldiers.

Bernard and Callius –

Along with the heretic inquisitors, had all joined in prayer and held a magnificent ceremony.

Emily was now naturally recognized by the knights, and she always hung out with them or helped Bernard teach the children.

Also, Callius didn’t have many opportunities to meet her, because he’d been preparing for the hunt and then to travel to the Church. Elburton had also thrown a lot of issues his way, which he had to deal with in his spare time.

There had been occasions when Elburton had invited them both to a light dinner.

But even there, for some reason, they hadn’t talked much.

The relationship between father and daughter had reached a stalemate, with no sign of progress.

Callius wanted to shut Helena up, who was trying to keep nagging.

If he left it alone, her rapid-fire chattering would end up rupturing his eardrums.

“Helena.”

“Eh, yes? What?”

“I’ve been in the North for a while, so I’ve got no idea what big things have happened recently in the kingdom. You must have a lot of stories to tell, do you mind sharing them with me?”

Helena was a merchant, so she was sensitive to rumours.

In this age, information was money, so there had to be many stories she knew about.

“Hmm, for free? You haven’t paid back those thousand gold coins you’d borrowed, yet.”

“Where do you think you are? This is the North.”

If you want a thousand gold coins –

Just ask.

“Well, the war’s left more than ten thousand corpses this time. And the Church is processing them for free! Yeah, you’re getting rich enough that a thousand gold coins would just be pocket change.”

“But why a thousand gold coins? I remember it was about five hundred.”

“Including interest. I mean, you’re the highest-ranked count in the kingdom, won’t you even pay the interest on the loan?”

“…”

Callius was furious for a moment, but thinking about it further, he’d borrowed the money three whole years ago.

Even if the interest had increased to match the principal, there was nothing to say. He’d really needed the money urgently at the time.

Not just the money, he owed her his very life, so this much wasn’t a problem.

“And there’s another debt that you really need to pay off. The debt of saving your life.”

She was a woman who’d even suck out the marrow from his bones if he didn’t resist.

It was time to build up an iron wall defence.

“I never asked for your help.”

“Ah~ How can somebody be so mean? But since I already saved you, I can’t take it back.”

Having thick skin occasionally paid huge dividends.

Callius decided to change the subject.

“Did you get my letter?”

“Letter? Ah, the copper mine in Torrett, right?”

“Yeah.”

She must’ve made a killing from that copper mine.

“Are you trying to pay off your debt with that? We couldn’t do anything with the mine, though.”

“What? Why?”

It was just copper, but copper still had many uses.

The mine had a respectable copper reserve.

“Didn’t you know? The Church has already occupied the entire town. There’s talk about some kind of sacred object?”

“Sacred object?”

Callius’ eyes narrowed.

There was no way any relic of the Church of Valtherus could be in Torrett.

If one talked about some lost sacred object in Torrett –

‘It can’t be the Tear of Valtherus.’

It was similar to a holy relic, but they probably wouldn’t have come in force to look for it.

“Anyway, that’s why I didn’t even bother with that place. I might get hurt if I try to get involved.”

“I see.”

Did that happen to Torrett?

Sacred object…

‘Then, does Ryburn chasing me have something to do with a sacred object?’

A sacred relic could justify such single-minded pursuit.

Then, the Lord of Torrett –

Leone – what’d happened to him?

‘In the worst case, he might be dead already.’

Leone.

He’d been a pretty sweet kid.

“Is there any other story?”

“There really isn’t anything big? Something you might be interested in… Ah! Come to think of it, Oliorro is in ruins.”

“So that happened, huh.”

“What, did you already know?”

“No. I didn’t.”

He’d been asked by Count Artemion to be part of an escort to that place.

But he’d refused.

Because he’d guessed this would happen.

In the first place, anywhere the empire stuck its nose in was bound to suffer a disaster.

“I heard heretics were hiding there. So the royal family… you know?”

“That animal, huh.”

“Animal… if you say something like that to the prince’s face, you’ll get your head chopped off.”

“It’s not wrong, though, is it?”

When Callius spoke firmly, Helena shrugged her shoulders as if she sympathized to some extent.

“Anyway, that’s what happened. The prince went and smashed, killed, and destroyed everything.”

“I see.”

Count Altemion had asked Callius to escort somebody from Tristar.

The subject of the escort had probably been the prince of Carpe.

‘If I’d been part of the escort, it would’ve ended in a disaster.’

The one called the ‘Mad Prince’.

A beast who’d lost its mind and gone crazy because of touching a single sword by mistake.

“But the trouble in Oliorro wasn’t just a rebellion, was it? I don’t think even the prince could’ve handled it.”

“Because it wasn’t just a rebellion, the prince had to step in. This is a top secret, do you know what weapons the rebels were holding?”

“Mace, is it.”

“Huh? How did you know?”

“I see. That’s why they sent the prince.”

Mace.

If that was the case, it was understandable.

A country that hadn’t been absorbed into the empire, yet maintained a friendly relationship with them.

Radon, the country that served the God of the Mace.

The hatred the people of Carpe had for them was second only to what they felt about the empire.

Or perhaps in a way, they hated them even more than they did the imperials.

“You really didn’t know?”

“Now I know.”

“What do you… Anyway, so it wasn’t just some little riot. I’ve been buying up this and that, since there might be a big war soon. But the North was already at war. It’d been a really big deal.”

The Wheel turns.

The War of the North had been a main quest.

It’d already come to an end, but now was just the first step.

‘Time’s flowing faster than I thought.’

Before the war really broke out, the problems had to be pruned in advance.

That made his decisions easier, in a way.

“Just how long are you going to eat? Get up! I’m still a bit cold…”

“I’m not cold, though.”

“You’ve got those artifacts on you, of course you aren’t! And you’re a native! But I’m not! It’s cold! I’m freezing to death!”

This noise was going to kill him.

“Noisy. Bruns. Take care of it.”

“Yep! Wait, what do you want me to take care of?”

Bruns looked at the dish in his hand and Helena alternately.

“… I meant, you clean up the dishes.”

“Oh, yes!”

“What, did you look at me just now?”

“Don’t take your anger out on somebody unrelated. And you were the one who wanted to follow me. If you’re going to whine about a little cold, just go back.”

“I’m just going side by side because the Black Forest’s on the way to capital! Why do you keep telling me to go back? I’m hurt!”

Callius shook his head and mounted his horse.

He’d been a dullard when it came to horseback riding in his youth, but people grow after all. With the Saddle of Humasys, horseback riding was no big deal anymore.

“Why are you doing this?”

But the horse didn’t budge an inch.

“It’s not being wilful. I think it’s scared, Callius.”

Of that creature in the Black Forest?

It had dragon blood.

It seemed that ordinary beasts didn’t even want to enter the forest.

“It’s already like this. I heard it’s a baby… is it not?”

Callius activated the Tricolour Eye.

The entire forest in front of him was dyed red. There were some lonely spots of blue, but most of the scenery blazed red as if stained with blood.

Perhaps someone had annoyed the thunder wolf dragon already.

“Have they already met?”

Well, it’d been quite some time, so they might’ve met at least once.

If you walk around in this forest, you can’t help but run into it.

“I’ll leave the horse here. Bruns. You have to stay and guard.”

“Yep!”

Anyway, this guy would only be a hindrance inside the Black Forest.

The Black Forest that now stretched in front of them.

“Helena. The shadows…”

The moment he was about to speak –

Callius’ Instinctive Intuition sounded the alarm.

Hairs rose up all over his body, and a chill sensation penetrated deep into his bones.

Unconsciously, his body moved.

“Hey!”

He pushed Helena away to avoid it.

That was then –

Kwagwagwang!!

Blue lightning flashed.

– Hiiiiiiiiing!

In front of his eyes was the head of a wolf.

Body covered in dragon scales. Light blue fur on its tail. Two horns flashing with twinkling spots of light.

A hybrid of dragon and wolf. The thunder wolf dragon with dragon’s blood, had appeared.

Lightning coruscating from its open maw.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 45

How to Use Pathfinding Eyes

He’ll be fine, right?

I silently watched Firmino’s men rushing up towards the surface. 

Counting only the ones who’d jumped up so far, there were about a thousand. But that wasn’t the end of it. There seemed to be quite a number who were running late.

Even in the best case, at least one and a half thousand people.

This was a variable. They were much more numerous than I’d previously anticipated.

‘I hope he doesn’t try to clash with them head-on.’

The mission I’d entrusted to Chinuavi was only to lure them out. Just to drag the mooks out of town somehow.

Even that was more than what I’d originally intended. Because he wasn’t one of those goblins who were accustomed to fighting.

But,

“Yes, I did fail the Brawler Goblin Test. But strictly speaking, that’s just about your combat skills. It doesn’t measure your strategical acumen, you know?”

“Oh, is there some other goblin test for strategy and tactics?”

“No.”

“…?”

“But I’ve have read more about it than anybody else. I’m confident.”

“Aha, did you learn the theory from a book? What about practice?”

“This’ll be my first time, so just leave it all to me.”

It was a demonstration of unbelievable self-confidence. A sky-high arrogance that demanded me to just trust it and use it.

“But it looks like you’re misunderstanding something. This isn’t about the fight, it’s about luring them out.”

“Uh-huh, I roughly understand it all, so leave it to me, yeah? Senior, why are you even here? Don’t be like an old man long put out to pasture who keeps dreaming about the old days, you’re just wasting time.”

“…”

It finally opened my eyes to how this guy was still a ‘goblin’ in his bones. All his ‘gentleness’ had to have just been a concept, like middle school syndrome back on earth.

Just when I was about snap back that I didn’t want to –

“I, too, have to do something to help Miss Cocoa.”

“What?”

“I just want to.”

“… Being by her side would also help. That kid shouldn’t be left alone…”

“I know. I know but… when I saw those letters, I suddenly couldn’t stand it.”

Chinuavi also seemed to have seen the back of Cocoa’s neck.

At this point, I had nothing more to say.

“Well… don’t get hurt.”

“Don’t worry about me. I’ve got a Squatjaw here too.”

“…”

It was all good, except the bit at the end.

Come to think of it, why was he imitating me?’

I still hadn’t been able to figure that out.

Of course, I did look a little strong from the outside. I was big, could look gloomy and even rough. But even going just by appearance, this world was littered with people who looked much more terrifying.

‘More like… how an elementary school kid might mimic his middle schooler elder brother?”

To be honest, my appearance fit more of an ‘uncle’ than an older brother, though.

Hmmm.

Come to think of it, it’d been a while since this guy had last asked me about my secret. In the past, whenever I asked him to use an ability, he’d ask one thing he was curious about in return. How did I know that he was a goblin, who did I hear about the five gods from, and so on. Of course, I never gave a proper answer.

Anyway, such had been the terms of our deal.

Well, the fact that he’d stopped doing it probably meant he was now a proper teammate. I must’ve become a colleague instead of an interesting customer at some point.

I gave a little chuckle.

You have to have ‘colleagues’, or ‘friends’, in a shounen manga.

Although it was just like kiddy roleplay, it did feel good.

Meanwhile,

‘… But what am I doing?’

Suddenly, reality ensued.

I shook my head and let my jumbled thoughts go. 

This wasn’t the time to get lost in my own mind.

I glanced around, and there was no one in sight, as if everybody had run away.

I got out of my hiding spot at the walls, and started moving slowly.


Ten minutes of walking around, holding my breath.

Navigating this empty underground city was more complicated than I’d expected.

Colourful buildings were scattered all around the streets, and the roads slithered like a maze between them. It was similar to that cafeteria back in Big City, only enlarged by about five hundred times, and even more complex.

I decided to boldly ignore Cocoa’s advice that ‘there should be a large building nearby’. There were no big buildings no matter how hard I looked, and even the ones that were relatively large were only bigger by about half as much compared to their neighbours.

She’d only been about six or seven years old at the time, so everything must’ve looked gigantic in her eyes. I decided to sort things out myself.

By using my ‘pathfinding eyes’.

This was the basis of my confidence in coming here alone.

I’d always thought, surely my eyes couldn’t be that bad?

It was still an open question.

‘Pathfinding eyes’ was also a hidden characteristic, so why wouldn’t it improve with my stat increases?

Of course, the type and importance of such hidden abilities are different from basic ones like ‘strength’ or ‘agility’. They are the most important factors in determining a guide’s level, and for all other adventurer positions as well.

But even so, it was impossible to have made no progress. Not with how much my ‘standing’ had risen.

My initially insignificant ‘stamina’ and ‘agility’ were now at a monstrous level. Not to mention my ‘strength’ that I’d originally started with.

After a lot of thought, I’d come to a conclusion –

I simply didn’t know how to use the ability properly.

Since it couldn’t be used naturally like ‘strength’ or ‘agility’, there had to be a special way to use it.

So, I’d asked Cocoa directly.

“Can’t you just feel it?”

“Huh?”

“To see the path. If I go this way, I’ll come out over there… you feel anything like that?”

“Feel? I don’t?”

“No?”

“No.”

“I guess, here… I’m not going with you?”

“That’s right.”

“But you can’t even feel the path…?”

Cocoa shook her head as if in frustration.

“Idiot Squatjaw. I guess… right, of course there’s a reason behind the feeling. You have to look to see the path, and you have to search to find it.”

“Oh… reason? So there’s some kind of basis?”

“It’s just like when you usually find your way. If you have a map, you look at it, and if there’s a scent you’re following, you sniff…”

It sounded absurd.

“Which map did you ever look at to find a path? And smell? Do you take me for a bloodhound?” 

“It’s like that. You just have to first understand the environment around you. Then you can look for the path.”

“Aren’t you just trying to catch a trail with your senses?”

“Um, I don’t know. Maybe?”

“…”

After a few rounds of, ‘It’s like this I guess?’, and interrogating that talented weirdo for a while, I was able to establish three main processes for finding a path.

1. Setting a goal.

– This is the most basic step, since you can’t even start if you don’t specifically set the goal you’re aiming for.

I’d taken this for granted, but piecing Cocoa’s words together, I’d actually been terribly neglecting this area. 

It wasn’t just about what I wanted to do, where I wanted to go, or who I wanted to meet. She said that I had to constantly rehearse and visualize my goal, without being distracted for even a single moment. Most people get onto a wrong path because they forget to focus, even if only for an eyeblink.

I immediately thought of my goal for the day.

Naturally, that was the position of that bastard, Firmino.

‘No, wait. Should I find that baldie instead? I’d like to deal with him first.’

After thinking for a while, I changed my aim to the baldie. It seemed better to find him first, because there were some things I had to check before my final battle with Firmino.

2. Search for clues.

– This step is where you find the starting point of the path. The key is to discover something ‘unique and strange’ mixed in the surrounding environment. Cocoa described this as ‘the step to open the way’.

“A clue for the path…? What do you mean?”

“Something that catches your eye. It’ll just stand out.”

“So what exactly is it?”

“It’s different each time. Different in shape, colour, and form. Obviously, it has to be strange. And most importantly, you have to understand what makes it different. That’s where it starts.”

I quickly looked around.

An alley between the buildings. A place where the front and back were blocked by the building walls, and a large boulevard just a few blocks away.

‘Now, when I look around, do I see something different… something strange and unique…’

There was nothing.

None of it was ‘different’. It was just the same land, the same buildings, and the same walls.

After looking around for a while, I couldn’t find anything particularly ‘unique’.

‘So it’s not here?’

I considered taking another look for one last time, but then gave up.

I’d already spent enough time. If I obsessed about it any further, I might end up seeing even ordinary things as unique. That’s how human vision usually works.

3. Keep moving.

– If you don’t see a clue, immediately keep moving.

It was for this reason that I moved to the next block without hesitation.

Again, there was no path there.

Cocoa had said that no matter how good a guide is, setting a goal doesn’t mean that you can simply find the path on the spot. If you don’t see anything, you should just keep moving.

“Then where should I go?”

“Stupid Squatjaw. Where do you think? You go where you feel like going.”

“Mmm, that’s right. You really have to search based on your feelings.”

“Actually, you can try to designate a new path as the target in order to find it, but…”

“… What are you talking about?”

“No, just keep looking around. That’d be faster.”

The same was true for the next block.

I tried not to get nervous.

Not here, not there, not there either… But as long as I kept moving, I’d find it eventually.

After a while,

“There really is something different.”

After passing three blocks, I really found something ‘different’.

A set of footprints on the ground.

It wasn’t alone, of course, but it was completely different from the others around it. The footprints were leaking a faint yellow light.

My worries were laid to rest. My eyes could clearly tell the difference. It looked so strangely clear that I couldn’t help but notice it.

My ‘pathfinding eyes’ was growing little by little.

I immediately started trailing after the footprints.

The prints were spaced three to four meters apart, and the light shone brighter and brighter with each passing step.

At some point, I could recognize my destination even from a distance.

Blindingly shining footprints leading to the front door of a certain building.

‘I see.’

Creak–.

As soon as I opened the door, I saw a familiar face.

“Huh?”

“What?”

It was the baldie I’d been looking for.

He was with somebody else, seemingly an executive.

“Who sent you?”

“Have all those guys making a fuss been dealt with?”

He didn’t seem to remember me at all. Well, him remembering me might’ve been even more surprising.

Instead of responding, I took a close look.

The one who’d scared me stiff the first time we’d met.

The guy who’d demonstrated the difference in our ‘class’ to me, keeping me rooted in place with just his presence.

And most of all, the guy who’d made me feel ‘death’.

That man… was no longer here.

“What a wimp[1].”

“… What?”

“I’m saying you’re a wimp now.”

The baldie frowned as if he didn’t understand.

“You’ve been harassing our Cocoa for so long.”

“Cocoa…? Cocoa?”

And then,

“Ah, that little kid! What, you know her or something?”

The bald man burst into laughter once I mentioned Cocoa, as if he hadn’t noticed my earlier words.

The guy standing next to him frowned and stepped forward.

“Is that the problem now? Isn’t this guy is an enemy? He’s cheeky, too.”

“Ahaha, listen. Do you know how much that stupid little bitch pays me every week? A whopping ten million gold, ten million gold! She even believes she can be free one day. Oh dear. When I asked her where all the money was coming from…”

I didn’t hear any more.

I rushed in.

“That stinky mouth of yours…”

The executive standing next to him tried to stop me, startled, but he was too slow.

Th-ud.

My left fist hit his jaw and blew him away, and I then was facing the baldie.

Then,

“What do you think I should do with it?”

I gripped him by the jaws with my right hand, and lifted him up.

“K, kh, kggh!”

The baldie, startled, also tried to resist, but soon fell silent as he felt the power in my grip.

He must’ve guessed what his fate would be if he moved even the slightest, seeing what’d happened to his subordinate.

“I should’ve looked for you earlier, instead of so late. How hard that kid must’ve had it.”

The baldie’s eyes were slowly filling with fear.

Perhaps because he felt the threat of his life being snuffed out, bubbling in the clenched fist of my other hand.

“Ah, don’t worry. Your mouth will be fine. You have to be able to say you’re sorry, right? Of course, I can’t promise about the rest of you.”

Soon after,

“Agh, agggggh!”

The building was filled with the screams of a bald-headed man.


Again, I’d been right.

I left the building with a slightly refreshed mind.

The verification process was over.

These guys weren’t strong.

It was one of the reasons why I’d swaggered in with so much confidence. Because I’d expected myself to be much stronger than them.

The basis behind my reasoning was simple.

These guys were ‘characters created from the beginning’.

According to my guess, these guys were set up as quite strong, so they couldn’t appear early on and got pushed back to a long time later. When they did, they were an opponent that Leo or Kiriko couldn’t easily deal with by themselves.

But rather because of that, I thought these guys would be easier.

At best, their strength was comparable to the Leo of the beginning of the work.

And it wasn’t like Leo had already achieved some tremendous growth compared to that time. The cliché ‘crisis growth buffs’ or ‘rage growth buffs’ hadn’t been applied to him yet.

But nevertheless, Leo enjoys the benefit of getting slowly yet incrementally stronger as the story progresses, or when a new strong character appears. This is a kind of correction effect for the protagonist, and a kind of ‘plausibility reinforcement’ ensuring that he’s poised to win at every moment of crisis.

For example, Leo must’ve had already become even stronger just by the appearance of a character named Karl Zayed.

But these guys were different. They weren’t Leo, who could get stronger without any basis. Because they were not the protagonist.

And I, right now, was much stronger than Leo.

Perhaps in the future, when these guys would be slated to formally appear in the work, they could be the opponent of the current me, but that’d be a long time in coming.

I considered my next opponent.

The baldie had already been given a beating, so now only Firmino remained.

Now that two officers had been knocked down inside the city, he had to have noticed the presence of another raider inside the defences.

I had to quickly find Firmino before the guys who’d left the house came back and made themselves a nuisance.

I immediately targeted him and started searching for a path.

And surprisingly,

“Huh?”

The ‘difference’ was quickly discovered. It’d have been weirder to miss it, honestly. Because it was right there. And because there were so many.

‘… What is this?’

There were countless shining footprints on the ground.

And they were all headed towards the path up to the surface.

What this meant, was clear.

Firmino was now on the surface.

In that moment, it was as if lightning had struck inside my head.

“… Chinuavi.”

My feet had already started moving, faster than my thoughts.

I raced up towards the surface, my path a blaze of thousands of shining footprints.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 좁밥 (lit. narrow rice) is an expression usually used to describe kids who are lacking in some way or easily fall apart.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 65

“The news that Miss Emily is your daughter has spread far and wide.”

“Is that so…”

Despite Bruns’ words, Callius was quietly preparing to go out.

He was in the process of putting on his armour, made of lightweight leather.

Although it appeared modest at first glance, because it was Callius wearing it, he still looked like a highborn aristocrat.

It was an artifact taken from the treasury.

「Enos’ Light Chainmail[1]」.

The chains were sewed inside the armour, making it sturdy yet light.

Callius’ swordsmanship emphasized the swift sword style, mixed with unpredictable changes.

So he wasn’t fond of heavy plate armour.

He usually made do with simple leather armour, but this time he’d found a suitable armour in the treasure vault and brought it out.

It was light and didn’t restrict his movements, yet surprisingly sturdy and resistant to various types of damage.

Why so, was clear.

The enos were a species of demonic beasts. The chains sewed into the armour were made by harvesting the hard mineral growths on their backs.

The leather was also from the enos, hence the artifact was called Enos’ Light Chainmail.

Callius had already confirmed that normal carcass swords couldn’t even leave a scratch on it.

At least his injuries wouldn’t be as serious as before from now on.

“Are you alright?”

“It’s none of your business.”

Emily was his daughter in truth, so it didn’t matter if that fact was revealed.

He’d just never found the right timing to reveal it himself.

“People will start approaching Miss Emily.”

“She’s a smart kid. She can take care of herself.”

Even if they approached –

They wouldn’t dare do her any harm.

Was she not the daughter of the future Lord of the North?

Of course, there would be some with bad intentions.

‘Elburton will take care of it.’

Emily was his granddaughter.

There was nothing about the child that might make him unhappy.

Unlike Callius himself, she’d thrive under his shadow.

“Aren’t you going to meet her at least?”

“It’ll happen in its own time.”

Although he said that, the word “father” from his daughter was still very awkward to hear.

‘At least everybody knows she’s my daughter, so there’s that.’

The child was no longer forced to keep her lips sealed and could openly call her father, ‘Father’, so that had to be enough for now.

Callius was the heir to the North, and in time, he would become its master.

She’d lived such a hard life so far, wouldn’t it better to live in a bit more comfort?

“Oh, and one more thing.”

“What is it?”

As he finished putting the armour on, Callius grasped at the empty air and took out a cloak.

His favourite, the Cloak of Twilight.

Wearing it on top of the armour gave him the image of a fashionable knight.

“You said the arrangements about Rivan and Rinney were being entrusted to you.”

“Well. They’ve been handed over to me, yeah.”

‘Arrangements’. The arrangements about the son and daughter of a traitor.

Slowly, all these troublesome things were being thrown his way.

‘What would my knights think?’

It seemed that Elburton was trying hard to educate his successor.

What a bother.

“What are you going to do?”

Callius didn’t know about Rivan, but Rinney would grow into an excellent knight.

She would not only become a strong guardian of the North, if nurtured properly, she might rise even higher.

Because Rinney’s eyes were special.

“There’s nothing to arrange. Just leave them alone.”

Of course, their lives would now be different from before.

As the children of a traitor, they’d have to suffer through innumerable glares from their surroundings.

But even so, there was no reason for Callius to help. This was an obstacle they’d have to overcome on their own.

“Did you prepare a forge?”

“Yeah. Dexter might die of happiness if he sees it. It’s better than that place he’s got at Tristar.”

Callius was leaving the broken sword behind.

Dexter would take care of reforging, repairing, or whatever else was needed once he arrived.

Of course, having it repaired would be nice, but if that wasn’t possible, Callius would just have to live with that.

Even without the Strong Sword, he had many others, so it was enough to just find another good sword again.

‘Starting from spirit swords, they don’t disappear even if they break, so it’s feasible to break one up and make an artifact.’

Callius already had four swords in hand.

The more swords, naturally the better, but he didn’t have too urgent a need at the moment.

It was a completely different mindset from when he’d been lugging a single life sword around.

“Hmm.”

Callius took out all four swords from subspace.

Two swords had their own scabbards.

The other two, did not.

『Predator Sword – Loas』.

『Thunderbolt Sword – Rakan』.

『Judgment Sword – Medea』.

『Tyrant Sword – Karaktu』.

Just looking at them made one feel satisfied.

After contemplating for a moment, Callius tore out some fabric from the subspace and wrapped it around both the Judgment Sword and the Thunderbolt Sword.

Hanging the two of them in the notches on the belt at his waist, he put all the prepared food and items into the subspace.

“I’m ready.”

“It’s sad if you’ve got nothing to do.”

With the advent of subspace, the need for a porter had disappeared. Bruns was sad as a result, but that was none of Callius’ business.

“Stop spouting nonsense and start. We have a long way to go.”

He’d already spent more time than expected.

It’d been a few days since Helena’s arrival.

A short succession ceremony had already been held.

Usually, the succession ceremony of an aristocratic title of the Carpe Kingdom required an audience with the king, but the four great noble titles were somewhat special.

And the one in the North, even more so.

Since the northern lands had sovereignty similar to an independent state, the title succession did not require anyone else’s permission.

“Everything in the North belongs to Jervain.”

True to the saying, the succession ceremony for the count’s title had been held in a short and quick manner by the Jervain family.

Since the signed paperwork had also been sent to the capital, Callius was now a count.

“Should I call you Count from now on, instead of Boss?”

“Do whatever you feel comfortable with.”

A job was just a job.

He’d indeed inherited the title, but he had no desire to rule the North yet.

Therefore, he’d merely inherited the title.

He didn’t complete the formalities of succeeding as the patriarch.

It’d taken him quite a while to convince Elburton, but he’d gotten the title in the end.

Now even if he went to the Church, they wouldn’t bother him with an interrogation.

Even for somebody working as a heretic inquisitor, a count title conferred many advantages.

“Should I bring a carriage?”

“No, I’ll ride a horse.”

He now had the Saddle of Humasys.

So Callius didn’t fear horseback riding anymore.

The road to the Black Forest was pretty bumpy, so a horse was a better choice than a carriage.

Callius moved towards the stable inside the castle, which housed horses that were famously picky.

It snowed a lot in the North, so it was a place full of woolly dogs, but horses still had their place.

Because horses symbolized knights.

As they entered the stable, the stablemaster came out and politely bowed his head.

“Hmm, let’s go with that one.”

Callius picked one suitably modest horse.

Nothing special showed up under the Tricolour Eye.

It was all blue.

“I’ll prepare it.”

“Use this for the saddle.”

“Yes?”

“It’s only for my own use.”

“Oh, yes. I see.”

While they waited for the horse to be ready –

A read-headed woman fluttered close, pretending to be friendly.

“You’re going hunting?”

“… How did you know?”

“I’ve got sharp ears.”

Bullshit.

Rather, all the shadows within the reach of her sword became her ears.

Such was the ability of Helena’s sword.

“Are you going to follow me?”

“Is that alright?”

“It doesn’t matter.”

After all, after the hunt finished, he’d have to dispose of the corpse and materials of the thunder wolf dragon.

Helena would just be able to buy it from him.

“But are you going to be fine?”

“I said it’s fine.”

“No, I mean, you can’t ride horses.”

Callius was startled, but only for a moment.

He didn’t lose his composure.

“It’s a thing of the past.”

“You’re famous for it. The eldest son of a great noble house, famous for swordsmanship, who can’t ride a horse. It’s not common.”

Ignoring Helena’s teasing, Callius took the reins of the horse that’d been prepared.

He put one foot on the stirrup.

Before going up, he took a deep breath.

It was a tense moment.

“It’s just a horse, what’re you so nervous about?”

Ignoring her ridicule, he hauled himself up on the horse with a hiyaaah!

It raised its front legs up for a moment, but Callius’ riding skills had already improved.

This kind of a small kick was laughable to him now.

“Hey, woah.”

He grabbed the reins tight and calmed the horse down, keeping his balance.

He was sweating a little because of his fear of falling off, but the operation was a success.

As he smiled softly, Helena laughed, saying that he looked cute when he was proud.

This woman sucked.

“You don’t have to follow me to the hunt.”

“Did you get upset?”

“You’d better see a doctor. Those kinds of thoughts might be a symptom of some mental illness.”

Helena waved away his savage words with a peal of laughter.

“What a bleak tone. Aren’t you going to visit the Church after the hunt anyway? I’m going the same way, so let’s go together. I came all the way to the North, how can I just run back to work? I’m not a native, so some sightseeing would be nice.”

“As you please, then.”

Tugging at the reins, Callius moved towards the castle gates.

Along the way, the residents bowed their heads toward Callius when they saw him.

The children rudely waved their hands, but Callius simply ignored them.

“It’s surprising.”

“What do you mean?”

“A noble should draw his sword and educate the lower classes when they behave as rudely as those children. Didn’t you try to teach me that?”

“… That’s a thing of the past.”

“They say people change only when they’re about to die. You aren’t sick or anything, right?”

“If you’re going to keep chattering uselessly, just leave.”

“Ah. See, that kid over there.”

Callius glanced at the direction Helena was looking.

Among the gathered crowd –

A familiar girl appeared.

“Hey, hey. It’s your daughter. You didn’t even go see her, did you? Even though you’re leaving today and won’t be back for a while.”

“You’d be better off without that rat-like hobby of eavesdropping.”

“Calling a lady a rat… you’re way too harsh.”

Leaving behind the grumbling Helena –

Callius neared Emily who was staring at him.

Emily had a sword in her hand.

The sword Callius had given her.

Life Sword – Lucen.

Should he say something?

Wave his hand, perhaps?

But he did neither. It still felt awkward, and he didn’t know what to say.

That was then –

Emily surged out of the crowd. The silver glow of divine power enveloped her as she swung her sword at Callius.

Taeeeng–!

It was a sudden surprise.

However, Callius calmly received Emily’s sword.

The startled horse again kicked up its forelegs and made a fuss, but Callius didn’t fall off.

“What are you doing?”

She was indeed Callius’ daughter.

Her actions so closely resembled his.

“If you’re going, you could’ve just told me. Why didn’t you?”

Once again, she raised her sword overhead and charged. Emily, jumping up to his own height with a single bound, struck at Callius’ neck.

A sword so sophisticated and changeable that one couldn’t even think of it as a child’s.

Within that one leap, she swung the tip of the sword into four consecutive attacks.

Swift, and changeable.

‘Already at this level?’

After seeing Callius’ swordsmanship, her skill had risen.

A sword continuously advancing yet comingling with countless transformations.

It was Callius’ own swordsmanship.

To Emily’s attack, Callius, on the contrary, responded straightforwardly.

A simple block and a simple stab.

The simple yet heavy response stopped Emily’s blade cold.

The battle spanned this single exchange.

The gathered crowd were first surprised by the child’s swordsmanship, and then even more by the calm swordsmanship of Callius in receiving it.

They completely forgot the fact that a pair of father and daughter were wielding their swords against each other, and their eyes were drawn instead to the dance of swords being performed.

Despite Emily’s repeated attacks, Callius blocked and countered with minimal movements.

When he precisely hit Lucen’s centre, Emily fell back from the air and landed.

Silence lingered in the empty space between the two.

“Take it.”

Teok.

“What?”

“It’s a sacred stone. Take it. Next time I see you, I’ll give you a new sword.”

“The sword I’ve got is enough.”

“Is that so?”

“…”

“…”

Silence fell again between the two.

Callius just looked down at Emily, and Emily lowered her sword and looked up at him.

Then Emily, spoke first.

“… When are you coming back?”

“When the time comes.”

“… Okay.”

The words they exchanged felt far too bleak for a conversation between a father and a daughter, but when Helena looked at the two, the corners of her lips curved up for some reason.

So this father and daughter couldn’t be honest with other?

But the pair of them still somehow looked happy.

“Why can’t you be more honest? You aren’t coming back anytime soon, so just be a bit more kind and ask her to wait.”

“Hiyaa!”

Ignoring Helena again, Callius tugged at the reins.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 사슬 경갑 (lit. chain light armour). This is usually an oxymoron, because medieval chainmail – made by sewing metal chains on top of leather armour – is not light armour but rather medium armour. The text emphasizes this is a leather armour, with chains hidden inside the leather. Hence calling it ‘light chainmail’.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 44

Neo Archive

“Then… it’s time for our farewell.”

Haka flashed his usual smile.

Full of secrets and hidden meaning.

There was no emotion in his crescent half-moon eyes.

“What about your body? Are you really fine?”

“Seems the association paid some attention. The recovery pills were excellent. It’s all good now, other than throbbing a little.”

He was fine. Or rather, pretending to be.

But that’s why I was even more concerned. It was as if he was deliberately playing up his normal behaviour.

I was going to Eastland. I planned to visit the Goblins’ Den while I was there.

For Haka, it had to be the journey of his dreams.

Moreover, unlike the times when I’d been tied up with the author’s useless developments, we had been moving far more freely recently. Freed from the various settings that’d been subtly constraining my actions, we’d been living a more satisfying and enjoyable life.

So my words to him yesterday had to have come as a shock.

“Haka, I have a favour to ask you.”

“… What?”

“I want you to move separately for a little while.”

There were two reasons why I wanted to keep this guy apart.

First, as my mouthpiece.

Simple. I needed someone to stay in Westland and constantly remind Leo and the rest about my existence, so I wouldn’t be easily forgotten.

Somebody capable of keeping up the expectations about me by properly mixing loud lies with meaningful truths. Again, there was no one more fitting than this guy.

In fact, Leo and his friends already knew him as my colleague, so such actions wouldn’t even be suspicious.

Of course, I didn’t just ask Haka to do this outright.

Nominally, his job was to unite the various criminal organizations he was vaguely connected to, such as the ‘Windrider Gang’. I didn’t really think that those organizations would be any help, but they worked as an excuse.

Because I honestly thought it’d be pretty shitty to tell him to stay here just to sing my praises.

And second. I needed him to throw around ‘rice cakes’ about the goblins left and right.

In fact, this guy had never properly taken up his ‘original role’ since our very first meeting.

That is to say, to spread the word about the goblins.

According to the original storyline, this guy would’ve already gone to bother Leo and his party several times, asking them to solve a riddle or to make a bet. And in the process, he would’ve constantly mentioned the goblins and their five gods.

But here, he hadn’t.

In other words, at present neither Leo’s party nor the readers had any inkling about the existence of goblins. Even though they’d seen Chinuavi a few times already.

I needed Haka to start up this activity. If only to add foreshadowing and additional significance when I did finally manage to bring the goblins here in the future.

Also, this guy who’d been the epitome of ‘secrecy’ and ‘strength’ in the early parts of the original, had gradually withered and disappeared in the later parts. Because despite talking up the goblins, he hadn’t managed to stay relevant till that Chekov’s gun had fired. But what if the timing was better this time?

His significance would skyrocket, in proportion to his early foreshadowing. Enough that he wouldn’t disappear facing the future plotline, and would be able to fulfil his true potential.

“Three months. Three months at the most. I’ll be back by then.”

“Well… even if you say that…”

“I’m telling you again. Even if we’re away for a while, we’re still the same adventurer team. Got it?”

Haka snorted at my words.

“How come you believe in me so much… Of course, I truly respect Sir Chinuavi… But I’ve just been passing the time with you guys…

“Okay, you don’t have anything else to do, so don’t spout nonsense and just wait. Don’t forget my request, either. I’ll check your scorecard once I’m back.”

“…”

It was necessary to instil a sense of belonging in this guy. If you cannot establish a background where loyalty takes root, he would just disappear without a trace.

And… I already thought of this guy as a friend.

“I’ll tell you all about the Goblins’ Den afterwards. Maybe I’ll have something even more interesting to show you, too.”

I intentionally skipped the part about bringing the goblins. There had to be some surprise.

“But I never even got to hear about the goblin gods. Are you just throwing out empty promises again?”

“Ah, right. You want the Cliff Notes version? I can do it now if you want?”

Then Haka smiled and shook his head.

“Leave it. Just show me the goblin gods the next time we meet. Shouldn’t that be enough?”

“Hah…”

This guy wanted more than my little surprise.

Of course, it was meant as a joke, but it stung a little bit.

Actually, I had that in mind too.

“And, you know? Don’t forget to talk about me later in front of Leo and the rest. That we’d already departed for Eastland a long time ago. Be sure to add in that the one who’s late to solve their mission loses.”

“Hey, somebody’s confident.”

“Believe it. Say we’re doing well. And it’s okay to exaggerate the rumours about us. Like we defeated an S-class adventurer team, or built a kingdom of some sort… stuff like that.”

“Hey, who’d believe that? I’ll take care of my end, so just do your job and come back. Well, it doesn’t matter if you don’t come back. Anyway.”

I smiled as I watched Haka turn around in a hurry.

As usual, he was shy like a baby chick inside.

“Ah! Not going to say hi to Cocoa and Chinuavi? Want me to wait at the door?”

Haka didn’t turn back despite my shout.

However, after a while, a faint whisper was carried over by the wind.

“I’ll see you all soon anyway.”


Three days later.

A city in the southwestern parts of Westland, Neo Archive.

Contrary to its sophisticated-sounding name, the city looked poor and dismal. The streets were empty, the ground littered with trash and fallen leaves, and the incessantly blowing wind was the sole lonely wanderer in the quiet silence.

I looked back at Cocoa and asked –

“Is it right here?”

“Yeah.”

Seeing her face so taut with tension, we had to be in the right place.

“The real city is built under the ground. Living facilities, shops, everything. All the residents live underground.”

In a word, our enemy had built his very own subterranean kingdom of slaves.

He really couldn’t have made me any sicker.

“Really, this organization likes the underground. The cafeteria you led me to back then was the same.”

“But I’m not familiar with the detailed design of the settlement. I’d started following that baldy as soon as the marks were engraved on my neck. Of course, I could try and find a path in if you want, but…”

“It’s fine, why would you have to go? It’s enough just to have brought me this far. Even now, that guy might be feeling your presence.”

“He might, but I don’t think he’d really care, right? After all, everyone here is his subordinate. And I’ve never even seen the boss except during the engraving. Maybe he doesn’t even remember me?”

That was true enough. Had Cocoa been the subject of Firmino’s attention, it wouldn’t have been so easy to come this far. Right now, as long as he decided to, he could even make Cocoa stab me.

He was her boss.

‘… How annoying.’

I had to get Cocoa out of that devil’s thumb.

After apologizing to Cocoa for a while, I headed to a nearby vacant lot.

Then I quickly opened the shop window.

[Currently held points: 501,773p].

“Nice…”

Really, it was an astonishing number.

Yesterday afternoon, as Chapter 17 ended, more than 300,000 points had come in.

Even though there were no additional rewards, I’d earned this much just via awareness.

The actual number of people described as ‘a lot of readers’ who gave me enthusiastic support, was as high as 105,000.

It was so dazzling I’d had to rub my dazed eyes when I’d first seen the numbers.  

Wouldn’t this be better called popularity, rather than awareness?

It was possible to guess why it’d risen so much.

Probably not just because I got 1st place in the qualification exam. Readers didn’t even get to see how I got my place, after all.

Simple. The readers were up in arms.

Even though I came first in the popularity poll, not a single moment of the process of my taking first place in the exam was shown. Moreover, the author was now even trying to send me away to Eastland.

To be honest, I was curious about the reactions, so I couldn’t help but check the readers’ comments.

[Chapter 17 Appearance at the Awards Ceremony – Reader Comments]

Fighting Somansal – Bring back Squatjaw!

Matiz – Author’s going a bit too far.

adfd – Isn’t it because he’s taken a bite out of the protagonist’s narrative weight?

Ari-ari – You can see the author’s level from how he’s putting the most popular character out to pasture.

Jang Moonchungnaga – Author fiat hahaha

LWJ – Author, apologize. What happened to narrative plausibility?

These were comments that warmed my heart.

Somehow, it felt like second-hand satisfaction.

‘Ah, this is great! More, more!’

But,

jh7free – Isn’t this going to be dual viewpoint from now on? Divide the main point of view, and show Leo and Hiro alternately.

No answer. – Agreed. This is how a rival should be treated.

akdtm1 – If you get to see one moving in the east and one in the west, it’d be awesome.

Some readers completely misunderstood the author’s intentions.

Sharing the leading point of view with me? No way.

Our author, who’d leave no stones unturned trying to cut somebody off if they cross the line just once?

But, of course, I couldn’t expect the public opinion to completely turn against him. Perhaps an opportunity would come in the future.

‘… Oh no. I’m deluding myself again.’

I shook my head to shake off my futile hopes.

It was time to focus on what I had to do right now, rather than fall into such wishful thoughts.

I opened the ‘Troops’ page in the store.

Category / [Character Setting] – [Troops]

※ Press here to check the details.

  1. Normal – 200p
  2. Sturdy Meathead – 500p
  3. Normal with a Weapon – 800p
  4. Experienced Martial Artist – 1,200p
  5. Lesser Combat Agent – 1,500p

‘Let’s see…’

▶ [Intermediate Combat Agent] detail page.

  • Characteristics
    • 10x the strength of ordinary people. Varied combat techniques. Proficiency in handling 17 weapon types. Able to conduct group operations.
  • Rental period
    • 6 hours – 1800p
    • 12 hours – 3,000p
    • 24 hours – 5,000p
  • Special
    • Discount for group purchase.
    • 10 or more – 10%
    • 100 or more – 20%
    • 1,000 or more – 30%

‘Anyway, it’s exorbitantly expensive.’

The higher the price, the more difficult it was to judge. Would it be better to buy them individually, in bulk lots to get a discount, or should I directly buy groups with a combination synergy?

15. Nameless D-Class Adventurer Team – 100,000p

16. New Mobile Combat Team of the Adventurers’ Association – 120,000p

17. International Council Battle Group C-1 – 150,000p

The reason I wanted to increase the number of troops by spending so much money was simple. Because the number of enemies I’d have to face from here on would be enormous.

The [Scribe’s Shackles] of Corps Commander Firmino could increase his number of subordinates indefinitely. Of course, he wouldn’t have as much power and time as when he’d appeared in the original story, but nonetheless, there had to be at least a thousand enemies. Even in the Mount Knock arc, he’d said that he had five thousand troops.

“A thousand people…”

Of course, that didn’t mean I had to take them all out. After all, this mind control ability meant the battle was one to capture the boss, so it was enough to just make a beeline for him and save time.

As far as I knew, this guy wasn’t even strengthening his subordinate’s abilities. Roughly speaking, I thought it appropriate to assume that we’d face about a thousand enemies ranging from ‘low-level combatants’ to ‘experienced in martial arts’.

Once we attracted them towards us, how many troops would our side need to hold out, even for a short time?

‘For intermediate agents, we should need at least two or three hundred people, right?’

With two hundred people, 6 hours was 360,000p.

How much did my heart hurt, thinking of that?

I repeated to myself as if incanting a magic spell.

“It’s not that bad. It’s not that bad…”

Then, after taking a deep breath, I called forth a hundred intermediate agents at once.

After a while,

– Shhh. Shhh. Shhh.

One by one, people were created in the middle of the vacant lot.

“Oooh…”

This time too, it was an amazing sight. Like Terminators swarming through a warp gate.

Of course, they were all wearing clothes.

Oddly enough, as soon as the agents appeared, they looked around and started shaking hands. As if the new extras were congratulating each other.

That was then –

“You seem to be calling the soldiers from your dreams, like you did at the amusement park, right?”

“Huh?”

Someone’s voice came floating from afar.

It was Chinuavi.

The guy watched the summoning scene with interest, but didn’t ask about the underlying method or ability. In fact, he didn’t seem that excited.

It wasn’t just because he was a goblin, probably.

In fact, most people in this world would’ve felt the same. That it wasn’t that surprising.

In the first place, the basic worldview included the words ‘everything imaginable’, so there were many cases where people didn’t react much seeing various abilities.

Every time I managed to do something new, I myself was usually the most surprised.

“It looks like you’re calling quite a few this time. And… fairly strong soldiers at that?”

“This time, there’re quite a few enemies. So I need more.”

“How many enemies are you facing? You’ve already got a hundred here, looks like. Isn’t that enough?”

“A thousand.”

“I see. Then this should be enough.”

“… Hoo.”

I just looked at him, a bit puzzled. Weren’t such remarks too arrogant for somebody who’d failed the Brawler Goblin Test multiple times?

“If the commander is good enough, the number of soldiers doesn’t matter much.”

“… True enough, but I’m not going to join the battle. Like I said before, I have to infiltrate the place by myself. So I have to ask for your help. I need a couple more commanders…”

“Who said you won’t join?”

At that moment,

Pyorong–.

Another Squatjaw appeared in front of me.

Wearing a bright red cloak that who knew came from where. He looked like a real general, with an air of command.

“Isn’t Captain Squatjaw right here?”


Thump-thump-thump–.

Thump-thump-thump–.

“… What?”

Awakened by the noise, the man habitually glanced at the periscope pointing up at the ground. Because that was the duty of the man in charge of the city’s borders.

But the man soon grew speechless at the sight reflected through lens of the periscope.

“What, what is that…”

Something like a giant earthworm was crashing into the city entrance. Not one, but three.

Fortunately, unlike his frozen mouth, his hands did not forget their mission.

Ding-ding–.

Ding-ding–.

The sound of the invasion alarm resounded through the underground city.

“Emergency, emergency!”

“It’s an attack!”

“What is it?”

“What is it!? What are you guys doing!?”

The man was well aware that he had a duty to convey what he had seen, but he was finding it strangely difficult to articulate.

“H-, huge earthworms… and a big, big…”

“Earthworms? What else other than earthworms!?”

There were countless modifiers to describe ‘that man’, but strangely, what the guard finally came up with was a phrase he wouldn’t usually use.

But after a moment, he felt convinced that it was a fairly accurate designation.

“A guy with a big jutting chin! A real squat-jaw!”

Wearing a red cloak, riding atop a giant earthworm, leading an army of about a hundred men, he’d come to raid the city of Neo Archive.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 64

“Helena de Bolivian.”

“What’s with you, Callius?”

She tilted her head and asked, looking coquettish.

But I knew.

It was all just camouflage.

Controlling your appearance and expression is the basics of being a merchant. As one born into a merchant family who became a pilgrim, her life hadn’t been easy either.

But –

“Why are you here?”

The issue was –

Why was Helena in the North?

“Because I was called to the North, of course?”

“You?”

“Yes. Didn’t you know? The Lord of the North himself requested our family.”

Elburton did?

“That’s weird.”

Among so many options, he called the Bolivian Merchant Group – and Helena in particular.

“Why is that so surprising? Our Bolivian Merchant Group pays the best prices for demonic beast corpses and byproducts, so the Lord of the North called us, isn’t it?”

“Is that so?”

I see. I’m still unfamiliar with the political landscape of the kingdom.

I already knew that the Bolivian family had a promising future as merchants, but I hadn’t expected them to already have such high reputation.

“Yeah. Who’d be crazy enough to come to this cold North otherwise.”

Helena’s nose and cheeks were splotched with red, as if she wasn’t used to the cold.

Behind her stood a blunt-looking man who looked to be her age, but judging by his outfit, he seemed to be a servant or a family retainer.

He had a sword wrapped around his waist.

His sunken gaze was quite annoying.

“Callius. Is this how you treat your guests in the North? Leave them out here in the cold?”

“You were the one waiting for me outside.”

“Because it’s been a few days already since you came back, but I haven’t seen your hide nor hair!”

“Why are you mad?”

“Who’s mad? Don’t be ridiculous.”

What the hell! Seeing Helena walking to the castle, sniffling, Bruns whispered quietly.

“That cheeky bitch. How dare she act so disrespectful!”

“Bruns.”

“Yes, Boss! Should I go take care of her right now? You know, this one time in the back alleys of Tristar, I ended up making a couple piss themselves with just my words…”

“Shut up that vulgar mouth of yours.”

Bruns’ lips curved down at once.

“And, it’s not something you can do anything about.”

Helena was not just some daughter of a merchant family.

She was somebody who’d already finished her pilgrimage. Such a pilgrim –

Who has completed their pilgrimage, turning the rosario into a sheath, is called a paladin.

“You saw those twin swords at her back?”

“Oh, yeah?”

“A pilgrim’s rosario becomes a scabbard once they complete their pilgrimage. Even I would hesitate to fight a paladin like that.”

Perhaps quite surprised at my answer, Bruns asked with wide eyes.

“Are you saying that she’s strong enough that even you don’t want to fight her, Boss?”

I didn’t grace him with a response.

She was indeed strong.

A rosario transforming into a scabbard means that it has already become one with the sword.

There’s no point fighting a paladin who’s become one with their sword, assimilating its unique abilities, for no reason.

‘If I put the Blue Thunderbolt Sword into the rosario, for example.’

I’d gain the unique ability of the Blue Thunderbolt Sword.

I’d be able to spit out thunderbolts from my whole body without having to unsheathe my sword.

The divine energy contained in the rosary, and the swordsman’s blood and soul, would make it possible.

Unity of Body and Sword (身劍合一).

It means to blend the sword’s awakened soul and your own soul into one.

‘So, you can freely use the sword’s power as if it were your own.’

Of course, the Blue Thunderbolt Sword is useless as an example, because it’s a demon sword that already has a scabbard.

Because it’s already got a mixed soul.

‘The same goes for the Predator Sword and the Strong Sword.’

Judgment Sword was an option, but there was no need for it.

The Tyrant Sword that I got this time…

‘If I make a scabbard of the Tyrant Sword –’

I’d have the ability to freely manipulate gravity, and it’d be significantly stronger.

But one rosario lasts a lifetime.

There can be no second time, because it’s created with the loss of your own soul.

‘The Thunderbolt Sword is definitely a good choice, but…’

It was a once in a lifetime opportunity.

I didn’t want to waste that opportunity on a spirit sword.

Shouldn’t it be a vision sword at least?

Anything less would simply be a waste of such a rare opportunity.

“Boss, do you know her sword’s ability by any chance?”

Helena’s swords were a pair, so it wasn’t easy to forget.

Her unique ability… was also similarly rare.

Categorized as a trait –

“Snakes and Shadows.”


A dining hall inside the citadel.

Elburton and Helena are dining together, discussing the trade between Jervain and Bolivian.

And I am a tagalong.

“I didn’t know that you two knew each other.”

“There was a slight relationship. When he was just starting out on his pilgrimage. Lord God had set a number of ordeals in his path.”

Ordeals, my foot. Is that what you call people rushing out in droves, frothing at the mouth to kill you?

“Those bastards simply didn’t know their place.”

“Still, if it weren’t for my help at the time, Master Callius would’ve been in quite a pickle.”

That isn’t incorrect.

Dying would’ve been a lucky break.

Or I might’ve ended up being caught and imprisoned by one of those crazy bitches.

“So you are my son’s benefactor.”

“No, no. It was all God’s will. It’s said that God’s blessings come only if you don’t waste your breath asking for it. Callius. Isn’t your good fortune of meeting me, simply the result of all your hard work and tireless effort?”

How flashy.

In the end, they’re just words without substance, talking herself up as a lucky charm.

But.

Even knowing that, Elburton somehow isn’t repulsed at all. His eyes are full of interest.

“Lady Helena. Do you have a fiancé?”

“Yes?”

This crazy old gentleman.

Are you trying to buy her and lock her into a birdcage?

“No, but…”

“I see. I asked because a young man and a woman naturally complete each other. I’m glad.”

“Glad, what do you mean?”

He puts down the tableware and continues, as if his words are completely natural.

“Callius. You are now twenty-six, too. The Lord of the North must also consider heirs. Of course, it’s still not too late.”

Were you talking about me, not yourself? I misunderstood.

“Where would I find a young woman willing to deal with a guy like me?”

The kingdom’s greatest fool, the prodigal son of the Order.

That’s who Jervain’s eldest son is.

Who’s going to earnestly consider such a match?

“Callius. Your last name is Jervain. If you make up your mind and search for marriage partners, it’s not impossible.”

It’s not wrong.

One of the four noble founding families of Carpe.

Aren’t the four noble families the epitome of aristocracy, with the grace of God in their bodies?

Among them, the Shield of Carpe, standing unbroken for nearly a millenium while firmly holding on to the northern lands –

The Pillar of Carpe, is Jervain.

There must be no shortage of young women who’d marry into the family for political purposes.

One quiet word from Elburton, and nobles would no doubt line up to sell me their daughters.

That’s how high Jervain stands.

But.

“I’m not doing that.”

But marry those women?

Nonsense.

I’m so busy trying to save my own life, and a marriage on top of that?

I can’t afford such luxury.

“I see. If there’s a woman already in your heart, you can wait a little.”

“There is no such woman.”

There isn’t.

Besides, I already have Emily.

I don’t want to complicate things, and… I don’t want to make her worry about anything.

I don’t want to show any more of my ugly side to a child who can’t even call her father, ‘father’.

“I heard you, Lady Helena. You said you saved Callius’ life.”

“Yes? Oh, that was just a coincidence…”

“It’s common for a man to fall for the woman who saved his life.”

A vein bulges on my forehead.

It’s a conversational style that makes you understand why Callius became such a bastard.

I consider smashing the table, but…

‘Whoa.’

Parallel to my thoughts, my hands have already flipped the long rectangular table over.

The table is midway through its flip, dishes and food tossed into the air.

Kadadadang!

Ah, so I’ve already smashed it.

“Damn!”

As the table slams against the wall with a crack, the waiting knights and attendants jump in amazement.

People blinking their wide eyes, nonplussed.

I’m feeling just as absurd as them, though.

But I still keep my composure.

Wipe my lips with a napkin.

Then get up and throw it away.

“What do you think you’re doing, in front of our guest!”

I’ve already done it, though.

Somehow I got angry without even realizing it.

So it’s better to just lay it out straight.

“I’ve already given you a wonderful granddaughter named Emily. There’s no need to think about getting married.”

“…!”

Elburton probably didn’t know.

The fact that I know.

“Stop treating your own granddaughter like a stranger. No more. Don’t make a kid keep that kind of a secret.”


After all the commotion subsided.

Rumours seemed to have spread within the Jevarsch Fortress.

Spread quite quickly at that.

“Really? No wonder. Master Callius loves her so much.”

“Certainly. I often see Master Callius coaching Miss Emily in a spar. But to think she was his daughter…”

The pair talking were Allen and Aaron, of course.

“Come to think of it, they look alike. Because she resembles Master Callius’ appearance, Miss Emily also looks very noble.”

“I really didn’t know. I was shocked.”

This time it was Jack and Orphin.

And the rest of the knights, too.

The fact that Emily’s birth father was actually Callius, spread like wildfire.

“Did you find out?”

“Yeah. Jervain’s servants seal their lips tight, though.”

“So? Who is this Emily?”

Helena and Alfredo walked into the backyard of the castle.

There was a child fighting alone with the knights of Jervain.

Ashen grey eyes, the symbol of Jervain.

And short black hair.

“Is that girl Callius’ daughter? Isn’t she too big? She must be around fourteen.”

“They say she’s twelve years old.”

“What!? Only twelve years old? Twelve years old, and she’s fighting with the knights? She’s fighting really well, too…”

She had a decent level of skill.

It wasn’t the swordsmanship of a twelve-year-old brat. It was practical, and there was still some unneeded clutter, but her cuts were clean.

Not only did her swordsmanship not match her years, but her body itself had grown beyond being called a small child.

“Emily von Jervain was a child who appeared out of the blue about ten years ago. Abandoned in front of the castle gates, they say.”

Abandoned children were common in this day and age.

But what if the child’s eyes are grey?

The inhabitants of the North weren’t ignorant enough to avoid looking a weeping babe in the eyes.

“I thought somehow an illegitimate child of the family head had appeared, but looking at the various stories, it seems that’s not the case.”

“Is she really Callius’ daughter?”

“I’m not sure, but isn’t it possible? That’s what he said.”

More than anyone else, he said so.

So it had to be true.

“Huh… well. The word prodigal didn’t come out for nothing. Who is the other party?”

“Well, I can’t be sure.”

Because there were a lot of young girls who would be a possibility.

“But is it really? Callius has a younger sister. Could it be that person’s daughter?”

It was known that Callius’ younger sibling had left for the Church a long time ago and never came back.

“It’s not that I haven’t thought about it, but she’s too young to be involved in a decade-old incident.”

Callius’ younger sister –

Violet, had a bit of a wide age gap with her brother, so it was an impossible story.

“They say that the child named Emily originally had a blockage in her divine blood.”

“Really?”

“But somehow it got fixed, and she suddenly rose to prominence during the war.”

And behind that –

“They say it’s Master Callius who did it.”

“It’s amazing, really.”

“This information is quite valuable.”

“I know.”

But it was surprising.

“Did he grow up after having a child? I never knew he’d be so sensitive to the mention of marriage.”

For a family like Jervain –

A few bastards are nothing noteworthy.

But, for the sake of his daughter, Callius grew so angry.

“How unexpectedly domestic.”

“Are you interested?”

“Nah. He’s handsome and good eye candy, but not the best marriage material.”

“Due to this war, Master Callius’ reputation has spread throughout the North. He isn’t being called a hero for no reason. He isn’t bad as a marriage partner, because the title succession is already in progress. If you marry Master Callius, you’ll become the Lady of the North.”

The Lady of the North.

Even for Helena, that title held a fatal attraction.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 43

My Precious, First, Colleague

Let’s leave for Eastland.

As soon as possible. Even tomorrow, if that were feasible.

Having made such a decision, I had to come up with a detailed plan right away.

The plan itself wasn’t much of an issue. 

What was important was to set the longest possible time period before my return.

I decided not to consider the difficulty or content of the assigned task. Whatever it was, I had to unconditionally finish it and return within the set deadline.

There were two main criteria for setting the deadline.

Firstly, any chapters where I had to appear.

Among the many chapters yet to come, there were ones that I could never allow myself to miss. Chapters containing events that would trigger some new storyline, or chapters where new characters who would be central to the future plot would appear.

If I didn’t come back in time to appear in those chapters, I’d be left behind at some point. Because starting from a specific chapter, the story would start progressing quickly, and the main plot would develop with the speed of a torrent, with multiple significant events occurring simultaneously.

If you can’t ride the torrent, you’ll inevitably drown and be eliminated from the story.

Secondly, the speed at which my character would ‘weaken’.

Basically, my power level has a different source than all the other characters around me.

I am the only being whose ‘character level’ is completely relative to my actual ability, and the strength of all my powers and abilities increase in direct proportion to my actual ‘appearance rate’, ‘popularity’, and ‘significance’.

Of course, like everyone else, I can also become stronger by practicing or taking an elixir. 

But it’s simply much more efficient and faster to just buy a background, get a trait, and raise my rank to become stronger. In fact, we were now at twentyish chapters, and I now had enough pure physical strength to defeat almost anybody.

Perhaps at this point in time, there might be no one with greater physical ability than me, except for Karl Zayed. That included Leo.

The reward for the first place in the popularity poll was that great.

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

Of course, that was also why I was in this situation.

When I tested, I could mimic Leo’s current skills without any trouble. Even some future chapters were fine.

Anyway, looking at it from the other way around, it meant that if I couldn’t sustain this ‘character level’, it could weaken that much faster.

My character wouldn’t get deleted if I didn’t appear for a few months. Because I was the undisputed rival character.

Even so, it would gradually start weakening.

Actually, I’d already experienced this ‘weakening’ a few times.

For example, I usually just needed a flick of a finger to arm wrestle with Cocoa, but one day I suddenly had to use two fingers. Also, my physical condition usually didn’t deteriorate if I went without sleep, but there were days when I suddenly felt exhausted, etc.

Of course, I didn’t know the exact amount by which it would reduce. Sometimes, even though time passed without me appearing in the chapter, I suddenly felt strengthened, rather than weakened.

Probably because Leo and his party were gossiping about me and making things up around that time.

Nevertheless, the ‘weakening’ would definitely progress more and more rapidly as time went by. In particular, if Leo and his party entered a chapter where they were frantically carrying out their missions with no thought for anything else, it’d be even worse.

‘Weakening…’

It wasn’t like there was absolutely no way to prevent it.

Mimicking Karl Zayed’s unique ability, for example.

If I could mimic that ability, it’d offset my weakening quite a bit. And I’d be reborn in my next appearance, like a tiger growing wings.

However, this was still not possible in my current state. If Karl Zayed’s character had completely fallen to the abyss, it might’ve been possible, but not now that the author had brought him back to life.

In conclusion, I had to go to Eastland.

Anyway, with these two conditions put together, I decided on a deadline of three months.

Or, about 14 to 15 chapters.

I might be missing out on a few significant chapters, but there was no helping it.

But I absolutely had to return before the ‘Scramble for Ramirez’s Treasure’ could take place.

More than fifty adventurer groups would be involved in that battle, and a tenth of those would pass through the ‘King’s Road’ to reach the hidden continent, ‘Midland’.

Basically, they would be the centrepieces of the future storyline.

To worm my way into that mess –

No, to be at the very heart of it –

Was not something to be missed.

Next, I prioritized the tasks I had complete within these three months.

1. Go to Eastland.

2. Perform the (A-ranked) mission given by the Adventurers’ Association.

3. Stop by the Goblins’ Den and do some business.

4. Return to Westland.

5. Start preparing for the Ramirez Scramble.

It was definitely a tight schedule.

Aside from the difficulty of the tasks, the timing itself was problematic. Because the travel times weren’t trivial.

Using ‘chapter movement’ to return would save me a lot of time, but I wasn’t too sure about this.

It wasn’t specifically stated anywhere, but there might be limits to the distance you could move. Because originally, ‘space movement’ abilities in this world had many restrictions.

Not just that, I also couldn’t be sure if the author would continue to provide such a ‘convenience’ in the future even though he’d done so till now. Instantaneous transportation from continent to continent? Even disregarding whatever emotion he held towards me, it didn’t feel like he was going to allow something like that. Because that would destroy plausibility.

To sum it up, I had to hurry.

I thought about the fastest way to get to Eastland.

“Hmm.”

I had no idea.

I only knew of the one way.

The road that Leo and his friends had taken in the original work. 

But this wasn’t a good route.

It was a route that passed through numerous cities and covered all kinds of events, over a number of years.

I had to find a new way, different from the original.

Of course, I could easily acquire one from the Information Guild on the way to Eastland. But that’d just be a general route, so if I wanted to find the fastest one…

‘No, wait.’

Why was I thinking so hard about this?

I knocked myself on the forehead.

Didn’t I have a guide who’d shined the brightest in the Adventurer Qualification Test by my side?

I relaxed immediately.

Looked like I had to find Cocoa first, decide on a route, and then continue with the rest of the plan.

I immediately left my seat and got up.


I found Cocoa not long after. 

Strangely, the front garden seemed to stand out, and she was indeed there.

My ‘pathfinding eyes’ had apparently become quite usable.

Cocoa was sitting alone on a bench, under the pale moonlight, somehow looking miserable and wretched.

This was a very rare sight, because she always hung around me whenever she had nothing else to do.

It was actually my first time seeing her like that.

“What are you doing?”

“… Huh? Squatjaw?”

When I called, Cocoa turned around with a surprised expression.

“You look really surprised.”

“No, it’s just… You jumped out of nowhere and called me all of a sudden.”

“You mean you didn’t see me coming? Does that sound believable?”

“… Really. I didn’t see you.”

“…”

Cocoa looked strange.

Powerless, drooping, somehow… as if she wanted to cry. 

It was simply odd. Weird.

As I scratched my head, Cocoa smiled and changed her expression.

“What about the banquet? Why aren’t you there?”

Stranger and stranger. This kid’s expression, tone, and words.

“… I was afraid that you’d already pocketed all the food. There was no point in going. But why are you here of all places?”

Cocoa didn’t reply.

The kid just looked blank, and didn’t speak.

I waited patiently for her to start talking.

And then,

“When are you going to Eastland?”

Cocoa spoke again.

Her voice was calm, and since I’d been waiting for the topic, my words quickly tumbled out.

“Huh? Oh, yeah. Good question. I’m thinking we might leave tomorrow? So…”

It was then.

“Goodbye.”

“What?”

“It’s been fun.”

“… What’re you talking about?”

Instead of answering me, Cocoa abruptly opened her leather bag, taking out a Pierrot mask and putting it on.

“I’m saying this is goodbye. Idiot Squatjaw. I’m not going with you.”

“… What? Why?”

“It’s just – I’m tired. It’s no fun anymore. It’s too far…”

She looked far too sad to be saying something like that.

I watched Cocoa as she trembled and tried to hold back her tears.

It felt like she’d burst at the slightest touch.

I didn’t know the reason, but I thought it’d be better to just quietly stay by her side.

‘Or… should I give her a pat on the shoulder?’

While I was taking a step closer –

… Hm?

I could feel a strange flash of heat from Cocoa’s body.

‘What?’

Unconsciously, my face inched closer. 

And I discovered something weird.

‘Writing? Tattoo? Letters?’

Near the nape of Cocoa’s neck, a place normally covered by her clothes, what looked like words were scribbled.

And they emitted a red light.

“When did you…”

“Huh? G-, go away!”

But Cocoa was already in my arms. Startled, she tried to shake me off, but I had no plans to let her go.

“Let go! Let go of me!”

I grabbed her collar and pulled it down, revealing the entire red text.

“Pocket Slave”.

“… Let go. Squatjaw…”

I had no words.

Even though Cocoa hurriedly shook me off, I didn’t stop her. I couldn’t stop her.

All sorts of thoughts were rushing through my head, and I couldn’t do anything.

Tattooed letters, shining red.

Those insulting and malicious words.

I knew very well what they meant.

As well as who’d engraved them on Cocoa, and what kind of situation she was in right now.

It was the result of a unique ability.

[Scribe’s Shackles]

  • Control a target by engraving marks on their body.

Simply put, it was a mind control ability similar to the [Seven Rings to Bind Them].

The major differences being that it was ‘semi-permanent’ and ‘not limited by the number of targets’, and that its effect would differ slightly depending on the distance from the target.

And the level of the ability somewhat depended on the user’s presence.

Corps Commander Firmino.

One of the named villains of Adventure King, who called his adventurers a ‘corps’ and had led thousands of troops to the Tower of Adventure.

So my memory had been correct, after all.

That guy who’d been holding Cocoa prisoner the other day, I did recognize that bald head of his from the ‘Mount Knock Arc’.

That guy was a subordinate of Corps Commander Firmino. Firmino was one of the captains of the ten adventurer groups who’d climbed Mount Knock.

Only then did I realize why Cocoa hadn’t been able to appear in the work despite her outstanding ability.

From the author’s point of view, according to the original cliché, Leo and his party had to go through Big City to find Cocoa.

But somehow, this organization turned out be set as too high a hurdle. I didn’t know if it was a mistake or not.

So when it came to developing a confrontation, the organization didn’t seem easy to deal with, and it was also a bit of a waste to use such a strong villain in the early parts of the story. So the author just chose to skip it.

Cocoa was left behind in the background, in the process.

Actually, I’d often thought that Yan was a bit awkward as far as his guiding ability went. He was better suited to be an adversary, in comparison. If nothing else, didn’t his unique ability look like that of an adversary?

Of course, once the number of ghosts had grown to dozens in the later parts of the story, they’d pulled their weight by scouting ahead in great numbers, but it still didn’t feel like a perfect fit.

Maybe… Cocoa had originally been supposed to be in Yan’s place.

“…”

Slowly, I looked back at Cocoa.

She was stroking the nape of her neck with her hand. As if she couldn’t help but want to rub off the letters shining bright red.

I took her hand and squeezed.

“I know… what those letters are.”

Then,

“… What, what?”

Cocoa shrieked in surprise.

“And who carved them.”

“H-, how could you know…”

Cocoa’s eyes were confused and wet with tears.

But I didn’t say any more.

Perhaps this kid won’t be even be able to speak the name ‘Firmino’. Maybe even thinking about it was painful. She might be forbidden to even react.

Instead of speaking further, I gently took off my jacket. Because those tiny clothes of hers didn’t seem sufficient to cover those marks on her neck.

“To think, you went to the bank every time…”

“…”

Nothing crazy had happened so far.

Even though there was no shortage of money, she just kept collecting money, kept trying to steal money everywhere, and whenever there was a city nearby, the first thing she did was to run to the bank.

And, that baldie.

That terrifying guy had never showed up either. Even though he’d told Cocoa that he’d never let her go.

Maybe he was having trouble tracking us because my ‘chapter movement’ didn’t leave any traces? That’s what I’d thought, but that wasn’t the case. He knew where Cocoa was and where she was going, and he had no intention of catching her in the first place. Because money was pouring in so fast, he must’ve thought that he’d caught a goodhearted pushover.

In other words, Cocoa had been ‘renting’ her freedom, with money.

‘… What an idiot, huh.’

I’d thought there was no problem, but I was the only one who’d thought so.

Meaning… I myself had been the biggest problem.

Then,

“If you can wait a while… before going to Eastland …”

Cocoa quietly brought out the words she must’ve kept bottled in till now.

“No. I don’t have the time.”

“Why… the mission has such a long deadline…”

“No.”

For some reason, it was difficult to look straight at this kid.

I would’ve known sooner. If I’d looked a little more closely.

So, I turned to the dim garden under the quiet moonlight. Maybe those faint shadows could hide some of my shame.

“Then… goodbye.”

“What?”

“Because I can’t go to Eastland.”

“You will.”

“Huh?”

“You will go.”

Cocoa fell silent as if she couldn’t understand what I said.

“Because I’m going to make you go.”

“B-, but…”

I’d once seen a similar situation in another shounen manga.

A scene in which the protagonist forced a colleague in an unfortunate situation, to say ‘help me’ out loud. As evidence of her faith.

I never did understand that.

Why was there a need for all that? Just looking at her should tell you enough.

I could tell without looking into her eyes or looking at her expression.

I could tell just by looking at that Pierrot mask.

How desperately she needed me right now.

“Alright, stop talking.”

This was fine. In any case, one of the adventurer groups who’d climb the mountain had to be erased. So that the Squatjaw Adventurers could take its place.

“Just tell me where they are. Do you know who I need to tidy up? If not, just where that bald guy is would be fine too.”  

“Oh, no! It’s dangerous… and, and you’ve got a tight schedule… don’t you have to hurry…”

“It’s just a bit of a detour. And since I have such a long way to go and so much to do, I need you all the more.”

And, no matter how tight my schedule was, there was no way I could leave her behind.

My first precious colleague in this world.

I’d become a true-blue shounen manga character, it seemed.

“You’re coming with me. Not just to Eastland. To the Tower of Adventure… to the very top.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 63

The body crumbled upwards, as if made of ashes.

The pieces floating up into the air condensed into a single form, illuminated by a deep silvery light.

‘I’ve got a good feeling.’

Pure divine power suffused its entirety.

Until its aura started surging, like a storm.

The intense wind swept his bangs and stung his eyes, but Callius still didn’t avert his eyes from the scene for a single second.

During the three days he’s spent inside the sanctuary, whenever he’d had a chance, he’d gathered the sacred power of the sanctuary and poured it into the corpse of the warlord.

That’s why this carcass transformation was giving such a dazzling reaction.

The sword floated in the air, covered with an intense glow.

Without hesitation, Callius grabbed the sword wrapped in silver light from the air.

Cheok.

The silvery divine power flew away like a startled butterfly, and a graceful sword lay revealed.

The sword was longer than average.

Although, not as long as the Strong Sword.

Despite being double-edged, it was small enough to be wielded single-handed.

The weight and grip weren’t bad at all.

It was a longsword with a good balance.

The stylish pommel clashed a bit with the simple pattern engraved on the sword, but it still had its own charm.

“It’s worth my anticipation.”

A subtle red hue drifted across the blade.

The red, slightly dull.

Unfortunately, the warlord’s carcass was only a spirit sword.

However, the bizarrely winding pattern that resembled a flame looked pretty cool.

It’s said that the more complex the pattern on a sword, the higher its rank.

「Tyrant Sword – Karaktu」
Grade – Spirit
Infused Soul – Karaktu
Unique Ability – Gravity

The attached modifier was ‘Tyrant[1]‘.

And the unique ability was ‘Gravity’!!

“Let’s try out infusing gravity into the spirit sword.”

Callius’s face was so filled with joy that it was almost bursting.

“The Tyrant Sword, huh. Let’s see if its ability matches up to its grand name.”

Callius, running out of the sanctuary like an excited child, paused for a moment while holding the sword.

Cutting the palm of his hand with the Tyrant Sword – Karaktu, he bled a few drops.

– Krrr.

The scavengers of the abyss began to gather. Red eyes appeared one by one, glinting in the darkness, and viscous saliva began to drip on the ground at the smell of blood exposed to the air.

“Loups-garous.”

And many other nameless beasts.

Only a few drops of blood were spilled, but they were already flocking in droves.

It was probably because Callius was wearing Vivi’s Bracelet, so his presence felt weak from the outside.

All these creatures who wouldn’t have even dared come close if they could feel his true aura, now came rushing in.

The so-called scavengers of the abyss.

‘Ten, twenty, thirty.’

Soon, over forty heads had gathered.

Normally, Callius would’ve frowned at these annoyances, but not now.

They were here for him to test the sword’s performance.

“Come.”

Soon, the silver glow of divine power enveloped Callius’ form.

The Tyrant Sword flashed.

Kuuung–!!

And the space around him collapsed.


Thump.

“Is that you?”

“Yeah.”

Seeing Callius’ expression as he walked out of the Sinking Forest, Bruns tilted his head as he followed.

“Did something good happen?”

“Yeah. Something really good.”

Bruns was surprised to see Callius’ lips curving at the corners.

It was rare for Callius to be so happy, so he wondered what it was about.

“What’s going on? Didn’t you say you were going to the bottom of the Sinking Forest… Do you have a lover hidden there?”

“Bruns.”

“Yes, Boss?”

“How are you still alive?”

“How am I supposed to answer if you suddenly ask something like that…”

“You somehow managed to survive the war.”

“Isn’t it all because of Boss’ teachings? And the sword you gave me.”

Did he still keep that?

Callius had given Bruns a dagger he didn’t need while fighting the orcs, but it now sparkled in the sunlight as if well cared for.

“You’re more suited to fist arts than blades.”

“Hehehe, when I was young, with these fists? I even caught a beauty.”

“So you’re a sex offender?”

“What, ‘course not! I beat a bastard who was acting like shit! When the beauty thanked me, well, why not thank me with your body! Back then, I thought I was pretty cool. You’ll regret it, is that okay? That’s what she said.”

“… So how did it go?”

“That, of course… hehe.”

Seeing that sinister smile, it had to be a story that would only rot his ears if he heard it.

‘How unlucky.’

There was something wrong with this guy.

“Anyway, I’m not even remotely in your league, Boss. Can others even compare with your face and your valour? Hey, if I were in your position, the women I’d have thrown away by now would’ve been enough to cover Jevarsch.”

“You’re being vulgar, Bruns.”

Women, huh.

Callius remembered his past for a moment.

He’d never had any good experience with women in this world.

It was always a choice of either to kill them, or to die.

When he first set out on his pilgrimage, there were quite a few people who’d wanted to kill Callius.

There were many men, of course, but women were the majority.

As befit the person with the characteristic of the Prodigal Son of the Church, they’d come at him, teeth gnashing, to kill him for whatever he’d done to the women of the Church.

Didn’t even that calm and serene Esther come to kill him?

‘That one time, I almost died from poison.’

He was welcomed with a meal, refused to eat, was told to at least eat a slice of bread before he left, ate, and almost departed this world as a result.

At that time, he had no strength and didn’t know how cruel the world was, and he really would’ve died without her help.

‘I wonder what she’s doing right now.’

When all those women had been trying to kill him –

The only woman who’d helped Callius.

“Hehe, but what was the good thing that happened in the end?”

“Do you want to know? You’ll regret it.”

“You aren’t going to cut me, right?”

“I won’t.”

“Then no regrets!”

Callius drew out his sword.

It was the Tyrant Sword – Karaktu.

“Oh! Did you get a new sword? It looks really powerful… Kuh!”

Bruns, who was about to touch the sword, collapsed to the ground.

“Cal… lius… heeok!!”

“I did say you’d regret it.”

Tyrant Sword – Karaktu.

Its unique ability is Gravity – manipulating the gravity around Callius in a 10-meter radius.

‘Manipulation series swords are rare.’

For example, the Blue Thunderbolt Sword is an elemental series.

Just because the sword shoots lightning doesn’t mean the lightning it shoots can be controlled.

However, swords of the manipulation series are different.

Had the intrinsic ability of the Tyrant Sword been lightning, since it was of the manipulation series, it would’ve been able to freely control the thunderbolts coming down from the sky.

‘Of course, a real lightning attribute manipulation series sword would only be usable on a stormy day.’

Unlike the elemental series, manipulation series weapons cannot create what they control.

Therefore, this manipulation series sword with gravity attribute was bound to be a rare item.

Because gravity was omnipresent.

“Isn’t that a great sword, then?!”

“But there are downsides, too.”

“Really? Like what?”

“The downside is that this is a spirit sword.”

It was indeed a good sword.

However, the fatal flaw of this sword was that it was spirit-ranked.

Had it been a vision sword, Callius wouldn’t have called it a weakness.

“It’s spirit-ranked, but its unique ability and type is like a vision sword.”

Therefore, inevitably, its powerful abilities were restricted in usage.

First, of course, the consumption of divine power was enormous.

But that was only natural, and there wouldn’t usually be a problem with using it when he needed it, since power was stored in the bracelet.

The main problem –

“Gravity is weaker than expected.”

The narrow range of operation could be ignored. But the feeble strength could not.

“Is this weak?”

“You just have a little bit more trained body than average. You’d already be dead if you’d ever faced somebody with proper skills.”

“Huh?! Is that how much you cherish me?!”

“…”

Bruns was in great shock.

But Callius didn’t care about it.

“Why is it called the Tyrant Sword?”

Its ability wasn’t enough to be called that when clashing with knights of the same rank.

‘Tyrant…’

It was something to consider.

“But then, Boss…”

“What?”

“Why were you in such a good mood?”

The story so far didn’t make it sound like that much of a good thing.

How unbearable. That the sword made from the corpse of the warlord, an enemy defeated with such herculean effort, had such paltry abilities.

It was more natural to be angry.

However, Callius’ expression coming out of the forest had been on the good side.

That’s why Bruns had asked.

“Had that been the only ability of the Tyrant Sword, you’d be right.”

When used on the scavengers of the abyss –

At first, he’d been terribly disappointed.

However, when he’d swung the sword with attached gravity at those who’d rushed at him –

Callius had been filled with joy.

Tyrant Sword.

Surprisingly, this sword was able to manipulate the gravity of anybody it cut.

Even for a trivial wound, as long as the sword had cut it open, the gravity of the wounded area would be under Callius’ control.

Of course, there was a limit to the strength of gravity.

‘In a close battle, if your arms or legs grow heavy for even a moment, you’d usually be surprised.’

And surprise in battle is death.

It wasn’t bad.

No, rather, it was great.

What if he used this sword alongside Raging Flower Wave?

What about White Haze?

If he just created some very minor wounds, the opponent’s body would become several times heavier, and the longer the fight, the more inevitable would his victory be.

“If you want, I’ll show you.”

“It’s fine, it’s fine!”

“No, you have to experience for yourself to know how great this sword is…”

Just when Callius was about to slash at Bruns’ leg with his sword –

“B-, Boss!! There’s someone over there!”

Callius was also startled by Bruns’ hasty shout, and stared at the person standing under the shade of the tree.

“Callius. Long time no see.”

“Who are you?”

Because they stood under the shade of the trees, their face couldn’t be seen properly.

“Have you forgotten me already? That’s so sad. Even though you owe me so much.”

“Owe you?”

Callius’ brows furrowed at the word. And then a small groan escaped his throat.

“Ah.”

The woman stepped out of the shade, her hair glistening in the sunlight.

Hair the red of vintage wine.

Tied in a graceful half-braid.

Light armour, and a pair of crossed swords on her back.

“Helena.”

“I’m here to collect what you owe me, Callius.”

Pilgrim Helena.

The daughter of the Bolivian family, who would one day sacrifice all her wealth and her sword on the altar of Carpe, until her final end on the path of ruin.

Helena de Bolivian.

Three years ago –

The woman who’d rescued Callius and had gotten fleeced of her money in return, had now come back to him on her own two feet.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 패황 (paehwang, lit. downfall) is being used, we think, to refer to 霸皇 (Chinese, ba huang, lit. tyrant emperor).


Jesus Heaven, Unbelief Hell – Episode 8

“Canada!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”

Pprickk! Crrrrack! Pssst! Screeeeech!

Dark red blood spurted from my arm that was being twisted and bent into a hideous shape, like a wet rag being squeezed.

“This spell is useless, damn it.”[1]

I’d rather have made my own spell before coming here if I’d known this would happen.

The torn arm was released from the intense pressure and returned under my control, but it didn’t mean much because it had already turned into an arm smaller than a three-year-old child.

But this too shall pass. Jesus was also nailed to the cross, ridiculed, and pierced through the side with a spear, and he too went through torment that seemed unending.

However, in the end, didn’t he manage to HODL[2] and resurrect successfully after three nights and four days? Of course, Thomas, one of the twelve apostles who wasn’t the biggest investor in JesusCoin, asked if he could look at the hole in Jesus’ side, but he too believed and ascended to Heaven in the end.

So what I’m trying to say is that although these situations seem so desperate, they don’t last forever.

Eternity, by itself, represents the final apex of uncertainty. How will it end, how will it change? Since no one knows, ‘eternity’ and ‘end’ are its two final apices.

Unfortunately, only ‘end’ can be found in this material world, so ‘eternity’ must be found in Hell or Heaven over there.

For example, let’s consider the swarm of cockroaches, spiders, centipedes, grasshoppers, and fleas crawling all over the building and surging towards me this very moment.

Because I knew that there was only an end waiting for me, not eternity, I cried out.

“I’ve got peace like a river! Peace like a river! Peace like a riveaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaar!”

Schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk schk – Y’know, a square jaw is what happens if you don’t have a proper diet.

According to my metaphysical, incomplete, and unsound illogical assumptions, chewing something with your upper and lower teeth in perfect alignment is very bad. If the teeth and temporomandibular joint structures collide so hard, not only will it have a bad effect on your facial muscles, but there’s also a risk that the teeth may be severely damaged due to the strong mandibular force.

Soldier 76[3], a renowned dentist in the United States, said that taking care of your delicate teeth and temporomandibular joints is the first step towards taking care of your health.

There’s no need to ask what’s the use of clean teeth with no cavities and strong temporomandibular joints, when you’re facing worms that never stop chewing. Because it’s just common sense, a well-known fact.

And this prick, who’s muttering to himself about common sense in such a situation. What a swell guy, eh? I wish he could take a hike right now.

Can I really feel the peace like a river? Strictly speaking, I find no peace in the river because if I go to the river to wash, instead of making me clean, the river water itself becomes filthy. So it’s more of a peace like environmental pollution.

Then, if you enjoy a picnic near the river and let the picturesque scenery heal your soul, is that peace like a river?

Then why is everyone diving into the Han River to commit suicide every time their life gets a little off-track?!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Jesus told us to enjoy peace like a river, when did he tell us to rest in the river?

It’s ‘river of peace’, not ‘REST IN PEACE’! What’s with that surprised Pikachu face[4]! GG no re[5]!

I am like the firefly that crawls into my mouth. It doesn’t have any friends, an ignorant bastard who just keeps crawling. An ungrateful bastard who’s never been invited to a birthday party and never held any.

March together, everybody! Let the trumpet cry out from the corners of Heaven to the ends of the earth! Ppiiiiii, ppiiiiiiii! Those who retreat will be executed! Listen to this big bro!

「The ingrates.」

Once upon a time, a long time ago, there were some filthy shits living the high life somewhere. They were so wicked that they didn’t even know or care that their mother was dying, and they always took all the delicious food only for themselves. This meat is for me, and this plate of fried worms is for you. Oh my gosh, dear honey who departed first, I miss you so much! Although so many of you have been in my bed over the years, I can’t actually remember you all!

And next!

「The street king.」

A real man like me, who once dumped a baby I was holding at the market because it was crying too loud, isn’t this country prospering because of people with just my kind of talent? Hmm? Shouldn’t I get an award or something? Why are the police at my door instead? Ugh, and here were were having some fun! Put your hands up, hands up! Fuck you, you put your hands up, you bastards!

Rrrrrrumble! Ttttthhhhump! Ratatatatat! What’s the big deal, you punks? You’re spoiling the party! I sprint, my body moving with the beat! All together now! Clap clap clap! Let’s all go together!

「The spouse-killer.」

I know I shouldn’t have done it. But that fucking she-cat just kept talking back. I thought, you know, this country’s a goner anyway. I don’t even have the words to explain what I feeling back then. Like… you know, families are cracking! Society is cracking! My heart was cracking too! And so I went and cracked that bitch’s skull!

「The drowned gangster.」

Oooooooooooooooh who’d sank into the deep ocean with the concrete.

Let’s play Fishing Cube™![6]

You who didn’t know your place and got caught!

Square fish – get!

Caught by the syndicate and bullied!

Square fish – get!

“Square fish caught!”

Square fish caught~ Square fish caught~ Square fish caught~

Square fish!

Caught!

“Trrririririririllll!”

Oh! I’m ready! Here’s the beat! Go high, go low!

Shhh! Shush! Shush! Shhh! Sheeit! Shhh! Shaa! Shush! Groan! Shush!

The cold metal that runs me through is smoother than a woman’s skin, and it tears me to pieces as painfully as my love leaving me! Ooooooh! We’ll always be friends! Ooooooh! Be happy!

Ooh!

It’s like realizing too late that it’s a crime to mix milk with Oreos. Listen. Listen to the mournful wailings of the former Oreo, where ‘re’ left and only ‘oo’ remained.

They should’ve been together. But since you dipped the Oreo in milk, a terrible fusion event occurred that wiped out all traces of the original. On the other hand, if you put Oreo on your charming tongue and chew it with your cute teeth, you can grow old and enjoy a stable life. If you get French kissed, you’ll taste like Oreos. Win win!

Stand up! Stand up now! (I am a Man BGM plays)[7]

Deputy Han is here. You aren’t alone in your suffering. Try believing in Jesus and you might get a little hurt, but if you don’t then you’re going to be in for a world of pain at my hands. Now choose, which side is Heaven and which side is Hell?

Beep! The exit is on the right side, the light is to the right. So you should take the right. (Amiable nod)

The right door is surprisingly wide, by the way. I thought you all probably didn’t know, so I’m just telling you this time in particular. (Squints and walks away)

Twitch! Shudder! Screech! Chica chica boom boooooooooooooom! Yo listen listen I can’t listen~ (52x I want to hear it so I can’t listen~)

You there, creeping in with pride! Leave your wretched fate behind! Don’t even think about dying! Death here won’t even leave ash behind!

「The failure.」

I’d only ever wanted to be a dreamy little child! But this world shamelessly perpetuates child abuse! I suffered such wanton violence! In the end, I couldn’t achieve my dreams and could only die like an adult!

「The cuckold.」

My kid is actually Hyun-suk’s daughter. No, if a wife is lonely, she might indulge in an affair or two, how could you as the husband be so petty about it? It’s true the kid doesn’t look like you, but that just means she’s pretty! What’s there not to like! Don’t you know what they say, if you can’t avoid it, enjoy it?! Ignoramus! One’s called Seo Sung-han! What do those characters stand for? Seogang U, Sungkyunkwan U, Hanyang U! The other’s Seo Yeon-go! Seoul National, Korea and Yonsei Universities! Each one an international treasure! Don’t you understand that even though the surname is the same, the two names are from different worlds?! Are you going to honestly admit it or not? Oh, you admit it~ Do you even know how to read traditional Hangul? Hah! No need to guess who skipped lit class back in school!

Fuck.

“Let’s sing together! Hymn 301st! What I’ve been through!”[8]

What I’ve been through is the Lord’s great grace~ (Grace)

How can the Lord’s infinite love be described~ (Described)

Thy hand always watches over me~ (Over me)

O Lord, you make all things prosper~ (Prosper)

My bodyyyyyyyyy and my heaaaaaaart are weeeeeeeaaaaak

But I liiiiiiiiiive with new streeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeength

“The Lord’s grace is enough! Is it enough?!!!!!!!!!!!!!”

Enouuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuugh!!!

“Hallelujah! Oh, hallelujah! Hallelujah, YEAH!”

Come before the Lord Jesus! That means you bugs too! You ghosts, too! We even have Representative Han! Let’s all sing the hymn together!

“You! I! We! This means Father! Son! Holy Spirit! Do you believe in Jesus?!”

I belieeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeve!!!

“Are you listening properly~!”

Yes, yes, Deputy Han!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

“Then come forward in turn, comrades, and take out your ticket.”

The first to come out was an old man with a dirty and ugly face, so I stamped ‘Heaven’ on the old man’s passport.

“Pray always to the Lord Jesus’ Father, comrade.”

“Oh, thank you sir!”

“I’ll be watching you, comrade.”

The comrade with the stamp of Heaven on his empty passport was happy and jumped on the plane to Heaven.

“Now you. Are you sorry for beating your wife to death?”

“I am reflecting on my actions.”

“Then you too, go up!”

Him too I proudly gave a stamp of Heaven.

“Are you reflecting on how you died after ignoring your husband and getting caught in an affair? If so, let’s say sorry to your still living husband.”

“Th-, th-, th-… that crazy bastard did it first!”

“Do you want a stint in a correctional facility, comrade?”

“I’m sorry, honey!”

“Then you too are going to Heaven! Go before the Lord Jesus and swear that you will never commit adultery again! Weep before Him to prove your innocence!”

“Gladly!”

The innocent child who couldn’t make his dream come true and die as a failure of an adult, came forward.

“How pitifully wretched. But looking at you, achieving your dream probably never was in the cards. Will you repent of your sins of chasing after a vain dream and taking out your anger on others for nothing?”

“Screeech~”

“But Heaven still has its doors open, greenhorn. Look closely.”

I stamped ‘Heaven, oh yeah!’ on his forehead.

“Go straight to Jesus who made you like this and demand after-sales service. Next!”

Finally, it was the two gangsters in front of me, one who got beaten up and drowned in the sea, and one who’d once ruled the streets.

The meatheads, who looked pretty similar to each other, were arguing over who was stronger. My argument was that they were no match for the Power of Jesus.

“You two muscle-addicts might not know. There is a man named Nazareth J. Christ. He has many nicknames, such as Nazareth Monkeyspanner, the Scourge of Jerusalem, Longinus Spearbearer, etc. He’s got sobriquets up the wazoo. But the most famous is, of course, Jesus Christ. Can you be like the valiant Peter who draws swords in Jesus’ place? Can you be like the bold Judas who defeated Jesus in the end?”

“Absolutely!”

“There’s nothing I can’t do!”

“Then you too are going to Heaven. Try and aim at being his new chief disciple.”

After I stamped the last one, I woke up in an abandoned building, softly kissed by sunlight.

“Cough!”

Spitting out the worms in my mouth, I finally rose, a smirk upon my lips.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] Far as I can see this is a riff on the Deadpool joke, from the movie scene on the bridge where Deadpool broke his hand punching Cable, and cried ‘Canada! Canada!’ to fix it. (Because how good their healthcare is, I’d assume.) But are you trying that in real life? Deputy Han, please stop being so extra…

[2] 존버 (Johnver) is a mainly gaming slang, meaning do nothing and hold on. It’s also used in crypto and stock trading (and the very next sentence refers to belief in Jesus as a cryptocurrency), so translating to the US trader meme HODL (Investopedia link). Speaking from experience, it’s not a trading strategy to be recommended.

[3] And now we’re playing Overwatch.

[4] 상상도 못한 정체 (lit. unimaginable identity), a Korean meme of being very surprised seeing somebody unexpected. See link.

[5] 섹스섹스보지털 (lit. sex sex vaginal hair), see SSB incident if you’re really interested.

[6] 네모네모 물고기 (lit. square fish) – I assume this is referring to the mobile game Fishing Cube. Having never played it, this is just a guess.

[7] 나 사나이다 (lit. I am a Man) – listen on YouTube.

[8] 지금까지 지내온 것 (what I’ve been through) – listen to the hymn on YouTube.

It took months to translate this. Am I supposed to be happy or sad? Kudos to the three fans in total who guilted me into finally finishing this.

If you like the story, please like, comment, and above all, rate it on NovelUpdates!


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 42

Author, This Madman

“16th, Joseph, the leader of the Joseph’s Adventurers! Please come up.”

At the host’s call, a shorty jumped up on the podium.

“You and the Joseph’s Adventurers have obtained the treasure hidden by the Adventurers’ Association, ‘the ripped jeans of Jim, a clothing store owner’, and passed the Adventurer Qualification Test with an excellent score, getting the 16th place.”

“Thank you.”

Clap, clap.

Clap, clap.

“I’ll give you your adventurer’s licenses, and the jeans you brought back.”

The man on the podium cheered, as if he couldn’t contain his joy.

Hmmm.

To be honest, it was all a bit questionable.

From that man’s point of view, this ranking couldn’t have felt very fair. Because how low the ‘adversaries’ were being scored.

Joseph’s Adventurers, who’d placed 16th, was the final winner of the battle against four other adventurer teams (17th to 20th places). Who knew how exactly the fight had gone, but most likely they’d dealt with at least two other teams.

This meant that the adversary of that Joseph’s Adventurer Team was of a higher level than their guide.

On the other hand, the 15th-ranked adventurer group, far from acquiring the treasure, most likely had never even laid their eyes on it. It was the weakest among the adventurer groups (10th to 15th places) who’d battled for the same treasure.

The only reason they’d ranked higher than Joseph’s Adventurers was because they’d done a good job finding the way.

In summary, the most important position to impact the rankings in this Adventurer Qualification Test is the ‘guide’. The next is the ‘decipherer’.

Of course, this scoring method also has some validity from the association’s point of view.

This is because the pathfinder and decipherer abilities can be systematically ranked by the tests of the association, but not the adversary abilities. Since the contestants just fight it out between themselves, it’s not possible for the association to properly verify those skills.

But it’s very ironic.

In fact, the adversary position is the most attractive for an adventurer.

This Adventure King manga itself basically just revolves around battles.

Then,

“Come on!”

“Hey! Those jeans!”

“Great!”

Cheers were heard from behind.

They seemed to be members of Joseph’s Adventurers, and they looked quite energetic.

“I’ve got an idea. How about making this our team’s symbol? Let’s turn it into our flag!”

“Ooh, can we?”

“Why not write some words on it, too?”

Haah…

This was some absurd conversation.

What were they going to do with that mop? Make it the team’s symbol?

Hilarious. They didn’t come sixteenth for no reason.

Simple. Because the treasure they had was basically trash, which was why their adversary exam had probably been given even less weight.

Coveting a treasure you see might spur you to win it, but what does coveting such a rag say about your strength?

Of course, there was a background to this too. In the past, the tests were to find real treasures, but that’d changed after a certain incident.

[Treasure theft at the Adventurer Qualification Test Centre].

It was an incident where an adventurer group who were taking the qualification test had grabbed all the treasures from the assignment and escaped.

This case was set to be so famous that there was nobody who didn’t know about it, and that was probably why those bandits who’d pretended to be adventurers were deeply infamous even to the present day.

The Huntington Bandits.

‘Come to think of it, we might bump into each other sooner or later.’

Bandits are beings who frequently clash with adventurers. About 5-10% of the total adventuring quests are about bandit extermination.

As I recalled, Leo’s party and the Huntington Bandits would come into conflict within the next few arcs.

Looked like I had to come up with a way to slowly infiltrate the arc using the bandits.

The awards ceremony had already reached the top ten.

The moment the 7th rank was called,

Tiling–.

[Adventure King serialization resumed]

[Chapter 17 – Appearance at the Awards Ceremony]

[Belongs to the realm of the ongoing chapter]

[Hiro is the subject of character evaluation in this chapter]

A new chapter had begun.

The author took good care of his readers. He left out all the boring scenes and opened the chapter when the ones worth watching came out.

While I was about to close the window after checking chapter name –

“… Wait a moment.”

Something was odd.

“Appearance at the awards ceremony?”

I scratched my head.

The title was a tad confusing.

‘Isn’t this odd?’

Of course, I didn’t remember all the chapter titles. But that didn’t mean I couldn’t feel the strangeness hidden in this one.

The title hinted at someone new appearing during the awards ceremony. And that someone, was the protagonist of this chapter. 

But this was nonsense. Because I was the protagonist of this chapter. I was the one at the top.

Not only that, there hadn’t been a scene in the original where a guy had barged in during the awards ceremony.

‘What the hell are you doing?’

It seemed like the author was trying to somehow snatch my spotlight away, but it was nothing more than sad childish tantrums. The development he was aiming for didn’t seem achievable.

At that moment,

“6th place, Doji, the leader of the Doji Adventurers! Please come up to the stage.”

On the podium, the name of the 6th-placed adventurer group was called.

Then,

“Huh?”

“What… 6th?”

Leo’s expression changed drastically. The party seemed to have noticed their ranking now.

The fact that the adventurer team that had faced them was 6th, meant that they were ranked 3rd.

In that instant, Leo’s head snapped towards me.

“Squatjaw! No way…?”

Yeah, great response.

I just smiled without saying a word.

After a while,

“Then the third place. Leo, the leader of the Leo Adventurers!”

Leo went up to the stage.

Staring at me all the while, and his eyes seemed to be spitting fire.

‘Yeah, that’s a good look. Stare more, yeah, that’s right.’

However, I pretended not to notice and ignored him. As if he could never be my match.

Well, to be honest, this wasn’t an act appropriate for my current appearance.

Then, after he finished awarding the certificates, as the host was about to send Leo down –

Leo pointed at me.

“Squatjaw! Next time… Next time I’ll never lose!”

He sent out some fantastic comments.

‘Oh…’

I almost burst into cheers.

Really, even this kind of deluxe service?

Didn’t this pretty much cement my rival position?

It was difficult to keep my mouth from openly gaping.

And then,

“Well, the 3rd place captain was a bit noisy. So, on to the next…”

It was my turn.

I quietly waited for the host’s call.

Originally, Karl Zayed should’ve been called, but he was not present. The 2nd place adventurer team didn’t attend the awards ceremony due to injury. Same as had happened in the original.

That was then –

“2nd place! Grey Lion Adventurer Team! Captain, Karl Zayed! Please come up on the podium.”

“Eh?”

I made an inadvertent exclamation.

Were they calling him now? But he couldn’t have come…

At that instant,

Creak–.

I gaped in surprise.

“He… came.”

How puzzling. It was Karl Zayed.

The guy opened the door to the venue and trudged in like the main character.

Although he was limping, he walked.

Everyone’s attention was focused on him.

‘What is this?’

Truly an absurd appearance. A well-directed scene.

I was dumbfounded.

‘How the hell can you stand?’

The guy must’ve suffered a fatal blow and collapsed. I didn’t carefully check his cuts and wounds, true, but there’d been a lot of blood.

Rather, I might have understood if this hadn’t been a manga world. In reality, one torn Achilles’ tendon doesn’t mean your life’s in jeopardy.

But he was a manga character, whose only weakness was his Achilles’ tendon. A wound there? It had to be life-threatening. Because that fit the plausibility.

Achilles wasn’t killed by an arrow to that spot for nothing. Not because of the wound, but because of his background setting.

Even so, Karl Zayed appeared here.

As if to seize the mantle of the protagonist of this chapter.

There was only one thing I could think of, looking at him.

Deus Ex Machina.

The author directly intervening in the story.

He’d drawn his sword.

“Yes, the Grey Lion Adventurer Team, which took second place, is the only one-man adventurer group among the candidates this time. Although there’re still some aftereffects of the injury, we decided to give him a seat here.”

My first thought?

The author had screwed up.

The painstakingly created character was shattered before he even appeared, the development designed for him was in danger of disappearing in an instant, and the results of the popularity poll were shit, so in the end, he screwed the pooch.

But soon I shook my head.

That kind of lazy assumption won’t work.

I was starting to feel a serious level of doubt and threat from the current situation.

The author was trying to advance the story while completely ‘excluding’ the existence of ‘I’, to some extent. Forcing me to keep silent because readers didn’t see me anyway. He himself was twisting the ‘plausibility’ of this world.

Suddenly, a product in the character shop came to mind.

In the ‘Other’ category of the store.

[Deletion grace right – 5,000p]

※Caution) You cannot disobey the author’s ‘absolute deletion’ order.

The implication of this product was simple.

This world was a place where the author had the right to enforce ‘absolute deletion’.

Very easily.

I’d always thought that the author and I might be able to get along.

Some aspects of my actions might harm the developments he’d envisioned, but if the author’s main goal was to make this story more interesting, I thought he’d be able to understand all my actions in the end.

If the manga received improved critical reception because of me, the author would eventually recognize me and think about using me further.

So, I didn’t take him too seriously. Because the immediate response from the readers was enough to justify my actions.

And my popularity, too. I thought it’d become a trusty shield.

But I seemed to have missed something.

The feelings of the author himself.

‘… This is tough.’

This was a variable I hadn’t accounted for. Who knew he could be so sensitive?

I knew. Because I’d seen first-hand how the Corrupted Knight had disappeared.

I knew it, but didn’t feel it in my heart. That I’d crossed the line a long time ago.

I had to admit it. I’d been arrogant. I’d been so chuffed, saying that everything was going according to plan.

Of course, I didn’t think that the author had decided to completely reject me right now.

Had that been the case, the ‘intervention’ wouldn’t have ended at simply mitigating that guy’s injury. Rather, it would’ve harmed me more directly, or manipulated the rankings themselves.

However, he hadn’t done that.

Meaning even though he was angry, the author still had to think about using my character. My current popularity had to be a burden for him as well.

So maybe Karl Zayed’s appearance here was simply because he thought, ‘I want to continue with my planned development’.

Fighting to stay on my feet.

That was how I was feeling right now. The author had really tugged hard this time.

‘… It’s true, I’ve been the one tugging too hard before this.’

This time, it was inevitable to be dragged a little in our private tug-of-war.

I stared silently at Karl Zayed as he passed me by.

He also glanced at me while passing by, but didn’t say anything.

After Karl Zayed’s certificate was awarded –

The host called me up to the stage.

“And now, the long-awaited first place! The Squatjaw Adventurers! Captain Hiro, please come up to the podium!”

I walked out without hesitation.

I’d prepared some steps originally, and had several scenes in mind, such as transforming into a handsome boy, but everything was omitted. For now, it seemed right to just take a bow.

Even on the podium, I was just standing still. The host continued to say something, but I couldn’t hear it. I wasn’t even conscious of the fire in Leo’s eyes.

“Okay, now that the introduction is complete, the 2nd and 3rd place captains, please come back up to the stage. We’ll announce the adventurer grades and the mission assignments for all the successful students.”

Adventurer grades.

They go from D to SS, and your treatment and authority vary depending on your level.

This applies all over the world, under any government or organization.

The Leo Adventurers received a B+ grade, and us as well as Karl Zayed received an A.

In the original, only the first place had been ranked A, but the author didn’t seem ready to concede. There must’ve been developments that could only materialize when the second place was an A grade.

“Next, we will fulfil the duties designated by the association. First of all, the mission given to the third-placed Leo Adventurers is…”

The mission Leo received was the same as in the original.

The Hunt for Lost Treasures in Hetro Temple. He’d encounter the Huntington Bandits for the first time in the process. The mission grade was B+.

Karl Zayed’s mission was simply to eliminate a single criminal group. It was a group I’d never heard of. The mission was graded A-.

And then it was my turn.

“Now, the long-awaited task given to the long-awaited 1st place adventure team is to explore the ruins of the ancient civilization in the Angku Empire. Traces of it have recently been discovered on the southern side of Westland. The mission grade is A.”

Well?

It was a little odd. It was a normal mission, and it didn’t seem too difficult.

Once I heard it, I just thought… it was a good mission. Alright, nothing special about it.

‘Is something terrifying hidden inside?’

Of course, I’d have to go find out for myself.

Just when the ceremony was ending –

“Come on, wait a minute!”

The door slammed open and somebody rushed in.

“It’s changed!”

“What?”

“The mission! For the… Squatjaw Adventurers!”

… What?

What a cheap trick. It wasn’t a good feeling.

Soon after, the host, who heard the news in whispers, coughed a couple of times before talking about the changed mission.

“Sorry. We’ve got a request for support for which we urgently need a skilled adventurer team. The new mission of the Squatjaw Adventurers is… about the truce between the Skull Empire and the Mainin Kingdom in Eastland…”

For a moment I thought I heard it wrong.

“Eastland?”

I was speechless.

This was beyond absurd.

This crazy author was trying to chase me out of the continent.


The banquet after the awards ceremony.

The chapter was still in progress, but I didn’t care and had left the venue by myself.

That readers would like it, and it might be better in terms of rewards, but neither my mood nor my circumstances were conducive to staying.

I needed time to think right now.

I had two options.

1. Go.

2. Don’t go.

First option, go to Eastland.

Meaning I’d be out of the chapters for a while… no, for quite a long time. Since this was the beginning of the arc where countless characters start to appear, there was a high possibility that I’d be forgotten. As time went on, my survival itself would be threatened.

However, I wouldn’t need to confront the author for the time being.

The key was how quickly I could come back.

Second, don’t go.

Just thinking about it made me feel tired.

The Adventurers’ Association would turn into an enemy. Of course, it wouldn’t be to the point where they’d put a bounty on my head, but I’d permanently lose my ‘adventurer’ qualifications, and bad rumours would start circulating as per the setting. There would be significant restrictions on behaviour. It would take a considerable amount of time to restore it.

But that wasn’t the real problem.

As I thought, the author seemed to have expected that I might well make this choice. This kind of development couldn’t proceed unless the author was also very determined. He’d have to rewrite a lot of content, and he’d have to suffer through a lot of scolding. Trying to kick me out to Eastland would definitely get him a few earfuls.

So if I put off my choice to the very last minute, would his clenched fist finally relax?

Because he’d have the confidence to control me, or to destroy me, at his leisure.

“I think I should go.”

I already knew it in my head. To go was the right decision.

But I didn’t want to. Because this was no different than bowing my head to the author.

After thinking for a while,

“Hoo…”

Eventually I made a decision.

Just this once, I’ll follow. But I’ll make you regret it one day.

I repeated to myself, like a mantra.

Let’s go. Let’s fucking go and bring back a bomb that’ll completely destroy all ‘plausibility’ if I choose to stand aside. And let’s just throw it at the heart of the story.

A nuclear bomb, called ‘the goblins’.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 62

“Hunting… you mean?”

The war had just ended, but suddenly a hunt came up. Ryburn touched his glasses looking a little puzzled.

“As far as I know, the orcs and their tamed beasts have eaten up all the demonic beasts nearby. If there’s going to be a food shortage in the North, it’d be better to talk to the merchant groups.”

“Efficient like a true munchkin[1], eh.”

“Munch… kin?”

“Ah, nothing. It’s not because of the food shortage. There’s another reason.”

“What is it?”

“Because I want to hunt down a demonic beast before it becomes a danger. It’ll cause chaos in North someday if I leave it alone. Are you interested?”

“I will listen.”

However, he wasn’t very interested. I see, so it’s a demonic beast.

It was just that level of reaction.

It seemed like he was trying to be attentive only because Callius was the eldest son of the Jervain family and its appointed official heir.

Callius smirked and threw in a bomb that was sure to change that stoic expression.

“Have you ever heard of the dragonblooded?”

“Dragonblooded!”

Ryburn’s expression changed abruptly.

Dragonblooded.

A descendant of a draconic bloodline.

Be they humans or beasts, those with mixed dragon blood are commonly referred to as the ‘dragonblooded’.

“The dragonblooded, with dragon blood flowing in their veins, are innately wild and ferocious.”

As well as very powerful. Even if they have just a trace of dragon’s blood.

One menacing a village or two might be reborn as a threat to the whole nation.

“But they’re valuable.”

As dangerous as they are, the dragonblooded are still worth a lot.

Blood that mixed with the bloodline of the dragons.

Horns or claws with draconic heritage.

Leather, or even eyes.

Draconic by-products are rare, and getting them is difficult like plucking a star from the sky, no matter how much money you have.

So naturally there are people who want to own such things, even if they have to pay in billions.

So, of course –

“Are you interested now?”

“Naturally. It’s a different story if the prey is a dragonblooded.”

Even a heretical inquisitor suspicious of him couldn’t help but be smitten.

Rayburn fixed his glasses and immediately called in the other captains.

“Hunting? Why all of a sudden?”

“Isn’t that too…”

The summoned captains expressed their dissatisfaction at first, but that soon changed with Callius’ explanation.

A dragonblooded beast. Thunder wolf dragon.

An adult that had not yet grown up.

Their eyes changed completely after hearing the story.

“Good! No, this is great! Let’s go! We can go right now! The corpse ceremony is really boring, and I’ve been stuck here for a month, so now’s good!”

This place originally lacked all kinds of entertainment.

The third squad commander –

Orcal, was understandably dissatisfied.

“Let’s go!”

With child-like innocence, he stomped his feet, saying ‘let’s go’.

“Are you sure? If it’s a dragonblooded, it wouldn’t be a normal beast. It’s not impossible that it might hide or run away, so it’ll be a waste of time if you don’t have reliable information.”

The captain of the Sixth Squad –

Druma, was still suspicious.

“The information is certain.”

Because the quest was already out.

“I can’t tell you the source. If you’re really in doubt, you can just stay here. Right?”

“Yeah, Druma, you stay here! Ryburn and I will go with Sir Callius.”

“No, if you’re that sure, I’ll trust you too.”

What a quick about-face.

Druma, the Silent.

Callius almost let out a laugh at that change of attitude that didn’t fit his moniker.

“The orc corpses would be dealt with in about a month. The sooner you prepare for the hunt, the better.”

“Right now is fine.”

“I plan to prepare thoroughly. The thunder wolf dragon isn’t an easy opponent, and I want to do my best.”

But –

“If you want to leave right away, I won’t stop you. If you find and catch it first, the share is all yours. I have to prepare, so I’ll leave in three days. Let’s all go by ourselves. Because we’re all going to the same place, anyway.”

“Then, where is the thunder wolf dragon now?”

“Although the orcs have run roughshod all over the North, there’s a forest they haven’t touched, a fair way away.”

There were three famous forests in the North.

The White Forest beyond its borders.

The Sinking Forest, that’d given Callius a hard time.

Lastly, although not large in size, the third and gloomiest one.

“The Black Forest.”

It was there.


While Callius was setting out to hunt –

Elburton was startled by Nochtel’s report.

“You mean that Judgment Sword?”

“Yes.”

“Is it that sword after all?”

“Yes, he absolutely did not need any guidance, and he still chose that sword.”

Nochtel sympathized with Elburton’s stiff expression.

Because that sword wasn’t very durable.

“Did anything change with Callius afterwards? Paranoia, for example.”

“I haven’t seen any signs yet.”

Elburton, pressing his back onto the chair, recalled the contents of the documents passed down to the successive family heads.

“Medea… was a great person. But she died of treachery. It was no honourable death. I’m worried that the sword’s consciousness might harm Callius.”

That’s why he’d instructed Nochtel.

To steer Callius away from it.

Was he just being stupid, or did have other ideas? … Elburton had no way to know.

But it was already irreversible.

If such was his choice, that too was fate.

“Why is a spirit sword called a spirit sword? Here’s your chance to feel that clearly, kid.”


A cavern with strange letters inscribed on its walls.

A place swimming in divine power, the energy so dense that it shimmered with a soft gleam.

It was Fatalite’s sacred sanctuary.

There, Callius calmly sat and held a sword in both hands.

One hand on the blade.

The other grabbed the hilt and poured in the pure divine power that swirled all around.

「Judgment Sword – Medea」
Grade – Spirit
Infused Soul – Medea von Jervain
Unique Ability – Discernment of Lies

The ninth Jervain family head.

Medea von Jervain.

Despite being born a woman, she had been a great knight, a Lord of the North who’d toiled for the land’s prosperity.

After her death, she became a sword as beautiful as her appearance had been in life. A sword made of an indescribably transparent material.

Even so, the blade was sharp enough to cleave through steel like butter, and firm enough to not break even when struck with a rock.

However, now –

Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhh!

That beautiful sword was screaming.

“It’s the price you pay for daring to mess with me.”

A few days ago.

The woman who had become the core of the Judgment Sword –

Medea von Jervain’s consciousness had been seeping into Callius’ head.

It wasn’t that much of a concern.

It was only to the extent that her bitter feelings and fragmented memories were secretly seeping into his dreams.

Swords that have been used as carcasses for a long time have feelings of regret.

Especially if it’s a spirit sword.

‘The original meaning of spirit sword.’

An awakened soul.

It meant that the sword had awakened a soul.

Originally, the more he used the sword, the more her thoughts would mesh into him, and he would’ve had to suffer quite a bit, but this time it’d been a bad match-up.

“It’s not called ‘purification’ for nothing. They’ve left it alone for so long because she’d been a family head.”

Callius didn’t care, though.

Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhh!

The scream resounded bizarrely, as if the voice was ethereal.

A woman’s scream resounding in a cave was already strange.

Hearing it coming from the sword made the scene even more horrifying, but it was now all over.

Because it was a sacred realm.

There was no room for ominous thoughts in this holy place, the seat of the stone statue of Fatalite.

“Is it done now?”

The thoughts that had been bothering him in his head were gone. It must’ve been because Medea von Jervain’s remnant thoughts that’d remained in the Judgment Sword had disappeared.

That didn’t mean her soul was gone, though.

There was nothing to worry about since only the unclean energy had been purified.

“Originally, I thought it’d take quite a while… but this is a sacred place after all.”

At least a week.

At most, it might have taken several years.

However, when she was given the pure divine power of Fatalite’s sanctuary, those latent thoughts disappeared as cleanly as snow melting in the sun.

“There’s no lack of seeds either, so things are going pretty well. Alright.”

The flower he had planted here before, called Tear of Valtherus, had borne fruit.

If left alone, it would naturally germinate and multiply.

It had been an excellent choice to plant the flower here in Fatalite’s sanctuary.

But if there was one regret –

“It will take a while.”

It would take time for the flower to bloom again. That was only natural, but not having any access to holy water hurt a bit.

The holy water of Valtherus was a cheat that was almost equivalent to having an extra life.

It’d been super effective so far, so not having any more was very disappointing.

‘After the succession is formalized, I’ll have to leave the North for a while.’

The first priority was to find out how to purify the troll’s blood.

He’d tried to do it using the holy power of the sanctuary, but without success.

Perhaps a good alchemist might be able to help.

‘The Church is based in the kingdom’s capital.’

There had to be many talented enchanters there.

If not, it wouldn’t be a bad idea to meet Sullivian, who was famous for being the top alchemist in the whole of Carpe.

“If her life hasn’t come to an end by now, that is.”

Since he hadn’t heard about Esther yet, she most like hadn’t passed away.

Because the day she died would also be the day that a new vision sword would be born in the kingdom.

“Then, all that’s left is this guy.”

The Judgment Sword has a separate use.

It’s a sword useful for different purposes, to clarify or make certain a cause.

However, it’s not very useful for battlefields, or for small-scale melee fights that straddle the line of life and death.

There’s no reason not to use it, but there’s no merit in using it either.

The unique ability of the Judgment Sword is the discernment of lies.

There’s one other additional ability, but it’s not useful in battle.

So, before hunting the thunder wolf dragon –

Callius had come to the sanctuary.

It was also for the purpose of purifying the Judgment Sword, but that was secondary.

The real purpose was this –

The wretched corpse of a warrior laid in front of Callius.

It was the body of the orc warlord.

“The most important component of the carcass ritual is the body being sacrificed. However, there’s an additional, essential element.”

The caster’s divine power.

The quality of the sword would subtly differ based on the purity of spirit and the sincerity of devotion.

‘The carcasses of the successive patriarchs of the North are at about the level of the Church’s bishops.’

Callis von Jervain, the first head of the family, was famous for his body having been smelted by the pope of that era after praying for a hundred days.

That much was impossible, but Callius was still looking forward to transforming the orc general’s corpse here in the sacred land.

“It’s not some run-of-the-mill champion, it’s the warchief himself.”

If Callius did well, might a vision sword come out?

‘Of course not.’

A spirit sword was his Maginot Line.

However, even among spirit swords, there were differences in class.

Realistically, he didn’t think a vision sword was in the cards. For a vision sword to appear, the influence and potential possessed by the victim had to be top-notch.

Considering the circumstances –

The warchief hadn’t been at that level.

But what about a top-notch spirit sword?

“It’s worth looking forward to.”

One who’d plunged the North into chaos.

A warchief who’d united several orc tribes into a single corps for his invasion.

Hadn’t he also trod a half-step into the Master’s realm?

Without Elburton weakening him in advance, without the help of the Strong Sword and the Storm Sword, and without the cheat characteristics called Death Verse Composition as well as Bernard’s sacrifice, the orc general had been an opponent Callius could’ve never dreamed of defeating.

So, his expectations were only reasonable.

“With reverence…”

Calm your mind, clear as a mirror and still as water.

There was no other emotion in the grey eyes that slowly opened.

Eliminate personal feelings, focus only on the image of the warchief’s corpse turning into a sword, and call on God.

“O God.”

O great God of the Sword.

“I offer to you the flesh of this foolish heretic.”

Please embrace him in Your arms.

Let the lost twilight become the rising dawn, so we can repent of our sins. This handful of rust shall be Your libation.

“Rise.”

O new sword of God.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 효율충 (lit. efficient insect) – similar to the EN gaming slang munchkin, one who minmaxes beyond all rules and reason to pursue extreme “efficiency” in gameplay.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 61

In front of the Jervain treasure vault.

The great stone gates, graven with a splendid sword pattern, stood as if untouched by the long river of time.

Jervain of the North, who’d participated in the founding of the kingdom. Their history was here.

“By the way. You’re here to guide me, is it?”

“Yes.”

In front of the treasury –

Callius’ eyes were fixed on Nochtel, with a complicated gaze as if looking at a problematic opponent.

“Since the armaments in the treasure room are ancient existences, if somebody without strong mental strength touches them inadvertently, they might end up being devoured. And even among those, there are some treasures that are particularly dangerous, so I’ll leave them out when guiding you.”

His speech was firm and clear, but Callius refused with a single sentence.

“No need.”

“You’ll need it.”

“Cheeky. I said I don’t need it.”

“Even so…”

“Go away.”

“Master. Originally, there is no precedent for a guide to the treasury. However, the patriarch broke the tradition for your sake.”

“I didn’t ask you the reason.”

Callius looked at Nochtel without speaking further. At the very image of an ordinary, old-fashioned butler.

However, he wasn’t someone normal.

In the first place, how could an outsider guide you through the treasury that contained the history of Jervain?

No matter how many years he’d lived among the Jervain family, such an outsider was an impossible existence.

Therefore, he had to be different from the ordinary image he projected.

“You’re not of Jervain’s bloodline, so how do you know about the armaments in the treasury?”

“That’s because I’ve been in the North, in the Jervain lands, all my life.”

He’d been here for his whole lifetime.

Even so, did it make sense for a butler to know about the treasure trove of the Jervain patriarchs passed down for generations?

The concept itself was absurd.

“Then when is your next lifetime?”

“… What are you talking about?”

Nochtel’s eyebrows twitched.

Letting out a sly smirk, Callius made a gesture to shoo him away.

“If you don’t want to talk, I don’t need your guidance, so just leave.”

Those aged eyes shone brilliantly in the dark for an instant, but then they calmed down.

“… I see. Please be careful.”

They disappeared as if it melting into the darkness.

‘So gloomy.’

After Nochtel disappeared, Callius approached the treasury doors and took out the key.

“I messed with him for nothing.”

Nochtel was no ordinary human.

Far too thoughtful to be a dragon, far too good to be a demon, far too fragile to be a giant. A being bound by a contract.

Even so, a creature superior to a mere human.

A fairy.

“It’s not that important right now, so let’s think about Nochtel later.”

Shall we go in first?

Cheok. He put the key in but it didn’t turn. He’d have been embarrassed if he hadn’t known why.

As soon as pure divine power was poured in, it spread like the roots of a tree along the groove carved on the door.

Drurururuck!

With a loud noise, the great doors to the treasury swung open.

The torch and the glowstone emitting the light of divine power cleared away the darkness, and finally showed the inside scenery.

“It’s bigger than I thought.”

It was a new feeling to see the treasure trove he himself had set in real life.

A view of a large open space, with magnificent weapons on display at every side.

Everything that you could think of.

From small rings and artifacts that looked like trinkets, to gauntlets and boots, to full body armour.

All the precious weapons used by the previous patriarchs were here.

And of course –

“Even the swords made from their carcasses.”

There was no vision sword that could rival the Storm Sword – Callis. However, there were definitely spirit swords that could produce powerful strength.

Preferring light armament, Callius held a thin armour made of leather and interlinked chains.

It was a unique armour with leather on the outside and chainmail on the inside, but it was lightweight and had good elasticity.

On one side of the treasury was another beautifully decorated door.

It was covered in dust, but once he exerted quite a bit, the door opened with the cracking sound of grinding stones.

Again, and again.

As he walked deeper, there were no artifacts unlike the outer area, and swords that emanated a feeling of reverence as if holy relics that should be worshipped, began to appear in front of his eyes.

The enshrined swords had their names written on the accompanying tombstones.

『Sixteenth Head, Lokranta von Jervain』.

‘The Engulfing Sword, Lokranta.’

Engulfing Sword – Lokranta’s ability is storage.

It’s a sword that can absorb, store, and use the power of any weapon it collides with.

If this sword clashes with the Lightning Sword, for example, it can then use the power of lightning inherent in the Lightning Sword – but only once.

Depending on how you use it, it’s a great sword that can deliver a perfect blow to the enemy.

『Fourteenth Head, Rickel von Jervain』.

‘Ripple Sword – Rickel.’

A sword that uses the air itself as a medium and delivers rippling waves to strike the enemy’s insides.

Another sword to be coveted.

The opponent might even lose his bearings mid-battle because his internal organs become twisted, or his head is clouded just by getting struck with this sword.

After that, various swords appeared in Callius’ front.

『Thirteenth Head, Chroma von Jervain』.

‘Crystal Sword – Chroma.’

Fine and sharp crystals can grow on its blade, which can be shot.

A sword that can attack from range.

If struck by its attack, invisible crystal fragments get trapped inside the opponent’s body, causing pain and internal bleeding.

And after that –

『Twelfth Head, Mahad von Jervain』.

‘Silvermoon Sword – Mahad.’

A sword resembling a silver moon.

『Tenth Head, Baun von Jervain』.

‘Vampire Sword – Baun.’

There were many great swords.

Of course, not all of them were here.

“Firefly Sword, Pulsating Sword. Glacier Sword, and a few more.”

There was no sword higher than the spirit rank here.

The sword of the first patriarch –

Storm Sword – Callis, was already in Elburton’s possession. But the second to sixth swords were missing. They must’ve been lost in battle, due to the wielders’ deaths, or taken away by others in the family.

“Which sword did Violet take away, again? I can’t remember.”

It was a pity that those swords were missing, but the swords already here were also great enough.

Depending on their usage, some were even better than the Blue Thunderbolt Sword or the Strong Sword.

Callius’ eyes flicked through several swords, then stopped at one.

A sword with a transparent blade, as if made of blue sapphire.

『Ninth Head, Medea von Jervain』.

“This one. It really stands out.”

The unique ability of this beautiful sword was not very useful for combat.

There were many other swords that were more powerful.

Even so, few could compete with it in how useful it would be in the future.

‘For fights, I can take the Lightning Sword or the Predator Sword out of subspace.’

Even the Strong Sword was mighty enough as long as it could be repaired, so what he needed now was utility.

And this was a sword that could be shown in public without hesitation.

‘As long as I have this, passing the heresy interrogation would be a cinch.’

The reason why he’d thought of it from the beginning was because of the heresy interrogation.

No matter how much they tried to manipulate the proceedings, it could prove the truth, so there’d be no problem.

‘There are a lot of things to do after I become an inquisitor.’

Crooked officials. Corrupt nobility.

In order to root them out and punish them, he needed a suitable sword.

“The most beautiful sword in the North.”

And that was the Judgment Sword, known as the cruellest.

The unique ability of the Judgment Sword is to discern the truth. The transparent blade can see through the ugly lies of the opponent, so it’s the perfect implement for uprooting base corruption.

For him, right now –

There was no other sword more fitting.


A new morning had dawned in the North.

Callius had been busy since the early hours.

“Where are you going so early in the morning?”

“There’s a lot to do.”

In a few days, Dexter, whom he’d summoned via a letter, would arrive, and so would the merchants.

It’d be convenient to have the urgent matters done with before they arrived.

“They must be busy making carcasses right now.”

“Are you going to go check on them?”

“There’s nothing wrong with making sure. When the work’s over, I’ll have to accompany them to the Church.”

As he walked to the front yard of the castle with Bruns trailing behind, the soldiers guarding the gates greeted him in a lively manner.

“Master Callius!”

“Open the gates.”

“Yes! Are you going to see the carcass ceremony? Let me guide you…”

“No need. Just tell me the way.”

“Just keep going east!”

“Open it.”

“Yeah! Open the gates!”

Drururuck. The pulley turned and the huge gates groaned open.

After a short walk, a mountain of bloody corpses greeted them.

“They’re doing great.”

Carve the holy name, chant the name of God, and radiate divine power.

Transforming a piece of flesh into a sword harder than steel.

Truly, a divine miracle.

A power given by God.

“Are you here?”

It was Ryburn who greeted Callius.

The other captains didn’t even look at him.

They only continued searching the mountain of corpses.

‘As expected.’

It was also for this reason why he came to watch them.

Even if they became inquisitors, they were still priests of the God, Valtherus.

In front of an excellent sword, positions like heretic inquisitor or captain didn’t matter.

If you’re going to have a carcass ceremony anyway, it’s always better to find a stronger carcass.

So they were probably searching for corpses of champions, and even the warlord.

‘Idiots.’

Jervain of the North was no fool.

The bodies of the champions and the general had long since been secured.

Pssk.

“Many have already stopped.”

“It’s not easy to borrow the power of God. Even an average pilgrim gets tired after doing it three times a day.”

Because the ceremony requires quite a lot of divine power.

It also requires a lot of concentration, and there are many unfamiliar words to be uttered.

Borrowing the power of God is not easy, because it consumes both divine power and mental energy at the same time.

“But Boss, I thought it wasn’t too difficult for you?”

“Shut up, Bruns.”

“Yes, yep!”

Of course, Callius didn’t have to.

Because of the so-called player privilege.

“I think it will take a few days.”

“Considering their stamina, it should take about a month.”

An average pilgrim would be limited to once or twice a day.

One person, twice a day.

There were four hundred heretic inquisitors.

Calculated that way, it’d be over in a week, but doing so could put their lives at risk, so the estimate was a month.

It wasn’t bad.

Because there were so many orcs, he couldn’t be vulgar enough to hurry them up when they were already working without pay.

“It’s a lot of work.”

“… No.”

Even if they suffered such hardship, they couldn’t take home even a single gold coin, so how much dissatisfaction did they suppress inside? But that, too, was not for Callius to know or care about.

“If we sell about three-tenths of the carcasses, it should come around twenty thousand gold coins.”

It’d be used to restore the broken walls and destroyed villages.

“Where would you spend the rest?”

“The rest will be given to the knights, and some will be kept and rented out.”

“Indeed, there are always those who break or lose the sword they’ve been given.”

Ryburn interrupted their conversation.

Callius looked at Ryburn with a gloomy look, then turned his gaze away.

Not because he got stung by the remark about the broken sword. He just didn’t like Ryburn at all.

“But what’s going on here? You probably didn’t come to watch us. Did you come to retrieve a sword?”

He’d already gotten it.

The warlord’s body had been handed over to him by Elburton right away, and was in the subspace right now.

It was the body of an orc warlord, so Callius was also looking forward to it, but it wasn’t a carcass he’d randomly create here.

The warlord’s body would be transformed in a place overflowing with pure divine power – the Holy Land of Fatalite.

So he didn’t come here to get a sword.

“I didn’t come for a sword.”

“Then why…”

“It seems like a waste of manpower for captains to do this kind of menial work.”

Like using a cow-killing cleaver to slaughter chickens.

There were other knives more suitable for that.

You should use the cleaver only to slaughter a cow.

“Do you want to go on a hunt with me?”

“Hunt… you mean?”

『Epic Quest』

<Sprout of the Aftermath>

Grade – A+

Nip the sprout of the aftermath in the bud.

“I’m thinking of catching a wolf.”

Callius’ gaze turned to the inquisitor-captains.

‘To tear out some of the rotten roots of the Heretic Inquisition.’

Catching the thunder wolf dragon would be the perfect time for that.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 41

Readers’ Comments

“I have one last question for you.”

“Yes, please say.”

“I heard that the first adventure quest from the association cannot be refused.”

“You can refuse. If you want to become the association’s enemy.”

The woman smiled, a smile that was somehow reminiscent of Haka.

“Then do I have a choice? Are there a list of quests to choose from?”

“Well… there aren’t really any strict rules around that. But…”

After a moment of silence, the woman continued speaking.

“But it’d be better for you to just accept it. It’s a gift from the Adventurers’ Association to all those who’ve passed. In particular, the missions assigned to the top-ranked adventure groups have been meticulously prepared by the association, to achieve the maximum results according to the teams’ abilities. Naturally, the quality of the missions differs with ranking.”

“… Is that so.”

But I couldn’t help but feel a little queasy. Because it was a mandatory mission.

‘Well… it doesn’t matter.’

Since I couldn’t remember the mission that Karl Zayed got assigned in the original work, it probably hadn’t been very special. Probably similar to the one Leo’s party had received.

“Any more questions?”

“None.”

“Then let me ask you one last question.”

She fell silent for a while.

Seeing her calmly fermenting the mood with grave eyes, this question seemed to be very important, unlike the rest.

Finally, she slowly spoke.

“Mr. Hiro. What kind of adventurer do you want to be?”

“…”

For a moment, I almost ended up laughing.

Not because the question itself was funny, but because it was so different from what I’d been expecting.

I’d thought it might be a question about whether I’d like to work for the association, or whether I’d like to meet some powerful member of the association.

But really, this was the kind of question that better suited a shounen manga.

Even so, actually hearing it felt a bit cringey.

“… It’s simple.”

I answered comfortably with a smile.

It was a question with a set answer, anyhow.

“One who survives to the very end.”


The interview with the veteran adventurer ended well without any major issues.

Although I’d entered the final stage of the qualification test, it was not a place to show off the abilities of the team. The ‘personality’ test, instead of testing the strength of your ability, was actually the time to verify your personality.

In the first place, the fact that only I, the captain, and not the whole team, had been called, meant that it wasn’t a very important stage.

As I was returning, the long-awaited message arrived via hologram.

Tiling–.

[Chapter 16 – Official Adventurer Qualification Test (2) has ended]

[Attracts the author’s attention]

[The author’s favourability has decreased by 30]

[Reappearance probability has increased to 100%]

[State]

  • Name: Hiro (Enigmatic Squatjaw)
  • Characteristics: Very strong, Bluffing, Chatterbox, Secretive, Turned out he was a pretty boy?, Leadership.
  • Awareness: 59,259
  • Author’s favourability: 27
  • Reappearance probability: 100%

Tiling–.

[The final evaluation of the character has been calculated by the author]

[Hiro is the subject of a preliminary appearance in the next chapter]

[Character points deducted 3000p for the fall in the author’s favourability]

[Character points paid 1000p for the rise in the reappearance probability]

[Additional 1000p character points paid for achieving 100% reappearance probability]

“Hmm.”

There was no reward at all, and the author’s favourability also greatly diminished.

Well, I’d expected that to happen. In fact, I never even showed my face in this chapter, so it was impossible for the readers to support me, and since I completely destroyed the character the author had so ambitiously prepared before even his first appearance, it was inevitable for favourability to fall.

But it didn’t matter. After all, the next chapter would be flooded with huge rewards.

‘It’s just 30…’

To be honest, I’d expected it to get cut a lot more than that. The situation had to have been supremely annoying for the author.

The character called Karl Zayed was already half-destroyed.

After appearing brilliantly as a surprise first place, he would’ve built himself up by achieving even more great feats in the future, but he stumbled at the starting line.

What’s the use of those OP abilities? The more he proved his strength, the higher my reputation would get.

In a way, it was the opposite case of Cocoa. Cocoa never even got to appear in the original, but I’d taken her hand and brought her to the limelight; and yet when Karl Zayed was just about to come out on stage, I’d slammed the door shut in his face.

Now the author had no choice but to reduce his potential compared to what his abilities deserved. No, maybe he was already in a lessened state. Might the author have subtly downgraded his level?

“Should I apologize…”

Thinking about it, the sequence of events was pretty bizarre.

At first, I had been the one who took Haka and Cocoa along to somehow make the author like me, but now I myself was ruining the characters the author had painstakingly prepared.

Hmmm.

It felt like I had to say something.

Going to the window, I gazed up at the sky.

“Life’s got its turns, doesn’t it? Let’s just move on. You never know, maybe the manga would turn out better because of me?”

Well, I probably wasn’t in any position to be listened to[1], right now.

That was then –

Tiling–.

“Huh?”

A holographic message arrived.

I was nonplussed for a moment.

‘Ah, no way…’

Was this a response to what I’d said just now?

Upon closer inspection, luckily, it wasn’t.

But,

※ Notice

[The results of the first character popularity poll will be announced before the next chapter begins]

[Different rewards will be paid according to the popularity poll ranking]

It was an equally astonishing news.

‘Popularity poll? Ah, I see.’

I vaguely remembered. It seemed that the 1st Popularity Poll Questionnaire had been published around this time.

The timing was just right, because this Adventurer Qualification Test arc marked the end of the initial introduction. From now on, the plot was going to start full steam.

However,

‘Hah, but, isn’t notifying it now a bit excessive?’

It was absurd.

If you’re going to do a popularity poll, you have to tell people that beforehand. What, were you worried I might go overboard trying to show off?

“… How unlucky.”

Soon after,

‘How is the ranking?’

Suddenly, my heart started pounding.

To be honest, I had no idea at all. I was a character that originally didn’t even exist in the first place. Besides, my identity was vague, same as my goals, and I was a character full of riddles.

However, it was also true that there were quite a few things for the readers to gush about.

Not too many characters had been introduced yet, and I might not get a chance to rise higher in the future.

I considered what rank might be best for me.

The higher, the better, but to be honest, getting into third place would be a little burdensome. An eyesore upstaging my own kids? I wouldn’t have been happy either, had I been in the author’s position.

‘No, am I just counting my chickens before they hatch?’

The first, second and third places were probably Leo, Kiriko, and Siana, in that order. The fourth place was uncertain, but it was probably Yan. The readers weren’t fed up with him yet. Besides, he must’ve awakened once during the adversary stage. Maybe I was just overthinking it.

‘Now, I think the next place might be good…’

I thought about whether there were other people who could come up in the rankings, but no face came to mind.

The problem was the readers’ reaction. There had to be people who liked me, but certainly there were others who thought some strange-looking guy kept disturbing the plot.

Just then,

‘Ah! Reader comments!’

I remembered something I’d forgotten.

I could just see with my own eyes. What was their reaction to me?

I quickly opened the shop window.

[Currently held points: 202,773p]

Letting out a smile,

“Huh.”

I immediately opened the [Chapter] category.

※ Press here to check the details. 

1. Explore the next chapter information – 1,500p

2. Go straight to the chapter progress area once – 2,000p

3. Browse the main characters revealed up to the current chapter – 5,000p 

4. Read last chapter’s reader comments – 8,000p

5. Check the chapter’s main character – 12,000p

“Oof…”

The prices could make you hurl.

With tears in my eyes, I clicked [Read last chapter’s reader comments].

Then,

[Touch the chapter to view comments]

  • Newest / Registered
  • Chapter 16 Official Adventurer Qualification Test (2) – 8,000p
  • Chapter 15 Official Adventurer Qualification Test (1) – 8,000p

An absurd screen appeared.

“What is this… Pay per chapter?”

A curse word escaped my lips.

“No, how could you need 8,000p to read a few comments?”

This was troubling. The backgrounds had already risen so much in price that I needed to save points for the future.

Although I considered giving up, it was true that checking reader feedback was also advantageous for my survival, so I decided to purchase a couple in the end. 

Actually, I was curious too.

I bought two chapters.

1. [Chapter 15 – Adventurer Qualification Test (1)], where I’d been active from the middle as the main point of view, and –

2. [Chapter 13 – Mimic Acrobat], where I’d played the main villain.

I opened chapter 15 first.

[Chapter 15 – Adventurer Qualification Test (1) – Reader Comments]

arbans – Squatjaw pov!

Mane – It’s a solo pov, so he’s like a deuteragonist!

qudcks53 – Adventurers, go~~~!

Kyaokyao – That Viking hahaha

van1298 – I can’t stand Vikings lol

Barrel – Oh, it’s a manga, so anything goes, hahahaha

kirper03 – I was dumbfounded when I saw those exam questions…

Hmmm.

The reactions weren’t too bad.

They were generally favourable, even, and didn’t seem to much care about my identity.

‘My image is fine, huh?’

Despite opposing the protagonist, there were many supportive comments. Reading them, I gradually started getting excited. It felt like I was being cheered on, ‘good job, good job!’, from the sidelines.

My initial purpose had been just to figure out my next steps, but now I really was having fun with it.

Next up was the Mimic Acrobat chapter.

Personally, the reaction to this chapter was what I’d been the most curious about.

Although as a villain, it was still the first chapter where I’d appeared as the central character. A lot of effort had gone into it, and at the end I’d even declared myself the protagonist’s rival.

I wondered if readers had recognized the true meaning behind my declaration.

[Chapter 13 – Mimic Acrobat – Reader Comments]

Scars – That sunset sure is far away, kek. It’s far away, but it’s funny lol

kirper03 – There’re two amusement parks!

To roll is the way – That squatjaw fairy tho

skfro560 – The squatjaw fairy, erm, yeah ;;;;

Wallet Warrior – Put your jaw back on, Squatjaw

Chakatapa – Yeah, that squat jaw is part of his charm.

I was perplexed when I read it.

‘No, what the hell are you guys talking about?’

How confusing. Was this really alright?

Because the chapter was long, there were a lot of comments and a lot of content.

But, to my surprise, this time, too, the reactions were mostly in my favour. I felt a sense of friendly approval. Even though my character kept viciously beating up the protagonist and his companions.

Of course, there were also quite a few questions and negative reactions to my actions. But very rarely did that lead to direct animosity towards me.

Most of the cursing was headed straight for the author.

xxxx – The author’s an idiot.

xxxx – There goes my suspension of disbelief. Dropped.

xxxx – If either the author is a dumbf*ck or the character is, then the money’s on the author.

Even if Leo behaves like an idiot, it’s the author who gets cursed at.

Even if I take a lot of incomprehensible actions that violate plausibility, it’s the author who gets cursed at.

I felt a little apologetic. Was he right to hate me after all? 

But soon,

‘No, I just did what I normally do.’

I shook my head.

You reap what you sow, you bastard.

Anyway, things weren’t bad overall.

No, they were even a bit too good. That’s why I was even more concerned.

In particular, some of the comments…

Deeo – Mom, I’m gonna have a big squat jaw when I grow up!!!

Gauul – Squatjaw Punch! Adventure King Punch! He(i)ro Punch!

q2qer – O Great Squatjaw! Defeat the protagonists!

It made me tilt my head and question their tastes.

At this point, I was again getting worried about the popularity poll.

What if I rose higher than the main characters? The author might see that as crossing the line.

If the popularity poll had happened after the awards ceremony, I might’ve really been in danger. Because that chapter would be my stage.

‘… There shouldn’t be a problem.’

What I felt after roughly looking at the comments, was simple.

I was doing well.

I felt I should just keep on going like this.

Then, it was time to finish exploring the comments and move on to the next category.

A phrase at the bottom suddenly caught my eye.

[Attached fan arts]

‘Oh, was this here?’

Apparently, you had to purchase the readers’ comments to see the fan art.

I opened the fan art list with a pounding heart.

“… Oh.”

That sure was a prominent jaw.

It might or might not have been my face. I thought I looked a little better than this, though?

Seeing myself painted in a picture was a pretty strange feeling.

I could feel myself being supported from the back.

But the fan arts of the Mimic Acrobat chapter did puzzle me a little.

I made such an impact by transforming into a pretty boy, but all the drawings were about my jaw. Of the five fan arts, four had the jaw feature prominently, and the fifth was half pretty boy and half squat jaw.

‘How unfortunate. I was trying to change it around, but maybe I should wait a while?’

In fact, I’d been planning to find the ‘witch’ who’d caused this background as soon as possible. I could guess her location to some extent, and I couldn’t live with this appearance forever.

But I had to go with the trend for now. The reactions didn’t seem that bad.

That was then –

“Squatjaw!”

I heard a voice calling me from somewhere.

It was Cocoa.

“Yeah?”

“There’s gonna be an award ceremony for those who passed!”

“… Okay?”

I’d thought there was some time left before the next chapter started… but it was earlier than expected.

Was it going to start with a slow pace?

I moved forward with a pounding heart.


Those thousands of test-takers had already disappeared somewhere, and there were only a few gathered at the venue.

There was silence in the hall, but not a tense one. Everyone looked relaxed, probably because they thought it was all over.

Just then,

“Ah! The Squatjaw Adventurers!”

The veteran adventurer who’d conducted the interview recognized us and approached.

“The top prize winners can sit in the front.”

“Oh, yes.”

Leo and the others were already sitting at the very front. As if they hadn’t yet gotten the news that they weren’t number one.

‘Hey, don’t get surprised later.’

I was just about to sit down with a smile.

Tiling–.

[The final result of the popularity poll is out]

  • Press to check the result.

It came.

Nervously, I checked it.

And then,

“… This is gonna blow up.”

I was enveloped in a very, very strange feeling. Extremely discomforting, but somehow not very distasteful.

1st place – Hiro (The Enigmatic Squatjaw)

2nd place – Leo

3rd place – Kiriko

4th place – Siana

5th place – Unidentified horned boy

6th place – Yan

7th place – Little Pierrot

33rd place – The enigmatic man who became the shadow of a pencil


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 씨알도 먹히지 (lit. seeds are not eaten), idiom meaning even a small request might be rejected.

The manhwa has started getting a translation from Reaper Scans, so go check out ‘Surviving in an Action Manhwa’!


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 40

Karl Zayed

The sixth stage of the Adventurer Qualification Test, the test of the ‘adversary’.

Basically, the main task required of an adventurer in the adversary position is to defeat the guardian who protects the treasure, but it also includes fighting other adventurers to claim the treasure.

That ability as an adversary was being tested in this qualification exam.   

A battle between multiple adventurer groups aiming for the same treasure.

In the original story, Leo and his party competed with three other groups for one treasure. In other words, four adventurer teams had a match to decide the third place.

They probably were in the middle of a fight right now.

And now, it was our turn to fight another adventurer team with the same level of ‘guiding ability’ and ‘deciphering ability’ as ours, over whatever was in the refrigerator – mint chocolate or green tea.

And that – was this guy.

Karl Zayed.

I’d seen this character for the first time when the winners of the Adventurer Qualification Test were announced at the awards ceremony in the original work.

At that time, I’d thought that the Leo Adventurers were number one. After finding their way with difficulty, breaking the seal on the treasure with difficulty, they had to fight three other teams they met there, and finally achieved victory, also with difficulty.

But somehow, when I looked, there was another team ranked one step higher.

That’s right, the grey-haired guy over there.

Naturally, it was extremely eye-catching.

Not only did he pop up suddenly, but he was also alone on top of that.

Compared to all the other adventurer groups in the rankings, all of whom apart from the Leo Adventurers were filled with seven people, he stood alone.

The only one-man adventurer team.

Even so, it was he who finally came out on top.

The adventurer team that faced him and got second place didn’t even attend the awards ceremony. Because they were busy healing from their wounds.

There was only one problem.

How could this make sense?

Characters can be strong. Most new characters appear equipped with powerful abilities. Regardless of balance, depending on the author’s intentions, absurdly strong monsters may appear from time to time. It’s not that unusual.

Nevertheless, the reason why many readers had been skeptical of this character was that he found his way alone, untied the seal alone, and even won the battle all alone.

A character with the ability of all three positions, taken to the extreme.

It was his unique ability that made this possible.

[Unstoppable Growth]

  • All abilities are continuously strengthened without limit.

From basic strength to various physical abilities, hidden characteristics, and even the unique ability itself.

It was such a cheat that you could only use the word ‘absurd’ to describe it.

Moreover, this guy had been born with the guide and decipherer traits, ‘pathfinding eyes’ and ‘comprehension’, and had a lot of different adversary-specific traits on top of that.

In other words, he was absurdly OP.

Actually, I didn’t even dare to try mimicking his unique ability.

The reason was simple. Because the ‘class’ of his unique ability was constantly increasing, directly proportion to his physical ability.

The fourth mimicking condition.

  • You must have a physique that matches the level of the ability.

In other words, in order to mimic him, my body had to be at least be at his level. His body that had been continuously strengthened in-setting until now.

That’s too much. That’s unreasonable.

But, of course, that didn’t mean I’d completely given up on it. I couldn’t give up on such an ability even if I wanted to. An ability that can make you stronger just by breathing.

It was fair to say that I couldn’t even dream of getting it right now, but that didn’t mean there was no possibility in the future. The dream realm had given me a hint.

‘It’s like asking if the chicken or the egg came first, but…’

In any case, the appearance of this absurd overpowered munchkin had provoked dissatisfaction from many readers.

At that time, the author’s choice of dividing the adventurer teams into three positions was highly praised. Thanks to that, the ratio of the characters could be adjusted in a balanced manner.

But this guy appeared in the middle of that.

There was a setting for this guy, that being ‘I really want to show a one-man adventurer team with a high ego’, but that was not enough to smooth things over. The balance couldn’t be adjusted, and the very existence of such a versatile character unconditionally cheapened the significance of the rest.

So, at first, I didn’t even think about defeating this guy. Because these monsters outside the norm were not originally designed to be defeated.

He was a monster that couldn’t even be defeated by Leo and Kiriko attacking together. Not the two of them as they were now, but a long time later.

In other words, even with the joint effort of the two who were stronger than now, Karl Zayed could not be defeated.

How could I beat a guy like that?

Besides, I thought that losing to this guy was actually in line with my current role.

To come second, not first.

Although he was sadly defeated by an invincible OP munchkin, his skill level was still higher than the protagonist. Didn’t that fit me better?

Rivals must also match the protagonist’s growth rate to a certain extent. Shooting ahead too much would only cause a sense of incongruity, and only when your level is similar would you be more likely to have a chance of working together.

Above all, who knew when the author might decide to cut me down to size if I shot up too fast, too high.

Something at the level of those malicious restrictions could be overcome somehow, but anything bigger might get a little risky. I hadn’t yet firmly established my rival position, and if the author tried to get rid of me right now, my destiny would be the same as the Corrupted Knight.

But,

“I got tired waiting. I need to vent my anger a bit, so I’m going to kill you.”

“… Wouldn’t that get you disqualified?”

“Hmm, then I guess I’ll have to hold back a little bit.”

There was something I hadn’t forgotten.

His cruelty.

Karl Zayed is not the type to accept surrender. He has no mercy in him, and does his best to destroy his opponent every time.

In the original, the second-place adventurer team had even missed the awards ceremony.

What if the same happened to me? All my work in this arc would be utterly ruined.

What’s the point of ranking second if you can’t even show your face for the awards announcement?

What’s the use of summoning giant earthworms, rushing through the tunnels, and rescuing people using ships?

All that spotlight would be lost to the newcomer, and I would be forgotten. 

That had to be stopped. At any cost.

“Anyway, it’s unfortunate. I thought some others might come.”

He was probably referring to the guys who’d placed second in the original. Maybe because we’d been looking for a way to this place, they might have been hanging out with Leo’s party right now.

After all, well, they weren’t important characters. Just extras, whose names or faces had never even appeared in the original.

“But it doesn’t matter whoever it is. Are there just four of you?”

“It does matter. There is no adventurer team better than us. Even if it’s just the four of us.”

At my words, he just laughed.

“Isn’t there one right in front of you? Although there’s just one of me.”

“Yes, I admit it. So, by any chance… would you like to join our adventurer team? We could take first place together.”

This was a trick I’d had in mind just in case. Because it was actually possible. Maybe I could create a new and interesting possibility.

However,

“No way. I’m not the type to share what’s mine.”

Again, that didn’t happen.

Probably due to that serious setting, ‘I’ll make a one-man adventurer team even if it kills me’.

In the end, it meant that we had to break through this hurdle head-on. It was life or death.

“Haka, Chinuavi. Forward.”

We’d already planned things to some extent in advance.

“Actually, I didn’t believe you when you told me, Senior, not until I saw it with my own eyes. To think that there’s a human who can decipher the goblin problem… I’m really very curious how that’s even possible.”

“Can’t you just ask? He looks pretty taciturn, but there’re ways to quickly pry that mouth open. It’s a skill I learned by chance, while wandering about learning from goblins. Huhu…”

Fortunately, Haka had already regained his characteristic secretive smile. He was pretty lethal and reliable in this state.

Not enough to deal with that grey-haired monster, but maybe enough to hold him off for a while.

What I’d asked of them was simple.

Stall the guy. Even if for just five minutes.

Of course, this was no walk in the park.

First of all, Chinuavi was not one of those goblins who were good at fighting. Not only was his unique ability unsuited for combat, he was a bumbler with quite a few losses in the Brawler Goblin Test under his belt.

So my plan was to grab that guy’s attention first using just Haka, and keep Chinuavi in reserve to change the terrain and the shadows Haka could use to hide in case of an emergency.

I couldn’t go together with them from the start, because there was still something I had to check, observing his movements. 

If I had to choose a single ability against him, I had to know, first.

Soon after,

Bump–.

The battle began with Haka attacking first.

Haka didn’t immediately use his unique ability. Instead, he tried to approach the enemy with the assassination skill he’d learned, as if trying to take the opponent’s measure.

‘Tch, just do your best from the beginning… this might be dangerous.’

And my fears soon turned into reality.

Puff.

“…”

I swallowed without meaning to.

It was just the blink of an eye.

It was just a single blow.

“Kk, kh… ugh.”

It was only after hearing Haka’s moans, that I could pinpoint his exact location.

Haka had been buried very deep, under the ground.

If Chinuavi hadn’t had a flash of wit to soften the ground in that instant, the manga might’ve had to switch the genre. To gore/horror, naturally.

‘… I’m totally screwed.’

Check his movements? Forget about it.

He was better than I’d expected. To be honest, he felt dozens of times stronger.

At that moment, I knew for sure.

This guy shouldn’t be touched.

It’d been a mistake. In order to get a high ranking, I’d prepared to meet this guy.

I should’ve just chosen the same treasure as Leo’s party. I should’ve just fought and beat them for third place.

I would’ve appeared in chapters, would’ve had a much easier time, and even if I were defeated was much easier to deal with, and there would’ve been plausible ways to develop even if I ended up defeated.

‘I was being crazy. Coveting wealth and glory…’

I boldly deleted one of the two abilities I’d been considering from my head.

How could I dare try to take that guy on with [Sturdy Boulder] that I’d never even used before? It was a straightforward plan – to lock him up using Chinuavi’s earth ability, tie him down using Haka’s shadows, and then finish him off myself.

It’d been my mistake. My wild recklessness.

Without hesitation, I mimicked the other ability I’d had in mind. The ability I’d practiced the longest, and the hardest.

In an instant, two revolvers began to materialize at my waist.

Seeing this, Karl Zayed smiled.

“Is it your turn now, squat-jaw?”

“Right, but could you please wait a minute?”

“What?”

“I have something to tell my colleague who’s stuck over there.”

“Are you going to leave a will?”

“It’s similar. Can I have some time?”

I thought this guy wouldn’t refuse.

He was cruel and cold-blooded, with no mercy, but he had pride.

“I’ll give you one minute.”

I quickly walked over to the pile of dirt Haka had been buried under. Chinuavi was already waiting there, with a serious expression.

“Se-, Senior… this situation…”

“Chinuavi, go stay with Cocoa.”

“Yes?”

“Hurry. Make sure to build a wall with earth, in case something like a pile of stones splash in. Don’t get hurt and take good care of yourselves.”

After being silent for a bit, Chinuavi nodded and went to Cocoa’s side.

Then I looked at the pile of dirt and spoke.

“Haka.”

“…”

“I’m sorry, but could you draw his attention one more time?”

“…”

“I know you’re listening. I’m really sorry, but please.”

Soon after,

“… Cough. I might die, you know.”

A weak voice came from beneath the pile of dirt.

“I know it’s hard… Hide in the shadows or use stealth… Anyway, distract him just once.”

Then I pointed my gun at the pile of dirt.

“It’s a healing bullet. You’ll feel better.”

Bang–.

Soon after,

“Oh… I’ll take back the cursewords.”

A clearer voice came out of the pile of dirt.

“I didn’t hear you… Anyway, I’m going with Plan B. Do you remember what to do? You have to do it.”

“I know… but I don’t think I can.”

“Then we’ll all die. Oh, I’m not scaring you. I’m saying this sincerely.”

“…”

Even so, Haka didn’t seem motivated. To get hit by something like that and come back out? Just thinking about it made me shiver.

It seemed impossible.

“I saw the goblin gods.”

“… Eh?”

“There were five of them. I’ll tell you all about it. If you can do it without dying.”

“Haah…”

After a while,

“Hoo… I’ll try my best. So… please, live and tell me the story later.”

Haka, pulling his head out of the pile of dirt, looked at me and smiled.

It was a pretty nice smile.

Haah… This guy didn’t lose his trademark murderous smile again, right?

‘But hey, who cares.’

I smirked back.

“Let’s try it.”


Karl Zayed was called the person closest to the Seven Kings, but he never actually ascended to that position.

It wasn’t because he lacked power. In fact, this guy had gone toe to toe with the Seven Kings’ troops by himself in the second half of the original.

The reason was simple. He had one weakness. A glaring one.

The community joked about this weakness and called it ‘mother-in-law’s discipline’[1].

Meaning that it was a weakness that the readers had forcefully created, much like how a nit-picking mother-in-law might do to a timid wife.

The background was simple.

Since the advent of Karl Zayed, the readers had constantly insisted on nerfing the character. Because the power balance was all over the place.

The author did not respond much at first, but as the readers’ protests kept piling up, he’d eventually published a notice. That the character actually had a weakness, so there was no problem with the balance.

The author even exposed it in the very next chapter.

Achilles’ tendon.

That was Karl Zayed’s weakness.

A man whose body and all abilities were constantly being strengthened, with one exception.

The author even added that he was a character created with the concept of Achilles.

To be honest, that was an absurd explanation. Where do you see Achilles in that guy with grey hair like a lion’s mane?

The author made an excuse that the setting had been originally there from the start, but many readers, including me, didn’t believe it. It was clear that he’d added the setting in a hurry.

At that time, the debate ended without any resolution, but now I had no choice but to rekindle it.

This time, I stood on the author’s side.

Plan B was indeed a simple strategy.

Attack Karl Zayed’s Achilles’ tendon.

As fast as you can. Without giving him any room to react.

Using the ‘rapid fire’ skill, with only ‘penetration’ of the [Six Burning Bullets].

The problem was that I wasn’t proficient in ranged attacks.

There was a chance he’d dodge, but even without that, the chance of me being on target was low by itself.

I could mimic unique abilities, but not the traits of other characters.

Even if I managed to shoot quickly, I couldn’t land every shot on target, not like Kiriko could.

I never even bought a background with ‘accuracy’. I wasn’t trained enough to be able to hit targets rapid-fire.

‘I should’ve practiced a little more during the first qualification test…’

So, I had to stick close to the opponent. As long as I could get close, I could hit him.

The essence of Plan B was simply ‘luck’.

Might work, might not.

I might be able to approach him, might be able to shoot him, so he might fall.

If as the author said, the weakness had been set from the beginning, he would collapse, otherwise it would just be for nothing. At most, it was like rushing at the enemy prepared to die, just to deal a final blow.

In fact, I tried first to observe the guy’s movements to confirm this. Was there any sign of him protecting his heels?

‘Well, it’s far too late for that.’

I could only laugh bitterly. I’d considered this the last resort, but now I was betting everything on this ‘luck’.

“Fuh… who cares. Let’s go.”

With firm resolve, I gave Haka the signal.

Soon after,

“What, isn’t that squat-jaw coming… is it you again?”

Haka ran at him again.

There was no hesitation in his movements. Even though he got hit so hard just now.

Just as I was feeling moved –

Th-ud.

Once again.

Haka was again buried in the ground. The pit seemed a little deeper than last time.

But nonetheless,

“Good job, Haka.”

I was ready.

“… Huh?”

Karl Zayed remained still as I quickly approached his back.

He must have been confused too.

It was just for a moment, but he couldn’t move.

Haka used the last of his power to bind Karl Zayed’s shadow, not to dodge his fist. Because I’d made him do that. And he got his face smashed to jelly in return.

‘I’m sorry.’

It would be nice if this could be the answer.

And then,

Ratata tatata tatata – bang!

Ratata tatata tatata – bang!

I put dozens of magic bullets into the guy’s Achilles’ heel.

“What!?”

At that moment, startled, he reflexively waved his arm.

Th-ud.

“Ku-gh, ugh.”

Despite trying to parry, I got blown away dozens of meters, and was buried in a pile of stones.

It felt impossible to breathe. As if my breastbones had caved in.

It was only then that I realized how Haka had felt.

That guy, even after being hit with an attack like this, had rushed back without fear.

“… Grunt.”

I suppressed my dizziness and struggled to get up.

I still had to check.

To be honest, I had no idea if I’d hit him or not.

There was dust all over the place. It seemed to be the trace left by the bullets that’d missed.

‘… It didn’t work?’

After a while, the dust that had risen slowly subsided.

“… Author, you beautiful bastard.”

I flopped back down on the ground.

All the strength in my body had faded away.

He hadn’t lied after all.

Surrounding the fallen Karl Zayed, thick red splotches of blood were staining the ground.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 시어머니의 맴매; 시어머니 = mother-in-law, 맴매 = how a kid may be disciplined by an adult.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 60

Recommendation to become an inquisitor.

On the outside, it was called a recommendation, but it was clear what intention was hidden inside.

‘They’re still suspicious.’

Callius didn’t know what exactly they suspected him of, only that they were still clearly suspicious.

However, his identity and position was now different than before, so they recommended him to become a heretic inquisitor on the surface, but their true goal must’ve been to get to interrogate him.

As long as they managed that –

They’d simply fabricate a sin even if one didn’t exist.

It was ridiculous.

He didn’t know why they kept on doing this, but he wasn’t fool enough to fall for such a shallow trick.

“Thanks for the suggestion, but…”

Just as Callius was about to respond –

Elburton, who’d been quietly listening all this time, spoke.

“Thank you, but no. My apologies.”

His voice was heavy.

With a trace of anger in it.

“May I ask why?”

Ryburn asked, a little nervously.

Although wounded, Elburton was still the Lord of the North.

The Pillar of Carpe.

As a knight with one foot into the realm of Masters, he deserved honour and respect.

Ryburn thought he knew what Elburton might say, but Elburton took a deep look at Callius and said something outside his expectations.

“Callius is the eldest and only son of Jervain. Now he must receive the education appropriate for a successor.”

Callius furrowed his brows at that deep, inscrutable gaze.

“You’re saying…”

“I mean that he is the man who will one day be responsible for Jervain, and for the northern lands. The succession ceremony will be held soon, so it’ll be difficult for him to become a heretic inquisitor.”

Elburton’s words surprised not only the inquisitor-captains, but also everyone else present.

Naturally, including Callius.

‘This is a bit too much.’

Although he’d had some expectations of becoming the next successor.

Because he’d demonstrated his worth.

Moreover, right now, nobody knew whether Callavan had been buried in the ground or ascended to heaven.

Since there was no reason to adopt another heir, it was natural for him to be selected for the position.

‘He even brought up the succession ceremony.’

If that took place, it’d be irreversibly set in stone, and he would become the next Lord of Jervain.

Not only would the Jervain patriarch’s position pass into his hands, but he would also inherit the title to these lands, which would be a bit of a hassle.

He wouldn’t be able to attack others without caring for the consequences, and every single one of his actions would be under a lot of scrutiny.

Even his words. Everything would become tinged with a political nuance.

Of course, it was still something he needed, but only after some more time passed. Right now was still too early .

The life of a wandering pilgrim suited him more at the moment.

‘For somebody with my characteristics, to become the Lord of the North?’

It was insane.

Of course, it was not only Callius who was nonplussed, but also the inquisitor-captains.

They’d thought they’d hit upon a brilliant idea, but Elburton’s one move was enough to overturn the whole table.

“Lord, have you not healed yet…?”

“I was wounded quite deeply in this last war. Since I felt death brushing so close, I’ve been thinking of stepping back and enjoying the rest of my life. Spending some time with my grandchildren would be nice.”

Elburton looked sincere.

Watching him secretly look at Emily as he talked, he really seemed to have changed his mind since his latest brush with death.

So it was Callius whose thoughts turned more and more urgent.

‘It might be better to become a heretic inquisitor.’

But that too came with a lot of annoying things, like being interrogated.

No matter how the interrogation ended, they wouldn’t stop probing him for weaknesses.

This way wasn’t good, that way wasn’t either.

Callius pondered for a moment.

‘Fine. After all, the northern lands are bound to grow in importance.’

There was Fatalite’s holy sanctuary, and Valtherus’ Tears had been planted there.

Not just that, there were still trolls hiding in the valley at the bottom of the Sinking Forest.

‘Besides, the North needs to grow further in power.’

It had to become stronger than it was now.

In order to resist the empire’s invasion in the future, increasing its military power was necessary.

However, the destruction of Carpe couldn’t be avoided solely with the North.

So.

“Then let’s do this.”

Callius spoke up, taking an alternate look at Elburton and Ryburn.

“After the succession ceremony. How about having me serve as a heretic inquisitor?”

“You mean…”

Heretic inquisitor, and the Lord of Jervain.

Both should be accepted.

Each had its pros and cons, but if you combined both, only the pros would remain.

You don’t have to be tied to the North, and if you become a heretic inquisitor, there is little chance that you’d be driven out as a heretic because of others’ envy.

Besides –

‘To cut out the rotten roots of Carpe, to save the kingdom itself.’

Was that not the true vocation of the inquisitors?

Besides, if he were to be the future ruler of Jervain and the North, who would inherit the count’s position…

‘They won’t dare try anything reckless.’

After all, Elburton wasn’t going to pass everything on to him right away.

“Are there any other problems?”

“… I see. Naturally not.”

Ryburn’s trembling cheeks were a tell-tale proof of his judgment.


Crackle, crackle.

The office inside the castle.

An awkward atmosphere surrounded Elburton and Callius.

They stood infinitely close, but somehow because of that, they seemed infinitely distant.

‘This reminds me of the past.’

Of his childhood.

Of the time when he’d burned down a farmer’s small three-room thatched cottage, to grill some skewers for eating.

‘That’s exactly how father looked like back then.’

Like the calm before the storm.

Elburton was silent, as if carefully choosing his words.

But his posture contained a silent anger that seemed unable to be hidden.

How long do I have to wait? Such were Callius’ thoughts as he got progressively more and more bored.

“What were you thinking?”

Elburton finally spoke.

“What do you mean?”

“To hold the succession ceremony and then become a heretic inquisitor! If you succeed the count’s title, you should be given a more serious position than a mere inquisitor.”

And yet Callius had just agreed to take the position.

Elburton frowned as if he couldn’t understand his son at all.

Although superficially, the inquisitors were known throughout the kingdom to be the ones to root out and interrogate traitors and heretics.

But in reality, they were just a group mired in the politics of the Church and the state.

One inheriting the title of a count, one of the few great noble titles of the kingdom, should not step forward to join their ranks.

“If you take my place, you will be the Lord of the North and a count of the kingdom.”

“I know.”

“And despite knowing that, did you just say that you want to become a heretic inquisitor in front of them?”

“I knew it, but I did it anyway. Thanks to me, you’ve made a lot of money. It’s fine if you don’t praise me, but blaming me is a bit too much.”

“You only see one side of the coin and ignore the other. There are many things in this world more important than money. If you pursue the honour established by your ancestors, money will follow you…!”

Elburton, who clenched his fists, took a deep breath and sat down on the chair.

“Think of the weight of your words, Callius. Based on your words and actions, Jervain’s prestige shall be built up or destroyed.”

“I’ll figure things out somehow.”

“… Cheeky. I thought you’d changed a bit, but there’s no difference.”

“Yes.”

Callius accepted his father’s words without the expression on his face shifting even the slightest, rather than getting angry. It was unbelievable.

‘Yeah, he’s different from before.’

The situation was different from the past, when they’d faced each other after one of his son’s crazy escapades.

“I don’t know what you’re thinking. But… I won’t ask. Please don’t forget that the spirit of the North, the blood and sweat of your ancestors, resides in your heart.”

Having said that, Elburton took out an old-fashioned key from his bosom and threw it.

Hwik, cheok.

It was quite big and heavy.

The material looked like stone, but it didn’t seem to be an ordinary object.

“What’s this?”

“It’s the key to our treasure house, that successive generations of family heads have guarded for centuries.”

Jervain’s heirloom –

Callis, couldn’t be handed over yet.

“You are now Jervain’s official heir. Choose what you want and take it.”

Jervain’s treasure vault.

‘I hope I’ll pass this on to you one day.’

Jervain’s treasure trove where their artifacts, as well as the swords transformed rom carcasses, are displayed.

A treasure trove that only the successive heads of household, and the most outstanding among their direct descendants, can enter.

“You will be the second in your generation.”

The first was probably –

“You’ve been wandering around as a pilgrim. Have you heard of Violet’s whereabouts by any chance?”

“I haven’t.”

“Is that so…”

An awkward silence followed.

Violet von Jervain.

Callius’ younger sister.

‘According to the setting, she leaves the family after Callius goes to the Church.’

Unlike the eldest son, she has a talent for swordsmanship, but she has no attachments to the sword, so she suddenly left the kingdom one day and started wandering around.

If you’re lucky enough to meet and become friends, she acts like a wandering merchant who sells you strange items.

‘She’s probably in the empire right now.’

Violet’s personality was like that.

She won’t intervene whether Carpe fell or the empire, so Callius didn’t have to worry about her.

“That’s all you wanted to say?”

“Well, yes.”

Now that he’d received the key to the treasury, Callius wanted to escape this awkward atmosphere as soon as possible, to go see the swords of the previous patriarchs.

Just as he grabbed the doorknob –

“Callius.”

“…”

Turning around, he saw Elburton standing at the widow, looking out.

“I still have one more thing to say.”

“Then say it.”

“For saving Jervain and the North, you have my sincere thanks.”

“… I see.”

Cheok.

Callius hurriedly shut the door and left.

Elburton muttered, as if to himself.

“What do you think?”

The old man who’d been secretly hiding nearby, appeared.

The butler of the Jervain family.

Nochtel.

“If we use the heretic inquisitors to turn all the orc corpses into carcasses, we can make a great profit. Assuming seven tenth carcass swords and three tenth life swords, it’ll come to at least 60,000 gold coins.”

“We can’t just sell everything off.”

“If we sell half the carcass swords and leave out the life swords, it’ll still be over 20,000 gold coins.”

“It’s just gold. But it’s definitely an appropriate amount to patch the insufficiencies of our military power.”

With that amount of money, it would be possible to repair the broken walls and restore the entire northern estates to some extent.

Besides, the life swords would be perfect as rewards for the knights who’d been active in this war.

Elburton’s lips twitched. His wallet had been strapped for money due to the war, but Callius solved the problem with only a few words.

“Besides, don’t we still have the warlord’s body in good condition?”

“Right.”

If the warlord’s body were turned into a carcass –

Wouldn’t a spirit rank weapon be born?

Of course, it’d belong to Callius, but he would soon become the Master of the North anyway, so that didn’t matter.

“Lord, no, Master. I think you don’t need to worry about him anymore.”

Elburton’s stiff expression, which had never relaxed while he’d been facing Callius, loosened up in an instant.

“He still resembles me, though. He’s got my wit.”

“It was like seeing the lord of the past. That power to deal with the orc warlord, and then turning crisis into opportunity to get the maximum benefits.”

“After all, blood will tell in the end.”

Although Elburton’s face was still stoic, Nochtel didn’t miss the twitches at the corners of his mouth.

“It’s a little late, but now he looks like a proper Jervain.”

“Nochtel.”

“Yes, my lord?”

“Guide Callius inside the treasury. Because there are some treasures that can be dangerous depending on how you use them.”

Nochtel was startled.

All the treasures in the treasury are ones used by the patriarchs of old. They each have their own stories and accompanying martial arts.

If you just blindly choose a weapon overflowing with energy inside Jervain’s treasure vault, its consciousness might release itself and show you something bizarre and traumatizing.

“Isn’t it tradition that you can’t say anything about the treasure house?”

“They’ll all belong to him anyway in the end, so what’s the point of that?”

Nochtel’s lips twitched.

Although the lord pretended to be indifferent, this was bias alright[1].

“Very well.”

The old butler, Nochtel, left the office, no expression on his face.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 팔은 안으로 굽는 (lit. arms bent inward), showing bias or nepotism for those close to you.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 39

The Gods of the Goblins

“Where am I?”

When I opened my eyes again, it was to a pure white world.

Waves of light were constantly flowing up, down, left and right in all directions.

Even where I stood was on a stream of light. It was flowing like all the others, but I oddly felt rooted in place.

The Realm of Dreams (夢中界).

A world within the subconscious, where goblins meet their gods and go on a journey together.

I knew it as soon as I saw it. This was the place I knew.

To be precise, it was a world I had seen before.

‘It… it worked.’

I was stunned.

I really managed to reach here.

The reason why I’d had a very slim chance of success was not simply because I and Chinuavi were of different races.

Rather, it was because the fundamental structure of the ability itself was different.

The ability came from the gods.

The goblins can never demonstrate their unique abilities except through their five gods.

This meant that, in order to mimic the goblins’ abilities, I also had to go through their gods, and to be honest, I doubted it would ever work.

A human meeting the gods of the goblins? Is that possible?

So, I just tried it once with the idea of ​​testing the limits of the [Mimic Acrobat]. But all my worries turned out to be a lie.

It wasn’t even that difficult.

What I did was to imitate the ritual of the goblins that called their gods. It was an act similar to a kind of prayer, and all I had to do was to remember the details of their existence and then repeat ‘I want to meet you’.

‘Okay, leave it there for now.’

The funny thing was that I actually achieved this.

But now it was time to focus on the present again.

As I saw the waves of light flowing all around me, tension slowly began to accumulate.

What would happen now?

Who, exactly, would come?

‘Is he coming?’

If the imitation was successful, the god who’d blessed Chinuavi would probably come visit me. Then, after exchanging various greetings, he would allow me acts of ‘mischief’ on his behalf.

But I couldn’t be sure.

I knew that Chinuavi had already been blessed, but this was my first time entering the dream realm. Any of the gods can appear to a goblin who has not yet been ‘chosen’. That was the rule of this realm.

What was going to happen?

I considered the five gods of the goblins.

Eldest, God of Mischief.

Second, God of Lies.

Third, God of Whimsy.

Fourth, God of Pretence.

Youngest, God of Sabotage.

Among them, the god Chinuavi was blessed by was the first, the God of Mischief, and in a way, he was the mellowest (?) of them. 

Or rather, should I say he had the least ‘malice’ that was typical of the goblins?

When I’d first encountered the goblin species at the middle parts of the original storyline, I’d honestly been a tad confused.

Simply because I didn’t think that this was a race that fit the manga Adventure King.

Basically, the villains in shounen manga aren’t usually all that bad. Although they may be numerous, it’s hard to find someone truly irredeemable in their ranks. Many of them even turn into the protagonist’s helpers.

Because such developments fit the shounen manga theme.

These goblins were not all villains, of course, but unfortunately, there was something wrong with their brains from the start.

They didn’t much care if they ended up harming others, was the problem. To the extent that you could only exclaim, what the hell?

In particular, those blessed by the God of Sabotage were very prone to causing accidents.

Of course, such a setting made it easy to create interesting events, and perhaps even to build eye-catching characters, but there were definitely occasions when you couldn’t help but frown at their antics.

And these five goblin gods were the ones who bore the responsibility for all those vicious actions.

So I’d wondered, if Leo would fight these gods too one day? I’d even considered the possibility. That’s why I’d often considered them ‘villains’.

‘What if they do something weird right after we meet?’

It was something you could never be sure of. They were bigshots who couldn’t be controlled.

That was then –

“Huh?”

The waves of light surrounding me swayed for a moment.

In that instant, I could feel it.

Something, something was coming.

And not just that,

‘… C-, crazy.’

Not just one of something.

Soon after,

Krrrrng–.

In an instant, the whole world turned upside down.

Fortunately, I didn’t faint. But it felt like all my bones were shaking and creaking.

While I was trying to come back to my senses, barely holding on to a single strand of reason –

Suddenly, a voice like thunder came from the air.

– Here’s something interesting!

‘… I want to go back.’

It was this tough from the start.

This unknown god was even calling his friends. It was too tough for me by my lonesome.

Soon after,

– Who is this guy?

– Maybe a human?

Two other voices rang in my ears. Like the first, they too were thunderous roars.

And at the same time, my body began to tremble.

‘This, this…’

This was something I’d experienced once before.

As a test, I’d tried to mimic some abilities that my body couldn’t yet handle. It felt similar to what I’d experienced back then. Only, the pressure this time was several times more than that.

Three gods had gathered before me.

As I recalled, the goblins were also set to have a hard time withstanding the pressure when three or more gods flocked to them in the process of ‘recruitment’.

But,

– Who came?

– A hornless goblin?

Three wasn’t the limit.

‘Heh heh, it’s all gone to shit.’

Suddenly, all five gods had rushed in.

In my mind, the alarm bells were ringing non-stop. That this was dangerous. That my body couldn’t stand it.

– Hey! Who are you?

– How did a guy who isn’t even a goblin get in here?

– Reveal your identity. 

– You bastard! You must be a spy from the monsters!

– I think there’re some traces of a goblin, though?

Even hearing the words one at a time, I was on the verge of losing my mind.

I couldn’t distinguish one from the other.

“All but the God of Mischief, please leave!”

I cried out with all my might.

I had no idea if they’d listen or not, but I had to try.

But the problem was,

– What’s with this squat-jaw?

– Does he want to be chosen? This guy?

– Yeah, I’ll just go. Hehe. He’s crazy!

– Want me to go just because you say so? Would you go if I ask you to go?

– I can be here all day!

They pretended not to hear me.

It was a mistake. I’d rather not have said anything.

I should’ve remembered that ‘pranks’ and ‘caprices’ were basically the standard when it came to the settings of these gods.

Well, even if I was regretting speaking up now, it was already too late.

‘Hey, might this turn out to be a big deal?’

My mind had already gone numb.

But no new clever plans came to mind, and I couldn’t even afford to faint. Because I wasn’t sure if I’d be safe after that.

At this time when I’d reached my limits –

– Huh? Is this guy about to explode?

One god noticed that I was in a serious condition.

Of course, he might’ve known far earlier and only chose to mention it now, but it still felt like a ray of light had descended from the heavens.

Then, as if the other goblin gods also recognized this, they followed along, one word at a time.

– Hmmm, he’s so weak. Is it because he’s not a goblin?

– Really. It’s no fun.

– He’ll die at this rate. I’ll leave first.

– Me first! Going!

Then they started to back off one by one. They seemed to understand that their existence was a threat to me.

Fortunately. They were beings of reason.

– I’m sorry. Come back next time when you’re stronger. Let’s have some fun then.

‘… God of Mischief.’

After a while,

“… Haah.”

I barely came back to my senses, but I didn’t feel very good. How come I managed to meet the gods, but couldn’t gain anything from it?

Once they lose interest, goblins never come back.

Opportunities are useless to the unprepared.

As they said, I felt like I should’ve come after raising my physical ability to a level where I could withstand their presence.

“By the way, why haven’t I returned to reality?”

This was a bit of an odd situation.

The goblins in the original work returned to reality as soon as their god left.

‘What’s happening here?’

While I was looking around.

Suddenly,

– I haven’t left yet.

I heard the voice of one of the gods.

“…!?”

For a moment, I was so shocked that my heart felt like it might burst.

I carefully inquired about the identity of the voice.

“… Who are you?”

– The God of Sabotage.

“Ah…”

It was embarrassing.

Only this god was left.

– I was interested in you, so I secretly stayed. You got the attention of the others, so stealing you might be fun.

The Disruptor God’s voice spoke something very blatantly in a dry tone, as if he was mentioning something quite natural.

I was able to guess what this current situation of a ‘single’ god staying, meant. But I still hoped, if possible…

“What you mean is….”

– You said you wanted it.

“Is that… is it possible?”

– You know nothing. I can do it.

“…”

By this point, the situation seemed clear.

The Disruptor God had decided to ‘choose’ me.

Meaning, I would be able to have him ‘descend’, and use his abilities.

And, naturally, this –

‘This… won’t be an imitation, is it?’

It was absurd.

I mimicked Chinuavi, but instead of his unique ability, I’d end up getting a different ability?

In fact, it was nothing more than a joke. There was no need to mention the probability, and it was inherently impossible.

But nevertheless, I couldn’t ignore this situation.

Not just because it was a god of a race who mentioned it.

Because I thought it really might become possible.

The Disruptor God.

A god sometimes called the goblin, among goblins.

When first introducing this being, the author had defined him with just two lines of text.

[In this world, there is only one rule that applies to the God of Sabotage.]

[That he doesn’t follow any rules.]

If so, he might be able to really imbue me with the power of a goblin. Not simply permitting imitation, but providing me a new unique ability.

And this,

“I’m sorry, but can I decline?”

This had to be stopped at any cost.

– What?

The worst of the worst. A devil wearing the mask of a goblin.

These were not my words. It was the community’s official opinion about the Disruptor God.

The other goblin gods were okay. However, associating with this god in particular was a tough sell.

Because he would lead me to hell.

The goblins chosen by the God of Sabotage clearly showed exceptional abilities in the work. Perhaps it was because of the power of a god who disregarded all rules, there were cases where they showed more than one unique ability, and at other times displayed some ridiculous powers that completely ignored the plausibility of the situation.

But they all followed the same course.

To disturb everything, to incur everyone’s wrath, and then get kicked out.

Because divine influence was so strong in them, they’d often start messing around at the drop of a hat.

What if I fell under his influence?

Leave alone being the rival, the image I’d carefully built up so far would be destroyed in an instant. 

It was best to quickly block him before we became involved in any way.

But the problem was,

– Did I hear you wrong?

It wasn’t easy to refuse this divine favour.

A god who was the most passionate about disturbing others.

A selfish and reckless guy.

If I blindly refused, the results won’t be any good. The more I emphasized my dislike, the more passionate he would become.

There was only one way. Giving him a surprise.

As a god who feels pleasure by burning down the status quo, he tends to be quite generous with those who show unexpected surprises.

“You heard me right. I will decline your request.”

– Why? I can give you the powers of a goblin. It’s very valuable. There is no need to worry that it will conflict with your original abilities, either. With my abilities…

“Again, there is no need for selling me on it. You don’t need to give me power.”

Hoo… why?

I felt his attention becoming slightly sharper.

Of course, the reason he showed generosity was not simply because he admired the unexpected.

It was simple. Because he hoped that the unexpected would make the situation more complicated and the game bigger. That way, he’d have more fun when I mess up.

If I allowed him to imagine a bigger arena, the Disruptor God would readily withdraw. He was pretty imaginative when it came to it.

“If I receive powers from you, I won’t be able to use the powers of the other goblin gods.”

– … What?

“I intend to use all the goblin abilities.”

– …

Did he swallow the bait?

There was no immediate response, but I was sure my plan had worked. It wasn’t common for the God of Sabotage to shut up.

Then, I added a few more words to hammer the nail deeper in.

“I will set up another ritual in future. At that time, I will get the favours of all five goblin gods.”

Then,

– Heh heh heh heh.

The Disruptor God burst into laughter.

He seemed genuinely happy, and the laughter went on for a while.

– Are you serious?

“Yes.”

Actually, this was not an empty boast. After confirming that it was possible to meet the gods, there was no reason not to do it.

Surprisingly, the Disruptor God disappeared without a word.

– Alright, then see you soon. Hornless goblin, Squatjaw.

Then, a mass of pure white lights rushed towards me.


When I woke up, I was back in the same hut.

“Squatjaw!”

“Senior, are you okay?”

I knew that time flowed much slower in the dream realm than in reality, but it seemed that quite a bit of time had passed. Because they were staring at me with such concern.

However, what lurked in this one guy’s gaze was a slightly different emotion.

“D-, did you meet? The goblin god?”

For some reason, Haka was trembling.

Come to think of it, he had a background setting of having studied amongst the goblins for a long time. He must’ve longed for a meeting with those gods all along.

“All right, so what happened with your unique ability… No, what do the gods look like? What did you say? Maybe the god…”

“Stop right there. What god? I’m not even a goblin, you know.”

“… Ah.”

So, for now, I decided to just pretend nothing had happened.

Because it didn’t seem like a good idea to provoke a reaction. An inherently insidious character like Haka would have a hard time resisting envy and jealousy.

“By the way, what about the deciphering process?”

“It’s all finished while you were busy fainting.”

Chinuavi smirked as if he’d been waiting for me to ask.

“Great job. Alright, so now…”

“Yes. We just have to go down.”

I nodded.

Now it was time to go grab the treasure.


Underneath the basement was a large cave-like opening.

And at its centre, oddly enough, was a refrigerator. So the old man didn’t lie when he told us to eat to our heart’s content?

“There must be a treasure over there!”

I stopped Cocoa from rushing in.

“Danger.”

“Huh?”

“There’s still one test left.”

Even if you find your way in and decipher the security device, you won’t be able to claim the treasure.

There was one more obstacle that adventurers had to face.

That’s right, the test of the ‘adversary’.

I raised my head and stared into the darkness beyond the refrigerator.

At that moment, the darkness moved, and ‘something’ appeared.

A man with grey hair that fluttered like a lion’s mane.

He walked out and uttered a single sentence.

“It’s late, so let’s start.”

The Grey Lion.

Karl Zayed.

A very, very famous guy.

Even if Leo and Kiriko worked together right now, they wouldn’t be able to resist him. The strongest character at this point, in name and in reality. The one who took first place in this Adventurer Qualification Test in the original story.

However,

“Don’t be so proud. Because I wasn’t there back then.”

“… What?”

I had no intention of going back.

I would take this guy down, and climb to the top.

I slowly met his sunken eyes.

Just this once, let’s take a shot.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 38

Treasure, Mint Chocolate Flavour?

Guide selection.

It was simply that. Literally, the guides were selling themselves to the adventurer teams that still had capacity.

The fact that the number of people in an adventure group could be increased during the test was also related to this.

“The fourth Qualification Test! Feel free to interview!”

“The fifth Qualification Test! I know all the routes, and even some secret information!”

“The seventh Qualification Test! Let’s talk face to face first!”

There was nothing like this for decipherers or adversaries. This situation was specific for the guides, and there was a reason for this.

The three adventurer positions – guides, decipherers and adversaries, positions have different main factors that affect their abilities.

Except for unique abilities,

The factor that has the greatest influence on the guiding ability is the ‘hidden trait’,

For decipherers, it’s the ‘race’,

And for adversaries, it’s the ‘harmony’ of all the elements.

In a nutshell, the ability of a guide is very strongly influenced by the hidden characteristic of ‘pathfinding eyes’.

The problem is that this hidden characteristic is not easily revealed.

No matter how good the guides are, it’s not easy to tell them apart. Even if the route to the destination is correct, it’s difficult to know whether it was grasped by the pathfinding eyes or whether the information had been previously acquired.

Funnily enough, to find the right guide, you need the right guide.

Moreover, there was one more problem with the guide selection that was currently ongoing here.

That being, there were fakes among them, arranged by the Adventurers’ Association.

“Cocoa, that guy over there. Is he really a guide? Or maybe he has a bad sense of direction?”

“Who?”

“That bald guy over there. The grumpy one.”

I pointed to the bald man who was screaming death in a corner, who looked more suitable to be an adversary.

He was claiming that he’d failed the qualifying exam three times, but had never failed to find the treasure, but I knew at once that it was a lie.

“Forget about guiding, that guy would probably get lost on a road he already knows. Right?”

Even I, although it was weak, had the ‘pathfinding eyes’ characteristic. So I probably wouldn’t, maybe. Of course, as my rank levels up, it would too…

“No. He isn’t very good, but he’s still about five times better than Squatjaw.”

“… Really?”

“Yeah.”

“… It’s strange. He doesn’t look it.”

This was actually my honest impression. Maybe because my abilities were still low, so I couldn’t feel anything.

Compared to this guy –

I glanced at Cocoa again.

Right now, in my vision, I wasn’t sure if this was due to my ‘pathfinding eyes’ or not, but Cocoa’s eyes seemed to twinkle like stars.

Did the brightness of that light indicate the level of the ability?

‘It’s great.’

It was fortunate that there were no mirrors nearby. My eyes right now probably looked like that of a dead fish.

Hmmmm.

Anyway, it didn’t matter for adventure groups that already had a competent guide from the start, but there were only a few of such groups here.

In other words, for most of the adventure groups, this ‘guide selection’ was both a crisis and an opportunity.

A quick glance revealed that many of the adventure teams were in trouble.

Once you enrol a member, that’s final and cannot be cancelled. So do you get a helpful comrade, or will you be stuck carrying a burden – or even a bomb?

It was a real spectacle for those of us who didn’t have to worry about it.

That was then.

“This is my first time at the Qualification Exam! But I see the path ahead better than anybody else!”

“Don’t you want to hold a precious treasure in your hands?! Then come find Cocoa…”

“What exactly is this?”

Cocoa stopped talking and glanced at me.

“As you see.”

“… Haah.”

“Thinking about it, Squatjaw’s been a bit too harsh on me recently.”

“What?”

“I went through all that trouble of playing the referee at the amusement park, but didn’t get paid a penny for it. Not even a single word of praise, either.”

It was truly an absurd statement.

Rather, it was this girl who’d insisted saying that the host’s role was fun, and that we should play a hundred more games instead of just ending it like this. Besides, although she said she’d help me get out of trouble, she secretly pocketed the entrance fees to the amusement park.

“And when have you ever praised me? We live in a society.”

“That’s natural. You gotta be cute.”

“…?”

“I’m telling you just in case, don’t forget how precious I am. Among those shouting themselves hoarse over there, no one has better eyes than me. And there’s my explosive cuteness on top of that. So what do you think?”

“… Oh, really?”

Her words were mostly absurd, but there were some meaningful remarks among them. 

She was the best.

Therefore,

“Then how about compared to that guy? Do you have better eyes than him?”

I pointed straight to a boy far away. 

Yan.

At that time, Yan was explaining something to the party in a bewildered manner. Apparently, quite a few paths were being reflected in his eyes.

In fact, from the moment we’d arrived at the central plaza, I’d been paying attention to Leo and the others.

To see where they were going to go.

Although I’d read so many chapters of the original manga, I didn’t know exactly where Leo’s party was going. Because a lot of the scenes had been cut, and at some point the background had turned into some nonsense underground waterway. 

And I couldn’t follow them anyway.

Here, it was strictly forbidden to follow other adventure groups, and if caught, severe sanctions would be imposed by the association itself. It was the association’s policy that you had to find the treasure only with the power of the guide belonging to your team.

There was also no possibility of our paths overlapping by chance.

Even if you seek the same treasure, the path for each guide changes moment by moment. There was no explanation as to how such a thing was possible, but that was the setting applied in the Adventurer Qualification Test.

Cocoa didn’t answer me immediately.

“Ummm… he’s a bit vague, but…”

That was then.

‘What?’

Leo’s party, including Yan, began to move.

“Okay, did you look for a path too? Which way should we go?”

“I found one, so if you want to hear about it, praise me first.”

“Speak quickly, sweet little kid.”

Then Cocoa seemed to ponder for a moment, and –

“The way those guys are going.”

Pointed to the direction of Leo and his group.

Judging from the fact that it was the same direction, it seemed that they’d both seen the same treasure. Of course, the path would change as you go.

‘Are you telling me that this kid is really at Yan’s level?’

I looked at Cocoa with somewhat new eyes.

She’d been with me for quite a while, but this girl had appeared in front of the readers only recently. Cocoa’s and Leo’s paths hadn’t intersected in Goldam City or in Destomb. So the amusement park could be said to be her first appearance.

Despite that, she had the same level of ability as that ‘Yan’. This, of course, was quite surprising in and of itself.

However,

“Speaking of, is there another way? A path where even more treasures await compared to the one now.”

I was not satisfied with just this.

There was one thing I became certain of while watching Haka.

As my rank rises, the ranks and abilities of those with me are also upgraded.

Of course, this would be true for Cocoa as well.

Actually, I’d even confirmed this before. Not her pathfinding eyes, but I’d tested this girl’s real power once. 

Surprisingly, Cocoa had even managed to lift that ‘Viking’ halfway from the water.

Originally, this girl already had oddly strong physical power that didn’t match her size, but now she had become several times stronger.

Maybe it was the same for her pathfinding eyes.

Listening to my words, Cocoa frowned.

After a while,

“It looks like there’s something, but…”

The girl slowly started speaking.

“Really?”

“But it’s too vague. I might be wrong.”

“No, take a closer look. Are you certain? Can you see it?”

“I can see it, but…”

“Alright then. Guide me.”

In fact, this could be called a very ‘adventurous’ attempt.

Why? Simple. What if the path was actually wrong? Not only would I look silly, but I’d even miss the chance of meeting Leo’s party who’d already embarked on the right path. It was the same as saying that I couldn’t show my face in this important chapter.

Still, it was a worthwhile investment.

In the original work, the treasure that Yan finds is equivalent to second or third place in value.

Meaning, there is at least one that is better.

What if that was the treasure found by Cocoa’s eyes?

Even if I never appeared in this chapter, incurring that kind of a small penalty was fine. If you can get a higher rank than those guys, the results might be better than just wandering around in Leo’s sight. It can stimulate the readers’ curiosity to the fullest.

So,

“I’m telling you. Even if you end up in some strange place, don’t regret it.”

“It’s fine, cutie. No regrets. Let’s go.”

I believed in Cocoa, and embarked on the road.


It’d been two hours since I’d set out in search of treasure.

I was regretting.

Because… no matter how one looked at it.

“My eyes… too bright.”

The light of the sun shone strongly through the cracks between my fingers.

Embarrassingly, we were now back up on the ground.

I secretly let out a deep sigh.

Where did it all go wrong?

When had it been the right time to turn back?

When we stood in place for about ten minutes, completely still?

When we circled back to the same path we’d already been on twice before?

When we heard Cocoa mutter to herself, ‘Huh? I think I’m lost…’ for the third time?

In the original work, no place other than ‘Old Adventium’ had ever appeared during the course of this arc.

In other words, it meant that this Adventurer Qualification Test should be held underground. Coming up to the ground shouldn’t have been in the cards.

At that moment,

“Cocoa, is there any other path? It’s too crowded.”

“Hot, too.”

Chinuavi and Haka, who were exhausted from the heat and the crowd, talked over each other.

“Don’t whine.”

“Cocoa.”

“Don’t even talk to me. I’m concentrating.”

“…”

Then, after we walked a little longer,

“Huh?”

“Uh?”

Finally, Cocoa stopped walking.

For a moment, I raised my drooping head in joy, but the moment I saw the ‘something’ in front of me, I was at a loss for words.

[Adventium Ice Cream Shop – Delicious enough to die for!]

“Should we get some snacks on the way?”

“… Haa.”

It wasn’t funny.

But in the meantime,

“Really, Cocoa. There are things you can only see when you take a breather. Well-reasoned. If you rest, you will surely find your way better afterwards.”

“Good choice.”

The two idiots joined in as well.

“…”

Yeah, it really was hot.

In the end, I too was taken in.

My plan of taking a break and rechecking the directions was shattered within a minute of entering the store.

“That’s rude.”

Chinuavi was seriously angry.

“Cocoa, don’t you think that’s a bit over the top?”

Haka also reacted harshly.

But Cocoa didn’t back down either.

“I will eat this. You have to eat this too.”

“…”

It was indeed a series of absurd situations.

Cocoa was trying to fill three out of four flavours with ‘mint chocolate’. And the last was ‘green tea’. She didn’t want to concede on even a single taste.

It was an incomprehensible act. Although Cocoa was young and a bit greedy for money, she’d never been a glutton. Naturally, she wasn’t that stubborn either…

Uh?

In an instant, a ‘notion’ flashed through my mind like a thunderbolt.

Ah, this was the ‘path’.

In the world of Adventure King, the path that the guide navigates is not limited to simple ‘geography’. Beyond that, it extends to ‘all kinds of methods and procedures’ that must be carried out to achieve a single goal.

In other words, it meant that Cocoa’s stubbornness here might be a necessary act to acquire the treasure. It really looked absurd, though.

Then I had no choice but to believe in her.

I didn’t hesitate.

“Three mint chocolates, please. And one green tea.”

I didn’t care about Chinuavi and Haka’s surprised faces.

“Are you going to eat?”

As I turned to Cocoa, the girl nodded quietly.

“Yes.”

Receiving the ice cream, she came to her seat and started eating, while comforting the two idiots who were sitting with grumbling faces.

“Eat it. It might be surprisingly delicious.”

Cocoa didn’t even look at the ice cream.

“I did everything I could. I don’t know what’s coming next. I can’t see. Even if it’s wrong, I wouldn’t know. I told you, Squatjaw. You’re responsible.”

“I got it…”

I was also nervous, but I had no choice but to wait. May a new path be opened.

However, nothing happened even as Haka and Chinuavi were finishing their ice creams.

‘… She must’ve been wrong.’

It was sad, but it couldn’t be helped. No adventure is guaranteed to be successful.

It was when the last bite was about to disappear into Chinuavi’s mouth.

“Excuse me…”

Suddenly, someone spoke to me.

“Have you run out of ice cream?”

When I turned around, it was a very suspicious-looking old man dressed in rags.

I looked at Cocoa in amazement.

Cocoa nodded vigorously with wide, round eyes.

“Yes, there wasn’t enough.”

“You seem to like mint chocolate a lot.”

“It’s not like that, it’s just because it’s there. And it’s so hot here. In fact, there’s this other flavour…”

I smacked Chinuavi on the top of the head.

“Ouch!”

“Yes. I do like it. It’s the best. The next best is green tea.”

“Is that so? Alright, if you want more, follow me. Of course, it’s free.”

At that moment, Cocoa, who met my eyes, gave a thumbs up.


The old man who offered ice cream took us to a hut and then went away. He left with the words that the basement refrigerator was full, so we could just take it out and eat.

“So?”

“… It’s amazing. I heard that there’s a goblin working for the Adventurers’ Association, he must’ve been the one to make something like this.”

On the door leading down to the basement were characters in the goblin language.

I’d also seen them in the manga so I knew what they were, but I couldn’t interpret them.

The author seemed to have been hiding traces of the goblins all over the place. He just didn’t manage to introduce them in time.

“Can you decipher it?”

“Who do you think I am? I’m a goblin. There probably wouldn’t be anyone here who could solve this other than me. Including that woman I met at the gambling table. This is a problem that cannot be solved without a goblin, regardless of how easy or difficult it is. It has to do with our gods.”

Of course, it wasn’t true. That only this guy could solve this.

But I didn’t say that out loud. Because it’d only hurt his pride.

“But really, this Adventurer Qualification Test… is quite difficult. Much more than I’d heard. Adventurers weren’t proud for no reason…”

Hearing Chinuavi murmur, I was convinced.

That my adventure was successful.

I’d been puzzled at the time when I’d read the original, but now I understood why Leo and the others couldn’t come this far. Because even if they did come, they wouldn’t have been able to decipher this.

Leo’s party took the most valuable treasure they could with their abilities.

“The most precious thing….”

Of course, so would I.

“Then shall we start the deciphering? It will take some time. Because the gods’ mischief, riddles, and tricks are intertwined…”

“No, wait.”

But not right now.

“Let me have a look.”

“… Yes?”

“Let me try.”

“…”

Chinuavi had an uncomprehending expression.

“What… but only a goblin can decipher this, though?”

“Alright, so let me have a look. If I can’t do it, then you take care of it.”

“…”

I didn’t really think that it would be possible. I just wanted to know the limits of my unique ability. And I’d once thought that these were the guys I’d want to meet at least once if I got the chance.

After taking a couple of deep breaths, I sat on the floor facing the basement door.

And used my ability, with Chinuavi as the target.

The unique abilities of goblins were different from those of humans, because they were bestowed by others.

Therefore, in order to mimic the abilities of the goblins, one had to meet their gods first.

After a while, I slowly closed my eyes and started the goblin ritual.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 59

“There’s an old saying.”

There are two things that can devour an abyss. One is a bigger abyss.

And the other –

“Is a flame that can light up the whole world.”

Bernard, who’d lost one of his arms, spoke thus, leaning on his Thunderbolt Sword like a staff.

“What’re you going on about all of a sudden?”

I came to see how things were going.

But as soon as I arrived, he started spouting something odd.

Those deep eyes, as if glistening with some deep sense of duty, were quite burdensome.

“Callius. Become a flame.”

“So. What is this out of the blue?”

Cheok.

Bernard handed over the Thunderbolt Sword – Rakan that he’d been carrying.

“I saw a spark in you.”

Did you read some weird book recently or something?

You’re just keeping on talking about fires.

Callius looked at Bernard and the Thunderbolt Sword alternately with a frown on his face.

“A small spark that will protect the North and the great Carpe Kingdom. Although small now, you will one day become a great blaze that will cover the continent.”

So.

“Take this sword. It’s not a vision sword, but it’s at the very edge of entering that rank, so it’ll be useful in the future.”

“No way. Have you been drinking?”

“You’ll probably say that you don’t need it. I already know that you’ll reject me because I only have one arm left. But take it. This is…”

“Thank you.”

Tak.

Callius grabbed the Blue Thunderbolt Sword.

But Bernard’s hand holding the sword did not let go for some reason.

“I’m not finished yet.”

“It’s superfluous. Just give it to me.”

“You’ll refuse… won’t you?”

“Why would I refuse something I’m given?”

This is the sword I’ve been coveting and waiting for, for so many years.

Why would I be willing to give it up?

“I only have one arm left, if I don’t even have my Thunderbolt Sword, how am I supposed to live!”

Callius’ eyes turned cold.

“What do you mean?”

“You should reject it for a while worrying about me and then reluctantly agree! That should cement my prestige!”

“What the hell.”

What’s going on in that head of yours?

Callius relinquished his hold on the Thunderbolt Sword.

Bernard, who clutching it with his remaining left arm, coughed in embarrassment.

“Hmm. This Thunderbolt Sword. My best friend, Rakan, once fell into a crisis. After a bloody battle that ended with his self-sacrifice, he became a carcass according to his own will.”

Pilgrims, before their succession ceremony –

All of them sign one pledge.

That their own souls shall not ascend into the arms of God, but remain behind a while for the sake of the Church.

They pledge that they shall have no objection to becoming a carcass after their deaths.

A ‘Mortal Vow.’

The Thunderbolt Sword had also been made the same way.

“The enemy was strong. One who’d ruled the northern countryside. It was so strong, that the fight went on for three days and three nights…. In the end, we won, but a lot of blood was shed.”

Of course, Callius knew the details.

Thunderbolt Sword – Rakan.

The existence of the man called Rakan, and the background behind Bernard acquiring his moniker, the Blue Thunderbolt, Callius knew it all.

A group of pilgrims who’d been dispatched to the North.

Bernard and Rakan being the best of them.

The strongest, and the most faithful among the pilgrims.

But a sudden crisis called for a sacrifice.

By the time Bernard arrived, the situation was already hopeless, and Rakan became a carcass sword as he had hoped.

“I took revenge with this Rakan by my side. A victory after fighting for three days and three nights. The king of the demonic beasts that made the North tremble… I remember being so scared at the time.”

“How long do I have to listen to this?”

As the story stretched longer and longer, Callius couldn’t help but interject with a bored tone.

Bernard’s eyes stung him with a sharp glare, but then softened.

“Will you continue carrying the will of my friend, Rakan?”

“Yes.”

Tas. The gazes of Bernard and Callius, who each held one end of the sword, intersected.

And soon –

“…”

“…”

Shake, shake.

The struggle began.

“Can’t you just give it to me?”

“My warrior’s blood is boiling. I think I can still use it…”

“Don’t bullshit.”

“What bullshit! I’m still alright! I wake up full of energy every morning!”

With a, kwang!

Callius, who had seized it by force, hurriedly hung the Thunderbolt Sword at his waist.

“Energy my foot.”

“Ah…”

Did I lose my sword? Bernard looked at the Thunderbolt Sword with sad eyes.

Conversely, Callius patted the sword with a reassured face.

“Actually, I have another reason for entrusting you with Rakan.”

“What’s that?”

“The beast that killed my friend, Rakan. Its cubs are still alive.”

“…?”

That was then.

『Epic Quest』

<Sprout of the Aftermath>

Grade – A+

Nip the sprout of the aftermath in the bud.

Reward: Blue Lightning (牢靑).

System messages began to arrive.

Callius was startled.

‘Again…’

This was a part that he hadn’t set.

The sprout of the aftermath.

“You mean… a cub of that beast?”

“Yeah. I only caught one glance, but there’s no way I’d ever mistake its appearance. I’ve never been able to forget its mother’s appearance or her blue lightning.”

The beast that had killed Rakan.

The background had been set only that far.

“It’s a cross between a dragon and a wolf. It has dragon scales all over its body, and there’re two horns on its head sparking with blue lightning.”

I’ve never set anything like that.

A descendant of a dragon and a wolf…

“Why not just kill it when you saw it on the battlefield?”

“I was going to! But it just looked at the battlefield from afar and didn’t come closer. As if it came to sightsee for fun.”

Considering Bernard’s testimony and the new quest message, it has to be true.

A descendant of the dragons.

One of those bastards is still alive.

“Callius. It’s a very clever creature. Make sure you never allow it to escape. If you leave it alone, it’ll one day rule the beasts of the northern forest like the old days and become a threat to us.”

“What’s its name?”

I don’t remember setting it.

But Bernard would know.

Even if it’s never been set.

Because it’s a past he’s lived through.

“I used to call it the thunder wolf dragon (雷狼竜).”

Thunder wolf dragon, eh.

A wolf with dragon blood.

Hence the name.

“Actually, Rakan has one more secret. Do you want to hear it?”

“You mean that this sword is a demon sword?”

“!! How did you know!”

Who would know if I don’t?

The reason why Bernard spends all his time catching beasts in the North is partly because of this sword.

Thunderbolt Sword – Rakan.

This sword is a demon sword, crafted by mixing the half-melted carcass of Rakan with another demon, in the belly of the thunder wolf dragon.

‘Dragon blood is also mixed, so it’s a dragon demon sword.’

Anyway, it is a sword that the Church is bound to hate.

“So that’s why you’re giving it to me. So I’ll take it and get arrested.”

“What are you talking about! It’s time to pass it on, that’s all. This sick and weary old man no longer has the strength to lift a sword, so the embers of the burnt torch should be passed on to new ones.”

He turned his face away and spoke thus.

While constantly coughing as was his wont, be it winter or summer.

Rousing himself from such bittersweet thoughts, Callius considered the quest reward.

Reward from the『Epic Quest』.

Blue lightning.

Literally translated, thunderbolt.

‘It will strengthen the electric power of the sword.’

A quest for a sword, with a dash of history mixed in.

There’s no reason not to accept it.

Callius, grabbing the sword’s handle, slowly pulled Rakan’s blade out.

「Thunderbolt Sword – Rakan」
Grade – Spirit
Infused Soul – Ra??kan
Unique Ability – Blue Lightning

The infused soul had a question mark. It wasn’t a normal magicborn, but the demon had probably been too corroded by the digestive juices to persist.

‘I can’t take it out in front of those people.’

The same went for the Predator Sword – Loas.

Strong Sword – Gwydd. Thunderbolt Sword – Rakan.

All the swords Callius had were demon swords, so he couldn’t take them out in front of the inquisitors.

Anybody sensitive to demon magic would will probably notice.

‘They aren’t heretic inquisitors for nothing.’

Besides, the guys who’d come here were the commanders of the Inquisitorial Squads.

Even a minor nitpick might end up being something quite annoying.

Cheok.

Callius, who put the Thunderbolt Sword – Rakan back in, looked at Bernard and asked.

“What are you going to do now?”

“What do you mean?”

“Going forward.”

“What can an old man do? Just listen to the confessions of the villagers as a pastime… and occasionally teach swordsmanship.”

He’d been in the North for a long time.

For him, the North was now home.

This land is cold and barren.

That’s why one yearns for warmth.

“When I first came to the North, someone told me. There are times when even the cold can feel warm.”

At first, I thought it was bullshit.

“For me, the harsh cold wind that blows all year round has long since felt quite cozy.”

Falling snowflakes that glinted beautifully in the sunlight.

– Spar! Haha!

Through the falling snowflakes, one could see children, training their swordsmanship.

The corners of Bernard’s lips drew up in an arc.

“Is that so.”

“Callius. I’ve traded my arm for the future of the North. If you’ve saved the whole damned North with that, didn’t it come cheap? Besides, this is a saga that’s worth drinking about for the rest of my life.”

So –

“Don’t be too sad. I just lost an arm, that’s all.”

Hearing Bernard’s quiet words –

Callius licked his lips a few times before responding.

He didn’t know how to comfort a loss he had never felt.

But.

“Master! I invented a new sword art!”

“Oh! Is that so? Let’s see!”

Even after losing an arm and letting the sword go, Bernard was trying to move on.

So, just…

“May God not watch over Bernard’s path ahead.”

Just a small wish floated in the wind.


A banquet hall in the inner city of Jevarsch.

A long rectangular table, lit by soft lighting.

Candlesticks lighting up the darkness.

In a place overflowing with food, the air was taut with tension.

“It’s not much, but please eat to your heart’s content.”

A middle-aged man sitting at the top of the table, savouring wine.

Elburton, pretended not to notice the needle-sharp momentum of those present at the dinner.

“I hope the northern food will please your palate.”

On the right were the commanders of the Inquisition.

And on the left were Callius and Emily. His knights, Allen and Orphin, stayed standing.

Allen and Orphin, who were standing behind Callius, as well as Emily, did not show any facial expression, but they exuded a heavy and burdensome aura.

Because of the mighty pressure covering them, aura quietly leaked out of their whole bodies.

“It is an honour for us to be invited to a Jervain family dinner.”

“Is that so.”

“The lord’s eyes are evidence of the stigmata of God. Just seeing them can be called an honour.”

“We have merely received the grace of our ancestors. There is no achievement for me to boast of.”

“Haha, you are too humble. Protecting the northern lands is the same as protecting Carpe. We only took a small part in the glorious battlefield, but it’s still a great honour for us.”

A friendly conversation ensued.

Rivon was good at sabotage, so, clever as a snake, he put Jervain and the northern lands on a pedestal.

‘You’re a smooth talker.’

He didn’t know what kind of story he was trying to weave, but there had to be reason behind praising Jervain so excessively.

Callius couldn’t let it go.

“Inquisitor Ryburn.”

“Yes, Master Callius.”

“If it’s such an honour, you wouldn’t hesitate to help the North a little more, would you?”

“Of course. To help the North is to help Carpe, and what is for the Carpe is for the Church.”

The Church exists for God.

So, it could be said that this was a work for God.

“This war has left us with enough orc corpses to build a few mountains. How about saving them by turning their filth into carcasses?”

Ryburn’s brows twitched.

“You mean all of them…?”

“Why not? It’s not too difficult. Since you have hundreds of troops, the Church can give them a chance to wash their fallen souls with the carcass ritual.”

“Of course, that’s true, but…”

Ryburn glanced at the captains next to him. They nodded their heads and raised their glasses in response.

“Alright. Then we’ll have to adjust the proportions.”

“Adjust? What kind of adjustment are you talking about?”

“… That, of course, what to do with the carcasses.”

It must’ve been about deciding the Church’s share with the North. But Callius had no intention of allowing that.

“They are the ones who ripped the flesh and blood of the Northern Army, who’d been born and raised in the North. Naturally, the people of our North have to carry them and wash their corrupted souls with blood. Or, does the Church intend to again send reinforcements for the North like they did this time?”

Ryburn was speechless.

What he was hearing was that they would make more than ten thousand orcs into carcasses and the North would take them all.

If so, who would pay for their labour? Even if it was the Church, nobody works without pay.

‘It’s said that an idiot is forever an idiot. I didn’t know you’d be so bold.’

Ryburn licked the insides of his mouth and gave a cold smile.

A serpentine scheme flashed through his mind.

It was a way of putting pressure on Callius and the North and reducing their effort.

“When I think about it again, what Master Callius said is right. If you promise me one thing in return, I’ll gladly do it.”

“Tell me.”

“If Master Callius returns to the Church with us, we will honour everything you have said.”

“You mean me? Why?”

“We of the Inquisitorial Squads highly appreciate Master Callius’ skills, so we will recommend you as a new inquisitor.”

Of course.

“Before that, you have to go through the test of heresy first… Of course, if it’s Master Callius, there should be no problem.”

As long as there is no sin, that is.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 37

Qualification Exam Finals Begin!

“… Wow.”

Leo couldn’t hide a burst of exclamation.

“That guy is awesome.”

Everybody knew whom Leo was referring to.

A squat-jawed guy named Hiro.

A guy who was now riding a big boat and navigating that vast tank.

And, along with his own adventurer team, he was rescuing ‘everyone’ who was trapped inside the spheres.

It was a truly spectacular sight.

It was surprising to see something (and followed by another) so large as a ship suddenly appearing out of nowhere, floating on top of the water tank, and that was topped by the even more surprising appearance of an unknown creature that looked like a ‘dragon’ pushing it from beneath.

It was probably thanks to that mysterious creature that such a sail-less, clumsy-looking ship was able to float and freely roam the waters, since there wasn’t the faintest trace of wind this deep under the ground.

“That sea monster down there… was it already in the tank?”

“Hmm, I don’t think so? It wouldn’t have helped Squatjaw, were that the case. Rather, it might’ve even attacked the ship. Maybe Squatjaw is the one who raised it?”

“Is that so? First time seeing it, though.”

“Maybe it was being kept with the ship?”

“Eh, no way. Where would you keep something like that?”

“Yeah… I don’t know either.”

There was no way any of them could answer that.

The world really was full of extraordinary unique abilities, but they’d never heard of an ability to ‘carry the sea on your back’.

“… Hmm.”

Even though such a huge scene was unfolding in front of them, the place was strangely quiet. It must’ve been because everyone was feeling overwhelmed.

Even the speaker had been silent for a while.

He’d been needling the test-takers before, but now he seemed to be at a loss for words.

While everybody was so immersed in watching –

Suddenly, Leo said something.

“By the way… are we just going to watch like this?”

“Huh?”

“Ah…”

“That’s true. Won’t they be be able to save them all by themselves?”

“Then what’ll happen to our score?”

“Z-, zero… I guess?”

“Yeah, Leo. Did you have to talk so loud? Now everybody else heard us, too.”

At that moment,

“Hurry! Before that Squatjaw saves them all!”

“Dive in right now!”

“Just grab someone and put them on the boat!”

Everyone around them rioted all at once.

Some took off their clothes and jumped into the tank, some soared into the sky on a certain carpet, some unfurled their wings from their shoulders, etc. All their special abilities came out.

Leo’s party also clearly realized that this was not the time to be dazzled.

“Hey, what should we do?”

“Uh, what? What should we do?”

“Over there! Shall I snatch that carpet?”

Just when Kiriko aimed his gun at the carpet floating in the sky –

“Mister Kirikidiot. If you did that in front of all these people, everybody would target you instead.”

Siana stopped Kiriko with a firm voice.

“And what’s the point of starting now? I think it’s already too late.”

Like she said, the rescue operation was almost over. All that was left was to watch the ship leisurely returning.

“Huhu, it seems like I’m quite a bit behind bit this time too, isn’t it?”

Siana then smiled quietly.

She’d been laughing like this from time to time ever since she lost at poker at that amusement park, but her eyes that curved into crescents didn’t contain some pleasant feeling.

Sometimes, there was even a flash of madness.

“Are you going to just lose like this, Leo?”

“No. I’ll definitely win next time!”

“Okay, let’s not rush into a game we’ve already lost. We have to pay them back next time. Don’t forget.”

Then, Siana muttered like a whisper.

Next time, for sure.


Building B-14, a special written test centre inside the Adventium underground waterway.

As I stood in front of the square stone block presented by the association as a ‘desk used by the ancients’, I was feeling emotionally overwhelmed.

Exam.

To think that something like this would be the reminder of my past life…

I couldn’t stand studying when I’d been a student. It wasn’t because I was obsessed with reading manga or anything. Maybe… I just didn’t have a good brain.

But the funny part was that even so, I always felt a lot of exam stress. I got nervous, felt pressured, anxious that I’d answer wrong by mistake. Even though I didn’t know most of the answers anyway. It’s not like my parents nagged me either.

“… Pft.”

It didn’t remind me of the past just because of the fact that I was taking an exam.

Surprisingly, the surroundings and atmosphere here were so similar that I remembered the scenes of the past.

Amidst the silence, a person dispatched from the Adventurers’ Association was quietly counting the test papers according to the number of people.

It was a little different since the adventurer teams would be sitting together, but nevertheless, waiting for the supervisor’s instructions with half fear and half excitement made me feel like I was back to being a young student again.

Perhaps, if it’d been the me of the past, in real life, I would’ve felt so tense that my heart might burst.

But now it was a little different. My heart was pounding, yes, but for the opposite reason.

It wasn’t even funny. That my heart was pounding at the thought of getting a perfect score.

– The third test, ‘knowledge.’

It’s called a knowledge test, but knowledge isn’t really important. Just because you know a lot in the first place doesn’t mean you’d be asked questions that you can answer.

The official way to pass this test is ‘cheating’.

There are two Adventurers’ Association personnel in each test site. One is a supervisor and the other is an ‘answer provider’ disguised as a test-taker.

Copying the answers from this ‘answer provider’ without being detected by the supervisor.

That is the gist of this test.

However, despite the existence of such a setting, this time I was going to try to solve the problems myself.

The reason was simple. The more I showed off something special, the higher my value would be. Moreover, right now, the readers’ eyes were all focused on me, weren’t they?

The rivals of stupid protagonists are usually brilliant brainiacs. It’s a typical cliché, but still, it’s not useless. If you follow it in moderation, it can have a huge effect.

Of course, readers might have some doubts about the source of my knowledge, but…

However, this plan was not without flaws.

That being, could I actually solve the questions?

I couldn’t be sure. Because the basic setting in the manga was that ‘the test-takers can’t solve the test of knowledge’.

But I was different.

First of all, I had a lot of knowledge about this world. I didn’t just read the paperbacks, but also the various data books and even the author’s comments.

Moreover, the only questions that could be asked at present were limited to the worldview of the beginning parts.

To be honest, I thought I might have more knowledge than the test author.

And one more. Siana’s unique ability.

If you mimic it, you can just answer MCQs without thinking, and even for subjective questions it has considerable utility. Because if you have enough knowledge to narrow down the options for the correct answer, you can still answer it like a multiple choice.

Of course, when mimicking this, I’d have to grant the absurd request of that squat-jawed fairy… but that’s all.

So, I accepted the test paper while brimming with confidence.

[The 384th Adventurer Basic Qualification Test – Knowledge Test Question Paper]

※ The time limit is one hour.

– Read and answer the questions below.

1. Hans, the owner of a clothing store at the centre of Adventium, has two dogs at home. What’s the male one’s name?

“…”

I was at a loss for words.

I’d never considered it. Why was the test like this? Even in the original, the contents of the problems themselves had never been shown.

It wasn’t funny.

I laughed and checked the next problem.

2. According to the ancient literature about Adventium, the people of Old Adventium kept dogs in every house. What was the most common name for the dogs?

“… It’s all about dogs.”

What I was feeling went beyond simple embarrassment or disappointment.

No, if the problems were like this, the test-takers shouldn’t have been reacting this way in the first place. Why weren’t they tearing up the papers and overturning the desks instead of tying up their hair and chewing their pencils?

“Okay, I give up.”

I immediately stopped thinking about solving it.

The problem was this:

Now what to do?

In fact, I had a plan I’d made beforehand.

After all the other guys around you are stunned, you just openly go to the answer provider and copy it all. Of course, the stun targets include the examiner too.

This was going to be an extension of the original act of ‘raising rumours’, but it was difficult to do it right now. As long as the readers’ eyes were on me, attacking the supervisor was a bit excessive.

Rejected.

So, things became quite difficult. Actually, I’d never really thought about how to try cheating in a normal way.

I quickly thought of something to mimic.

‘Is this doable right now?’

[Clairvoyant Looking at the End of the World]

  • From a seated position, you can see everything within a certain distance.

If I could mimic this ability, there wouldn’t be a problem.

But,

‘As expected, looks like it hasn’t been created yet.’

It didn’t work. It seemed that only the setting existed and the character had not been created yet.

Then the next,

[Perspective through the Walls]

  • Can see beyond obstacles.

“Hoo…”

Also the same.

Slowly, I began to feel impatient.

There were a few others that came to mind, but they were all abilities that’d appeared in the mid-to-late half. Besides the fact that I might not even be able to mimic the abilities of those great tycoons, the characters themselves probably didn’t exist at this point.

‘Isn’t this… a big problem?’

Then,

“Senior, you don’t have a good look on your face for some reason.”

“Do you have any problems? You told us to just watch.”

“You idiot jerk. In the end, looks like you weren’t able to solve even a single problem. Just that look on your face shows how smart you are.”

My companions all came closer, whispering and groaning. Their eyes had turned serious.

I graciously admitted it.

“These problems are all shit. I can’t solve any.”

They all clicked their tongues and started talking over each other.

“Hmm, Senior…”

“It’s disappointing.”

“You irresponsible Squatjaw.”

Frankly, it was embarrassing.

“No, who even is Hans? How would I know his dog’s name?”

“Ugh, then you shouldn’t have been so confident in the first place. Tsk tsk.”

“Bluffing Squatjaw. Lying Squatjaw.”

“…”

That was then –

“Then, are we just going with the plan you made in the first place? Just get rid of them all?”

Haka spoke up with a malicious smile.

It was as if he’d regained his first form at some point. Those hair-raising words were spat out with such an abstruse smile. In fact, I’d never said anything like getting rid of them.

“That’s not allowed. For now, we’ll just… answer like that guy, by spying on him.”

I pointed to the guy sitting alone in the corner.

By that time, everyone had already noticed who the ‘answer provider’ was. Probably because he was the only one holding a pencil and was constantly writing something down.

But it was a tad funny. What are you pretending to be so passionate about, aren’t you just writing down dog names?

“Just the answers… Then shall I do it?”

“What, you? How?”

“Well, yeah. I don’t think it’d be difficult. Won’t it be possible to roughly check the answers if I just enter the shadows?”

“Yeah? But he’s sitting with his back to the light… will that be okay? The hand’s shadow is closer to the test paper, but it’s too small…”

“You misunderstood. I’m not talking about entering his shadow.”

“Then?”

“Isn’t there something he’s holding in his hand?”

“… Huh?”

What he’s holding in his hand?

Maybe… a pencil?

“Will, will that work?”

“Well. It’s worth a try, anyway. These days, I seem to have gotten stronger in many ways. It makes me want to try it out.”

“Oooh…”

Of course, there was probably a cause behind that. Right, me.

As my rank rose sharply, the rank of this guy I was traveling with had also risen. And ability development is closely related to the character’s rank.

“Yeah, give it a try.”

“See you in a bit.”

Then, Haka seeped into the ground, like water being splashed.

As always, it was an amazing sight.

To be honest, I still didn’t really know about Haka’s abilities. You can’t just ask about someone’s unique ability even if you’re in the same party. It’s a very private thing.

What’s more, Haka was a guy whose character itself seemed to be wrapped in an enigma in the first place.

After a while, a strange shadow appeared under our feet.

The shadow whispered.

– Hans. Surprisingly, the dog’s name was also Hans. If you’re gonna give your dog a name… the test author is a real piece of work. Why would you ask a messed up question like this?

“… Yeah?”

– I think I can copy them all. See you later.

“Oh, alright.”

Haka seemed very surprised that Hans’ dog was also named Hans, but I was surprised at something else.

‘Hey, that’s one great ability.’

If you can even go into the shadow of a pencil, where can’t you go? In terms of hiding, it could be called the highest peak.

I gulped involuntarily.

That thing… would you teach me if I asked?


[Chapter 15 – Official Adventurer Qualification Test (1) has ended] 

[Hiro’s character evaluation has been updated]

[‘Leadership’ has been added to the characteristics]

[The support of many readers followed]

[Awareness has increased by 37,000]

[Attracts the author’s attention]

[Received fan art from ten readers]

[The author’s favourability has increased by 10]

[Reappearance probability has increased to 100%]

[State]

  • Name: Hiro (Enigmatic Squatjaw)
  • Characteristics: Very strong, Bluffing, Chatterbox, Secretive, Turned out he was a pretty boy?, Leadership
  • Awareness: 59,259
  • Author’s favourability: 57
  • Reappearance probability: 100%

‘Is this the power of the leading point of view?’

It was amazing. How did I get so much awareness in so short a time?

Of course, it could be because I was quite active during this time, but even so, it was a huge number.

‘Wait, then how much does Leo have?’

Tiling–.

[Leading point of view application is finished]

[The leading point of view is changed from ‘Hiro’ to ‘Leo’]

Seeing it made me laugh out loud.

‘It’s like you can’t wait to take it away.’

As the author, it was clear why he wanted to. Although he only had himself to blame.

Well, unfortunately for him, I decided to be satisfied. Because the results were not bad for such a short period of time.

That was then.

Tiling–.

Another message arrived.

Well, it wasn’t what I was thinking.

[Adventure King serialization resumed]

[Chapter 16 – Official Adventurer Qualification Test (2)]

[Belongs to the realm of the ongoing chapter]

[Hiro is the subject of character evaluation in this chapter]

A message to resume the serialization followed immediately.

The final result was omitted and never came out.

‘It’s faster than I thought.’

Of course, I wasn’t that upset. Because I knew it was going to be like this.

The whole ‘Adventurer Qualification Test arc’ is a marathon without a single break. There won’t be any time for resupply.

‘Ah, this time I wanted to read some reader comments.’

But I couldn’t. The store was already closed.

Just then,

– All test-takers, gather in the central square!

The speaker rang.

We immediately ran towards the place where the voice had come from.


The central square of ancient Adventium.

The centre of ancient civilization, located about 30 meters above the underground waterway.

All the adventurer teams that had passed the basic tests were gathered there.

– Congratulations to the aspiring adventurers who somehow managed to survive. The exam was pretty easy, right? That’s because it’s just a basic test that only verifies whether you have the qualities of an adventurer. But now you won’t have the time to be bored any more. Why? Because from now on it’s for keeps.

The speaker again started speaking his mind in a sarcastic tone, but I couldn’t figure out what his intentions were.

– The main content of the Adventurer Qualification Test is simple. Find and bring back the hidden treasures of this city. The most precious thing you can find.

The explanation ended there.

The speaker didn’t let out any further sound.

Soon after, the murmurs of the test-takers, bewildered by the insufficient explanation, were beginning to intensify.

Suddenly, ‘it’ started.

“Second time taking the qualification exam! Geography mastery! My pathfinding eyes[1] shine bright!”

“Third qualification test! I’ve got all the groundwater routes covered! Let’s go together!”

“Eighth qualification test! It’s all those damn teammates’ fault for failing so far! Trust me, my skills are real!”

The specialty of the Adventurer Qualification Test, commonly known as the ‘Guide Selection.’

I glanced back at Cocoa standing next to me and asked,

“Can you defeat them all?”

Cocoa just smiled without saying a word.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 길눈 (gilnun, lit. sense of direction). Will be mainly translated as pathfind-er/-ing eyes from now on, unless sense of direction is more appropriate.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 58

“It’s peaceful.”

It was peaceful.

As the land seething with beasts became calm, peace came to the North.

The end of the war was one reason, but the bigger reason was that the beast population throughout the northern lands had plummeted due to the invading orcs using them as food.

Without the presence of the beasts, the only problem the North faced was just a little cold, so it was a time of perfect peace for the residents.

Although they mourned the losses of their families for a while, as time passed, they had started helping each other and regaining the strength needed to live such hard lives.

“That’s good.”

He said while looking at Jevarsch.

The collapsed walls were being repaired.

The villagers were milling about, distributing food to the soldiers, their footsteps bold and confident.

The work might’ve looked arduous, but their faces didn’t look too bad.

They were marching steadily towards tomorrow.

It was quite nice to see.

“Not bad.”

Most of his actions had been for the sake of his quests, but thinking that it’d helped them in their lives, a corner of his heart felt proud.

“Isn’t it? Everyone is praising you, Boss.”

It was Bruns.

As soon as he’d heard the news about Callius being awake, he’d jumped up and rushed back in tears. That had been an hour ago.

Taking upon himself the role of a guide, he was updating Callius on the situation here and there.

“Ah! It’s Master Callius!”

“The war hero!”

The children called him a hero when they saw him, and the locals he met on the road put their hands on their chests and greeted him politely.

The images superimposed with his memory of being shunned and avoided, during his days as a maniac.

Compared to before –

Their faces now told a different story.

He felt a sense of exasperation welling up.

“Lay off, you little brats.”

He wished he could respond with something better.

Even now, the characteristic, Scapegrace of the Count Family, was proving to be really irritating.

But what could he do?

That’s just who Callius is.

As he gazed at the children happily screaming and running away, Bruns said with a subdued tone.

“These children.”

“What?”

“They’ve started studying swordsmanship with Master Bernard. They’ve all seen and felt various things during the Northern War, so they’re trying pretty hard.”

And is that old sir in good enough shape to go about teaching people right now?

“How is that old man faring?”

“He’s healthy. He was lying in bed for a day or two, so his body is sore.”

Even though he’d lost an arm[1], the paladin seemed to have recovered enough physically to move around.

Callius was glad the man was in good health, but he still couldn’t help but feel bitter.

He was able to kill the enemy because Bernard gave him time by sacrificing an arm. However, for a paladin who’d been holding a sword all his life, losing a hand was no different than losing his whole life.

A seed of guilt had nestled in his heart, making it heavy.

‘If I had some holy water left, I would’ve tried attaching it once.’

Unfortunately, not a drop of it was left.

Although he had crude troll blood, it’d be tough to use that for attaching a severed arm.

From what he’d heard, the wound had even been burned before being bandaged and given first aid.

Even with holy water, it’d be difficult to re-attach the amputated part after that.

“Where is he now?”

“Probably in the prayer room.”

The prayer room.

“I see. There must be quite a few people who’ve been left shattered by this war.”

There had to be quite a lot of work still to be done.

Other than that, there were Allen and Aaron.

Orphin and the other knights were repairing the walls, collecting abandoned food and looking for missing persons. And the two were also busy with their own work, collecting the remains of the fallen.

Although the war was over, there were many things left to do.

“Guess I came late.”

The dead numbered in the thousands.

It was no easy task to gather their remains and deliver them to the friends and family of the deceased.

“I’ll help out too.”

“You don’t have to.”

“Why?”

“They decided on their own to come and help out.”

“Ah, you mean ‘those bastards’.”

That was then.

Speak of the devil and he shall appear.

A very bothersome guy appeared.

“Isn’t it Master Callius? Are you already well enough to move?”

Wearing a symbol of the Church.

A cloak that symbolized the Heretic Inquisitors, engraved with the symbol of the crossed twin swords.

He spoke with a smile, but his attitude was barefacedly pretentious.

“As you see.”

Callius couldn’t be sure if it was actually an ally or an uninvited guest, who’d arrived at the North.

It was Inquisitor Ryburn.

“That’s right. Oh, I’m sure Master Callius will be attending this evening’s dinner as well.”

“Is there something like that?”

“Yes, I heard somewhere that the guests would be treated tonight.”

Perhaps it was a banquet to commend the Inquisition, who’d helped in the war.

Callius himself had also awakened, so the dinner Ryburn was referring to was probably being held to repay the help received in the war.

“I’ll attend if I can.”

“I’d love to hear more about the story of a war hero. There are also some other words to share… Then, see you.”

After saying farewell and that he hoped to meet again at dinner, Ryburn slowly disappeared in the distance.

Callius clicked his tongue.

Poisonous Akasha.

The Iron Grace Inquisitor, Ryburn.

Ryburn du Valus.

“He’s like a stalker.”

“I never dreamed that they would come this far.”

Callius hadn’t, either.

If he hadn’t seen them on his way to the battlefield, it’d have been one big surprise.

“Did you tattle on me?”

“No way! I hate them too. They chased us so hard we couldn’t even sleep for a while. You’ve been chased after not sleeping properly for a while because of them. I still get mad just thinking about it.”

True enough.

And now that already annoying guy had two other captains tagging along.

“He must’ve come here to arrest me.”

Knowing that Callius was in the North, he’d probably been afraid of Jervain’s reputation and had asked for support.

But he’d had no choice but to help the North during the war.

No matter how much their role was to find and interrogate heretics, it’d have been strange for them to not raise their swords when facing barbarian savages who believed in foreign Gods.

The helping part was mostly accidental.

“I don’t know how they’re going to be rewarded for their help, since the North has no money.”

“Doesn’t the North have money?”

“Just look at the place. It’s a barren land where it snows all year round.”

Because of the beasts, it can’t attract tourists, and the crops grown in this barren land do not have much taste or nutrition to speak of.

The only special regional products are medicinal herbs, and by-products of magical beasts.

Still, there’s a huge population of magical beasts, and selling their by-products to the Church or the kingdom is the main source of revenue.

“Hmm.”

If it’s money –

In the future, the northern lands will get exposed to quite a lot of danger.

The orcs have been largely decimated this time, so there’s no need to worry about them for a while, but the Imperial Army is a different matter.

The North is like a thorn in the eye of those trying to subjugate Carpe, so you never know when another war might break out.

Jervain of the North has long been famous as the Pillar of Carpe.

“If there’s money, it’ll be easy to replenish the lost manpower.”

Although the main forces of the North are returning from the borders, even taking them into account, this war has caused great damage.

It’ll take a lot of time and money to replenish the ranks of the knights and soldiers who’d been sacrificed.

‘The only way to save time is money, and it’s difficult because there’re few ways to earn money in the North.’

But.

Callius knew.

How to make a great sum of money.

‘In the North, orc corpses are now piled up like a mountain, unattended.’

And there were hundreds of priests of the Church stationed here.

“They’re the ones who tormented me even though I’m innocent, so it’s fair that they should pay a price.”


“How was it?”

“It was normal. He had the typical tone and arrogant behaviour of a noble.”

It was typical of nobility.

Of course, he had the most noble appearance among all nobles.

Ryburn straightened his glasses and looked at his companions.

Captain of the Third Inquisitorial Squad.

Orcal du Valus.

Captain of the Sixth Inquisitorial Squad.

Druma du Valus.

And finally, himself, the captain of the Fifth Inquisitorial Squad.

Ryburn du Valus.

All three were gathered in the guest room inside the Jevarsch Fortress.

Three of the seven captains were gathered. All of them were spirit sword bearers, and they were the leaders of the Heretic Inquisition, who had a proven record of strength and faithfulness within the Church of Valtherus.

“You know I’m not asking that. Other than that?”

“… I don’t know about his level of divine power. The energy I felt was minimal.”

The level of divine power was minimal.

Rumours that he had made an outstanding performance in the war seemed to have been false.

Forget about the level of an orc commander.

He could only feel the energy of an ordinary knight who might even lose to an orc champion.

“It was insignificant? To what extent?”

“The amount I could feel was around the fourth grade.”

Although the quantity or quality of divine power did not alone determine the strength of a knight…

Level four was the level of a regular knight.

“What, that’s all?”

The smaller the amount of divine power, the less could be used to strengthen your physical ability, and the smaller the amplification.

The higher the level of divine power, the higher the overall physical specifications.

No matter how great a swordsmanship he possessed, if he didn’t have the physical ability to support it, it was just a joke.

“How was the purity?”

“Purity wasn’t bad. But if I had to say, it was around third grade.”

“But didn’t he win one-on-one against the warlord? I thought he was really strong, because he killed that kind of a guy.”

“You can’t believe rumours.”

“No, no, all the soldiers and knights who fought on the battlefield were like that, right?”

Had it not been for Callius, this war would have ended with a shameful defeat.

“I don’t think they’re all hypnotized.”

“We saw it too. Certainly, it was a scene worthy of veneration.”

“Hmm.”

The scenery they’d seen in person still hadn’t easily faded from their minds.

They saw the warlord dead on the ground, and in front of him, surrounded by many knights, the bleeding form of Callius.

There were traces of a huge battle, and the knights on the battlefield shed tears.

It was different from just listening to it afterwards.

It was difficult to dismiss what they’d seen as a lie.

“Still, Ryburn, you probably didn’t make a mistake. If he’s that weak, can’t we just take him with us?”

It was the captain of the Third Squad, Orcal.

A man with curly brown hair and a youthful appearance.

At first glance, he looked young and naive, but he was the one with the cruellest disposition among the heretic inquisitors.

“How do you mean?”

“How else? Have we done something like this just once or twice? Even if the opponent is a nobleman, the task of an inquisitor is to root out heretics.”

“But there’s no evidence.”

Everybody knew that already.

However, there was no clear evidence.

Besides, Callius was the eldest son of Count Jervain, one of the four great nobles of Carpe.

It was impossible to arrest him on suspicion alone without any evidence.

“If there’s no evidence, we can create it.”

The captain of the Sixth Squad said with a deep voice.

Druma.

When he, who was usually reticent to speak, opened his mouth, it had to be something useful.

“How do you mean?”

“Didn’t the suspicions of heresy come about because his swordsmanship suddenly rose sharply, although he was known to be a talentless dullard?”

Right.

Callius must’ve gotten his hands on a holy relic.

Something that changed him, who had been the most untalented dullard in the kingdom.

It could be said that he was now a completely different person.

There was no doubt that his level of swordsmanship talent, which was innate and impossible to change, had risen sharply.

Even though he found such a great relic, he did not report it to the Church, so it was heresy.

‘But his identity is an obstacle to proceeding with the interrogation… ‘

If this place hadn’t been the domain of Jervain.

At the very least, if he’d still been the old piece of trash, they wouldn’t have had to worry about it. The Jervain still lived, so it was impossible to forcefully arrest the hero who’d protected the North.

“Then make him an inquisitor, and the problem will go away.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] We really suspected and re-checked while translating the fight scene, and were convinced it mentioned both hands being severed, but guess it’s time to eat crow.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 57

“Are you really alright?”

Callius answered affirmatively to the worried Emily.

To be honest, he was still confused, but he could only answer that way.

It’s not like he could tell Emily or the rest about the system.

“What did you do all of a sudden? Everyone was dumbfounded. I was worried too. You didn’t wake up for ten whole days.”

“I got a little… enlightenment.”

Enlightenment.

What a simple word.

Emily’s brows furrowed softly hearing it.

“Looks like it. Your divine power is stronger than before. Even I can feel it.”

Truly. His divine power level did not rise, but the purity became outstanding.

If the divine power before had been light and thin, should it be said that it was now quite heavy and thick?

“Still, I was surprised. I was worried that you might never wake up at all, but suddenly there was a commotion… Take a bath first. You stink.”

“Yeah.”

His body was awash with a foul odour as if it had was packed full of waste products. However, the skin covered with shells like a lizard might shed, and the flesh underneath was white.

‘That’s interesting.’

After taking a quick bath, Callius felt anew the energy that was welling up from his elixir field.

It must be said that in order to achieve three peaks, the original first and second peaks had to be broken and remade.

“If it weren’t for the seed’s performance, I wouldn’t have even dreamed of this.”

But there was something that bothered him.

A defeated God whose name had been lost.

That bastard dug into his body, and the Six Peak Flowers technique rose to the mountain summit.

‘Again.’

Parts that he’d never set up was bothering him again.

But aside from the message, there was really nothing to examine.

The traces of the seed that had sunk into the elixir field had long since disappeared.

Inside the room he’d been left alone in, Callius put down the wet towel and reflected on what had just happened.

“A defeated God dwells.”

What significance did this have?

A defeated God.

The seed of that God had nestled inside him.

‘Perhaps it’s safer to say that the will of God dwells there.’

The system message did not say the seed, but rather the God dwelt.

A defeated God’s will.

Or something similar, nestled inside his elixir field, creating the third three peak of Six Peak Flowers Bloom in Late Season and six energy veins.

Now, in his elixir field, three buds had taken root, with two veins each.

The stronger and more resplendent buds were the reason behind his purer divine power.

‘Is there no other effect because it’s a defeated God?’

At first, he’d been worried about the clash between different divine powers.

However, the divine power inside the seed was so pure and homogeneous that it even made the Six Peak Flowers bloom.

Despite all his worries, only good things happened.

“It’s a little embarrassing.”

His whole body was brimming with divine power, elevating his aura.

He took the Vivi’s Bracelet that had been placed on the table and wore it.

Then, the powerful surge of divine power again faded calmly.

“Did I lose the half-glove that Dexter made for me?”

It looked like it was torn or lost during the battle.

He felt sorry, but it couldn’t be helped.

He put the Predator Sword into the subspace and gently raised the Strong Sword.

As he grabbed the hilt of the sword and slowly pulled it out, the broken grey-white blade was revealed.

「Strong Sword – Gwydd」
Grade – Spirit
Infused Soul – Gwydd, the Troll
Unique Ability – Spirit Descent

The sword was broken, but the soul was still there.

If it had been a life sword, he would’ve just sent it to the heavens to get a reward.

‘Just throwing it away would be a pity.’

The Strong Sword had demonstrated its power in this war. If it weren’t for the troll’s spirit descent, he wouldn’t have been able to turn the battle around.

It was difficult to give up the Strong Sword, which let one borrow the might and regenerative power of a troll.

Whether or not he could get a reward for a demonic sword was also unknown.

“I’ll have to call Dexter.”

It was unknown if even he could fix it, but he’d still have to call Dexter and show it to him.

It’s not that he didn’t believe in the dwarf’s skills, but this was no ordinary sword.

Originally, taking it to the Church getting it tested would have been the right decision, but…

‘It’s impossible because it’s a sword mixed with demonic power.’

If you take such a sword there, it would either be taken away or he would be driven away as a heretic.

There was no reason for him to rock the boat[1].

If even Dexter couldn’t fix it…

‘I’ll have to take the risk and try to fix it myself.’

Originally, the soul of a life sword would disappear as soon as it was broken, but the soul of a troll would not disappear that easily.

He was sure it could be fixed somehow.

Callius stopped himself from worrying further and put the sword down.

“Shall we check the rest of the rewards?”

Because of the seed of the defeated God, he hadn’t really looked at the rest of the rewards.

The existence of the seed was still an open question, but there was no way to find out, so for now he could only accept it as a fortuitous encounter.

‘If Six Peak Flowers technique reacted…’

He had some hopes, but he couldn’t be sure.

He shook his head as he remembered the saint of the Church, who had disappeared so long ago.

[Choice of Unique Talent].

[Rare Trait Draw Ticket].

Unique talents and rare traits!

“Talents and traits.”

Talents, and traits.

It wasn’t easy to acquire talents compared to traits. He decided to take a look at the talent options right away.

It was written as “choice”, so there must be a few options.

[Choice of Unique Talent]

  1. 『Royal Order at the Stroke of a Pen (一筆揮之)[2]
    • Write any text smoothly without obstacles. Or interpret any text immediately without obstacles.
  2. 『Instinctive Intuition』
    • Know things that cannot normally be felt through instinctive intuition.
  3. 『Calculations in the Dark (暗算)』
    • The ability to calculate in your head without using any tools is faster.

‘As expected, they are all unique talents.’

None of the three were bad.

At first glance, one might think they were useless talents, but in this world, each country spoke a different language.

In addition, there were countless other languages, such as ancient languages ​​and languages ​​of different races, and just being able to read them could bring many advantages.

‘For example.’

It meant that he could read the language of the Vira people that he’d discovered recently.

And find out how that ancient civilization crafted artefacts.

Besides, the language left by the Gods might appear in the future, so this talent would always be helpful.

‘It’s not worth throwing away intuition, though.’

In a sense, intuition is everything in battle.

There are no few people who fight entirely based on their intuition.

Besides, it would not only be useful in battle, but would definitely be of great help during trading.

‘Mental calculation is good, too.’

Every battle is also a battle of numbers.

When the enemy does this, I counterattack like this, and the ball goes to the other’s court, and so on.

In battles numbers were essential, and better mental calculation ability meant one could solve problems more easily on the battlefield.

After contemplating for a while, Callius chose 『Instinctive Intuition』.

Because the first and the third were talents that were a bit disappointing for unique grade.

There could’ve been many better choices… But what could he do?

He had to make do with what he’d been given.

‘Good intuition will be of great help during enlightenment or in dangerous situations. Intuition is the best.’

Other things you might be able to do with effort, but not improve your intuition.

It was purely a matter of innate talent.

[Choose Instinctive Intuition?]

So, along with the sound of the wind blowing, he felt a little heat all over his body, which then disappeared in the next instant.

‘Let’s leave it at that for now.’

Next, he decided to take a look at the trait draw.

It was a draw, meaning he had to rely purely on luck.

He cleared my mind and started the draw.

[Starting to draw rare traits.]

.

.

.

He could hear the sounds of a roulette wheel, spinning.

What would come out?

Since it was rare, he thought something quite useful might come out. Something to strengthen the physical ability might be good, or a trait that helped get more wealth.

Whatever came out, if it was rare, it would surely be something useful, so his heart was already poundin.

Tiling.

『Pheromone』

Grade – Rare

  • The body smells good.

The moment he saw the message on the status window, he let out a sigh.

“Ha! Really.”

Pheromone. It was so absurd that he had no words to describe it.

The only explanation was that the body smelled good. Meaning no effect whatsioever.

“This is something rare, is it.”

It was a passive effect, so he couldn’t even turn it on or off.

It was more like a garbage setting if you thought of it like making yourself easier to detect due to the scent of pheromones during a surprise operation or an ambush.

He didn’t even know how it smelled like because it was his own scent.

“I’ll have to ask somebody later.”

The remaining rewards were three sacred stones and a saddle.

The Saddle of Humasys, who’d been famous as a master horseman.

[Saddle of Humasys]

Grade – Rare

  • Horsemanship +2

Even Callius, who hadn’t been able to ride a horse to save his life, wouldn’t find riding difficult anymore if he had this.

Since the sacred stones could be consumed with the Gluttony characteristic, they could be used for training or to supplement divine power in an emergency. They could also be used as currency, so there was nothing wrong with getting them.

After reviewing the usages of the items obtained and putting them back into the subspace –

Callius took out the holy grail, and two containers full of troll blood.

To test out his hypothesis, he dripped a drop of troll blood on the chalice.

Ttok.

With that sound, a subtle divine power began to coalesce in the holy grail.

Since ancient times, the holy grail had been known to contain the blood of God, but it was also famous for transforming its nature and turning it into wine.

So Callius tried it out, in the hope that the grail might have the power of purification in this place as well, same as in those religions.

If only he could purify the demonic power mixed in the troll blood.

Purified troll blood was literally a potion, so it’d be of great help to Callius, who didn’t have any holy water left.

Having a potion that can restore the body is no different than having an extra life.

“I can’t do it.”

He tried supplying it with divine power, but it didn’t change much.

“Shouldn’t you at least leave a manual or something?”

There was no helping it.

The precious troll blood was taken back and the chalice put aside.

Let’s try the purification later. I think I’ll have to look for some related books or literature.

“There’s a lot to do.”

The troll blood had be purified.

Six Peak Flowers technique had risen to the three peaks summit, but it still needed to be stabilized a bit more.

The energy veins had to be examined again, and then there was the sword and the leftover problems of the northern lands. He’d have to re-organize his schedule for the future.

“Before the empire attacks again, we must organize the northern lands and dig out the rotten roots of the Carpe Kingdom.”

Tuk, tuk.

The sounds of Callius’ fingers, tapping the table, indicated how much trouble he was still in.

However, it stopped quickly, and the corners of his mouth curved in an arc.

“Shall we use them, then?”


An office inside the castle.

“So Callius woke up.”

“Yes, he did.”

“Good to hear. Hahaha.”

After the war, the Master of the North had a lot to laugh about.

Elburton von Jervain.

The fatal wound he had sustained in battle healed immediately. Rather, he was in better health than before, so once the war was over, he got locked up in his office with a pile of papers about the post-processing.

But Elburton always had a smile at the corners of his lips. Because of his son, who was now called a war hero.

Because of Callius.

“What are you going to do about him?”

“You mean Callius?”

“Yes. Isn’t Callavan in hiding?”

After the war, Callavan disappeared. Since no one could find him even during the war, he’d probably gone into hiding right away.

“Yeah, now that he’s gone, I’ll have to give Callius what he should have had.”

“Since Young Master contributed more than anyone else in this war, it’s only natural that he should be rewarded appropriately.”

“Yeah. It’s been a while since I last opened the vault. He’d like that, too, right?”

The treasure vault of the Jervain family.

Since it was a place containing the artifacts and swords made by the successive patriarchs, Callius would surely be satisfied.

“Of course. A knight with that level of skill must covet the treasures there.”

“Yeah. That’s right. Since Callis is the family heirloom, it won’t be possible right now, but other treasures are fine. Didn’t one of his swords break anyway? I have to do at least this so he won’t be sad.”

Jjek.

As Elburton spoke, his mouth felt a bitter taste. If he’d known things would turn out like this, he never would’ve have chased his own son out in the first place.

He was deeply regretful for not properly noticing the qualities of his own son, but what could he do? It was all spilled milk.

Even though his son had been abandoned, he’d risked his life to protect the northern lands, so the only wise choice now was to do everything he couldn’t do until now.

“The successor position…”

“That too, I’ll have to arrange.”

Seeing Callius’ performance in this war, Elburton thought it would be good enough to entrust the North to him.

Now there was no other option.

It was Elburton who’d adopted somebody and caused this chaos.

Callius, who Elburton had always been worried about as a parent, grew up and came back to see him, so how could he not give him everything he could as a father? Even if he didn’t like the gift, it was enough to leave it to him.

“Then what to do about the children?”

“Hmm…”

That bastard’s children.

Rivan, the son of Callavan, and Rinney, the daughter.

Now that Callavan had disappeared, rumours that they were the children of a traitor were spreading throughout the castle.

“The children are innocent, but it’s difficult to leave them like this.”

“I’ve already thought about that issue, so you don’t have to worry about it.”

Just entrust them to Callius.

He was the one who’d be responsible for the North and Jervain in the future, so it wouldn’t hurt to leave him the decision-making power about this kind of thing.

Besides, the children of Callavan were not complete strangers to Callius either.

“All right.”

“More than that, though.”

“Yes.”

“I’m wondering what to do with them.”

“Are you talking about them…?”

If one was a war hero who beheaded the enemy’s chief on the battlefield.

Then they, who appeared just in time, and swiftly cleaned up the remnants of the enemy army, were also worthy of being called heroes.

If it weren’t for the reinforcements that appeared so suddenly, the lives of many more northern men would’ve been lost.

“But you can’t listen to their demands.”

“Right.”

There was only one thing the Inquisition wanted.

To take Callius into custody.

“My goodness.”

What the hell have you been up to?

Before, Elburton might’ve left it at that, thinking his son was a crazy maniac after all, but now he couldn’t.

Callius was now the hero who’d saved the North.

He had to be treated like a hero.

“I can’t hand my son over to those crazy people.” Elburton had no intention of surrendering Callius to them.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 긁어 부스럼을 만들 (lit. scrape and make crumbs) means to do something useless, translated as rocking the boat.

[2] 일필휘지 (lit. one brushstroke crown’s orders) is being translated as Royal Order at the Stroke of a Pen.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 36

What’s the Personality Required to Be an Adventurer?

It took some time after I received the message for my pounding heart to calm down.

“Hmm.”

It was quite surprising. Obviously, this was not a benefit that just any character could get. Especially at a time like this, when the author shouldn’t have much of a favourable feeling towards me.

Of course, there were times when I’d imagined this happening. I’d wondered if it might be possible if I succeeded at all those countless plans in my head, after innumerable performances that appealed to the readers.

But now was not that time. It was too early. In fact, even the expression ‘too early’ didn’t seem appropriate to describe it.

It didn’t make any damn sense.

“…”

It was a good opportunity. With great benefits to boot.

However, it was not something I could accept immediately. Because I didn’t know what the author was thinking.

‘… What the hell is your plan?’

I pondered carefully.

Of course, there were some small doubts here and there. Maybe the author not liking the look of me was just my bias talking? The increase in the shop prices… Maybe it was just a temporary adjustment to balance the characters?

So, I tried to think more and more positively.

Could it be that this was all my misunderstanding?

Did you appreciate me and give me a chance?

Did the readers keep wondering about me?

Or, did you come up with an idea to use my character appropriately?

Are you really trying to get me to play the lead role?

However,

‘No, it can’t be.’

How cringey. It felt like something was stuck in my throat.

I decided to trust my senses. This was not that kind of situation. This hid a different kind of intention.

There was only one reason I could guess.

To keep watch on me.

Based on my experience so far, even if a chapter was in progress, there were no restrictions on my actions while I was outside of Leo’s point of view.

There was that time in the past when my access to the building in Virgin City got blocked, but it was also a place where Leo would arrive after a while and enter the leading point of view.

This meant that outside the central point of view, you could act quite freely, without caring about the sanctions of the ‘preceding plot’.

Of course, this wasn’t completely certain or definitive. But empirically speaking, it was close to the truth.

Therefore, the author, even if he didn’t like my actions, was in a situation right now where he couldn’t easily control me.

In particular, since my current behaviour wasn’t so docile, the author must’ve felt that he needed to be more vigilant, so maybe he decided to just pass the point of view to me.

“It hurts… My head hurts.”

If the readers were watching, even the author wouldn’t be able to mess with me with impunity, but I couldn’t do anything out of the ordinary either.

Basically, the rival of the main character in a shounen manga must be a just person, same as the main character. He may have a rough personality; he should still essentially be a good guy. That’s the basic rule.

This meant that no matter what concept I was wrapped in, I had to walk the same path of ‘righteousness’ in the end in order to establish my position as a rival. The moment I dared step out of it, I’d forever lose my chance to be one.

What to do?

Frankly speaking, I was worried.

‘Just refuse it for now?’

But then I shook my head.

The opportunity was too precious for that. Who knew when I might get another?

No matter what you do, in the end it’s only the readers who matter. If the readers like it, the character will survive. If the readers look for it, the character will appear.

In other words, it can be much more efficient to acquire the status of a rival by simply showing the readers a cool image one time, rather than making the main character become conscious of you by relying on a bag of tricks.

‘Yeah, let’s just do it.’

Even if the author had some sort of plan, he wouldn’t be able to impose any improbable malicious sanctions in front of the readers.

I immediately pressed on the holographic message.

‘What will happen now… Is it going to be change to a new chapter?’

Following,

[You have accepted the author’s proposal]

[The leading viewpoint is changed from ‘Leo’ to ‘Hiro’]

The message on the hologram changed.

Then,

“Well…”

Nothing happened.

“Well?”

That was it.

I waited for a while, but nothing changed.

The hologram as well as the surrounding environments were the same.

‘What, did it apply preperly?’

It was awkward. I’d thought there would be some explanations and guidance. Or, maybe some change in the hologram?

Then,

“Senior?”

“Squatjaw?”

“Huh?”

“Aren’t we leaving? Why are you standing here blankly all of a sudden?”

“Did you forget how to walk?”

Chinuavi and Cocoa, who’d come closer without me noticing, were looking at me with concern.

Oh, right. I myself said let’s go, but then just stopped in place lost in thought.

“Uh… no. Let’s go.”

Then, I was about to start again, but I ended up doing a weird sort of powerwalk as I thought that the readers were watching. My body felt stiff like a wooden doll.

‘Haah, this is worrying… No, wait a minute.’

Come to think of it, the current situation itself was just a negative for me.

The fight was already over, and all I had to do is walk, so where would the fun be in watching it?

“… Good grief.”

It was a big deal. I could almost hear the readers yawning already.

‘I should’ve accepted it after passing the first stage…’

But it was already too late for regret.

A way. I had to find a way out of this.

What could I do? How could I make things just a little more exciting?

“Senior?”

“Look at you. Did you really forget how to walk?”

“What’s the problem?”

I glanced at them as they approached me.

Chinuavi, Cocoa and Haka.

‘What’s missing?’

I looked them over again.

It was still Chinuavi, Cocoa and Haka.

That was then –

“Ah!”

Suddenly, a ‘notion’ struck like a thunderbolt.

“Chinuavi.”

“Yes, Senior.”

“Can you make an earth dragon (土龍)?”

Hearing that,

“Uh, how did you…?”

Chinuavi made a very surprised expression for the first time in a while.

“What are you so surprised about? Can you or can’t you?”

“Uh… Yes, Senior. It won’t look pretty or anything, but if it’s just making one…”

“Just make one, then. Let’s ride it.”

“Uh… are you saying, now? But why? Looks like walking should be enough…”

“Uh-huh. Quickly. There’s no time.”

Transforming natural objects to living things was one of the cheat specialties of the goblins. In particular, you could see earth dragons, water dragons, and fire dragons being carried around as pets at the end of the original story.

Of course, this is a bit too early to start showcasing the goblins’ abilities… but, I thought it would be fine. Just like in the poker match with Siana, wouldn’t it be considered as just some unknown ability of a colleague of mine?

Anyway, the first priority was to provide something interesting to see. I had no idea when another opportunity like this would come again, but I couldn’t afford to waste a single minute or even a single second. I had to show anything that could drum up more interest.

And so,

“Wheeew. I don’t know if it’ll work well. It’s been a long time. Please step back for a bit.”

The ground began to shake.

Earth dragon. A dragon made of clay.

It was really closer to a giant earthworm, but it was still enough.

Krrrrr–.

After the ground shook for a while, a giant earthworm rose from the earth, revealing its magnificent majesty.

“Come on then, let’s get on.”

“Wow! Earthworm! Big!”

“As expected of Sir Chinuavi.”

“No, no, you’re exaggerating.”

“Alright, since we’re all on board, let’s get going. We don’t have long.”

And then,

Krrrrr–.

The earth dragon started running down the waterway with a resounding roar.


Twenty minutes later, at the centre of the underground waterway.

“Wow! So much! Water!”

Cocoa exclaimed as soon as she saw our destination.

Well, the sight definitely deserved such a response.

At a place where dozens of huge waterways joined together –

It was a dam built to handle such an enormous volume of water.

A magnificent reminder of why the ancient city of Advenitum had been called the ‘bowl of the sea’.

The sight of that amazingly huge ‘water tank’ filled with water was enough to make you question whether this place was underground, or the beach.

However, the response that came out of my mouth was quite different from Cocoa.

“… What the.”

It was embarrassing. Because this was not the situation that I knew.

First, the tank. There shouldn’t have been any water in there.

The tank had to be filled with water after the test of ‘knowledge’, the second of the basic qualification tests. And the volume wouldn’t be that much.

Next, the existence of those countless spectators surrounding the tank.

They shouldn’t have been here right now. Even if I could only clearly see a few, everyone shouldn’t have been here looking at the tank like that. Originally, the test takers had to prepare for the test of ‘knowledge’ by going to a separate test centre.

“…”

It seemed that I had no choice but to admit it.

The plot development had changed.

As soon as I understood that, I started to get nervous.

The reason behind my tension was simple. Because it was the author’s first time, changing the plot all by himself.

There’d been many times when the development has been changed by me, but this was the first time the author was doing it.

‘Do you have some scheme?’

It wasn’t too difficult to guess what it was, from what I could see.

Changes in the test sequence. The author had decided to test ‘character’ before ‘knowledge’.

This was a conspiracy.

‘Knowledge’ is the least weighted subject among the adventurer’s basic qualification tests. The reason is very simple. Because in this manga, the character’s intelligence does not play a large part in the evaluation factor.

For example, Leo isn’t particularly smart, and he often behaves like an idiot. And yet, isn’t he still the main character? This can even be considered a staple characteristic unique to the shounen manga genre, so a lack of ‘knowledge’ is not some major character flaw.

But ‘personality’ is a bit different.

First of all, there’s no right answer.

Just following the basics of morality won’t cut it. Since it’s a shounen manga about adventurers, there are times when you have to unhesitatingly steal a relic or two, trespass into private property, damage people’s cultural heritage, and even blow a few guys away. Even if the target isn’t a clear-cut villain.

In other words, ‘appropriate behaviour for an adventurer’ means you have to behave according to the time and the situation.

It’s the same for this test.

Simply put, there is no specific correct answer, so you have to somehow come up with an answer that is ‘interesting without being embarrassing’ for the viewers.

Naturally, there was a high possibility of making a mistake, and there was a bound to be a large ripple effect.

Gradually, the author’s intentions began to come into focus.

It seemed that he has no intention of forcefully controlling me. Instead, he was trying to push me into making some difficult decisions, so I’d mess up my score all on my own.

‘Tsk, whatever you try…’

That was then –

– Yes, it seems that all the test-takers have gathered. So let’s go straight to the second stage. Those who’ve taken the test before a few times may be a bit confused, but this time the order has changed a bit. The second stage of the basic qualification test will be the personality test.

As soon as the voice on the speaker finished, the people around us began to murmur.

– Now, how will the personality test be conducted? Simple. I’m going to ask you a question, so you just have to answer it. Of course, you are all aspiring adventurers, so you have to demonstrate with your actions rather than words, right?

Soon after,

“What!”

“Hey, there!”

“It’s a human!”

Two transparent, round spheres suddenly appeared in the middle of the air.

Each of the spheres contained two people: a young woman and a young child in one sphere, and a middle-aged man and a grandmother in the other.

– Drop the spheres, please.

At the speaker’s command, the spheres slowly began to sink into the tank.

– Now, what do you guys do? Here are two families in crisis. Who are you going to save? How would you like to start?

The two spheres were far apart.

But the distance between us and the tank was many times greater than even that.

In order to save them, we had to dive into the ocean-sized tank and swim to the spheres, witout caring about our own lives.

While the people around us hesitated, the spheres drifted closer and closer to the tank.

– Who are you going to save? Yes? Would you like to answer? You, blue-haired guy over there? Or you, lass with the long red hair? Think of them like your own family. Who should you save? Well, you don’t have much time.

At this point, I was feeling quite surprised.

But, of course, not at the question that had been posed at us.

‘What is this?’

The plot development had changed, but the problem remained the same as it was presented in the original.

I couldn’t help but be confused.

Didn’t you plan to give me trouble? Why is it this easy?

That was then –

– Naturally! This much isn’t too difficult for you test-takers who dream of becoming adventurers. At most, there are only four people. Did you all know that the real problem was still to come, and just kept watching? Yes?

At that moment, the spheres came in contact with the water, suddenly enlarged and burst.

Surprisingly, the people inside had disappeared. As if they’d been just afterimages.

– Now, here’s the real problem.

At the same time as he uttered those words –

“Uh… um…”

“Hey, what is that…”

“Are these illusions too?”

Four very large spheres appeared in the air.

At first glance, each sphere contained groups of over a dozen children, senior citizens, middle-aged men and young women.

– What are you going to do now? Yes? O’ aspiring adventurers?

Then, the four large spheres began to descend in unison.

And at the same time, the surrounding murmurs rapidly intensified.

Let’s all gather together, divide into teams, and take charge of each sphere…

Chinuavi and Haka also came up to me and asked, having been swept away by the atmosphere.

“Senior, what are we doing?”

“Are we going to move?”

I looked at the two kids with puzzled eyes.

“Isn’t that obvious?”

“Well, then I’ll make a water dragon first…”

“Wait.”

Then,

– No, I mean, how long are you going to just watch? Yeah? People are dying! That’s not an illusion! What are you going to do, redhead! Yeah? Are you going to just keep watching, you blonde over there! Yeah? Now what? What about you there, you… squat-jaw?

It came.

Of course, there was no set order for ‘presenting the answer’. Whoever was willing to go first, could.

However, this was only nominally so, and in reality, the person named last had no choice but to move first. Because that was the most natural way for the scene to be directed.

Right, it was me.

This seemed to be what the author had been aiming for.

“It’s not difficult.”

A snort came out of nowhere.

To be honest, this was very lucky for me.

You lay out the plates on the table for me, and I just have to pick up and eat.

“Senior, what should we do? Which one should we choose…”

“Seems like time is running out a bit. The children first?”

I stared at the two impatiently.

“You’re being idiots.”

Adventurers in this world are not bound by moral laws, rules, or some set ‘personality template’. These are guys who just do what they want to do and what they can do. Based on whatever ‘amazing power’ they have.

“What the Adventurers’ Association wants to test is not this kind of kiddish MCQ game. Rather, what great power do we have that they don’t know about? They’re not asking whom to save in this situation. What matters is who can get them all out of there the fastest.”

I then turned to Cocoa.

“You know what to take out.”

“… Is this why you told me to bring that?”

“I didn’t specifically predict this timing… but I thought it’d be useful somewhere. I did think it’d be better than carrying a gyrodrop, anyway.”

“Ugh… okay. Give me a sec. I’ll take it out.”

Then, Cocoa took ‘it’ out from her leather bag.

Thud–.

No longer tied down to an open-air amusement park under the blue sky, it now settled itself instead on the waters of the blue sea.

The amusement ride ‘Viking’, appeared at the centre of the underground waterway of this ancient city.

“Now, rescue team – move out!”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 56

Tadak, tadak.

The first noise he heard was the crackling sound of firewood tickling his ears. Accompanying it was the sound of a book’s pages being turned.

When he slowly opened his eyes, he could see the ceiling lit by the reddish glow of candles and stoves, as well as a girl flipping through a book sitting at his bedside.

Black hair and grey eyes.

It was Emily.

She hadn’t even noticed Callius waking up, such was her concentration.

What kind of book was it that made her so engrossed?

‘Textbook of Northern Swordsmanship?’

It didn’t seem like a book a twelve-year-old would want to read with such intense focus.

As he didn’t want to disturb her, Callius began to quietly go over his own physical state.

Circulating power from the toes to the fingertips.

‘The wounds are all healed.’

The wounds inflicted by the orc general had already healed.

The efficacy of holy water truly great.

Even a mortal wound had healed perfectly.

There were a few scars, but he managed to survived without any damage, so that wasn’t a problem.

When he took a closer look just to make sure, his body was actually in very good condition.

Better than before, even.

「Callius von Jervain」

「Occupation」 – Pilgrim

「Spirit」 – Level 3

「Divine Power」 – 6251/6251

「Talent」 – [Bard’s Blessing – Best]

「Characteristics」 – [Verse of Grace] [Nobility’s Duty] [Scapegrace of the Count Family] [Death Verse Composition] [Prodigal Son of the Order] [Gluttony] [Tricolour Eye]

[Ability]

Strength – 81 (30)

Agility – 55 (30)

Skill – 16

Health – 50 (30)

Faith – 73

Several stats had increased.

Strength had risen from 76 to 81, and skill, from 13 to 16.

Health, from 47 to 50.

He didn’t know why that went up.

Perhaps because he’d pressed his body to the limit while crossing the boundary of life and death.

While deeply contemplating, Callius noticed a startling change.

‘When did my Six Peak Flowers technique evolve?’

Except for the two buds that’d been already present in elixir field, there was now one more.

The third bud of the Six Peak Flowers technique was about to be completed.

‘Is this the effect of Death Verse Composition?’

Did the realization he’d gained at that time have an impact on the Six Peak Flowers technique?

He thought about it for a while, but couldn’t come up with a concrete answer.

But it was quite a pleasing occurrence.

Although it was not yet complete, the divine power had gathered, spinning.

The third bud in his elixir field was still unfinished.

It was appropriate, considering that he had one last step left.

‘That last battle, and holy water. And perhaps the enlightenment of Death Verse Composition?’

But Callius’ expression soon sank back into calmness.

Six Peak Flowers technique is originally rooted on Three Peaks (三峯).

The difficulty rises sharply from creating the third bud.

Till the second peak the process is simple, but from the third, the difficulty of condensing a new bud is like creating a star in the sky.

‘It would be difficult even if several sacred stones came out as quest rewards.’

It’d be difficult to do it with just sacred stones, or eating a dragon’s heart or drinking its blood. Maybe it’d be difficult unless you have the holy relic or even the holy grail of a God.

The reason being that from the third peak, you have to construct a vein that connects the three buds.

You need to create a flow of spiritual force that circulates between the three buds.

Only then can you be said to have truly achieved three peaks.

Since you have to create something from nothing inside your elixir field, the level of difficulty is naturally different.

‘I’ll have to do it step by step. Maybe something helpful will come out as a reward.’

I remember getting some rewards?

『Fatalite’s Wheel – Complete』

  • Number of orcs killed: 2782
  • Number of beasts Killed: 786
  • Number of people saved: 453
  • Number of orc champions killed: 1
  • Number of orc overlords killed: 1

<Reward Level> [S+]

[You have completed a main quest.]

[Special rewards are given.]

This is the message window I saw before I lost consciousness.

I can’t stand my curiosity.

[The S+ reward box has been given.]

[Opened the S+ reward box.]

Several messages burst out with the sound of small firecrackers.

[Broken Sword of a Forgotten God]

[Subspace]

[Seed of a Defeated God]

[Holy Grail of a Defeated God]

[Choice of Unique Talent]

[Rare Trait Draw Ticket]

[Sacred Stone x3]

[Saddle of Humasys]

‘It’s an S+ level reward, so there are a lot of things.’

[Broken Sword of a Forgotten God]

Grade – Relic

  • The broken sword of a forgotten God.
  • Although it is broken, using divine power, this sword can transform into any other sword it has touched with which it has a deep bond.

‘I never thought this might come out…’

The corners of Callius’ lips drew up in an an arc. The Broken Sword of a Forgotten God.

Since the main quest rewards were always random, he hadn’t expected to get it even if this was an S+ level reward.

But this relic actually came out.

‘Of course, it’s of no use now.’

But it was an item that would be of great use someday if he had it.

Because it was a relic that could summon any sword it’d touched.

No matter who owns the sword, if the owner of the relic touches it once and creates a bond, that sword can be summoned at any time.

The heirloom of the Jervain family, for example.

The Storm Sword – Callis, can also be summoned at any time using this relic.

It’s a pity that you only have one chance with a weapon, but the fact that you can use a sword of any rank is definitely an attractive factor.

‘Even if it’s not a sword…’

It’s possible.

The Exploding Spear, for example.

If he so desired, it’d be transformed into a sword and fall into the hands of Callius.

‘Or, quests will come later that have you travel to the past or the future.’

Since the swords obtained there could not be brought back into reality, there would be swords with powerful abilities.

These swords that could only be used during the quest, as long as you had this relic, you could have them for the rest of your life.

‘First, let’s check the ability. But…’

Storm Sword – Callis couldn’t be seen.

Predator Sword – Loas and Strong Sword – Gwydd were by his bedside.

Even Zornik was there, but Storm Sword – Callis wasn’t.

Elburton probably took it.

‘Sad.’

It’d be a lie to say he wasn’t greedy, but it couldn’t be helped.

Storm Sword – Callis was a vision sword.

Besides, it was the heirloom of the Jervain family.

It was a sword meant for the hands of the patriarch.

It was still too early to become the Lord of Jervain just to get his hands on Callis.

‘Because it’s still too strong a sword for me to handle. I have no choice.’

Both the amount and purity of his divine power were low, so he couldn’t handle a vision sword just yet.

He couldn’t even handle the Strong Sword – Gwydd properly, so how could he dare talk about a vision sword?

Thanks to Fatalite’s sacred stones, he’d somehow been able to survive.

The burden should be reduced a bit once his level of divine power reached at least level 2.

‘So I’ll think of it as leaving it to you until then.’

It won’t be running away anywhere.

Now that the war in the North was over, the Jervain family wouldn’t suffer for a while.

No worries about losing it to anyone.

Not from the hands of Elburton.

‘Is the next one, subspace?’

[Subspace]

Grade – Epic

  • Summon a space where you can store things and bring them out, anytime, anywhere.

A space-type item common in games.

Since it was conceptually linked to the consciousness, it had the ability to summon the weapons contained within at any time with a thought.

In this world, space-type items were rare, and it was safe to say that there were few storage items with spatial abilities that could be used in battle.

Therefore, subspace was an indispensable item for Callius.

In the future, he’d fight by switching between the various swords and weapons he owned depending on the situation, and having subspace would really make a difference in terms of efficiency.

With a thought, the subspace naturally attuned to Callius, and it contained the rest of the rewards.

Callius recalled the Broken Sword of a Forgotten God from the subspace in his consciousness.

The handle of a sword appeared in his hand.

Although it was a broken sword, it was imbued with a subtle and profound energy.

With a satisfied face, he put it back in and looked at the rest.

‘But what’s this?’

[Seed of a Defeated God]

Grade – ???

  • The seed left behind by a defeated God.
  • None know what it may germinate.

[Holy Grail of a Defeated God]

Grade – ???

  • The holy grail left by a defeated God.

‘I never left a setting like this. Did the development team put it in?’

A seed, as well as the holy grail, of a defeated God.

A God is a God, so what does ‘defeated’ mean in that context?

Callius took out the seed and the holy grail out of curiosity, but there was nothing special about either.

The seed was just a plain black seed.

The holy grail, just a faded silver cup.

Holy grails were supposed to have some kind of special ability.

‘The ability to purify something, for example.’

The moment he touched the holy grail and the seed the size of a pea –

“Huh?”

At that moment, the seed sank into the palm of his hand.

It swam through the pathways of his divine blood and circulated around his body in an instant.

“What!”

Callius, startled, desperately tried to stop the movement by constraining the flow of divine blood, but to no avail.

‘It entered the elixir field.’

A feverish heat was began spreading all over his body.

Along with a sharp pain as if his elixir field was being torn apart.

In an instant, a cold sweat covered his skin, chill enough to make the teeth chatter.

‘No…!’

The seed of a defeated God.

He had no idea what it was, but there was almost no chance it had anything to do with Valtherus.

If two disparate divine powers were placed within the elixir field like this, in the worst case, the elixir field itself might shatter.

“What, what! Callius! When did you wake up! No, why do you look so bad? Where does it hurt?!”

Emily, startled, asked a few rapid-fire questions and ran to get a doctor when there was no answer.

Kung.

[A defeated God. A God who has lost his name now dwells in the elixir field.]

‘What?’

Immediately, he could feel a huge amount of divine power blossoming from his elixir field.

Divine power so pure that he’d never felt its like.

Despite all his perplexity and pain, Callius couldn’t help but admire the purity of the divine power emanating from the seed.

And the divine power of the seed –

“Kakkkhhk!!”

In an instant, it formed an energy vein inside the elixir field.

Callius, who’d endured the pain without knowing what was causing it, grabbed his belly and flopped back on the bed.

But soon, he forced himself to straighten and sit up.

‘One more has already been created.’

One energy vein had already been created, and now another. Four more were about to be made at the same time.

Like a plant with a tangle of outstretched roots –

Callius’ Six Peak Flowers Bloom in Late Season technique formed three peaks, and took root in his elixir field.

“Kahaaaaaaaaaaaaah!!”

Kwaaaang!

The pure divine power that could not be absorbed by his body, exploded outwards.

The dazzling silver light that was nothing more than a waste product, was ejected from the skin through sweat.

Jevarsch, outer fortress.

Inside a room, the dazzling light of divine power illuminated the surroundings like the dawn.

Soldiers and knights of the castle rushed in through the door.

“Master Callius!!”

“Are you alright?”

There was only Callius, whose whole body was shining brightly.

[You have achieved three peaks of the Six Peak Flowers technique.]

“What the hell is this…”

Much like them, Callius also couldn’t make head or tail of his current circumstances.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 35

Sortie! Squatjaw Adventurers

We followed the skinny examiner to a clothing store on a quiet, out-of-the-way street.

I’d never imagined that a street might exist in this city that would fit the adjective ‘quiet’, but it did. By the time we entered the clothing store, there was not even a trace of all those people who’d been all around us earlier.

It was amazing. I didn’t even realize it until I arrived.

“Come in.”

However, the interior of the clothing store was as expected.

It was a very ordinary shop, so small that it filled up with just five people entering, and there was nothing special about it at all.

Very similar to the antique shop where Leo and his party were guided to in the original.

The examiner led us to the counter.

“Stand there for a moment.”

Then he went over the counter, took out a chair and sat down alone.

“… Well.”

It was uncomfortable.

Just looking at him, I was feeling strangely uncomfortable.

Suddenly, my legs felt stiff. So much that I wanted to sit.

I whispered to Cocoa.

“Do you have a chair in your pocket?”

“Chair?

Cocoa shook her head.

“But I have a merry-go-round. I kept a few rides from the amusement park. Want one of those?”

“… Leave it.”

Just then,

“Then I will start.”

The examiner took out a piece of paper and began to write.

“Are there currently four of you?”

“Yes.”

“Additional people are limited to three. No more.”

“Understood.”

“Additional people?”

Hearing Haka mutter to himself, the examiner raised his head and asked.

“Do you need an explanation?”

I nodded on behalf of the group.

I could’ve explained, but refrained in case I missed some key detail.

“It means that you can grow your group while the qualification test is in progress. Up to seven people.”

“…”

This guy didn’t go into the details at all.

With a sigh, I asked the examiner for permission, and then briefly explained the rules of the Adventurer Qualification Test to the party.

  1. The Adventurer Qualification Test is conducted in ‘stages’, not on an individual basis.
  2. The number of people in an adventurer group is one to seven people.
  3. If even one of the registered group gives up during a stage, the whole group is eliminated.

“Got it? It’s not an individual game. We are all one team. If one of us jokes around? We will all die together.”

I said it deliberately, but –

“Huhu, this might be a bit difficult, isn’t it?”

“All of us have to work in unison, huh… I really want to mess things up whenever I’m in a situation like this.”

It didn’t seem like it worked out very well.

Now that I thought about it, that’s just how goblins were.

So while I was about to threaten the goblin and the assistant goblin again –

“If the explanation is over, can we proceed?”

The silent examiner spoke up again.

“Oh, yes.”

“What’s the name of your adventurer group?”

Ah, the name of the adventurer group.

Actually, it wasn’t that important. We could just go with something rough right now, and think about it later when we formally form the adventurer team.

However, remembering the case of Leo and the others made me get a bit more serious.

The name, ‘Leo Adventurer Team’, was coined at this time.

“Hmm… let’s see.”

I pondered for a while.

But nothing came to mind.

All I could see was the examiner’s eyes.

Hey, let’s just put in something rough.

“Let’s just go with Hiro Adventurer Team…”

That was then –

“Squatjaw! The Squatjaw Adventurer Team!”

“… Hey.”

“Let’s call it an adventurer team. That’s good.”

Why are you so fixated on my jaw?

I couldn’t understand Cocoa’s crazy aesthetics.

“So you’re doing it as an adventurer team?”

“Oh, no, wait. Hey, what kind of adventurer team is called Squatjaw…”

“Why not? Because you’re a squat-jaw.”

“No, even if that’s true…”

Then,

“Alright, so it’s the Squatjaw Adventurer Team. Are you the captain?”

The skinny examiner wrote it down by himself, ignoring the byplay. It looked like he was pretty annoyed.

“Haah…”

“Is the captain called Squatjaw?”

“No, not that. Please not that –”

This skinny guy only seemed interested in finishing things quickly somehow.

At that moment, Cocoa spoke up like she was doing me a favour.

“Just tell him your name.”

“Thank you, thank you so much. It’s Hiro. Captain Hiro.”

“Alright, so it’s the Squatjaw Adventurer Team, Captain Hiro.”

Then, the rest of the party named themselves one after another.

“Yes, it’s all been recorded. Squatjaw Adventurer Team, Captain Hiro and three others. Please note that the registration period for additional adventurers will close just before the end of the qualification test, and the group size limit is seven people.”

As soon as the reception was over, the skinny dwarf pointed his finger at the cramped fitting room in one corner of the store.

“You can enter one by one.”

“Ah… is it there?”

As soon as I saw it, I immediately recognized it.

It looks like a normal fitting room, but that was the passageway to the first exam room. Perhaps as soon as you enter and close the door, the bottom will fall open and it’ll start moving.

“If you close the door and count ten seconds, you’ll reach the test centre. Please understand that you may feel a little dizzy while moving. If you have a weak stomach, tell me so I can give you a plastic bag.”

This skinny bloke… He felt a little kinder now.

Next, we went into the fitting room, while he uttered a phrase that was like the signature of the Adventurers’ Association.

“I hope that the most precious treasures may one day be held in the hands of the Squatjaw Adventurers.”


The Adventurer Qualification Test is divided into seven stages, and only those who pass each stage can proceed to the next.

Stages one to three test whether an adventurer has the basic qualities necessary, as in ‘physical fitness’, ‘knowledge’, and ‘personality’.

The full-scale test starts from the fourth stage, which tests the adventurer’s ability as a ‘guide’.

In stage five, you have to prove your ability as a ‘decipherer’, and in stage six, as an ‘adversary’.

Finally, if you pass the seventh stage, a ‘face-to-face interview with a veteran adventurer’, you will be able to acquire an official adventurer’s license.

“Did you understand?”

Cocoa nodded at my question.

“I hear you. Then here, it is…”

“Isn’t it supposed to be a place to test your basic qualities?”

“Exactly, just your fitness and stamina.”

“But what the hell are we doing here?”

Even though I roughly explained everything, her doubtful expressions still hadn’t faded.

It was natural, because this space that didn’t seem to have much to do with ‘fitness’.

A very large, wide and gloomy tunnel.

Where we were now was one of the great waterways buried deep under the city.

Dozens of these canals were intertwined underground beneath the city, and now a large number of candidates had been randomly placed in one of the aqueducts.

“Wait. Somebody will come explain soon anyway. Instead, take a look at your competitors.”

I glanced around too.

There were no particularly striking faces.

‘Well, they might all be concentrated on Leo’s side.’

Even so, there were quite a few people scattered all over the place. About two, three hundred? At least that many,

There were some who still kept arriving one after another in the midst of it all, but the rate had reduced significantly compared to before. It seemed that the deadline was slowly approaching.

That was then.

– Ah, hmm, how are you, candidates?

A lively voice echoed from somewhere in the tunnel.

The source of the voice was near the ceiling of the tunnel, but upon closer inspection, a small speaker was installed there.

The noise around us ceased as the voice spoke up.

Suddenly, the place was overflowing with tension.

– Greetings to all who took the Adventurer Qualification Test. It may be a little boring for the repeaters, but there’s a brief explanation for the first-timers. It’s about where you are now. To do that, I think I first need tell you the history of this city, ‘Adventium’. Adventium was…

The explanation was not brief at all, and just kept going on and on for a long time.

When I’d seen it in the manga, it was just a matter of flipping through the pages, but in real life it was to the point that I was really getting fed up.

“Squatjaw, this…”

“Try and hold on.”

“This kind of dry briefing without a single joke… is like hell for goblins.”

“Sir Chinuavi, you better cover your ears.”

“Alright, don’t overdo it, kids.”

Of course, I was also enduring, trying not to yawn.

Anyway, to summarize the explanation:

Adventium here was named after the now-fallen ‘ancient city of ADVENTIUM’, and some adventurers had founded a village here in the past to preserve that splendid ancient civilization.

The canal where the candidates had been placed was a vestige of an ancient adventure, and the reason why this place was used as a testing ground for the Adventurer Qualification Test was to remind the candidates of the spiritual tenets of true adventurers, to honour history and ancient wisdom.

– Well, you all know what I mean, right? Then, the explanation about this place is done, so let’s go straight to the main topic.

At that moment, the dead atmosphere began to come alive again.

The candidates’ eyes gleamed with fervour.

– The most basic quality an adventurer needs is fitness! You first task is simple. Reach the heart of this waterway within the time limit! There’s no need to explain the direction, right? We can’t tell you the exact distance, but here’s one piece of advice… You might want to walk a bit fast.

It was true that there was no need to explain the direction.

The waterway was one-way. We just had to go straight ahead.

We’d just have to walk a little bit faster than usual.

– The time limit is one hour. Then, please start!

However, despite the departure signal, no one moved immediately.

Perhaps it was because everybody was wary of those around them. I wondered if we might even get attacked from behind on the way. It was still only the first stage, but even so, everyone was a competitor.

‘Everyone is being very vigilant.’

And that was the best choice.

It was called a fitness test, but it wasn’t just a running event.

The phrase “fitness test” or “first stage” was actually close to a scam. In fact, most of the candidates fell here.

Why?

“Heh, let’s clean up who we can and widen the road a bit.”

“There are a lot of faces I haven’t seen before… The first-timers just take the test for experience, right? I hope you had a good experience, so see you again next time.”

Because people like me would appear as if they’d been waiting for this.

Big, vicious-looking guys clenched their fists and stepped forward. There were several groups of seven.

“Hmm.”

“Isn’t it annoying?”

“Right?”

Of course, these guys who looked like me couldn’t do much in the original. They were cleared up by Kiriko before they could even say a few words.

But what about this place, without Leo and his friends?

“If you obey without resisting, we’ll just put you to sleep. But if you don’t…”

“Heh, we’ll leave that to your imagination.”

Looking at them, I remembered the goal I had set before entering the waterway here.

Here was my goal for the first stage.

Simple. Start some rumours.

There was still a long way to go before all the test-takers would be gathered together, since all the personnel spread over dozens of waterways would have to go through several stages of testing. However, rumours would still circulate in between.

‘Who said there won’t be anything serious? Some really horrible guys have appeared. They said that only a few people passed through some of the waterways.’

What if my story got into Leo’s ears and even discussed between his party members?

For instance,

“Did you hear? By Hiro, do they mean that squat-jawed guy we know… It looks like he’s taking this qualification test too, right?”

“Dude, what the hell do you have to do to cause an ugly rumour like this…?”

“Yeah. After all, that guy just can’t stay quiet.”

Like this.

This was of course a cliché, but it would be enough to stimulate the readers’ expectations.

Besides, the main character becoming conscious of me first? There’s no better way to climb to a rival’s position than that.

In other words,

“It’s you guys who are annoying. Your roles overlap too much.”

It was time to get back to villainy.

I went straight towards the thugs.

Clenching my fist, I made a brutish expression.

“Heh heh, yes, let’s make the road a little wider.”

“Who are you, you bastard?”

“You wanna die?”

Instead of answering them, I turned around and said.

“Chinuavi.”

“Yeah, Senior?”

“Raise the dirt and block the road here.”

“Yep.”

“Haka.”

“Tell me.”

“All the people here right now. You understand? Just do what you’re good at.”

“Huhu, it’s been a while.”

At that moment, a lively smile appeared on his lips after a long time. That flash of malice was like a passive ability that slit-eyed characters were inherently equipped with.

“Cocoa.”

“Yeah.”

“Look around.”

“Huh.”

I looked back at the thugs.

Now, what was I going to do with them?

Of course, my physical abilities were strong enough to easily handle these extras aspiring to be adventurers.

So, without further ado.

I raised my fist and slammed it against the nearest head.

Boom!

Then,

Thud!

The guy collapsed.

Hmmm, that was easy.

But I didn’t mean to just deal with all of them like that. Because there were so many of them, there were many other skills that I was itching to try out right now.

“I’m sorry, except for these idiots, everyone here today is eliminated. Come back next time.”


“K, kkh…”

“It’s unfair…”

“Sorry.”

About thirty minutes had passed, and all the guys blocking the way had been dealt with.

Even though I mimicked Kiriko’s [Six Burning Bullets] as best as I could, I couldn’t practice as many techniques as I’d hoped.

Because Haka was on a rampage.

‘Hey, that regretful expression…’

For some reason, Haka seemed to have recovered quite a bit of his original form that I’d thought had been lost. The word ‘devil’ was often heard from the mouths of those collapsing.

For now, it seemed enough to play the role of an ‘adversary’.

“Anyway, shall we start slowly?”

Thirty minutes remained.

It was enough.

That was then.

Tiling–.

A message arrived at the hologram.

‘What? What is it this time?’

As soon as I saw the message, I was floored.

[You have received a proposal to become the chapter’s leading point of view from the author]

  • If you agree, please press this.

The leading point of view.

This meant that the readers would see the situation through my eyes.

From what I could recall, even Kiriko hadn’t gotten this treatment much as of yet.

The most powerful device that allows the protagonist to function as the centre of the story and elicits empathy from the readers.

It was something only Leo could possess.

“… Hoo.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 55

Chwaaak!

The axe cut through his chest.

Carving out a deep wound.

The long gash stretched from his shoulder to the navel.

The breastbone was clearly exposed, along with pale pink internal organs. Red blood spurted into the air.

‘I got careless.’

He could only curse his own complacency.

There was regret.

If only he’d used Other Shore Flower properly.

If it’d been a little more perfect, this wouldn’t have happened.

But regrets are always late, and missed opportunities never come back.

‘Can I live?’

Impossible.

He won’t be able to survive.

His wounds were deeper than even Elburton’s.

Besides, the orc warlord in front of him didn’t seem satisfied with a single attack.

The axe, that had already tasted his blood, fell again.

It was all over –

『Death Verse Composition activates.』

Enlightenment that comes from being at the very precipice of death.

It ruled over every fibre of his body. But this time it was of no use.

Even if you feel enlightenment –

『Divine Power』 – 0/6251

Your consumed divine power would not come back.

No matter how strong a pilgrim may be, if he doesn’t have divine power, he’s nothing more than a seasoned knight.

Even if he has a vision sword, it’s just a waste, like a pearl necklace on a pig’s neck.

‘He’s coming.’

But unlike the brain that calculated the outcome –

His body creaked again, and he raised his sword.

The movement was instinctive.

He’d only been holding a sword for a mere three years.

But he’d practiced swinging it like his life depended on it.

Teetering at the edge between life and oblivion, overcoming certain death time and again, grinding and polishing his unsightly talent inch by painstaking inch.

‘I’ll just die like this.’

However, contrary to what he thought in his heart, slowly, sluggishly, his sword rose.

“Callius no!!”

On the battlefield, setting everything aside, Emily shouted and ran.

There was no disputing that Callius was in very condition.

The way he still raised his sword made him look like someone out of an epic tale of a hero, but he would still die if it continued like this.

Really, die.

‘No!’

The orcs blocked Emily as she tried to force divine power into her legs and run.

She rolled between their legs.

Dodged by the side.

‘Late!’

Late.

It was obvious that Callius’ sword would once again be broken in two.

“Uh…?”

However, the situation turned out completely different from the girl’s expectations.

The warlord’s axe was cleanly parried by Callius!

The sound of the weapons clashing was so faint that Emily could hardly hear it. She wondered if the orc general, who’d been attacking with a natural rhythm like flowing water, might’ve just paused attacking for a moment.

But seeing the surprised expression on the warlord’s face, it wasn’t intentional.

“Callius!”

Callius staggered as if he had no strength left in his body. The orc general also felt it strange, so he raised his axe and attacked again.

Although he only had one remaining arm, it was still a powerful blow.

But –

Oddly enough, Callius dodged his axe again with only a slight movement.

One step.

By only moving one step at a time, he was completely dodging the warlord’s axe blows.

At the same time, he gently lifted the Storm Sword as if he might drop it any moment, and drained their destructive power.

Forgetting that she’d been coming to his rescue, Emily watched Callius’ movements as if possessed.

While resisting the attacks of the orcs who rushed at her one by one.

As if fascinated, Emily’s eyes engraved every single aspect of Callius’ movements into her mind.

The fingers resting on the sword.

The joints moving.

She didn’t miss a single inch of it all.

“Ah.”

It was a strange feeling.

And yet, familiar.

‘Death Verse Composition.’

Realization brought by the characteristic.

Action arising from the awakened five senses.

The senses, blurred.

But the mind, rather clear.

Callius felt the warlord’s attacks even though he couldn’t see them.

‘How did I do that?’

He didn’t remember.

He tried to analyze, but in vain.

His eyes turned towards the sword he was holding.

But his body still avoided the warlord’s axe.

He couldn’t counterattack.

He didn’t have the power necessary.

So he evaded and let it go.

‘No need to think.’

You just have to feel it.

He couldn’t even feel himself holding the sword or putting strength into his hands, but the aura of his opponent resonated clearly through his being.

A hair-raising sense of momentum.

Sharply stinging on his skin.

Maybe that bastard would be the one to survive.

‘I’m feeling alive. Why is that?’

Is it because of the characteristic of Death Verse Composition?

Is it because of the awakened senses?

He worried a bit, but couldn’t come up with an answer.

‘Now that I think about it, I got too dependent on the three colours.’

The Tricolour Eye is a very convenient characteristic.

It detects danger and selects the right course.

But because of that, he’d had little opportunity to train his danger sense in battle.

After reaching the North, even more so.

‘I did something stupid.’

Callius raised his head.

Without activating the characteristic.

His eyes, weary of seeing nothing but red until now, were slowly finding their own hues.

‘Maybe because I’m not putting any power into them, it feels more comfortable.’

Don’t counterattack, just avoid.

Move a step, make a turn, break away along the axe’s edge.

The warlord was startled again when Callius, despite looking so feeble, shook off his attack, but he quickly calmed himself.

But he was one step late.

“Bastard!!”[1]

An old man wreathed in blue lightning –

Bernard, had reached his side.

Pajijijik!

Kwang!

“Drink it, Callius! Kuhk!!”

Kuung-uung–!!

The Blue Thunderbolt Sword blocked the general’s axe.

However, it didn’t look like it’d last long.

Within that brief moment respite that Bernard had earned –

Callius fumbled, took out the last remaining vial of holy water, drank it, and sprinkled it over his wounds.

His vitality slowly began to refill.

The consumed divine power also slowly began to replenish itself.

The bleeding stopped, and the wounds started healing.

But glacially slow.

Because the injuries he had suffered were quite heavy.

Callius threw down the snapped in two Strong Sword, and clasped the Storm Sword with both hands.

‘Once more.’

With this moment of enlightenment –

If you strike once more –

He thought that a more perfect Other Shore Flower might bloom on this battlefield.

‘I don’t need Tricolour Eye.’

He didn’t require the assistance of the three colours for this battle.

He’d been depending on it too much.

Rather, he needed to feel it.

With Death Verse Composition activated, he’d be able to feel it more accurately.

‘I don’t need to use Raging Flower Wave.’

He didn’t need to ignite a White Haze, either.

It was possible now.

It seemed possible to coalesce them all into one sword strike even without unfolding the skills in advance.

No, it was definitely possible right now.

“I can do this.”

The grey eyes gleamed.

He’d always unfolded Raging Flower Wave and White Haze beforehand to aid in the intricate operations of this skill.

But now he didn’t need that kind of help.

He was confident in fully capturing the truths of Raging Flower Wave and White Haze within a single sword.

One foot forward.

The shoulder of the main arm holding the sword pulling back.

The sword rising high overhead.

Callius struck.

The sword blade, like the scales of a dragon, became stronger and transformed.

The surface of the blade becoming smoother, the rigidity multiplying, and unifying.

Not a single drop of divine power overflowed.

But the scattered divine power all around it changed with the sword.

Transforming sword qi into a tangible shape[2], creating a sword boundary that assimilated the truth of the Other Shore Flower.

“… What the hell is that?”

Ramatu of Krasion.

He looked at the battlefield with a stiff expression on his face.

It’d been a long time since the walls had broken, but the human knights were still fighting.

The orcs, who should have never hesitated to charge ahead, were faltering.

But that’s not all.

The orc warlord, who had even defeated the Supreme Ruler of the North, was kneeling down with one knee, missing an arm.

A sight he’d never expected to see.

The wall should have been broken long ago. The orcs should have already been roaring victoriously, standing over the corpses of their enemies.

“Did one single idiot overturn the battlefield?”

The cause was simple.

The pilgrim in his front.

One Callius von Jervain, messed everything up.

“This old man is amazed.”

The man was almost a corpse.

Most of his divine power had been exhausted, and the wounds the warlord had inflicted on him were still spitting out blood.

A dreadful yet precarious figure that looked like it’d collapse with a single hit.

“Damn it. He’s a nuisance.”

Ramatu did not stand still.

Having lived for a long time, he had a clear insight into Callius’ condition.

‘Sudden enlightenment.’

Realization.

Some sort of awakening.

If one survives being in such a state, he will definitely become stronger.

A once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.

Becoming stronger by turning a crisis into an opportunity, through enlightenment in battle, was the stuff of legends.

Ramatu’s eyebrows furrowed.

His old and sick body, on which the passage of time had carved out deep wrinkles, made him jealous of the possibilities of a young man.

But more than that, the attack he was germinating didn’t look average.

‘Other Shore Flower… To think I’ll see that swordsmanship again in my lifetime.’

The chances of him surviving were already very slim.

But what had to be done, should be done cleanly.

Ramatu raised his staff.

As soon as it hit the ground, a small shockwave spread.

“I can’t just leave things be.”

Awls made of rock protruded from the ground at Callius’ feet and aimed at him.

‘A young flower yet unbloomed, nipped in the bud.’

Words that carried regret and remorse.

“Callius!!”

A small child ran.

The child, nothing more than a small sprout, flew through the battlefield to the side of that bloody almost-corpse.

She put aside her sword, which she treated no differently than her own life, and tried to save Callius.

“Master Callius!! Avoid it!”

Not just her.

The boy who wore an eyepatch, and the priest with blue hair.

There was also a man with a dagger and a large cloth bag.

All of them threw themselves down to protect a single Callius.

“You’re doing something useless!”

Kwagagagagaga!

The ground shook, and Ramatu’s staff blew them away.

But they were not alone.

“Protect Master Callius!!”

“What are you doing! You all owe him your lives!!”

All the northern forces were running out to rescue Callius.

Their swords could neither parry nor block the tentacles of Ramatu.

Still, they stopped in front of Callius and shouted with a roar.

“You ants…”

Kugugugugu–!

But now the Sanctuary of the Storm was gone.

Many of their allies were running towards the battlefield.

And the Master of the North was walking towards his son, even with his serious injuries.

“Go, Callius!!”

“Elburton! You half-dead bastard…”

Kugugung kwang!

Chwaaaak!

“Ahhh!!”

Bernard’s Blue Lightning Sword was deflected upward.

A severed hand rose high along with it. Even so, that severed hand were still clutching the sword.

“Let’s die together, you monster!”

Kwajijijig! Kwaaaang!

Lightning bolts spread out from the Blue Thunderbolt sword that floated in the sky.

Popopopopopop!

Culminating in a series of explosions.

“Callius!!”

Bernard shouted as he hugged his severed arm.

Hwiiing.

Surrounded by the explosions –

Callius clasped the Storm Sword with both hands and took a deep breath.

His vision was stained with blood.

He couldn’t even feel his legs.

He held the Storm Sword like it was as heavy as the heavens themselves.

However.

‘Only once.’

Just this once.

He could swing this sword.

And so –

‘Forward…!’

Callius’ form appeared through the haze of dust.

The Storm Sword leading him, seeking the orc warlord.

“Ես կսպանեմ!” 「I’ll kill you!」

The warlord roared as he saw Callius, and the smoke dispersed.

But he didn’t back down.

Callius struck a single sword blow as he neared.

A simple stab.

However, what it contained wasn’t something as simple as that, so the warlord also fought back with all his might.

Kwaaang–!!

A flash of light, followed by a bizarre shattering sound that echoed across the battlefield.

“…”

“…”

A pounding sound intense enough to silence even the cacophony of the battlefield.

But soon, the sight was revealed.

“This, what…”

On the warlord’s chest, where Callius had struck with his sword, green flowers were blooming.

“Waaaaaaaaagghhhh!!”

“Master Callius did it!!”

“Waaaaaaagghhhh!! The warlord’s dead!!”

“The orcs have been defeated!!”

The collapsing orc warlord.

When his head touched the ground, the knights began cheering without hesitation.

In contrast, the orcs could only open their mouths in disbelief.

“Unbelievable…!”

Ramatu grabbed his staff.

If you leave it like this, it’s over.

The morale of the orcs was dropping sharply, so as time went on, their defeat would only become more inevitable.

He didn’t want to reveal himself, but there was no choice now that things had gotten to this point.

It wasn’t just Lutheon who was risking his life and death here.

The enormous wealth and time that Krasion and the empire had invested here would be wasted.

If this venture failed, it’d be a huge loss.

“It’s not over yet!”

Ramatu appeared in front of Callius.

It wasn’t over yet.

First, crush this idiot maniac. And then if he took Elburton and Bernard’s heads as well, victory would again favour their side.

The moment he raised his cane and aimed at Callius –

“You’ve run out of time.”

The man murmured.

“Time?”

“I saw it when I was flying.”

What did you see?

“It seems that I’ve got some more stalkers chasing me.”

“What nonsense are you…”

That was then.

– Hiiiiing!

A horse’s neigh could be heard.

No, not just one.

Ramatu, who was a student of the earth, felt vibrations approaching from the far away horizon.

The sound of horseshoes.

Quite a number of footsteps.

A large army running towards the setting sun.

Armor and cloak engraved with crossed red swords.

“Inquisitorial Squad…”

It was the Heretic Inquisitorial Squad, that was reputed to have high combat power even among the whole Valtherus Church.

“I thought it’d take at least two more days for support to arrive…”

He’d expected reinforcements to take at least two more days to arrive, no matter how fast they came.

Not only that, he’d thought the reinforcements would be the main Northern Army, but he was now faced with the Inquisitorial Squad.

“…”

Ramatu gripped the staff tightly with an angry face.

His knuckles were white, so tight was his grip with rage.

“… This is our defeat.”

But he couldn’t delay any longer.

He clenched his teeth and covered himself back with his robes.

And looked at the man who’d brought the situation to this point.

Callius von Jervain.

He’d thought him nothing but a pup.

Ramatu looked at him with heavy eyes and warned him.

“Krasion will keep an eye on you.”

As he disappeared, the battlefield began to clear up quickly.

『Fatalite’s Wheel – Complete』

  • Number of orcs killed: 2782
  • Number of beasts Killed: 786
  • Number of people saved: 453
  • Number of orc champions killed: 1
  • Number of orc overlords killed: 1

<Reward Level> [S+]

[You have completed a main quest.]

[Special rewards are given.]


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 이노옴 (inoom) is a curse word that an older uncle might say. Not sure how to translate it honestly, although I’ve seen suggestions that kisama is the Japanese equivalent.

[2] 검강 (geomgang), sword aura forming into a solid shape. See Namu Wiki. This will be translated as sword boundary.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 54

「Sanctuary Construction」.

A space that is your own domain.

That is a knight’s sanctuary.

A ‘divine state’ that can only be created by a warrior with a high level of skill and equipped with an appropriate weapon.

The ability to dominate a certain area as one’s own, maximizing the weapon’s potential.

Originally, it was an ability that can only be used by those who have entered the ranks of Masters, a realm impossible for Callius to have reached.

However, Storm Sword – Callis allowed even that Callius to build a sanctuary.

‘Because I’ve inherited the blood of Jervain.’

A sword made from the body of his ancestor. A sword imbued with the faith originator’s to remain as a sword even after his passing and protect the North.

『Storm Sword – Callis』.

A vision sword specialized in building a sanctuary, one that can unlock all potential abilities belonging to a Jervain, and the means to protect the northern lands.

A sword for the North, and for Jervain.

That, is Callis.

It’s a powerful sword even if you only consider its ability to control the winds, but its true power is revealed when the sanctuary unfolds.

No one can leave the sanctuary created by the storm. That’s what sanctuary means.

Even with a vision sword of the same rank, it’d be difficult to destroy the sanctuary.

Because the Storm Sword is specialized in building sanctuaries in the first place.

Those who hold Callis in the eye of the storm receive the protection of the winds.

The northern winds are cold and sharp, but if you hold Callis, those very winds shall be your limbs and your armour.

“Are you afraid?”

“Ես կսպանեմ!” 「I will kill you!」

The only response to Callius’ question was a promise of his demise.

With one question and one answer, the still centre of the storm again subsided to silence.

However, even as the two conversed, the swirling Sanctuary of the Storm was building an ocean of trials and tribulations.

The northern lands were being stained with green blood more and more.

The warlord looked at Callius, standing on that blood, with a serious and troubled gaze.

Tas.

He ran.

Uncaring about the cuts all over his body and the freely flowing blood.

While Callius struck out with his own sword to counter it –

‘Red.’

In an instant, the ground at his feet blazed red.

A shiver ran down his spine for an instant.

There was no one within his senses, no presence, but that’s why he tried to escape even more urgently.

At that moment, taduk!

Some iron swords strewn at his feet came alive, turning into tentacles and attacking!

“Damn it.”

But within the Sanctuary of the Storm, the winds were on his side. The north wind enveloped him.

Wings sprouted behind Callius’ back.

The whirlpools that gathered at his back in an instant unfurled like wings, loosening the hold of gravity on his being.

Kugugu!

Dozens of animate hands of stone rose from the ground, trying to catch Callius as he evaded the strange tentacles.

Callius’ eyes narrowed.

The orcs who worshipped the God of the Axe, had no weapon capable of achieving such natural harmony.

Even the warlord, their leader, could not have received such favour from the Axe God.

His axe only conferred body strengthening.

So this was not something he did.

‘Elburton said this.’

Watch your back.

Originally, Elburton wasn’t powerless enough to be easily defeated by the warlord.

As per his setting, Elbutton should have actually been stronger.

It was strange that he lost so miserably despite that. It seemed that a cowardly rat had meddled in their fight.

Callius was convinced as he observed the magic attacking him.

‘Ramatu of Krasion.’

The forgotten God, God of the Cane.

His last believer.

Ramatu, he was behind this warlord.

‘Yeah, you were in Krasion too.’

Callius lifted the Storm Sword into the air and infused it with divine power.

Hwiiiiing!!

Carried by the swirling winds, the power of the Silver Flower Wave Sword art flowed into the storm.

A huge vortex was contained within Callius’ sword.

He swung once.

Kwaaaaaa!!

And unleashed a billowing storm.

Buoyed with the might of Spirit Descent, the storm surged like a typhoon.

Fierce gales, arising from a single swing.

Kwadadaang! Kwaaang!

The violent edge of the hurricane shattered all the rock hands that had been summoned by Ramatu.

‘Damn.’

However, the mighty axe of the orc warlord slipped through the crushed and scattered rocks, and struck.

‘Damn…!’

Kuuuung–!

Callius received the blow with the Strong Sword.

Despite possessing the might of a troll, the warlord was contesting him with comparable strength.

Kwang! Kwaaang! Chaeeng! Kwagagagagak!!

The air rippled with the shock of their clash, and colourful sparks fluttered.

Puk!

“Nnnn.”

The scattered stone fragments created a momentary gap in Callius’ defense.

It wasn’t an attack that inflicted serious damage, but it did create a small gap.

But the warlord’s axe would never miss a gap like this.

Kwaaang!

The warlord’s axe pounded on the floor.

Ramatu’s tentacles wriggled out from the cracks that spread from the point of impact like a spider’s web.

Callius used the winds around him to block the tentacles.

But he couldn’t avoid the warlord’s foot that followed on their heels.

Puk!

He was struck in the chest.

With enough power to crack the breastbone.

“Hey.”

Callius spat out some bloody phlegm and wiped the blood from his lips.

“Ha…”

Didn’t they intend to hide anymore? Dozens of tentacles were fluttering next to the orc commander holding his axe.

“Honourless bastard.”

It was a bitter criticism, but the warlord didn’t care.

He rushed in again and swung his axe.

The tattoos engraved all over his body emitted a soft glow.

It seemed that the more he fought, the stronger he became. In stark contrast, Callius’ sword was getting lighter and lighter.

‘Am I slowing down?’

Even without Ramatu’s intervention, Callius could feel the gap between him and his primary opponent.

In power. In speed. In skill.

In instantaneous judgment.

He fell short in every aspect.

Despite being gifted with a troll’s might by the Strong Sword, and the wind’s swiftness from the Storm Sword.

His weaknesses lay exposed before a superior opponent.

You can dominate with pure strength and speed if you hold a great advantage in those aspects.

However, if your opponent has much better combat sense to compensate, and enough power to counter you, you can’t resist without having the skills.

In addition, Ramatu’s tentacles attacked immediately whenever there was the slightest gap, so Callius couldn’t see any hope of victory.

‘It’d be difficult to get through this with only the power of this sword.’

Callius did have a vision sword, but he was alone, and the warlord and Ramatu were two.

Moreover, there was a clear skill gap between Callius and the orc warlord.

Slowly, he was starting to feel it.

This was a fight of skills.

Competing with skill and technique, they couldn’t help but judge each other’s abilities.

Therefore, Callius had no choice but to feel the gap in his bones.

His swordsmanship, wielding the Strong Sword and the Storm Sword, was flexible and ever-changing, but the warlord’s axe was honest and straightforward.

Quick, and heavy.

He struck swiftly when he pleased, and otherwise simply changed to a heavy block to intercept and destroy the opponent’s attacks.

On the surface, he seemed to have the upper hand, but in reality, he was doing no damage.

There was only the first attack allowed by Callius’ lapse in vigilance.

He had made no subsequent attacks.

But as a result, it was Callius, not the warlord, whose situation became urgent.

The Strong Sword and the Storm Sword consumed divine power to the extent that he couldn’t hold on even after loosening Vivi’s Bracelet.

Chwak, chwaaak.

Gradually, scratches begin to show on Callius’ body.

Although he had the troll’s regenerative power from the Strong Sword, it also increased the burden he had to bear.

Kwaaang!

The warlord’s axe collided with him mid-air, making Callius fall towards the ground.

The relic of the Vira tribe unfurled just in time.

[Leteti’s Wings], spread.

Chwaaaak!

Leteti’s Wings and the wind from the Storm Sword buffeted his form.

Cough!

Even so, he couldn’t help but spew out blood. His head felt dizzy, and his bones were throbbing all over.

“Cough!”

Gradually, the power of the Strong Sword was disappearing.

“Damn bastards.”

Seeing Callius vomit blood, the warlord’s lips rose at the corners.

“Stop laughing, you monster.”

Suddenly, the warlord’s eyebrows rose. He looked at the ground and the sky in surprise, and pulled the giant axe closer towards him.

Numerous silver petals were flying in the air.

First Martial Skill – Raging Flower Wave.

Beneath the ground, indescribably huge sword marks were spreading fast.

Second Martial Skill – White Haze.

The scale of the Silver Flower Wave Sword art was different this time, because of the Strong Sword and the Storm Sword.

‘This isn’t going to work.’

Callius understood that from their clashes so far.

Raging Flower Wave and White Haze were not enough.

A swarm of swords rose up from beneath the earth, and a deluge of petals headed towards the warlord like raging waves of disaster.

However, as expected, he merely took a defensive stance with his axe held close.

But both Raging Flower Wave and White Haze are just fakes.

Just to create a gap of an instant.

“It’s going to hurt a bit.”

The third skill of the Silver Flower Wave Sword art.

‘Swirl and strike, Raging Flower Wave.’

A White Haze rose, blooming.

This technique of the Silver Flower Wave Sword art was possible only by combining the two of them together.

The petals danced between the shadows of the swords.

Callius stepped off the ground and charged at his opponent.

Melting both skills into his sword.

Raging Flower Wave is a great skill that takes both yours and the opponent’s sword energy fragments and drives them forward like waves upon the sea.

And it is a secret technique where different and vast energies can be plugged in to.

But since there’s the Storm Sword, the power of the wind will suffice, and it will allow you to unleash a degree of might that would normally be impossible.

Take the Strong Sword and the Storm Sword both.

‘Fix the technique with the Tricolour Eye.’

Concentrate.

Even the subtlest difference is tinted in hues of gold, blue and red. Complete the sword art with the help of the Tricolour Eye.

Make up for your lacking technique with your trait.

Make up for your lacking power with Spirit Descent.

Make up for your lacking reach with the winds and the storm.

And create a single sword that can pierce everything in an instant.

Putting your all into a single strike.

The fluttering petals gathered together; the furious waves condensing around Callius’ sword, emitting a dazzling light.

The White Haze sword art that swum beneath their feet –

Pierced into that gap.

It was strange.

Raging Flower Wave, and White Haze.

Started to meld together.

Into a single sting that spanned a fleeting moment.

Paaaaaah!

A stab like a flash of light, seeking the warlord’s heart.

The general’s face changed completely, as if he felt an eerie premonition.

The moment he lifted the axe he’d held close to his body and tried to roll sideways –

Chwaaaak!

It brushed the orc’s forearm.

“Ինչ”「What?」

He was confused.

And then he laughed.

No matter how great an attack might be, it’s useless if it doesn’t hit.

Contrary to his earlier nervousness, the general now burst into laughter since he only suffered some insignificant damage.

Callius, who was still in a stabbing posture, his body covered with cold sweat, responded with a single phrase.

“Other Shore Flower.”

That was then –

The warlord’s wound, a mere scratch, suddenly opened wide.

Jjeoeog.

As if exploding.

Kkaaaaaaah!!

The scream had the undertone of a question, which soon turned into fear.

He’d obviously avoided it.

It was just a small scratch.

So why did his arm explode!

The general, who had lost his right arm, knelt down and groaned in pain.

‘Success.’

The third skill of the Silver Flower Wave Sword art.

Other Shore Flower.

A single strike that bridges the gap between the Raging Flower Wave and the White Haze.

In an instant, the petals of Raging Flower Wave and the sword aura of White Haze mix together, and birth a strike with incredible speed.

However, that single sword strike mixes two disparate techniques together.

The opponent who receives even a small attack will take fatal damage from the resulting explosion.

It is said that small fragments of sword energy that penetrate the opponent’s body explode and bloom like flowers made from his blood.

“Nnnnn.”

However, Callius, who’d just used the Other Shore Flower, didn’t look normal either.

Cold sweat was forming all over his body, and he kept vomiting blood as if his blood flow had reversed. Because he’d forcefully unfolded the sword art, the divine blood in his body had been twisted.

Already, his divine blood had been damaged a lot by overdrawing the large amount of divine power stored in the bracelet, but it seemed that using Other Shore Flower on top of that had caused an internal injury.

‘Still, I need to finish this…!’

He hadn’t managed to cut off the warlord’s breath.

He’d managed to blow off an arm, but the orc was still alive. Callius would rather have blown his head off with it.

“Gahk…!”

His back bent, Callius was still spewing blood from the mouth. The light from the Storm Sword, which had absorbed Callius’ divine power to the limit, was beginning to dim.

Hwiiing.

At the same time, since all his divine power had been consumed, the Sanctuary of the Storm was also dissipating.

Ramatu’s tentacles struck at Callius from the side, who was kneeling down on one knee.

“Damn…!”

Callius raised the Storm Sword – Callis with all his strength.

His divine power had already run out.

Spirit Descent had also been released, and the troll’s might and regenerative power had long since disappeared.

Chaeeng!

Having managed to block the tentacles, Callius vomited blood and staggered upright once more.

Then a dark shadow fell upon him. It was the orc warlord.

His face incandescent with anger, he approached Callius, his remaining arm holding the axe.

It was too late to pull up the Storm Sword again to block him.

Callius raised the Strong Sword.

However.

Chwaaaak!

His sword, broke.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 53

“The count!! Bring the count!!”

“Come on, Lord!!”

The protector knights and Bernard rushed in and tried to drag Elburton back into the castle.

The long gash running from his left clavicle to the right waist looked quite serious.

Red blood gushed out more and more.

It was a mortal wound.

The Supreme Ruler of the North had been defeated.

By the leader of the barbarians!!

“Hurry!! He has to live! At any cost!!”

Fortunately, he didn’t suffer completely in vain.

The orc overlord had also had an eye gouged out and an ear cut off, but that wasn’t enough.

“Stop him! Stop him!!”

The roars of the warlord, who as if had sensed his own victory, raised the momentum of the orc army to the uttermost.

The three protector knights blocked the orc general’s axe, and in the meantime, Bernard’s thunderstorm ravaged the surroundings.

Kwaaang!!

However, it wasn’t easy to change the course of the battle that had already tilted in favour of the orcs.

‘This is a big deal.’

The patriarch’s defeat was too great a blow to the defenders’ morale.

As he held Elburton, Bernard’s complexion sank like a sky covered by dark clouds.

Elburton’s defeat was also the North’s defeat.

It could be seen as the defeat of every single knight on thIs battlefield.

“Aaaaaah!!”

Puff!!

The patriarch’s guards, who had abilities close to paladins, were falling down one by one.

Elburton lost consciousness, but what about the orc general who had also lost his eye and ear? As if nothing had happened, he was still rushing in, seeking to finish off the battle.

Orc warriors and champions rushed ahead of him, all around.

The Northern Army was helplessly collapsing facing the orcs swarming like locusts, and their corpses were being trampled on.

‘Is this the end?’

Their hearts were filled with mourning.

Orcs flocked towards them like angry bees, throwing and swinging their axes with abandon as if to make up for their earlier setbacks.

“Protect the lord!!”

“Protect the count! Damn it!!”

“Don’t stop… gahk!”

Chaeeng! Kwaaang!

Both knights and regular soldiers didn’t hesitate to sacrifice themselves to protect Elburton.

However, no one could stop the advance of the orc warlord coming to take Elburton’s head. Even Bernard himself didn’t have the confidence to stop that orc’s momentum.

It was the North’s complete defeat.

‘Callius, Emily…’

Bernard’s Lightning Sword cut through the air as he retreated holding Elburton.

Beheading one orc.

Cleaving through another’s shoulder.

Scattering blue sparks that froze enemies in their tracks, compressing and condensing the divine power inside Bernard’s body to erupt with a huge thunderbolt.

“…!!”

Kurreung kwaang!!

But that blue lightning was soon broken through by a double-edged axe soaring high into the sky. An axe clutched in the hands of the half-deaf, half-blind orc warlord.

He couldn’t stop it.

Bernard sensed his own death approaching.

Behind the image of the warlord who’d jumped high into the air, the red sunset sky spread out as the backdrop.

‘What is that? A bird?’

As the end brushed close, a black bird over the red sunset was reflected in his eyes.

A flying bird flapping its huge wings was approaching the centre of the battlefield, grabbing something in its claws.

‘Wait a minute…!’

It wasn’t a bird.

It was a person.

Holding a large sword in one hand –

He swooped down, grey eyes shining.

Huge wings folded, and a red cloak flapped as if melting into the red light of dusk.

The man fell to earth like a red comet, blocking the warlord’s path.

Kung!!

“Kah, kh…!”

Emotions were surging inside Bernard’s mind.

Inside the rising cloud of dust, someone’s faint trace could be seen, slowly raising their head.

“Callius…!”

Black hair. Grey eyes.

He, who Bernard had never thought would be able to come here, stood blocking the path of the enemy.

However, worries soon arose.

“Callius! Run away!!”

Words poured out because of the unrestrainable surge of emotions.

However, without even pretending to listen, the man took advantage of a gap and blocked the warlord’s axe.

“No!”

A blow that even the count’s sword hadn’t been able to parry away. There was no way Callius could stop it.

In Bernard’s eyes, as if the form of Callius being bisected was being reflected.

Kaaaaaaang!

Dust billowed out.

The air rippled with shock, and shattered fragments of sword energies flew everywhere.

“He blocked it… no, how!”

Excitement and dismay warred in Bernard’s mind.

Callius completely blocked the axe of the overlord with his grey-white sword.

Impossible!

But such a miracle actually happened.

“Ah…”

Elburton, who’d lost consciousness for a while, exhaled softly.

Still in Bernard’s arms, he saw the scene of a dark-haired man with a fluttering red cloak and surrounded by silver petals.

His only son.

“Cal…lius.”

The image of Callius’ back, as he blocked the advance of the warboss, was reflected in Elburton’s blurry and unfocused eyes.

When did your back get so broad? With such a thought, Elburton again closed his eyes, as if for the last time.


“Callius?! It’s Callius! Callius!”

“Boss!! I believed in you!!”

“Master Callius! You’re alive!”

“Callius…”

“I believed in you, Callius!”

Overwhelming emotions lifted up the bodies that had been in the process of collapse.

How, was a question in everyone’s mind, but in the end that didn’t matter.

In the end, Callius had appeared.

And those who’d been spending their lives just to block the warlord’s advance, raised their heads once again.

“Ahhhhhhhhhh!!”

“Kkah!”

Kwaaang!

The warlord’s axe soared high into the sky.

Truly it was some tremendous power.

No matter how strong the warlord was, he fell short facing the brute force of a troll.

Callius, who’d slipped through the gap of an instant, blew away the enemy’s axe with pure force.

‘I don’t have time.’

Even if he squeezed out all his divine power, Spirit Descent could at most be activated for one more minute.

Although it had that kind of power, the sword had such a great demerit.

However, on this battlefield of today, a single sword wielded with the pure brutish might of a troll –

Was enough, for now.

Seok.

The sword energy fragments transformed into the petals of Silver Flower Wave Sword.

The petals scattered all over the place, blowing with an invisible wind emitted from Callius.

Swirling like a whirlpool.

Silver Flower Wave Sword, that strikes its enemies like raging waves.

Raging Flower Wave.

The Strong Sword struck at the warlord and the orcs.

Chwaaaak! Chwaaaak!

“Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!”

The might of a troll, expressed through Raging Flower Wave, was nothing less than a storm.

The orc warlord, who had been defeated in pure strength, couldn’t handle the attacks that raged like fire and backed away.

As the warlord retreated with deep wounds all over his body, the rising momentum of the orcs began to falter, and neither Callius nor the Northern Army missed it.

Ppuuuuuuuuu–!!

Emily’s horn signalled an attack.

The Northern Army was not unaware of the change in the flow of battle caused by the warlord’s retreat.

A small wind that had been created by Callius –

Would soon intensify into a violent storm.

“Turn around!!”

“Charge! Kill! Kill those bastards!!”

“Master Callius is back!! The warlord has lost his axe!!”

“Right now! You bastards! Hit and kill even just one more enemy!!”

As if the patriarch’s defeat had already been completely forgotten, the battlefield churned with the screams of rushing soldiers.

Everything was moving forward again.

In the meantime, Callius found Bruns and passed the holy water to Bernard.

“Callius, how are you…”

“For now, let’s start with the first thing we need to do.”

“Yeah, yes.”

Bernard sprinkled half the holy water on Elburton’s body and poured the rest into his mouth.

This alone should be enough to save his life.

Although it was a pity about the holy water, Elburton’s death here could not be permitted.

If he died, the quest would be a failure.

Therefore –

‘Things are pretty bad over there.’

Him pushing the overlord back in battle had boosted the troops’ morale, but Elburton couldn’t fight anymore.

If the warlord put things back in order and rushed in again, Bernard and Callius alone would not be able to stop him. If that happened, the defenders would eventually be annihilated and the quest would fail.

There was no escape.

“Callius…”

Elburton’s voice called out to him.

Various emotions rose to the surface of his psyche at that voice.

Resentment, anger, sadness, pity, and others.

Not his feelings.

But feelings that came from the original Callius.

“Everybody has to lie down one day.”

Ukgh.

Elburton spewed some blood as he tightly clasped Callius by the arm.

“He… will help you like he’s helped me. Even if he isn’t bound to you… so please. Callius –”

Watch your back.

Saying so, Elburton handed over his sword.

“…”

Elburton’s beloved sword.

Callius’s eyes widened a little as he held it.

The character of Elburton that he had set, wouldn’t have handed this sword to anyone until the moment of his death.

“Do you know?”

“What… do you mean?”

“You were named after our family heirloom. I named you after the Storm Sword, Callis.”

He’d never written a setting like this.

However, there was an unquestionable sincerity in the eyes of the man who gave him the sword.

“…”

Seeing Elburton passing the Storm Sword – Callis to his hands, tears suddenly sprang up in his eyes.

He clenched his trembling fists and gently laid Elburton’s bloody hands back down.

He raised his head, leaving behind the affectionate eyes he had never received before in his life.

It was a feeling that was not his.

But now it was his.

A voice with no strength but full of certainty could be heard behind his back as he rose.

“Go. Callius. Create a storm.”

「Storm Sword – Callis」
Grade – Vision Sword
Infused Soul – Callis von Jervain
The sword of the first patriarch, Callis von Jervain, who’d conquered the North.
Unique Ability – Storm

Elburton’s hand, pushing at his back, did not have its usual strength.

Wiping away the tears that were flowing for no reason –

Callius von Jervain raised the Storm Sword up.

Holding the Strong Sword in one hand –

Holding the Storm Sword in the other, he strode towards the frontline of the battlefield.

However, only dregs of divine power remained in his body.

He took off the bracelet.

Click.

The divine power stored in Vivi’s Bracelet filled his entire body as it was unlocked.

Starting from the strands of his hair, silver light bloomed all over his form.

“մեռնել!!” 「Perish!!」

The orcs were swarming again.

The knights and soldiers were again falling into a stalemate.

But the warlord, who had retreated earlier, once again began to advance.

The orc army begins to surge like a rising tide as if their courage had suddenly grown by a hundredfold. Like a swarm of ants they came, like a tidal wave that aimed only to wipe the humans out.

Towards that frontline.

Without hesitation, Callius marched forward.

Kwaaang!!

An orc that ran at him –

The Strong Sword split him into two.

A simple slam cracked the ground and sowed chaos among the rushing waves of enemies.

And immediately swinging the Storm Sword in his left hand, he swept them all away.

Kwagagagagaga!!

A simple slash.

It contained a storm, a fierce gale that blew like a typhoon.

Holding Storm Sword – Callis, Callius unleashed swift sword strikes, and the swirling winds ripped his enemies apart.

Chwaaaak!

The Storm Sword, enveloped in a raging gale, sought out orc hearts.

It made no distinction between normal orc warriors or great champions.

Nothing could block the way of a troll’s might combined with the power of the storm.

Storm Sword – Callis.

Again, it was a magnificent sword.

It could create a storm with a single swing, and the sword itself was wrapped with a vortex of fierce winds, crushing anything it touched.

A sword that was well-suited for the Silver Flower Wave Sword.

However, the real power of the vision sword was not limited to just this.

“Swirl.”

Huuuuung–!

A brutal wind swept across the battlefield.

As Callius pulled the flow of the wind towards himself, a storm was created in an instant.

“Uh, suddenly the wind… no, what the hell is this, a typhoon?!”

The wind raged across the battlefield.

At its centre was Callius.

Holding the Storm Sword high.

‘The true power of a vision sword depends on whether it can build a domain or not.’

The raging storm that resembled a tornado enveloped the battlefield like a barrier.

This was a domain, signifying a vision sword.

As soon as the storm started to rage, the orc general and the accompanying champions stared at it with fierce eyes.

They could also sense it.

The flow of the battle was changing.

If they couldn’t win now, they would be defeated in this battle.

“զոհաբերել նրա արյունը!!” 「Offer your blood as sacrifice!!」

Their fierce fighting spirits began to resonate on the battlefield.

As a result, the knights flinched back, and the orcs only roared with more momentum.

A cry of struggle.

At the forefront, Callius condensed his divine power.

Even after taking in the energy stored in Vivi’s Bracelet, he could feel his divine power rapidly disappearing. There was no time.

‘I have to do this.’

A body that felt heavy from non-stop battles.

Hands that had started to tremble due to the prolonged use of divine power.

He ignored it all, and poured divine power into the Storm Sword with a manic grin.

The Storm Sword spat out a roaring gale.

Stabbing it onto the ground, he declared –

“Let this battlefield be my sanctuary.”

The strong wind from his sword began to surround them.

“Wow…!”

“Master Callius?!”

The wind pushed the knights away at first.

But eventually, it did not merely push away anyone who touched it, but tore apart those who came close.

Orcs were torn apart without even knowing how or why inside the sanctuary created by Callius.

The swirling storm engulfed them all.

In an instant, hundreds of orcs were shredded to pieces.

This was the true vision sword.

The proper way to use the Storm Sword – Callis.

The screams of the orcs echoed within the sanctuary.

But the centre was still.

The wind did not affect its master at all, and Callius was the master of this wind.

– Grrrrr.

Apart from him, there was only a single orc warlord, growling.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 34

Adventium

[Chapter 13 – Mimic Acrobat has ended]

“Hmm.”

There were no special reactions from Leo’s party.

At first, yes, they were indeed a little surprised by my transformation,

“S-, Squatjaw! Your squat jaw! It shrank!”

“Hey, so that’s what you originally looked like?”

“Mr. Squatjaw, you… ooh… look so pretty… oh my!”

But hey, why can’t you react a little about my name?

“Hero?”

“What kind of weak name is that?”

“But what about it? Is that all you wanted to say?”

Well, they probably thought it was normal. There was no one in this world who did not dream of becoming the Adventure King. Of course, there were hardly any guys who would actually say that out loud, apart from Leo.

In other words, I only showed off my looks (?) and gave them a name. Getting angry and asking what I was babbling about was a very natural reaction.

The readers and the author, though… Let’s see, there would’ve definitely been some impact.

[The character evaluation of the Enigmatic Squatjaw has been updated]

[Name has been changed to ‘Hiro’]

[‘Turned out he was a pretty boy?’ has been added to the characteristics]

[The support of many readers followed]

[Awareness has increased by 28,500]

[Attracts the author’s attention]

[Received fan art from 5 readers]

[The author’s favourability has increased by 5]

[Reappearance probability has increased to 50%]

[State]

  • Name: Hiro (Enigmatic Squatjaw)
  • Characteristics: Very strong, Bluffing, Chatterbox, Secretive, Turned out he was a pretty boy?
  • Awareness: 40,259
  • Author’s favourability: 46
  • Reappearance probability: 50%

Tiling –.

[You have successfully played the role of the main villain of the chapter]

[Registered as a major record in the official character data of ‘Hiro’]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[‘Mimic Acrobat’ has been fully attached to the character by completing the conditions for using the background]

[Character points paid 3000p for the author’s privilege payback]

‘Oh, a significant rise!’

It was impossible to confirm the exact number, but it felt good anyway.

Tiling –.

[The final evaluation of the character has been calculated by the author]

[Hiro is the subject of a preliminary appearance in the next chapter]

[Character points paid 85,500p for the rise in awareness]

[Character points paid 500p for the rise in author’s favourability]

[Character points paid 5,000p for eliciting enthusiastic support (fan art) from readers]

[Character points paid 500p for the rise in reappearance probability]

“Nice…”

Awareness rose by almost 30,000. And I got over 80,000 points as reward. There was a sense of fullness rising from the depths of my heart.

All that hard work had been worth it.

‘But was it really that impressive?’

I pondered over what happened earlier.

Summoning five ghosts, blowing Yan away, and declaring that I will become the next Adventure King.

In fact, the guy they’d thought was only an extra became a helper, then appeared like a villain, and then transformed to a completely different figure and claimed to be Leo’s rival. Even if I myself had been among the readers, I thought my eyes would have popped out a bit.

‘Did they think I was kinda cool?’

But, of course, I didn’t know how much of that was actual favourability. Awareness didn’t necessarily indicate positive reactions alone.

‘No, since the word ‘support’ came up, did it only measure the positive ones?’

Hmmm.

Soon I shook my head.

Why keep thinking about it? Anyway, I’d have to check it out for myself sometime later.

Because the character shop here sold some very convenient products that directly told you how well you were doing.

[Read last chapter’s reader comments]

It wasn’t just this.

Several small backgrounds and chapter-related goods that I’d been drooling after but had to eventually pass over, and even my just-in-case last resort, the [deletion grace right].

I was finally able to buy products that I couldn’t purchase because of a lack of points in the past.

“Let’s comb through the store. I’ll give it a full once-over today. It’ll have to wait a bit first, though.”

I went back to considering my character evaluation again.

Readers’ reaction? It was okay. Good, rather.

However, the most interesting part in this evaluation was the author’s attitude.

No reaction.

It was unfortunate.

I’d certainly caught the author’s attention.

Didn’t he also meekly admit it?

[Attracts the author’s attention].

However, there was no change in ‘author’s favourability’. It did not rise or fall. We’re talking about the honourable sir who was prone to expressing his opinion about every single trivia.

The rise of 5 was because of fan art, not purely the author’s will.

‘He’s being silent…’

Of course, I couldn’t actually read his thoughts. But nevertheless, I could affirm this situation. Because the author didn’t give a negative reaction right away.

Actually, what I’d said in the ring had been like a proclamation towards him as well. Because only the author could understand the true meaning of my words in the first place, and he was the only one who would be directly affected by this.

So, I’d been prepared to face great hardships and trials. Considering the symbolic meaning of the ‘rival’ element in shounen manga and the importance of its role, the author had the right to honestly say, ‘Is this kid messing around?’

Moreover, the rival element was weak in this manga from the very beginning. There were several adventurer groups and many important characters appeared throughout the story, but there was no one who could be called a rival.

This meant that the whole story had to be completely reshuffled due to a single character. To wit, me.

‘Ah, I guess he might’ve been struck dumb at the absurdity?’

This was certainly a plausible inference.

But I also had a defense. In the first place, this element of rivalry had also been something many readers had longed for throughout the series. I thought things would be a lot more fun if there were rival characters or adventurer groups.

In other words, when considering the fun aspect of the story, I was an existence that benefitted the author as well. Well, although, creating the new developments might give him a headache.

If the author were conscious of this, might he not also keep a more open mind about me?

‘No, wait.’

Perhaps the author had already started thinking about a new development that would utilize my character. Maybe this silence was just proof of that.

‘Ummm… no. That’s reaching a bit too far.’

It might just be that the author had not yet fully grasped the meaning behind my declaration. I had merely revealed my name and aspirations, and he might not have guessed that I would even dare to become the rival.

“Well, you’ll find out soon.”

In any case, since his favourability didn’t drop immediately, I decided to take that positively.

“Then, slowly…”

I turned my attention to the phrase ‘Character Shop’ at the bottom of the hologram window.

It was shopping time. What I’d waited so long for.

As soon as I opened the store, an exclamation naturally escaped my mouth.

[Currently held points: 97,573p].

“Nice…”

It was just the start, so it was bit shameful to be this admiring only at this level, I thought as I hummed along.

“Let’s go, let’s go.”

I opened the ‘Chapter’ section first. It wasn’t a specific purchase priority; it was just a habit. In the past, I had the habit of always buying a ‘chapter pass’ first.

Then, the moment I wanted to purchase the product,

“… Eh?”

Suddenly, I was rubbing my eyes without realizing it.

“What is this?”

[Go straight to the chapter progress area once – 2000p]

The price was weird.

Obviously, it’d been 150 points when I’d checked it last.

I rubbed my eyes once more and checked it again.

It was still 2000p.

“Are you kidding me?”

You can stop the sale-offs, fine. The chapters have entered double digits, and it’s time to gradually accumulate points.

But you shouldn’t do this. Raise the price like this? Ten times at that?

I didn’t know if there’d been any signs beforehand, but I hadn’t noticed any.

When I looked around, the other products were the same.

The prices jumped from a minimum of three times to a maximum of ten times.

“…”

I then admitted that I’d been mistaken.

Seeing my actions in a positive light? How ridiculous.

The author, this guy, he hated me, right? He must’ve not liked the look of me, or something.

“I’ll just have to do what I can.”

How small-minded could you be?[1]

My good feelings had already subsided.

The shop screen had also been turned off. Because right now, just looking at it made me feel like I was burning up.

That was then –

“So you were here.”

Someone sneaked up to me.

It was Cocoa.

“Huh.”

“Is your chin back again?”

“Uh, it comes back in an hour.”

“One hour?”

“It’s like that.”

Despite my rough answer, Cocoa didn’t ask any further questions. She didn’t seem to be interested in asking.

Instead,

“I like the way it looks now. I don’t like that absurd look from earlier… you looked like a sissy.”

She expounded on her preferences.

“… Your eyes are pretty special.”

I fell silent for a while, and then added a sentence at the end.

“This image is fake. Oh, that one was real.”

This time I thought she’d ask why.

But,

“Who cares about real or fake? Squatjaw is a squat-jaw.”

Cocoa snorted. Again, there was no sign of curiosity.

It was strange. But when I saw the little kid sitting next to me just stare blankly into the air, somehow, I felt my anger slowly subside.

“It’s Hiro. Not Squatjaw.”

Cocoa didn’t even listen.

“Squatjaw. Squatjaw.”

“What.”

“I’ll pretend you aren’t squat-jawed.”

“… Yeah, do whatever you want.”

Same as me.

Well, it wasn’t a bad feeling.

Then,

“But what are we going to do now?”

Cocoa asked as if she’d suddenly remembered.

“What we’re going to do? What do you… ah!”

Come to think of it, this wasn’t the time to be so tepid.

“Good question. We’re going to be busy.”

“Are we going somewhere?”

“I have a place to go, but I’m a little pressed for time.”

“Why?”

“I was going to take the bus, but the fare somehow went up by a lot. To the point where it’s unreasonable. So anyway, I just want to walk.”

“I like it.”

“That’s good. Don’t take it back later, and take proper care of those things in your pocket.”

Then, as if she had suddenly remembered something again, Cocoa asked.

“But what about the amusement park?”

“What about it?”

“Are we going to take it?”

“… What?”

It was embarrassing. I hadn’t even thought of it at all.

“… Take ‘that’. Just leave the rest. It’ll have some use.”

“Where?”

“You don’t need to know. There will be.”

Then Cocoa lowered her head and muttered a bit.

“It was fun.”

“…”

I scratched my head.

The way this kid looked so down was strangely heartbreaking.

What should I do in this case?

After a while, I barely managed to find the right answer.

“Let’s play again next time.”

“Really?”

“Yeah.”

Then I jumped up from where I’d been sitting.

What I said to Cocoa was not just empty words.

If we’re talking about fun things, they’d be piled up in our way like a mountain. Even the very next destination would be full of things this kid would find exciting.

“Let’s go, where is everybody?”


Two weeks later.

The megalopolis, Adventium.

[Adventure King serialization resumed]

[Chapter 15 – Official Adventurer Qualification Test (1)]

[Belongs to the realm of the ongoing chapter]

[Hiro is the subject of character evaluation in this chapter]

We’d arrived just in time.

“Wow, so many!”

Cocoa exclaimed.

“Senior, I think I might get it wrong…”

“Take a good look.”

I looked around, but there was no place that wasn’t full of people. It was truly a huge crowd.

Adventium. The so-called City of Adventurers.

There were two reasons why this place was called that.

First, because it was where the central branch of the Adventurers’ Association was located.

Second, because it was where the official Adventurer Qualification Test was held.

This was the city where the second great arc, ‘Adventurer Qualification Test’, would take place after Black Shadow.

“So many of these people are dreaming of adventure, how exciting…”

“But there’re only a handful of people who’ll actually get it.”

“Meaning… us?”

The three were already quite excited.

I was a little surprised by this too. Cocoa was one thing; I hadn’t thought that the other two would be so gung-ho about this adventurer’s test as well. Maybe it was because both of them had the goblins craziness about solving problems.

“Huhu, I’d always wondered, how much had the writers stretched things talking about adventurers… now I can confirm. Are they really great people, or do they just have a high opinion of themselves?”

“Even though the pass rate is very low… If it’s Chinuavi, I’m sure you won’t have any problems.”

“Fufu, thank you. Same goes for Master Haka.”

It was a strange thing.

Everything else was fine, but whenever I saw the two of them talking I just got annoyed.

“I’ve gotten tired of playing around. Now, everyone, pay attention.”

I clapped my hands to get their attention.

There was nothing wrong with the group having a clear sense of purpose, but just passing the test was actually not enough. The goal we had to achieve in this episode wasn’t that small.

There is one prerequisite for a character playing a rival role in a shounen manga.

You have to be a ‘powerhouse’.

Funny thing was, these protagonists wouldn’t even consider those lagging behind their peers as rivals. You could barely get that qualification only if you were far ahead of them and well-known to boot.

In order to establish my status as a rival, the performance in this episode was very important. There was a ranking in this adventurer test, because it was a system where you could see who was the best and who was the worst.

Therefore,

“Pass? It’s not just that. In this Adventurer Qualification Test, we must take the best grade.”

This was my goal.

And it was difficult to do well with just me.

“Now, who knows a lot about the adventurer exam, raise your hands.”

But no one came forward with confidence. I’d expected that from the moment they’d started chattering about it without knowing what was in store.

“Then how are you going to pass? The test has already started. It starts with finding an examiner.”

The adventurer test is not conducted in separate fields. Whether you aim to be a guide, a decipherer, or an adversary, all face the same test.

And it starts with finding a way. As with any adventure.

“Examiner. Want to try finding one?”

I glanced at Cocoa.

Of course, I knew who the examiner was and where he was.

However, the reason why I passed the baton to Cocoa was not simply to test this kid’s ability, but also to show Chinuavi and Haka. Because in the adventurer test, knowing the abilities of your comrades was also very important.

“Examiner?”

“Yeah. I won’t give you any hints.”

I’d even come to a place quite far away on purpose. It won’t be that easy to find him in the midst of such a large crowd…

“He’s behind you.”

“What?”

“That thin guy in the back.”

“…”

When I turned around, a skinny short guy was standing around in front of a shopping mall. He didn’t even remotely resemble an examiner. Because the examiners I’d seen in the manga had pretty good physiques.

And it was a face that I’d never even seen before.

“Nope?”

“Yep.”

Then she walked straight up to him.

“You the examiner, right?”

It was crazy.

“No, hey, what do you think you are doing?”

But right then,

“Are you a party of four?”

The guy who’d been looking around as if he was not even aware of us, said something strange out of the blue.

“Yeah.”

“Follow me.”

“…”

I scratched my head. So we ended up trailing after him.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 좀생이 (lit. moth) narrow-minded, picky.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 52

Sparks flew.

Screams echoed across the battlefield, accompanied by the noise of cutting flesh and breaking bones.

The orcs whipped the beasts, wielded their axes, and dyed the snowy fields with blood.

They used nothing but infantry wave tactics[1].

That simple tactic of merely throwing in more and more numbers frustrated the defenders within Jevarsch.

The only tactic known by the orcs, who valued honour above all, was to just charge and keep charging. Facing enemies who attacked as if they had no concept of death, the people of the North finally began to crumble.

“Stop it! Stop it, fuck it!!”

“Ugh! Sa, save me!!”

C-crunch! With the sound of breaking bones, brain matter splashed in all directions.

Immediately, the nearby soldiers stabbed with their swords, and a knight surprised the orc from the back. And so fell another orc, but one more orc wielding an axe took his place.

An orc squeezed through the broken gates and slashed his axe down. A knight pierced that orc in the throat with his sword.

The battle repeated such scenes again and again like a never-ending nightmare.

Green and red blood mixed together.

It was a gruelling battle.

Emily looked at the sword in her hands, the Life Sword – Lucen. It was still a bit too large for Emily, who was yet to grow into an adult.

Even so, the anticipation and affection in the girl’s eyes as she looked at the sword that had been passed down to her, were no different from any other knight.

“Bruns. What do you think?”

“Well… the battle seems quite even, doesn’t it?”

No. At first glance, it might’ve seemed that way, but the battlefield was steadily starting to favour the orcs.

“I feel like the orcs have staked their lives on this battle.”

“For sure…”

This might’ve been because the procurement of military supplies, including rations, hadn’t gone smoothly.

‘It’s because Callius took half the earth dragons carrying their supplies down with him.’

In the end, only about half of the supply convoy would’ve reached the orcs, so they’d probably decided that it was not enough.

So, unlike before, the orcs were desperately trying to break through the gates of Jevarsch by mobilizing everything this time.

All the beasts had been unleashed, and the orcs fought at the front to breach the gates. orc corpses had piled up like a mountain, but it was as if they didn’t mind stepping over a tower made of the corpses of their own brethren if that’s what it took to break through.

It looked crazy, but at the same time, it was devastating.

It was only a matter of time before the gates would be breached.

“What will you do, miss?”

Callius disappeared, and his detachment was virtually disbanded.

The knights had thoroughly split, with Emily and Rivan as the main axes.

Both of them were young and lacking in skills, but considering the future, there was one calculation that Rivan’s future would be brighter than Emily, a woman.

“Bruns. Allen, Aaron.”

“Yes, miss.”

“I understand! I, Aaron, will open a path right away! If we can safely move the munitions…”

“No, we won’t move the munitions.”

“Yes?”

“It doesn’t matter anymore. This battle will determine whether the castle will be captured or not. The munitions don’t mean anything if that’s the case.”

To live, or to die.

That was the problem now.

What use would all these supplies be if the castle fell?

“Then…”

“I am a Jervain. Jervain does not abandon the North.”

Emily raised her sword.

A beautiful sword, shining in the sunlight.

“Take the North away, and Jervain will no longer be Jervain. Even if I die, as a Jervain I have to die on the battlefield.”

“Miss…”

Allen and Aaron looked at Emily as if they’d been deeply moved.

Bruns was no different.

There were fat teardrops hanging from Bruns’ eyes.

“Hehehe! It would’ve been nice if Boss could see this…!”

At that time, when she was about to shake her head –

“Emily.”

Rivan appeared in front of Emily with the knights behind him.

“Rivan, Rinney.”

Emily’s eyes narrowed.

“Here in the North, Jervain wouldn’t fall as easily as you think. It’s foolish for us to intervene now. It’s wiser to wait a little bit more and pick up the munitions. It won’t make much difference if you or I rush into the battlefield.”

“You idiot.”

“What, what!? You, cheeky…!”

Rivan’s face turned an angry red as he drew his sword from his waist.

“Listen to me! Even if you go now, you’ll just die a dog’s death!”

“Then what about the deaths of those who are fighting and dying even now?”

“Well, that’s… a noble sacrifice.”

“No, you’re wrong. They’re not sacrificing themselves. They’re just hoping.”

Hoping for victory.

Hoping that even if you die, your family won’t have to die if you win this war.

They’re fighting with that little handful of hope. That if I protect the North, I will protect the country, and if I protect the country, I will protect my family.

“It’s not up to you to decide whether my death is a dog’s death or not. Only I can decide the value of my own demise.”

“Damn!! Will your death be worth it if I cut your head off right now!?”

“Don’t worry, I won’t die by your hand.”

“This cheeky bitch!”

Rivan’s sword reached towards Emily.

It was just to scare her, but it was enough to hurt.

“Miss!”

Kaang!

But sooner than that, Emily’s sword was pulled out like lightning.

Whirlik, whooosh.

Rivan, who had missed the strike, widened his eyes as if he’d gotten a big shock.

“You…”

“While you were not doing anything. I’ve been on the battlefield with them.”

“Bull! Bullshit! If you die! If you die, it’s all over!”

“It looks like the castle will soon fall, but are you still saying that nonsense?”

“Je-, in Jevarsch, father and the lord are both there! No matter how much power might be lost, the castle will never fall as long we have the lord, who’s one step into the rank of Masters!”

Emily looked at Rivan with a pitying look.

“You don’t know?”

“What do you mean?”

“Among the orcs, there is somebody who can fight the lord on even ground.”

“How could that be? Nonsense! Don’t be ridiculous!”

“It’s true. The patriarch hasn’t participated in the war until now. Why do you think that is?”

“That…”

The Supreme Ruler of the North.

Count of Carpe.

Lord of Jervain.

Elburton von Jervain had been on the lookout for his opponent.

If he participated in the battle, the other would also appear among the orc army.


Ppuuuuuu–!

Once again, the trumpet blew, silencing the screams on the battlefield.

Thump, thump.

An orc, wearing a helmet made of goat horns and holding a huge axe in his hands, moved.

With heavy eyes that suited his huge stature, he scanned the battlefield.

Looking at the castle gates that’d been half-broken with a siege weapon, he reversed his axe and chopped down.

Kuung!!

As the soldiers faltered at the trembling of the earth –

Beyond the broken gates, the Lord of Jervain’s calm gaze turned towards him.

“Is it time?”

“C-, Count…”

“Lord…”

The Lord of Jevarsch and the Supreme Ruler of the North, strode forward.

Elburton von Jervain walked out slowly, his black cloak fluttered in the wind behind him.

“C-, Count! It’s dangerous!”

Regardless of the knight’s persuasions, he drew the sword at his waist.

Cheok.

Immediately, the great gates in front of him cracked even further.

Kugugung!

They collapsed.

“Ugh!”

“Lord!!”

As the gates fell, the orcs rushed in. The soldiers were startled, but Elburton’s sword was faster.

Sreung.

With the sound of a chill wind, the bodies of the orcs were split into pieces.

There was not a single drop of blood on his sword. The aura Elburton emitted slowly overwhelmed the surroundings like dense fog.

As the atmosphere changed, the footsteps of the orcs, who had been screaming with excitement, came to a halt.

“Let’s go together.”

Elburton advanced, his protector knights following him slowly pouring through the gates.

As the Master of the North moved, the orcs faltered and backtracked before him, the green sea splitting like the miracle of Moses. At the end of his path, as if waiting for him, the general of the orc army stood with his hands crossed over his double-edged axe.

Orc king.

Orc warchief.

Or a being who could be called the orc overlord.

His surging aura, that showed signs of stepping into the rank of Masters, weighed down on the battlefield.

Behind the orc warchief stood several champions, escorting him.

Huuung.

The wind churned once.

As the snowflakes fell to the ground, the forms of the orc champions and the protector knights disappeared.

Kaang! Kwang!

Crashing noises resounded from their battle.

But as if they didn’t care a whit about such a fierce battle, Elburton and the warchief only kept staring at each other.

Amidst the flood of blows exchanged between the orc champions and the protector knights –

At the centre of the storm raging on the battlefield, Elburton and the warchief’s footsteps slowly began approaching each other.

At a pace that was neither slow nor fast.

Still, step by step they treaded the ground, each footstep emanating an aura of doom.

Tas, tas, tas.

The speed at which they approached each other got faster and faster, until their forms disappeared and met each other.

Kwaaaaang!!

The axe and the sword met with an impossible roar.

A single sword to take a life.

Each strike of the warchief’s double-edged axe was an avalanche.

Each strike from Elburton, wielding the Storm Sword Callis, was a typhoon.

The true war had just begun.


“Kuhk!”

Aaron and Allen stood back-to-back and swung their swords.

Dodge the axe strike of an oncoming orc, and draw your sword again.

After breaking the bone and cutting off an arm of your enemy, catch a heavy breath.

Not just them.

Orphin and Emily.

Rivan and Rinney, too, were continuously wielding their swords on the battlefield.

They were little boys and girls, but on the battlefield, there were only enemies and allies.

The cruelty of the battlefield recognized them as knights, and the orcs’ axes were not kind enough to discriminate between the young and the old.

Three days had passed like this.

The war had continued for three days without pause.

Since the battle between the orc warchief and the count started, they had been wielding their swords in this battlefield without surcease.

That was then –

An orcish axe struck Emily blindly in the side.

‘Ouch.’

She couldn’t react in time because she’d been catching her breath.

When she was raising her arm, the axe was already in front of her.

When she clenched her teeth and closed her eyes –

Chaeeng!

“Are you alright?”

“Grandfather!!”

Bernard appeared.

Bernard, the Blue Thunderbolt.

He immediately emanated blue lightning from his sword and slammed it down on the ground, clearing out the surroundings.

Kwaaang!!

Mud scattered and the orcs were thrown away by the shock.

“Are you okay, grandpa?”

“I’m fine, don’t worry. But where did Callius go?”

“Callius…”

As Emily’s face darkened rapidly, Bernard’s complexion grew serious.

But without giving them any time, the war situation headed for the worst.

– Uooooooooh!!

Suddenly cheers broke out like a wave within the orc ranks.

As he looked towards Elburton’s position, Bernard’s eyelids fluttered wide.

“The count…!!”

Spurt!!

The Supreme Ruler of the North, who had been fighting a close battle against the orc warchief for three days –

Elburton, could be seen falling, blood gushing from his chest.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 인해전술, human wave/human sea is an offensive infantry tactic. See Wikipedia. Since these are orcs, ‘infantry wave’ is being used. As the name suggests, it’s a tactic that overwhelms the enemy with numbers, throws enemy formations into chaos, then leverages numerical superiority in melee combat.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 33

The Great Declaration

Firstly.

Can you mimic the abilities of characters that you haven’t actually met yet in the current work?

This was a question I had since the first time I planned to purchase [Mimic Acrobat].

It sounded like nonsense, but in reality I thought it might actually be possible.

Even if something doesn’t appear in a chapter, doesn’t mean it doesn’t exist. Doesn’t the world outside the ‘chapters’ really exist right here in front of my eyes?

Of course, it might be impossible if only the background setting existed and the character had not yet been created, but other than that, it was quite feasible.

However, there was one problem –

The mimicking conditions:

  1. You must know the face and real name of the person using the ability.
  2. You must directly see the manifestation of the ability.
  3. You must be aware of the mechanism by which the ability operates.
  4. You must have a physique that matches the level of the ability.

The second clause.

2. You must directly see the manifestation of the ability.

Simple. You had to directly ‘view’ the target and the ability.

It was a clause that simply shattered my secret desire, but nevertheless, there was a reason why I thought it might work ‘just in case’.

Because there had been a case in the original where a similar type of condition was satisfied by using a ‘shortcut’.

The contents were as follows:

[An adventurer discovered a sealed ancient artifact while exploring a lost civilization. An old seal protected the artifact, and the conditions for releasing this seal were written over it. One of them was to ‘visit a specific place yourself’.

The problem was that the place was inaccessible, being within the deep sea.

The adventurer found a way after racking his brains for days, and surprisingly, he succeeded in unlocking the seal on the artifact without actually visiting that place.

The method he used was to ‘transplant the memory’ of another person who’d actually visited that place.]

It was obvious why this incident came to mind.

I thought maybe I could do something similar.

What I guessed was:

You have to check the manifestation of the ability, but the act of actually watching the scene is not necessary. The important thing is to ‘know’ the ability, ‘recognize’ it, and then ‘remember’ it.

In other words, the key is whether you can specifically envision the ability in your head.

And I was able to do that. This was true for almost all the abilities that had appeared in the original work.

It was only natural. Although I had never actually seen them directly but only in the form of a manga, I had already encountered the manifestation process of all those abilities several times.

So, as a result of testing,

“… Wow.”

To my surprise, my theory turned out to be correct.

I was able to imitate most of the unique abilities as far as my body allowed, for the currently created characters.

Secondly. 

So, can we imitate the future abilities (evolved abilities) of existing characters?

Of course, it was a question that sounded nonsense. It was like saying that I would mimic an ability that had not yet appeared and that even the original owner of the ability couldn’t use.

But this time too, I said ‘just in case’.

Because? As before, there had been quite a few similar cases.

Defaulter Ludenkov.

I couldn’t forget this guy even if I wanted to.

One of the ‘Seven Kings’, the most powerful people in this setting who can destroy the world with their own strength.

Under the assumption that his unique ability [One who Repays with Death] satisfies various detailed conditions, he can borrow power from everyone who ‘existed’, ‘exists’, or ‘will exist’ in this world with his lifespan as collateral.

As per the setting, there is no limit on whom he can borrow power from, including the ‘previous Adventure King’ and even his own future self.

Therefore, as soon as I remembered this guy’s abilities, I started wondering if it would be possible for me as well.

Can you borrow power from someone from the future who doesn’t even exist right now?

If the framework is the same, ‘Isn’t it possible to mimic future abilities as well?’ I thought.

Well, I was able to remember those evolved abilities without any difficulty.

Of course, there was bound to be an invisible restriction here.

At this point, the evolved abilities I could mimic were limited to characters that had already been specifically set to have them.

In fact, there were very few of these characters.

The fact that the evolution path of their abilities had been decided meant that they were ‘characters with guaranteed continuous growth in the future’, and there were few people with such treatment in the current work.

To simplify. The main characters, including Leo.

So, just in case, I tried it once.

But what the hell,

“Okay, done!”

It really worked.

Even I myself had been stunned at my own success. Because I really hadn’t known for certain what was going to happen.

Of course, Yan was the only one in the main character’s party for whom I was able to do it. Even then, it was only the level he would awaken to during the Adventurer Qualification Test, which was slated to be only a few chapters later.


But anyway, that’s why,

“Uh, how….”

I was able to smile seeing his pale complexion.

“Shut your trap.”

Things progressed normally after that.

I roughly tied down two of Yan’s ghosts with the two squat-jawed ghosts, then teamed up with the other three to attack him.

Yan did a good job running away from one place to another, but unfortunately for him, the narrow square ring offered him no exit.

Under the flood of punches pouring in, Yan, who’d lost his strength,

“Oh, no…”

“Yeah.”

Thud –.

In the end, he couldn’t avoid my good-bye uppercut.

As Yan’s small form flew out of the ring, the bell rang to signal the end of the match.

Dang dang –.

– Yes! The match is over! The game was still a bit boring, wasn’t it? The winner is the man everyone expected! The champion, Tyson Squatjaw! A refreshing KO victory! That’s what you get for coming at him, little kid!

“Wow!”

“Squatjaw! Squatjaw!”

“I believed in you!”

Finished.

Finally, all the conditions the author had put forward had been fulfilled.

I survived.

“Hoo…”

I raised my hand in response to the cheering audience.

Among all that enthusiasm, Leo and his party could be seen, supporting the fallen Yan.

They looked a little gloomy, but they were still looking at me with their eyes shining.

‘Good eyes.’

It would have been rather disappointing if the guys had been sighing or breathing deeply as if everything was over. The scene would remain alive only if they keep their eyes open as if asking for something more from me, as if it’s not over yet.

Since all the matches were over, it wouldn’t be unusual for the chapter to end like this. But I didn’t intend to let that happen.

End?

No, this was the true beginning.

“What are you looking at? Feeling crabby?”

“You… this bastard…”

“What the hell was that!”

“If you really wanted to know that, you should have won. If you lose and start clamouring… Isn’t that a bit too much?”

They shut their mouths at my words.

But their eyes were still wide open.

“Still, you made me happy, even if just a little bit. So shall I tell you something very simple?”

Then,

“What, what?”

“You really mean that?”

Leo and Kiriko shouted like they were having a fit.

It seemed they were really curious. And perhaps the same went for the readers.

I was silent for a moment as I looked at them.

The place became quiet in an instant.

The gaze of the audience, who had suddenly become quiet, felt like that of the author himself.

“Hmm.”

In fact, ever since I won the first match against Kiriko, I’d been imagining this moment.

Fulfilling the conditions set by the author?

Knocking out Yan at the end and giving everyone a surprise?

I never even thought that it’d be a problem. As long as the author didn’t meddle with my strategic victory (?), I thought things wouldn’t get too difficult.

In fact, at some point this whole act itself started feeling not that important. It only helped me avoid the immediate crisis, but didn’t eliminate the underlying danger. Even if I survived this, I thought that the same thing might happen again at any time.

The author has the ability to create and remove characters, but that doesn’t mean he can delete just any character at will.

The reason why I could be the subject of deletion at any time was because I’d never clearly presented the role and necessity of my current character.

So,

“Of course, it’s nothing much. There’s no way I’d give some great information to people who don’t deserve it, right?”

I had to grab hold to the end of this chapter.

What I was going to do now was simple.

To tell these guys and the readers the ‘most important information’ about me.

Thus, I would clearly present the role and the necessity of this character.

But, of course, there were a lot of problems that had to be solved before that.

All those questions.

The countless questions I had accumulated from my first appearance until now, were covering me like a shackle.

First encounter with Leo in Initialis, Kiriko thanking me at the end of the chapter in Virgin City, appearing as one of the VIPs in Goldam City to help Leo, appearing as the mafia’s secret boss …

The problem was that I couldn’t answer these many questions.

Well, because it wasn’t something that could even be explained. What should I say? That I’m a modern man who fell into a manga, and if I don’t get involved with the main characters, I might get deleted?

So, I had to think up an alternative.

Let’s not leave the current Squatjaw as a riddle inside a mystery wrapped in an enigma that will never be understood. Let’s instead turn the character into something they can understand even if only a little bit.

The readers won’t get too annoyed following the trail of questions about me, let’s become that kind of character.

Now was the right time to tell them. There had never been a time like now, when everyone’s attention was completely focused on me.

“Cocoa, the mic.”

– Oh, the champ looks like he wants to say something? I’m excited!

“Hurry. I don’t have time.”

Receiving the mic from Cocoa, I once again stared at Leo and the rest.

All my plans thus far had culminated in this very moment.

The lines I would utter from now on would determine my future. Would I be able to keep surviving, or would I collapse eventually?

“Please listen carefully.”


How should I act to survive to the end?

What direction should I take, what stance?

Ever since I got into this Adventure King story, I never stopped thinking about it even for a moment.

Can you survive if you become Leo’s companion?

After experiencing the restraint of the preceding plot, I thought that it would never be easy.

Being Leo’s colleague means to literally be one of the central characters that lead the story. The author must’ve had envisioned the cast format early on, so it was almost absurd for me to suddenly intervene in it.

Of course, you can aim for the positions of the guys who appear in the mid-to-late half, but those days were too far away to make it work. Also, even if I managed it, it was difficult to expect a significance comparable to the guys who appeared from the beginning.

I had no choice but to conclude. It’d be hard to become a colleague.

So what about being the villain?

That was also a hopeless path.

It’s not easy to become a strong, attractive, and long-awaited villain. In order to become such a character, the minimum necessary requirement would be to have power like the ‘Seven Kings’.

Also, I wasn’t sure because I didn’t read the last volume, but I didn’t think that even if I became a good enough villain, I’d be able to survive. Because in the first place, the villain is destined to disappear after being defeated by the protagonist.

What about becoming a small recurring character that comes and goes?

This also wasn’t good enough. It wasn’t unusual for such a role to be scrubbed out by the author at any time.

Then what is left?

A role that might appear alongside the main character from the very beginning without being awkward.

Not the main character, but occupying an equal weight.

Neither an ally nor a foe, but one that can share the important chapters with the protagonist every time.

A role that can never be easily deleted, even if the author hates it.

And finally, a role that that can naturally keep pace with the main character till the very end.

There was only one.

The rival.

– Ah, mic test. One two, one two.

After looking around once, I fixed my gaze on Leo.

But, of course, what I was going to say now wasn’t just for him.

– How long are you going to call me a squat-jaw, you bastards?

I then applied the effect that came with the background, [The Boy Cursed by the Witch].

※ Once a fortnight, you can change into a handsome boy for an hour. 

At the moment,

Pyororong –.

My body began to shrink. Strangely, the jaw shrank first, who knows why.

It only took an instant. By the time the jet-black bangs that had suddenly become longer pricked my eyes, the transformation was over.

‘Is this fine?’

Why did I change? There wasn’t really any great reason. Well, just some extra set dressings that I sprinkled in. I wondered if it would make a difference. My current appearance was not that of just some extra, anyone could tell just by looking.

And the fact that this form looked exactly the same age as Leo made me look more like a rival, right?

And then,

To Leo.

To the readers.

And to the author.

I so declared.

– My name is Hiro. The man who will overtake you and become the Adventure King of this era.

And… the one who will be another protagonist of this story.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter. But man, we finally reached this chapter! This was one we’d been really pumped up about. We’ve weathered the early bits, the story will start moving towards the middle, and soon it’ll be time for the Adventurer Qualification Test. See you in the next chapter!


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 51

To be honest, I’d been anticipating the grade to possibly even touch the edge of vision sword. But it ended up being a spirit sword, probably because the troll whose body it was made from was a young one.

“It’s unfortunate, but still, not bad.”

A sword that was a little wide.

A broadsword, in other words. The scabbard and exterior were all grey-white, as if it was made entirely of bone.

Gwydd.

Despite being only a spirit sword, the soul inhabiting it was that of a troll, and its unique ability was Spirit Descent.

“Spirit Descent, huh.”

Spirit Descent (Descent of God).

In simple terms, it could be explained as being possessed by a God by requesting Him through folk spells or magic.

“Probably, it will strengthen the sword with the might of a troll.”

In doing so, Callius would be able to use the troll’s power for a short time.

‘But abilities like that are almost always one-shots.’

He had no idea about its duration.

It was too early to fall in love with it because he didn’t even know what kind of risks there might be.

“Still, there’s nothing wrong with having one more trump card.”

It was a wide and long two-handed sword, not suitable to be worn on the waist, so he thought he’d have to make a belt and hang it behind his back. Since it was a moderately heavy sword with a long reach, mastering it would take a little time, unlike Loas.

“All this troll’s blood… it’s a shame.”

As befit its body size, the troll had spewed out so much blood that puddles had formed here and there. Callius collected some of the blood with some pottery and vases he grabbed from the mountain of junk. It was a precious ingredient that he didn’t know when he might see again.

He had to grab as much as he could.

Because there were many uses for this blood.

“I could’ve taken a little more if I had Bruns ‘ cloth bag.”

It was a pity that he wasn’t here due to the current circumstances.

“I’ll have to come back here when the war is over.”

The relics of the Vira tribe would probably sell at a high price to the alchemists.

Even a broken artifact would be something precious to them.

Just selling them off on the auction houses of the Church or Tristar would make a lot of money.

“The more money, the better.”

After taking a few more Vira artifacts in a suitable container, Callius started making his way out of the troll’s den, but stopped halfway.

“Hmm…”

He’d been looking around with the Tricolour Eye to check if he’d missed taking anything, when something caught his attention.

“What is this?”

A small spot glimmered gold on the smooth wall.

It was not red or blue, but gold.

Maybe there was something?

He didn’t have to worry about danger because it wasn’t showing red under the Tricolour Eye.

“Do I have to break through the wall?”

Callius started trying to pull out his new sword, Gwydd, but changed his mind and put it back in. It was a bit of a shame to use a brand-new sword to dig dirt, so he drew Loas instead.

Kiiiiing.

The sword keened sharply as if dissatisfied, but it was in vain.

It’s your fault for being useless[1].

Taeaeng!! A violent vibration broke out when he swung the sword and struck the wall.

But, strangely, he couldn’t even scratch the wall.

“What is this?”

The rock seemed to be nothing special, but that’s why it was even more suspicious, because it didn’t have a single scratch.

“I don’t remember hiding this kind of a hidden piece.”

It didn’t get scratched even when struck by the Predator Sword.

No matter what, it was still a spirit sword! Wasn’t this a bit suspicious?

This wall was definitely not something ordinary.

It was clearly artificially constructed by someone.

Callius’ mouth curved up at the corners.

Sheathing the Predator Sword, he now drew the Strong Sword[2] – Gwydd.

The grey-white blade and its blood-red edges glistened under the luminescence of the glowstones.

Callius, raising the spirit sword, immediately poured in his divine power.

“Ugh.”

A large amount of divine power, close to 30% of his capacity, disappeared immediately as if it had been sucked in, and a strange pattern spread over the blade.

As the pattern unfurled, it took on an ominous green hue, and a sudden surge of vitality sprang up all through Callius’ body.

Even the textures of his muscles now felt different.

The sensation of his grip holding the sword’s handle, the feel of each joint, was noticeably different.

An unparalleled power surged through his body, and his spirit soared with an irresistible sense of victory.

Taking the reins of that overflowing power with both hands, Callius cut.

Kwaaaaaaang–!!

A thunderous roar resounded throughout the cave.

“This… nice!!”

Facing Callius who struck with his spirit sword, the wall helplessly collapsed, raising sand and dust.

“What tremendous power. As expected of a sword imbued with the spirit of a troll.”

It let you use the power of a troll.

The time limit seemed short, but it could shine in moments of crisis.

The more secret weapons, the better, so it was fine.

Suuuuuuuu.

The strength was released.

The holding time was quite short.

You could stretch it longer, but the divine power consumption would be too great.

Close to 30% of divine power was taken away just to activate the ability for an instant.

But there were clear advantages, too.

“Imagine that. Even the troll’s regeneration.”

Of course, that he’d drank the potion was also a factor, but during Spirit Descent, his regenerative power had increased exponentially. As a result, almost 90% of Callius’ wounds were now fully healed.

His body felt light and there were no particular aftereffects left by Spirit Descent.

If there was, it was that too much divine power had been consumed.

“If it’s like this, there’s no need to feel disappointed about not getting a vision sword.”

I feel like I got a windfall.

Cheok.

With the sword back in its sheath, Callius crossed the devastation he had created just now with a spring in his step.

A passageway that had been created because the entire outer wall, about three meters in length, had been smashed down.

“Really.”

The insides were strange.

Not natural rock, but artificial walls made of mud and stone stretched at the sides of the passage.

The strange bricks were engraved with geometric patterns and runes, and at the end of the passage, he could feel a subtle and refreshing divine energy.

“Divine power.”

He could feel the energy of God.

Relic… Probably not.’

Relics do not reveal their divine power so clearly.

Rather, they hide their presence.

So this was no sacred object.

When he thought about it, one thing came to mind.

“Is it supposed to be here?”

Callius sped up even further.

Perok!

Kwaang, he kicked the stone wall at the end of the passage! As it crumbled down, cold air rushed from inside and tickled his scalp.

Beyond the fallen stone wall –

Callius’ eyes widened.

“I didn’t know I’d find you here.”

One who had once been revered as a saint of the Church, who had one day suddenly disappeared while travelling through the North.

The main quest he was now carrying out.

She who had called the North a wheel, giving its name.

“Fatalite. Why are you here?”

She was kneeling down.

A stone statue holding a sword and praying as if to prove her faith.

A saint, and a highest-ranked paladin of the Order.

The second-generation saint who’d risen to the rank of Masters.

There knelt Fatalite, now only unyielding stone.

“The divine power of a saint. I’ve never felt it from the sacred stone, but this vast divine power… it’s really amazing.”

The divine power he’d consumed began to fill back up in an instant. Due to the constant battles and using the troll’s divine ability, his divine power had been almost depleted, but just standing still here, the consumed power was being quickly replenished.

When a saint dies from a pilgrim’s sword, sacred stones can be born from the śarīra inside their bodies.

However, the size would be smaller than a fist.

“Fatalite…”

She must have had a large number of sacred stones inside her body.

After she died like this, many years passed, and the sacred stones only made the decaying body harden like stone.

[Fatalite]

[You glimpsed the faith of Fatalite, who transformed into a divine jewel and created a sanctuary.]

[By witnessing the wondrous end of the saint, your faith rises.]

[Faith +10]

There were many tricky parts.

According to the setting, Fatalite had last been sighted in the North, and it was stated that she had never been seen since.

What happened to her after that, he didn’t know.

But she must have ended her life here. He’d never considered it, but the fact that she was here made him think a lot of things.

‘Fatalite, you… ‘

There was a lot of ambiguity, but he decided not to think about it for too long.

In the first place, him being in this world itself was something that could not be explained.

Looking at her with a frown, Callius pulled something out of the stigma on the back of his hand.

A single flower with an exquisite harmony of black and white.

It was a Tear of Valtherus.

“I can plant it here.”

Tears of Valtherus must be planted in a land with strong divine energies where the sun does not reach.

In other words, it would grow and prosper only in places considered holy.

This was the place where the remains of Fatalite, who had been exalted as the saint who succeeded Stella, turned into stone and created a holy sanctuary, so it was a perfect place to plant the Tears of Valtherus.

There could be no better place than this.

In front of her kneeling form holding the sword, he planted the Tear of Valtherus, as if in tribute. As soon as it was planted, as if it was drinking in her divine power, the flower bloomed and sparkled with soft silver light.

Taking some distance, he looked her and the flower for a long time.

As if that scene like a painting held the secrets of how to escape from his own circumstances, and from his desperate fate.

But then he shook his head and turned back.

“Now I have to go up.”

The North was still at war.

The orcs who were still aiming for the North, and the Empire that hoped that the Shield of Carpe would be destroyed.

Even right now, the orcs’ axes were striking the centre of the North, so he needed to return to the battlefield as soon as possible.

Kwang! Clatter!

He returned through the knocked-down wall blocking the passage, and when he came out of the burrow after packing his things, the deep darkness and the musty smell greeted him again.

The presence of beasts could be felt everywhere.

Loups-garous and other magical beasts had flocked to the cliff following the scent the blood.

Krrrrrr.

The cries of the beasts crouching low on the ground were directed at Callius, who was alone.

They approached with red eyes shining, like animals hunting for prey.

But Callius’ gaze was not on them, but beyond.

“Lutheon…”

He won’t die.

He wasn’t going to die just from some beasts.

Nevertheless, it was Callius’ greed that made him not end Lutheon’s life.

The next time they meet. Only then would he turn him into a sword.

Because he’d be stronger by then, a better material.

Callius glanced at the beasts, then raised his left hand and spread [Leteti’s Wings].

Chwaaaak!

The wings flapped according to his will and floated in the sky.

Hwiiiiiiing!!

Leaving behind the steep winds and the beasts looking at him futilely –

Callius flew upwards, towards the ground.


Kung! Kung! Kung!

The sound of the orcs’ stomping footsteps could be heard all the way here. The sound and the trembling beneath their feet created a sense of fear, and deepened their anxiety.

“Master Rivan. Where is Miss Rinney?”

Orphin was hurriedly looking for Rinney.

As there were signs that the war was about to begin, she was feeling a sense of urgency.

“She went to check the state of the orcs.”

In response to Orphin’s question, Rivan who was wiping down his sword with a dry cloth shook his head as if it was understandable.

“She wanted to go back to where Callius fell.”

“…”

“He must be already dead. You know it too, Orphin. That was an abyss so deep that you couldn’t see its end even if you dropped a torch though it. If you fall from there, surviving would be a miracle. I’ve never heard of people who disappeared inside the Sinking Forest coming back to life.”

“…”

Orphin was silent.

Rivan was correct.

On the day Callius had fallen –

They had tried out a lot of different things, over and over again.

Like making long ropes out of grass and tree vines and throwing them down, or dropping torches.

However, there was still no news after a week or so, and the knights who had been waiting in hope of a miracle were now fully acknowledging his death.

“Orphin. He did save us, and I know that he was a strong knight. Callius wasn’t a trash who tainted Jervain’s name, he was a knight who shined more brilliantly than anyone else.”

Rivan, now –

Only after Callius’ death did he recognize him.

“Didn’t you hate him?”

“I did. Still, I can’t keep on hating people forever after their death. It’s true that Callius was great.”

But he died.

Even if he were alive, there was no way to save him, so he was as good as dead.

So now was the time to give up.

Rivan said so.

“The orcs are still strong. Jevarsch is still holding, but it’s going to run out of strength soon. It would be a great help if we can move the supplies Callius plundered to the citadel. The question is how to get them there.”

Orphin swallowed a sigh hearing Rivan’s calm words.

If Callius had been here –

If he were alive, they could have carried out the next measures without a hitch.

Because he’d said that he knew a secret way to move the supplies.

However, now they couldn’t use that method because he hadn’t told the method to anyone in advance.

Even though they had taken away all this food, they didn’t have a way to move any of it.

If he’d been alive, it wouldn’t have been a problem.

“Master Rivan is right, Sir Orphin. His death is sad, but the survivors must do their part.”

It was Jack.

After Callius died –

He showed a lot of interest in Rivan and began to follow him. He was already supporting Rivan.

Not only Jack, but also the other knights were already splitting up to get behind either Rivan or Emily.

“Sir Jack. He plunged himself into the abyss with a formidable foe to save us. It is by his arrangement that we are alive now.”

“That’s true, but! So that his sacrifice is not in vain! Shouldn’t you wield your sword for the sake of the North?”

Orphin was at a loss for words.

She couldn’t find a way to respond.

The knight of the Empire who had suddenly appeared had been strong. He had strong physical abilities and a terrifying spear.

Those explosions were enough to make the knights tremble in fear, and driving him to death had been urgent and worth any sacrifice.

If it weren’t for Callius –

If not for his sacrifice, everyone there would have died.

“Sir Orphin.”

“Sir Allen. What’s going on?”

“The situation doesn’t look good. Perhaps the earth dragons and orcs we missed have reached the main army by now.”

“Right.”

It was Rinney and Emily.

Both of them didn’t look as good as before.

“Miss Rinney. Miss Emily. How was it?”

“You can hear their stomping from all the way here. Maybe today or around dawn, there will be another battle. We should prepare now.”

That was then –

Ppuuuuuuuu–!

The sound of a horn rang through the air.

A sign of battle to make your heart sink.

The screaming sound of a trumpet telling of the start of war spanned the blue sky.

Under the gazes of everyone who looked back, the green wave swayed and began to move.

“Callius…”

A little mouth could only pathetically groan, calling his name.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 만만한 게 (lit. happy skate(fish)). Not sure it fully translates here. Basically, male skates don’t taste good and have two large penises (!) that are troublesome to handle. Female skates are delicious and sold at a high price, but they often get fished out while, ahem, conjugated with a male. So fishermen just cut off the penises (?!) from any male skates they catch and throw them back to the sea. See article.

[2] Going by actual characters, calling it Spirit Descent Sword would also be correct. But since we could only keep one translation, we’ll just call it the Strong Sword from now on.


On new capitalization rules. There’s been a mess of capitalization rules from the start, This is now simplified. Changes are from this chapter, will be retroactively applied after some time. Jobs, from knights to saints, are lowercase. Church and Order being specific institutions are uppercase. Races, from orcs to trolls, are lowercase just like humans are (not very Tolkien, but that’s the modern rule). Suggestions welcome. Base rule is mostly from here.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 32

Squatjaw’s Amusement Park of Mystery (5)

A special boxing arena inside the amusement park.

“Whoo…”

With the stage of the decisive battle in front of me, it felt like my heart was racing for some reason.

To warm up a bit, I did some shadow boxing on the spot.

One, two. One, two.

Then –

“Hey there, champ. You nervous?”

I didn’t notice her arrive, but Cocoa was smiling and patting my back with her palm.

“Who’re you calling nervous…”

“The opponent is a rookie nobody’s ever even heard of. Put him to sleep in the first round. Yeah?”

“Well…”

I silently stared at Cocoa as she walked towards the ring.

That kid… It looked like she was having a lot of fun playing the referee. She’d completely assimilated into the concept.

As soon as Cocoa climbed into the ring, thunderous cheers resounded from all directions.

“Woohoo!”

“I’ve been waiting!”

“Let’s get started!”

– Yes! You guys have been waiting a long time! Finally, it’s the highlight of our amusement park! Let the Unlimited Boxing Championship begin! Originally, I should introduce the challenger, but that cowardly little boy is late because he said he had to pee! So, shall we call you!? Red corner! The one and only champion! No one’s ever managed to stand up to this man’s fists! Introducing, Tyson Squatjaw!

I raised my hand in response to the shouts pouring in and climbed into the ring.

“Whoo…”

It was my first time standing in a place like this. I’d only ever seen boxing on TV, and I never even liked it that much. To be honest, I hadn’t expected it to be this exciting…

Even standing still, leaning against a corner, I was feeling strangely electrified.

The square ring that seemed to clamp down on me just by looking at it, the audience screaming in excitement down below, and even the dazzling ceiling lights. Somehow, it felt like the environment was squeezing me tight, same as the gloves gripped tightly in my hands?

Bang –.

I clapped my gloved hands.

Maybe Cocoa had been right. I really was nervous.

Now, it was the final match, and my opponent was Yan.

In fact, it was arguably the most dangerous match. To say this was my last obstacle also meant that this was the author’s last chance to be rid of me without a hitch. He might never get a chance like this ever again. So I couldn’t rule out the possibility of the author infusing Yan with some unexpected powers, like a ‘protagonist buff’.

Besides, this wasn’t the only danger.

There were no tricks inside this ring. There was no mechanism to restrain or subdue Yan, no weapons or drugs hidden, no teammates waiting to be tagged (actually, Chinuavi did offer to hide under the ring pretending to be me, but I’d refused).

In other words, I didn’t prepare any cowardly tactic.

Because this time, I was going to compete with pure skill.

– Yes! Just in time, here comes the peeing chicken! He should’ve just run away. Why did he walk into the lion’s den on his own two feet!?

Yan’s face was the exact opposite of Cocoa’s description.

The boy’s eyes were cold and deep. His face was indeed a little flushed, but it was hard to see him as nervous or excited.

A tranquil atmosphere. The same fighting spirit I’d felt before inside my gloves.

Yan looked like he was already in combat stance.

– Introducing! Blue corner! The weakest of that cheeky little gang of kids! Yan the Wimp!

“Boo!”

“Git you gone!”

“You’re in for a real drubbing, baby boy!”

I slowly glanced at Yan, who had climbed onto the ring.

“Hey there scaredy-cat. Did your pee dry up?”

“You were impersonating a member of the Black Shadow. Of course, it’s true that it allowed me to go on an adventure… but I’d like to hear the reason why. Along with your identity.”

The provocation didn’t seem to work.

Every time, before a battle, this guy would become a calm monster.

“Whoo…”

Well, that was what I’d expected.

I simply clenched my fists, then slowly moved into position.

Soon after,

Ding –.

The bell rang, announcing the start of the match.


There were three reasons why I dared to compete with Yan in the last match by skill.

First, to compete with your skills and win. That was the ‘end’ that I really needed.

Of course, it would’ve been much easier to subdue him with a trick. Judging from the progress so far, I didn’t think the author would really stop me. It would also be a familiar development for readers.

However, that ‘familiarity’ was the problem.

If things just ended like this, my impact was bound to deteriorate significantly. Rather than ‘how will I defeat Yan’, the readers were probably already more curious about ‘what will I do after the game is over’. It was a game, so they’d guess that I’d have some trick ready to win.

But after the game is over, nothing would really come to light, right? So this time too, do I just leave behind a question and disappear?

I’d end up being a weirdo who blocked their way for no reason at all. While sacrificing the image I’d built up so far.

Of course, the reason I had a confrontation with these guys was because of the conditions the author put forward, but the readers had no way of knowing that.

In short, I needed some kind of a ‘reversal factor’.

A way to break the familiar flow and make it possible to imagine something new. How to make them focus more on my ‘character itself’ rather than my ‘motives’.

And that was this show of talents.

It was for this reason that I chose an actual fighting game as the match event. Any way you slice it, competing with skills is the ultimate orthodox way to ‘battle’ in a shounen manga.

And the second reason. In the first place, this guy was the only one suited for me to fight.

Siana, who did not yet have combat ability, was naturally excluded, and I didn’t even dare fight Kiriko or Leo head-on. Those two, who played the role of adversaries, in fact had even more hidden power that had still not been revealed.

Of course, the strength of the characters in this manga is not clearly divided into numerical values. Rather, there are many times when the power balance is completely flipped according to the author’s convenience.

But that was even more of a reason why I absolutely had to avoid fighting them. Because the author’s convenience would always tilt towards the victory of the main characters.

I’d scheduled the matches with Kiriko and Leo at the front taking that into account.

Whatever happens, you can never beat the protagonist coming out last. Because no reader will ever tolerate it.

So what would happen if Leo and I compete with skill in the last turn? In a situation where the main character is in a 3-0 pinch?

All my effort dragging things to all the way here might have gotten overturned by Leo’s fists.

On the other hand, Yan was quite different in that sense.

First of all, this guy didn’t have enough time since he joined the party, to receive enthusiastic support from the readers. His appearance proportion was still low, and his character wasn’t yet very suitable to play an active role as the protagonist. Even for the author, it wouldn’t be easy to apply a ‘protagonist buff’ to this guy.

Also, although this guy showed skills comparable to Leo in the last chapter, he was actually a guide. In other words, a character whose defeat in a ‘duel’ could be tolerated.

So, there was only this guy. That I could set myself against.

Even as the match started, Yan just stood there with his eyes gleaming.

Those tranquil eyes seemed to be examining my ability.

‘Taking a peek, huh?’

I looked at Yan and smiled. Since he was showing such calmness, I thought I should also at least show a degree of relaxation.

“Do you think you can see through my identity if you just keep staring?”

“… There’re no signs of training, but your body is unusually strong and hard.”

“I know you have good eyes, but it’s embarrassing, so please stop peeking. You just have to beat me. Then I’ll tell you anything you want to know. Can you do that, though?”

“… Well.”

At that moment,

“The long and short of it… if we’re just face to face!”

Shh –.

Suddenly, his form disappeared.

‘Huh…?’

Following,

Bump –.

“Won’t I know then?”

“… Ah-oh.”

A foot flew in from somewhere and hit me in the ass.

It was tingling rather than painful, and I was feeling more embarrassed than angry.

This guy was faster than I’d thought. Much, much faster, at that.

“Hey, you know we’re boxing right? Fists only.”

“Oops, my mistake.”

His face had no trace of shame and no change in expression.

“And anyway, I was just saying hello. If I had struck somewhere else with more force, it might not have been safe.”

“…”

I nodded.

“Okay, I was looking down on you. You got a lucky hit in.”

Actually, these were not just some empty words.

I immediately mimicked his unique ability.

[Dance with Ghost Killer].

Soon after, a transparent ghost that looked just like me popped out of thin air.

“Oh, what’s this place?”

“Hey. I am your master. Attack target is that gloomy kid in front of you. Understood?”

“Hey, you want me to beat up a kid?”

“No good?”

“It’s just fine!”

Then he rushed towards Yan.

Even as the ghost’s uppercut brushed past his chin, Yan kept observing.

“… I’m really curious. Suddenly, even my ability…”

“Well, you must’ve guessed, didn’t you?”

Yan’s face darkened slightly.

“Still, I will win.”

Then, Yan too showed his unique ability.

There were two of them in the arena.

“I’ll start strong. Things might get annoying otherwise.”

Before long, two ghosts that looked just like Yan started beating my ghost.

Real people couldn’t touch these ghost killers unless they had a ‘special method’, but the ghosts seemed to be able to beat each other up just fine.

“Hey, what are you doing? Counterattack!”

“Hey, these little ones… are strong! Add one more!”

Seriously, this oversized layabout.

“See… looks like one is your limit, right? Seems like you can’t draw out 100% of the abilities of others.”

“Who says that?”

I immediately summoned another ghost.

“Go over there and help out your friend.”

“What do you mean, I’m on a team with that stupid squat-jawed lump?”

“Yeah, with the guy who looks just like you. Get a move on!”

Seeing this scene, Yan gulped a bit nervously.

“Seems it’s possible.”

“Are you surprised?”

“A little bit… But, seems the ability isn’t mastered as much as me?”

That was true.

It was 2-2, but just looking at it, the Squatjaws were in a bit of a pushback trend.

Of course, it’s the master’s ability that determines the strength of a ghost. But what is equally important is the harmony between them. Because these guys have an ‘ego’ as well as a continuous ‘memory’, making them individuals capable of ‘growth’ through repeated actual battles.

Besides, the problem wasn’t just the ghosts.

“You don’t have the time to keep looking at the ghosts.”

Yan continued his attacks on me.

Shh –.

Yikes.

I hurriedly backed away to avoid Yan’s straight cross homing in on my jaw.

But that was immediately followed by a jab, jab, jab, and finally a hook.

Th-ud.

“… Grunt.”

“Looks like the damage is slowly piling up. You’ve slowed down.”

That last one was a little heavy. It felt like the insides of my head were shaking.

‘Ah, was it bad to choose boxing?’

My chin was about three times as large as others, so it was a little bit harded to dodge. Besides, the opponent’s hits were strong enough to hit the goal even with just a glancing blow, and that guy’s footwork was also too fast to follow.

But even so,

‘Nope.’

I shook my head.

Fortunately, the gloves, the boxing shoes, and the rules of boxing themselves limited his routes of attack, so that was enough.

There are several hidden characteristics that Yan has learned from the assassins as per his setting, and one of them is ‘ghost walk’. It’s a kind of body lightening method[1], a cheat ability that lets the user move secretly and quickly without making a single noise.

In the original work, Yan always took his shoes off when using that ability, meaning he was not currently using it.

‘But it’s still like this?’

Strong.

I nodded. Really, not just anybody could become the main character’s companion. The guy I’d thought of as my most suitable opponent was still this strong.

So,

“I can’t do it.”

“… Are you giving up?”

“Uh, right.”

I graciously admitted it.

For a moment, a look of embarrassment appeared in Yan’s eyes. It seems to have been a completely unexpected statement.

And, perhaps, so was it for the readers. Of course, for the author too.

Did I get some attention?

“You’re amazing. So I’m going to stop playing around and finish it now.”

“…?”

The third and final reason why I dared to compete with Yan by skill.

“Come, ghosts.”

“… Huh?”

Soon after,

“Um, where is this?”

“What, am I the fourth?”

“You are the master! I am the ghost!”

Three ghosts spawned next to me.

I slowly gave Yan a glance and gave instructions to the three.

“Smash both the little kid and the two little ghosts over there. Is five enough?”

Then,

“… What, what?”

Yan’s face, full of shock with his mouth opened wide, caught my eye.

What was the reason, you ask?

Simple. Because I was completely confident that I would actually win.

Because I wasn’t mimicking Yan, or rather the ‘Current Yan’.

The one I was mimicking was Yan a few chapters from now.

It was ‘Future Yan’, who was stronger than he was now.

I smiled at Yan.

“I’m confused too… who knows how this happened?”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 경공 (lit. light work), Chinese martial art term for method to lighten the body and facilitate movement.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 50

Holy water of Valtherus.

It’s sacred for those who serve the sword, created by the Order of Valtherus.

When it comes to the Church’s holy water, most people think of it as a healing potion first.

Because amongst the various divine miracles, curing an incurable disease is the one that can most easily capture the peoples’ hearts.

Therefore, it’s more widely known as a panacea, but the original purpose of the holy water bestowed by God was not medicinal treatment.

What was the original purpose of holy water?

“Demon extermination.”

Originally, holy water was meant to be used to repel and purify demonic power[1].

– Guoooooooh! Urrggh!

And the secret behind the birth of the trolls is also related to those demons.

‘The bastard sons of giants and demons.’

Half virtuous, half demonic. Half-person, half-demon.

That is the origin of the being called troll.

Even a small amount of holy water can inflict extreme pain upon them.

Originally, this strategy would only be found out after gathering a lot of information, but…

‘Because this is how I set it.’

So I can’t help but know.

“Lutheon… he fainted.”

Looked like he’d lost consciousness after that last shout.

I watched the struggling troll.

His painful screams were growing louder and louder, but things seemed to have worked out so far.

I wanted to end it with some more holy water, but I only had that one bottle with me.

The rest were with Bruns.

“Anyway, I just need to wait.”

If I left him alone, the troll will soon expire.

– Guoooaaaah!

The troll abruptly raised himself up and started to escape.

At the start, he could only spew out blood and crawl, but that soon changed into a walking gait, while still screaming and spraying blood everywhere.

Perhaps he wanted to return to his original home.

‘Hmm…’

Callius, who’d been so desperate very recently, was feeling somewhat relaxed.

Rather, he slowly followed the troll, thinking this might not be a bad thing.

He’d jumped down here while facing Lutheon.

Roughly speaking, the situation was already over, and Lutheon too was in a moribund state, so the only remaining problem was how to get back up to the forest.

Perhaps he could find the answer by following the troll.

– Guoooh!! Guaaaaaa!!

As if this was his first time experiencing such suffering, the troll was writhing in pain, his face full of tears and snot.

The nearby animals ran away at his loud screams.

He put one foot in front of the other, slow like a turtle.

Instinctive fear formed anxiety, eventually leading him to his nest, the place where he could feel the most secure.

Because of the sudden commotion, the nearby beasts did not dare approach Callius.

Thanks to that, he was able to peacefully follow behind, and finally arrived at the destination after quite a long walk.

The troll’s oyster.

The nest of a being that had a characteristic similar to the dragons.

The place shone exceptionally brightly compared to the surrounding areas, filled with a multitude of sparkling glowstones, and one would think ‘as expected of a troll’s den’ at the first glance.

Perhaps because there were no challengers nearby, the troll could live this kind of life.

The oyster carved out of stone was quite huge.

The troll’s height was over seven meters, so it was only natural.

There were a number of interesting parts inside the cave, but Callius was most interested in a place with all sorts of junk. All sorts of odds and ends had piled up there for a long time, and it was full of dust.

Trolls habitually love shiny things, so they hoard this type of bits and pieces like treasures.

“This is it.”

It was full of traces of the owner’s long past years.

“Before the Sinking Forest originally formed, this place…”

Among the clutter, Callius picked up an object engraved with a strange pattern.

A ring, with a wing carved on it.

“It’s a relic of the Vira tribe.”

Vira.

Due to the nature of the local terrain, there had been an indigenous tribe living here long ago.

As it was a somewhat remote and independent location, they had their own mysterious culture and believed in their own unique faith.

The Forsaken Valley, Altara.

Its original name was the Valley of the Winds.

The Vira were a tribe of people who enjoyed flying in the strong winds that blew through the cliffs.

Using ancient tribal artifacts called Leteti[2], relics of a now forgotten faith.

The Vira, an ancient tribe who’d lived in an abyss thousands of meters below ground level.

And a Leteti, a holy relic of the now-forgotten Winged God whom they’d served, was the only way to escape from this place.

“But this one is out of power.”

It was too old and tattered.

It’d probably be hard to make it work.

After throwing the Leteti away, Callius searched a bit more and found a lot of similar objects.

Most of them were in similar condition.

However, in their own way, the Vira people must have been quite strong thousands of years ago. There were so many relics just strewn around the place.

They must’ve had advanced flying techniques to help in their hunts and battles.

Perhaps, if it were not for the disaster that struck here, the northern lands of today might not have belonged to Carpe.

“Didn’t a horde of trolls running away from the invading demons come here and destroy them? Ah, found it.”

It was easy to find by looking with the Tricolour Eye.

When he opened the wooden box shining gold, Callius found a Leteti inside.

The ring seemed to be of a higher grade than the rest, and was still in excellent condition.

It had probably been used by somebody of high status within the tribe.

Callius immediately put the ring on his finger and injected divine power.

A lot of energy disappeared in an instant.

He was surprised for a moment, but it didn’t stop there, and as he injected a little more power, the ring’s wing pattern started sparkling with colours.

“Unfold.”

Soon, the metal part within the ring unfolded into huge wings, crafted from steel and Callius’ divine power.

As soon as he grabbed the handle that had unfolded from the ring, the colourful wings flapped with a soft beat.

Callius nodded with contentment as he felt a strange floating sensation.

“It’s better than I thought.”

He was holding the base of the wings with one hand, so he thought it might be difficult to hold onto without sufficient arm strength, but his worries turned out to be unfounded.

It was as if the wind itself was supporting Callius’ body.

Climbing the cliff wouldn’t be too difficult if that were the case.

As soon as the supply of divine power was cut off, the Leteti returned to the form of the small ring.

It was an artifact so sophisticated that it was hard to believe that it had been created by an ancient tribe.

“Originally, it’s something I wouldn’t be able to get right now.”

At Callius’ current level, it was a treasure that was completely out of his reach.

Had he been alone, he wouldn’t have even considered dealing with a troll.

Even if he created a small gap during the fight, he wouldn’t have been able to injure the enemy like Lutheon had done. He was able to get this artifact only because he had been together with the variable called Lutheon.

“I only spent about an hour on this. My initial problem was how to take it away avoiding the troll’s eyes, but things went much easier.”

Originally, from the time he fell here, Callius had been thinking about how to retrieve the Leteti.

The Troll of the Forsaken Valley was a half-demon that could only be dealt with once you had at least a vision sword, whereas Callius only had a half-spirit sword in his hands.

Of course, the reward was good, but the risk was extreme.

In addition, things would have gotten even more complicated if the troll had company, and the expected survival rate was too low, so he had been quite worried.

“In the first place, the key was how to handle Lutheon.”

But thankfully, things turned out to be easier than he’d thought.

Lutheon was lying half-dead, and if he left the troll as it was, it would also soon perish.

“Even with that great regenerative power, a troll can’t defend against holy water.”

A troll with demonic origins has no recourse against holy water imbued with the energy of exorcism.

Even if he tried to vomit it out right away, the holy water had the innate property of being instantly absorbed into the body, so the troll’s death was already assured.

“If I could look for trolls other than this one, maybe there’ll be better things…”

Perhaps not this Leteti, but something more worthy of being called a sacred object.

But Callius shook his head.

Excessive greed always leads to ruin.

In the first place, the process had been so smooth this time because the troll was not even an adult.

Unfortunately, he’d have to wait for the next opportunity.

‘Because this alone is great enough.’

He’d been looking all over the place to see if he could find anything.

Most of the ancient relics just flashed but didn’t work.

There were things like swords and bows, but they were not useful weapons.

Callius rummaged through the troll’s hoard and found a suitable bag and some old-looking pottery.

As he looked around and picked up a few more things, he suddenly saw the quest completion notification in front of his eyes.

[Sub Quest]

[The Bastard Son of the Giants, complete]

[A reward is given for the first successful Troll hunt]

[Reward – Refined Troll Potion]

[Health +4]

“Ohh!”

Refined Troll Potion!

He got an unexpected reward.

Troll blood contained demonic energy, so it had to be purified before drinking, but he got the refined end product as the reward.

He had a busted arm and bruises all over his body from his close encounters with Lutheon and the troll, and the holy water had already been spent, so it was just what he needed right now.

Callius chugged down the purified troll blood in one breath.

“Ugh, it’s so tasteless it feels nasty.”

All medicines were like that, but the Troll Potion was tasteless beyond imagination.

The bloody smell was so strong that he might’ve vomited if he had a slightly weak stomach.

“Still, the effect is good.”

There was some pain and itching as the broken bones re-aligned.

All over the body.

For a moment, he circulated his spirit power to his whole body to check the condition, and the wounds definitely seemed to be slowly healing.

The potion was worth its reputation.

As tasteless as it was, the effect was obvious.

“But to call it the first successful hunt… It’s strange.”

The first successful hunt.

There must have been many other beings who had hunted trolls.

Some of those who now stood in the ranks of Masters had a history of hunting trolls.

Yet he was called the first.

‘Am I the first player?’

But the funny thing was, if that had indeed been the meaning, wouldn’t that imply that there were other players besides himself?

“No.”

It was probably just a quirk of the system.

“It feels like a game to me, but I still don’t know for sure.”

Is this a real world?

Or is it a game?

If neither, then what exactly is it?

Callius was lost in thought for a while, but there was something he had to do first. After passing through a huge passageway, he reached the central pit where he thought the troll might be, and indeed he found it crouched on a bed of soft grass.

“He’s dead.”

Breath had stopped.

There was plenty of blood splashed all around.

Callius’ lips curved into an arc.

Although they were said to have inherited the blood of the giants, in the end they were a different race.

As the saying went, “half-virtuous, half-demonic,” a troll was a demonic hybrid.

Callius bit his index finger to draw out some drops of his own blood.

He started drawing something on the floor around the fallen troll.

Each of the letters written in blood was imbued with reverence and filled with his divine power.

“I call on God, and may God answer with His sword.”

Unlike other pilgrims, Callius could create a carcass without having to perform a proper corpse ritual.

Originally, it was a player’s prerogative. But just for today, he decided to hold a formal corpse ceremony.

A troll that hadn’t matured yet.

Even so, he was looking forward to seeing what kind of a carcass it might create.

Seok.

The runes, written in blood, glowed silver.

The more urgent the voice of Callius, who called to his God, the brighter the light.

As the light of divine power filled all directions, the troll’s body crumbled like burning paper. The shattered body turned into rustling ashes and was then reborn as a single sword.

A broadsword.

A large sword with a flat, wide blade.

A double-edged sword with a grayish-white colour as if made of bone.

The two edges were coloured dark red.

It was a spirit sword made from a troll.

“Shit.”

Seeing the sword’s form, Callius immediately spat out a curse.

He’d been hoping for a vision sword till the very end, but no luck.

“It’s stupid, really.”

[Strong Sword – Gwydd]

Grade – Spirit Sword.

Infused Soul – Gwydd, the Troll.

Unique Ability – Spirit Descent[3].

“Um? Spirit Descent?”

Its unique ability, however –

Caught his attention.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 마가 (ma-ga, lit. mark) is being translated as demonic power.

[2] Leteti (/lěteti/) is a Serbo-Croatian word, meaning ‘to fly’. In the same language, Vira means belief, faith or religion.

[3] 강신 (kangshin) is a religious term that refers to a phenomenon in which superhuman or supernatural beings possess a human or object or are present in a ritual process. See encykorea article.


To the readers. Chapter 50! Are you not entertained? If you are, leave a rating/review on NovelUpdates! Seriously, reader engagement is the main thing that keeps this translation going. Similarly, don’t forget to like and comment!

Since we’re at such a landmark chapter, this might be a good time to get your opinions. Did you like the story so far? Or did the author fumble it? What do you like/dislike about the translation? (Apart from speed, there’s only so much you can do with one translator.) We’re also trying to anglicize more, especially in future chapters, since Korean novels are heavy with onomatopoeia. Let us know if you like that or not!

If you want to support the translation, you can do so in Ko-fi; there’re also a few advance chapters available for subscribers!


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 31

Squatjaw’s Amusement Park of Mystery (4)

An outdoor stage within the amusement park.

Five people were seated around a specially designed round poker table at its centre.

Haka, I, and three ‘troops’ with basic abilities that I’d hired.

Amongst the five, all the ‘troops’ personnel recruited as players were also under my control, and Haka had taken the role of the dealer.

The reason why I had to use Haka as a dealer was simple.

Because I thought that his narrowed eyes and meaningful smile suited him quite well for the role. Besides, he has pretty dexterous motor skills, so I thought if it might be fine.

And if there was another reason –

It was to make him grow.

Growth, to say it simply, meant elevating his rank as a character.

And the best way to achieve this was, of course, for him to appear frequently.

Of course, it’s not like Haka hadn’t been given any role so far. In fact, it was this guy who did more than anyone else for the sake of my victory.

Through his unique ability [Thief Who Stole the Seven Shadows], he attracted Kiriko’s attention as a shadow target, and he also played a decisive role by holding Leo’s ankles during the race.

The problem was that all of those activities took place outside the view of the readers.

As a result, none of it benefited this guy at all. He just worked quietly in the dark, and I hogged all the spotlight.

Of course, the author knew what Haka has done, but I thought that wouldn’t mean much in the current situation. The roles assigned to this guy had immediately disappeared, and it was also clear that the author wouldn’t have much of a liking for him right now.

The first and most important objective, therefore, was to win the readers’ attention, even if only a little bit. Starting from there, if we recovered the original character and unravelled the entwined settings as much as possible, wouldn’t it be feasible for him to be reborn as an important character in the near future?

I gave Haka a glance.

So when you get the chance, do your best.

“Any problems?”

“Huh? Are you asking me?”

“There’s no one else here but you.”

Haka looked around the ‘troops’ around us, then burst into laughter.

“No, nothing difficult. I used to love playing card games in the past. This is my first time as a dealer, but didn’t you say that I don’t need to do anything special this time?”

“Right, there’s nothing.”

It was true.

Actually, the only important people in this match were me and Chinuavi. Having any of the other personnel trying to help out would only make the result worse.

“Still, do whatever you want. For example, when shuffling the deck, why not try and make it a bit flashy?”

“Hmmmm… If necessary, it’s possible to stop the movement of the opponent for a while. There are shadows here too, after all. Or make them move differently than they intended.”

“Oh, is that so?”

To be honest, I didn’t know much about this guy’s unique ability either.

Because the character himself disappeared in the original before all his abilities were revealed.

I only knew was that he could control the seven shadows, and restrict the movement of another through them.

Perhaps there were more effects besides that. When this guy mentioned his abilities, there was an obvious nuance that this was the basic level.

“Ummm… no. Let it be. Still, I’ll send you a signal if I need it.”

“Alright.”

Just in time,

“Oh, here comes our sharper.”

Smiling, Chinuavi approached us from a distance.

“Are you done?”

“Yeah, I’ve received good tidings about this.”

What he did in his spare time was to conduct a ritual, occasionally performed by goblins ahead of an important match. It was a kind of prayer requesting advice from a ‘higher being’.

There was one difference between this ritual and the usual prayer, that being you could hear an answer from ‘god’ as soon as you asked a question.

“Good tidings? Stop kidding.”

“Maybe, Senior… do you know about our gods?”

“I don’t.”

“Hehe, you’re good at lying.”

But the problem was, that ceremony was actually just a waste of time, almost useless.

The reason was simple. Because the ‘gods’ the goblins worshipped weren’t the serious types. They’d just shout out the answer that’d best heat up the people asking the questions.

“Now, are we just waiting for the other party?”

Chinuavi asked as he sat down next to me.

And at that moment,

“Fufu.”

Unconsciously, a chuckle leaked out. Was I feeling relieved?

Actually, I was quite nervous until this guy sat next to me.

“…?”

“Sit down.”

“Uh… yes. What was that? Suddenly laughing…”

Because I couldn’t help but laugh in relief. Even though this guy sat at the table, nothing happened.

This was an indication that the author had accepted the appearance of a goblin.

When I first ‘fought’ Leo, and again when I lured Leo earlier, Chinuavi had indeed transformed into me. But Leo and his party, as well as the readers, would not have known exactly who this guy was. Was he a new character, or was it part of my bizarre abilities?

Moreover, since all the questions about his actions were focused on me, the author wouldn’t have been able to take issue with him until now. If I just kept my mouth shut, he would’ve been able to keep developing the storyline without ever tackling the existence of goblins.

But it was different now.

In this game, Chinuavi was expected to play an active role without disguising himself as anyone else, demonstrating his unique abilities.

And this meant that this guy, and by extension the goblin race, would make their full-fledged debut in this manga.

This would naturally be burdensome for the author. Because the appearance of goblins could very well twist the planned future developments.

So I’d been worried that the author might block Chinuavi from joining the game.

‘He doesn’t mind… is it?’

Clearly, the author was a bit more flexible than I expected. Keeping the new developments in mind, he might be thinking that the new direction could be even more interesting. Maybe that’s why he didn’t stop Chinuavi from appearing here.

But to be honest, I thought that was very unlikely.

Presumably, he thought, ‘It doesn’t matter anyway’. Once my character was deleted, he could proceed with the next development without any problems.

‘Well, let’s wait and find out.’

After a while,

“Apologies for my lateness. There was a group of very worried people, so I had to try and comfort them.”

Siana arrived at the table for our decisive battle.

“It’s fine. I’m just glad that you didn’t run away.”

“Huh, how amusing.”

“By the way, Queen, is this our first time playing against each other? It’s an honour.”

“Mr. Squatjaw, you’ve met the worst opponent this time. How long can you keep up that confident face? You know who I am.”

“You’ll know the long and short of it soon. Now, shall we start?”


30 minutes later.

Of those sitting at the table, the only ones with chips left were me, Chinuavi, and Siana.

What was surprising was that no one had used their unique abilities yet.   

Siana and Chinuavi were strong even without them.

As for me… I was on my third bottle of [Something good might happen, Luck Potion] and pretending to be unruffled.

Right then,

“Then, are we the last players left?”

Siana smiled and spoke up.

“Yeah, I’m getting crazy bored.”

Chinuavi also responded as if he had been waiting for her to speak. For some reason, the two seemed to have been waiting for this to happen.

“Actually, I thought you were a decoration too, at first. But… it’s a bit odd how well you’re doing. I don’t know if it’s my misconception, but somehow you seem like a better player than Mr. Squatjaw?”

“I heard you were the Queen of Goldam City. An undefeated victor who’d never lost a single match. I’m relieved that it wasn’t some unfounded rumour.”

As for me… I just stayed quiet.

“Then let’s get started, shall we? Dealer, please pass us the cards.”

And at that moment,

Pop –.

Out of nowhere, ‘it’ appeared in the middle of the air.

Siana’s unique ability, the ‘Probability Adjuster Who Hates Fairness’.

The little fairy-like being circled around the table and sat on Siana’s shoulder. Then he started whispering into her ear, but the sound was too faint for me to hear any details.

“He’s a friend who brings me good luck. You aren’t going to say I’m cheating, right? Aren’t there two of you too?”

“Yeah, alright.”

Rather, I’d just been hoping that she’d use her powers.

Now, the readers would all be waiting with gleaming eyes. Wonder if I’d be able to mimic Siana’s ability as well.

Now was my time to fulfil those expectations.

Pop –.

 [Probability Adjuster Who Hates Fairness] was an ability with a different working principle from the rest. Unlike most abilities that need to stimulate a ‘power source’ inside the user’s body, this ability could be triggered just by a thought. After designating Siana as the target of mimicry, if you just want to ‘win’, a pretty fairy-like guy will appear in front of you…

“Huh?”

I doubted my eyes for a moment.

“Oh… it’s indeed Senior’s fairy.”

“… Cute.”

In front of me, floating in the air, was a tiny… crooked, jutting chin.

As if! What kind of chin had wings?!

“…”

I quickly shook my head and cleared my mind.

Who cared what it looked like? What mattered was its ability.

The being flew towards me.

Then,

– Are you the who called me? I’m sorry, but I don’t like ugly guys.

“What? Wait…”

– Do it yourself. Because I don’t plan on helping you.

He said something absurd.

“No, wait…”

I was genuinely nonplussed. Because I’d never even considered the notion that this guy might not listen to me. Of course, I also didn’t know how to make him listen. Siana’s probability adjuster never reacted to her like this.

This was a variable.

Then,

“Shall we start betting soon?”

Chinuavi spoke softly. He didn’t do anything else, but for the time being, he seemed to be just watching.

After that, the game was completely one-sided.

Siana held an overwhelming advantage. It was as if straight flushes were on sale today. In a nutshell, we were completely helpless.

My little-chin fairy was of no use, and even Chinuavi couldn’t keep up.

Chinuavi at least seemed to be trying to stage a comeback in the middle, but he couldn’t produce any meaningful results. Well, there was one time when he managed to make Siana tilt her head and put on a serious expression, but that was all. After the appearance of the probability adjuster, she monopolized the next fifteen rounds by herself.

It was a crisis.

Now, Chinuavi and I combined had about one-fifth of Siana’s chips left. It wasn’t long before the game would be over.

And that meant –

“Uh-huh, it’s gotten dangerous! Are we just going to let it end like this?”

In the end, it meant that it was the most favourable situation for a goblin. 

At that moment, a horn rose from among Chinuavi’s fluffy hair.

A goblin horn, that signalled the activation of a unique ability.

Now was the time for the goblins, a mainstay of ‘Adventure King’, to show off.

“You mean you haven’t given up yet? At this point, you should be able to recognize the difference between us… huh? Horn?”

“Even though I thought I got cheated so many times, in the end I didn’t bow my head, and kept betting. Don’t you think that you’ve selected the wrong target to try and disturb?”

As he spoke, Chinuavi’s horns began to glow red, and in the next instant, a single beam of light erupted from it like an explosion.

The light was directed towards a single place.

Towards Siana’s probability adjuster.

The guy hit by the light looked fine at first glance. Siana, who was perplexed for a moment, also quickly regained her composure after hearing him whisper. Maybe he assured her saying ‘nothing is wrong’.

But she should have been a little more careful. Because the intrinsic abilities of goblins usually do not cause any changes in outward appearance.

And then,

“… Uh?”

Siana’s forehead showed a tight wrinkle.

The card that came to her after Spades A, K, and Q was not Spade J, but strangely, Clubs 7. This should’ve been impossible, as long as there was a probability adjuster.

“What did you do?”

“Hmm, what is it?”

After receiving the final hidden face-down card, Siana’s pupils trembled violently. Looked like she didn’t get the one she’d been waiting for.

“… Fold.”

It was her first defeat since the advent of the probability adjuster.

Siana tried her best to keep calm, but her poker face wasn’t perfect.

In fact, her strength was why she’d never even needed to manage her facial expressions until now.

I breathed a sigh of relief.

To be honest, I hadn’t been very nervous.

The boy had spoken the truth. The ‘mischief’ of the goblins was indiscriminate against its opponents. Meaning, it could even apply to probability adjuster, who could be viewed not as an opponent but ‘the ability itself’.

[Prankster Playing with the Rules].

Chinuavi’s unique ability, despite its name, could not by itself change the rules of a game. It could only confuse a certain rule, or an object bound by a rule, and make the original rule be forgotten.

Judging by the look on the probability adjuster’s face, it seemed that he was unaware of his own problem. He was just looking at Siana, hungrily fishing for compliments.

If I had to guess, maybe he got confused about the rules of dealing with Siana after getting hit by the goblin beam. Maybe he thought he’d have to adjust the probability of giving her the hand she wanted to 15%, in order to gain her friendship, and so on.

“… You’ve been hiding a trick, I see.”

After just three more rounds, Siana took her friend back. He must have admitted that he couldn’t help any further.

But now we were again back to square one. With or without the probability adjuster, she was strong.

I made up my mind. Now it was my turn.

I had no intention of asking Chinuavi anymore. The guy had already done his job. Because the only thing I’d asked him to do was to deal with Siana’s probability adjuster.

I, myself, had to win against Siana. This was my show now.

The problem was that the current me could not win against Siana even without her probability adjuster helping out.

I had to convince him somehow. This absurd little-chinned fairy who didn’t listen to the owner.

‘Hey.’

At my call, the guy who was making a tantrum in the distance slowly turned towards me.

– Did you call me?

‘I was originally handsome.’

– So you don’t just look like a clown, you’re an actual comedian?

‘Look at me properly. I might look squat-jawed right now, but inside I’m not, right?’

– I hate looking at you.

‘No, but, wait. How could you call me ugly when you have the same jaw shape as me?’

– You two-bit brute. You don’t even know how to respect a lady.

Huh… was this even a woman?

It was very awkward, but I tried to gloss it over somehow.

‘Ah, sorry. It was just a joke. Just take a closer look. Can’t you see the real me?’

What I believed in was the appearance in the background of [The Boy Cursed by the Witch].

Of course, I didn’t know if this guy (?) could see it or not. However, there was a setting that Siana’s probability adjuster could read her thoughts from time to time, so I thought it would be the same.

The mysterious fairy came closer to me. I moved my shoulder for it to sit on, but it instead chose to hover in the air, a bit too far away.

– What the, what kind of figure is hidden… Oh my!

‘Did you see it? Did you? How is it?’

After being silent for a while, it slowly opened its mouth.

– Hmmm. I’m sorry, but you don’t look that good.

Still, there seemed to be some interest.

‘Anyway, we’ve gotten to know each other. Please listen to me.’

– Hmmmm, I’ll need a price instead.

‘Price? What? Just tell me.’

I thought it would ask me to make a promise of friendship. Because that had been the case with Siana.

– When you change into that face, tell me I’m pretty. A hundred times a day.

I was taken aback for a moment, but I quickly regained my composure.

I’d never see her again anyway.[1]

‘Agreed. So can I tell you my requirements now?’

– Do you think I’m stupid? I was watching everything, so don’t be scared and bet. I’m sure you’ll win.

I nodded, with a smile on my lips.

“Okay. Let’s go.”


Ten minutes later.

– Yes! The long game of poker is finally over. As expected, the God of Gamblers is the final winner! How dare you think you have the skills to challenge the champion, when you’ve only ever played a game or two in a little casino!

I won.

Siana left the table without saying anything, and I watched it for a while before leaving.

Early defeats would only make the overall atmosphere of the game stronger.

Anyway, now, only the final decisive battle remained.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] He’s wrong about this, as you might assume.


To the readers. Since somebody mentioned they’re unhappy with the Ko-fi tiers in the comments, we thought to take some input from you all. Right now every project is worth the same on average, but due to Ko-fi design, donors have to tip double for this project (comes with early Sword Pilgrim chapters, but you might not be a fan). We do feel a tad needled being told we’re holding chapters hostage, because the chapters always release to the public next week.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 49

Troll.

The bastard sons of the giants.

Or a being that could be called a failure.

God gave them strong vitality and physical strength, but the intellect was almost entirely stripped away.

It was natural for them to have become extinct.

But amongst these deserted cliffs –

In this isolated abyss, such an existence was still alive and well.

“A troll!? Are you talking about the bastard sons of those giants who’d disappeared during the Old Evening[1]?”

“You’re watching one right now.”

Kugugugung!

Grooooooowl!

Wielding a gigantic club of unknown origin, he advanced, shattering every scrap of stone barring his path.

“To think that a creature I only ever read about still exists.”

Lutheon, whose fighting spirit had been burning just now, could only fake a grin as he looked at the gigantic form of the troll.

Of course, it was natural.

A bastard son of those giants who’d once reigned like Gods.

The trolls, who inherited their sires’ blood, bones and flesh, were strong enough to break even the tallest mountains, their skins were as hard as steel, and their gigantic bodies taller than seven meters exuded an otherworldly majesty.

To humans, such an existence was nothing less than a transcendental incarnation of violence. Facing an apex predator like a troll, any being in the food chain could do naught but lose their spirit, like a mouse cowering in front of a lion.

Kwadadak!

It found a loup-garou hidden under a pile of rocks, grabbed it at once, and put it in its mouth.

– Kiyyyyiiiing!!

There was a pathetic scream, but soon, kwad, kwadadak.

Along with the crunching sound of bones and flesh being chewed, the loup-garou’s screams cut off.

In its place, only an eerie sound of some unidentifiable liquid dripping on the ground echoed through the silent valley.

Like jackals in the presence of a far more powerful predator, the group of loups-garous had long since disappeared.

Naturally, the troll’s yellow eyes now turned towards Lutheon and Callius.

“Lutheon. Do you know?”

“What are you babbling about in this situation?”

Just by facing the troll’s pupils, his body had stiffened like a mouse in front of a snake.

What the hell was the guy asking in such a situation?

Lutheon glanced at Callius with a frown.

Even at the sight of the troll, the maniac’s complexion had not changed, and he quietly spat out some nonsense.

“It’s said that trolls eat little food compared to their huge size.”

“… Is that some good information in this situation… You really have some nasty hobbies.”

“It won’t hurt to hear me out.”

“Tell me, then.”

How much food do they eat per day.

While he was grumbling, Callius showed off his knowledge.

“They say it’s less than a hundred kilos. He’s probably not a full-grown adult, so maybe half that would be enough.”

Whereas a four-ton elephant eats about one hundred kilograms a day, a troll weighing close to ten tons eats far too little in comparison.

It has some very strange biological functions.

“That little? No, how do you even know that? I don’t think Hetaira’s Monster Encyclopaedia mentions that kind of detail.”

Ignoring Lutheon’s doubts –

Callius continued to speak.

“It’s not much compared to the troll’s body size. He ate three loups-garous here, so he’s almost reached the recommended daily amount. Probably, he’ll be satisfied with somebody your size.”

Once he ate another serving the size of one Lutheon, he’d feel full enough.

That’s exactly what Callius wanted to say.

Trolls, like other beasts, do not hunt when they are full.

So he was saying, get eaten.

It was a bad joke.

“Don’t spew bullshit, Callius. Even if I can’t use an arm, I’m not going to just die here. Not even for her.”

Her, huh.

Maybe the ‘her’ he was talking about…

“I’m not afraid of trolls. It’s too late to run away with this body anyway. Isn’t it the same for you too? The odds are pretty bad, but you and I might be able to defeat the troll.”

Even the remnants of giants were, after all, living creatures.

Once upon a time, knights who hunted trolls were considered paragons.

Most of those who had risen to the ranks of Masters[2] in the current world, had a history of encountering trolls.

“We’ll have to wait and see.”

“Are you scared, Callius? You had the same expression on your face when Esther slashed at you with a sword when you were a monk.”

“Shut your trap, Lutheon. I’ve never been defeated by anyone.”

“What are you saying, didn’t you used to lose every day?”

Despite his grumbles, Lutheon curved his lips as if remembering the old days.

However, suddenly, that turned into a bitter laugh.

“Callius.”

Kung! Kung! Kung!!

The troll started jumping.

Every time his feet hits the ground, broken rocks scattered and a violent quake ripped across the valley.

“What.”

“Please don’t get me wrong. I will never forgive you.”

“We can chat about those little things later, he’s coming!”

– Grooooooooooooowl!

The troll screamed and wielded his club.

Lutheon took a step forward, his divine power swirling all around him.

And at that very moment –

Callius sprinted, with divine power all around him!

“Huh?”

Lutheon, who had a blank face for a moment, turned and looked back, pouring out a few words that shouldn’t have come from the mouth of a believer.

“You god-damned bastard! Aren’t you still a noble?”

Callius, still sprinting, answered calmly.

“I’m a pilgrim. Besides, when did I ever say I’ll fight the troll?”

“You crazy–! Here, of course, we should fight together!!”

Kwaang!!

Lutheon, who managed to avoid the troll’s swing by falling into a roll, stomped on the ground with a kick. No matter how injured he was, his uncanny reflexes still remained.

While minimizing damage, he began to run, forcing divine power into his legs.

“If I can leave here, I’ll kill you right away, Callius!”

“What did you expect from an enemy, Lutheon? Likewise, if I can go out here, I will surely kill you with my own hands!”


A valley with no sunlight, only darkness. A place where ancient beasts with strange shapes and habits still coexisted in an ecosystem with their own habitats.

In this deserted valley, where luminous plants and glowstones embedded in various places emitted a mysterious light, the animals began to escape causing an untimely commotion.

Kwang! Kwaaang! Kuuuung!!

Along with a huge quake, there were intermittent loud bangs. As the troll appeared through the cloud of sand and dust, two men run away like their lives depended on it.

It was Lutheon and Callius.

“Damn!! How does he know exactly where I’m hiding! That sluggish idiot!”

“Sunlight hasn’t reached this place since forever. Naturally, instead of sight, his sense of smell has become more sensitive…!”

Before they even finished talking –

Lutheon and Callius threw themselves away, one as fast as the other.

At that moment, a great club cleaved through the air.

Kwaang!! While being hit by the scattered debris, they forced their creaking legs once more and ran.

Kreung! Kekung!

“Get off, you dogs!”

An explosion burst from Lutheon’s Exploding Spear, and Callius’ Sword slashed at the other beast.

Kwang! Chwaak!

Contrary to the scene of the beasts being routed in an instant, the complexions of the two men were not that good.

“Damn it.”

They ran away by cutting down all the beasts in their way, and ran for so long. But what they found at the end was a huge wall.

It was a dead end.

Gwoooooooooo!

Kuung.

Their pursuer also seemed to be quite tired, as he sprayed a lot of white drool.

“It smells awful.”

Anticipating the upcoming meal, viscous saliva was dripping from its lips like an animal waiting for its prey.

Lips were filled with a smile.

But confronting that filthy and disgusting gaze, Lutheon merely frowned, and Callius just raised his sword.

“Lutheon.”

“What now?”

“I think he has little to no vision.”

“… I guess so. He seemed to depend more on hearing and smell than sight.”

They had already had a few rounds of confrontation followed by escape, enough to get a glimpse of the predator’s style.

This place was dark and untouched by sunshine, so although the troll did have eyes, his hunting method relied more on smell and hearing rather than sight.

He’d been living down here in the dark for a long time. Enough to be called a living fossil. So it was a safe assumption to make.

“A troll’s skin is as hard as steel, true… but not all parts of their bodies are.”

“The nostrils and the ear canals would be different, is that what you mean?”

“Worth a try.”

They were at a dead end anyway.

It was all or nothing.

There was no other way out.

In the first place, this was an area where the current Callius should not have stepped foot on.

This was a place where you’d have difficulties even if you carried a vision sword, but what Callius was carrying instead was not even a proper spirit sword; and to top it all off he fell down here with Lutheon in tow.

If you say the plan was derailed, then it was derailed from the start.

But it’d already happened.

Now he had to do whatever he could to survive.

“Damn it, so I have to do it in the end? You telling me to take the most dangerous part? I’m not that crazy yet.”

“Lutheon, with my sword and skill, grabbing his attention is the limit.”

You have to admit what you have to admit.

Predator Sword – Loas, which was nothing more than a half-finished spirit sword, couldn’t inflict deep wounds on a troll’s skin.

Even if it did, it would be a scratch that would regenerate in a moment.

But the Exploding Spear was different.

If one inserted that bomb-like spear into the troll’s nostrils and exploded it, they could probably do a lot of damage.

“But it won’t kill him. He’ll recover soon anyway.”

Trolls were called the bastard sons of the giants, but there was one area in which they were superior.

Regenerative ability.

“You have no idea how far a troll’s regeneration goes.”

It can be rightly called a grace of God.

It’s said that even the dragons of that ancient age would eat a troll to recover if they got sick or seriously injured. Any further explanation is unnecessary.

“Even if you sever an arm or two, they’ll heal that quickly, if you can imagine that.”

Lutheon was right.

With that power of regeneration, even the attacks that bypassed the troll’s armour-like skin would heal quickly.

“No, that’s all I need.”

Even if it was a very short time.

It was enough if they could stop its movements for just a brief moment.

“Damn, if this doesn’t work, I’ll kill you before the troll can eat you.”

“I have no intention of dying for your sake.”

Just as their conversation finished –

As if waiting for that moment, the troll’s attack began.

Kwaang!!

He tried to smash them with his huge front paw, but when they both evaded immediately, a snort resounded.

And he swung the club in his right hand with the speed of lightning.

Kwang! Kwaaang!

Hududuk!

Every time the troll moved, scattered shards of stone stung the duo’s forms.

A sharp rock shard struck Callius in the face, and blood gushed out.

But Callius saw an opportunity.

‘Silver Flower Wave Sword: First Martial Skill.’

Raging Flower Wave.

The opponent held no sword that could be scraped away.

Therefore, Callius scattered his sword energies to confuse the opponent.

And also, the next martial skill, White Haze.

Wielding an extremely swift quick sword in all directions, he painted the technique onto the ground.

The energies scattered from the sword nestled within the ground, reversed directions and flew back upward countless times faster.

‘Third Martial Skill: Other Shore Flower[3].’

The scattered energies of Raging Flower Wave and White Haze –

They intermixed exquisitely, and delivered a single blow.

It was still an unfinished technique, but it was achieved as precisely as possible with the corrections of the Tricolour Eye.

Silver-coloured sword energies sharply struck the troll’s whole body from all directions, and an undulating burst of Raging Flower Wave attacked his face.

Soon, the silver petals and the translucent haze merged into Callius’ sword. The sharp energies condensed on the blade trembled sharply, and something strange burst free from it.

A sword skill imbued with a thousand changes, yet unified as one.

Silver Flower Wave Sword: Other Shore Flower.

However, at that instant –

Huuung!!

As if the attacks had merely tickled him, the troll swung his club in a simple blow that smashed both skills apart, and struck Callius as it passed.

Kwaang!!

“Ugh!”

Whirlik, kwang!

The troll’s club, despite it being a glancing blow, threw Callius into the opposite wall at once.

‘My arm…’

His left shoulder had given way.

It had been completely twisted.

At least he’d managed to offset enough of the shock with the Six Peak Flowers technique, otherwise a direct hit would’ve killed him instantly.

The troll’s power was too strong for mere humans to easily resist.

However –

“Lutheon!!”

His face distorted with pain, Callius exclaimed.

At that time –

“Look here, you monster bastard!”

Lutheon’s Exploding Spear Ames, which had soared high into the sky, burst with a crimson blaze.

The happy expression on the troll’s face faded, and he screamed at the bright light, closing his eyes tightly.

But Lutheon was one step faster.

“Berserker Verse[4]!!”

Kwaaaaaang!!

A great explosion bloomed from the spear’s tip.

As if most of the divine power had been collected, condensed, and burst, the explosion filled the entire area and ravaged it.

One couldn’t even see an inch ahead within the smoke. However –

– Graaaaaaaaaaah!

A scream filled with pain rang out.

Kuuung!

As the giant form fell, a cloud of sand and dust once again filled the valley.

“Callius! Stop procrastinating and go already! I did everything you told me to do!”

“Did you… yes!”

Hududuk.

Callius rushed out from where he’d struck the wall, grabbing something in his hands, leaving Loas behind on the floor.

“Hurry up! He’s getting up!”

Kwang! Kwang! Kwang!!

In order to buy even a little more time, Lutheon squeezed out the last of his remaining divine power and unleashed another blow of the Exploding Spear.

However, the trolls’ regenerative power was even greater than they had anticipated.

– Grrrrruaaaaa!

Whirlik, pug!! Kwaaang!

“Kkaahaaah!!”

Lutheon was blown away with a single gesture that was akin to swatting away a fly.

However, he did not forget to wield the spear even at that moment.

Grrruaa!

Was it the first time he was experiencing pain?

The troll’s eyes had ruptured from several explosions, and tears were now flowing freely from them.

But even so, the organs was recovering quickly, at a speed visible to the naked eye.

But one thing was different.

His gaze. His eyes were different from before.

They were the eyes of a prey, not those of a predator.

Fear.

Terror.

The eyes contained such an emotion.

Perhaps because how unfamiliar it was, the very first experience of suffering pain in his life had filled his eyes with terror.

That was why he couldn’t get up and was struggling now.

This moment was their only and last opportunity.

“Callius!!”

At Lutheon’s cry, Callius squeezed out the last dregs of his power and climbed onto the troll’s face.

Then he threw the vial in his grasp into the creature’s jaws.

A vial filled with the most precious substance he had ever created.

Holy water of Valtherus.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 옛 저녁 (lit. old evening). Old Night (the Goddess of Miltonian mythology, a popular term in fantasy literature) was also a contender, but we’ll see how the author explains it in the future.

[2] 마스터 (lit. master) is a rank we’ve seen a few times. Also called Transcendent, as they have escaped the shackles of humanity. (Don’t mix it up with Bruns calling Callius master, or the -nim honorific being translated as Master.) However, since the term Sword Master (소드 마스터) will start appearing, 검술명가 (previously, swordmaster) will now be master swordsman instead. Previous chapters have been updated as much as possible to reflect this.

[3] 피안화 (pianhua), red spider lily. In Japanese folklore the flower is called other shore flower, as it is said to grow on the shores of the Sanzu river (the Japanese version of the Styx). Why use that specific name? Because it fits, and also rule of cool.

[4] 열장광폭 is being translated as Berserker Verse. Some artistic license here. 열장 = a book shaped with a wide tip and narrower inward, 광폭 = (commonly) width, but also, extremely rough and ferocious as if going crazy.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 30

Squatjaw’s Amusement Park of Mystery (3)

‘Goblin silver screen’.

This referred to a cloth made by weaving strands of silk thread extracted from the goblin silkworm, and it was one of the items that goblins always carried.

The fabric had the amazing ability to camouflage everything it covered, not only turning it all invisible, but even to the point of cancelling all noise from leaking out. 

In other words, it could be said to have similar functionality as [Mafia’s Secret Room].

Moreover, its size was so huge that there was even a setting that the giant skein carried by the boss of the goblins could cover a whole island.

‘Covering the whole place with that was so much work, I thought I might drop dead…’

When I saw the second amusement park being revealed as the silver screen covering it lifted, I felt a little proud. I could naturally imagine how surprised the readers would be seeing this spectacle.

Another, hidden amusement park.

The idea itself was very simple.

Speed alone was not enough to beat Leo if you were running on the same road side by side. It was impossible even if you died and got back up again. The reality was that mimicking lightning wasn’t easy right now.

So here’s what I thought.

Why do we have to run on the same road? What if you could make another road, and make him wander there by mistake?

Of course, I didn’t think this was the only and best way. Instead of creating a different road, you could also add obstacles, or simply construct the track like a maze.

And really, I did think that my idea of ​​hiding an entire amusement park simply to deceive him was more than a bit exaggerated.

Even so, there was a reason for taking this approach.

To elicit the readers’ surprise.

Of course, the most important objective right now was to fulfil the author’s conditions. To win the battle with Leo’s party.

But apart from that, I’d also never forgotten that I was a ‘character’. That there were readers who noticed me, and that only by catching their eyes could I survive.

Even if you play the lead role in a chapter or two, a character who cannot mark his presence in the story is quickly forgotten. Conversely, even an extra can soar if you make the audience go nuts. It’s not what you do that matters, it matters how you’re seen.

So, after endless considerations, I finally decided on the ‘method that showed off the most’. Efficiency alone, after all, cannot elicit emotion.

‘I’ll see you in a while.’

After watching for a bit, I slowly started moving.

It won’t be very long before Leo realized he’d taken the wrong road, and come back. Because Chinuavi could only mimic my form, not any unique ability.

But that didn’t mean winning the race was a problem. Naturally, I could also use lightning. I could just start whenever I wanted if arriving first was the issue.

What was important, however, was the prerequisites established earlier.

  1. I start the game from an overwhelmingly advantageous position.
  2. Taunt.
  3. The angry opponent makes a comeback and drives me to the very brink of defeat.
  4. At the last moment, I somehow barely eke out a slapdash victory.
  5. End the act by brushing away cold sweat and saying it’d been dangerous just now.

In other words, it didn’t matter that I could cross the finish line right away. Rather I had to direct the scene where I’d be overtaken by Leo, first.

Right now, Chinuavi was trying to irritate Leo to death. Asking him to go first, or if he knew the right way. And the readers would be curious to see when Leo would notice this trick.

What I needed to do now was to move to the pre-designated overtaking point and wait for Leo to catch up. And start acting panicked, while Leo boils with excitement.

‘Acting…’

Suddenly, a laugh leaked out.

Befitting the name of the unique ability I had acquired, somehow I felt like I have become a real clown.

But it was unavoidable.

It wasn’t that easy for a guy born as an extra to secure his role and heighten his significance. There was nothing I couldn’t do to survive.

I hurried my steps with a firm determination.


“Shit! I’ll be late!”

Leo put more and more strength into his feet.

He had already raised his power to the extreme.

The air lit up with sparks every time a lightning-clad footstep hit the ground.

Crackkkkkle –.

“You bastard… you cheated!”

He’d felt a slight incongruity from the beginning.

He’d relaxed for some reason or other, and now even if he ran his fastest, it might not be enough. He hadn’t taken the lead at first because of a stupid trick.

If he hadn’t gotten nervous suddenly, he would have started sooner. He got delayed because he’d fallen for the guy’s provocation.

‘By the way, who was that guy?’

He’d quickly discovered that the fake Squatjaw couldn’t use lightning. First of all, there was no electric residue emanating from him, and on top of that, he even seemed to know nothing about the working principles of lightning.

But, strangely enough, he could use something else.

Earth and fire, wood and water.

The reason he’d been delayed so much by the obstacles the fake had made was not because they were difficult to overcome, but because they were just that strange.

And at the same time, he had a question.

‘Is he the guy who blocked my fist by any chance…?’

He suddenly remembered the time when the mafia boss had suddenly come out. Obviously, the feeling he got from that guy at the time was pretty similar to the feeling that this fake Squatjaw gave off.

Wait, who was this guy really?

“…”

Whatever it was, as long as he won this battle, he’d be able to uncover the identities of these guys (?).

Leo once again emanated his power.

Squatjaw had looked like he’d mimicked his lightning for a moment, but it was definitely not proper. The output had been weak, and the duration short. If he did his best, he could definitely catch up.

And after running for a while with full power,

“I found you, you bastard!”

He was able to find another Squatjaw running in front of him.

“Hey! Already?”

“This bastard! I almost ran myself to death!”

However, even though he had almost caught up, Leo remained vigilant. Because unlike the previous Squatjaw, this one he felt could use lightning.

And therefore,

“But maybe you’ve lost some of your strength?”

The boy smirked and emitted lightning.

At that instant,

“… Hmf!”

Even though he’d already known, he couldn’t help but be surprised again.

What Squatjaw spewed out was obviously another lightning bolt, identical to his own.

“How did you do that!”

“If you want to know… then beat me!”

Squatjaw started running. It was surprisingly fast.

Leo also lost his patience and chased after him.

‘That guy… is fast. However…’

He was a still little faster.

Leo freely released all his strength.

So finally,

“Hey, eek!”

“I got you!”

Leo could pass him by.

“I’m going first, Squatjaw!”

“This bastard!”

“Prepare to introduce yourself! You slug bastard!”

Just then, the finish line could be seen in the distance.

Leo felt intoxicated with a overwhelming sense of victory.

Now it was just a few more steps. Just a little bit more, and it’d be over…

That was then.

“… Huh?”

Despite the goal being in front of him, his feet suddenly stopped.

He was obviously pouring in his strength, but for some reason they wouldn’t move.

It felt as if something on the ground was pulling at his heels.

Leo’s eyes widened in surprise.

‘… A, a shadow?’

A shadow on the ground was holding his ankles with two black hands.

“What, what!? What have you done!”

Soon after,

“Heh heh, did you get tired? Heh heh… that’s a pity. Victory… heh, it was right in front of you.”

Squatjaw, who came at a speed that could almost be called crawling, slowly passed him by.

He didn’t even run. Maybe he couldn’t run anymore.

In front of Leo, who stood transfixed like that, Squatjaw slowly passed through the finish line.

– Yes! The match is now over! There was some suspense, but it still worked out in the end! The winner is Lamborghini Squatjaw!

Then he looked back.

There was a smirk on his lips.

“It really was dangerous this time. But it’s still my victory, you tuft-haired kid. Is it 2-0 now?”

“This guy…”

He was angry, but he couldn’t help it.

Leo clenched his fists and shouted.

“Damn it! I lost again!”


“H-how dastardly! S-, shouldn’t we say anything…”

To Yan’s words, Kiriko responded indifferently.

“Well, we knew he was going to do something like this.”

“Yeah, it’s my fault for being careless. Actually, I’d almost thought that I already won.”

Leo also agreed with Kiriko.

If he hadn’t dropped his guard, he wouldn’t have gotten caught by the ‘shadow’ on the ground.

“So who’s next?”

“Well, um… I heard it was a game… Um, actually, I’m not very confident…”

“It’s my turn. There’s nothing to worry about, Yan.”

Siana confidently stepped forward.

“Is it gambling this time?”

“Well, it’s similar. We’re playing poker. The same game you lost against me.”

“Tch… well, I admit it. At that time, I knew for sure, that I couldn’t win against Siana no matter what.”

“That’s nothing to be disappointed about. Because it’s the same for everyone. Of course, that includes the Squatjaw kid too.”

“Come on, wait a minute…”

Yan wondered why Siana was able to step forward with such confidence. Even after hearing those absurd rules.

“There’ll be five of them, you know!”

“Huh?”

“Five?”

“He said that one-on-one card games are no fun. We’ll be one, but they will be five.”

But,

“It doesn’t matter. I’ll still win anyway. Even if it’s 1vs5 poker.”

Despite Yan’s worries, Siana’s confident expression did not change.

Surprisingly, Kiriko and Leo’s expressions were no different from hers.

“Hah, but…”

Yan hesitated and spoke again.

“In the beginning, Mr. Kiriko, who was confident in shooting, lost in a gunfight… A-and Leo, who was confident in his speed, also lost in a race…”

“Oh, it’ll be fine! Don’t you believe in me, Yan? I’m the woman from Goldam Casino, and I wasn’t called the Queen there for nothing.”

“It’ll be fine. Because Siana is that strong. Oh, you still have to be careful. Squatjaw cheated to help me out that time. That’s how I barely managed to win.”

“I remember. In the 1vs5 poker match, right? I was also watching the situation from the sidelines at the time. But no problem. Those frivolous tricks only work against people like the stupid Mr. Kiriko here, they won’t do any good against me.”

“Girl, you want a match with me first!?”

“If you wish. I don’t know if you alone would cut it. Oh, why don’t Mr. Kiriko and Mr. Leo team up against me? It might be enough for my warm-up.”

Seeing the group’s confident appearance, Yan, oddly enough, couldn’t hide his anxiety.

He didn’t know if he could describe it as seeing the path ahead, but somehow it felt like they were gradually stepping into a boggy swamp.

‘Not good…’


“I want to challenge you.”

Seeing Siana’s confident appearance, I smiled with satisfaction.

In fact, there being five players was just a bluff.

You couldn’t beat Siana with numbers. You needed ability.

I had no intention of honestly playing 1vs5 poker. If you play a game like that, even if you win, the results won’t be any good. Not only would it be difficult to direct an effervescent scene, but it’d also make me a total villain.

The number of players was just a camouflage to hide what was truly important.

“Hey, I’m looking forward to it. A gambler who’s never lost. Frogs in a well really think that it’s the whole world.”

“You sure you can do it, Chinuavi?”

“Senior doesn’t know. Goblins are a race that boasts the highest win rate in any competition. And I’m the best player among them.”

“Boasting about that kind of title is really setting up a flag for losing later, but… alright, yeah. I look forward to it.”

This was what I’d intended from the beginning. To have only one person sitting next to me, and to hide his importance, adding four more players in the mix.

I looked into Siana’s eyes.

They were good eyes. Eyes that had never known defeat.

But soon it’d be broken. The promised victory residing in those pupils.

It was time to teach the frog in the well the bitter taste of defeat.

Hmmmm. Well, by fighting 2vs1.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 48

“Callius! Do you want us to die together! You idiot!”

“That’s not bad either. Me and my knights have no way to deal with that Ames of yours.”

The current Callius had no way to resist the Exploding Spear and its cheatlike ability.

Of course, that meant that there was no way for any of the knights there to face Lutheon.

So Callius chose to fall together with him.

‘The number of the orcs and the earth dragons has also been reduced by about half. Since they lost so much supplies, the blow the orc army has suffered this time isn’t small.’

It was their victory.

“You never cared about anything but yourself, you selfish bastard, so how come you suddenly love the North so much!”

While falling into the abyss below –

Lutheon, screaming, made his spear blaze crimson once again.

Callius also swung the Predator Sword in response.

Kwaaang!!

Callius, although he managed to block the Exploding Spear, was knocked away by the recoil from the explosion.

Whirlik! As he bumped against the cliffside walls, Callius pushed himself off it with a somersault and charged towards Lutheon once more.

“Ahhhhh!”

Within that seemingly endlessly abyss –

As Callius’ sword emanated silver energy in the darkness, the swaying edge of the quick sword seemed to undergo a subtle metamorphosis.

“Slashing into the air, now?”

Lutheon, who was about to throw his spear with a laugh, frowned for an instant.

He’d thought his opponent was merely a moth leaping into the flames, but then something strange appeared behind Callius’ back.

‘What is that, in the air?’

It was a skill of the Silver Flower Wave Sword art that he’d seen before, the White Haze.

It had been painted in the air.

The White Haze was a technique to hide sword energy under the ground and then reverse it into a swift attack.

Seeing it painted in the air, Lutheon couldn’t help but be nervous.

No matter how confident he might have been in his spear, the Silver Flower Wave Sword art could not be underestimated. The Empire feared it, because it was her swordsmanship.

Kuuuuuuu!!

A wave of brutal sword energies rushed from behind Callius.

Kwaaang!

Lutheon clenched his teeth tightly and swung the Exploding Spear Ames to break the flying sword fragments one by one.

Although the sword energies surged madly at a speed that couldn’t be followed with the naked eye, unlike when they were fired from hidden places beneath the ground, the White Haze painted in the air was much easier to block.

Kwang!

The deflagration dispersed, revealing Lutheon and Callius, still falling.

The moment they met again –

All of a sudden, the area around Lutheon was covered with silver petals.

‘Oh shit.’

He’d been too absorbed blocking the White Haze to deflect Callius’ sword.

Having taken off Vivi’s Bracelet, Callius now radiated a tremendous amount of energy.

‘That bastard’s Silver Flower Wave Sword takes away the opponent’s power and makes it his own.’

And pours it out in an instant like a rising wave.

Such was the swordsmanship of a saint.

Silver Flower Wave Sword, Raging Flower Wave.

A path of flowers, made up of petals of brutal sword energy, reached out as if to tear Lutheon apart.

“Callius! Don’t think you’re the only one who gained something!”

Lutheon’s spun his spear violently in mid-air and caught it in his hand.

Soon, the Exploding Spear shone with an intense crimson brilliance that it had never shown before.

A dazzling radiance of divine power.

When it condensed to a single point –

“In God’s name!”

Lutheon’s spear pierced into the Raging Flower Wave.

At a single point, from which an explosion split the waves apart.

Kwaaang!

With that grand explosion –

The two forms disappeared in the darkness.


Seok.

Like heavy smoke settling to the ground and piling up into clumps of ash, memories that are not mine slowly sink into my brain.

‘Callius. Is there really a God?’

A boy who brings out a question that had been nestled in a corner of his heart.

‘If there is a God, why did he build a spear or a sword? They end up causing war and death…’

Despite knowing it to be blasphemy, he can’t help but blurt out such words. A boy who never puts down his doubts and questions about the existence of God.

Lutheon, the youngest member of the Ruydren family, a great noble family of the South; one who is not devout in his faith, but enjoys learning.

A child with both wisdom and martial talent, grows into a young man over the years.

And when that youth appears again as a man, unlike before –

There is a spear in his hand.

‘Why. Why are you with her…’

Lutheon asks with a pale face.

And the woman in your arms who turns her head. Cloudy memories fade like ink dripping into water.

When you open your eyes –

All you see is darkness.

Huuuung–!

Welcome to hell.

“Ugh… did I faint there for a while?”

Callius, who regained his consciousness mid-air while falling into the abyss, took Loas in his hand and reversed it.

“Ugh!”

And he stabbed in into the cliffside next to him.

Kuguguguguguk! The shattering sound of the rock walls and the pain from his torn arm muscles almost made him faint again.

But that was only for a while.

Thump.

Hanging from that single sword, the out-of-breath Callius gasped for air, white steam rising with each breath.

“Haah, I’m alive.”

He couldn’t see even one inch ahead, but the horrific pain coming from his back and shoulders told him that he’d lived.

His whole body creaked and ached from several bruises and minor burns.

If not for the Cloak of Twilight, he would’ve been seriously injured.

The cloak, being an artefact, had taken the brunt of the explosions. As evidence, the cloak was only slightly charred, but not torn anywhere.

It was worth every penny he’d spent to buy it.

By the way –

“Did I just dream?”

Perhaps it was the past of the original Callius.

In that memory, Lutheon had been a boy and then a young man.

At the end of it all –

The last day before he’d left as a pilgrim.

Lutheon no longer had any trace of his old curiosity. Instead his eyes had lost all their fire, as if he had nothing left in the world.

‘Lutheon…’

He had quite a tumultous fate.

Despite being a scion of the fourth noble family of Carpe, he turned traitor, escaping to the Empire and serving Lactus. I now knew why he turned apostate.

The reason for his betrayal …

“Was it because of that woman?”

That was then –

Startle.

Dismissing my train of thought, I looked around.

When my eyes, that had gotten used to the darkness, saw the surroundings for the first time, I realized that it was a place full of greenery. I gathered my divine power into a small flame.

And what I saw –

“It’s all the way down.”

The Sinking Forest ended just below the point where I had stopped myself by sinking my sword into the cliffside.

It was the floor of the abyss.

It was filled with lush greenery, as if it had not been touched by human hands for a long time.

“I thought that coming down here would still be a long while later…”

I knew I wouldn’t die easily no matter where I fell, but even so, it was a place I didn’t want to come to.

The bottom of the forest was a place with a cruel ecosystem, worse than even a land swarming with Orcs.

This place had been left alone for a long time.

In its independent ecosystem, there were creatures that had long disappeared from everywhere else, same as the deep sea.

Like the legendary dragons, or mythical monsters.

Trolls, cyclopes, goblins, and more.

This is where they built their own territories, and lived.

A land abandoned by the Gods.

The Forsaken Valley, Altara.

Since I fell to a place infested with such bastards, I had to be careful with every single footstep.

Otherwise…

Rrrrumble.

“They’ve smelled it already.”

That’s why they’re coming.

‘Loup-garou.’

A hybrid of wolves and Goblins, living in packs.

A short, bizarre, hairless, bipedal wolf-shaped monster.

They came smelling it.

Stronger and more powerful than goblins.

With a keen sense of smell and hearing. Living in packs, they were the intelligent hunters and scavengers of the Forsaken Valley.

One or two of them appeared in the darkness with their eerie red eyes flashing.

‘The number is about sixteen.’

Will I be able to deal with them as they are now? The bones all over my body are throbbing.

It’s not a shallow wound.

I got caught up in an explosion several times, and forcibly used the White Haze and the Raging Flower Wave without being able to even take a proper posture in the air.

Thanks to that, my body is in terrible condition.

But I can move better than I thought.

Callius looked at his sword.

Predator Sword – Loas.

“The same as when fighting Master Bernard. And also while dealing with Lutheon.”

Was it an illusion that he received less damage than expected?

Predation.

Callius, who fell into a momentary contemplation about the meaning of the word, erased his thoughts and raised his sword.

Hududuk.

That was then –

Where did the sound of footsteps come from? The loups-garous’ gazes turned to another place.

The bushes shook, and a man’s form began to appear.

A man holding a spear in one hand.

“Callius, you’re alive.”

“… And so are you.”

They looked at each other as if they felt disappointed and clicked their tongues.

Each thought that the other might have died from the fall, but it seemed that was not the case.

Really, he wouldn’t die easily[1].

Lutheon.

This guy was still alive.

It was dark, so it was hard to see, but it didn’t seem like he was in good condition.

That was good news, but the situation was not good.

“Callius, did you tame these bastards in this little while?”

He seemed to be talking about the loups-garous around them.

Callius didn’t like the him chirping, but he wasn’t yet sure what his intentions were.

“Lutheon. I see you survived, but don’t try and pretend that it’s been easy.”

The loups-garous alternated their gazes at Lutheon and Callius, had revealed a gap.

The loups-garous were stuck in the middle between the two of them.

The original encirclement lost its meaning when Lutheon appeared at their flank.

Lutheon’s surroundings lit up brightly.

He was emitting divine power from his whole body.

Divine power coloured red, deep as the twilight.

Kyaaaah!

As it brightened up the surroundings, the loups-garous screamed in suffering as if seeing they were seeing light for the first time in their lives.

However, Callius saw through the other’s condition.

“You’re not alright, either.”

One hand was bent grotesquely, and blood dripped from his forehead.

He’d also been wounded in their fierce battle while they fell. His broken arm probably meant that he’d landed badly unlike Callius.

Nevertheless, his fighting spirit made Callius’ skin tingle it was being pricked with needles, so he couldn’t help but praise him inside.

Lutheon was still full of fighting spirit.

“Callius. I’m asking just in case, but you don’t know how to get out of this place, do you?”

“Do you think I’d teach you even if I know?”

“I’m glad. If you’d known, I would’ve regretted it.”

“You mean you couldn’t kill me?”

“Right.”

Pft.

His smile brought back the memories of their old days as monks.

However, it was then –

Incensed at the dazzling light of divine power, one of the loups-garous attacked Lutheon.

“Shut up, you wolf bastard.”

Puck, kwaang!

A small explosion easily and instantly dispatched the single loup-garou.

But as the first of them rushed, the other loups-garous also charged behind it with screams.

Lutheon clicked his tongue and blasted them with the Exploding Spear again and again.

“You’d better stop that.”

When four or five loups-garous were brutally blasted to death, the rest faltered in fear.

“Did Jervain’s maniac get scared? Far as I know, although you’re not good at swordsmanship, you’re never been afraid of anyone.”

“I just don’t want to go through any trouble. Don’t be so noisy.”

“What do you mean?”

As if he didn’t know what Callius was talking about, Lutheon frowned.

“If you make such a loud noise, he will come.”

The starving bastard of the Forsaken Valley would appear.

The glutton of Altara who was always hungry and always craving food.

Kugugung. Kung!! A huge form appeared in the distance, shaking the earth.

A remnant of the fallen giants.

[Sub Quest]

[The Bastard Son of the Giants, begins]

“Troll.”

The Forsaken King. It was a troll.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 명줄 (lit. life line), used here as ‘his life line is long’.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 29

Squatjaw’s Amusement Park of Mystery (2)

I was filled with tension as I watched Leo and the rest leave the shooting range from a distance.

So far things had gone to plan. The operation was a success.

There were no objections from the boys. Perhaps because they were more interested in how I used Kiriko’s unique ability, rather than in winning or losing.

It was for this purpose that I’d dared show off mixing ‘penetration’ and ‘explosion’. By deliberately focusing on mimicking abilities, I’d managed to distract them from the outcome of the confrontation. In fact, hitting the target itself had nothing to do with what kind of magic bullets were used.

To be precise, it didn’t matter even if I hadn’t gotten it right.

Now all that was left was the author’s reaction.

What was he going to do?

First of all, it was clear that he already had bad feelings about me, and he intended to delete me from this chapter. In his attempt to maintain the original development.

To change his mind, I had to make two ‘main variables’ move by my side.

The main variables were nothing but:

  1. Leo and his party,
  2. The readers.

Once the main character and party became curious about me, the more curious they become, the more essential my existence would become in terms of ‘plausibility’. Whether he liked it or not, this would remind the author of the importance of my character.

Fortunately, looked like the operation to amplify their doubts had worked. Seeing how Kiriko’s eyes were fixed in my direction.

Next, the readers.

This was simpler. If the readers’ reacted to me positively, wouldn’t it be possible to change the author’s mind as well? To the point where he would even want to use me a little more.

Presumably, the readers’ reaction to this confrontation wouldn’t be very bad. Because I’d be showing them offbeat scenes with some good gags mixed in.

In fact, creating and directing this gameboard had taken a truly enormous amount of work.

From mimicking Cocoa’s ability to move half of the amusement park directly, to small interior settings, to educating everyone in the party one by one.

In order to not make Leo’s party feel something was off, and to lower their vigilance, I even hired ‘troops’ from the character shop and mobilized them as the audience.

Of course, hiring ‘troops’ wasn’t cheap.

I paid a whopping 2000 points for a one-day rental. Even though they were merely characters with basic stats, without much in the way of taking commands.

‘Well, still, I got around 100 people.’

The problem was that despite all this effort, and even if the readers’ reaction was not too bad, there was no guarantee of survival.

As long as the author remained the final decision maker of the story, no matter the plausibility or fan popularity, the risk of character deletion couldn’t be avoided.

So even after leaving the shooting range, I kept watching the situation like a scared rat.

It’d been about 10 minutes since my fight with Kiriko ended.

If there’s no message from the author, it’s a success. At least, it can be interpreted as ‘I’ll watch the situation for now’.

However, if even the slightest restrictions came in, the plan had to be completely revised right away. Because the upcoming confrontations would be tougher than the gunfight. 

But fortunately,

“Phew…”

No message arrived.

Lifting a heavy weight from my heart.

In fact, if it wasn’t for this kind of light mixing of manipulation and subterfuge, it was almost impossible to defeat these guys and survive.

This wasn’t just because these guys had great abilities and were exceptional.

There was another reason why I had no choice but to plan such a strategy. Because competing purely on the basis of abilities was by itself detrimental to me, regardless of whether I won or lost.

Simply put, in the first place, I shouldn’t have been able to corner the main character’s party only with my skills. This is because readers basically always stand on the protagonist’s side while watching the story, and never want to see them be defeated in skills.

In other words, if it wasn’t some playful confrontation where you could laugh it off and ignore the result, it was meaningless to win. If that happened, the author’s sword would still chop my head off in the end based on the readers’ anger.

‘It’s really vicious.’

Every single aspect of the conditions oozed with malice. It was difficult to find a path to escape.

But the greater the crisis, the greater the opportunity.

If I could overcome the current situation with my wisdom, I might be able to create an opportunity for a reversal that would’ve been impossible in the past.

‘No, I must make that happen.’

First of all, I had to force the future competitions into a certain flow.

  1. I start the game from an overwhelmingly advantageous position.
  2. Taunt.
  3. The angry opponent makes a comeback and drives me to the very brink of defeat.
  4. At the last moment, I somehow barely eke out a slapdash victory.
  5. End the act by brushing away cold sweat and saying it’d been dangerous just now.

Giving your opponent a chance to make a comeback was of course a huge risk, but this too was unavoidable. Because I had to be wary of the main character’s party as well.

The equation was simple. If they didn’t show their cool sides, it wouldn’t meet the readers’ expectations, and the accumulated resentment would again come back as another threat.

Anyway, the key was to elicit ‘joy’ and ‘surprise’ from the readers, and at the same time give them a ‘not unacceptable defeat’.

“Whoo…”

Of course, I was ready.

All that was left was to implement the plan without any problems.

Then,

“Squatjaw! Shouldn’t you have said something?!”

“Huh?”

Haka, who’d returned from his mission, sneaked up and grumbled at me.

“Why would you shoot something like that without any warning in advance?”

“Something like that?”

“That last shot of yours!”

“Shot… Ah. My shot?”

“I thought it was a firecracker, and I almost died like an idiot!”

After all, what I’d fired wasn’t just the ‘form’ of a bullet.

The bullet that fused ‘explosion’ and ‘penetration’ was the most powerful ammunition that Kiriko could currently use. Hidden in the bushes and moving in the shadows, this guy must have been terrified when something like that had suddenly flown in.

“But you’re not going to die with just that much, are you?”

“Anyway, it really sounded dangerous.”

I quietly looked into Haka’s grumbling eyes.

This guy was already starting to change his character. While his weirdness and secretiveness subsided, his chatter and fussiness instead rose up.

How his slitted eyes had subtly widened was the best proof. His narrowed eyes used to symbolize his ‘secrecy’ and ‘seriousness’. Whereas right now, I didn’t even think that his eyes were particularly narrow.

Originally, such changes would come only after he met with Leo and rest a few more times. A change signifying the character shifting to a ‘gag’ character rather than a ‘secret’ one.

Presumably, his unexpected encounter with a goblin had now brought this change about.

In fact, if we assumed that the initial goal of the character, Haka, had been to introduce the goblins, then it could be said that the reason behind his existence itself had disappeared.

It was unclear what the future consequences of this might be.

The first reason why I’d tried to collect this guy was because I thought that it might buy the author’s favour, by helping him weave the ‘unrecovered rice cakes’ into the storyline.

Even now, that thought had not changed, but the problem was that this guy was facing the danger of deletion without even becoming a ‘rice cake’.

Actually, this guy had only ever directly faced Leo and his party once, and even then, he didn’t really have a great presence.

‘Rather… I wonder if he could become a treasure trove?’

In my opinion, the reason this guy was able to exist without any problems even after going through character settlement was because he was already connected with me.

In other words, he was being protected by my ‘rank’.

It was questionable how long the current situation would last.

As the author said, the character has to do something to survive on his own. If you don’t, you will eventually lose sight of the light at the end of the tunnel and collapse.

Of course, the initial settings given to this guy didn’t disappear, so he was still usable. He was still strong, and he was a character with potential.

So, I didn’t mean to just leave this guy alone. I was thinking of laying a solid groundwork that would at least act as support, so that he could stand on his own two feet.

To do that, it was necessary to create an environment in which the most ‘significant setting’ applied to this guy could be made relevant, and there was only one way to do that.

It was to bring forward the appearance of the goblins, at a large scale.

‘Yeah, the level of risk is no joke.’

For a moment, I naturally imagined the angry face of the author. It would be like bypassing about 20 volumes of content.

To be honest, I wouldn’t have anything to say even if I ended up being deleted.

“Hmm.”

I shook my head, clearing away my thoughts.

Well, it was just an idea right now.

That was that, and for now, I had to focus on the current situation.

“By the way, what about the others?”

“Chinuavi is doing the final inspection, and the little girl is dragging the time.”

“How much time left?”

“Would it be about 40 minutes?”

The time had come for me to slowly start preparing for the next match.

“You understand your role in the next match?”

“Sure.”

“Great. You mustn’t be caught. In a way, your role might be the most important this time too. Don’t let that tuft-haired kid…”

“Hey, don’t worry.”

Then, leaving Haka behind, I hurriedly accelerated my steps.


40 minutes later.

– Now, were you all bored with the gunfight last time? That’s why we have a new big event for you! The match everyone has been waiting for! It’s called ‘Run, One Lap around the Park!’

“Wow!”

“Whoo!”

“I’ve been waiting!”

Actually, it wasn’t much of a game.

It was literally just starting from the front door and running through a fixed route.

The rules couldn’t have been simpler than this.

Reach the target before your opponent.

– This challenger is even more cheeky than that cheeky redhead! Introducing, Leo the Troublemaker!

There was only one reason why I planned this running race.

Because this was the only way to deal with Leo.

In a situation where you had to compete ability versus ability, it was best to find a way to compete against a part of the ability, not against the ability as a whole. There was no way for me to compete against electricity, so the only choice for a match was speed.

Following Cocoa’s introduction, the onlookers started booing again.

“Boo!”

“Go away!”

“Who do you think you are, little baby!”

Of course, Leo didn’t care about any of it. He just sported his innocent smile as if he was just having fun.

“Let’s get started!”

– And our running champ against that tuft-haired kid! The name everyone has been waiting for! Introducing, Lamborghini Squatjaw!

I slowly approached Leo, who’d been waiting at the starting line.

Leo looked at me and smiled.

“You said that if I win, you’ll tell me about your identity?”

“Yeah, right.”

“Are you sure? I’m not kidding, I’m fast.”

“I know.”

“No, you can’t say you know until you experience it yourself. As for how fast I am…”

“No? You must be as fast as lightning.”

“… That means you don’t know!”

I couldn’t even smile when I saw Leo’s bewildered expression. Because I was so tense inside.

It took me a week of grinding just to prepare for this one simple game. Because my opponent was none other than the ‘protagonist’.

In fact, this race was a battle that would be the starting point for my path of survival.

“But I’m fast too. Enough to make you nervous.”

“Heh, we’ll see about that.”

“Well, I’ll tell you the long and short of it. You see, I…”

In an instant, blue sparks flew out of my body.

Crrrrrackkkkkle –.

“Am as fast as lightning.”

“… What?”

As soon as Leo made that blank expression, I signalled Cocoa to start.

To take the opportunity while this guy was confused.

–  Then ready, steady! Start!

I quickly shot forward. Swerving left to get out of his sight, I quickly took out a bottle of invisibility potion from my sleeves and swallowed the contents.

“Ugh. This taste…”

I’d already confirmed that the invisibility potion wouldn’t clash with my [Mimic Acrobat].

I went invisible without hesitation.

And yet,

“Where did you go?”

As if using a booster, Leo rushed past me with a flash of lightning.

So far, it was a success.

I stood still and watched him quietly.

As far as running rules were concerned, there was no need to worry about your opponent. Just run at your own pace.

But Leo didn’t. Right now, he seemed more interested in me than the race.

Of course, this was intended. That guy who used lightning never even considered that he might lose, and if I was already in sight, it didn’t matter. He’d run by my side and ask me questions.

Soon after,

“I found you, you bastard! How the hell are you using my lightning? Tell me right now!”

The boy ran forward again.

Of course, I wasn’t the one who he’d found.

And soon,

“What! Are you already following me?”

It was Chinuavi disguised as me.

The place where the two of them were running was a path that had nothing to do with the previously specified running route.

The reason Leo followed Chinuavi without any doubt was simple.

Because the existence that he thought was me, was right in front of him.

And therefore,

“… That’s spectacular.”

He couldn’t have imagined that the path would be wrong.

Beyond the road where the two of them ran, an extremely huge castle slowly began to appear.

What I prepared for this one simple game, to defeat that main character, was not so simple.

It was another amusement park, hidden inside a ‘goblin cloth’.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 47

The Sinking Forest.

Even amidst the freezing winter of the North, its interior was stained with green.

Because the trees were covered layer by layer with leaves resembling pine needles that wouldn’t fall even in winter.

As a result, snow did not pile up inside the Sinking Forest, and blotches of green hung mysteriously in the air.

“So this is the Sinking Forest. It’s the first time I’m seeing it with my own eyes. It’s hard to believe that this place used to be a cliff in the ancient times…”

Allen looked around with his remaining eye, his blonde hair fluttering in the sunlight every time he shook his head.

“Hey, Allen. We haven’t come here to sightsee, so take a proper look around… If you fall into a pit, it’d be too small for me to try save you.”

“I don’t even want you to. I’ll take care of myself, so you just worry about yourself, Aaron. Aren’t you in more danger than me with that heavy body of yours?”

While Aaron was about to fire a rejoinder –

“Be quiet. We’re not here to play around.”

Callius ended the fight.

“Master Callius. Over there…”

At that moment, Rinney, who had climbed up on a tree, called out to Callius.

“There. Orcs over there.”

“I see.”

However, Callius looked at Emily who was also near Rinney.

At those eyes demanding confirmation, Emily glanced at Rinney once and answered.

“It’s blurry, but I can see something moving. Rinney might be right.”

Callius nodded at that. Rinney’s eyes fell on Emily.

The strange bond between the two made Rinney’s brows furrow.

“Location?”

“Northeast.”

“Not bad.”

Callius looked at Bruns, who took something out of his cloth bag as if he’d been waiting.

It was a telescope.

Callius’ form disappeared in an instant and appeared at the top of the tree.

Climbing even higher than Rinney, he observed the orcs through the telescope.

“So that’s it.”

The orcs weren’t stupid.

They hadn’t brought the giant beasts who’d tried to brutishly destroy the fortress walls into the Sinking Forest, knowing what a bad idea that would be.

It was convenient to use the giant beasts for moving supplies, but it was inevitable for them to stand out.

‘Those are earth dragons.’

They chose earth dragons to move through the Sinking Forest.

Earth dragons were bipedal reptilian beasts, with strong leg muscles that allowed them to move with quickness and agility.

On their backs they hauled large loads of luggage, presumably the supplies.

‘So they’re thinking of passing through the Sinking Forest using the earth dragons.’

It was a novel way.

Because they have a great sense of balance and can jump around well, they are not affected by the singularity of the Sinking Forest.

It was necessary to use quite a number of earth dragons, but it was a safe and sure way to pass through the forest.

This was a method that suited the orcs, who were masters of the demonic beasts.

‘If they are using the earth dragons to move, it’s unlikely that enemies are waiting here in ambush.’

For a moment, the taste of the grilled earth dragon that he’d eaten at an inn came to mind. Dismissing those thoughts, Callius came down from the tree and gave orders.

“Get ready.”

The knights, as if they’d been waiting for his order, took something out of their own bags and started to sprinkle it all around.

It was some kind of a golden powdery substance, but the knights sprinkled it as carefully as if it were actual gold.

‘What the hell is this…’

Orphin, along with the rest of the knights, sprinkled the powder according to plan, but could not help but be curious.

Because this powder had been made by grinding a common plant. Moringa[1], also called drumstick tree, grew everywhere even in the barren northern lands, and was treated as a weed.

Callius had ordered this a few days ago.

Meeting with the knights, he ordered them to pluck out moringa leaves wherever they saw some, and to make it into powder. The knights had naturally been curious at the command, but they did not ask questions.

Their faith in Callius had been thoroughly strengthened throughout this war in the North.

“Master, we’re done.”

“Good work.”

As he reconfirmed the locations where the powder had been sprinkled, Callius nodded his head.

‘This should be enough.’

Within the Sinking Forest, the ground was made up of sediments accumulated on top of the tangle of tree roots over a long period of time.

And most of the trees in the forest had some peculiar properties, which could not be explained logically, including one specific peculiarity.

‘Most people wouldn’t know…’

For some reason, if you sprinkle moringa powder on the trees in the Sinking Forest, they start to corrode within five minutes, and the fibres gradually decompose and break down after ten minutes.

While the weed was not at all harmful to humans, to the trees of this forest, it was an absolute poison.

What would happen if you sprinkled moringa powder on the roots of the Sinking Forest, where the ground was already weak?

‘It’ll collapse at the slightest impact.’

This setting would be used as a stepping stone to turn the war around when the North begins to crumble, when a middle-class Named finds this out…

‘I can’t help it.’

Since it’s a simpler way to starve out the orcs, there’s nothing wrong with using it now.

After all, I won’t just stand and watch in the war that will be fought in the future.

“Now it’s just a matter of waiting.”

If you just wait, no matter how many earth dragons the enemy uses, they’re bound to collapse with a slight shock.

Callius smiled at the trap that reminded him of a sinkhole.

“But master, will it really go to plan?”

“Damn it Bruns, don’t jinx it. My plan is perfect. If they deviate from the expected path, we’ll just show ourselves and drive the orcs back in.”

The knights had been divided into two groups and were waiting on both sides in ambush for that purpose.

There were no gaps.

“Come.”

That was then –

Tap, tap.

The footsteps of the earth dragons could be heard.

They were also sensitive to smells, so the knights had even applied strong-scented herbs on their armour and clothes.

An orc could be seen at their forefront.

Looking around, he signalled the rest that it was okay to come closer.

Behind the owere numerous earth dragons carrying their burdens.

‘Yeah, come a little bit more. Just a little bit more.’

Come a little closer.

A little, a little more.

Just when they were about to reach where the trap had been laid –

Tas.

Somebody else also arrived.

‘… That guy.’

A man wearing a hood came up to the earth dragons and blocked them.

‘No way…’

Callius’ eyes narrowed.

Although the man wore a hood, a splendid blonde mane could be seen beneath it.

And he was holding a spear in his hands.

“Come and meet me. Just because you’re hiding doesn’t mean I don’t know where you are, you know?”

The voice of the hooded man was quite young.

It was a voice that showed considerable spirit, and was full of confidence.

And it was a voice very familiar to Callius.

Bard’s Blessing rekindled his memories as the voice reached him.

When he’d been a monk in the Church. A friend who’d been close to him, and a companion in his trash behaviour.

Unlike other monks, he was the son of a noble family of the same grade as himself, but he was treated differently because of his extraordinary talent.

At that moment, a gust of wind through the forest took off the man’s hood and swayed his brilliant blonde hair.

“Lutheon…”

Callius, who had been hiding in the grass, slowly got up. Slowly, he pulled out the Predator Sword hanging from his waist.

“Callius. Long time no see.”

Lutheon raised his spear, his face an interplay of joy and hatred.

Seeing that spear, Callius gripped the Predator Sword even tighter.

“Lutheon, the renegade.”

The renegade, Lutheon.

Hearing that appellation, Lutheon’s smile twisted even further.

“For some reason, I have to destroy the North. So I’ll ask you a favour.”

Lutheon spoke as if he was talking to an old friend.

“Please die.”

And immediately, his form disappeared.

Callius was momentarily taken aback, but he had no choice but to grit his teeth.

Kaang!!

Because Lutheon, who suddenly appeared in front of him, had stabbed that spear with a dark red blade at him with explosive speed.

He managed to block it, but he couldn’t help but be pushed back.

However, there was no room to fix his posture.

Because Lutheon stabbed once more, aimed at Callius’ chest.

Ttt.

The moment he tried to block the attack with his sword, a pungent smell alerted him, forcing him to pivot away.

And right at that moment –

Kwaaang!!

An explosion, like a bomb detonating, shook the entire forest.

Boom! Boom! Thud!!

Callius, who escaped the explosion, slid across the ground and broke through a few trees before coming to a halt.

His whole body was trembling at the shock he’d received.

“Shit, damn it.”

Spitting out bloody saliva, Callius stood back up.

Thankfully he didn’t block this time and escaped right away. Trying to block that spear again would’ve left him seriously injured.

‘It’s the cloak.’

Originally, it would have been no surprise if even his entire back got charred by that explosion, but the Cloak of Twilight had blocked the heat a little.

If he hadn’t smelled that pungent smell similar to gunpowder, he wouldn’t have thought of it.

“The Exploding Spear, Ames.”

A spear that was considered to have the strongest power even among the highest-grade spears.

Ames.

The owner of the Exploding Spear, Ames –

Was Lutheon von Ruydren.

Aka Lutheon the renegade.

“I didn’t know you would show up.”

I knew that Krasion was connected to the Empire, but I never expected Lutheon to come out.

It’s because he originally appeared long after the main quest started.

‘Is this also my influence?’

But now was not the time to think about that.

Right now.

“What are you thinking of, idiot Jervain!”

Kwaang!!

He had to block Lutheon’s spear again.

“Master Callius!!”

Ududuk!

Once again, avoiding Lutheon’s spear, Callius rolled on the ground.

“Don’t interfere! You guys deal with the orcs! Take the supplies!”

“Do you think I’ll let you do that?!”

A spear that could be said to be among the top three in power. On top of that, Lutheon’s own ability couldn’t be underestimated either.

A genius with a natural ability in swordsmanship since his days as a monk, he turned to the Empire and acquired a powerful spear and excellent spearmanship.

Lutheon of today was a heavy opponent.

A large part of that was the Exploding Spear, Ames.

Ames, which possessed an incredible unique ability, able to finish off an opponent with just one strike of its blade.

Explosion.

How do you deal with the spear capable of that?

It’s no different than fighting a bomb full of gunpowder!

Callius rolled over the floor once more to avoid the next explosion coming from that spear.

Kwaaang!

“Callius. You, a noble among nobles, are rolling on the ground. Have things changed so much?”

“Shut up, Lutheon. You, who betrayed Carpe and the Order to get that spear, don’t have any room to talk.”

Things are not going well.

There are too many variables.

Lutheon suddenly appeared.

And with his appearance, Callius’ body has started remembering memories that are not mine.

Memories of bygone days keep making my head throb.

‘Callius. I envy you.’

Lutheon in my memory. The image overlaps with him now running fiercely towards me.

‘You just do what you want.’

Those sad eyes under the moonlight.

His eyes today look like those of a completely different person.

“Callius!!”

The red blade of Ames, the Exploding Spear, swept in like crazy, again aiming at Callius’ neck.

‘Dangerous.’

Right now, Callius had no way to deal with Lutheon.

Although their weapons had the same rank in name, one was a half-finished sword and the other was a top-notch spear.

The two weapons were not in the same league.

The Predator Sword – Loas was a long way off from even matching Bernard’s Thunderbolt Sword.

‘One way, yes.’

It was true that the two of them weren’t evenly matched right now.

However, Callius had created a variable that his enemy didn’t know of yet.

That was then –

“Where are you looking, Callius!”

Soon the red light flashed and the explosion was imminent again.

Callius avoided the tip by the span of a finger and caught the haft tightly with his hand, pulling the spear toward him.

“You idiot!”

However, Lutheon’s spear was about to explode again.

At this rate, Callius’ hand would get caught in the explosion and be destroyed.

“Did you think I wouldn’t be able to explode if I got too close?”

Lutheon’s lips twisted, and the Exploding Spear again flashed red. The moment when another explosion was about to occur –

Kugung!

A huge vibration made Lutheon’s eyes widen.

“What…!”

The ground on which he was standing began to crumble.

Lutheon was startled, and Callius’ lips curved in dark satisfaction.

“Callius, you!!”

The ground collapsed, and the earth dragons as well as the orcs were caught up in it.

Lutheon tried to escape, but Callius, who’d been bleeding yet held the spear tightly in his grasp, would never allow it.

“Do you want to die together?!”

Callius answered Lutheon’s cry with bloodstained lips.

“This is my victory, Lutheon.”

Soon, both Callius and Lutheon disappeared into the abyssal depths.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 모링가 (Moringa), called drumstick tree or horseradish tree, common in the Indian subcontinent. See Wikipedia.

100th post on the site. We have come far… (Civ6 noises)


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 46

A gust of wind blew over the pure white snowfield, forming vortices.

A colony of orcs had died it green. Their commander, his face heavy, shouted from his shack made of animal leather and bones.

“սննդի պակաս!” 「The food’s run out!」

The man, his blonde hair tied in a braid that fluttered in the wind, scrunched his forehead at the sound.

“What are these guys talking about now?”

“They’ve run out of food.”

“All that food?”

The man who’d taken off his hood, his golden hair fluttering –

Lutheon, frowned.

Obviously, the army had brought several carts of munitions on the backs of the giant beasts when they’d arrived.

Most of those bales must have had been occupied by food, so how come it was already used up?

Ramatu, holding his staff, conversed with the orcs again.

“Seems that the troops transporting the rations have lost contact.”

“Lost contact…?”

At Lutheon’s puzzled expression, Ramatu stroked his beard as if he knew something.

“That Callius’ whereabouts have been unknown since a while ago… Looks like he came out to steal the food.”

Failure to do so would only result in a dog’s death.

However, if you succeed, it’s definitely a great help for the defenders.

His actions forced the orc army to start worrying about food shortages.

“Callius…”

“Orcs don’t eat humans, after all. And food is important to keep up with their strong body and stamina.”

Be it beasts or humans, it’s difficult to fight while starving.

All living things die if they lack food.

Be it a beast or a human.

“But such an important resource has now been cut off. We can’t wait for the next supply…”

There was no time.

The hungry army had eaten up all the beasts in the forest near Jevarsch, and they also had their own mounts to think of.

Since they had to deal with the food supply of the tamed beasts, all the rations they’d brought with them in the past had already been exhausted.

It was enough to give rise to dissent in the ranks.

“Who knows if the next supply convoy would be cut off, either.”

“No way. Please don’t say that.”

“Do you really think so?”

Those were meaningful words.

Even knowing what they meant, Lutheon decided to confirm again.

Because the other party was Ramatu of Krasion.

The most ancient, long-lived member of Krasion.

“What do you mean?”

“The orcs escorting this supply convoy even included a great warrior. You know what it means to have them stolen.”

The death of a great warrior.

The munitions being robbed.

Both pointed to a single fact.

“You’re saying that Callius killed the great warrior and stole the munitions.”

“Right.”

However, it was difficult to understand.

“Still, he’s a guy who almost died by the hands of a great warrior just a short while ago. Even if he survived… it was because that paladin wielding lightning was with him. With that rare elemental spirit sword.”

If there were a strong paladin by his side, a talented warrior with a rare spirit sword –

Only then would the death of a great warrior make sense. It was clear at a glance how powerful the elemental series was. So it was not an impossible feat for a paladin with a sword imbued with lightning.

“That’s another thing you don’t know. Originally, what I fear the most is the growth of a child.”

“He’s not a child.”

“To me, he’s like a child still blooming.”

“Anyway, let’s stop this discussion. I’m still curious about how Callius is still alive. Besides, I’m not sure of his level of skill, but it’s ridiculous to say that he’s on par with a great warrior.”

“I was talking about possibilities.”

Lutheon thought that it was an absurd leap. Maybe it was because the other party didn’t know Callius like he did.

They had been monks in the Church together.

No matter how good his swordsmanship looked from the outside, Callius was cack-handed.

He had no talent for the sword.

It wouldn’t have been easy for a guy like him to go on a pilgrimage and still be alive…

‘A great warrior. Ridiculous.’

Of course, the Silver Flower Wave Sword dance he displayed had definitely been outstanding.

So there must have been some kind of trick, for him to have that level of skill.

However –

“A fool is forever a fool.”

No matter how much people change –

Their essences do not change easily.

Even if he was taught such excellent swordsmanship, how far could he go with such mediocre talent?

It was absurd.

Lutheon finished his thought.

“Anyway, this is bothering me.

“The rations are of course important, but losing the rest of the supplies is also a blow. Including the necessary supplies to tame the beasts.”

They were being quiet for now, but once the medicinal effects subsided, the beasts would wake up to their instincts.

And then there would be a riot.

“What should we do? Master Ramatu.”

“Unless he’s an idiot, he wouldn’t go back to the castle with the supplies he stole.”

“Then…”

It would be nearly impossible to enter the fortress through the army of so many orcs.

And if you are laden with loot on top of that, the probability of success nears zero.

Then there was one thing he could do from outside the castle.

“He’ll try to steal all the supplies that follow.”

“That’s true.”

It was a natural conclusion.

Basically, the supplies were not moved all at once.

They were to be transported in order – first, second and third.

The first convoy had been lost this time.

“So we have the second and third convoys left.”

“If you don’t move this time, all of them will be robbed.”

If so, there would be only one possible ending.

“The orc army will be annihilated, and your mission will also fail.”

Mission failure.

Lutheon’s shoulders became heavy.

“… I can’t fail. I must succeed. For the lady[1], I must!!”

Ramatu clicked his tongue seeing the devotion burning in his eyes.

He didn’t know if it was simple loyalty or the madness that springs from being in love, but if left as it was, the mission would really be a failure.

Since he’d come here representing Krasion, Ramatu also had his own pride to think of.

It was a sad thing, but this couldn’t be left unattended.

That was then –

“Շտապիր!” 「Hurry!」

An orc rushed in, shouting. He seemed to have come to inform them of an emergency.

“What is he saying?”

Hearing the orc’s story, Ramatu’s lips thinned.

“The secondary munitions have been stolen.”

“… Who is doing this?”

“A knight with black hair and gray eyes, wearing a red cloak.”

There were not many knights in the North with such an impression.

“Callius…”

It was that bastard.

“Sir Lutheon. You must stop that bastard first. A blaze, once it starts burning, is hard to stop.”

“…”

“Sir Lutheon. A hungry orc is even more useless than a beast.”

Ramatu shook his head, looking at the weakened orcs.

“The secondary munitions have also been stolen, so we must meet the next wave in advance. Which route is it coming from?”

“That…”


“The Sinking Forest?”

“Yeah. That’s probably the place.”

“I see. If it’s the Sinking Forest…”

Sinking Forest.

The second largest of the three famous forests in the North.

I’d know of it if anybody does.

‘I gave the settings for this place.’

As the name suggested, it was a forest that was gradually sinking due to the weak ground. Originally, in ancient times, it had been a place with steep cliffs and rock formations, but they had been abraded over a long period of time, and on top of them had risen a forest with its roots firmly entangled to form the ground.

Therefore, the earth in this place was made up of accumulated sediment and soft roots, and if you stepped on it, your body would gradually sink. Hence the name.

A forest that was difficult to enter, except for hunters and guides.

It was a dangerous place where you don’t know when or where the earth would give way, so relaxing you guard might lose you your life.

Even if you got lucky and survived the fall, there was no way to climb back up, so once you fell, it was over.

A dangerous jungle where death hounded your every step – that was the Sinking Forest.

“Orphin. Are you sure? It doesn’t make sense to cross that forest with munitions.”

It was such a dangerous place.

The weak ground meant it was difficult to carry heavy loads. No matter how savage the orcs might have been, they weren’t that sort of idiots.

It didn’t make sense.

“Certainly. Lady Rinney said that she saw them head towards there with her own eyes.”

“That’s right! I saw it. Master Callius.”

Eyes blessed by Valtherus.

Rinney’s eyes, which were no different from true clairvoyants, were certainly dependable.

But Callius couldn’t be sure.

‘It was the same when we robbed the first wave of munitions, but the second time was not easy at all.’

Although there was no great warriors with them, there were a large number of orcs with high combat ability on average, so the battle had been quite fierce despite the advantage of surprise.

A lot of blood had to be shed for the victory.

‘Compared to them, the power I have now is weak.’

No matter how powerful he might be, even comparable to a great warrior, he only had a single body.

Except for Callius, the average combat power of the rest of the knights could not be considered high.

He had been fortunate enough to acquire a dramatic rise in his skills due to some tricks and coincidences, but they were not.

They were getting used to the battlefield and their skills were increasing day by day, but in reality they were far too lacking to be compared to the true knights of Jervain.

‘They’ve grown a lot compared to the past, but it’s not enough yet.’

The ones escorting the munitions were usually elites among the orc warriors.

If they simply clashed head-on, losing the knights would be inevitable.

At this time, when nobody knew how the situation might change next, each death was a painful loss and directly led to a decrease in overall power, so they had to be careful.

Besides, they were knights who had believed in him, followed him.

He didn’t want to lose those who claimed to be the knights of Callius.

“How was their procession?”

“There was nothing unusual about it. The beasts were dragging large carts that looked like munitions.”

There was nothing special about it.

So it was even more suspicious.

You couldn’t go through the Sinking Forest by pulling munitions with a cart.

But they went that way nonetheless.

“Suspicious.”

An award-winning performance.

“They’re just orcs, so they might not know about the Sinking Forest.”

It was Aaron, one of the knights.

What he was conveying in such kind words –

That orcs were ignorant brutes.

To some extent, that was correct.

Because they were barbarians, who followed a tribal culture.

“Aaron, although they lack knowledge, they are not without wisdom. They were indeed driven out of the North, but that doesn’t make them fools.”

“Uh, hmm…”

As Aaron let out a sigh, Allen who was next to him spoke as if he had been waiting.

“It’s the Sinking Forest. one of the three major forests in the North. It’s even the second most famous forest after the White Forest, so there’s no way they don’t know about it. I’m kind of suspicious.”

Allen, whose youthful face had become a little sharper and more mature after losing an eye, wondered aloud if the orcs had dug a trap.

“Maybe, as Sir Allen puts it. Maybe it’s different than what we think, the orcs may go through the Sinking Forest via some special route. How about arranging an ambush, any specific locations?”

There was no need to go into the dangerous forest, but they could estimate where the orcs might exit and spring an ambush.

It was a regular knight who had been previously under Zornik who suggested it, a stable operation that could minimize damage.

“Orphin, what do you think?”

Callius, who’d been quietly pondering, looked at Orphin and asked.

She’d been a knight of the North for so long that it was difficult to compare with anyone else present.

Although unexpectedly captured by the orcs, she was still a person with both the dignity and the intelligence befitting a knight.

“I don’t think we have time.”

“Time?”

“Yeah. Twice now, we’ve cut off the supplies of the orc army. So they’re going to be anxious too.”

That’s not wrong.

The most important thing in war is munitions.

More specifically, rations.

Winter in the North is very cold, and food is infinitely scarce.

For the orcs, who are bringing with them so many beasts that their army looks like the waves of a green sea, food must be as important as their honour as warriors.

“They, too, will risk life and death for this supply convoy, so I think we need to take the munitions and run away as soon as possible.”

“Right.”

That’s right.

As desperate as we are, so are our opponents. So we don’t have much time left.

We must decide soon.

Decide, and implement.

“Then how about this?”

“What is it, Bruns?”

“Now, what worries master is that those guys who entered the forest have set a trap, right?”

“Yes. Even if we go into the forest and seize the supplies, we won’t make it out of there if reinforcements arrive and surround us.”

Because they will be desperate too.

If the supply is cut off this time, it will be their turn to wither and die.

News of what happened to the rest of the supplies must have come in by now. So they would have sent reinforcements towards the last remaining supply convoy.

“Master, our purpose is simply to cut off the supplies, isn’t it?”

“If that was so simple, why bother…”

Just when I was about to say something –

Bruns’ blunt words hit me like an avalanche.

“Then we can just let them sink alive with their supplies, right?”

They entered the Sinking Forest.

It seemed that my past two successes had made me focus only on stealing the supplies.

Let them all sink.

Bruns’ words cleared my mind.

The Sinking Forest.

Let them sink and perish there, as befit the name of the place.

“If it were that simple, we wouldn’t be suffering like this… Use your head a bit more.”

Aaron stabbed from the side, but I raised my hand to focus everybody’s attention.

“No. No…”

I didn’t know if it was different for others. But for me, it was very simple.

Because –

Because I, had made the Sinking Forest.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] Korean has problems with gendered pronouns, so you aren’t supposed to know at this point whether it’s a male or a female being spoken of. Spoiler? Not really. Who exactly it is, though… is one.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 28

Squatjaw’s Amusement Park of Mystery (1)

“By the way, that guy… I haven’t seen him around these days?”

Leo’s question came out of the blue, but it was enough to energize the party, who had been getting tired of the tedious journey.

They had been trekking for two days across a barren field, with nothing to see but sand and wind.

“You mean that Squatjaw?”

“Now that you say it. It always felt strange, like he was circling around us.”

Leo looked back at Yan, who had been silent so far, and asked a question.

“You know something, don’t you? About him?”

“Well, um… me, me too…”

“He was with you back then. Before you fought me.”

“Well, that was because that guy impersonated one of our members…”

“Impersonated? Really? Because he has a different identity every time he appears.”

Then Kiriko brought out the same words that he’d repeated every time the topic of Squatjaw had come up for discussion before.

“Isn’t he a secret agent of the International Council? I can smell it.”

“Isn’t that just a problem with your nose? And you don’t even know what secret agents do, do you?”

“I don’t need to know something like that. You know that makes him a secret agent? The important point is that his identity changes every time. Other than the secret agents of the International Council, who else would change their identity every time like that? Those guys are the ones who can deceive even veteran adventurers.”

“It’s not even funny. Anyone who listens would think that you’re one of those veteran adventurers, Mr. Kiriko. You dolt.”

Despite saying something like that, Siana couldn’t hide her smile as she looked at Kiriko.

Oddly enough, she seemed to enjoy making fun of him.

“Anyway, that’s not the point. Whether he is an enemy or not, is the question.”

“So what if he’s an enemy, he’s a funny guy. Where did he go anyway?”

“Who knows. He might pop out of nowhere again sometime.”

Then,

“I…”

Yan, who’d been hesitating, spoke up.

“Somehow, I think we’ll see each other soon?”

“What?”

“What do you mean?”

“How do you know?”

“It’s, just… at the end of this field, somehow I feel like he’s waiting for us…”

Yan’s remarks were quite interesting. Because this kind of talk was the favourite of some veteran adventurers.

“Oh oh… are you saying this as a guide?”

“I, I’ve been told before that I have a good sense of direction…”

At that moment,

“Oh, over there! See down there!”

Kiriko, who’d been walking a little ahead, exclaimed suddenly.

His eyes, which were pointed to the front following his finger, were dyed with astonishment.

And beyond that finger, a strange sight stretched out beyond the suddenly sunken terrain.

“Hey, what is that?”

“Castle? But how could there suddenly be a castle in a place like this…”

“No, wait… It looks like a castle, but those definitely look like rides in the back… Is it an amusement park?”

There was a huge amusement park, right in the middle of the road.

There was nothing else around. Just it.

“What?”

“What, what?”

Only Leo had a different reaction.

“Wow! I was getting so bored, this is great! You all want to go take a look?”

“But that… doesn’t that look really suspicious any way you see it?”

Siana questioned carefully, but she couldn’t slow down Leo’s already excited footsteps.

“That’s the taste of adventure! Let’s go, let’s go!”

That was then –

– Welcome to Squatjaw’s Amusement Park of Mystery.

A young voice came from somewhere.

“Squatjaw?”

“Squatjaw? That Squatjaw!?”

Something caught Leo’s eyes as he whirled around searching for the source of the voice.

“Oh, over there!”

Leo was pointing to the front entrance of the amusement park.

A little kid in a Pierrot mask stood there, holding a megaphone in one hand.

As if in response to Leo pointing, the little Pierrot spoke on the megaphone.

– Go play. There are so many fun gadgets.

Leo went up to the little Pierrot and asked,

“Does Squatjaw own this amusement park?”

“Yes.”

“How can I meet him?”

“Squatjaw is inside the amusement park. You can meet whenever you come in.”

“Really? Then can I take a look?”

But as Leo was about to enter, the little Pierrot stopped him.

“Wait, there’s an entrance fee. It’s a million gold.”

“What?”

It was an embarrassing amount to even hear.

“What’s so expensive!”

“Then, 500,000 gold.”

“…?”

“You won’t be wasting money. You can make dozens of times that much in here. Just 500,000 gold isn’t enough for you to get cold feet, right?”

“… ‘Course not!”

Leo readily took the money out of his pocket and handed it to the little Pierrot mask.

Of course, it was Siana’s money.

“What about the rest of you?”

“Well, let’s just go in once.”

“Hmm, it’s suspicious, but it can’t be helped.”

Kiriko and Siana also handed over their entry fees following Leo’s example.

“Hey, I don’t have any money…”

“Here’s for this guy.”

“Yes, thank you. Then I will let you enter.”

The little Pierrot mask, receiving Yan’s entry fee from Siana, quickly put all the money into his sleeves and opened the front gate.

– Four guests entering!

The amusement park stretching out beyond the gate was like a new world. Gardens that were a riot of colours filled with exotic flowers, all kinds of rides and shops scattered around, and even people running around laughing raucously.

It was a landscape in stark contrast to the desolate wilderness outside.

“Look over there! A roller coaster! There’s even a gyrodrop!”

“Are you a kid…”

“Didn’t you come here to meet Mr. Squatjaw?”

Besides Leo, who was openly excited, even Kiriko and Siana’s faces were dyed with excitement despite their protests.

“Oh, there’s even an ice cream shop… Hey…”

And Yan, too.

While everyone was engrossed in the new environment –

“By the way, you’re lucky, sir guests.”

The little Pierrot, who came in after them, spoke quietly.

“There’s a game event running in our amusement park right now. Would you like to participate?”

“A game event?”

“Yes, we took the most popular games in the park and changed them into a separate event format, but it doesn’t happen every day. There are a lot of different games, and even prizes.”

“Oh, really?”

“How about it? You can both enjoy the game and earn money. Two birds, one stone.”

Leo answered without hesitation.

“Let’s do it!”

And,

“What’re the events?”

“Can we all participate?”

Kiriko and Siana also intervened enthusiastically.

Seeing this, the little Pierrot raised his hand asking them to calm down.

“There are several events, so why not participate one by one? First off, what about this red-haired gunslinger here?”

Approaching Kiriko, he quietly gave him an offer.

“Isn’t there one game that a lot of people especially like? ‘Shoot at the Sunset!’ It’s a kind of gunfight, you just have to hit a moving target. Why not try participating once? I think you’ll do well.”

“A gunfight?”

“Yes. Even the prize money is huge. If you beat the current champion, you’ll get 100 million gold on the spot.”

“100 million? 100 million in prize money?”

Looking at the surprised Kiriko, the little Pierrot continued whispering.

“Yes, but the participation fee is only one hundredth of that. One million gold.”

“Huh? A million-gold participation fee?”

The little boy looked surprised at the question.

“Oh my, why are you surprised? Can’t you make 100 million gold with just 1 million? Aren’t you confident? Why are you even carrying those guns then? Are those just fakes? What about that handsome red hair, is that fake too?”

“Hey, who said I’m not? It’s no big deal to hit a few targets.”

Then, once Kiriko handed over the money,

“Good for you!”

Without anyone saying anything, the little Pierrot shouted on the megaphone.

– Champion! A cheeky opponent has appeared to challenge you!

And simultaneously,

“What? Challenge the champion?”

“Who is that cheeky bastard!?”

“Hey, over there!”

People from all over the amusement park gathered in an instant, as if they’d been waiting for this moment.

Putting our heroes in a really awkward situation.

“What, who are these guys?”

“Are they all one gang?”

“I told you this place was suspicious!”

While the three of them were hesitating because of the sudden crowd of onlookers,

“Uh, uh, uh, uh, over there!”

Yan pointed to a spot in the distance.

Right there, a man with a jutting chin wearing a cowboy hat was barely visible, riding a merry-go-round.

The onlookers, also becoming aware, started clamouring.

“Wow!

“It’s the champion!”

“It’s the gunfighting champion, Squatjaw the Cowboy!”

It was a very strange and bizarre situation.

“It looks like Mr. Squatjaw is the reigning champion.”

“What’s he cooking up this time?”

Leo felt he needed to have a bout with the guy.

They hadn’t seen him for a few days, and here he was already planning something crazy.

“Should I call him right now? Hey! Squatjaw!”

Oddly enough, despite Leo calling him a few times, the other party pretended not to hear and kept picking his ears.

Little Pierrot sneaked in a few words from the side.

“If you want to call the champion, you have to shout out that you are going to challenge him first. That’s the rule here.”

“Challenge?”

“If you want to compete with him, you have to ask him first.”

“Oh my gosh, it’s all so annoying.”

Still, Kiriko meekly followed the Pierrot’s words.

“Hey, Squatjaw! You call yourself a gunfighter champ? Let’s have a match, you bastard!”

Then,

“Which kid dared challenge me to a match?”

The Cowboy got off the merry-go-round as if he’d been waiting for this moment.

A deep smile filled his lips as he slowly trotted over.

“Alright, I accept the match.”


– From now on, we’ll start the popular game of Squatjaw’s Amusement Park of Mystery, ‘Shoot at the Sunset!’

– The rules are simple.

– All you have to do is hit the moving target.

– However, guns and bullets are not provided.

– The cheeky challenger will go first. It’s this red-haired kid!

Along with the introduction from little Pierrot mask, the onlookers began to boo.

“Boo!”

“You cheeky little bastard!”

“You’ll definitely lose!”

Leo also started cheering for his teammate.

“Kiriko! Set an example!”

“Mr. Kirikidiot! Can’t you even do this?”

“Come on, good luck!”

Siana and Yan also joined the cheering squad.

Kiriko calmly entered the shooting range with an unconcerned gait.

“Just watch.”

Whatever the planners planned, or the onlookers booed, or that there were no bullets, it didin’t matter.

It made him want to laugh. Because he didn’t need bullets in the first place.

The red sun was blazing beyond the shooting range.

“Good.”

The scene reminded him of his youth, when he’d devoted himself to shooting practice like an ascetic.

It was as if all his nerves were on the edge and ready to fire. In this state, he couldn’t miss the target even if he wanted to.

Soon, something dark sprung up in the distance. It looked like a human shadow, and that must’ve been the target.

Kiriko pulled out his revolver, giving the chamber a quick spin.

The magic bullets defaulted to the ‘explosion’ type. However, since that risked raising a large dust cloud, he immediately changed it to ‘penetration’.

Then, he fired a magic bullet straight at the target in the distance.

He could hit a target that size with his eyes closed. What’s more, if it was that slow…

That was then –

“Huh?”

The number of targets he needed to hit and knock down quickly increased to dozens. Their sizes also reduced significantly, and they even started moving quickly from side to side.

“Oh, hey, hey, this is fun.”

Kiriko continuously fired magic bullets as the targets popped up. Although the targets were moving faster, it was not enough for him to use ‘rapid fire’.

And then,

“Is it over?”

The targets stopped appearing.

Every bullet had hit the bull’s eye. There was no need for even an extra shot.

Kiriko tucked the revolver back at his waist and returned to his seat.

– Here we are, the red-haired kid with the gun is back at his seat! Has his score been counted? Are you done? Yes! It’s been counted! Now, that kid’s score is…!

Kiriko checked the scorecard with a confident expression on his face.

Then,

“Eh?”

He opened his mouth in embarrassment.

– 12 points! That’s 12 points! Did you all see that red-haired kid shoot aimlessly into the air? He really should’ve checked what the target was before he started shooting! All he managed was to hit it by some ricochets!

“What, what!? I got them all right! Isn’t the score wrong?”

But the little Pierrot didn’t even listen.

– Next is the champion! It’s the turn of Squatjaw the Cowboy!

“Wow!”

“Champion! Champion!”

“Show us your skills!”

Shortly thereafter, Squatjaw the Cowboy stepped into the shooting range.

“Hey, I’ll see how well you can shoot.”

While Kiriko was watching the scene with eyes mixed with dissatisfaction and absurdity –

Out of nowhere, Squatjaw jerked his head towards him.

And,

“Do you know which of the six magic bullets has the most destructive power?”

“… What?”

“It’s not ‘explosion’ or ‘penetration’. It’s a combo of the two.”

It was an incomprehensible statement.

“Wait, how do you know about my unique ability…”

“How is that your unique ability?”

Squatjaw’s following words and actions almost made Kiriko pass out from surprise.

“It’s my unique ability.”

He pulled out two revolvers from his waist. They looked just like Kiriko’s.

“What, what…”

Then, the two guns in Squatjaw’s hands began to emit blue light.

It was obviously the light that’d come out when two bullet types were combined. That was a new skill that even Kiriko himself had just discovered.

“One piece of advice. Before starting a game, it’s good to have a close look at the name of the game. Especially if it’s a one-opportunity game.”

Squatjaw raised both revolvers up.

However, the two guns were not aimed at the dark targets that were suddenly rising up in the distance.

Rather, they were aimed at nothing other than the huge sun at the horizon scattering the red light of dusk.

“No, that, that…”

Soon after,

Bang! Bang!

Two magic bullets were fired from the revolvers, blazing trails of blue.

Then, the magic bullets flying into the distance suddenly collided with something invisible.

Claaaaannngggggg –.

It seemed that the ‘real target’ was hidden somewhere in the air.

“…”

Kiriko stared at Squatjaw, who returned to his seat with a refreshed expression.

– Alright, here’s the score! The champion, Squatjaw the Cowboy scored a whopping 100 points! This time too, there was no changing of the guard! Look at that speechless redheaded kid over there! That’s great!

It was a trick. It was an unfair game.

But at that moment, winning or losing was not important to Kiriko.

There was only one thought running through his mind right now.

Somebody stole his unique ability.

“What are you…?”

It was a question that had been asked many times already. But the weight of the question this time was different from before.

For the first time, Kiriko was caught up in an urge to sincerely dig into Squatjaw’s identity.

However, Squatjaw just turned around leisurely, leaving only a sentence behind.

“If any of you beat me, then I’ll let you all know.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 27

Mimic Acrobat

7. Mimic acrobat – 30,000p

▶ [Mimic Acrobat] detail page

  • Description: When certain conditions are met, you can imitate the abilities of others.
  • Basic Features
    • There is no limit to the total number of abilities that can be imitated.
    • Cannot exceed the ability of the imitation target.
    • Impossible to mimic two abilities at once.
    • After the mimicry ends, it is impossible to imitate the same ability within 24 hours.
    • After the mimicry ends, the ability cannot be activated again within 1 hour.
  • Mimic Conditions
    • Private
  • Currently applicable abilities

※ This ability comes with author’s privileges.

“Hmmm…”

I couldn’t just press the buy button without thinking.

The reason why I was hesitating to acquire the unique ability I’d been waiting for so long? It was because a new phrase had suddenly popped up.

Precisely, this:

※ This ability comes with author’s privileges.

The author’s privilege here meant that the author would provide some separate benefit when purchasing this ability.

Sounded good, right? It was a good thing.

However,

‘Why?’

That’s why it was even more suspicious. Because there was no reason for it.

The privileges were briefly introduced like this:

※ Author’s privileges

  1. Payback
    • 10% of points will be refunded immediately upon purchase.
  2. Confirmed appearance
    • Definitely appear in the upcoming chapter.
    • Play the main role.

‘This is just about buying…’

The first benefit was, payback.

Needless to say, it was a good one. 3000 points would be refunded immediately. To be honest, my fingers itched to press the buy button as soon as I saw it.

And the second, the fact that I would definitely appear in the next chapter was also something that I had no reason to refuse. Including being in the main role.

Of course, being forced to act in a certain role was also a kind of risk. It meant that I had to assimilate myself into the character and the settings that the author intended.

Even so, this risk was one well worth taking. Because the return on investment was huge.

In fact, the benefits I would get from this were not much different from purchasing another ‘background with built-in unique ability’. Considering the weight of the main role, it might even be called better. And the minimum cost for such background products was around 60,000p.

All in all, it was a huge benefit.

Yes, on the surface.

The problem was the lack of stability.

I was well aware of what’d happened to the ‘original’ acrobat who was supposed to be the main character of this chapter. In fact, there was nothing significant to speak of. He’d only appeared for a moment, and then disappeared.

It’d been a chapter without much content in the first place. He appeared out of the blue and blocked the protagonist’s way, and immediately got into an argument with Leo and the rest. Then, before he could even imitate their abilities, he was hit by Leo and flew away. That was all.

But, of course, I wasn’t in the same position as the acrobat. Unlike that guy who’d just appeared for the first time, I’d already built up a reputation with many readers. Even if a similar situation did occur, it would be in the future.

Besides, it was impossible for me to leave the role alone and undisturbed. Unless the author was an idiot, he wouldn’t try and force such an improbable development.

“Okay.”

After organizing my thoughts, I immediately pressed the buy button.

Then,

  • There are conditions that must be fulfilled after purchasing this product. Significant penalties would be imposed in case of non-compliance. If you consent, please proceed with the purchase.

A warning message came out of nowhere.

“What is this now?”

To be honest, I had to pause again. Significant penalties?

I double-checked the text.

I didn’t feel good about this.

‘Must be fulfilled…’

There was an aspect of it that was strangely a bit ambiguous.

Simply not following the conditions was not the whole problem. What if it included even the case of ‘trying to satisfy the conditions but failing’?

The risk here could be greater than expected.

“Hmm, nah.”

I quickly shook my head.

No matter how much I thought about it, there was only one possible conclusion.

I needed this ability. It was enough if I just achieved the specified conditions.

After making up my mind, I proceeded to buy it.

And yet,

Tiling –.

  • Are you sure you want to apply the ability?

“Apply.”

As a swarm of dazzling lights enveloped me, I finally learned [Mimic Acrobat].

After a moment,

“Ah…”

I groaned involuntarily.

It was definitely different from the time when I’d applied the backgrounds. It felt as if some mysterious power was filling my whole body… A power that only chosen humans with extraordinary qualities could possess. The moment I acquired it, I felt as if I had truly become a part of this world.

Following that,

[You have acquired a unique ability]

[Character’s rank has greatly increased]

[Registered as a major record in the official character data of ‘Squatjaw’]

The hologram also commemorated the acquisition of my unique ability. Who knew if it had any particular meaning. 

But,

“I’m here.”

Even though it was a moment I’d been so looking forward to, I couldn’t enjoy my euphoria for long. Because a mysterious message soon arrived at the hologram window.

  • Details of the conditions to be fulfilled have arrived. Do you want to open the message?

“Open it.”

Checking the message, I was astonished.

“Hey, this… what the hell is this, damn it!”

[Required transition conditions for using the Mimic Acrobat ability]

  1. You must appear as the main villain of [Chapter 13 – Mimic Acrobat].
  2. You must imitate all of the unique abilities of the main characters (Leo, Kiriko, Siana, and Yan).
  3. You must face each of them individually, using their own mimicked abilities.
  4. The event for each competition will be selected by the main character’s party, and you must win the battle against them.

※ If the above conditions are not fulfilled or failed, the character will be deleted.


How much time had passed?

After silently reading the message over and over for a while, only one thought remained in my head.

Got hit. By the author himself.

There was no other way to explain it.

‘…’

It was even worse than I’d thought. To put forth such a malicious condition that was close to impossible to be realized. And the penalty for failure was nothing less than character deletion.

To be honest, I was just plain shocked. Where did these conditions come from? How come the original acrobat didn’t have them at all?

Of course, that acrobat had left before he could’ve shown anything, so there was no way for me to ascertain whether he, too, had been given these conditions.

But I was sure that he and I were different. If he had been in the same situation as me, there was no way he would have started an argument with Leo first. Rather, he would have tried to slowly coax them to play a game or two.

There was no doubt. It was clear that these were newly created conditions aimed solely at me. In particular, the rule of having to face off against their abilities… DId my previous behaviour of earning points using Chinuavi piss the author off too much?

“Hoo…”

But being embarrassed and resentful wouldn’t change the situation. Rather, I had to find a way to bypass the difficulties.

After calming my mind, I repeated the conditions to myself one more time, step by step.

First. Imitating them.

First off, this was the problem.

The conditions for imitating a certain ability were as follows.

  1. You must know the face and real name of the person using the ability.
  2. You must directly see the manifestation of the ability.
  3. You must be aware of the mechanism by which the ability operates.
  4. You must have a physique that matches the level of the ability.

The problematic item was the fourth, that you must have a physique that matched your abilities.

It didn’t take much to imitate the ability of Siana, the decipherer, but the other three were different. In particular, both Leo and Kiriko were adversaries, and both their unique abilities required enormous physical ability.

In other words, I didn’t even know if my body would be able to handle Leo’s [Lightning that Destroys Calamities] or Kiriko’s [Six Burning Bullets] right now.

And the second issue.

Even if the ability were embodied, you have to fight a battle with the native user of that ability. And you even have to win. This was one really absurd condition.

In the first place, the ability being imitated cannot exceed the ability of the original target. And yet, you have to compete with your imitation and win. That too, for all four.

Not just that, just because you have the same ability doesn’t mean you can express the same power as the original. Because not only your skill levels differ, but the hidden characteristics inherent in each character also differ.

For example, Kiriko had a hidden characteristic called ‘accuracy’ that was no less than another unique ability. It pretty much doubled the effectiveness of his [Six Burning Bullets].

In other words, no matter how talented you are, unless you too have such a hidden characteristic, there is no way you can win a gunfight against him.

“Does this make sense?”

The rage that had barely subsided felt like it was rising up again.

I closed my eyes and took a deep breath. I didn’t have the time to waste on emotional exhaustion.

“Hoo…”

Fortunately, I had some time to prepare, even if only a little.

The free time given to me was about 2 chapters.

Of course, they were both short of content, so I couldn’t actually relax. I had about a week, maybe?

Still, I might be able to prepare something.

First of all, there were three issues I had to iron out in order to fulfil these conditions.

  1. To somehow come up with an event that I can win against them.
  2. To entice them into joining it.
  3. To actually win our confrontation.

‘Let’s think about it, think, think.’

I started thinking as if it was my dying struggle.

About two hours after that –

I left my seat and got up.

I used my head so hard, groaning and moaning, but couldn’t find an answer.

There was only one conclusion I could draw right now.

I could never do this alone.

Even if I had to play the game by myself in the end, I had no chance if I tried to prepare for it all on my own. I needed a team.

Fortunately, I had quite a few talented guys by my side.

“Let’s get to know each other a bit, the three of you.”


“Thanks to you, Senior, I was able to forge a valuable relationship.”

“Me too. I’m sincerely thankful.”

Haka and Chinuavi had gotten closer than I’d expected.

Surprisingly, they were fellow alumni who’d studied under the same goblin master.

Of course, their student days did not overlap, and in the case of Haka, he was not even an official pupil. Nevertheless, the two of them seemed to have forged a strong bond.

In fact, I had indeed wondered if there was some kind of connection between the two. Chinuavi being in this city indicated the author’s intention to have them meet.

Well, I hadn’t expected the connection to be so direct.

And there was one more link between the two.

The leader of the Black Shadow.

It was he who’d led them both here, to Destomb.

Of course, unlike Haka, Chinuavi had no direct connection with that man. It was just a setting that he came from Eastland out of curiosity, as there were rumours about the many secrets that man had.

I nodded my head as I listened to both of them.

In fact, it was this ‘Black Shadow Leader’ who was portrayed as a rather absurd character in the original work.

He is Yan’s father, who reveals his silhouette only once in Yan’s flashback scene, which unfolds near the end of his confrontation with Leo.

So, actually, when I first read the original, I thought he would be the final boss of this arc. There was no reason to show him otherwise.

However, he ended up not appearing in the work at all. Right till the end.

In other words, he was the second ‘unrecovered rice cake’ after Haka.

Judging from the conversation around me, it seemed that he might have originally been planned to appear together with these two. Except all of that got messed up for some unknown reason.

If I could take care of that somehow, I might be able to draw a pretty good picture, but I couldn’t afford to do that right now.

“So you’ve finished talking?”

“Hey, there’s still a long way to go.”  

“Yeah, goblins can chatter for three to four days.”

“You’re not a goblin, though, Haka.”

“Oh, that’s right.”

“Yeah, anyway. The two of us will chat a bit more.”

I turned my head to the one who was sitting bored and alone, excluded from the conversation.

“These guys are weird.”

“I know. You’ve had it hard by yourself.”

“Squatjaw, are you done with your work?”

Cocoa looked at me with bright eyes.

“Not yet. It’s just the beginning.”

“… Really?”

I gave the gloomy kid a quick smile.

“Cocoa, can you go somewhere with me?”

“Yeah, me? Just me?”

“Yeah.”

“A date?”

“That’s not something a little kid should ask.”

“Heh, men are all the same. Where, though?”

“Amusement park.”

“It’s a date after all. Let’s go. Hurry!”

She ran up to me and clung to my side.

“I’m not going there to play around. I have work to do.”

“Whatever, who cares.”

And thus I left the place with Cocoa, leaving Chinuavi and Haka behind.


About an hour after that.

Not too far from Destomb.

Evercity Amusement Park.

I asked Cocoa, who was smiling faintly.

“How much can you fit in that bag?”

“What, you mean its capacity?”

“Yeah.”

“A lot.”

“So how much is that, exactly?”

“Just, a lot.”

It didn’t seem like she had ever measured it properly.

“Then you… can you put that in too?”

What I was referring to was the merry-go-round.

“Of course.”

“Not just a single horse.”

“I know. You mean the whole thing, right?”

Cocoa nodded as if it was natural.

I tried to rein in my own bewilderment for a moment. Her bag was small enough that even a horseshoe might not fit in, let alone a whole merry-go-round.

“Yeah… I can put that in.”

I immediately pointed to the next target.

The roller-coaster.

“Then what about that one?”

“Ummm… yes?”

Surprisingly, Cocoa nodded again.

“… Okay.”

Now this was it.

Even though this was a manga world, it was difficult for me to imagine what I was talking about. Even so, the reason I was able to ask her this was because there had been a guy in the original who actually managed something similar. At that time, he had ‘transplanted’ an entire island onto land.  

I spoke slowly, staring at Cocoa.

“Could it be that you might be able to, just possibly, stuff the whole amusement park in there?”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 26

Time to Get What You Want

“Hoo…”

I took a couple of deep breaths.

I’d dragged him into the secret room so confidently, but I still couldn’t help but be a little nervous. Strictly speaking, it was hard to call this guy weaker than me.

An executive of the Black Shadow assassin organization.

In fact, they were also extras, who didn’t distinguish themselves too much from the rest of the herd. Although they were able to pose a certain level of challenge to Leo and the rest, that was their limit. To consume Leo’s stamina was the only role they had been assigned.

But even so, it was hard to say that their power was low. Although they weren’t strong enough to cause any trouble for Leo once he released his unique ability, if you asked me if I was stronger, my answer would probably be closer to ‘no’.

“You did something to me.”

The executive seemed to have noticed that the environment around him had changed, but he didn’t seem to understand the exact operation of the secret room.

“No big deal. You don’t have to be so nervous.”

“It’s funny. That ring must be… you bastard, are you sure you want to try and force me into wearing it?”

He pointed his sword at me as he spat out those words.

“I don’t know what your plan is, but you’ve really, definitely cocked things up.”

“I’m not really planning on anything huge.”

My words were sincere.

To be honest, brainwashing these guys really didn’t do me any good. I had no use for them, nor was I going to take them with me on my journey.

Nevertheless, there were two reasons why I had no choice but to make such a plan.

First, to preserve the original ending.

We succeeded in inserting Yan into the plotline at the right timing. In all probability, the one-on-one confrontation between Leo and Yan wouldn’t differ much from the original.

The problem was that there were other variables. The executives who remained untouched by Leo and Kiriko. Who knew if these guys would quietly step back after Yan’s defeat? It seemed hopeless to wish for that.

So, they needed to be tidied up.

Second, a more essential reason.

There was nothing wrong with just grabbing some limelight.

After the battle between Leo and Yan gets finished, the following scene would naturally show the audience around them.

At that moment, I’d grin and say –

“Thanks for taking your time… I managed to tidy it all up.”

What if I could announce my presence with a meaningful line like this? With the Black Shadow executives kneeling at my back.

Wouldn’t it be possible to capture the readers’ attention, amplifying their curiosity about me? Of course, since I’d be taking away some of the spotlight that should have been focused on the protagonist, I’d draw the author’s ire a little bit.

And not to mention one more reason. I wanted to check my current abilities.

There was a total of six backgrounds currently applied onto me.

Among them, there were two that provided ‘hidden characteristics’ which directly affected the body.

1. [Unknown Itinerant]

2. [A Man Who Once Visited the Bezyt Gorge]

The characteristic acquired from the first background was ‘doesn’t get tired very easily for some reason’. In other words, stamina.

The traits obtained from the second background were ‘the body is a little more agile’ and ‘becomes more powerful in moments of crisis’. That is, agility and self-control.

What happens if my currently elevated ‘rank’ upgraded these hidden characteristics on top of the original ‘a little strong’ characteristic?

No matter exactly how strong that made me, I thought it should be enough to deal with these extras.

Therefore,

“It’s not that big of a deal for you to obey me… isn’t it?”

I provoked the executive with some confidence.

Then,

Swish –.

I almost died.

‘… This is more than I expected.’

I stared blankly at my clothes that had been slashed and torn.

If that guy’s point of attack had moved just a little, it wouldn’t have been just a piece of cloth lying on the floor.

“You seem to be misunderstanding something. Don’t you think it should be the other way around? You, being obedient like a dog. And I don’t think I’ll even need that ring for it.”

The guy let out a sly smile. I guess he thought I was nonplussed.

But of course,

“Uh, not at all. You are the one who’ll obey. And your friends too.”

It didn’t mean that I was scared, or that I had a premonition of defeat.

His attack had indeed been faster than expected. But I did still see it. That’s why I didn’t avoid it.

I felt like I had to clash with him a few more times.

I grabbed a stick of wood lying on the ground nearby, and rushed at him like a thunderbolt.

To gauge the depths of his ability, and mine.

Swish –.

But I didn’t reach him.

My movements were faster than I’d expected. Almost as fast as when that guy had just rushed at me.

The reason I still didn’t reach him was simple. Because he was even faster.

His expression was still relaxed.

“You were hiding some skill after all. Aren’t you pretty fast?”

“Are you going to keep talking after every hit?”

“I was going to give you some time to breathe, but if you don’t like it, then there’s nothing I can do.”

Then his attack began.

The trajectory was monotonous. Just stabs and slashes here and there with the sword he was holding.

But,

Swish –.

‘It’s tough to handle.’

It was as powerful as it was simple.

This guy didn’t even have a special ability, let alone a unique ability.

The problem was that, for these ‘assassin’ or ‘ninja’ types, there were great hidden characteristics basically built-in.

Especially, agility.

I also had it, so I thought it would be a good match, but I was wrong. Instead of catching up with his speed, I had to focus on avoiding his rapid onslaught. Even that was hard enough, and small wounds were constantly accumulating on my body.

‘Shit… I should’ve bought something more expensive.’

Again, looked like it’d been a mistake to try and work things out somehow with the characteristics bundled with cheap backgrounds. Of course, I was regretting it now, but it was already too late.

“Are you alright? Do you think you can see the end now?”

Maybe he also noticed my difficulties, so he smiled and relaxed.

‘I think it’ll be fine if I can catch him just once.’

There was one way.

Ignoring small attacks and blindly closing the distance. There would be quite a few wounds, but I’d at least be able to try and get one chance to fix things.

But,

“Ah, I can’t do this anymore. I give up.”

I didn’t do that. I just gave up cleanly.

As I stopped moving and stood still, he looked at me with puzzled eyes.

“What’s your plan?”

“It’s no big deal.”

Why didn’t I even try it? What was the problem with giving it a try?

First, the limited scope of the closed room.

What if the guy didn’t respond and moved all the way back? The moment our distance exceeded the range of the ability, the secret room would be immediately dismantled. Since it was just part of the surroundings, not an actual separated space, there were no restrictions on getting out. Should I call this the limit of special abilities?

The reason I didn’t move around and tried to take all of his attacks head-on actually stemmed from this.

And second, because I just didn’t have to try it.

“I’ll just stop here, since it’s hard.”

“… What? So can I just kill you like this? Or do you mean that you will obey me?”

“Not that. Wait. Didn’t I send a signal just now?”

“Signal?”

“A signal that I’m going to stop. Wait just a second.”

“…?”

That was then.

Thud –.

With a dull sound, the guy suddenly collapsed.

I glanced at the owner of the bat that had stunned my opponent.

“Why make him faint? Now you’ll have to wake him up again.”

“But it’s too much work to subdue this guy without putting him to sleep…”

“Really? Alright. Great job.”

I didn’t come into the secret room alone with this executive in the first place.

In fact, I was hiding one more guy.

“Is that a goblin bat? Do you have any dreams stored in it?”

At my words, Chinuavi looked at me with amazement.

“Senior, you really know everything.”

I see.

Chinuavi’s answer surprised me a bit, to be honest.

It wasn’t even a hard hit, but seeing the guy pass out so easily, I asked just in case it was true.

A goblin bat with dreams stored in it.

This was truly one of the cheat items of the goblins, capable of transferring the ‘dream stored in the bat’ to the target being hit. In other words, you can make them sleep for as long as you want. To a maximum duration of ‘eternity’.

“Can you wake him up right away?”

“He was only going to sleep for about a minute anyway. Delivering dreams beyond that is burdensome for me.”

“Alright.”

I quickly approached the man and put one of the seven rings on him.

It was set to obey me when a new host came along, so when the guy woke up he should carry out my orders.

“Thank you.”

“It was nothing. Just don’t forget our deal.”

“Yes, yes.”

I was looking at Chinuavi with fresh eyes. 

Really, goblins were cheat existences.

At this point, I could understand a bit why the author had put off the appearance of these guys to so much later.

Because with guys with this kind of ability around, I didn’t think the story would progress properly.

You need to at least pour out a truckful of guys with great unique abilities to keep them in check.

And this meant that the author would definitely despise my current behaviour.

I felt like I had to be prepared to some extent.

“By the way, Senior, aren’t you being a bit too cowardly?”

“What about it? I don’t have to be so righteous right now. Because they’re not looking at me anyway.”

“Yes? What do you mean…”

“Alright. Hmm? This guy is slowly waking up. Hide again. If I need you, I’ll send another signal. It’ll probably be fine, though.”

“Yes.”

Then, the executive came to his senses.

“E-, eh?”

“Have you come back to your senses?”

“Uh… sure…” 

“Okay, let’s start with bowing your head and pretending to be a dog.”

It wasn’t that I’d gotten my nose tweaked by this guy’s remarks earlier. It was just to confirm his obedience. Really, that’s the truth.

Soon after,

“Woof!”

The guy barked.

Yeah. That’s alright then.

I immediately dismantled the secret room and gave him a special order.

“Just grab a friend of yours and bring him here. An idiot who wouldn’t be suspicious.”

“Yes.”

After a while,

“What, why are we here now? Right now, Master Yan is in perfect form…”

He brought in another executive with a slender impression.

“… You?”

Instead of answering, I immediately activated the secret room.

Then,

“Catch him.”

“Yes.”

I ordered my new subordinate 1 to grab him.

“What? What are you doing now?”

“Hold on tight.”

Then, before the newcomer came to his senses, I approached him quickly.

“I never got to use my strength when I was fighting with this guy earlier. He was too fast. So I’ll just test it out with you right now.”

“What, what?”

Then, with both palms, I smacked his chin.

Thwack –.

Ah. It only took one shot.

“Did he just faint?”

“Really.”

My agility was below expectations, but my strength seemed to be several times relative to expectations. Maybe because it was a characteristic inherent in ‘Villain 3’, and it seemed to have been more directly influenced by my ‘rank’.

After putting the ring on him, I slapped his cheeks to wake him up.

“Hey, who are you?”

“Okay, now pretend to be a dog.”

“Yes?”

“Imitate a dog.”

“Uh… yes. Woof!”

“Alright.”

I hurriedly unlocked the secret room again.

Now only two activations were left. Five executives still remained.

I could roughly fit the puzzle.

The problem was time. 

Looking at the situation, the battle between Leo and Yan was almost approaching the climax. In order to naturally hog the spotlight, I had to finish all my work on time.

I hurriedly gave orders to subordinate 1 and subordinate 2.

“Bring them all here one by one. Whichever of you is tardier, better prepare himself.”


[Dance with Ghost Killer].

Yan’s unique ability was to materialize transparent ghosts, that looked just like him, floating in the air. Although they were called ghosts, the concept was similar to clones, and they were set to have egos of their own as well.

Simply put, creating fakes who were not much different from the main body, except for the fact that ‘physical attacks have no effect’.

Currently, two such ghosts had been created on the battlefield. This was the largest number Yan could produce at this point, meaning the showdown was slowly approaching its final stage.

And just in time,

“This is the last one. I don’t have any more power left.”

“Me, too.”

“Really? I’ve still got some left in the tank though?”

“Me too. Our physical body is really fragile, isn’t it?”

“Damn it, you be quiet.”

Two (or four) forms clashed for the last time.

Bang –.

A cloud of dust spread out like an explosion.

Before long, the silhouette of a man appeared in the haze as the dust was settling all around.

The winner, as always, was Leo.

Yan was lying on the ground, and the two ghosts had already disappeared.

“You… you’re amazing. I can’t win.”

“You weren’t bad either.”

“If I go with you…, can I become stronger?”

“What… why not find that out yourself?”

After confirming that Yan had passed out, Leo immediately slumped to the ground. He really looked exhausted.

An action that was a signal to announce the end of the chapter. 

I took a step forward without wasting time.

“Huh?”

“Great job.”

Leo was wary as soon as he saw me.

“You…”

“No need to be so vigilant. Because I’ve tidied all your enemies up already.”

Leo’s eyes widened as he saw the Black Shadow executives kneeling behind me.

“What… it can’t be?”

Suddenly, the vigilance in the boy’s eyes was replaced by surprise.

“Thanks to you keeping their attention, I was able to easily tidy them up.”

“What the hell are you…?”

Kiriko and Siana, who’d rushed to Leo’s side, also asked in bewilderment.

“Who are you?”

“Are you our enemy? Or do you have another purpose?”

I enjoyed their questioning gazes to the fullest. Because this was the moment when my presence would soar.

In a while,

“We were enemies before, but today, we are allies.”

I turned around slowly. The Black Shadow executives had already fallen back.

Repeatedly sowing doubts would just anger the readers. But it wasn’t time yet.

With a smile as meaningful as possible, I retreated.

Leaving only the last word.

“You’ll soon find out.”

A while after I left the battlefield, a message arrived in the hologram window.

Tiling –.

I opened the message with a pounding heart.

[Chapter 10 – Black Shadow Assassins (1) has ended]

[The character evaluation of the Enigmatic Squatjaw has been updated]

[The support of many readers followed]

[Awareness has increased by 3,500]

[Attracts the author’s attention]

[The author’s favourability has decreased by 40]

[Received fan art from a reader]

[The author’s favourability has increased by 1]

[Reappearance probability has increased to 50%]

‘Oh, fan art? That’s great, right?’

[State]

  • Name: Enigmatic Squatjaw
  • Characteristics: Pretty strong, Bluffing, Chatterbox, Secretive.
  • Awareness: 11,759
  • Author’s favourability: 42
  • Reappearance probability: 50%

Tiling –.

[The final evaluation of the character has been calculated by the author]

[The Enigmatic Squatjaw is the subject of a preliminary appearance in the next chapter]

[Character points paid 10,500p for the rise in awareness]

[Character points deducted 3,900p for the fall in author’s favourability]

[Character points paid 1,000p for eliciting enthusiastic support (fan art) from a certain reader]

[Character points paid 500p for the rise in reappearance probability]

Now it was all over.

It was finally time. To get what I want.

[Currently held points: 32,373P].


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 25

Yan

Actually, what I was trying to do right now was not a very positive action for the manga itself. It was almost the opposite.

So far, I’d changed the plot crafted by the author several times, but all of them were for the sake of ‘complementing’. I didn’t just act to preserve my presence, I had proper justification to modify the plot development to make it flow in a better direction.

Moreover, the rationale had also been clear. I was already aware of the readers’ negative reactions about the original plot development, and I had in fact been among those readers who gave that feedback.

In other words, all my actions had been in the aim of improving the quality of the work itself.

But now was a little different.

Why?

Because there was no particular problem with how the plot was currently developing.

It was true that the chapters on the mafia side had been a bit sluggish in the original. After all, identical waves of those insignificant bastards had continued to appear and hog valuable screentime. 

But the Black Shadow side was different.

The enemies were clearly ranked in stages of difficulty, and the routes and methods of attack were different for each stage, so there were quite a few interesting scenes. Simultaneously, as Leo’s sense of crisis gradually heightened, the narrative tension also steadily rose.

In fact, unlike the mafia portion, the Black Shadow part never really offended the readers. On the contrary, it had calmed them down.

In other words, looking at the story, there was no need to touch it. Because it was already going quite well.

However.

“Yeah, not my problem.”

I was in a hurry.

Currently I held points worth 24,273p.

Although I got a lot of points from the rise in awareness, about 2,000p was probably deducted due to the decreased favourability.

In order to purchase [Mimic Acrobat], I needed about 6,000p more.

Currently, my character had already gained some significance, so it wasn’t that points were difficult to earn.

The problem was time.

The [Mimic Acrobat] chapter was slated to begin shortly after this Black Shadow chapter finished. The one or two chapters in between them had no place for me to earn points.

In other words, it meant that I had to earn the difference within this chapter.

Besides,

‘I need at least 10,000 points.’

I needed an additional 6,000 points, but I had to have more than that. Because it was clear that the author’s favourability would decrease once more with my intervention. Possibly by a huge amount.

Considering that, I had to earn at least 15,000 to have any room for leisure.

So, I, too, had no choice but to act like my future depended on it.

“Okay, let’s go.”

Once you’ve made up your mind, there’s no point in hesitating.

I went straight to the boy who was standing around in front of the ice-cream parlour.

“Hey.”

“…?”

“You aren’t going to go in?”

A look of embarrassment appeared in the boy’s eyes.

Seeing that, I dared to add another word.

“Yan.”

Then,

“Uh… a Black Shadow… member?”

The boy’s lips, which had been glued together, moved slightly.

“Yeah, so let’s talk while we eat. Come in.”

I went into the ice-cream shop first, and he followed me in soon after.

“What would you like?”

“Well…”

“What, can’t decide? Want to have the same as me?”

“Ah, no… Then just one… Papa-and-Daughter flavour[1] …”

We went to our seats after ordering, and Yan started speaking again.

“Really, are you…? I don’t remember ever seeing your face…”

“Then how could I know your name? Your father has quite a few minions that you don’t know about. Well, once you rise to be the First Seat, you will know everything.”

“… Is that so.”

I looked at the boy, who was now silent.

Yan.

A boy with zero social capability, who had never left the assassination corps, except for only two nights out so far. A fifteen-year-old with a fiercely introverted personality, and yet a heart filled with the stormy gales of adolescence.

His nickname among the readers was nothing short of ‘pure cancer’[2], because of how angry and suffocated they’d feel from annoyance and frustration every time this guy appeared.

He had a cute appearance, a 180-degree change in actual battle, and even a cheat unique ability. A character that had no shortcomings at first glance, and yet the readers’ reaction towards this guy was always cold.

The reason was simple. Because the character itself was that frustrating.

First of all, this guy couldn’t talk to people he didn’t know. Currently, the only people who could talk to him were the Black Shadow members, and the setting dictated that even with them it didn’t go smoothly. Even after joining Leo’s party, for a long time, he couldn’t communicate properly with anyone other than Leo.

Add to that his severe indecisiveness, shilly-shallying, lack of self-confidence, etc…

It was so incredibly bad that he couldn’t even enter an ice cream shop by himself. The very ice cream that he ate for the first time during his last night out, that he couldn’t forget the taste of, and had suffered from withdrawal for weeks.

If I hadn’t just spoken to him, he probably would’ve given up and turned back. Because that was how he usually behaved.

Of course, Yan’s timid personality was one of the essential clichés for a shounen manga. It was a kind of growth flag, to show that he could gradually change for the sake of his colleagues.

The author seemed to expect the readers to be enthusiastic about Yan’s change, but this was a mistake. Readers did not welcome Yan’s change. Because all the frustration he’d caused so far had already clogged up their throats.

In any case, he was a character who was difficult to work with.

However, there was a reason why I’d approached this guy so confidently.

Because I knew ‘how to use’ this guy, which Leo and his party would have found out after going through a very long and difficult process.

First steps first. Poking his pride.

“Is it delicious?”

“Yeah… but did Father really send you here?”

“Right.”

“… He didn’t have to.”

“Debatable. You couldn’t even buy an ice cream by yourself, after all.”

“I was going to buy it, I just hadn’t decided the flavour yet…”

“So you needed an hour to decide that?”

“It wasn’t a full hour…”

“If it takes an hour to choose an ice cream flavour, would it take you a year to plan an adventure? Are you going to skip the adventure assignments if you want to finish the successor’s education on time?”

“Well, that’s…”

The setting was that this guy was currently in the midst of taking succession classes. And ‘adventure’ was included in the syllabus.

I didn’t know why he had to carry out such a task to take over an assassin organization, but that’s how it was. It might just have been a convenient setting by the author to incorporate this guy into Leo’s party.

The second step was to encourage.

It was an important step. Because this guy could be pushed around extremely easily. It was this step that mostly separated the successful attempts from the failures.

“Anyway, do you know the current situation?”

“What do you mean, the situation?”

“Did you forget why you came here?”

“… Ah.”

“Don’t forget. You came here with an order for support.”

“But there was no specific emergency signal…”

“But that doesn’t mean you can play around here by yourself without even thinking about your mission.”

“…”

“How about making a visit yourself?”

“Me, moving first?”

“Did you not declare that you were going to prove your worth? At the last succession ceremony?”

“But… I haven’t gotten any specific request yet, so moving first in this situation…”

“Tsk, have some self-confidence. Why do you think the First Seat sent you alone to this place? It means you shouldn’t just listen to the people around you, but take care of things by yourself.”

“Ah…”

I saw it.

His ears just twitched.

“Besides, you didn’t even scope out the enemy even after coming all the way here, just because you didn’t get a signal to do anything? What if all the executives get defeated?”

“Come on, how could the executives…”

“Even if that doesn’t happen, wouldn’t they be more energetic if you are with them? If even the successor himself goes to support and encourage them?”

“Is that so…?”

Next, the third step, sprinkle a spoonful of curiosity.

“Besides, they seem to be adventurers.”

“Really, adventurers?”

“The leader is your age, even.”

“…”

“Aren’t you curious? What kind of guys are they? You seem to think that you are the strongest in your age bracket, but the world is wide.”

“Oh, no, I don’t think like that at all…”

“And don’t you know? They are enemies now, but who knows if you will meet again in the future. Perhaps today’s enemy might even become tomorrow’s comrades, going on an adventure together?”

“Oh, I hope that really happens…”

Now the fourth and last step, just tell him to do it.

“Alright, now move quickly. Before it’s too late.”

“But the ice cream is still…”

Even while saying that, Yan slowly got up from his seat. Suddenly, the boy’s eyes were emitting a strange light.

‘Done!’

The process sounded easy, but it wasn’t. If these steps were not followed properly, this guy would end up rejecting it with some weird excuse, like ‘Oh, I don’t think that’s going to happen’ or ‘Well, I still need to get a signal…’. And once rejected, he’ll never overturn his decision. So all the readers were so frustrated that they wanted to die.

Only when these four steps were organically combined –

“Then do you know where they are now?”

Only then would this guy move.


The battle was continuing fiercely.

The mid-level assassins were all down, and even one or two of the executives were wounded and strewn around. There were still about five or six executives left.

Kiriko and Leo weren’t unharmed either. Both of them were bleeding all over, breathing heavily as if they were quite exhausted.

Fortunately, it wasn’t too late. Now was the right time.

At a time when no one was conscious of us yet, I shouted with all my might.

“Everyone, stop! From now on, the successor…”

That was then –

[Warning!]

[Intention to violate plausibility has been detected]

[Acts are prohibited by preceding plot]

[Silence is enforced for 2 minutes as a cumulative penalty]

[The author’s favourability has decreased by 20]

[Character’s rank has decreased slightly]

And at the same time, my body began to be crushed under an intangible pressure.

‘He must be a little angry.’

But it was still fine. Because I’d been expecting even more severe penalties.

Even so, the reason I stopped at this level was probably because I was barely this side of the ‘line’.

The point I’d been most worried about while planning this operation was the restraint of the preceding plot. It was totally unavoidable.

So I’d looked for ways to reduce the penalty as much as possible, and the result was, ‘let’s not cross the line’.

The line was self-evident. Preservation of the story ending.

In other words, even if the development process changed, the ending did not change.

The original development was that a few days after the fight with the executives, Leo clashes with Yan without having completely recovered from his injuries.

However, my intended development was to omit the scene of the final fight with the executives, and instead put Yan directly in its place.

In order to achieve the same ending as the original with such a development, the timing of inserting Yan had to be calculated carefully. If Leo had not lost his strength to a certain extent, or if he had completely lost his strength, the result would not be the same as the original.

Anyway –

‘It’s already spilled milk…’

Things began to change rapidly.

I remained silent and looked around the battlefield.

Everyone was looking at me.

Leo’s party, as well the executives.

‘Now this can’t be stopped anymore.’

Besides, Yan, who was next to me, was also slowly stepping forward.

“Hey, it’s Yan!”

“How could the successor be here!”

“From now on, I will take over.”

Yan didn’t stutter. It could be seen that he was determined to fight.

Fortunately, the only times this character, Yan, received favourable reviews were the moments he entered battle. As if a switch had been flipped, cold reason took the place of fragile indecision.

Then,

“Tell me what’s happening here.”

The senior executive who I’d parted with at the Skeleton House, approached me.

His brows were furrowed, giving an impression of burning anger.

Seeing him like that naturally made me nervous. If that guy attacked me, I would have no choice but to stand and get hit.

‘Two minutes is a long time…’

Silence.

At first, I’d thought it was a minor penalty, but that wasn’t the case at all. Depending on the circumstances, this was a restriction that could put even my life at risk.

Fortunately, he didn’t seem to have any intention of attacking me straightaway.

“Hey, tell me! Where did you get Yan from? Who the hell are you!?”

I tried to speak as much as I could, but it wasn’t easy.

So, I counted the seconds instead.

30, 29, 28…

“Hey, if you’re going to keep your mouth shut like that… I can’t help it either.”

18, 17, 16…

The guy pulled out the sword from his waist.

Sreung –.

“Actually, I wanted to shave that chin off a little from the first time I saw you. It’s too pointy.”

10, 9, 8…

“This is the last time, answer me. If you don’t, you’ll end up with that chubby chin in two pieces.”

4, 3, 2…

“Timeout.”

And just as his sword arced towards me,

Bump –.

“Whoa, let’s talk first.”

I managed to block his sword.

“So you weren’t mute after all.” 

“I was thinking about something else for a while.”

“Okay, explain.”

“If it’s an explanation… Hmm, that’s it. Shall we go somewhere quiet and talk, just the two of us?”

“A quiet place with just the two of us?”

I activated a power.

‘Activate. Mafia’s Secret Room.’

Then,

“Now… what? Something happened just now…”

A private space was created for me and him.

Looking at him, I smiled.

Thank you for coming to me yourself, saving me the trouble of finding you and getting you alone. From the beginning, my purpose was to get these executives out of the fight.

Of course, just bringing Yan and suddenly starting a new phase of battle wouldn’t raise my presence. It could only stimulate curiosity for a moment, but it wouldn’t elicit admiration from the readers.

To stand out, I had to do something worthy of it.

“Do you know what this is?” Saying that, I took out one of the rings that I had taken from ‘Seven Rings’.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 아빠는 딸바봉 (lit. daddy’s daughter) is a Baskin Robbins ice cream flavour in South Korea. A rather tame name compared to some of their other picks (My Mother is an Alien, for example).

[2] 암 유발자 (lit. cancer trigger), however 암 is also used, for example in 발암 (causing cancer/cancerous), to mean making you feel short of breath due to annoyance and frustration.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 45

Fast.

Much too fast.

By the time I recognized the speed of his attack, it was already nearing my eyes.

It was a type of strength different from that of Kel’tuk.

But it wasn’t as hopeless as last time. I still had room to act.

The danger continued unabated from moment to moment, but as our dance continued, there was only one thought in my mind.

‘This is worth it.’

I was slowly getting used to it. I was beginning to adapt to his speed.

Kaaang!!

I blocked an axe that swooped down from an oblique angle.

And while blocking, kikikig! The pommel of the sword struck up at the bastard’s chin.

Puk!

His head jerked up at the blow.

At that moment, Callius sharply pivoted.

His sword passed through the magnificently fluttering crimson cloak as it swung.

Chwaaaak!

Huung! Kuung!

The giant great warrior flew through the air and struck the ground.

“նա, որի մասին խոսեցիր քոնը:” 「The one he spoke about –」

The great warrior muttered as he licked the wound on his left cheek with his tongue.

You were the one he’d been talking about.

Interpreting the intonations via his trait, Callius twisted his lips.

“You seem to be acquainted with Kel’tuk.”

That’s pretty good.

Callius’ sword bloomed with the energy of the Silver Flower Wave Sword art.

Petals nestling close to each other. The mythic Silver Flower Wave Sword began to manifest on his blade.

“If you’re his comrade, let’s stop these trivial probes.”

The great warrior also seemed to have understood. His momentum surged even higher.

Soon, a new dance that was incomparably faster and sharper than before began. Callius circulated all his spirit power throughout his entire body, and even made the second bud of the Six Peak Flowers technique bloom, raising his physical abilities to the limit.

A great orc warrior.

An opponent worthy of him pouring out everything he had.

Kaang! Chwaaaak!

The great warrior blocked or swiftly avoided Callius’ attacks that scoured at him like a storm.

But he couldn’t weather them all.

Silver petals streaming down like waves fluttered everywhere.

And like an angry bull, they rushed towards the great warrior from all directions.

Even then, the great warrior was not anxious. But he hadn’t realized that the number of petals was gradually increasing.

With a silent murmur from Callius, the eyes of the great warrior reflected a sea of silver petals illuminating the night sky.

“Raging Flower Wave.”

Silver Flower Wave Sword – Raging Flower Wave.

At that moment –

The mass of the silver petals swelled like a surging tide and struck.

The petals spread out and made a path for Callius.[1]

Silver Flower Wave Sword: First Martial Skill – Raging Flower Wave.

Its true form was an extremely fast ‘quick sword’.[2]

The essence of the quick sword style lied in raising the swiftness of the blade to the extreme.

The skill required sophisticated spiritual manipulation.

Scrape against the opponent’s sword, add its strength to your own, and cover it like a wave – that was the quick sword.

From there, it would spread like flowing water.

Silver Flower Wave Sword – White Haze.

Chwajajajajajajak!

A pure white haze, like a mass of snow, would envelop the whole area as if it had been frozen in ice.

Under its cover, the sword would fly from its hiding spot beneath the enemy’s feet and cause fatal wounds.

The natural connection between Raging Flower Wave and White Haze pushed the great warrior into a crisis of life and death.

In an instant, his body became drenched in his lifeblood, and green orcish blood spurted through the air.

Crack!

However, he was still a great warrior.

Not just some simple orc with more agility than most.

“Ես իմ կյանքը կտամ գորշ ռազմիկին!!”「Come take my life, gray warrior!!」

“Aaaaaaaaah!!”

The sword scattered into fluttering petals.

Avoiding them all, he even deflected the raging stormy waves of Callius’ attack.

His speed accelerated.

He had always been fast, but as he got more and more hurt, he got swifter and swifter.

His abnormally long arms that bent bizarrely, coupled with his hard bones and strong muscles, allowed him to pursue strange forms of attack that were beyond human limits.

‘Crazy.’

His axe whirled in bizarre trajectories that could only be described in such words.

And the speed that underpinned it all.

Faster than even the blink of an eye, the edge of the axe cut through the tips of Callius’ hair.

“Yeah, that’s how you should be!”

However, alongside the change in his opponent, Callius’ sword also became faster.

Quickly. Quickly! Faster!

Without even the leisure of a single breath, he only struck and struck again with his swift sword.

So what if the opponent accelerated? Rather, this was the battle he had desired. Raging Flower Wave disturbed the opponent’s swordsmanship, scattering it in the air and assimilating it before countering.

The more you block your enemy’s attacks, the better.

Raging Flower Wave would only get larger and stronger.

‘More.’

A little more! The handful of remaining divine power, all that remained in his body, was injected into the sword.

A sword art that scattered in the air, squeezing the swordsman’s concentration to the limit.

Furious waves that formed a path – called Raging Flower Wave.

Kaang –!

The hand that held Loas was already numb.

A tingling pain crawled through his blood-stained arms, and all the creaking bones in his body screamed in weakness.

Nevertheless –

Callius merely clenched his teeth and swung his sword faster.

“What is this…”

“Hey, can you still see him?”

“Shut up. Because I don’t know if I’ll ever see something like this again.”

The contest between the two combatants, too fast to be followed by the naked eye, heated up the surrounding knights who were watching. Every dizzying moment in the battle made their palms sweat.

There had been hundreds of times in this contest, when a strike would have caused a fatal wound had it been deeper by just a finger’s span.

In the end, one won.

Seok. The wind blew between them.

Dusty sand scattered in the wind, and falling drops of blood and sweat wet the earth.

And soon –

Tuk.

The great warrior’s head fell, his neck covered with silver petals; the twinkling stars embroidered in the night sky the last image reflected in his eyes.

The face of the orc, who had never once screamed or begged, was the face of a warrior.

“Oooooaaaaaaahh!!”

“Master Callius has defeated the great warrior!”

“It’s our victory!”

“Long live Master Callius!!”

“Hurray!!”

As soon as the head of the great warrior fell, the shouts of the knights who had been so long holding their breath resounded through the forest.

“Haa….”

Callius, who was finally relieved of tension, exhaled harshly with a small sigh. The gushed breath steamed hot and white in the air before dissipating.

Just like how the life of the great warrior had now faded away.

‘I did what I had to.’

He couldn’t afford to lower his guard for a moment.

Every instant had been filled with threat, and he’d crossed the line between life and death by the span of a finger.

This great warrior had been strong in different aspects compared to Kel’tuk.

However, by measure of strength, he had been similar.

If it had been before, Callius would not have been an opponent of this great warrior whom he met today, whose name he did not know.

The strongest among the strong enemies, whom he would have preferred to run away from rather than confront head-on.

But.

‘It’s different now.’

No longer.

Six Peak Flowers technique had risen to the second star, and although he was not wholly satisfied with it, his sword had also risen to the level of a spirit sword.

Now that he had Spirit Sword – Loas in his hands –

For Callius, great warriors were no longer overwhelmingly strong enemies to run away from.

Now they were worthy opponents.

Yes, enemies he could fight on even ground.

That’s how strong Callius had become.

Correcting the sword with the help of the Tricolour Eye, destroying or avoiding the enemy’s attacks, and using all the diverse abilities he possessed to unleash an ultimate sword skill.

All this was possible because how his purer divine power had raised the level of all his physical abilities.

‘I can still become stronger.’

Here was not the end.

He could become even stronger.

He couldn’t be satisfied with just this.

Even more so because it was here, he had to become stronger.

He’d felt the possibility. He’d felt it in the battle he just had. He’d felt it on his skin.

He would become stronger in the future.

That was it.

[Fatalite’s Wheel]

<Reward> S-

“Ah.”

The reward for the Wheel had also arrived at S-.

The barrier was broken by killing the great warrior just now.

It might not be possible to reach a full S before this quest was over, but it was already a satisfactory result.

‘It’s not good to be corroded by Callius’ personality…’

Still, the choice to come to the North was not wrong.

If he had never come to the North, he wouldn’t have achieved such growth in such a short period of time.

After organizing his thoughts, Callius reached out to the great warrior’s corpse.

Although not as good as the great warrior he’d met before, Kel’tuk, he had still been one.

Wasn’t this a cadaver that could become a spirit sword if made into a carcass?

Since it wasn’t formally prepared, the quality might not be high, but it was still the remains of a great warrior.

Since Callius had been the one to directly face his skills in combat, he was confident in creating a spirit sword.

Even spirit swords were divided into classes, so he couldn’t expect the highest quality, but his expectations were high nonetheless.

Huuuung

His hands sparkled silver.

Resplendent divine power enveloped the cooling corpse, calling upon a divine miracle that would change its form soon after.

The majestic body and noble soul forged in the fires of life, would coalesce into a single sword.

The only sword of its kind in the world…

Saruruk.

“Ugh!”

“The great warrior’s corpse…”

However, a scene was now unfolding that shattered Callius’ expectations.

The great warrior’s body had begun to wither like a mummy.

Psssk! It quickly turned into dust with a popping sound.

Callius looked nervously at the Predator Sword – Loas in his hands.

“This bastard…”

The blood-stained blade of the Predator Sword gleamed sharply as if satisfied.

[Predator Sword – Loas]

Grade – Spirit Sword.

Inhabited Soul – A mixed soul.

Unique Ability – Predation.

Noble Predation – 1.

‘Noble Predation’ had been added under unique ability.

Did that mean normal demons or humans no longer sated its hunger after it evolved into a spirit sword? There had been no response with the other orcs until now, but when it took the great warrior’s head, this change appeared.

If this continued, the Predator Sword might transcend spirit rank, and rise to the rank of vision.

But how long would that take?

When it ate a hundred? A thousand? Or perhaps only when it achieved ten thousand noble predations?

He couldn’t know. Rather than some strange anticipation, Callius was filled with deep annoyance.

“Ttt. Damn it.”

Clicking his tongue, Callius immediately pushed the Predator Sword back into its sheath, as if he didn’t want to even see it.

He shouted for Bruns with a sharp tone.

“Bruns. Clean this up.”

“Alright!”

After examining the situation for a moment, Emily came over and asked.

“Are you going back now?”

The original purpose had been to steal supplies.

Alone and isolated from allies.

Really, it was an absurd order.

If it failed, they would die as they were, and even if it succeeded, it would be quite difficult to move the supplies back to the fortress.

A detachment of a besieged army jumped out, trying to steal the opponent’s supplies and hoping to profit. Truly absurd.

“No, I’m not going back.”

“Why?”

“There is no way to break through the orc army and return to the fortress with these supplies. Even if it were possible, it would do more harm than good.”

A lot of blood would need to flow.

The orc army was investing the citadel from the front, how were they going to move the munitions?

It was impossible.

“Then what are you going to do?”

“As it stands, we have no choice but to gnaw away at their numbers and supplies from the fringes.”

Slowly, patiently.

The goal was to isolate them little by little.

A contest of who withered first.

That was their chance to win.

‘In the North, bad weather is common.’

Besides –

“There’s a way to carry these things with us, too, as long as it’s not too much, so it’d be fine.”

The hidden roads of the North filled Callius’ mind.

“Not all the roads are on flat ground.” Callius looked down at the ground with calm eyes, then turned his back.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 파화로 (pah-wa-lo) = Raging Flower Wave, but there’s one problem. 파 = wave, 화 = rage/flower/disaster. 로 = way/direction/road, which we skipped because we wanted a short three-word term, and opted to keep both rage and flower. We’re mostly resigned to this translation. If you have a suggestion, feel free to comment.

[2] Quick sword, heavy sword, phantom/illusion sword are the three foundational sword styles, as have been mentioned before.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 44

The prelude to the war, which began at dawn, started with trampling on the Orcs, heralded by the clarion call of a unicorn horn.

Their green blood dripping from enemy blades soaked the earth in all directions, and axes flying blindly through the air rang out with the soldiers’ mortal dirge.

Red blood and green blood blended together, covering the earth.

Death, and slaughter.

Only the twinkling stars in the pristine sky overhead, and the sun that was rising over the mountain ridges, told of time’s passing, while the war below continued as if timeless and eternal.

‘Is this enough?’

Callius thought this was it.

Callius and the Knights had made a major detour, deciding to gradually distance themselves from the battlefield.

Their purpose was to cut off the food supply of the Orcs in front of them.

“Follow me!”

The Knights gathered around Callius, who shouted as he raised his sword high, and wielded it against his foes again and again.

Unfortunately, there were also people among them who were hit with an axe and spewed out blood, but it couldn’t be helped.

“We must go now!!

“Master Callius!”

Allen screamed at Callius, who had been waiting for the Knights to follow. Their group was becoming surrounded while waiting for the latecomers.

“Tch.”

Can’t be helped –

“Let’s go!”

“Uooooooooo!!”

“Cut a way open!!”

Half a day passed like that while they moved around like that, avoiding most of the dangers along the way with the help of [Tricolour Eye].

And by the time when the risen dawn was becoming twilight –

The landscape surrounding Callius had changed.

The frozen white plain, a symbol of the northern winter, had changed into a lush forest.

Callius had moved north from Jevarsch and reached the nameless forest.

“Were those guys the last of our pursuers?”

“It seems so, but we shouldn’t relax our vigilance yet, Master Callius.”

It was Allen. He had become more cautious after losing an eye.

The corpses of Orcs were piled up nearby Callius and the Knights.

These were the ones who had obsessively pursued the Knights while they escaped from the battlefield.

There were no casualties on the way, and they had settled the matter by repetitive hit-and-run tactics against the pursuers.

“Why say obvious things… Master, wipe the blood off with this!”

“Yeah.”

Feeling that his role was being usurped, Bruns tried to disparage Allen, while the rest of the Knights stood vigilant.

Emily was taking care of the Knights and assigning them roles.

“Did you erase all the footprints on your way? Erase all traces as much as possible.”

“Yes!”

Of course, Emily and the Knights had matured by going through several battles.

Even if no one said anything, they would still find something to do on their own, so he could get some rest.

Callius had been hoping to get some secret quests from the Carcasses of the moderately strong Orcs who had appeared so far.

He checked to see if there were any.

‘There’s nothing.’

To be fair, there actually were a few, but they were all quests to kill Knights of the North, so there was nothing that he could use.

Since their corpses had already been turned into Carcass Swords, he tried to get some rewards by handing them out to other Knights and destroying the Carcasses later. But there were no rewards, because he hadn’t used them as a sword.

Looked like the soul guidance ceremony was only possible after using the Carcass as a sword personally.

「Callius von Jervain」

「Occupation」 – Pilgrim

「Spirit」 – Level 3

「Divine Power」 – 5302/6251

「Talent」 – [Bard’s Blessing]

「Characteristics」 – [Verse of Grace] [Nobility’s Duty] [Scapegrace of the Count Family] [Death Verse Composition] [Prodigal Son of the Order] [Gluttony] [Tricolour Eye]

[Ability]

Strength – 76 (30)

Agility – 55 (30)

Skill – 13

Health – 47 (30)

Faith – 63

As his spirit strength rose to level 3, his overall physical abilities also soared.

‘My strength has improved quite a bit.’

When he grabbed a nearby stone and put some pressure, it was crushed into powder in an instant.

Perhaps now, Callius might even be able to compete with Zornik’s supernal might, but that man had already turned into a dagger.

“Master Callius. I’ve erased all the traces.”

It was time.

“We’ll go north. I know the location, so we’ll move slowly, erasing our traces as we go.”

“Yes!”

It’d been four days since they started moving like that, erasing the traces of their passing as they went.

The Knights of Callius had finally identified one of the Orcs’ supply routes, and had been waiting two days in an ambush.

They could see a procession of Orcs, laden with supplies.

“Are they holding hostages?”

At the tail end of the procession, figures with familiar faces tied to a rope were being dragged.

Callius immediately ordered –

“Attack.”

It didn’t matter whoever was caught.

Anyway, the purpose was to steal the supplies.

Or to destroy them.

“Kill them all.”

“Yes!”

The Orc who shouted first in surprise got Zornic in the head for his trouble.

The dagger flew out of Callius’s grip, fast as lightning, and pierced precisely in the middle of the Orc’s forehead.

‘Not bad.’

His throwing skill had improved considerably in accuracy. As if every throw was being corrected automatically.

It wasn’t a necessary talent for somebody with Callius’ state, but there was nothing bad about having it.

“Attack! Kill them all!!”

“Damn Orcs!”

The Knights rushed forward like a flash of light and swung their swords.

Allen, the blond-haired boy with a shortsword and a small shield in his hands.

Aaron, wielding a greatsword that matched his size.

Bruns, with flowing motions of his dagger.

And finally, a beautiful longsword.

Emily beheading the Orcs with Lucen as if she was flying through the air.

And after her –

Chwaaaak! Callius, cleanly slashing apart the rushing Orcs as he stepped through the battlefield with noble dignity.

“Oh, was it you lot?”

Seeing the faces of the hostages crouching down as the Orcs fell around them, Callius spoke to a woman in the middle.

Her name was Orphin.

A long time ago –

She had been a Knight who had escorted Callius.


“Արագ քայլիր!” 「Walk faster!」

Pak!

With a voice like metal being scratched, he kicked the woman’s waist as if telling her to walk quickly.

She fell down helplessly. However, her hands and feet that had been tied to the cart kept dragging her across the ground.

The sound of chuckling and laughter swept through the Orcs.

The eyes of hostages like herself looked at her with pity.

Reluctantly, she got up again and kept trailing after the procession.

Her name was Orphin.

Jervain’s Knight, who had been waiting in the forest as per Callavan’s orders.

It was Orphin de Liofen.

“Orphin, are you alright?”

“Fine.”

Accompanying her were the twin children of Callavan, who had been taken hostage along with her, as well as several Knights who were half-dead.

“Haa….”

Her sigh mixed with the chilly morning air and turned white.

It was just bad luck.

To have met a procession of Orcs carrying supplies by chance.

To help the North somehow, they tried to slow their progress even the slightest bit, but they got caught in the end.

The battle ensued quickly and ended quickly.

A complete defeat.

The reality was that they were being dragged around as hostages.

Perhaps the reason they were being carried was to use them as playthings, or to provoke a response from the enemy on the battlefield.

Either way, they wouldn’t die an easy death.

‘Even if I say that, Master Rivan and Mistress Rinney…’

It was a mark of shame on her Knighthood.

The guilt of not having been able to protect them weighed heavily on her shoulders.

That was then –

“Անակնկալ գրոհ է!!” 「Surprise attack!!」

The line of Orcs became jumbled.

They pulled out their axes at once and started fighting.

Several Knights arrived, cutting down the Orcs.

They did not bear the mark of Jervain. However, the Knights dealt with the Orcs skilfully and defeated them one by one.

Among them, a young girl with short black hair was weaving through the enemies and wielding her sword. And behind them, the elegant face of a man with a heavy and serious demeanour caught her eye.

Jervain’s maniac, who was said to have the most handsome face among all the nobles of the Kingdom.

Callius von Jervain.

It was him.

“It was you, is it? Orphin.”

“Ah… Master Callius.”

“Master Callius!!”

“…”

Orphin was weeping, Rinney welcomed Callius, but Rivan remained silent as if depressed.

Chwaaak.

After cutting off their handcuffs and shackles with a single stroke of his sword, Callius continued working with the Knights and annihilated the Orcs.

Orphin continued to stare at his back with tears in her eyes.

Previously, it was a back she had guarded, but now she was being guarded by that back in turn.

She felt an indescribable emotion swirling within her.

As a Knight –

As a Knight serving Jervain, she felt shame and gratitude warring within her.

‘You have changed remarkably.’

Now, he was no longer the idiot she had known his as.

Rather, it was an appearance of a Knight he had once longed for. Orphin looked at Callius with longing eyes glistening with tears.

“Grab the sword.”

A sword was thrown at her, a Carcass made from an Orc nearby.

Orphin was moved by the sight of Callius handing the sword to her.

She bit her lower lips hard enough to bleed. Quietly, with both hands, she received the sword.

It was definitely a poignant scene.

The hesitations in her heart were gone.

Orphin made up her mind.

She licked her lips as if intending to say something, but it wasn’t a good time for that.

Kwaaaang!

“Kkkahak!”

A sound that resembled an explosion resounded among the mass of Knight at one side.

Immediately, a tingling sensation ran all over her body.

Thump, thump.

Only the sound of heavy footsteps could be heard, stepping on the Orc corpses, in the ensuing relative silence.

“Ca-, Master Callius!!”

The one who finally showed up was none other than a being with green skin and red hair.

A Warrior with high honour among the Orcs.

A Warrior among Warriors.

It was a being the Orcs called a Great Warrior.

“Great Warrior…”

An Orc Warrior who already emitted an aura causing the skin to tingle.

He had a more ferocious atmosphere than those they had seen before.

“Ah….”

It’s a Great Warrior!

Orphin, who had just been thinking they had managed to survive, fell again into the abyss of despair.

“He’s different, isn’t he?”

“Yes! He’s different from the one we saw last time! He’s smaller and thinner!”

It was Rinney who interrupted Callius, who’d been talking to himself.

“… You saw him?”

“I saw you from a distance last time! I have pretty good eyes!”

Rinney pointed to her own eyes and grinned.

Callius glared at Rinney with expressionless eyes and muttered to himself.

“It’s the ‘grace’ brought forth by God’s blessing.”

“Yes! That’s right!”

A blessing from the God Valtherus, which was said to be given only to the nobles and royal families who had been present during the founding myth of the Kingdom.

This seemed to be a blessing like that.

Through the generations, God’s grace manifests itself intermittently in the bloodline.

‘The Jervain have their eyes.’

God-given gray eyes.

Of course, Callius did not possess such a grace.

“It’s a pity that it’s not Kel’tuk, but there’s no better opponent here for a swordfight.”

“Callius! He’s probably pretty confident in his speed!”

Ignoring Rinney’s cry, Callius walked forward and drew the Predator Sword.

The Axe God of Orcs, Kun-Ta.

He performed a miracle different from the other Gods on his chosen Warriors.

Most of the axes they carried were weapons belonging to a system of strengthening.

The moment you hold it, your body is strengthened supernally in some manner.

Maybe in the shoulders or maybe in the legs, but most of the Orcs’ miracles were generally like that.

So maybe this guy –

‘The unique ability must be related to agility.’

In contrast, Kel’tuk had been about pure force.

The difference in body size and trained muscles seemed to have been noticed by Rinney, who was blessed with God’s grace.

This battle was going to be pretty different.

But Callius more than welcomed it.

Since then, he had gone through a series of breath-taking battles, but no new opponent had appeared who could make his heart race so much.

Callius’ lips twitched.

“Come.”

Kung. The sound of hitting the ground rang clearly.

However, the Great Warrior who invaded his surroundings was fast as a thunderbolt.

Kaaaaaang!!

The axe and the Predator Sword – Loas collided so fast they were invisible to the naked eye.

The sparks that spread were so bright that they lit up the darkened twilight sky.

Kwaaang! Kaang! Kigigigik!

The air itself trembled intensely in the aftershock.

At that thunderous roar, Rivan and Rinny covered their ears with both hands.

But the children’s gray eyes did not blink for a moment.

Because it seemed that if they blinked even for just a single moment, they would lose sight of the Great Warrior and Callius, locked in battle, forever.

“Rivan. Look carefully. If that man hadn’t used a fork against your sword, you wouldn’t be here now.”

Suddenly Emily, who was perched behind Rivan and ahead of Rinney –

She looked proudly at Callius, fighting fiercely, and spoke.

“One day, you’ll be proud of it. That you’d ever faced him with a sword.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 43

Murmur, murmur.

The soldiers spoke in hushed whispers as they watched Callavan pass by.

A coward who’d fled the battlefield.

A thief who later barged in and usurped command.

There were many different stories floating around, but the hottest among the soldiers was only one.

“Master Callius…”

He planned to kill Callavan.

Such rumours were spreading all over the place.

At a time when the Orcs might attack the very next moment, would the army’s discipline not be shaken by such a mischievous rumour?

It was the commander’s duty to strengthen the failing discipline by quashing such rumours right away.

But –

Callavan didn’t do that.

“Master Callavan. Shouldn’t you take action? If not, you have to at least teach that bastard a lesson…”

One of the Knights following Callavan advised, but he didn’t care.

“He’s playing a trick. If we get thoughtlessly tangled up, things will flow in just the direction he wants.”

“Oh, I see.”

Despite his words, Callavan was not without worries.

Who knew if that fucking bastard would suddenly go into a frenzy and attack him in his sleep or something?

If only he disappeared, Callius would become the next Patriarch.

And he would even have more authenticity than Callavan himself!

“You have a bad complexion.”

“Oh, I couldn’t sleep, so I was doing paperwork until morning. I’m just a bit tired.”

To put it bluntly, Callavan’s face didn’t look very good.

Dark circles around the eyes almost reaching his chin, bloodshot eyes, flaky skin and even cracked lips.

“But we can’t just stand still. If he really wants to kill Master Callavan…”

“Of course, I don’t want to leave it alone. That’s why I stayed up all night.”

“Then…”

“I decided to form a separate wing.”

Callius would be set up as the captain of a unit that moved independently of the main army.

“The Orcs can’t stay forever encamped in front of Jevarsch. The most important problem would be food.”

Although they were procuring food by hunting and gathering in the nearby forest, there was a limit to it.

Of course, the same went for the besieged inside Jevarsch, but the Orcs would need more food than humans. They’d also need to feed the beasts that accompanied them.

In any case, they had to procure supplies, so it would be of great help to the humans if a separate unit were to be set up to intercept or interfere with that.

Of course –

There was a limit to the number of soldiers that could be moved out of the castle right now, and the headcount had to be small enough to avoid the Orcs’ notice.

The Knights of Callius were the perfect answer.

“It’s a mishmash of people who don’t even deserve to be called Knights, but being a general means you have to be able to use what you have.”

It’s good if they are successful. It’s better if they fail.

You wouldn’t have to see that thorn at your side ever again, and best of all, it’d even be legally justified.

‘He’s a pretty annoying obstacle on my road to revenge on Elburton.’

Annihilate the Orcs as soon as possible.

Take the opportunity to kill Elburton who’s already ill, and become the master of Jevarsch.

This plan had been in the works for a long time.

He couldn’t let such great preparations be spoiled just because of one crazy idiot.

“Gather the Knights.”

The war had just begun.


Behind the temporary barracks.

Callius was spending time with Emily.

Kaang! Chaeeng!

“Yeah, good job.”

Ignoring the summons, he had been training alone. Events flowed naturally towards having a match with Emily, who’d appeared with Lucen in her hands.

“Like this?”

“Right.”

Kaang!

The sound of sparks erupted.

‘It’s been two weeks since I pierced her divine blood.’

For such a short duration, she’d made quite good progress on the amount of divine power she could handle.

Moreover, the technique of operation as well as her idea of ​​condensing it were also going in a not bad direction.

It was hard to believe that she was only a ten-years-old girl. Emily was indeed a genius of the sword.

She was already at a level of skill that would not be easily defeated by any other Knights.

As she accepted and internalized the practical experience and advice that Bernard and Callius imparted to her, one or two words at a time, she was already creating her own swordsmanship, with sharpness and softness coexisting.

Of course, that swordsmanship still had to be polished further, but it was self-evident that she would become a great Knight in the near future.

“Haa, hoo, how is it?”

“Useful.”

However, contrary to what she thought –

Callius’ words were monotonous.

Even just a single word of praise –

Was difficult to get, for some reason.

Wouldn’t she get a big head if complimented too much?

So Calius was being careful with his every word, because he had a lot of concerns about her getting hurt on the battlefield.

Because of this, the words he uttered were short and concise, enough to colour the eyes that had twinkled in anticipation dim with disappointment.

“Thank you… for your guidance.”

“I don’t need it.”

“Still, I want to thank you.”

Callius’ nose twitched.

The frigid atmosphere of a duel somehow warmed up in an instant.

A cosiness that felt very awkward.

“What’s that hanging around your neck?”

“This is made from the horn of the beast I caught last time. Isn’t it cool? I’ll blow it when the war starts. It’s pretty loud and amazing. Want to hear it?”

“…”

I don’t know what to say to Emily’s face, who’s proudly caressing her prize.

I wonder why the traits of a maniac don’t activate.

In the end, Emily is also a Jervain.

‘Still, maybe it’s because I don’t want to show my daughter my foolish side.’

I really don’t know…

That was then –

Somebody’s footsteps were caught in Callius’ ears.

“What’s going on, old man?”

It was Bernard.

“Why did you disobey the summons?”

“I didn’t want to go.”

“Yeah, and thanks to that, you and your Knights are now ordered to move as a separate unit.”

Callius’ lips twisted as if he’d known in advance.

“That’s what I’d been hoping for.”

“Crazy. Do you want to die? Don’t you know that disobeying orders in wartime is a death sentence?”

“I know.”

“Then why did you do this despite knowing that?”

“Because he won’t be able to kill me anyway.”

“… Your head’s messed up.”

Callavan couldn’t do it.

Even if he tried to enforce discipline like that, if Callius started making a riot, he’d only lose more face for nothing.

Anyway, Callavan couldn’t do anything about Callius, who had a honoured bloodline.

No matter how renowned a fool Callius might have been, he was still of Elburton’s bloodline, and the Son of God who had returned from the Order.

“What do I have to do?”

“Look for yourself.”

Whirlik.

Tas.

The gray eyes pored over the parchment quickly.

Emily, curious as well, asked.

The order that was written on the parchment.

“He’s asking me to take their supplies.”

“Uh… isn’t that a good thing?”

Even if her talent for swords was excellent, she was still a child in this aspect.

“It’s a good thing. Good enough to die for.”

What does siege warfare mean?

It means being isolated.

An Orc army is encamped in front of the castle gate, and you never know when the war might start.

To get out of the castle, avoiding their eyes, and to destroy or grab their supplies?

It’s no different than telling you to just go out and die.

It’s good if you succeed, and it’s good if you fail.

“When the gates open for a moment and a surprise attack is launched from our side, the detached corps will draw their attention and advance north.”

It was an order to become a bait and to distract the enemy.

It sounded like ordering him to die, but Callius didn’t care.

It was what he had hoped for in the first place.

In Jevarsch, the characteristic of a maniac kept rising within him, making it difficult to control.

It was more convenient to go out and act separately.

If something goes wrong, it’d be fine to die.

After all, the war had begun.

‘Because the time has come to finish the quest slowly.’

Callius crumpled up the parchment and grabbed the hilt around his waist.

To raise the quest rewards to S rank, more special conditions were required.

‘That Great Orc Warrior.’

His battle with Kel’tuk was not over yet.

If they meet this time.

Only then would the fight with him be put to an end.

“Are you going with?”

“I can’t. I have a separate mission.”

“As expected.”

There was no way Callavan would leave a Paladin as powerful as Bernard alone.

The showdown would be three days later.

Callius was already waiting for that moment.


Three days later.

Callius spoke calmly to the Knights who looked at him.

“Those who want to live, stay. Those who want to die with me, follow.”

That’s all.

Callius headed towards the closed gate.

But his Knights followed behind, without hesitation.

“You are blessed. Isn’t it?”

“That’s right. As a maniac.”

Callavan strode to the side of Callius, who was at the forefront, and looked the Knights arrayed behind him.

After these long and short skirmishes, the wandering aspirants of the White Forest had become full-fledged Knights.

True Knights with boundless faith and loyalty, to Callius.

Callavan looked at those knights with a smirk and twisted his lips.

Yeah, they’re going to die anyway.

There’s no need to think more.

“Open the gates.”

“Open the gates!”

“Opening!”

Chwaaaak!

The soldiers turned the pulley, and the iron gate began to open with a trembling groan.

In front of it was a green sea, waiting.

Callius drew his sword without hesitation. The same went for Callavan.

“You said you were going to kill me, but you’re going to die soon.”

“Only time will tell.”

Are you forgetting your own situation?

How can you be so calm despite knowing what kind of mission you’ve been given?

Callavan bit his lips.

Ppuuuuuu –!

A horn made from a unicorn sang with a loud and magnificent clarion call.

A trumpet announcing Callius’ departure.

“That’s a good sound.”

“Is it? It’s Emily’s horn.”

“Emily?”

He still looked bright, despite facing a battlefield where death awaited.

A young girl caught Callavan’s eye, who had been wondering who Emily was.

He saw her, holding a horn in her hands.

“Are you still alive?”

He’d thought her ripped apart on the Wheel by now.

“Look forward to it. Callavan.”

“What do you mean?”

Callius, marching out of the gate, spat at him.

“The day I come back here again.”

That day –

“Will be the day your head falls off.”

Gulp. Unknowingly, Callavan swallowed with a parched throat. But then he smiled.

“You must fight fiercely. You’re still Jervain’s blood, so I’d like to give you a sword funeral. I just don’t know if your corpse will be intact.”

It was funny to hear him being sarcastic.

Callius spoke, looking at him with an expressionless face.

“Survive to the end, Callavan. So I can chop your head off.”

Tas!

Blood was pouring down in front of Callius as his red cloak fluttered in the wind.

The colour of the blood was green.

Fountains of blood splattering from the Orcs in his path.

After a long time –

In front of Callius, who had heavily diverted his way while being pursued by the Orcs –

A giant Great Warrior stood, blocking his path.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 24

What Does the Surviving Mid-Boss Do after Retreating?

What does a surviving mid-boss do after retreating?

Due to the nature of shounen manga, no matter how villainous they may be, there are very few cases where they’re totally killed off and disappear from the world. Usually, they get hit by the main character and fly away, or float away and drift off, to someplace far away.

So I remembered always being curious, after the battle was over, what’d happen to them?

Of course, I wasn’t in exactly the same situation right now, but there were similarities nonetheless.

1. Return to the main camp, and boast of your achievements to cover up the shortcomings.

“Just to protect the mafia, who knows how many assassins were sacrificed. Yet in the end, you only managed to give that little kid a cut on the cheek?”

“I’d clearly told you this beforehand. Those guys are just that strong. You were the ones who brought in people without much ability.”

“Hey, weren’t you the one being so confident? How come you’re now saying something like this?”

“Did I promise you I was going to fight to the death? You’d have liked that, I bet. And even if you’re telling me this now, looks like you already sent Haka to ask for replacements. Are you thinking the job’s a bit difficult after all?”

“That…”

2. If you want the conversation to flow smoothly, present an analysis of the opponent.

“Anyway, those guys are surprisingly strong. Even I almost died.”

“You looked quite relaxed fighting them to say that.”

“I was just pretending. I was afraid they’d chase me down.”

“Hmmm…”

“There are a few things I found out by going myself.”

“Oh, for example?”

“The girl doesn’t seem to have much of a fighting ability, so we can ignore her for now, and focus on the redhead and the tuft-haired boy.”

I outlined Leo and Kiriko’s abilities at a very basic level.

For example, Kiriko’s revolver emits magic bullets of several types, and Leo’s lightning is intense enough to paralyze instantly if you don’t wear insulated clothing.

“You should take note.”

“Yeah…”

Actually, those were things that didn’t really need to be spoken out loud, but the executive still nodded his head with a calm face.

“Oh, and it’d be best to separate the two if possible. The two of them coordinated quite well.”

“I was thinking along the same lines. Anyway, you don’t have to care about how we deal with them, sine we’ve now decided to handle it all ourselves. Originally, I was going to leave it up to the mafia, but like you said, that might be unreasonable.”

“You admitted it pretty quickly.”

“Now what are your plans? If you’re thinking of bringing in your gang anyway, you better forget about it. I might as well get you guys out of the way in that case.”

He looked at me warily.

“Nah. I’ve already gotten what I came for, after all.”

“What you came for?”

I’d already grabbed the aggro and gotten the chapter rewards.

Of course, I couldn’t actually say that out loud.

“Didn’t I protect the mafia? To some extent, at least.”

In fact, it was no exaggeration to say that the damage to the mafia was almost halved compared to the original. Since Leo and Kiriko brought out their unique abilities far too quickly, the second and third waves of mafiosi never even entered the stage. Even the executives, except for a tiny number, suffered no damage.

Of course, one never knew if they’d survive the character settlements after this long arc got over.

“Heh, I don’t know if your organization has any chance to profit. After we get rid of these bastards, we might come for you next.”

“Then please do your best. If you lose more power… we might be able to get our toys back very easily.”

Having said that, I turned my back.

Now all my work here was finished.

“Then work hard, Black Shadow. If I find any more helpful information, I’ll let you know.”

“No need. I don’t know if I’ll ever see your face again. Unless it’s as an enemy.”

“Fine. Tell Haka hello from me when he returns.”

“Adios[1].”

3. Leave the main camp.

I slowly headed towards the front door, planning to leave the Skeleton House behind me.

Yes, this was probably the complete process that most ‘mid-bosses who survive after retreating’ went through. After this, there was no more reason for their existence, so they’d silently fade into the background.

However –

“… Let’s slowly start moving.”

I was different from them.

Didn’t I see it in the holographic transcript? There were many readers who were still looking forward to my future appearances and performance.

My next destination should not be the silent background, but rather the very beginning of another plot thread.

And my next step,

4. Turn double agent.

“Oh, I should bring a present.”

Instead of leaving after walking out of the front door, I turned around and headed for the warehouse next to the main building.

I’d wondered if someone else had found it, but luckily it was still left there.

“Good.”

I hurried out of the Skeleton House, carrying a large sack, that had been secretly hidden in a corner, on my shoulder.


A new chapter started after two days passed.

[Adventure King serialization resumed]

[Chapter 10 – Black Shadow Assassins (1)]

[Belongs to the realm of the ongoing chapter]

[Enigmatic Squatjaw is the subject of character evaluation in this chapter]

‘It’s later than I thought.’

It was quite different from the original. In the original work, Black Shadow members appeared as soon as Leo defeated ‘Seven Rings’.

This was probably because the author was having a tough time correcting the plot development. Also, there must have been a reason why it took some time for the ‘new character’, whose appearance time was changed abruptly, to arrive here.

The name of the chapter was also changed. Originally, [The Destomb Mafia (2)] should have been the next in sequence, but that chapter was instead transferred to [Black Shadow Assassins (1)].

I felt a bit of remorse at this, not simply because the ‘(1)’ behind the ‘The Destomb Mafia’ made me uncomfortable. It was because of the thought that even the ‘(1)’ after ‘Black Shadow Assassins’ might end up the same way.

‘Well, he’ll figure it out somehow.’

Eventually, I found myself in front of a shabby building, with the sack I had brought from the Skeleton House still on my back.

[Sleep Like the Dead].

The reason I stopped in front of this impressively named inn was simple. Because this was the place where Leo and his party were staying currently.

Obviously, they didn’t lack for money. Wasn’t the Queen of Goldam City herself in the team? But oddly enough, Leo’s party always stayed in these kinds of places. Shabby, and you wouldn’t be surprised if something appeared in the middle of the night.

I didn’t know if it was intentional on the author’s part, to push the main cast into an environment conducive to getting involved in various situations, but either way, it wasn’t bad from the perspective of a guest who was sneaking in.

‘Should I go in soon?’

After looking around for a moment, I sneaked into the building.

In fact, if I’d just wanted to meet them, I could have done that long ago. I had asked Cocoa to find their place of residence as soon as the previous chapter had finished.

The reason I’d deliberately waited for the next chapter to start was to secure an appearance.

Naturally, the readers would have no choice but to panic. The guy who left them with so many suspicions last chapter, appeared immediately in the next one.

Yes, just like,

“You, you!?”

“Squatjaw!”

“… What is it?”

Just like these guys.

“Hey, it’s been a while.”

I smiled and waved my hand.

In fact, this was a greeting aimed at the readers rather than these guys. A gag of an introduction. If the author had any sense, he would definitely use this scene.

“How did you know about this place?”

“What is your identity?”

“Stand back!”

Hmmm.

I meekly followed their instructions. Chinuavi wasn’t here in this yard, so a fight would be really troublesome. I had to listen if I didn’t want to get blown away by a fist.

“How did you know we were here!?”

“Wait, are you really from the mafia? Or a secret agent like you said back then?”

“What’s in the sack? Put it down first.”

“I’m sorry, but could you please take turns?”

Soon afterwards,

“How did you find this place?”

Leo went first.

“I asked around. Once I described your appearances, it was easy.”

I answered vaguely. It wasn’t a particularly important question.

Then,

“Hmm, I see?”

Leo nodded like an idiot.

It was a reaction truly befitting the protagonist of a shounen manga. The thoughtless archetype.

“That doesn’t matter right now!”

Next came Kiriko.

“Who are you, really? What’re you planning?”

“I used to be in the mafia. And now I am your helper. Details are confidential.”

“Why would the mafia help us?”

“Because I’m not really in the mafia. It’s just one of my hidden identities.”

“Then, is that part still true? The secret agent?”

I deliberately did not answer. Because letting them wonder for themselves was the way to amplify the ‘secretive’ characteristic.

“But why are you helping us?”

“Someone is interested in you. His identity is a secret. Don’t try to figure it out. Even I don’t know much, so I’m working as requested.”

Of course, this was just me babbling. Still, I thought I should be able to get away with it.

And finally,

“Then how are you going to help us?”

It was as expected. No doubts, no worries at all.

In fact, it’d be hard to find people as insensitive as these even if you combed through the entire manga. Actually, that’s what being a main character is all about. Can you call it being so blessed that you can achieve everything in the end even after being so careless? Of course, other people don’t get the benefit of such plot armour.

“I’ll tell you who are trying to attack you and how they plan to do that. These are things that I learned by taking some risks.”

“Those who’re going to attack us? That’s… that’s the mafia.”

“It’s not just them. More dangerous guys are looking for you.”

That was then –

“Wait. Before that, please explain about the sack you are holding.”

The right person asked just at the right time. I was having a bit of a hard time holding on to it.

“Ah, this? It’s a gift. For the Queen.”

I immediately opened the sack and showed the contents inside.

Soon afterwards,

“Ugh!”

“What, what? A man!”

There were some good responses.

In addition,

“El Viego!”

Siana finished the trifecta.

“This is the guy, right? That you wanted to meet.”

“How did you know that…”

“I’ve known about you and this guy since you were at the Goldam Casino. Don’t ask how I found out, because it’s a secret. Anyway, you can tell from how I arrested a mafia executive, right? I’m not on their side. Rather, I’m somebody who can help you. You may be sceptical, but try believing in me first. You’ve got nothing to lose anyway, right?”

Next, I told them about the existence of the Black Shadow and its members.

The assassins who were divided into low, intermediate, and advanced ranks, with the highest being the leader and the core of the organization.

“There were low-ranked assassins mixed among the mafia. Did you notice?”

“You saying they were just low-ranked?”

“Yeah, so you’re right to be nervous. From the intermediate level, it’s even more scary.”

I also told them how the Black Shadow might attack.

They might pretend to be ordinary people and ambush them, use poison, or even attack while hidden beneath the ground.

“It might be a long fight. Prepare well.”

“Hey, just with those guys?”

“Let them come. They won’t be leaving.”

Again, like main characters, there was no sign of fear.

Good and spirited.

“Oh, and one more thing.”

“Something more?”

“It’s the most important part, so listen. There’s a monster among them. Leo, he’s about the same age as you, but he’s a very scary guy. You have to watch out for him.”

“… A monster?”

“Who is it?”

“Don’t ask any more. Because I don’t know either.”

I could only talk to far. I didn’t know what kind of penalty the author would impose if I gave even more spoilers than this.

“That’s all for today. Don’t forget what I told you.”

Then, after watching Siana kick El Viego around for a bit, I hurried out of there.

Because I still had work to do.


Two days later.

[Ice-Cream Shop Where Two Ate While the Third Died].

I stared at the ice-cream shop in front of me.

To be more precise, I was staring at a short kid who had been standing in front of it for the last 30 minutes.

Yan.

The official successor of the Black Shadow, and number one in the ranks of its armed forces.

The boy who would become Leo’s fourth companion.

Of course, he wasn’t going to go duel with Leo right now.

Yan was the final boss of this long arc, due to appear only after all the executives of Black Shadow were defeated by Leo and Kiriko.

It’d only been two days since the new chapter had started. 

Considering that the battle with the intermediate assassins had just begun, his appearance was still a long way off.

Yes, as per the original development.

But I had no intention of leaving it as it stood.

The reason was simple. Because the current development left no place for me to intervene at all.

The fight against the Black Shadow was intricately divided into stages.

After the low, intermediate, and advanced assassins, meet the final boss. It was a very orderly development, comfortable and familiar to both readers and authors.

However, it left absolutely no room for my three-people team to intervene.

I had to derail it at any cost, if I had to have any chance of earning points from this chapter. 

My plan was simple.

Have this guy join the fight right now.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] The phrase being used is 멀리 나가지 않겠다 (lit. not going far) which seems to be a modern Korean way of saying goodbye, in a negative/harsh way. Adios can have similar connotations for some, like saying it to a stranger you don’t expect to meet again.

Don’t forget to like, comment, and rate on NovelUpdates!


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 42

Callavan von Jervain.

A man who became an adopted child of the direct line while Callius was absent. I’d met him once before inside the forest, but he wasn’t a man I liked at all.

Or rather, ‘Callius’ didn’t.

And so –

The tip of my sword naturally deviated to point towards Callavan. It wasn’t like I’d known he was going to show up, but things worked out.

Elburton was wearing a strange a smile, but just seemed to be watching the show.

“Callavan. What were you doing while we were fighting?”

I didn’t add his surname.

This was not due to a characteristic.

It just came out naturally.

Not trying to suppress him, or something like that.

Perhaps it was just the will of the original Callius.

Because, he –

Was crazy to the bone, after all.

Still, he had been a Jervain, and proud of being a descendant of the direct line.

That’s why he couldn’t stand Callavan, here of all places.

This was not the forest, but the centre of the Jervain territory.

Because this place was Jevarsch Castle.

That’s why, Callius’ will was expressing itself so strongly.

“What were you doing?”

Callavan kept his mouth shut.

But it wasn’t a silence stemming from admitting his faults.

There were many types of silence.

Most had negative connotations.

Callavan’s silence proclaimed an injustice being done upon him.

With a sullen face, and clenched fists.

He was trembling.

Not from fear.

From anger.

“I am also grieved!”

The eyes of the Knights who’d been squinting at him now opened wide at his sudden scream.

“Because I know that it is my responsibility to take the lead and protect the North more than anyone else! So I am even more grieved!”

Responding to the charges of sin with anger was a more effective tactic than expected.

Because how it contrasted against his usual behaviour.

The Knights understood his meaning without even having to be told.

“I am not in a position to speak of them right now, but there were some unavoidable circumstances. As I struggled to save the Knights immured in the White Forest, my response was delayed. But I shall do my part and dedicate my life in the coming war, for the sake of my pride as a Jervain of the North. So please refrain from these unnecessary disputes and suspicions.”

“Haaa.”

What are you trying to say at a time like this?

“You mad, huh? The guy who farted is mad about the smell?”[1]

At Callius’ vulgur sarcasm, Callavan stared at him silently for a moment.

“Callius. I know of the brave deeds you’ve performed on the battlefield this time, but I am the current direct descendant of the Jervain family.”

Don’t be so impudent.

That’s what he meant.

“You said you couldn’t fight for unavoidable reasons, but you heard of my deeds. Did you really hear them? Or did you see them in person from afar, trembling like a coward?”

Sreung!

Callavan pulled his the sword from his waist and pointed it at Callius.

“I cannot stand any more insults.”

“What if you can’t stand it? Are you going to throw down your gloves?”

Throwing down your gloves signifies that you are asking for a duel.

Callius had nothing to fear in that regard.

He’d gained confidence in his new skills, and his abilities were finally crystalizing[2]. He might’ve gotten sick of using them for the war, but a fight with Callavan would be a good test of his strength.

Bernard once said that he might be an enemy. That Elburton himself was suspicious of Callavan.

Judging from that, he was probably the main culprit behind this situation.

There was nothing good about keeping an enemy alive.

‘Once a traitor, always a traitor.’

Those who would devour the northern parts of the Carpe Kingdom must be destroyed, root and branch.

Only then the North, and Carpe –

And I – can keep living.

While everyone was frozen in silence –

Callavan looked at Callius with sad eyes and turned his back on him.

“A lot of blood has already been spilled. There’s no need to spill more between us.”

“Are you running away?”

“If my blood and Jervain’s blood should be shed anywhere, then it’s on the battlefield, not here and now. Callius.”

Ttt. Callius clicked his tongue and sheathed his sword.

“Aristocrats can’t be afraid, so you have to dress it up to sound dignified. Is that it?”

Callavan’s footsteps stopped for a moment at Bruns’ sarcastic comments, but soon they started moving again.

Bruns was of course completely useless, but for now, Callius’ lips curved in an arc.


Seuk, seuk.

“Oooh, this sword is really amazing. This red colour is weirdly ominous, like it’s covered in blood.”

Next to Callius, who was sitting cross-legged on a chair, Bruns was sitting on the ground, sharpening a sword with a whetstone.

Predator Sword – Loas.

There was also Lucen, that Callius had taken from Esther, nearby.

As the truce stretched longer and longer, Bruns had gotten anxious because he had nothing to do. This morning he said he’d found a good whetstone, and he’d been doing this since then.

“It’s done! Master, take a look at this. A great job, even if I do say so myself!”

“Well…”

Predator Swords sharpened their own blades naturally when they absorbed blood. So Bruns didn’t even need to use a whetstone, but…

“Not bad.”

“Right?”

As it climbed into the ranks of Spirit Swords this time, the blade that had been serrated like a saw had changed into a normal shape.

It had become an impressive sword with a blade tinged with red, engraved with wave-like patterns that resembled animal teeth.

Reminiscent of the sharp maw of a growling beast.

It was a pattern that well befitted the name of the Predator Sword.

“Well done.”

“It’s nothing special! Heh heh!”

It was funny how he kept trying to prove his worth.

The variety of his talents was nothing short of amazing – although there was no talent in swordsmanship among them.

“By the way, master.”

“What.”

“You don’t need this sword anymore, do you?”

“Why do you ask?”

Bruns was talking about Lucen.

Since there was the Predator Sword, the lower ranked Lucen was no longer necessary.

He kept wearing it around his waist as a spare, but ever since the Predator Sword had become a Spirit Sword –

He hadn’t needed to take it out.

During the war, there were many times when he passed by Bruns while running around frantically and wielding his sword. Bruns knew it, so that’s probably why he was bringing it up.

“Do you want it?”

I don’t really want to give it to Bruns.

Even if I don’t use it anymore, it’s still a very meaningful sword for me.

“No. I already have my dagger. Besides, I’m not good at wielding a longsword.”

“Then why?”

“… Miss Emily.”

Emily?

Emily’s name somehow cropped up.

“I heard her mumble that the sword she’s using has become too light.”

“Is that so.”

That might be the case. The blockages in her divine blood has been cleared, and that child prodigy is now walking her own path by manipulating her spirit power.

Of course, her physical ability has also increased exponentially, so her original double-edged rapier would no longer be suitable.

“That’s something I hadn’t thought of.”

Bruns is quite smart.

Even at the aspects that I don’t care about.

Of course, a father should take care of that kind of inconvenience.

Even if the word ‘father’ is still awkward, and even if I don’t think of her like a true daughter.

Either way, he’s really sharp-witted.

‘If only there was some talent for swordsmanship, he would have been much more useful.’

That’s the saddest part.

His body is naturally well-forged with strong bones and muscles, so he has the strength and stamina to never get tired, but he has no talent for swords…

It’s not that I haven’t taught him.

After that day, whenever I had time, I gave him a sword and trained him.

But his swordsmanship didn’t grow.

‘No. Even if it’s not the sword…’

If he turns to martial arts like Cedric, learning even a little will make him more useful.

Callius looked at Bruns with curious eyes.

Send him to Cedric, and ask to make Bruns useful.

Cedric already owes me enough that he can’t refuse.

“Why, why are you looking at me like this? Am I doing something wrong…?”

“No.”

Cedric is yet to return.

It will take at least a year.

Besides, now is not the time to think about that.

Callius shrugged off his thoughts about Bruns and pulled out Lucen that Esther had given him.

Life Sword – Lucen.

A spare sword. A sword given to him by Esther.

The proof of her defeat at his hands.

There were many such modifiers, for example the sword with which he used his martial skills for the first time.

However, it was now a sword that was not used often, because of the overwhelming superiority of the Predator Sword in comparison.

“Take it.”

Whirlick. He smoothly turned the sword and offered the handle to Bruns without hesitation.

“Why not give it directly…”

He had a keen eye for detail.

He seemed to have already noticed that there was some connection between Emily and Callius.

After all, Bruns had been present when Callius first met Emily.

“Well. This sword must also want a master who’d use it more. So you can pass it on.”

Giving it directly would be a little different.

Things were still a bit too awkward between them.

“Now, what’s up with Callavan?”

“Oh, I don’t know the details, but anyway, he’s going to take command in the next battle and lead the troops on the battlefield… he was babbling about honour.”

“I see what’s going on.”

From Elburton’s point of view, there’s really no excuse for kicking Callavan out, since he had been the one to adopt him as a son and even appoint him as the next Lord.

The only sin he committed was to not join the battlefield sooner.

‘It can’t even be called a sin.’

The trait of a maniac was activated while we argued so I’d spoken of him that way, but that’s all it was.

Since no problem has been revealed to the outside, it’s natural for him to have the power of command.

Perhaps Elburton is waiting for me to do something about it.

‘That attitude of trying to test me is like he’s my superior.’

But it’s a reasonable attitude.

Unlike before –

Even if I’m still the same family idiot, there’s a clear difference between one who has a use and one who doesn’t.

“Bruns.”

“Yep!”

“The guy you said was injured last time.”

“Oh, you mean Allen?”

Didn’t he hurt his eye?

Unless you reach a certain level –

If you injure one eye, you wouldn’t have gotten used to the changed depth perception so soon.

“Call him.”

“Yeah, okay. Then this, I…”

“Take it to Emily.”

“Yes! I will obey your order!”

Stop making a fuss.

While I was observing the map of the battlefield spread out on the table with a grin, I heard somebody’s voice.

“Come in.”

The tent cloth was lifted.

A boy with blonde hair entered, looking a little anxious and perplexed.

“I heard you called for me.”

“Right.”

One eye was covered with a bandage.

The white bandage was stained with blood as if the wound hadn’t healed yet.

“Is your body alright?”

“I’m fine!”

Just how a Knight should answer, even if he were on his last legs.

Although he was young, he was a Knight.

“Then I’m glad. I have a mission to entrust to you.”

“Give me your order. I will do whatever Master Callius orders.”

Good.

It was for the quest, but saving the lives of the Knights was repaid by the loyalty they showed me.

A debt of life must be repaid with life. That’s how the Northern Knights are.

“Do you know Callavan?”

“Yes.”

“He’s probably got command of the battlefield this time.”

I’ll probably have to go to the area he assigns to me.

I’ll either be assigned to a place to make a last stand, or asked to wait without any chance of being active.

Since there are Knights following me, there is a possibility that he will treat them as expendable troops and entrust them with absurd and bizarre missions.

“If he points his sword at me, I will do the same.”

“By that you mean…”

“I’m going to kill Callavan.”

“!!!”

No matter how the quest progresses, killing him is already a fact.

I have to kill him.

But not right now.

“You just spread the rumours.”

Jervain’s enemy.

And Callius, who says he wants to kill the adopted son from the collateral branch.

“If I do that, and he harms Master Callius…”

“Now that he has command, he might try to drive me to a dangerous corner.”

There is a high probability of that happening.

“Then…!”

However, I rather welcome that possibility.

“It’s not bad. It’s better than taking orders from a chain of command with him at the top.”

The trait of a maniac is quiet now, but you never know when it’ll act up again.

Rather, it’s better –

To stay away from Jervain.

“… I don’t know. It’s hard to follow your wisdom, Master Callius.”

“Then you can just see it with your own eye.”

How my plan unfolds. Even just one eye will be enough for you to see.

“What my orders will cause.”

So now is the time to spread the word.

Going by the character of the guy –

‘He will self-destruct on his own.’


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 방귀 뀐 놈이 성내는군 (lit. the guy who farted is mad) means to get angry at others for your own mistakes, translated here literally since no close idiom came to mind.

[2] 물이 오르고 (lit. water rising) refers to plants or trees, frozen during winter, reviving in the spring. As a metaphor it is used to signify that some situation or ability has improved. The next sentence uses 바라던 바다 (lit. desired sea) to refer to a fight or argument you’re hoping for, which might be a wordplay by the author (sea, water). Unfortunately, that can’t really be preserved in translation.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 41

“Old man. This is a belief that I’ve held since long ago.”

That human nature is inherently evil, rather than inherently good[1].

I can’t prove which one is right, but I personally believe that human nature is innately evil.

Was it not the humans who made the distinction of good from evil in the first place?

From the moment ‘good’ was defined, the primordial and instinctive actions of human beings were bound to be defined as ‘evil’.

So I believe in the theory of innate evil.

Honestly, I’d rather not believe it.

But I still think it’s right.

“What are you talking about so early in the morning?”

Bernard massaged his shoulders as if his whole body was sore, and rubbed his sleepy eyes.

Somehow lifting his twitching eyelids, he looked at Callius.

“Man is inherently evil.”

“So, what kind of shit was that all of a sudden… huh, I see.”

Sighing, Bernard responded to Callius, who’d been looking at him, without pondering the issue further.

“It could be, but at least I don’t think so.”

“Why not?”

“If human nature is inherently evil, wouldn’t this world be too difficult to live in? Wouldn’t it be more convenient to think it as good even if it were evil?”

“Hmm… I try to think of it as evil though.”

Humans are inherently evil.

However, by learning to live in society, you can know the wrongness of evil and restrain it.

Because if you live within a society surrounded by laws, even if you end up committing an evil, you can still return to yourself.

The principle of human behaviour is to not want to cause trouble.

To be honest, it’s hard to say which theory is right and which is wrong. But at least in my personal opinion, the theory of innate evil is the correct one.

So here’s the question.

‘Callius.’

Callius has a violent and promiscuous personality that is an ideal example for those who believe in the theory of innate evil.

In terms of superficial behaviour, he is undeniably evil.

I believe that humans are inherently evil, but they do good because they know the rules and norms of society.

Then, why do those who do not do so, act outside the rules of society?

In my view, because their heads are rotten.

Yes.

Callius has a rotten brain.

Despite knowing good from bad, he repeated his stupid actions.

Because he couldn’t live up to his father’s expectations.

Even though he was a direct descendant, he became a maniac and a scapegrace because he was constantly compared to the children of the collateral branch, and realized the depths of his own incompetence.

There was no justification for his actions.

Just because he wasn’t good enough.

Thus, an idiot named Callius was born into this world.

That was his setting in the first place.

I made him that way.

“But why are you asking that all of a sudden?”

“I don’t quite understand it.”

“What?”

“… The heart of a maniac.”

“What kind of nonsense are you spouting again…”

Haa – With a sigh, I left Bernard’s tent.

It was the crack of dawn.

Leaving Bernard muttering ‘madman’ behind me, I looked at Jevarsch from afar.

The soldiers were busy since before the dawn, standing guard, and preparing to meet the rising sun.

‘Shit.’

Just looking at them made me angry.

A situation where the excitement of the battlefield had been dominating my body, a situation where Bernard had been in my front.

If not for such a situation, I would’ve exploded in a frenzy every single moment I had been inside Jevarsch.

Tuk.

“Oh! I’m sorry!”

A soldier scuffed my shoulder as he walked by.

He was holding a large stack of munitions in his hands.

Looked like that he didn’t see me in the way due to how high the munitions had been piled up. It was quite plausible and understandable.

Isn’t this a time of war?

A soldier wouldn’t normally dare touch me, but this just happened because of the emergency wartime situation.

But –

I drew my sword without any hesitation over such a trivial matter.

“You’re not somebody who can touch me.”

Irrespective of my own will, the trait of a maniac dominated my whole being.

“Ah! I, I’m sorry! Please forgive me just this once!!”

As his neck neared the brutally drawn blade, the soldier fell flat and begged for his life. Callius naturally stepped on the soldier’s head. So natural was the action that there was no way to stop it.

“You shall be forgiven.”

“Th-, thank you…?”

“God in heaven will forgive all your sins.”

Saying that, Callius immediately struck down with the Predator Sword.

“Ugh, aaaaaah!”

The aura of murder emanating from Callius, honed from his three days of repeated slaughter in the battlefield, enveloped the soldier.

The soldier, fallen on his back, peed himself at the sight of the blade hovering over him.

“Tch… go away.”

“Yeah… yep! I’ll go away!!”

Just before slicing off the soldier’s head –

He’d blocked his right hand with his left.

‘This shitty trait.’

His left hand, which he had used to momentarily block his own sword arm with so much force, was tingling.

The trait of a maniac demanded that he really kill that soldier with a single sword.

The combination of his terrible traits put Callius in such a dreadful situation.

The soldiers and the Knights performing their respective missions were looking at him in surprise.

“This is why I didn’t want to come to the North.”

The coercion of his own character.

The characteristic, Scapegrace of the Count Family, was holding him by the ankles and slowly taking over his body.

The more he would approach the centre of Jevarsch, the more this dominance would grow.

‘My notoriety will spread more widely.’

Jervain’s maniac, who they’d thought had awoken, did not actually change.

The rumour would spread like this.

“Haa…”

Notoriety doesn’t matter however widespread it is, but the important issue is elsewhere.

The real problem is that I can’t control myself.

Murmur, murmur.

When I put divine power into my ears, whispers that I would not normally be able to hear were heard and interpreted by Bard’s Blessing.

It wasn’t very good.

– They said he was a maniac… That’s not the level of a maniac, that’s just insane.

– Shh, be quiet, or that crazy guy might hear.

– I thought a war hero had come to save us…

So I heard.

And as soon as I heard, my heart sank, because my crazy trait activated.

“Now isn’t this because of the original Callius’ innate nature?”

I don’t even know what that is.

That’s why I didn’t want to get close to Jervain.

Were that all, I’d have been able to endure it, but the fragments of Callius’ memories and emotions keep rushing in and making my blood boil.

Memories of being ignored.

Of enduring corporal punishments for committing adultery.

Memories like that just keep coming to the surface of my mind.

“I need to look for a way to silence the trait.”

Or, leave here. Either one should have been an option, but unfortunately –

[Fatalite’s Wheel]

  • Number of Orcs killed: 2172
  • Number of beasts Killed: 486
  • Number of people saved: 193
  • ???

<Reward> [A+] ???

The quest is still there.

There’s no other way out.

‘If you don’t reach S-rank after coming all the way here, you’ll regret it for the rest of your life.’

If so, there is only one way.

Find a way to suppress my traits.

“What if I can’t find one?”

I pondered for a while, but there was no right answer.

“If I can’t find one, there’s nothing I can do.”

I have no choice but to keep living as a maniac.


“Nochtel. Did he really say that?”

“Yes, that’s right.”

“Haha….”

The master of Jevarsch –

Elburton von Jervain, was speechless at Nochtel’s response.

“Has he gone crazy?”

“Maybe so. Still, I remember that he used to be respectful to the Lord in the past…”

He didn’t have that kind of spirit.

He’d followed etiquette, although he had been confrontational and arrogant.

No matter how much he’d been expelled from his family and sent to the Church to become a Pilgrim, there was no justification for blatantly rejecting a request from the Master of the North.

“He’s crazy.”

“This can’t just be swept under the rug with that. No matter what happened in the past, his behaviour towards master…”

“No. It’s better than being a dog wagging its tail in front of me. Yeah, that’s how big his guts should be.”

Elburton suppressed a smile.

It’s better to be this bold than to look like an obedient puppy in front him like in the past.

Besides, didn’t he deserve to be proud?

These last three days of dreadful battle.

There, Callius had fully imprinted his existence on the northerners.

In this War of the Wheel –

He was a necessary talent for Jevarsch, and an indispensable sword for the North.

“He knows his own value best. That’s why he’s doing this. He couldn’t, otherwise.”

Elsewhere, this rudeness would have surely been punished.

However, this was his original hometown.

And –

“He must have a lot of resentment backed up. Where would that personality go? Haha.”

“This is not the time to laugh…”

“No one else in the North can slander me like that. Strangely, I’m not even mad.”

Elburton laughed bitterly.

Nochtel was relieved and worried at the same time as he saw the smiling face of his owner.

“There’s no way he would have come back to the North if he didn’t have that courage. Even I had underestimated my own son a bit.”

“What are you going to do? If you leave it alone, it will harm the Lord’s status.”

“If my son’s being so arrogant, I’ll also have to fulfil my responsibilities as a father. Will I not?”

Duruk.

Elburton rose from his seat and left his office, heading towards the makeshift barracks inside the fortress grounds.

“He’s complaining about me now, but he’ll soon be heading somewhere else anyway.”

“Where…”

“You’ll see soon. Then all I’ll have to do is watch.”

As the Master of the North arrived, all the Knights, as well as the soldiers who’d been rushing about, bowed their heads.

Because he was the Supreme Ruler of the North.

Even though everybody within Jevarsch bowed their heads at Elburton when they saw him coming –

Only one person did not.

Only a man with dark hair and a red cloak kept his stiff neck straight.

“Callius.”

A voice that seemed to press down on his shoulders called for Callius. Even though it was just a voice, Callius felt more pressure than when he’d faced the giant beasts.

He wanted to bow his head in response.

But the nature of a maniac rejected it.

Was this due to his characteristics?

Or was it the will of the original Callius?

He couldn’t judge.

“You’re still alive.”

However.

One thing was certain.

‘This feeling…’

It was something from his past.

Callius had hated it enough to live a life that his father had to endure watching.

“You’ve grown so much. Enough to keep your neck upright in front of me.”

Callius did not respond to Elburton’s words.

He just quietly started drawing his sword.

“It feels good.”

Callius’ eyebrows rose.

What do you mean that it feels good?

While he was beset by such doubts –

A man walked out from one side of the fortress.

“Are you alright? Father.”

It was Callavan.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 성선설과 성악설 – the two conflicting schools of thought in Confucianism, that human nature is inherently good, vs it being inherently evil, were championed by the Warring States era Chinese philosophers Mengzi and Xunji, respectively. Mengzi believed that humans were by nature righteous and society was a bad influence on them, whereas Xunzi posited that humans were born evil and ethics was needed to rectify them.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 23

This Shit Ain’t Over Yet

A strategy to link the mafia with the Black Shadow, turning them into more of a challenge for Leo and the rest.

The recipe for that was quite simple.

1. Prepare eight mafiosi.

2. Add two Black Shadow members, clad in mafia outfit.

3. Mix and stir well.

4. Attack!

In fact, there was no elaborate strategy to speak of.

There was no need to matchmake the participants, and there was no need for them to be trained together.

The mafiosi were just cover to hide the daggers of the skilled assassins.

This was the reason why I gave the mafiosi knives instead of guns. Because the cover wouldn’t be anywhere as good if they kept their distance and shot from afar.

The skill gap was far too large for the mafiosi to successfully attack Leo’s party anyway. That wouldn’t change whether they used knives or guns.

In other words –

“Make some noise! Never stop moving, and keep pushing them!”

This chapter was about the mafia, but the mafiosi were just a smoke screen, and the core of the attack was the group of assassins.

The Black Shadow executive said I was pampering the mafia too much, but it was the opposite. Because I just thought of them as meat shields.

And this strategy was wildly successful.

Just looking at the scene unfolding right in front of my eyes –

“Waaaaagh!”

“Kill them!”

“These little bastards!”

Leo and Kiriko could not blow away the mafiosi at once despite being dogpiled from all directions. Because every time they tried some big move, a hidden dagger would fly in.

In fact, Kiriko who was being wary of the assassins had already allowed a mafioso’s blow to land several times, and Leo had even gotten his cheek scratched trying to block a dagger meant for Siana.

‘We’re seeing blood already… that’s pretty good for Black Shadow.’

It wasn’t as if Siana couldn’t carry her own weight, but she still didn’t know how to protect herself. Until she developed her unique abilities and became a full-fledged fighter, she was just a burden.

And so –

“Ouch!”

“Are, are you okay? Blood, Mister Kiriko, there’s blood…”

“I’m alright, so just stay behind me or Leo.”

Such climactic ‘scenes of crisis’ were bound to appear several times.

To be honest, I wondered why the author hadn’t used this method in the original.

Because this was a way to make the attack of the Black Shadow members even more intimidating, and at the same time created a much more colourful scene.

And sometimes –

“They’re annoying. Those guys hiding in the back.”

“They must be the core of the mafia.”

There were even lines that made me grin.

The author and I knew that there were assassins mixed in among the mafia, but Leo and the readers did not.

In other words, the Black Shadow assassins would also be treated as mafia until the scheme was revealed.

Making my status, the dark secret hiding behind the mafia, higher and more impactful.

‘Hmm, it’d have been better if I could get some intermediate-ranked assassins.’

I knew I was being greedy, but it was still a bit disappointing. Otherwise the mafia chapter could have become significant enough to rival even the Black Shadow chapter.

That was then –

“You guys be careful. Because I’m really mad now.”

Click –.

Kiriko suddenly pulled out a revolver from his waist.

And on top of that –

Crackle –.

Sparks of electricity began to emanate from Leo’s body as well.

‘Oh, already? Isn’t this too fast?’

This was an unexpected development.

The emergence of a unique ability meant that a new phase of battle was about to begin. Even though the first chapter of the mafia arc hadn’t even finished yet.

Originally, they would use their unique abilities around the beginning of the last chapter of the mafia arc, [The Destomb Mafia (3)]. A chapter about Leo and his party catching the ‘Seven Rings’, the final dark secret behind the mafia.

Looked like this happened because of me taking on the role that ‘Seven Rings’ was meant to play, but to be honest, I was feeling a bit embarrassed right now.

This meant that as many as three chapters were being consolidated and completed in one go.

Developing faster would be a good flow for the readers, sure, but it would be quite burdensome for the author. Wouldn’t the plot progression become unstable?

‘… No, that’s not my problem.’

I decided to focus on the immediate situation.

Anyway, since this was happening, the current flow was meaningless. No matter how much cover the mafia had laid out, those low-level assassins didn’t have the ability to compete with Leo and Kiriko, who had activated their unique abilities, on even ground.

If I didn’t get to work right away –

“Ahhh!”

“Oh, I can’t see anything!”

“R-, run away!”

Yeah, everyone was going to be annihilated.

I quickly diagnosed the current situation.

The outcome of the rapid development was no different. The ending was also being rushed.

Presumably, the chapter would end as soon as this fight was over.

Then, the mafia’s turn would be over, and the leading role would be completely handed over to the Black Shadow.

So, there was only one conclusion that could be drawn.

The character evaluation settlement that I had expected across three chapters, had to be completed in one shot.

In other words, the number of points I could sweep in had decreased drastically.

Of course, as long as I didn’t get run over by these guys right here, I could still appear in the future.

However, there would be no more chapters with me as the main role.

Slowly, a sense of urgency creeped in.

I had to show something special to get more points. Because I still hadn’t given anything to the readers other than ‘doubts and questions’.

At this rate, I might end up following the trail blazed by Haka in the original. The questions would remain, but I would become a character that nobody really wanted to see more of.

I had to properly decorate the end of this chapter, at least. Something gorgeous and impressive. In a way that the ‘doubts’ about my character could be transformed into ‘curiosity’ and ‘interest’, even ‘charm’.

“… It’s earlier than expected, but there’s nothing I can do about it.”

Of course, I had already prepared something for this.

I just didn’t know if it would go well.

As soon as I made up my mind, I immediately called out to the mafioso waiting behind me. A very ugly-looking guy.

“Come here.”

And then,

“Yes, Senior.”

The boy approached quietly with his head bowed.

It was Chinuavi, who had transformed into a mafioso.

“Remember what I said?”

“I do remember, but this seems a bit different from what you said.”

“I’m sorry. I didn’t know that these guys would even show their unique abilities here. Can you stop them?”

“Well. To be honest, I failed the Brawler Goblin Test 20 times in the past.”

“No, no. Just stop them once.”

“I can’t guarantee about the gunslinger. But the lightning user might work, if it’s just once…”

“Once is enough. The important part is that you have to block it lightly. Looking relaxed. As cool as possible, like you’re showing off, as if someone outside is watching. Got it?”

“I’ll try my best, but please understand that I’m not used to such behaviour. I avoid rash actions and am always polite…”

I knocked him on the forehead.

Tap!

“Ouch!”

“You’re chattering a lot. Trying to pretend you aren’t already excited? Goblin, who loves roleplay.”

“… Senior. How did you… you’re like a spirit.”

“Okay, you can transform as soon as I drink the potion. Have you erased your presence?”

“Yeah, probably no one here is conscious of me. Unless there’s someone with eyes as good as the little lady.”

“Even if there were, no need to worry about it. It’s so crowded here.”

“By the way, do you still remember the details of our transaction? If I can make it happen, you have to tell me a secret…”

“Yeah, so focus. Start right away. The mafiosi will all be annihilated soon.”

Then I immediately drank the invisibility potion I had prepared.

And as my image gradually faded, Chinuavi transformed into me.

I immediately screamed out loud.

“Get out of the way, everyone! I’ll deal with these guys!”

And then,

“Do it.”

I whispered in Chinuavi’s ear, and quickly scarpered.


“What?”

Leo lowered the mafioso he was holding by the neck and looked ahead.

Squatjaw, who he hadn’t seen for a while, was coming forward.

The mafiosi were retreating fast like the low tide, but there was no time to worry about that. Because the enemy’s captain had jumped out in front of him.

A carefree face that had no trace of tension.

Squatjaw looked relaxed, as if he was out for a walk.

Leo also took a step forward, towards him.

He had a lot of questions.

So,

“You…”

Just when he was about to ask a question –

“Huhu, nice to meet you.”

“Huh?”

“Hmm… wait a minute. What was it again?”

Squatjaw started saying some strange words.

“Oh, right. I want you to stop fighting.”

“… What?”

“How about stopping here?”

“…”

It wasn’t funny.

Leo groaned.

“It was your side who attacked first! The moment we entered the city!”

“Oh, did we? Anyway, that’s good. We were the ones to start, so you be the ones to stop. What do you think?”

Leo snorted.

“Once we stop, won’t you fix yourselves up and come back again? Do I look stupid?”

“No, you’re wrong. We the mafia will no longer attack you. We would be the ones to suffer more if we do. Because you guys are strong.”

“Hmmmm, thank you… No, no, wait.”

Leo shook his head and voiced his doubts.

“By the way, who are you really? I thought you were a good guy, but suddenly you came with the mafia. Kiriko says you are some kind of agent? And your tone suddenly became strange.”

Then,

“Tone? Ah… Ahhh! That’s right. My mistake. Ummm… well, let’s just skip all that.”

Squatjaw was once again showing a strange reaction.

Either way, he was a suspicious guy.

“Anyway, I can’t let it go. I haven’t beaten even half of you guys yet. If I don’t subdue you all here, won’t you attack us again?”

“Oh, no, no. I’m telling you, the mafia won’t attack you from now on.”

“I can’t believe you. I should grab you too, actually.”

Immediately, Leo emitted lightning.

“Be careful. This could burn you into a crisp.”

“Really, this guy. Can’t you understand people when they talk?”

Leo rushed forward. Without a shred of doubt that his fist would hit his opponent’s face and blow him away in an instant.

But at that moment –

Bump –.

His fist was stopped with one hand, in his opponent’s grasp.

“… Huh?”

The lightning sparks on his fist were gone like they’d never been.

Oddly enough, his hand felt like rubber.

“What… how?”

“How rash. Why would you come this close to your opponent without even knowing his abilities?”

And then –

Thu-ud.

“Khk…”

He got hit by a fist and flew away.

But,

‘No power…?’

There wasn’t any damage. Almost as if he’d been pushed, instead of struck.

When he looked up in amazement, he saw the guy winking slightly.

Leo fell into confusion for a moment.

‘What is that guy…?’

At that moment,

“Okay, so let’s all stop here for today. Again, the mafia will no longer attack you. So please go get some rest.”

The guy took a step back and said so.

‘… Really?’

It didn’t seem like he was lying. It was a simple feeling, but his eyes had been strangely clear from up close.

But then –

“Yeah, but don’t relax too much. Because this shit ain’t over yet. You’ve got something even bigger waiting ahead of you. Look forward to it! Hahaha!”

Surprisingly, the guy looked into the air and shouted. As if something invisible was gazing at him. It was terribly creepy.

Who was he… really?


“It’s completely ruined.”

It’d been a mistake to trust that stupid goblin.

Well, there was no other way.

If I had my unique ability, I would have taken care of the situation myself, but it would be unreasonable right now. Even if I used all of the special potions I had right now, there was nothing that could properly stand up to [Lightning that Destroys Calamities], and even if there had been, it would not have had the desired impact to make the readers enthusiastic.

So, I had thought of Chinuavi.

As a race that appeared in the mid-to-late parts of the original, the goblins were pretty cheatlike when it came to basic stats.

They not only had unique abilities, but also many other abilities as their hidden characteristics, one of which was transformation. Of course, it couldn’t imitate abilities like [Mimic Acrobat], but at least it could imitate the appearance.

In addition, the goblins also possessed a number of skills that, in the right occasion, could pack quite a surprise. For example, the ‘five elements wine’, that could make a tree rise abruptly from the ground with just a splash.

Such a talented guy would pretend to be me and show a wonderful and amazing performance. That had been my original plan.

I hadn’t really thought about the aftermath. Even so, although the author would know anyway, the readers wouldn’t. Same way they wouldn’t notice the Black Shadow hidden inside the mafia.

And most of all, because the situation had been urgent.

‘…’

It’d been hard to stay quiet watching the whole process.

Instead of being cool, it was close to ‘retarded’ – in the bad meaning.

Even when his way of speaking was pointed out, he didn’t try to use any skill to make up for it, and then finished it all off by looking at the air like a theatre actor monologuing to the audience…

If there were any parts that could be praised, it was that he could block Leo’s fist with plenty of leisure.

But honestly, I couldn’t help but regret it. The original scene I’d drawn in my mind wasn’t anything like this.

And just in time,

Tiling –.

The report card arrived.

[Chapter 9 – ‘The Destomb Mafia (1)’ has ended]

[The character evaluation of the Enigmatic Squatjaw has been updated]

[The support of many readers followed]

[Awareness increased by 6,759]

[Attracts the author’s attention]

[The author’s favourability has decreased by 20]

[Reappearance probability has increased to 60%]

[State]

  • Name: Enigmatic Squatjaw
  • Characteristics: Strong, Bluffing, Chatterbox, Secretive.
  • Awareness: 8,259
  • Author’s favourability: 81
  • Reappearance probability: 60%

‘Ho-oh…’

It was a pretty interesting result.

First of all, the popularity rose significantly more than I’d imagined. It seemed that the readers considered Chinuavi’s behaviour cuter than I’d have expected. Or was it just that their curiosity about my existence shot through the roof?

The more interesting part was at the author’s end.

I caught the author’s attention. However, the favourability decreased instead.

He was expressing his resentment towards me for accelerating the plot and drastically shortening the arc length.

‘Even the bigshot author can be this cute.’

It sounded like a warning not to be too reckless, but there was nothing concrete that he could do. Because this was the best result for me.

“Anyway, that’s a big deal…”

I scratched my head.

It wasn’t all over yet.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 22

We’re Enemies for Today

“What’s the game we’re betting on?”

“Do you have any preferences?”

“Doesn’t matter. Go with whatever you feel comfortable with.”

Chinuavi spoke like he was doing me a favour, but I didn’t trust that.

Choosing the stock is also a part of betting. And for a goblin obsessed with winning, there’s no such thing as fair play. It was clear that he would try to come up with some excuse to change the game if the odds turned against him.

“What game are you most confident about?”

“Anything’s fine. Physical, mental, puzzles… Are you worried?”

“Then, shall we have a simple quiz?”

“A quiz… You mean riddles?”

“It’s similar. It’s much simpler than that, though. It’s just like a battle of knowledge. We take turns asking each other a question, and the one who can’t answer first loses.”

“Sounds great. Of course, it has to be a question that can actually be answered, right? For example, asking about the personal details of a stranger no one knows…”

“Don’t worry. It’s nothing like that.”

“Then that’s fine.”

Chinuavi smiled and clapped his hands.

“Who’ll answer first?”

“Why don’t you go first?”

“Um, no, no. We should start with you, because you proposed the game.”

“Well, alright, if that’s what you feel is best.”

The tension in the room gradually rose.

I could of course go first. No one knew more about this world than me right now. In terms of knowledge alone, I was confident I knew more than this young goblin.

However, if this guy made up his mind to raise a stink, it would be a different story. Some questions just cannot be answered because there’s no known answer. So I had to do it fast.

“Then, the first question. What am I?”

“… Huh?”

“Are you sure you don’t know? I made it easy on purpose.”

Hmmm.

I quickly understood the thought process of this clever bastard.

This guy didn’t even entertain the notion that he might lose the bet. So, wasn’t this a plot to ask questions about me during the game and letting me solve them, and then get something extra as a bonus reward for winning?

“Goblin.”

Well, I sure was lucky.

“… Really. You knew. I don’t know how a Westlander, who’s not even from the Eastland, could know this.”

“You can just ask me in the next round and find out. Of course, you have to solve my problem first.”

“Hehe, let’s hear it then.”

Even though he knew that I knew his plan, his smile didn’t change.

‘Hey, aren’t you a bit too confident?’

In fact, there are two reasons why it’s difficult to win against goblins when it comes to riddles or problem solving.

First. Because all goblins are basically born with the innate racial ability of a ‘decipherer’.

And the setting is that their deciphering ability is incomparable to ordinary adventurers, so much so that even the ‘Seven Kings’ party at the end of the story had one goblin.

In addition, there are traps and problems in the ‘Tower of Adventure’ that can never be solved by anybody other than a goblin, and Leo and his had to party borrow the power of a goblin outsider several times to pass through them.

This Chinuavi was the one who helped Leo’s party at that time.

Secondly. Even if they can’t solve a problem, doesn’t mean they can’t have it be solved.

Basically, the riddles that goblins enjoy cannot be solved simply with knowledge. Rather, similar to the game of ‘three worldly qualities’, they can come up with a nonsense answer by way of their wit, resourcefulness, shallow trickery and even wordplay. Just because you have a lot of knowledge and a lot of experience doesn’t mean they’ll let you win.

By doing this repeatedly, the goblins have developed quite an absurd habit. Even if their answer is not correct, they will cling to the notion that it is.

For example, if you ask a goblin why the moon changes its shape from new moon, to half and then full moon –

“Because the dreams of those who see it change its brilliance and size over time.”

He will give you this answer.

Even if you rebut with the actual scientific explanation, it’s no use. Because he’ll insist that his answer is also right.

Because of this, internal competitions between goblins can last for over a month.

But of course, that depends on the class of the problem.

‘Hoo boy, don’t let me down.’

I only had one winning card.

“I was going to play with you a bit, but since you’re doing this, I won’t. Trying to uncover my secrets? Prepare yourself.”

“Hey, I’m looking forward to it.”

“Don’t worry too much about not being able to solve it. You’re not alone in that.”

In fact, there was only one person in this world who could one day answer this question, if you left out those who’d already disappeared into the pages of history.

The future Leo.

“A Tower of Adventure hidden in the Midland. What is the king’s mark that lies at the top?”

I gave a satisfying gut punch to the guy who’d never dropped that relaxed smile from his face.

Soon after –

“…”

The smile on the young goblin’s face disappeared.

Actually, I was not the one who came up with this problem. This was a problem that Siana would later find out with the help of the [Probability Adjuster Who Hates Fairness] while competing with the goblins.

At first glance, this question was related to an ‘adventurer’s dream’ and could be answered by trickery or using the shared knowledge pool of the goblins, but in reality, that was not allowed.

Because of the manga setting that ‘no one except the Adventure King’ knows the answer to this problem.

In other words, this was something that only the already gone ‘Adventure King of the previous generation’ could answer, and not even the goblins could answer this problem. The previous Adventure King hadn’t been a goblin, after all.

I smiled to the young goblin who had lost his own smile.

“Now then, is it my turn to state my request?”

However, there was no response from Chinuavi. The boy just sat there, dazed and in silence.

I didn’t even bother to cheer him up. Because I knew how heartbroken a goblin who lost a bet could be.

After a while –

“… Senior. Tell me what you need.”

Chinuavi bowed his head.

The use of the word ‘senior’ meant that he accepted me as one to be revered. That he’d sincerely admitted defeat.

… Done!

I even felt like dancing a little jig of joy.

However –

“Hmmmm.”

An adult shouldn’t rejoice openly in front of the defeated. I conveyed my request as calmly as I could.

“It’s nothing special, just accompany me for a while.”

“What do you mean by accompany…?”

“Literally. Let’s work together.”

“How long… for how long?”

“Why do you keep poking around? You’ll understand everything when the time comes. Although, that’ll take a while.”

“… All right.”

Of course, it could take a very long time.


I was about to leave the room, telling the two of them to have a good time. 

But Cocoa, who’d slowly followed me out, grabbed the hem of my clothes.

Then –

“Huh? What?”

“Squatjaw.”

“What? Why?”

“Suddenly, your face started telling many more stories.”

She said suddenly.

“… What? My face?”

“Yeah. You look full of worries. Did a lot of new circumstances suddenly crop up?”

“Uh… maybe it looks worse just because I’m tired?”

“Of course, you do look a bit uglier than usual. But that’s not the only thing, right?”

“Is that so?”

To be honest, I was terribly perplexed for a moment.

It was clear what Cocoa felt. That the new backgrounds had been overlaid on me.

And this was completely unexpected. Could they eye of a guide see through even that?

But I immediately denied it.

‘… Usually, you wouldn’t be able to see.’

I glanced at Cocoa.

It should’ve been impossible for any other guide. It was something I’d felt since she actually found Chinuavi, but really, this kid’s character setting seemed to have a much greater ability than one would expect.

Cocoa continued speaking with an indifferent expression.

“Anything else you want me to do?”

“Ah?”

“Isn’t there anything else you need me to do?”

It was really unusual. This kid, who grumbled and grouched whenever I asked her anything.

“What are you talking about? It doesn’t suit you.”

“Because I was worried about Squatjaw. Tell me if you need something.”

“What is this… Are you going to solve my problems now?”

“Since Squatjaw saved me, I have to help Squatjaw.”

Then, suddenly, she pulled out the Pierrot mask from her leather bag.

“Let me know if you need help. The one wearing this mask has never known failure.”

“…”

I stared blankly at Cocoa as she went back to the room.

Somehow, I flinched inside for a moment. My thoughts were a little jumbled.

To be honest, I’d never paid much attention to the people of this world. Except for the ones I’d loved since the days of reading the original, I didn’t even pay attention to most of the rest. Because they were not real. Because they were just characters. After all, they were fictional, made-up beings.

The same was true for Cocoa.

She was just a manga character. Wasn’t she just a background character who never even appeared in the original? I’d just thought that we had a temporary relationship, that we would only be together for a while, and there would be nothing after that.

But… that wasn’t the case. Now it seemed that wasn’t the case.

“That kid… she says all sorts of weird things.”

For a moment, it felt as if something had changed inside of me.


Skeleton House, Boss Room.

The original owner was nowhere to be found, and there were a total of three people occupying this place.

Me, Haka, and another.

“I came to provide support at Haka’s request, but I didn’t know that an unknown guy had gotten involved.”

This guy was one of the Black Shadow executives, name unknown.

In other words, a nameless bastard was glaring at me right now.

“You can’t know everything in the world.”

“An uncertain ally is more dangerous than a sure enemy. I want you to reveal your identity.”

Not only that, for some time now, he’d been pecking at me, asking for my identity.

I didn’t know what kind of information he’d gotten from Haka, but he had some ability – at least, in irritating people. So much so that my hands were throbbing a bit from being clenched all the time.

“The mafia turns a huge profit, so why would you think that your organization is the only one interested in these guys? Didn’t you approach them about a year or so ago? I’m sorry, but it was originally our toy. You guys just came nibbling while we were distracted with some other problems for a while.”

“… Then you are our enemy.”

“Maybe later, but not right now. Why did I have to run to the enemy camp like this? Because the goose that lays the golden eggs is at death’s door due to your negligence. Why else do you think I’m here?”

“How could the mafia be annihilated by those little bastards?”

“You should’ve already heard from Haka. Those guys are strong. Well, I don’t think you’ve still understood properly.”

Despite Haka’s request for assistance, at best less than half their troops were dispatched from the Black Shadow headquarters. And he was the sole executive accompanying them.

This was not because Haka had a small influence in the organization, but rather because of the sanctions of the preceding plot.

In fact, no matter how much Haka requested, it was not ‘plausible’ that the entirety of the Black Shadow would move in without even having fought a single, proper battle first. Moreover, the mafia were still all here.

In fact, even in the original story, the key Black Shadow executives only came out after all the low-ranking assassins had fallen. Even ‘that guy’, who was ranked number one in their armed forces, appeared only after all the executives themselves had fallen.

In other words, it meant that I had to face Leo and the rest with only the combined troops of the mafia and the low-ranking assassins that had arrived.

“You’re pampering the mafia like they’re your own kids. Fine. Let’s just sort it out together. I was just going to watch, but I’ll get my hands dirty.”

That’s worse. If you do, it would immediately lead to an all-out power battle between Leo’s team and the Black Shadow, and mine and the mafia’s role would be completely overshadowed.

“Okay. Haven’t you heard my proposed strategy from Haka? Just do that. If you use the mafia, it’ll be a good stage for you to show off your skills.”

“I heard. But how do I know I can trust you? What if you’re secretly in league with that Leo kid? Won’t our side be in trouble then?”

I grinned in response.

“If you’re that worried, watch from behind. I’ll be in the front.”

Actually, this was something I’d been thinking about from the beginning.

Leading the mafia group and standing in front of Leo.

The reason was quite obvious. Because I need to let the readers know that I was the behind-the-scenes boss that controlled the mafia. That way it would surely attract the readers’ attention.

Of course, I’d already secured a few points. The process of subduing ‘Seven Rings’ was bound to have had attracted the author’s attention already. Presumably, my reappearance probability would now be close to 100%.

But that didn’t stop me from grabbing even more awareness. The points I’d get from that would be pretty nice, too. It would be risky, but it was well worth taking the gamble.

Just in time –

“Ohh, there they are! Entering the city!”

There was a report announcing the arrival of Leo’s party.

I turned to the others.

“Then let’s go.”


The three of them recognized me at first sight.

“What? You? Squatjaw?”

“Interesting. How could you know we’d be here? Are you really that… like you told me back then… a secret agent?”

“It’s nice to see you again…but you’ve got a lot more friends with you now compared to the casino? Were you… a member of the mafia?”

Moreover, their reactions were very appropriate.

Remembering me, and expressing surprise at the same time.

I greeted with a smile at my end.

“Hi there.”

“Could you explain this situation?”

Then, to Siana who had asked, I gave a cryptic answer.

“Well… we’re enemies for today.”

Alright –

“Today?”

“What the hell do you mean?”

“You mean you’re going to attack us?”

The expected reactions properly came out once again.

All right, this was it.

I didn’t know what kind of restrictions the author would shoot at me if I left this strange scene as is. His plot development was already messed up.

So, from now on, I had to direct the situation like the author wanted.

I winked at Leo and his party, and at the same time, signalled to the mafiosi standing at my back.

“These three. Get rid of them.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.

To the readers. Being a side project, this has suffered from some lack of attention in the past. This is unavoidable for a hobby project, but from this year, we’ll try to release at least one, or if possible two, chapters a week from now on, if real life allows. If you like this project, please don’t forget to like and comment! Also, please rate on NovelUpdates.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 40

“The Orcs have been meticulously accumulating their strength. They’ve prepared steadily, with their past defeats as a stepping stone.”

The roar of axes forged in bitter defeat had been mixed in the howling northern winds for many years.

The North Wind carved through the flesh of combatants and engraved deep wounds on the castle walls.

“Aaaaaaah!!”

The sounds of screams resounded across the North.

Kwaaang!

As the Orcs advanced, giant demonic beasts also rushed by their side one after another.

When the human soldiers tried to block the demonic beasts rushing to destroy the castle walls like living battering rams, they were brutally trampled.

“Still, Jervain is somehow holding on.”

The golden-haired man, with his black hood pulled all the way back, muttered as if in surprise.

“Throughout the long history of Carpe, Jervain alone has protected the North. No matter how prepared the Orcs may be, this is not a place to fall so easily.”

Ramatu of Krasion spoke in a fond tone.

Habitually tapping the ground with his staff, he twisted his lips.

“To think that a family with such a glorious history is about to fall to the minions of the Empire.”

“If you are a minion… Why do you sound so broken-hearted?”

Ramatu clicked his tongue at Lutheon’s smirking tone.

“As expected, the elites of Jervain are all tied down in the East, so there’s nothing they can do to help.”

Kuuuung –!

“You succeeded.”

“Yes…”

Ramatu’s eyes wrinkled at the corners as he stared at the castle walls with a bitter gaze.

The castle that symbolized the North.

Staunch Jevarsch, facing the rushing horde of giant demonic beasts that spent their lives to make even a single crack in its defence.

However, the northern soldiers did not hesitate a moment to sacrifice themselves, blocking the advance of the Orcs and the demonic beasts.

The battle raged on, fierce and terrible.

“Callavan, brother, what’s your move?”

With a smile on his lips, Lutheon asked Callavan von Jervain, who stood at his back.

Callavan bit his lips, as some indescribable emotion welled up within him.

“The important thing is timing.”

“That’s right. Timing. Orcs don’t seize the place, yet Jervain is destroyed! You have to take the castle at just the right time, sly like a serpent!”

Lutheon was making a scene.

Seeing his antics, Callavan exhaled heavily and tried to speak.

“I…”

Hwiiiiing

“Oh.”

When Callavan was about to say something –

Suddenly the wind changed direction.

Soon, Ramatu’s lips drew into a thin line, and Lutheon’s eyes turned cold.

“Has he recovered already? That resilience is just like a Troll! Maybe he has some kind of divine grace. Tsk.”

Ramatu glanced at Lutheon to see if the latter might know something, but Lutheon shook his head with a look of disgust.

“He just grew further after his duel with Kel’tuk. Even if he’s a maniac, a Jervain is still a Jervain. Haha… Isn’t it more fun this way?”

“… Not for me, at least.”

It isn’t fun at all.

Taking a final look at the jet-black hair and fluttering red cloak that mowed through the Orcs like a ravaging storm, Lutheon turned his back.

“But even so, it won’t change anything.”

I’ll take care of him myself.


Chwaaaak!

A sword that fell cleanly.

Cutting through a green head.

Not a single drop of blood stained the Predator Sword.

A quickness incomparable to before.

‘My body feels light.’

The sword in his hand was lighter as well.

As if it had no weight whatsoever.

As if it was part of his body, one with his arm.

That’s how Callius felt.

Although death had brushed close, his battle with Kel’tuk had also made him grow.

Six Peak Flowers technique had risen to the next level, and even the martial skills of the Silver Flower Wave Sword could be used when convenient.

Looking back on it with new eyes, his swordsmanship thus far had been cluttered and irregular.

To abolish his old habits and re-establish a style again from scratch would be quite a cumbersome task.

However, there was an army of Orcs spanning the horizons like a green sea in front of Callius.

It was the perfect stage to get some practice.

Seuk –!

With a single stroke of his sword, Orc soldiers’ heads soared into the air.

The sharp edge of the blood-soaked Predator Sword cleaved through hard skin and iron bones with ease.

“Captain is opening a path! Break through!”

“Kill one more if you got time to talk!”

Callius’ sword dance boosted the morale of his followers, and the Knights swung their swords with vigour.

But if somebody asked who stood out the most among them –

Callius looked back at the Knights, each of whom was fighting fiercely.

Among them, one left the most brilliant trace.

A child, even with a form smaller than the others, was cutting a swath through the Orcs without hesitation.

It was Emily.

Pakpakpakpakpak.

The scorching stings of her twin-edged rapier, coupled with her fox-like agility, allowed her to slowly but steadily defeat one Orc after another.

‘No need to worry there.’

The more Emily experienced real battle, the stronger she would become.

Much like himself.

Emily was a hardy flower, slowly blooming on the blood-soaked battlefield.

“Callius!”

Chajijijik!!

The nearby Orcs were suddenly submerged in a thunderous explosion.

Bernard appeared, with even his beard looking disheveled.

“We have to move forward. Since we’re at this point, there’s no turning back. Quickly!”

“I know.”

Sreung.

Callius, holding the Predator Sword, erupted with pure divine power.

Sword petals appeared on the surface of the blade, and a strange silver light enveloped him.

“Let’s go.”

“Right!”

Silver Flower Wave Sword – Raging Flower Wave.

A rush of silver petals, raging like stormy waves in a furious sea.

Kwaaaaaaaa –!

Chwajajajajajajaja!

And a thunderbolt enveloping it all, spreading destruction wherever it touched.

With a single technique, the Orcs were struck down under the storm and thunder.

Kwaaaaang!

“Now!”

Immersed in the joy of battle, Bernard led the Knights forward.

“Move! If we don’t break through now, there’s no future for any of us!”

“Go! Go damn it!”

“I’m going! Kahak!”

“Hey! Allen, come to your senses! If you hesitate now, you’ll die!”

“I know, Aaron!”

Those who fell, tried to tie down the enemies for the sake of those still standing.

Those who fall, try to grab the enemy’s ankles, and those who do not, move forward. In that fierce and tangled battlefield, each individual’s high and low justice clashed.

However, in Callius’ eyes there were only those who blocked and those who wanted to break through, so he only kept cutting and slashing at the forefront.

For the past three years, he had internalized the way to survive in this mad world.

‘Cut, and you can live.’

A path can be opened just by cutting.

Stop cutting, and you will die.

A terribly simple logic.

He had engraved it in his heart.


There is an old saying, that children grow up by fighting. Because human beings mature by feeling various emotions and various pains as they strike others, are struck in turn, and keep fighting.

“You’ve grown up.”

Elburton, standing on top of the fortress walls and looking down on the battlefield, thought that the old saying rang true.

That kid had grown up.

Looking at him, who would think he was the shame of the North?

One who had been called a fool, now cleaved through the battlefield and opened a path.

“A new wind is blowing.”

Cough, cough!

Elburton let out a bloody cough, but ignored it and kept looking only at Callius.

The Knights following Callius, who pierced the flank of the Orc army, were breaking through the path straight to Jevarsch.

And where that knot of melee battle unfolded –

A silver flower was blooming.

“He pierced their flank, aiming for the moment when they were rushing forward. It’s not some easy thing to do even with Bernard by your side.”

Bernard didn’t have the kind of personality to make such a judgment.

Perhaps it was Callius’ decision.

He was lucky. He got the timing right.

But without the ability to support it, it would have collapsed quickly.

Yet Callius managed it.

Now, he had reached the end of the Orc army ranks and was on the verge of joining Jervain’s soldiers.

“Was my judgment right or wrong to kick you out?”

Did you grow up like that because you were chased out?

Or did you always hold such a possibility? Elburton shook his head at his meaningless thoughts.

Those vague ideas had no significance anymore.

He was the Jervain, who must protect the North, before he was the father of a maniac.

It was time to sweep away those cloudy thoughts with a strong north wind, and act as the Master of the North.

Tas.

Kiiing!

Jumping off the walls, the Supreme Ruler of the North unsheathed his sword.

Kuung. A step, and his posture gave rise to a new wind.

Huuuung –!

The sword that accompanied the beginning of the North.

The wind that sprang forth from the Storm Sword, Callis, cleaved the battlefield in half like the miracle of Moses.

Step by step, his heavy gait carried him to the line separating the Orcs and the Jervain soldiers, his black hair and red cloak fluttering behind him.

“Callius.”

The eyes of the son, covered in green blood, did not consider his father worth looking at.

So, the father, too –

Did not treat him as a son.

“The war has just begun. Do you need a break already?”

“… No need.”

“Then go get them. Sacrifice the heads of our enemies who ravaged the North!”

At Elburton’s cry, the Jervain soldiers raised their swords towards the sky.

And Callius, too –

Turned his back on him again.

Leaving behind Jevarsch, that he had barely reached after such hardship.


Teok, teok.

“Haa…”

Callius, who could not even take off his armour properly, sat down on a chair as if lying down to rest, placing his feet on an unknown piece of luggage strewn nearby and exhaling a long breath.

Three days.

In the battlefield that had lasted for three days, he had teetered between life and death dozens of times and had surpassed his own limit hundreds of times.

It was not difficult to deal with the Orcs. Not just Orc soldiers, even Orc warriors were no longer difficult for him to deal with.

Rather, they were just the right level for practicing and catching his own bad habits.

‘The problem was them.’

The giant beasts.

Who knew how the Orcs had tamed such beasts, but they now fought side by side.

The beasts were the size of houses, so no matter how good one’s sword skills were, a brief mistake in battle was enough to invite death.

Of course, they were too big, so they had dull senses, and stabbing the eyes or a vital point could knock one down.

“Master, here, please drink some water.”

Gulp, gulp.

Callius drank all the water from the bucket in one go, and started wiping the blood and sweat from his weapon with a wet towel.

“Good that you didn’t die.”

“Hehe, you know best how tough my lifeline is. Haha!”

Bruns survived until the respite that followed the long three-day battle.

There were some shallow wounds on him, but compared to the soldiers and Knights strewn around all over the place, he still looked like he had physical strength to spare.

“How much longer will this go?”

“I don’t know. I don’t know if this battlefield will go on for a month or even a year.”

Despite his words, he doubted it’d last that long.

From the enemies’ point of view, they wanted to quickly capture the castle before reinforcements arrived for the defenders.

It was the Orcs who didn’t have time.

In contrast, the defenders only needed to weather the siege…

‘Has it been reduced by about half?’

The defending army had been reduced by half.

Because the elites of Jervain were absent, and the numerical inferiority of their side was also evident.

The situation was where they had only managed to avoid the worst outcome.

“How about the old man, and Emily?”

“Both of them are resting. You never know when another fight will break out.”

Both suffered only minor wounds.

Neither were seriously hurt.

If you call that luck, then they were lucky.

“Ah, a Knight named Allen lost an eye. He’s still so young.”

“Is that so.”

He lost an eye in the war.

As a Knight, he was fortunate not to have lost his limbs, but it would take time to adapt nonetheless.

“And the other Knights who followed me?”

“It’d be right to say that about half died.”

“Right.”

Even skilled Knights died.

Not all of them could live on.

It left a bitter taste, but he couldn’t help it.

Because this was a battlefield.

“But from now on, more and more people are going to follow master. I heard the soldiers whispering, I could clearly see with my two eyes and hear with my two ears, they were singing master’s praises!”

“Bruns.”

“Yep! Master! There’s been a lot of talk that master should be the new Lord of the North rather than that Callavan or Killavan or whoever! You don’t need to worry!”

“Noisy.”

“Yep!”

However, Bruns was still all smiles.

You don’t even know when you’ll die, so why are you having so much fun?

It’ll all be over when you die.

“But where’s Callavan?”

“Well. The soldiers didn’t seem to know either.”

“Hmm, I see.”

Fatalite’s Wheel.

It probably had something to do with this quest.

“It doesn’t really matter.”

“Yes? What do you mean?”

“It’s nothing.”

[Fatalite’s Wheel]

  • Number of Orcs killed: 1172
  • Number of beasts Killed: 486
  • Number of people saved: 193
  • ???

<Reward> [A+] ???

If there’s a knot, just cut it.

Then the rewards will go up.

That’s all I can think of right now.

Anything else doesn’t matter.

There are things other than that that are much more worrisome.

What I am most worried about –

The most troublesome situation –

Because it has reached the point where it can’t be suppressed any longer.

“Callius von Jervain.”

A strong-looking old man, with wavy gray hair in a short ponytail, called to Callius.

‘Nochtel.’

The butler of the Jervain family, who’d sworn his lifelong allegiance to Elburton. Nochtel.

His skills were on par with a Paladin.

An old man who maintained an upright posture like a well-forged sword.

A butler.

At least, that’s what he called himself.

“His Excellency is summoning you.”

Elburton’s summons.

Originally, I would have gone without protesting.

But that’s not who I am right now.

“Only one being can tell me to come and go as they please. The God in heaven, Valtherus, is the only one. So if the Count wants to see me, he must come to me directly. Go tell him, loyal dog.”

The characteristic, Scapegrace of the Count Family.

It’s started dominating my sense of self.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.

To the readers. We’ve reached chapter 40! As usual, a quick reminder to leave a like or comment in the site if you like the story, since this is primarily a hobby project and reader engagement is what drives it. Also, don’t forget to rate/review on NovelUpdates if you haven’t yet! Now then, stay safe, and see you all in the New Year!


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 39

Callius stiffened.

‘I… father?’

He stared at the ceiling of the hut with an empty gaze.

“… Didn’t you know?”

“… No.”

How am I supposed to know?

I can’t believe it even after hearing it myself.

“Uh… then just forget what I just said.”

“As if I can forget about it!”

Bernard coughed at his sarcastic reply. Thinking about it, he let out a bewildered laugh.

“I was going to tell you when the time was right… Why did you do something like this?”

“So it’s my fault?”

“Well, it’s not a bad thing. You even pierced Emily’s divine blood, something that no one else could do! How overwhelming must it be that it was her father who managed it! Now that child has been rid of her biggest anxiety.”

Bernard tried to cover up his mistake! How effective! A splendid attempt at lightening the mood.

Unfortunately, Callius was not swept away by the refreshing atmosphere.

“Are you sure it’s my kid? A kid I don’t even know of, how could it be mine?”

“… I’m sure as can be that she’s your child. I heard the story from the Count himself.”

Inhaling from the pipe again, Bernard started speaking slowly, exhaling puffs of smoke.

“It was a dawn just before sunrise. A strong and bleak wind was blowing through the North, much like today…”

“Stop blabbering and come to the point. Don’t test my patience too much.”

“You damn kid.”

Bernard, who’d spat out a curse, left the pretence behind and cut to the chase.

“Ten years ago, someone left Emily with the family. The Count immediately searched for the mother of the child that had been left behind, and found her identity.”

“Who was she?”

“It was the attendant of a young noblewoman named Ailee who left Emily behind.”

Ailee? It’s a pretty common name.

“Which family’s daughter was she?”

“Berriaren. She was a baron’s daughter, Ailee de Berriaren.”

Ailee de Berriaren.

“She was from a noble family located in the South, whose lands are famous for blueberries. How did you meet that young girl?”

“…”

That’s what I want to ask.

Callius. How old was this bastard…?

‘Callius’ age now…’

Twenty-six.

So, he slept with the young lady when he was about fourteen?[1]

Or rather, the one who is now me, did that.

This guy deserved to be called the prodigal son of the Church.

But I don’t feel particularly good.

‘I got the responsibility without any of the fun. That’s fucked up.’

A passionate night with a young lady, whom I can’t even remember.

Emily was born from that joining.

“Ailee… ugh.”

All of a sudden, foreign memories come rushing in.

A woman’s face.

Her terrible complexion only adds to my confusion.

It feels like my head is going to split.

I’d hoped not, but I guess it’s true.

Damn Callius.

“… Does Emily know?”

“She knows. She knows that her father is a maniac who ruined the family name, and is also called the prodigal son of the Church.”

“Damn it…”

Callius covered his face with both hands. It was only now that all of Emily’s reactions so far began to make sense.

‘No, honestly, she’s not my child.’

She is Callius’ child.

So, I don’t have to feel this guilt and this sense of obligation.

Obviously, that’s the case.

But –

‘Now I am Callius.’

Hoo

He took a deep breath, wiped his face and looked at Bernard.

“What should I do now?”

“Why are you asking me that, you bastard? Now that you know the truth, be nice to Emily.”

“That, Ailee… No, where is the young lady Ailee?”

Ssss-haaa.

Bernard, exhaling another puff of smoke, looked at Callius with bitter eyes.

“Seems she died.”

“Unfortunate.”

Then there was only one person left in this world who Emily could depend on.

There was only Callius.

‘There’s no way that Count Jervain would have behaved as her grandfather.’

He could understand why Emily was so close to Bernard. But why did Bernard love that child so much?

‘Because she’s my child…’

His thoughts were a mess.

He didn’t know how to untangle this tangled web of relationships.

“What are you going to do now?”

“What do you mean?”

“It’s not the right time, but you’ve found out anyway. Since that’s the case, you’ll have to start getting your act together as a father from now on!”

“… A twelve-year-old daughter suddenly popped up. Do you think I can just accept it that easily?”

To be honest, I don’t feel any shame.

Emily is a child born of the original Callius, and she is not mine.

“Hey! How could such words come out of a father’s mouth! If you are the man with the dick, you must take responsibility!”

“… How do I become a father? What should I do?”

“I have no idea.”

“You must have some idea, don’t you?”

“No, because I don’t have children either…?”

“Yes? What did you do all your life that you aren’t married even in this age?”

“I devoted my all to the God, Valtherus.”

“Damn it, you’re useless.”

I really thought he could give me some decent advice…

“Hmm… So, why don’t you two have a good meal together? When people eat something delicious, they naturally start talking about this and that, don’t they?”

“In this situation, where anything could happen any moment? “

“Even if war breaks out, we’ll still eat. We’ll still shit and piss. What difference does it make?”

And –

“Isn’t a battlefield a place with an uncertain future? In my opinion, Emily…”

She’s not the type to flinch from war. Her body will be itching to test its strength, since her divine blood has just been pierced.

A twelve-year-old girl.

Of course, if we reach the castle, we can stop her, but until then, there is nothing we can do.

“Okay. It’s not my place to interfere. You knew pretty late, but you’re still her one and only father. Good luck.”

Tuk, tuk.

Bernard patted my shoulders and went out for a walk, or to hunt.

“This is driving me crazy….”

As I was pondering the situation for a while –

“Why did you call me again?”

Emily came.

“…”

“Why are you looking at me like that? I heard from Grandpa that you called me… didn’t you?”

That damned old man.

I wasn’t even mentally prepared, but he called Emily here with this timing?

“What, why are you staring at me like that?”

Looking at her closely, there were similarities.

Emily was also quite beautiful, probably because Callius’ face didn’t lose to anybody in handsomeness either.

Fiery eyes[2], and jet-black hair.

And the gray pupils that represented the girl’s bloodline.

Although she was young now, in time she would bloom into a strong flower, capable of withstanding the harsh northern winds.

“How do you feel?”

“You mean my body? It’s good. It feels much lighter and stronger than before. Now, I can even win against the Orcs without poisoning them.”

That’s not what I was asking.

I didn’t know what to say.

Bernard said that she already knew.

But wasn’t it a bit strange to suddenly call her my daughter?

“Then… you’re lucky.”

“Don’t worry, I won’t hold you back.”

“It’s not that.”

“Huh? Then what is it?”

Callius scratched the back of his neck in bewilderment.

“Have you eaten…?”

“… No. Not yet.”

“Then let’s have dinner together.”

“Suddenly? You usually tell me to go away and not disturb you. I thought you liked to eat alone.”

I thought so too.

The only thing I could enjoy in this world was the food.

‘Shit.’

I wanted to turn back time right now, but I didn’t have that kind of an ability.

I never thought she would be my daughter.

“I’m giving you a special chance to eat together.”

“What exactly is special…”

Emily seemed troubled, as if she sensed the strange atmosphere.

But after ruffling her own hair a bit, she nodded her head.

“Wait.”

I went out of the cabin and looked for Bruns in a hurry.

“Bruns!”

“Yes, yes! What?”

“Where’s the cloth bag?”

“It’s here. But what’s going on…”

“I need some food. Is there anything suitable inside?”

“Uh… yes. There is some roe deer and wild boar meat from master’s catch last time.”

“That’s enough.”

“Should I help?”

“No, you keep doing what you’re doing.”

Bruns was tanning the hide of the horned bear that Emily had caught.

Because of the size, he was even having to work with a few of the nameless Knights, so I didn’t ask Bruns to help this time.

‘I have to do it.’

Due to the circumstances, I can’t treat you to something great.

Still, it’s the first meal the father and the daughter will have together.

It’s better if the father prepares the meal himself.

“It’s not difficult.”

During the past few years, Callius had wandered all over Carpe, and ate well on his own.

Something of this level was not difficult.

Callius immediately lit the fire.

Then, he affixed the whole of the meat and placed it over the bonfire.

The quality of the meat itself wasn’t bad.

If so, how would it taste?

The answer was that it depended on the spices.

Because a large part of the flavour of food came from the spices. And Callius had the finest spices, bought in Tristar, in his hands.

A variety, including precious ones like salt and pepper, to delight the senses.

“Perfect.”

Now it was just a matter of waiting.

Would this be enough to reach Emily’s heart by starting the attack through her stomach?

Seemed doable.

“Oh, Callius. Are you cooking your food?”

“The smell is something else. It looks delicious! Can I have some?”

It was Allen and Aaron.

They thought he was pretty friendly, and they usually talked politely.

But today was not a usual day.

Callius looked at them with cold eyes.

“You’d better sod off.”

“Oh, yep.”

Allen turned back right away, and Aaron also tried to turn around quickly but stumbled and fell in the process.

“Ugh.”

Due to Aaron’s enormous size, dust rose in the dry wind.

“Useless bastard. Go away right now.”

“Yes, yep! Sorry!”

The dust flew in the air, but as expected, Callius was already far away with the smoked boar meat in hand.

“What’s the matter?”

“It’s nothing.”

“I don’t think it’s nothing.”

“… Eat this.”

Callius sliced ​​the meat with a sharp knife and handed the piece to Emily on a plate.

“Oh, thank you.”

“Eat it.”

They sat side by side on a fallen log and started eating.

There was no conversation whatsoever.

Only the sound of knives and forks, accompanied by the dry wind, could be heard. The rest was a deafening silence.

‘What should I say?’

Emily was also being quiet for some reason.

They didn’t even make eye contact, just stared at their own plates as they ate.

‘This kid must know I’m her father… What is she thinking?’

The more he thought about it, the more he felt at sea.

Fighting an Orc Warrior seemed easier in comparison.

He’d rather ask Emily’s attendant what she liked.

“Where did your servant go? I don’t think I’ve seen her in a while.”

“She’s dead. She was hiding but got hit blindly by an Orc’s sword.”

“… I see.”

He hadn’t known because he hadn’t been interested.

“I guess you weren’t very close.”

“They’ve been with me since I was little. Nia since I was five, and Wendy since I was seven.”

Not anymore, though.

“… Is that so?”

Even so, it didn’t show in her demeanour.

Or else he would’ve found out before now.

Had she been witnessing and enduring, with that small body, the deaths of those she loved?

Even so, she never gave up, but kept swinging her sword and tempering herself.

‘Strong.’

She was one strong kid.

Why was a child so proud that she would accept the harsh storms of the world and the deaths of her loved ones, and quietly endure it all despite the pain?

A child who did not even call her father, father; was afraid of being abandoned, and yet tried to prove herself with a sword.

That child, was his own daughter.

‘If it weren’t for that old man, I wouldn’t have known for the rest of my life.’

Who would have thought that such a proud child was the daughter of a maniac?

It seemed incredible.

“It’s alright, though. Now I won’t have let them depart in vain.”

Kug.

Emily poked the last piece of meat with a fork, put it in her mouth and chewed.

The child who had been imprisoned in a bandits’ den just the other day, became an adult within such a short time.

A child who had gone through a lot at once, grew up to fit with her environment.

But for some reason, Callius felt a pang in his chest at the sight.

“I ate well. It tasted good. If you want, we can do it again next time.”

“Fine.”

“Yeah.”

Emily handed him the plate back and stood up, holding her sword.

“What are you going to do now?”

“Training!”

Was there another twelve-year-old girl in this world who could talk about training with such a bright smile?

“Then I…”

That was then –

Suddenly, the Knights started making a ruckus.

“What’s going on?”

“I don’t know either. But Master Bernard’s signal stopped…”

“Old man?”

Callius, who made eye contact with Emily, quickly grabbed his sword and ran out.

As he widened his senses and found Bernard’s aura, a plain spread out before him as if waiting.

Bernard was there.

He was slowly pulling out his sword.

“What’s going on…”

Ppuuuu –!!

It wasn’t Bernard’s voice that resolved Callius’ doubts, but the sound of horns from the battlefield.

“It’s starting.”

The green waves straddling the pure white snow began to invade the gray castle.

The war –

It was about to start.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] Koreans count age, as a rule of thumb, one year more than how it’s done internationally.

[2] 총기 가득한 눈망 (lit. eyes full of guns), translating from context.


Jesus Heaven, Unbelief Hell – Episode 7

“P-, please spare me…”

“If you believe in Jesus, you can live. All kinds of patients with incurable diseases and terminal illnesses believe in Jesus, I hear. If you survive, it’s a miracle, and even if you’re unlucky, you’ll still go to Heaven.”

“I was wrong, please forgive me just once… Kahk!”

“Hey, do you think Jesus is your buddy or something? How can you make Jesus wait like this? If you just believe, your life is fucking guaranteed. Do you understand what is chance this is, that all your worries will disappear and you’ll even get a free ticket to Heaven after you’re dead?”

“I’ll believe! I’ll believe!”

“Then come sit over here.”

I sat that one thug in front of me and opened the Bible I’d got from Father Sung.

I didn’t know much about the priestly duties like exorcism, baptism, or confession, but didn’t all those Jesus’ believers have a foible of opening a Bible like this?

‘Or I could start carrying a cross.’

Thinking that either one of the priestly regalia should suffice, I squatted down and placed my hand on the head of the bastard who was busy sniffling his runny nose.

“Before you can believe in Jesus, you have to first confess your sins.”

“… What?”

“Tell me the sins you’ve committed so far, you idiot.”

“So… that is… I stole cash from my parents’ wallets!”

I could see the shimmering black energy emanating from him. Those who did not truly confess their sins before Jesus deserved punishment.

“And, and, aaaaaaaaa!”

“Jesus doesn’t even see a child stealing candy as a sin. Same for you stealing from your parents’ wallets. I will tell you again. Confess your sins.”

“Okay! I get it, so my head…!”

“Do you think this is the worst pain you will ever experience? If you don’t goddamn start believing in Jesus, you will suffer far more than this. Your entire life is going to be a journey bound for Hell’s abyss. Nothing you do will work out. Fall sick with just some minor illness, and you’ll see the gangster[1] bros with horns on their heads politely ushering you in at the entrance to Hell. And they’ll say that the hellfire is hot today, so you’ll get the authentic full course experience.”

“A friend… I harassed a friend!”

Ppak!

As if unconsciously, I slapped the foolish man, who still confessed only a part of his sins before Jesus, again in the face.

“Harassed how?”

“Ugh… kh! Beating, stealing money, burning with cigarette butts, taking off pants in front of girls!”

“That’s not the most important part.”

The black aura that I felt was not at a level that could be accumulated from such petty sins. I could see it with my own eyes.

I, who had been the subject of persecution since childhood, knew the gravity of such sins better than anyone else.

“I filmed her naked and posted the video on the internet… aaaaaaaaaaah!”

“You’re still leaving out the most important part.”

My fist once again smashed into his face and his cheekbones, this time twisting the nasal bones properly, and blood spurted like a fountain.

“I really didn’t mean to… ugh!”

“If you want to confess your sins in front of Jesus, you must hide nothing. If you don’t, he won’t forgive you.”

Confess all your sins. And repent. In the end, you shall be be forgiven.

Then, will Jesus care for you with infinite mercy and love, be you a sick motherfucking bastard or a parentless wretch?

The victim’s ‘feelings’ won’t be a consideration at all.

“She… I made her commit suicide! Uhhhhhhhhhh…!”

“Yeah, well done. Even after killing a person, you couldn’t come to your senses and kept wandering the night streets with these fucking bastards and doing others harm. But if you sincerely repent and ask for forgiveness anyway, Jesus will not send you to Hell.”

I gently stroked his head, as you would to a sobbing man, and closed the Bible.

“Even though I am not a priest who claims to be Jesus’ agent or servant, I hereby swear that I will admit to accepting your confession as a stand-in subcontractor, and I will be a witness guaranteeing your journey to Heaven. Even if you mess up your life again, you will eventually be able to break through the gates of Heaven as long as you believe in Jesus and follow Him, and you will have the right to confidently go to Jesus and say that although you took the lives of your friends and family, you still returned to His arms in the end. Amen.”

“A–, Amen…”

“Now you are the living Son of Jesus, and you must pray to Him all your life and live faithfully. Like I swore as your witness, will you also swear that you will live that way from now on?”

“I swear… I will.”

“Well done. Now let me instil in you an unbreakable faith.”

I took all the personal information from his wallet and smartphone that I’d stolen from him.

“On the day you break the oath you made to Jesus here today, I will pay a visit upon you.”

When I returned the wallet and smartphone, he gasped and trembled.

“My oath, your oath, and the unshakeable faith that Jesus desires. You must never betray any of them, yes?”

“No, that’s right!”

“Yeah. Let’s cast a magic spell to make you remember this moment forever. Follow along.”

Hrmmm! Clearing my throat once, I pronounced in a slightly hoarse voice.

“Ab-raca-dabra.”[2]

“… Ab, raca, dabra.”

“Don’t let this spell be broken. For the rest of your life. Pray to Jesus every time you eat. Even if you don’t visit the church in the weekend, never forget to send tithes and offerings to the pastor’s bank account.”

“…”

I made my way out of the dark alleyway, past the bastards strewn around on the ground.

I felt refreshed because this was my first time sending a stray lamb experiencing life’s turmoil to Jesus, shipped fast and cash-on-delivery.

I had to admit that it felt rewarding, but more than that, my hands and feet felt like they were running on automatic, as if I had been born to do this kind of thing.

Most subcontractors end up taking a dim view of their lives because they feel like redundant cogs in the wheels of the large and mid-sized corporations, but today I realized that even subcontractors have their own way of life.

‘But I’m still not good enough.’

When I think of the exorcism that Father Sung and Deacon Johann performed on me, I feel that I still have a long way to go.

They were ardent devotees who had truly dedicated their lives to the destruction of evil for the great Lord Jesus and His Father in Heaven, and they had faith that even if they offered an option steeped in compulsion, salvation still waited in the end.

I wouldn’t understand those types even if I died, but I have no choice but to acknowledge their abilities and their faith.

What I need is professional knowledge, skills, and experience.

The exorcist was not born an exorcist, much like I, who became an orphan at the tender age of eight, was not born an orphan.

‘I learned the basics of religion and history from the library, but I need to go through an in-depth course to get into this industry.’

What should be my process?

I went to a nearby PC room, paid for a subscription, sat down in a corner, and threw myself into the sea of ​​information that was the pride of mankind.

From haunted places where ghosts appeared, to absurd cases where people were actually possessed by a spirit, to all sorts of mysterious phenomena presumed to be works of the Devil.

Exorcism, Buddhist edification, talismans, amulets, witchcraft, curses (shamanic), necromancy, spiritualism, spirit and demon languages, how to tune into spiritual frequencies, how to distinguish between possession and mental illness, hypnosis treatment, qi treatment, self-suggestion, sign interpretation, divination, astral projection.

I even searched the sites that were domestically censored, as long as there was a way to bypass the restrictions using a proxy server or similar means, for relevant information.

Sitting at a desk working on a PC was such a familiar task for me that I simply kept on collecting information endlessly. Until the night shift part-timer at the PC room gave way to the daytime shift, and then changed to the night shift guy again.

The night shift part-timer, after the day had passed, came to my cubicle to clean up and asked if things were fine.

If the person you saw the day before, still sits in the same position the next day, with the same posture, and just keeps staring at the browser window instead of playing games, it’s only natural to get worried.

That led me to suddenly realize that I hadn’t gotten any food or drink in me for over two days.

After a big fight with those wannabe gangster kids, I came here to sit in the PC room covered in rags, so the part-timer was likely just worried about me, not for me.

‘A weird customer who stinks, looks like he’s about to keel over any moment, and sits in the corner of the PC room all day – who’ll care about such a guy? Even I would’ve wanted to shoo me out right away in his position.’

A good man who faithfully performs his duty shall also go to heaven, so I finished calculating the overdue charges and said goodbye to the part-timer after paying.

“Jesus’ Heaven and Unbelievers’ Hell. Be sure to believe in Jesus and go to Heaven.”

“… Ah, yes.”

After swimming in the sea of ​​information for dozens of hours and indulging in all kinds of rumours, noxious information, and possibly even some garbage that might actually turn out to be true, I finally decided on my future career path.

I stopped by a convenience store near the hospital to buy a set of incense sticks, and then got a pot and ladle that could stand some moderate beating from a nearby Daiso[3] store.

Finally, I stopped by the night market to buy some red beans and coarse salt.

I put everything in a small sack and took a taxi to the redevelopment area.

It was a ruin that had been earmarked for redevelopment a long time ago, but the process had been stuck halfway due to some wild troubles between the various companies, politicians, and civic groups involved.

The taxi driver asked over and over if it was really fine to drop me off here, but I paid the taxi fare and got off without a word.

The chilly autumn night wind gently caressed my body, like it had done on the night of September 9th at 9:09.

Even if you arm yourself with theory, if you lack the practical skills, your boasts will only ring hollow.[4]

I walked through the gloomy ruins with my head high, and reached the front of a building where a construction company and a civic group once had a sharp confrontation.

The construction company had said that it would demolish the building since it had the requisite permissions from the government and the city, and the ‘fraudsters’ disguised as a socially conscious civic group had insisted that the building should never be demolished.

Digging deep into the sprawls of the internet, where all kinds of rumours abounded covering the kernels of truth scattered like grain, I had managed to find out why this building had been originally built.

“In the outskirts, far from the centre of the city that houses more than ten million souls, this place was being used as a spirit burial site.”

Just as humans need a graveyard to bury their remains when they die, I heard that there are places where spiritual beings that are useless or even harmful to human society are gathered together and buried like garbage.

Sages, high priests and shamans, who’ve picked up things they can’t handle, throw them away in such a place, calling it spirit burial.

Incidentally, the most popular spirit burial sites in Korea are apparently Mt. Jirisan[5] and some remote islands.

I can’t afford the long-term penance of the faithful devotees who have lived all their lives dedicating themselves to Lord Jesus and His Father, limiting their human desires and working themselves to the bone.

So, if I want to at least stand on the same starting line as them, I have to catch up to their degree of penance in a short time.

Jesus’ Heaven and Unbelievers’ Hell.

Starting from the front of the building, I walked, sprinkling red beans and coarse salt as I went, beating the pot with the iron ladle all the while.

Then, I lit all the incense sticks and threw them so the whole building could smell the smoke.

In a place like this, I’ve done something I shouldn’t have done, so I should get a bite soon.

Ududududuk.

My arm that had thrown the last stick of incense was bent at a bizarre angle, as if it had been caught by something in the air.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 깍두기 (lit. radish kimchi) is a cube shaped side dish, but here it’s used as a slang for gangster. Because many Korean gangsters have a flattop haircut resembling the dish.

[2] 수리수리느금마수리 (suri-suri-masuri, lit. repair, repair, repair) is a slang word with similar meaning as abracadabra.

[3] 다이소 (Daiso) is a Japanese 100-yen shop and retailer chain, and operates (although independently from the Japanese arm) in South Korea as well.

[4] 요란한 빈 수레 (lit. noisy empty cart), meaning is self-evident.

[5] Located in the southern regions, the second tallest mountain in South Korea.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 38

Divine power flows throughout this world, to the extent that every citizen of a country may have divine power simply by virtue of being born in a country serving a God.

However, just having divine power is not enough for it to be used. Skill in its use and growth in power can only come from tireless and repeated effort.

But sometimes, there are people like Emily, born with a disability.

Originally, divine power revolves around the outer parts of the body, and you have to pull it in and circulate it inside your body.

So the first step was to pull it into your body, but that’s where Emily was stuck.

‘So it’s just a matter of piercing that blockage.’

Puduk.

Emily, who had her teeth bared, pretended to be calm and awkwardly tried to assume a relaxed posture.

“I’ll be fine! I won’t hold you back! I’m confident I’ll fight better than Bruns.”

“Comparing yourself to something like Bruns is already proof that you’re holding me back.”

Bruns would have shed some big fat tears if he’d heard the conversation, but fortunately, only Callius and Emily were present.

“Are you going to throw me away? Make me wait here for the war to end?”

“You’re saying something strange. I never picked you up. I never picked you up, but now I’m throwing you away, isn’t that absurd?”

“You’re being difficult on purpose, you freak.”

“Then I’ll talk straight like a freak.”

I approached Emily and stretched out my hand, shining with divine power.

“What, what are you doing?”

“I will pierce your divine blood.”

“Uh…? Divine blood? Suddenly?”

“Like you said, in your current state, you’re only going to hold me back in battle. So I have to make you useful, even if only a little.”

“… That’s absurd. The Lord tried to help me, too. The Church said that a long time ago, they could pierce the divine blood by pouring holy water all over the body…”

Now they had no more holy water.

Making it impossible.

That’s what Emily would have heard.

But.

“I can.”

Only me in this world.

But it wasn’t as simple as it sounded.

Artificially piercing the divine blood could easily cause complications.

And if the pierced blood didn’t heal, divine power would leak everywhere, mixing with the blood, accumulating blood pressure and causing death in the end.

So, the first requirement –

Had to be a person who could precisely manipulate their spirit power. And the second requirement was for them to be someone the patient could trust.

The divine blood was the second most important part a Knight had to protect, after their head and heart.

‘And finally –’

One had to be able to completely heal the divine blood that had been pierced.

In short –

Someone with access to holy water.

And Callius was the only person in Carpe who met all these conditions.

Although some holy water would be wasted, it was enough if he made some more later.

Valtherus’ Tears could be nurtured if certain conditions were met, and Callius was somebody who knew all those conditions.

‘This battlefield isn’t going to be fatal enough for me to need holy water three times.’

I’d be lying if I said this is worth it, but it’s a kind of investment.

As an adult, and as a Pilgrim wielding a single sword, it’s my duty to make sure that this young, fragile seed can germinate with a solid foundation.

A fragile girl who realizes her own weakness more than anybody else, and disguises her earnest wish not to be abandoned with an incongruent serenity.

So that Emily can bloom properly –

“Give me your wrist.”

“Can I really trust you?”

“If you’re fine with living like this for the rest of your life, you don’t have to.”

Emily pondered for a moment, before reaching out.

“I’m a Jervain. It’s not death that I’m afraid of.”

“I didn’t ask you.”

“Ask me!”

“Fine, what are you afraid of?”

“Uselessness. I’m more afraid of that. So, Callius.”

So, I –

“Make me useful.”

“Then I will tell you one thing. You will become another useful sword for me.”

Emily nodded her little head.

Soon, Callius’ divine power permeated into the girl’s body.

“Heuk!”

As the arrant divinity suffused her whole being, the girl was sweating profusely.

Unfamiliar pain and torpidity assaulted her in tandem as pure divine power cleared the pathways for the divine blood to flow for the first time.

However, at some point –

Emily got used to the pain.

No, for the first time in her life, she felt the euphoria of power flowing through her.

“Don’t get too excited.”

As much as Emily was sweating, Callius was sweating as well.

Because Emily’s condition was more serious than expected.

‘It’s not just one place that’s blocked.’

As if someone had done it intentionally, her divine blood was blocked in several places.

It was not a problem that could be solved in just one go.

‘I’m going crazy.’

I started with a light heart, but as things progressed, anxiety began to creep in, like a serpent slowly raising its head from hibernation.

Even the thought that I might die here if I made a single mistake instead of in the coming war, filled my head.

Emily’s divine blood was pierced again.

“Ouch!”

Perhaps in excruciating pain, Emily immediately spewed out some blood.

The satisfaction of divine power flowing into her divine blood disappeared, and her complexion was pale as if she was about to die.

‘Not yet.’

It was still too early for her to drink the holy water.

“Be patient.”

A full seven out of the hundred blood vessels had been clogged. She had to wait till he pierced them all.

Callius’ shoulders, with his hands on Emily’s back, were heavy.

However, he had to continue.

If he stopped now, Emily would die without even being able to bloom.

Kung! There was a ripple of shock as if something had exploded inside her body.

“Ugh!”

Patter. The dripping blood and its thick scent tickled his senses.

But not yet. The end was still far away.

Immediately, he pierced the next blockage.

Kung! Kung! Kuung!

The small body staggered as if it couldn’t stand the pain.

This must have been enough to cause even a grown man to cry and ask him to stop.

“Ugh, ugh…!”

But Emily still tried to endure it.

Even a little girl was trying so hard, so how could he show a weak heart?

Finally, he managed to finish piercing all the blocked divine blood.

A time of unpausing toil had passed in heavy silence, but it was not in vain.

Callius, who had succeeded in his task, took out the holy water.

“Drink.”

Slurp.

“Damn.”

Though he’d thought she was holding up well, Emily suddenly lost consciousness.

Already unconscious…

Her eyes were pale, and the black blood she’d spat out was enough to wet the floor.

Her condition was worse than expected.

Somehow, she lost consciousness even though she didn’t make a single moan from the time he pierced the fifth blockage.

Callius immediately fed her more holy water.

Putting his fingers in her mouth, pouring holy water, and pressing on her tongue.

Forcing her to drink.

But was it because he was too careless?

“Come on, breathe…”

Emily stopped breathing.

Callius cursed and took a long breath.

“Kohok!”[1]

Cough! Cough!

Emily’s complexion, which had become pale after vomiting a mass of black blood, slowly returned to normal.

An hour later, Callius grabbed the girl’s wrist and began passing his power into her.

Not only giving her his own energy, he even began to guide her own divine power.

Along the pathway of the divine blood, the divine power gradually gathered from the outside and circulated, little by little, little by little, to the centre.

Towards her elixir field.

‘Look at this.’

With just a little guidance, she was already taking the initiative. Taking to the process like a fish to water.

“Don’t get excited.”

The pathway of Emily’s divine blood, which had just been pierced, was still not completely cleared.

If you run too fast, you are more likely to get hurt.

It is more difficult to heal internal wounds than external ones.

Now that holy water was available, those could be cured easily, but there was no need to foster such bad habits from the start.

Callius guided Emily’s power for an hour or two so that the divine blood that had been pierced would not be blocked again.

Around the time when the drops of sweat had cooled down and settled all over his body –

Gradually, a soft light began to shine.

From Emily’s body.

A soft light signifying the flow of divine power.

‘Done.’

The man removed his hands from the girl’s body and raised his eyes sharply.

His eyes were dark and his skin flaky, as if he hadn’t slept for three or four days, but he had no regrets.

“It’s brilliant.”

The girl in front of him was covering the world with a dazzling gleam.

An effulgence of silver –

Like a flower, blooming.


Kuuuung –!

The gigantic form fell down.

Its fur was matted with blood, and the leathery skin covered with sword scars.

“It’s all raggedy.”

“Still, I did well enough. So praise me.”

“It’s useless. It’s not a technique to tear up the opponent like this. It’s a technique to cover up a one-shot skill inside a dozen other normal skills.”

“You’re just nagging. It’s fine because I got it in the end!”

“On the battlefield, are you only going to kill one guy? If so, then it’s fine.”

“… Tsk.”

In front of Emily was a huge bear with horns on its forehead.

It was a demonic beast that was the original owner of the cave that Emily and Callius had entered.

It was a perfect opponent for Emily, who had finally pierced through her divine blood.

‘A bit too enthusiastic, but not bad.’

It was the first time in her life that she was dealing with spiritual power, so how could that be?

Even so, her talent was real.

The girl was already gathering her divine power inside the elixir field.

But it wasn’t harmful.

‘Not all swordsmanship is learned from others.’

There were many types of swordsmanship among the Knights.

Congenital, and acquired.

Many of them started as Squires of other Knights, learned how to hold a sword, and learned swordsmanship through training and guidance.

Most of the time, that was the normal approach.

But not for Emily.

The young girl’s talent was that dazzling.

Emily was a born Knight.

A talent that no one could teach.

To put it simply, she was a child who could take care of herself even if left alone.

‘If you just stop her bad habits, she’ll soar quickly.’

Unlike himself.

“This unlucky guy.”

“What? What did you say?”

“We can’t even eat its meat anyway, so let’s just peel off the skin as a souvenir and go.”

“And this?”

“You have good eyesight. The horns of horned bears can be made into artifacts, so it’s better to collect them. They’ll be useful.”

Callius turned over the bear’s body with one hand and began skinning it.

As if it was not something he had done once or twice, the skin was completely peeled off in the blink of an eye.

It was not something that could be done easily if you didn’t have moderate strength and dexterity.

“You do the horns.”

“Yeah!”

Callius handed his dagger to Emily. The horns were easily harvested with Zornik.

“Leave the skin to Bruns. He’s uselessly good with leftovers.”

“Yeah! Are we leaving now?”

“Right.”

The day was already bright.

The mornings were late in the North.

They’d gotten delayed more than expected.

“Let’s go.”

“Yeah! Callius!”

Long shadows trailed after the dark-haired man and the girl accompanying him as they walked under the light of the dawn.


In a while.

Returning to the makeshift camp, Callius was immediately summoned by Bernard.

Bernard took out the pipe from his mouth and puffed out smoke.

“What is it? So early in the morning?”

“The problem is it’s morning. What did you do with Emily!”

“… What would I have done with that little kid?”

“Tell me the truth!!”

Did you swallow a foghorn?[2]

His shout was like thunder.

Callius, covering his ears, confided what had happened last night before the old man made even more noise.

“What… her divine blood?!”

“Yeah. I did a good job, so stop looking at me like a paedophile.”

“I can’t believe it! What kind of ability did you use to pierce Emily’s divine blood! I don’t know if it’s something else…”

“… Did you think I would have pierced something other than her divine blood?”

“Really, you didn’t, right?”

“Fuck, what do you see me as?”

As Callius spat out a curse, Bernard put down the pipe as if he was sorry.

And started running right away.

He seemed to be rushing to see Emily’s condition.

There was nothing wrong with that per se, but it highlighted the (lack of) credibility of a famous maniac.

After Callius waited for a while with his arms folded, Bernard finally came back with a smile on his face, and said:

“Callius. You’ve never been a kind person to anyone I’ve seen. I don’t know how you did it, but I have to ask you this. What’s the purpose of piercing Emily’s divine blood?”

“It was just a whim.”

“I, too, had scrutinized Emily’s clogged divine blood carefully. Even a Paladin in the Master’s realm would have said that it was up to God to fix it. It must have been no easy task. Right?”

That’s right.

Emily almost died along the way.

And I’m exhausted, too.

“I think you already know, right?”

“What do you mean?”

What do I know?

“Stop playing the fool. I know your personality, so I’m sure that you won’t suffer that much for just somebody in the family. So I’m guessing that you’ve noticed.”

If that’s the case –

“Did Emily tell you?”

That in fact, you –

“You are her father.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] This might be CPR, but the text doesn’t go into detail.

[2] 기차화통을 구워 드셨나 (lit. did you bake and swallow a train’s smokestack) is an idiom meaning one sounds like a foghorn.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 21

Chinuavi

As I was enjoying a quiet moment inside the boss room of the Skeleton House –

It was as if time had suddenly slowed down, and the world became quiet.

And afterwards,

[Adventure King serialization resumed]

[Chapter 9 – The Destomb Mafia (1)]

[Belongs to the realm of the ongoing chapter]

[Enigmatic Squatjaw is the subject of character evaluation in this chapter]

Finally, a new chapter had started. 

I took a sip of coffee and stared at the message on the hologram window.

Although the chapter had started, Leo and his party were not yet in the city. The chapter begins with a scene on the road leading to the city.

It’s the start of a long arc, but there’s nothing special about the scene. Leo’s party face off some mafiosi who are members of ‘Death~’[1], one of Destomb’s many mafia organizations. Naturally, from that point onwards Leo and his party come under the notice of the mafia. And so, the story unfolds.

From there, it’s a very simple series of events.

One organization attacks Leo’s group. As soon as it’s dismantled, news spreads to the next organization, who now take over and continue attacking. Once they are destroyed, the news reaches the Mafia Coalition. Then the coalition’s frontline combatants attack. Once they’re demolished…

Until the Black Shadow picks up the baton, it’s just repetitive, piecemeal dismantling of the entire Mafia Coalition.

Moreover, the chapters aren’t clearly divided either, so it’s difficult to even know where Chapter 9 ends and Chapter 10 starts. It’s like a single level to go through both chapters.

This is why I’m treating this storyline as one single arc.

“… If you ask why I say it’s not any fun –”

The reason why the storyline that could have been plenty exciting actually passed by without the slightest bit of tension, is very simple.

Because the mafia is weak.

They have nothing to show off other than some ‘one-off extras’.

If they had been enemies with enough capability to instil tension in Leo and the rest, I would have remembered a different impression of them. Because the mafia had enough potential to be great plot material beyond just being a stepping stone to reach the Black Shadow.

And so, that was my goal for this chapter.

Elevating the mafia to become more interesting and valuable enemies for the protagonist and his party. In turn, that would lead to a rise in my value as the Black Curtain, the dark secret hiding behind the mafia.

My top priority for achieving this was, naturally, the conservation of our strength. However low the ability of an extra, even they can be strong in numbers. In addition, to realize my strategy, I needed as many mafioso as possible.

To summarize, we had to avoid meaninglessly spending our strength by randomly attacking Leo and his party.

The problem was –

[Warning!]

[Intention to violate plausibility has been detected]

[Acts are prohibited by preceding plot]

[Silence is enforced for 30 seconds as a cumulative penalty]

I couldn’t just move around the mafia at will.

In fact, the first thing I tried was to call in the mafia organization slated to first encounter Leo and the team.

Because it would be much more effective and intimidating to surround them in force after they entered the city, instead of a meaningless skirmish even before they came in.

But a warning message flew in immediately.

There was nothing I could do unless I at least tried to satisfy the plotline already laid down in advance and the author’s intended plans.

“Hmmm…”

Well, that didn’t mean I was all out of moves.

I looked back at the ‘Seven Rings’ standing next to me.

“Are you ready?”

“Sir, everything you ordered …”

“Let me confirm one last time. We aren’t going out to fight, instead we have to avoid conflict as much as possible. Because our purpose is just to throw a lure.”

“Yes, yes.”

This ‘Seven Rings’ guy was quite a diligent student, to say the least. Even though I hadn’t had much time to educate (?) him, he’d already become an obedient kid. Given a month or two, he might be ready to die with just one word from me?

It was just last night that I brought him back to the Skeleton House, and put the ring back on the fat boss.

“And you’ve told the fat guy to gather all the organizations in the coalition here today?” 

“Yes.”

It was hard to say if the purpose of this chapter was to show the fighting prowess of Leo and his party. Were that the case, the mafia would’ve been set with higher stats from the start, or at least the plot wouldn’t have called for them to make those separate, small attacks.

In my opinion, all of this was just to heat up the atmosphere before the coming grand battle. It’s just that a rather high number of extras was spent to do that.

In other words, the ‘tension’ mattered more than the ‘battle’.

As long as the sense of tension remained high, it didn’t matter if the contents differed a bit here and there.

So, the order I gave to the mafia was to ‘observe’.

Show up, but don’t take action.

Observe, but don’t collide.

Of course, I had no idea if my order would be obeyed in full. If the author was dead set on pushing his own plot, my orders notwithstanding, there would be a fight.

However, as long as he realized that my intended development wasn’t that different from the one he’d originally envisioned, and the effect wasn’t bad either, the writer shouldn’t impose any special restrictions on my strategy.

‘The author isn’t some stupid kid…’

And it was much better for the author if I could make the mafia put on a strong front. Because of the terrible evaluation the readers originally had of this chapter.

From what I remembered, the author got horribly insulted by the readers, saying he’d just added some meaningless filler, until the focus of the narrative finally changed to the Black Shadow.

To be honest, I wanted to holler to the sky until he heard me. I’m going to pump the story full of excitement, so just listen to me.

Then,

“Did the atmosphere change suddenly?”

Haka, who had been watching me from a corner, spoke quietly.

“Did you notice?”

“All of a sudden, you looked into the air and started muttering to yourself, and then you immediately reconfirmed the orders. You can’t miss all that as long as your eyes still work.”

This guy… he’d been pretending to be indifferent, all the while peeping and staring at me in secret.

Hmmmm.

I had to stop habitually staring at the hologram.

“I think they’ll arrive soon. Those guys.”

“How do you know? Was there a report?”

“Maybe just a feeling?”

“…”

“Something like that. Rather, are they coming?”

After forming our temporary alliance, I’d only made a single request of Haka.

To call in the Black Shadow Squad[2]. Before the mafia side was completely crushed.

“I’ve already made a request for support… But I can’t just take you completely at your word…”

“Looks like you didn’t do it properly. Please request once again right away. Because I’m in a hurry.”

“… Don’t order me around.”

“I’m sorry, but I’m asking you to fulfil your promise, not giving you an order. Weren’t we supposed to be allies? If I ask you something, you have to listen to it properly. And those guys are really strong. Far from what the mafia here can handle. Maybe… even against the Black Shadow headquarters the result won’t be certain.”

Hearing that, Haka let out a short laugh.

“I made you a promise, so I’ll keep it, but you’re underestimating the Black Shadow too much.”

“I’m not. If you don’t believe me, go see for yourself. And not just a quick peek, go check it out properly.”

Haka seemed to think it over for a while.

“I’ll go.”

He quickly left the room.

“Hoo…”

Done. Now that even this guy had been sent out, I was mostly finished dealing with the author’s plotline. In the original, it was this chapter where Haka first saw Leo. Of course, it was just a sneak peek.

Anyway, all that was left now was to wait for that guy, who’d get surprised seeing Leo in action, to call in the Black Shadow Squad.

“How long will it take…”

Assuming that Haka sent out a ‘red telegram’ announcing an emergency, the ETA of the Black Shadow Squad should be one to two days.

Until then, there was nothing for me to do. Other than to periodically issue orders to retreat.

It was only after the chapter finally started, that I finally got some free time, for a day or so. 

But this time was something I desperately needed.

I hurriedly prepared to leave.

Then,

“Oh, I almost forgot. Isn’t there a member called El Viego in the coalition? Call that guy in. I have something to tell him.”

“El Viego?”

“Yeah, he’s a former mafioso from Goldam City.”

“All right.”

“I’m going out for a while. If you even think about trying anything, you’re dead. Understand?”

“I understand.”

I left the boss room straightaway. 

Now it was time to go meet a precious figure.


A hotel suite in downtown Destomb.

I was listening to the conversation from outside the door.

“Back in the day, old man Yellowweed[3] told me something. If you want to know someone new, try the three worldly qualities[4] before you talk to them. Three worldly qualities. Have you ever heard of it?”

“Three worldly qualities?”

“That’s right.”

“So? What is it?”

“It’s a way of interpreting the world. It’s also a kind of game.”

A black question mark seemed to appear on Cocoa’s face.

What bullshit is this? Seemed to be her thoughts.

Because of her own past experience, no doubt.

The goblins spoke very ostentatiously, and there had even been rumours that the author used complex words without knowing what they meant. So, it was better to just keep nodding vaguely than to try to understand them.

“For example, something like this. Let me describe you in three qualities. Ummm… furtive, nosy, tawdry. How’s that?”

“Nonsense. Those three words have nothing to do with me. I am a cute, sweet, pretty girl.”

“That is of course true. Those three are your interpretation. And the three kinds I mentioned are my own interpretation.”

“Your interpretation is wrong.”

“Rightness or wrongness is hard to impose on three worldly qualities. It’s usually wrapped up in ambiguity.”

“…”

This seemed like a good time to intervene.

I opened the door and went in.

“Got nothing to say, I see.”

“Squatjaw! This guy’s weird!”

“You’re just too young to understand. Heh.”

I looked at the cunning little goblin, who simply looked back at me with a calm smile.

This guy’s name was Chinuavi. Famous in the Goblins’ Den for being a gentle sort.

And among the goblins, the expression ‘gentle’ indicated a great ‘anomaly’, a ‘different species’.

“You are the one who has a purpose for me.”

“Huh? Me? Wasn’t she the one to trick you into coming all the way here?”

“It is true that the little lady over there offered me some tea with her, but I did not follow because of her charm.”

“That’s a lie. I saw you drool over my legs.”

“As you might be able to guess, that’s not true.”

“Okay, then why did you follow me?”

“It’s a bit embarrassing to be asked that. I had no choice but to follow. Because the little lady was looking for me and even calling out to me again and again. Besides, looking at the situation, the person who actually had some business with me was somebody else. It was something I’d never even considered possible… so I couldn’t contain my curiosity.”

As Chinuavi finished speaking, his bright green eyes met mine. As if he was trying to pierce through my innermost heart.

In fact, his words and actions were quite natural.

Once Cocoa found him, she called him out. He must have found this outrageous. Because this would’ve been impossible for any ordinary human being. To be honest, I hadn’t even thought that Cocoa could bring him back so quickly.

And when he actually had a conversation with her, he found out that someone had ordered her to contact him. This would have been even more bizarre. As if someone had noticed his own ‘difference’. Also, that someone was behind this unusual little kid.

Maybe he thought I even knew who he really was. So, no matter the reason, he had to follow.

“Can you satisfy my curiosity?”

“Yeah, sure. It’s nothing difficult.”

The goblin looked quite startled at my words.

“Oh? Really? Then I won’t humbly decline…”

“Wait, wait. Ah, but it’s not free.”

I hurriedly stopped him. The greedy goblin.

“… Then?”

“Well, you see. I also want something from you.”

“… What do you want?”

“You’ll understand if you listen. So, shall we make a bet with what we want as the stake?”

And the moment I uttered those words,

“Bet… What kind of a bet are you talking about?”

Chinuavi’s eyes gleamed with interest.

His pupils looked red with excitement. The eyes of a gambler, really excited about a bet.

‘Now that I’ve come this far… can I win?’

When the goblins appeared in the work, the author used this expression.

A race of crazy, problem gamblers. Whatever the game, they’d fight for a week straight in order to win. Innocent bad boys who become crueller than anybody else in front of a bet.

They were monsters against whom no human, even the invincible Siana who’d never lost a game, could guarantee victory.

I calmed my heart and steadied my trembling breath.

I had no choice but to try.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 데스 (des, lit. death) is also a homonym of the Japanese ‘desu’, and can be used either way. So, the translation here is a compromise between the two. Just to note, these characters are also present in the name Destomb, meaning you’re supposed to interpret as death-tomb. See Namu Wiki.

[2] 본대 (lit. main unit) can mean the main army unit or one for a special task. Translating 검은 그림자 본대 as Black Shadow Squad.

[3] 황개초비 (Hwanggaechobi) is being translated as Yellowweed. In contrast, Chinuavi’s name (치누아비) remains untranslated. Mostly goblin names will stay as they’re pronounced unless very unwieldy, like this particular example.

[4] 세상의 세 가지 (lit. worldly + three + kinds). 가지 means kind/sort/type, where each kind is distinguished based on some quality or characteristic.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 37

Hwiiiiiing.

The north wind, as always, scoured all in its path without discrimination.

The dry wind blew away the shallow snow, creating small vortices that dissipated swiftly in the air.

However, on the snow left on the frozen ground that the wind could not scour –

Kung –!

Orc footprints had been engraved.

A castle with sturdy gray walls stood in the path of the Orc army.

Jevarsch, built like an iron fortress, denied them passage.

Soldiers and Knights stood atop the wall, facing off the Orcs arrayed below. Their gazes were heavy with murderous intent.

The confrontation had entered a quiet lull, like the calmness before a storm. But the tension in the air continued unabated, like a taut bowstring.

“Not yet.”

Observing that the war hadn’t broken out yet, Callius folded his telescope and put it away.

“Why are you looking at me like that?”

“I told you to become a hero, not to become a murderer.”

“I cut him down to become a hero.”

“You couldn’t rein in your temper and killed somebody, and now you say it was to become a hero! Was that why I taught you swordsmanship!”

“It’s not that I couldn’t rein in my temper. He kept provoking me, and in the end, he even asked for a sword duel.”

Callius agreed to the duel, and the result was –

A new blade now hung from his waist.

Its name was Zornik. Named in honour of the recently deceased Zornik.

Poor guy.

“And I didn’t learn my swordsmanship from you, old man.”

“Sometimes I’m afraid of you.”

Bernard shook his head.

“Actually, I’m often surprised by my own talent.”

“You mean your talent for murder?”

“In the current situation, a talent for killing seems quite fitting.”

In response to Callius’ playful reply, Bernard took the pipe out of his sleeves.

Taking Rakan out from its scabbard, he lit the pipe with a lightning spark.

Soon, the acrid smoke of tobacco began wafting out.

“Are you trying to send a signal to our enemies that you’re here?”

“This much doesn’t even count, you bastard. I know better than you how great the Orcs’ sense of smell is!”

“….”

Callius, speechless, looked around.

Bruns was following at his back.

Emily, Allen, Aaron, and the other Knights were all lined up behind.

The number was about forty.

Including the Knights who had followed Zornik.

“But it was a fair duel, wasn’t it?”

“You didn’t have to kill him.”

“It doesn’t matter as long as I kill more Orcs to make up for his share.”

“Wasn’t he still a relative, even if distant?”

“No idea. Is that something the family’s black sheep should care about?”

“….”

This time, Bernard was at a loss for words. Callius rolled his eyes at his unbelieving gaze.

To be honest, there was nothing to be sorry about.

The other party began the argument first, and he only fought because he asked for a duel.

To be honest, he didn’t even need to kill the guy, but somehow or other it just happened that way.

‘Maybe I did get a bit overheated.’

I have some regrets too.

[Zornik]

Grade – Life Sword.

Inhabited Soul – Zornik von Jervain.

  • A bloodline descendant of the Jervain family’s collateral branch.
  • A promising Knight called Zornik the Mighty, due to the innate physical strength that he showed from a young age.
  • However, after losing his life in a duel with Callius von Jervain, he became a sword.

‘If only I’d killed him after he grew up a bit more, he might’ve been able to reach the Spirit Sword stage.’

Was it because he got killed before he fully bloomed? The Carcass of Zornik did not rise to the rank of Spirit Sword.

I’m sorry, but what I can do?

What’s done is done.

Was it because he was getting closer and closer to Jevarsch?

The Scapegrace characteristic kept trying to rise up and dominate Callius’ mind.

“The more swords, the better, but only up to three.”

He didn’t need more.

Callius tried to hold Zornik between his teeth, and then spat it out.

“Are you doing something crazy again?”

“Never mind.”

Instead, he looked closely at the sword.

Short blade.

A size that could fit into one hand.

‘For throwing.’

It was a throwing dagger.

If it had been as big as his body, he would’ve given it away to any of the knights who wanted it.

However, since it was small and easy to throw, Callius kept it as useful.

Oh, and of course –

Zornik’s own pair of swords did not disappear along with his own body.

So, his greatsword went to Aaron.

His broadsword was handed over to one of the Knights who’d followed Zornik.

“What was your name again?”

“It’s Jack.”

He was the leader of the group of Knights who’d followed Zornik.

Thinking he might protest otherwise, Callius had given him another broadsword comparable to the one Zornik had.

Pilgrims and Knights were always searching for a better sword.

Jack, who had been bought by the price of one sword, quietly followed Callius.

Of course, the sword was not the whole reason for following Callius, but the rest of it was obvious.

Rather, they now faced a different problem.

“What are we going to do?”

“What else? We have to get into the castle, either by breaking through the front or by some trick.”

At first glance, the great army investing the castle seemed to number in the thousands.

Common Orcs, as well as Orc Warriors.

And at their head, red hair that signified a Great Orc Warrior could be seen from afar.

Could they break through an army of that size?

With only forty or so Knights?

Nonsense.

“We’ll have to wait until dawn.”

“I guess so. We probably wouldn’t be doing anything until dawn.”

Callius quietly looked at the faraway Orcs dotted on the snow, one by one.

Especially that red hair.

The Great Warrior.

‘No.’

To be honest, maybe it looked a bit like him, but he couldn’t say for certain.

It was too far away.

But he’d find out soon.

That one wasn’t the type to die so easily.


The dark night sky.

The north wind grew sharper as time passed.

Its sting getting worse and worse as the sun went down.

Camping in this weather –

Was asking to be frozen to death.

But they had to.

“It’s really harsh to not even light a fire. I think I’m getting frostbite.”

“If a Knight in the North gets frostbite, it’s time to retire. Just wrap it up tight.”

It was a conversation between Allen and Aaron.

At some point, the two had become quite friendly.

However, the icy weather of the North did not show any signs of friendliness.

This was wartime.

They couldn’t set up a camp to rest, and couldn’t even light a bonfire.

They had to depend on the moonlight, accustom themselves to the darkness, and stay up all night with wide open eyes, searching for an opportunity.

“Callius.”

“What.”

“If you want to become a hero, why don’t you become the bait and catch their attention?”

“Am I such a goody-two-shoes?”

“We’d love you if you were. If you die, I’ll turn you into a sword, cherish you for the rest of my life, regularly dust you clean, and then pass you on to Emily.”

“Stop saying unlucky things.”

At Bernard’s joking chuckle, the faces of Callius and the nearby Knights softened.

However, the sharp wind blowing like knives quickly brought back their frowns.

“We’ll freeze to death if we go on like this. Aren’t old men supposed to be wise? Give us an idea or something.”

“Do you think old people can be sharp-witted? Elderly wisdom tends to be forgotten with time. I’m an old man who can’t even remember what he ate for breakfast, so what exactly do you want from me?”

Ttt. Callius, silenced, contemplated how to deal with this situation.

‘The entire area around the castle is occupied by the Orcs.’

What should I do?

How can I enter the castle safely and with least damage?

Is there no way to safely join the forces inside Jevarsch?

He kept turning the problem over in his mind.

However, he couldn’t find a good solution. Callius, who was wearing the Cloak of Twilight, stroked the pommel of his sword, exhaling a white breath.

It was a troubled night.

He lifted his head up to the sky, at the starlight pouring down.

Despite the situation on the ground, the stars above still peacefully emanated their own light, and the river of stars curled together to form the Milky Way.

That was then –

Huk! Huung!

He could hear a sword cutting through the wind.

Walking through the forest, he could see Emily wielding a sword from afar.

Even though most of the Knights crouched on the ground to preserve their body heat, Emily was swinging her sword so hard that steam was rising from her body.

“If you sweat, you’ll get frostbite.”

“I can’t miss a day of training. I always swing my sword like this before I go to bed.”

It was Bruns.

He’d approached Emily as if he was curious.

“You can learn by watching. If you’re a servant, shouldn’t you be aiming to become a Knight?”

“I’m pretty satisfied with being a servant though?”

“No ambition…”

Beautiful but practical.

Jervain’s swordsmanship emphasized simple and practical movements.

However, something else was mixed in it.

A splendid swordsmanship that emphasized speed and changeability, was mixed with the Jervain sword.

A swordsmanship that resembled Callius.

“Jervain’s restrained swordsmanship, and such splendid speed and flexibility hiding within it. It’s like watching a tiger tearing apart a flower garden.”

It was Jack who’d spoken.

Jack, who had a large scar on his lips, praised Emily’s swordsmanship with the unique flowery style of aristocratic speech. But there were quite a few parts that Callius thought were overkill.

“You praise her too highly.”

“Children at this age are easily influenced by people close to them.”

Callius didn’t know what Jack meant by that.

Emily’s swordsmanship was indeed very similar to that of Callius.

Her talent was enough to imitate the swordsmanship of Callius just by seeing it a few times.

‘The swordsmanship I’ve been struggling with for years…’

Was it so easy to put into your own sword?

It was hard to believe that she was only a twelve-year-old.

She also put in enough effort, so it was no shame to call her a true genius.

“My apologies. I’d heard of Lady Emily’s genius, but seeing it up close, it is even sadder.”

He was a talker.

Was it because his lips were torn?

Callius sympathized with his words as he thought about it.

Emily’s swordsmanship wasn’t perfect, but she was still able to find her way without a guide.

When it came to swordsmanship, such talent was not commonplace. However, disappointingly, the divine blood to support that talent was blocked.

If only her divine blood had flowed freely, she would have been able to face more powerful enemies with the protection of divine power around herself.

‘With the body of a child…’

An Orc?

It would be difficult to catch just a single beast.

Callius fell into an internal struggle as he looked at Emily’s swordsmanship and considered the upcoming war.

‘Annoying little kid.’

Somehow, we two became entangled with each other.

There’s nothing special about it, not some deep friendship or relationship, but there’s a bond from being together up to this point.

“That talent is just too good to be left alone.”

Maybe I can help her out a little?

Even Bernard seems to care about Emily for some reason.

“Emily. Follow me.”

“… Suddenly? Where are we going?”

Her training interrupted; Emily frowned.

But she still followed him without hesitation.

She would not have followed him in the past, but at some point, the heart of the girl full of aspirations had recognized him.

He was not just some simple maniac and scapegrace like his reputation.

No, in the girl’s mind, Callius was already not a scapegrace.

As they went deeper and deeper through the quiet forest path, they found a suitable cave.

“Go in.”

“Are you trying to lock me up?”

“Is there any benefit to me in locking you up? Stop talking nonsense and go in.”

Even with Callius’ push, Emily’s feet did not move easily.

The girl’s front teeth bit her lower lip, and her arms squeezed the hem of her trousers.

“… You’re doing this because I’m getting in the way of the war!”

A normal person would console her at this point saying that wasn’t the case, but Callius wasn’t someone normal.

“So you know, that’s good.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.